Poses gn

eee eo Geet a ested CO LOOP ELINA AN OG CL ate eM EN GM Ra errr a Oe er ar a i ll

to Po ae * qeeoas tee ree - : oe eA Ae BN LI Rk A ie - . : Ont Oe en eae 1 PR mth rpm tire hn nh Lest soe abl «Hn nh tee

Ss atin eine tee Ain eA htt tit oes Co Sin ote h ee ean nti lh hr Oe a ee ee ° ‘ f -deailbn Serena PN

Arte the nna ttt stow ef nl 8) Liv tt te ind Go eB hte tea aoa see og eA WENT Te Hina tage Mat AE eae

on - Soe eee oe aecaenes a adh Ah i Oth nll

win then hn aren Wirth r= Mine tdi elem eh Bi ahd for theo

1 all gotten attri iret oth tn be tm altnite te Pate atin not + ar

Mo Gases 5 he esther Ol Co Oi aba 0ot- Gn coe We

Se NE ra ete ah ae Be as

. yrernd ee eee es day ee 3 ~ ‘ 7 -

» Abate n ee a

Le i. phn. Cad he at

. omen td De Ra) acon AE Whit chet pedbethete ot sbrndds Fol

Fed Ps tin hate altar a

ee er a

Se cieon eaten pe Te SEE

ete aeons eat best tied dt .

RO A EO ae Oe pada ee oats eer at & - a “ >

a ne hn Rant Bak = P/E Ne nh nO Oe on dbnn eons eta eaewe Perna BoB he ene .

Sh leona Godot . . <p ¥ a Ad a if dori ti Hes SONAL a

Foww. tia kw te re Pwr rer dog Oee ab De Pelee eee ee itndadni (BoB nN

oe. Sonne shalt Pea 7 4 adnib = Be =O Ninth 8 ndboTh Amen

ivi . Minti abe ert

eh the thet te he mr

tna 2 ented A doe

pets thik

acinar nee

hte Ati ee that eld An Sith 8- YS

Sinead ltke Sen : pol.

. : pats abn al abe he ab

oh ee OR Reh tie eer " ~

- Cth alle Nod GPE ian

caine a Riad bie

nt nt a ne ni ae Ae at Ga gine

BS Gite Lie ihe ited

And Wt are

2 en en a on as nei teat ee ke

‘ Le On ht hp I Ae nd" HE

Ath I Sth : I tet eh > Ad sovth ? t ‘

oe le tle li a to A te ton tn AP Rap wren oe AaB “Yt ir per aaa gh mth nog canna =

oh ate ae . . ‘ ° ae ne NS ee ASE ce thea Bethe (ge Be ahha ae lade = eat om ae

‘ 7 er earns mAh a fants - Dever tbeth apts oer hah heat thant

: - ‘ ee <a Raa nln tas si reid en er eee ee

° “ a nbakb epithe dma BAe - se enti dite nm ie

Aratte im 2 dine rhn ds Bohs

ee te et ae ea

Toke newt dete b= Gaetan

nr er a ee cs

‘ 3 pertarstanner ens

bem teahir tin aie abd

. eS ae

é bi PA Ann

an Poe own

Set ee acm

ee aes

2A Ee ~ Rane Beem

Och g le pete ae ;

ete ee z - - ana

“etme ; ett

, Pe aE OF WWE NEN Ddietin -

eae arte at a) OPA Ime Pe it ant

Sag a A , : Pb ebrelindnan- om mars ~ veraran ernie

ws se ~— ‘ _ we = aval re see neers reer

: . oe st fab ab ac Bn Dut age da kina than onaedea-eds

ne " - i ‘ weer aan oe nes Fo Ree geben De te eid bts Ts

; rene Pare tredie Rpmenneetoneaeinirenas eerie svrr —

ee ee

Se ras ne rete rt ee a

aw ae ei Somdeiinters

wore

neyerners

“9 theme

Row ae

Raper Sa ae

BAN Babine = tov

Cmnenrre

oO ete

oe “ ee Sep eee ° ow he

an: tae ake eee eee te Pe re ee oe ee ee oe © aaa - sia p Roms

ep Ga ik en Pa es tat ae ete ath hit: Mantel e torte Ratan lita Ven A ths lo Ota ly A OD th AN,

———'

ss,

a = +a " : i al ei y ; , — < 2 oa ; : F pee

pean

SOs. Fb /

THE ANNALS

AND

GAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITII LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CON DiC tb y

“CIHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM 8. DALLAS, F.LS.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.IS.

BS Br eo ee ee eo i v

VOL. XX.—FOURTH SJL

eee

LON PO Ns

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,

AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1877.

“ Omnes res creatse sunt divine sapientix et potentiz testes, divitia felicitatis

humanz :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sstimata;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Piece connect eats enrau = The sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Tayior, Norwich, 1818.

ter -<7~

CONTENTS OF VOL. XX.

[FOURTH SERIES. }

NUMBER CXvV.

Page

I. On the Distribution of Birds in North Russia.—II. Longitudinal

Distribution of Species North of 64° 30' N. lat., or the Northern

Division, By J. A. Harvie Brown, F.Z.8., Member of the British

rerio gists: WO MAGHy saci ad aes eats care or a hain be. w eine ole tana e

II. Notes on Carboniferous Polyzoa, By R. Eruertpes, jun.,

teres ( edate sls Av Werseae ae cae Mestre oat oun eeapsielerutins foil =e 6

IIf. Arctic and Antarctic Sponges &c. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S.

Beer MALO Mi 55,265 > wurst tagtnd Het pag cte ola aaIAe aitinsein) eotine iofumystaietans ose

IV. Descriptions of Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. By FrEpDERIcK

Waa GE LLE TS crasanei do Rislskinn Cote Siren Maen Sfosasca a sieve. Toc eiluin dere ae

V. Report on the Crustacea collected by the Naturalists of the

Arctic Expedition in 1875-76. By Epwarp J. Mimrs, F.LS.,

F.Z.8S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum

VI. Note on Lists of Arctic Hydroida and Polyzoa published in

the ‘Annals’ for February 1874 and January 1877. By the Rev.

MeOMAs TUNOKS, BA. PUR Disgrsn wid 55, duis otk Gaanaigrok ee bite

VII. On the Branched Form of the Apertural Prolongation from

the Summit of Carpenteria monticularis. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S.

OO ae gae ohana nto aie Chee Mayan eteNe seit GU eee ta i i ot Sn i bled ogee antes

VII. On the Salenide, Wright.—Part I. Observations on the

Morphology of a Recent Salenia. By P. Martin Duncan, F.RS.,

Presi, Geolsec, (Pinte ii, Bay “sive sce see a eee mee eee 70

IX. On a small Collection of Orthopterous Insects of the Families

Phasmide and Mantide from Australia and New Britain, with De-

scriptions of four new Species. By Prof. J. Woop-Mason, Deputy

Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta..............0..00006: 74

X. On Ovulites margaritula. By Professors W. K. Parker and

A ica ORCAS eat or eh chee eon ahs nd ie NR 3 oan ole ee aaa aa? 77

Zoology of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition; The Locomotor System:

tl, Meduisae "iar date ehiy cioinie store mtmects ate rice sie Meee Ma 79, 80

NUMBER CXVI.

XI. On the Structure of Peripatus nove-zealandie. By Capt. F.

VV ES VEL O Ne tenn cic Bis. crate Gaerne ae Be eioeeiaucinlepeatatotans: os Se deter

81 _

CONTENTS.

XII. New Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera of the Tribe Bom-

byces, collected by My. W. B. Pryer chiefly in the District of

Shaugha. By Frepmric Moonn, WS. ...... 6 ens ess oe eebne

XIII. Descriptions of four new Species of Birds from the Indian

Region. By Artuur, Marquis of TwEEpDALE, F.R.S...........

XIV. Report on the Crustacea collected by the Naturalists of the

Arctic Expedition in 1875-76. By Epwarp J. Miers, F.L.S., ¥.Z.5.,

ap aa in the Zoological Department, British Museum. (Plates ILL.

UNM e a aos. 6 a ecagetes casos eete & ata tt a eae MO ECT ote asl s anf fa ne as

XV. Descriptions of new Species of Heteropterous Hemiptera

collected in the Hawaiian Islands by the Rev. T. Blackburn.—No. I.

Pye. BUCHANAN wrercrrr. MLD). BRS 2 20.0 cit oles elaiw rate Sees

XVI. Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Myriopoda. By

Capt. F. W. Hutton, Professor of Natural Science in the University

IRR OSE a Ee crash bra Saya wid as, 53 3 na Ses wig ga) ae ee ets

XVII. List of Lepidoptera recently collected by Mr. Walter Davis

in Peru, with Descriptions of a new Genus and several new Species.

ByeBeeur G. bUTURE, PLS. 0h Liss, Cle. a cis's sree oe eerie:

XVIII. Notes on a Paper by R. H. Traquair, M.D., F.G.S.,

F.R.S., on the Structure of the Lower Jaw in R/uizodopsts and

Fihindas. Laby. THOMAS ATTIRE, } > oj0 ji} sajd oboe Sey upon ema dhe 2

XIX. Description of a new Species of Phasmide from India. By

Prof. J. Woop-Mason, Deputy-Superintendent, Indian Museum,

REEMA hes AEE. ody. MBE Wobedn ab a Guts ook ee E's OP OEE SPs ee

XX. On the Mollusca collected during the Arctic Expedition of

1875-76. By Epegar A. Smiru, Zoological Department, British

Mibenre) G0 20 t LE cciailie dake ATH. tpt pa Vehreee

Proceedings of the Royal Society..............00eee eee eees 146,

Proceedings of the Geological Society..........---++s++ee- 152,

On the first Development of a Starfish, by M. H. Fol; On the Fecun-

dation of the Egg.in the Echinus, by M. J. Perez; On some

Abnormal Fecundations in Starfishes, by M. H. Fol; On two

new Genera and Species of Lizards from South America and

Page

110

114

117

129

Borneo, by Dr. Steindachner ............. Ee nt Arete 154—160

NUMBER CXVII.

XXI. Contributions to Micro-Palzontology—I. On the Genus

Tetradium, Dana, and on a British Species of the same. By H.

ALLEYNE NicuHoson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., and Roprert ETHE-

EDR MORNE AG ISn's reo lel eceiujelnve > on efele Wi 2.0s\s's POM RC eit Hyena

XXII. Description of an apparently new Species of Lamprocolius.

By UD, Gabnion, PRS .B. Ge... os. kee en be =a nals

XXIIL. Description of an apparently new Species of Ground-

Hornbill. “By D.'G. Eintor, F.RS.E. &ee piace ei ees os Sere

161

CONTENTS.

XXIV. On a Melobesian Form of Foraminifera (Gypsina melobe-

stoides, mihi); and further Observations on Carpenteria monticularis.

Berit rel UATE Beet OGG: ps aad oe ele ahs aie ne ip'e © wae ee ad, oie

XXYV. On a Fossil Species of Sarcohexactinellid Sponge allied to

Tiyalonama...,, By Hd. CARTER FRIST SC.) Poids s siaels alee she ses

XXVI. Description of a new Species of Batrachostomus from

Central Borneo.. By Dr. F. BRUGGEMANN..............000000-

XXVII. Onthe Distribution of Birds in North Russia.—Part ITI.

On the Longitudinal Distribution of the Birds of the SourHERN

Division (between 645° N. and 58°-60° N.), and a Comparison of the

Faunas of the two Divistons ; with Summaries. By J. A. Harvie

Brown, F.Z.S., Member of the British Ornithologists’ Union ......

XXVIII. On British Polyzoa.—Part I. By the Rev. THomas

Baie, Bo hieg: Ts Eee yew ein hh on eee se laces, Sea a Roe a ore od

XXIX. Note on the Radical Fibres of the Polyzoa. By the Rev.

LEMONS SAT NOKB, Exes. Peardeak cncalads oie signe oh Wealalere halt URRIEA wtabats

XXX. On a new Genus of Hydroids from the White Sea, with a

short Description of other new Hydroids. By C. MrrrscnKowsky.

CEIBEST aoe Vk a emer nde CN ate Kk gitce mplre te wet amen ee Rr Sroka

XXXI. The Post-tertiary Fossils procured in the late Arctic

Expedition ; with Notes on some of the Recent or Living Mollusca

from the same Expedition. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S. 2

XXXII. Description of a new Species of Helix. By Epcar A.

Vir

Page

172

176

220

Situ, Zoological Department, British Museum ................ 242

On the Structure of the Lower Jaw in Rhizodopsis and Rhizodus, by

Dr. R. H. Traquair; Note on the Genus Peoptera, by Dr. F.

SUS SONIANM | 8% ta eieeR Oe Nach sek aed Ritminicebakgee cen Neh 244

NUMBER CXVIII.

XXXII. On the Salenide, Wright.—Part II. Observations on

the Morphology of Recent Salenie, and Description of a new Species.

By P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soc. (Plate VIL.) .. 245

XXXIV. Studies on Fossil Sponges.—I. Hexactinellida. By

USING OED 1 RY ER gn 257

XXXV. On some new and little-known Spiders from the Arctic

Regions. By the Rev. O. P. Campriner, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e.

GE Vater MyM leases ce SDB eartporn CLs a td die cade gO wale Coed arale sae ah de eche. 5 278

XXXVI. On the Changes produced in the Siliceous Skeletons of

certain Sponges by the Action of Caustic Potash. By W. J.Soxuas,

M.A., F.G.S., formerly Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge.

LL SENS: DG IRAE... omy et Chea EMM fin ne BRM ONS Pee NN as A c-rnk re

XXXVII. Notes on Stony Corals in the Collection of the British

Museum. By Drs Fe esG@GuMANNy 205 Goad ccc etes soak

XXXAVI. On Bellidia Huntii, a Genus and Species of Crustacea

supposed to be new. By Puirre Henry Goss, F.R.S. (Plate X.)

285

300

3138

Vi CONTENTS.

: Page

XXXIX. On Hancockia endactylota, a Genus and Species of Mol-

lusca supposed to be new. By Purim Henry Goss, F.R.S.

(Plate Rh.) ieee eee ble ee ba ean con Ae ho Dee Ue te eed 316

XL. Descriptions of twenty-three new Species of Hesperwde from

his own Collection. By W. C. HEWITSON. ....... 0.0 cece eens 519

XLI. Capture of a Right Whale in the Mediterranean. By

RUB AY DMOTRAN. “eo iaie, dolala «sip a MMe AEN UNM Maks oaralbaialeheue sista te™ayy ie 028

XLUL. Notes on the Pearly Nautilus (Nautilus pompilius). By

GronGkt BENNETT, M.D., BLLS. 2 oo as ie ile ee ee ee 331

XLUI. On a new Insect Pest at Madeira. By T. Vernon WoL-

LABTON, MiAiey FltSesisafete 5,05 06 seb sigle espe disinten ae Aes «sip 334

XLIV. Remarks on Prof. E. Haeckel’s Observations on Wyville-

thomsonia Wallichii and Squamulina scopulu. By H. J. Carter,

PO TRP RS ee a Seca ca sie erste pte eye =) have sudieuwiall NO aD aed aes neta haces oe 58

XLV. Descriptions of Ceylon Lepidoptera. By F. Moors, F.Z.S. 539

XLVI. On a Collection of Lepidoptera obtained by the Rev. S. J.

Whitmee from Lifu (Loyalty Group), with Descriptions of the new

Species. By Antuur G. BuTLer, BP yods, Li Lid.g Reese ete cee Ags 348

New Book :—Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct

Mammals of Australia; with a Notice of the Extinct Marsu-

pials of England, by Richard Owen, CHB. BSE fae ees ok 359

Proceedings of the Royal Society... .....6+ sere e cent eee ences 361

On some Points in the Embryology of Annelids, by M. C. Bar-

rois; On a new Genus of the Family 7ritonide, by M. A.

MaySSICNC. cee soap on sdpaedsetrrerssen trot: ot OMe nEE 365, 367

NUMBER CXIX.

XLVII. On Pteroplax cornuta, H. & A. By THomas ATTHEY,

(Plates XII. & KIIL) 2... cece eee cece ee te eee e cece ewan ene 869

_ XLVIII. Characters of new Genera and of some undescribed

Species of Phytophagous Beetles. By JosepuH 8. Baty, F.L.S. .. 877

XLIX. Note on Lichens. By G. H. K. Tuwarres, F.R.S. .... 386

L. Contributions to Micro-Paleontology—II. On Prasopora

Gray@, a new Genus and Species of Silurian Corals. By H.

ALLEYNE Nicuorson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., and Ropert ETHE-

RIDGE, Ten, FG Goss) sie% esele oiein Finan hyenas cneiey tele ee ees eae eae

LI. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocera from. Japan.—

Part I. Sphinges and Bombyces. By ARTHUR G. Buturer, F.L.S.,

BOs ee ara necnfcamenas: t+ svn os eo st 320) seamen B93

LII. Description of an apparently new Species of Humming-bird

of the Genus Amazilia. By D. G. Exxiot, F.RS.E. &e.... 0.0.6 404

LIU. Studies on Fossil Sponges.—I. Hexactinellida. By Karu

ALFRED ZITTEL. occ ccscccets wecseccceev vemseeecerenee genes

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

LIV. Description of a new Genus and Species of Cicindelide

allied to Tetracha, from South Africa (Coleoptera Geodephaga). By

CeApEts.O. WATERHOUSE, «5 ocidius cc's di meee eines «sina one eas 424

LV. On a Carboniferous Hyalonema and other Sponges from Ayr-

shire. By Professor J. Youne and Mr. J. Youne, F.G.S. (Plates

EVV eet Mere jo nih bite T4 paren Sebo wie chan a eck aloe oon Sane 425

LVI. Preliminary Notes on new Fishes collected in Japan during

the Expedition of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ By Dr. A. Ginruer,

F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum .... 433

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida, by W. Saville Kent,

F.L.S. ; Phenomena accompanying the Metamorphosis of Libel-

lula depressa, by M. Jousset de Bellesme ; On the Termination

of the Nerves in the Electrical Apparatus of the Torpedo, by

M.C. Rouget ; Prof. Haeckel’s Group of the Physamarie 446—448

NUMBER CXxX.

LVII. Report on the Echinodermata collected during the Arctic CCl

Expedition, 1875-76. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B. Lond.,

F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soc., and W. Percy SiapEn, Esq., F.G.S.,

F.LS., &e. Pale pe 8 S\@Ke, 0 6, @ me 8) .e' 18 © 2) ole «| (silahe/ie! 6) e/ erste! ais i) 616) 6) 6 8) eG) 6 use 0 818 449 =

LVIII. Description of a new Species of Foraminifera (Rotalia

spiculotesta). By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &. (Plate XVI.)........ 470

LIX. Descriptions of new Species of Heterocera from Japan.—

Part I. Sphinges and Bombyces. By Arruur G. Butter, F.L.S.,

BF ey OCC. sais. n t's a, phates cha Re Fa dis (setae arenes aie ew RS 473

LX. The Post-tertiary Beds of Grinnell Land and North Green-

land. By H. W. Ferpen, F.G.S., C.M.Z.S., Naturalist to the late

Arctic Expedition ; and Note by J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S. 483

LXI. Appendix to Papers “On the Distribution of Birds in North

Russia” (‘ Annals,’ 1877)—being Additions to the Data for the

Southern Division, by Herr Richard Sievers (with Summaries up to

Date), Ubyeh. AL Pave Ro wny, FZ.5 0 8 a's cessive see: | 494

LXII. The Nomenclature of the Groups of Ratite. By ALFRED

Diener AL Se. VP Zeiss cae motile eric we Mania ebeiael ee ats » 499

LXIII. Studies on Fossil Sponges.—I. Hexactinellida. By

Kan Ape Prrmisiicbi2. soe ad san Ale we bean coe o4 501

LXIV. On two new British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. By the

ibeery. Ac Neem (Mt co tase» Setar Met sre Siete e Aa 8 IV

LXV. Descriptions of supposed new Birds from the Naga Hills

and Eastern Assam. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusteEn,

LXVI. On British Polyzoa.—Part II. Classification. By the Rev.

PHOMAS) PNCIR, AZ, BO Esspyicec tes ccs ce aia ce e's + sogtreas 520

Vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXVII. Descriptions of some new Species of Birds. By ArTHuR,

Margttts of TwrEpparns PRS. hd Peed £2 ee ek | 583

LXVIII. Description of a new Species of Bulimus from South

Afnes. By Hnaan. Ac; Sieve 0 ZS) ere} Dee Rae. a Ren

Remarks on the Yellow Ant; On some Points in the Organization

of the Bryozoa, by M. L. Joliet ; On the Coloration of tho Opti-

cal Elements in Locusta viridissima, by M. J. Chatin; On a new

Marsupial from Australia, by Prof. R. Owen, F.R.S. &e. . .589—542

Fades) see ck Ma tna bb & totes bes teers ea des ‘die Leer 543

PLATES IN VOL. XX.

ATE I, Arctic and Antarctic Sponges.

Il. Carboniferous Polyzoa—Salenia varispina ?

iy bp

IV.

mi New Hydroids from the White Sea.

Arctic Crustacea.

VIL. Salenia profundi.

VII. Arctic Spiders.

IX. Siliceous Skeletons of Sponges.

X. Bellidia Huntii.

XI. UHancockia eudactylota.

XII.

XIII.

XIV. |

KV. |

XVI. Rotalia spiculotesta.

Pteroplax cornuta.

Fossil Hyalonema and other Sponges.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

Sieranseuanetttater per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. -

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.””

NV. Parthenii Giannettasii Kol. .«

Nov ifs. JULY 1877,

I.—On the Distribution of Birds in North Russia.—

II. Longitudinal Distribution of Species North of 64° 30'

N. lat., or the NortTHERN Division. By J. A. HARVIE

Boys ¥.Z.S., Member of the British Ornithologists’

nion.

INTRODUCTORY REMARKS.

Wuite I was preparing the following paper it was suggested

to me that I should include the northern portions of Scandi-

navia and Finland, as well as Iceland, Spitzbergen, and Novaja

Zemlja, as then the distribution of species in the whole of the

portions of the Western Palearctic region north of 64° 30! N.

lat., as far as recorded, would be shown in one tabular view.

I have given the matter due consideration; and although I

have at hand most of the materials necessary for such a com-

parison, I have come to the conclusion that the more satis-

factory way will be first to complete the tabulation of records

in Russia, as far south as 60° or 59° N. lat., and then to com-

are the faunas of the countries north of the Baltic and north

of the parallel of 60° N., and to show, under each, the northern

and southern, as well as the western and eastern, distri-

bution.

It was, again, suggested to me that I should confine my

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 1

2 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

present tabulation to the districts which have been pretty

fully worked; but upon consideration of this I concluded

that, as my paper is intended not only to show what has

been done ornithologically in North Russia, but also what

remains to be done, it would serve my purpose better to include

the comparatively unworked districts also, with certain reser-

vations. One of these reservations is, the withholding of the

recorded faunal value of the species, in many instances, beyond

the record of first value (viz. simple recorded presence: vide

explanation of symbols, further on), as, for instance, in the

N.W. District. By doing this the continuity of the Table

will not be affected, while at the same time all past work,

with the exception of these reservations, will be placed, once

for all, within easy reach. Further elucidation of the fauna .

can thus at any time in future be worked into the present

Tables without altering their form or permitting them to get

out of date.

With regard to the northerly distribution of insectivorous

species in Russia and in Norway, it will only be necessary

here to institute the general comparison that they will be

found, with not very many exceptions, to reach localities in

Russia situated from four to six degrees of latitude south of

that which they reach in Norway.

In the ‘Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist.’ for April 1877,

I have already treated of the latitudinal distribution of the

birds of North-east Russia. Since this part of my paper was

sent to press, I have been able to consult most of the authors

who have treated of the birds north of 64° 30’ N. lat. and to

compare their records. As already mentioned, however (oc.

cit. p. 279), these materials are still insufficient to admit of an

accurate knowledge of the minutiz of latitudinal distribution,

owing to the large extent of unexplored country. ‘The present

part of my paper therefore does not profess to exhaust the

subject or even to approach completeness, but is merely a

stepping-stone towards fuller records. In other words, I have

thought it advisable to collect our already acquired knowledge

of North-Russian species, and place it in a more accessible

form.

To enable me to do this easily, and on a uniform plan, I

have, in the first place, divided North Russia into two great

divisions, which I propose to call the ‘‘ NorTHERN ”’ and the

“ SouTHERN Drvistons.” The former, with which we have

more particularly to do at present, is included between the

parallels of 64° 30’ N. lat. and 70° N. lat. The Southern

(which I propose to make the subject of a later part of this

paper) is that portion south of 64° 30! N. lat., and between

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 3

that and 60° N. lat., or about the latitude of St. Petersburg,

but also including the whole of the Government of Vologda.

Further, for purposes of comparison, I have divided the

““NorTHEeRN Division” into three Districts, which I name

and define as follows :—

Ist. “ The N.W. District of the Northern Division,”—In-

cluded between 30° and 40° E. long. (and north of 64° 30'N.

lat., which latter parallel passes through the Gulf of Onega).

This includes the whole of the Kola peninsula, and all west

of the White Sea up to the frontier of Russian Finland. By

reference to the list of authors given further on, it will be seen

that our materials for this district are far from complete (vide

also infra, page 4).

2nd. “ The North-Central District of the Northern Division.”

—Included between 40° and 50° E. long. (and north of 64° 30’

N. lat., but including the district immediately around Cholmo-

gory). This includes the delta of the river Dvina and the

country east of the White Sea as far as the watershed of the

Péza and Zylma rivers (or the plateau of the Timanskai

Mountains), also the island of Kolguef in the Arctic Sea.

Our materials for this portion are fuller than for either of the

other two districts.

3rd. “ The N.E. District of the Northern Division.”—In-

cluded between 50° and 65° E. long. (and N. of the parallel

of 64° 30' N. lat.). This includes the country from the head-

waters of the Zylma (or plateau of the Timanskai Moun-

tains) eastward, the valley of the Lower Petchora river to the

Ural Mountains; and north-eastward to the Kara Sea and the

range of the Paechoi Mountains, and including the Island of

Waigats and adjoining seas*.

In the second place, I have under each district entered the

records of the authors who have treated more or less of the

birds of the NorTHERN Division; and I now proceed to give

a list of these, with the titles of their papers, in chronological

order. The capital letters affixed to the notice of each indi-

cate the extent of each author’s field-work, or the districts in

connexion with which he has written. I defer a criticism of

the doubtful records until towards the close of the paper,

merely indicating here the number of species recorded or added

to the fauna by each author. The numbers 1 to 17, pre-

ceding the following notices, are used for reference in the

Table further on.

* Ihave similarly divided the southern division into three districts,

but I need not at present name or define them. &

4 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the’

NORTHERN DIVISION.

List or AuTHors, &c.

1840. Mipprenvorrr, Von. “ Bericht tiber die orn. Ergebnisse der

naturhist. Reise in Lappland wihrend des Sommers 1840.”

(Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Russ. Reiches, Bd. viii. pp. 187-258.)

NW:

This is a most important paper. A set of useful Tables

gives the faunal value of 75 species in Russian Lapp-

land. In my Tables further on, however, I have preferred

for the present entering only the simple record (thus, | ), await-

ing further elucidation of the fauna of the N.W. District. I

would here refer also to Von Middendorft’s larger work, ‘ Sibi-

rische Reise,’ Band iv. 4to, pp. 785-1094, for much interesting

matter connected with Northern Palearctic species. (Cf.

‘This,’ 1870, p. 274.) *

1842. Bysrrov-Branpr. “ List of Skins of Mammals and Birds sent

by Herr Bystrov of Mezén to Zool. Mus. of Academy.” (Bull. dela

Soc. de l’Académie de St. Pétersbourg, vol. x. p. 350.) N.C.

A list of 62 species of birds is given, skins of which had

been forwarded from Mezén.

1844. Brastus, J. H. ‘ Reise in europ. Russland.’ Braunschweig,

1844.

This I have not been able to consult. It refers, however, I

believe, more directly to the southern division.

1850. Lintsesore, W. “ Bidrag till Norra Rysslands och Norriges

Fauna, samlade under en vetenskapelig resai desser lander 1848.”

(K. V. Ak. Handl. 1850, ii.) N.W., N.C. (and S.W.).

1852. Ipem. “ Beitrige zur Ornith. des nordlichen Russlands und

Norwegen.” (‘ Naumannia,’ 1852, part ii.) Translation of the

last into German.

This is an important contribution. Records of 125 species

are given. Of these, 36 occur in the N.W., 73 in the N.C.

(and 78 are recorded from the 8.W.).

1856. Horrman-Branpr. ‘‘ Bemerkungen iiber die Wirbelthiere des

nordlichen europdischen Russlands, besonders des nordlichen

Urals. Ein Beitrag zur naheren zoologisch-geographischen Kennt-

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 5

niss Nord-Ost-Europa’s.—Vogel:” by J. F. Brandt, p. 61, con-

tained in ‘ Das nérdliche Ural und das Kiisten-Gebirge Paechoi,’

by Hoffman (vol. ii. p. 61). St. Petersburg, 1856*.

Seventy species are mentioned as occurring in the districts

visited by the Ural Expedition ; but of these, nineteen only are

recorded as occurring north of 64° 30' N. lat.

1856. Horrmannseae, Grar. ‘ Limosa cinerea im ihren Sommer-

verhalten.” (Allg. deutsche Naturhistor. Zeitung im Auftrage

Gesellsch. Isis in Dresden, neue Folge, Band ii. p. 238.) N.C.

1856. Hencxe. ‘‘Kurzer Bericht tber eine oologische Excursion

bei Archangel.” (Ibid. p. 236.) N.C.

Graf Hoffmannsegg and Herr Hencke also visited the

Petchora; but the above short papers are all the published

records of their discoveries I have been able to find.

1871. Meves. “Orn. iaktt. till stérre delen samlade under en resa 1

NordvestraRyssland; sommaren 1869.” ((Efvers. af Kongl. Vetensk.

Akad. Forhandl. 1871, part 6, Stockholm.) N.C. (and 8.).

Tpem. Translation of the above into English by M. Hjaltalin; in

MS.

A most valuable paper. Dr. Meves records in all 201

species from N.C. and §.W. districts. Of these, 131 are from

the N.C., and 162 are recorded as occurring in the 8. W.

1872. Tu. v. Hever. ‘Notes on the Birds of Novaya Zemlia and

Waigats Island.” (‘ Ibis,’ 1872, p. 607.)

Many references are here made to the birds of Waigats

* It may be as well that I should here mention that much also

has been due to the exertions of earlier travellers in Northern Russia,

amongst whom I would instance Herr v. Baer, who has written upon the

animal life of Novaja Zemlja, and also the traveller Schrenck, who

passed through Siberia in Europe, from west to east, and travelled from

Kolva on the Ussa into the Northern Ural. <A fuller reference to the

work of these and other naturalists and travellers will be found in the

introductory portion of the above paper, into which, however, Prof.

Brandt has already worked the principal results, so that they call for no

further notice in this place.

+ Also “Nachtrag zur Orn. yon Novaja Zemlja und der Waigatsch-Insel 4

(‘Journal fiir Orn.” 1872, p. 464) and “ Nachrichten iiber Novaya Zem-

lya. Auszug aus einem Schreiben an Hrn. v. Middendorff” (Bull. Ac.

Imp. St. Pétersb. xvi. p. 566, Mél. Biolog. viii. pp. 220-225).

6 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

Island and the mainland near Yugorsky Strait, also of Wai-

gats Strait; V. Heuglin mentions 38 species as occurring at

these localities.

10.

1873. Gorse, H. “ Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Ornis des Archan-

gel’schen Gouvernements.” (Journal fiir Ornithologie, 1873, Jan.,

no. 121, pp. 406-422.) oe

167 species are recorded as occurring in the N.E, district ;

but, as will be shown further on, a good many of these have

more or less doubt attaching to them*.

iit.

1873. Patmén, Prof. J. A. Finlands Foglar, hufvudsakligen till

deras dragter beskrifna af Magnus von Wright, &c. Vol. ii. Hel-

singfors, 1873. N.W., N.C. (and 8.W.)

In this volume all notices have been carefully collected

by Prof. Palmén as to the distribution of the birds (Galline,

Gralle, and Anseres) of Finland, as far to the eastward as

the river Wig and Onega Sea, in the S.W. district, and in-

cluding the whole of the peninsula of Kola, in the N.W.

District ; and to it I am greatly indebted for data for my N.W.

District, as Prof. Palmén quotes all previous writers, including

Middendorff and Lilljeborg, and other reports from naturalists

who have visited the country—Sahlberg and Malmberg and

others. By the courtesy of Prof. Palmén [am also made aware

that Lieut. H. Sandebergy, a Swedish naturalist, has last year

(1876) done very good ornithological work in Kola, and that

he also collected in the neighbourhood of Archangel. The

results, however, are not yet made public.

Amongst the families treated of in the above workt by

Prof. Palmén, there are records of 90 species altogether which

range into Russia. Of these, 58 are recorded from the N.W.,

* The following paper by Herr Goebel refers mostly to the Southern

Division, and will come to be quoted when I treat of the latter; I have

not considered it necessary to refer directly to it in the present connexion:

—1871, Goebel, H., “ Eine Reise von Petersburg nach Archangelsk iiber

Tver, Jaroslav, Vologda und Ustjug vom 8. May bis 1. Juni 1864”

(‘Journal fiir Ornithologie,’ pp. 20-27, 1871).

+ Since the above was sent in to press, in a letter dated “Stockholm,

20th April,” addressed to Prof. Newton, Lieut. Sandeberg writes that he

found 538 species of birds new to the peninsula of Kola, last year. He

starts again shortly for further exploration in Kola, and, time permitting,

in Kanin and Kolguef.

} The same subject is dealt with more fully by Prof. Palmén ina later

paper in the ‘ Journal fiir Orn.’ for 1876, p. 40 :—“ Die geogr. Verbrei-

tung der Hiihner-, Sumpf- und Wasser-Vogel im faunistischen Gebiete

Finlands.” The particulars in ‘Finlands Foglar’ are for the most part

brought up to date in this later paper; and it also ought to be consulted

in this place.

Distribution of Birds in North Russva. 7

22 are given from the N.C., and 50 are recorded as occur-

ring in the 8.W.

12.

1873. Axston and Harvie Brown. “ Notes from Archangel.” (¢ Ibis,’

Jan. 1873, p. 54.) N.C. (and 8.W.).

We record in this paper in all 148 species from the N.C.

and §.W., but mainly from the former. Some of these, how-

ever, hold a somewhat doubtful value, for reasons stated further

on, viz. under notice no. 14, “ List of Birds in the Govern-

ment Museum, Archangel’? (vide infra), and under the

notes to the species (vide p. 17). 131 are recorded from the

N.C., and 17 from the S.W.

13.

1876. H. Seesnonm and Harvis Brown. “ Notes on the Birds of the

Lower Petchora.” (‘ Ibis,’ 1876, Jan., Apr., July, and Oct.)

1876. Harvis Brown. “ Notes of a Journey to, and Ornithological

Observations on the Lower Petchora.” (Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc.

Edinb. 1875-76, p. 81.)

1876. Ipem. ‘‘ Remarks on Migratory Movements of Birds on the

Lower Petchora.” (Proc. Nat.-Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. ili. p. 44.)

1876. Sursoum. Articles in Dresser’s ‘ Birds of Europe,’ part xlvii.

et seqq.

1876. Ipem. “On the Migration of Birds in North-east Russia.”

(Rowley’s Orn. Mise. vol. i. part iv. p. 239.)

1877. Harvir Brown. “On the Distribution of Birds of North

Russia. I. On the Distribution of Birds on the Lower Petchora, &c.

(Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., April.)

1877. Srrsonm and Harvir Brown. Appendix to “ Notes on the

Birds of the Lower Petchora,” printed separately and issued along

with separata of ‘Ibis’ paper wt sup. ,

In this Appendix errors in identification and synonymy are

corrected, the parallel discoveries of Messrs. Finsch and Brehm

are recorded, as also those of Capt. Feilden ; a résumé of the

work accomplished in North Russia and an indication of

what remains to be done are given, and also an announcement

of shortly expected papers upon our subject.

113 species are recorded from the N.E. district, taking into

account the corrections made in the Appendix.

14,

1876. ‘ List of the stuffed Specimens of Birds in the Government

Museum at Archangel,” in MS. (155 species from the Archangel

Government. )

All these, I have been repeatedly assured by Government

officials, were undoubtedly procured in the Archangel Govern-

ment. We may not, however, in all cases be justified in giving

8 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

the species represented an unequivocal right to be included

in the fauna of the NorTHERN Division, as many may, and no

doubt have been procured in the Government south of our

present limit of 64° 30' N. lat., and may more correctly come

to be included in the fauna of the southern division. Besides,

in the absence of a catalogue, there are one or two more

which I am inclined to reject altogether from the fauna, for

reasons which I will explain when I come to treat of the

doubtful species at the end of this paper.

15.

1876. Prorrucn. Partial Lists of Collections sent home to England,

bearing dates of 1875 and 1876, by Piottuch, collector at Arch-

angel.

These lists only add, however, two records*; but they verify

some of the previous records, which would otherwise remain

doubtful.

16.

1876. Mr. F, C. Crazwers informs me also that he has added two

Species +, specimens of which are now in Mr. H. E. Dresser’s

collection. I am indebted also to Mr. Craemers for copies of

the above partial lists of Piottuch’s collections. M. Piottuch,

however, has collected since 1872, but I have not seen all the

lists.

Besides the above I find also the following :-—

1%,

1853. Scuraprr. “ Beobachtungen iiber die Végel Lapplands.”

(Journal fiir Orn. 1853, p. 242+.) At page 243-44 a list of 20

species which were found by him in Russian Lappland.

18.

1876. Dr. Toren. * Note sur les oiseaux de la Nouvelle-Zemble.”

(Annales des Sc. Nat. 1876, tome iv. article 6.)

* Pratincola rubicola? and Somateria spectabilis.

+ Buteo desertorum and Fregilus graculus.

t{ Among the references in the Tables I am obliged to leave this out in

its proper chronological order, and to enter it at the end as No. 17,

as also the following, which I only refer to in the “ Notes :”—

1876. Dr. B. Rapaxorr. “Hand-Atlas der geogr. Ausbreitung der im

europdischen Russland nistenden Vogel zusammengestellt von Dr. B.

Radakoff” (H. Berghaus’s ‘Atlas der Thier-Geographie,’ Moscou,

1876). For notice of this, wde ‘Ibis, 1877, April, p. 225. The text

will appear in Russian and be at once translated into German on its

completion.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 9

Explanation of the Symbols and Arrangement in the following Table.

Absent, or unrecorded, or insufficient data, a blank space. Present, |. Rare, -|-. Com-

mon, ||. Very common, tt. Exceedingly abundant, tj. Once, twice, or thrice oc-

curred, recorded, identified, shot, added to the fauna, ¥, ¥, 8. Occasional, x. Locally

distributed, ©. Generally distributed, o. Very doubtful records: the names of the

species and the records enclosed in brackets; the number of the species omitted in the

printing ( ) (vide F. sacer of Tables). Less doubtful records : the names of the species and —

the records NoT enclosed in brackets, and the number of the species retained and printed,

but a query in the columns, ?.

Table showing comparative Distribution of the Fauna in the three Districts of the

NORTHERN DIVISION and the Faunal Value of the Species in each.

; = | | | References to Authorities in —

Species. A dl A Bas foregoing List. Pitre.

1. Aquila chrysaétus, (Z.) ...- ee 2, 10, 12, 18, 14.

2. Haliaétus albicilla,(Z.) ...-}1 | [il 1, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15, 18.

8. Pandion haliaétus, (Z.) ape 4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14.

4, Buteo vulgaris, Bechst....... | 4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 15. 1

5. —— desertorum, Daud. .... g 16. 2

6, lagopus, Briinn. ...... | | | 1, 2, 4, 5', 10, 13.

7. Pernis apivorus, (Z.) ...... * 4,10, 12, 14.

8. Milvusictinus, Savig. ...... 2 12? 3

9, —— migrans, Bodd......... II 4,8, 10.

10. Falco gyrfalco, Schleg. ...... | | | 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14. +

( BAGO IE) a srs ape er yen a () (10.) 4

12, —— peregrinus, LZ. ........ | ll 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

18. —— subbuteo, L........... l ll 8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

14, vespertinus, Z. ........ | 4, 8, 12, 14, 15.

15. —— wsalon, Z............- bebe 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 13, 14.

16. tinnunculus, Z......... | 10, 14, 15.

1 Vide Midd. no. 5, p. 201. Recorded as far north as 713° ?

. Asio otus, (L.)

. Bubo ignavus, (Forst.)

. Dryocopus martius, (Z.) ....| |

RAUCH TUTOR La os oo be are in a, 0,0 |

. — minor, Z. ............ |

. — frugilegus, LZ.

N.W.

Species.

. Accipiter palumbarius, (Z.). .| |

pissy (Ga) ia 23s sas |

. Circus cyaneus, (Z.)........

20.

. Surnia ulula, (Z.)

22.

. Glaucidium passerinum, (Z.)

(Athene noctua, Re*z.)

. Nyctale Tengmalmi, Gmel. ..| |

. Syrnium uralense, (Pall.) ..| |

— eruginosus, (L.) ......

— nyctea, (Z.)

ereeee

lapponicum, (fefz.).....

accipitrinus, (Pall.) ....| |

leuconotus, Bechst. ....

. Picoides tridactylus, (Z.)....| |

. Gecinus canus, ( Gmel.)......

2) Vunxtorguilla, air oh. oa

. Cuculuscanords, 0.4)... .) 4... |

. Sitta europea, DZ. ..........

PCorvins corax, Za. ssi vie ets, 0% |

MOLONES, ER. 5's 5's chee s

@ormix, 2° here eeasis ata el |

monedula, L.

ereeesern

. Fregilus graculus, (Z.) ...... |

. Nucifraga caryocatactes, (LZ).

Pica comantay CG.) i. 2. es |

. Garrulus infaustus, (Z.) ....| |

glandarius, (L.)

) And F. C. Craemers in lit.

* Page 233. .

My. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

References to Authorities in

foregoing List.

2, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14.

4, 8, 12, 18.

8,10?, 14°

1; 2)5; 8, 1O;12 145" 1b,

1, 2, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

8, 10, 12, 14, 16.

(10.)

10, 14, 15.

8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17.

8, 10, 12, 14, 15.

10?, 14?, 15?

2, 8,10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

2, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

1, 8, 10, 12, 14.

1, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16.

8?P, 10?, 12?, 14?

2, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

12, 14'.

8, 10, 14.

1’, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

10, 12, 14, 15°.

1, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13.

12.

1, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15.

Ae pO. 22.

14, 4, 8, 12, 18, 14, 15.

16.

10.

1, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

2, 4, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

8, 10, 14.

Refer-

ences

Notes

p- 17

et seqq.

5 And Herr A. G. Nordvi zn Lit.

* Page 225, footnote.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia.

3 a

Species. z,

. Sturnus vulgaris, LZ. ........

. Lanius excubitor, Z.........

collurio, LZ.

. Passer domesticus, (Z.) ....

. —— montanus, (Z.)........

. Pyrrhula major, Brehm

. Carpodacus erythrinus, (Pall.).

. Corythus enucleator, (Z.)....| |

PLOxIa CHEVITORiEm, Z...... 50

. — bifasciata, (Brehm) ....

. Coccothraustes vulgaris, Pall.

. Fringilla celebs, Z......... |

. — montifringilla, Z....... |

. Carduelis elegans, (Z.)......

spinus, (Z.)

. Linota cannabina, (Z.)......

. —— linaria, (Z.)

. —— exilipes, (Cowes)

Hayarostris; (7a)... 5 oss

. Emberiza melanocephala,Scop.

areola Palas oie ss ,0

. — Citrinella, Z. .......... |

TUSHICARE AL abtste save lair

. — pusilla, Pall...........

scheomiclis, 2... 53...

. Plectrophanes nivalis, (Z) ..| |

. —— lapponicus, (Z.)

. Alauda arvensis, Z.

alpestris, Zavgipyias sole 5 |

. Anthus trivialis,(Z.)........

pratensis, GZ.) oi. ..1:5.;

Convanns, Pade}. vies soe

obscurus, Penn......... |

. —— Gustavi, (Swinhoe) ....

# Is)(o whe ahs, \0 7a! '8)

ener eeeres

ll ll

tt itt

1 |e

-f- Y

Pen fee

Refer-

ences

Notes

References to Authorities in ab

foregoing List p17

going r et seqq.

14, 15.

1, 2, 8, 10, 12, 14.

12?, 14? 14

4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15.

4, 8, 10, 13, 14.

4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

4,12,13 14, 15.

L, 2,5, 8, 10-120 13, 245-15,

8, 10, 12, 14, 15.

4, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15.

4, 8, 12, 17.

1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 15, 17.

8, 10, 14.

4, 8, 10, 12, 14.

1, 2,4, 8,10, 12, 18, 145,15:

13.

10, 16.

10?, 12?, 14?

4, 5', 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 22.

4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 17.

8, 10, 12, 14, 15.

2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 15.

4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15.

1, 2, 5, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15.

1, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 18,

8, 10, 12, 13, 17.

1, 2, 4, 8,9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 18.

4, 8, 10, 12, 13.

1, 2, 8, 10, 13, 14, 15.

4, 9, 12, 13, 15, 18.

14m.

13.

' Abundant in North Ural, Midd. p. 1046, footnote 7.

Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

Species.

84. Budytes viridis, (Gmel.)

85. citreolus, Pall.

86. Motacilla alba, L.

owe eee

87. Cinclus melanogaster(Temm.)| | |

88. Oriolus galbula, Z. ........

89. Turdus merula, LZ. ........

90. OPH GADUS Lie 6% ee o's) xi:

91. pilaris, L.

92. Puseatis, Pau... oes.

93. VISCLVOTUS, Li... 261s. 0)

94, —— iliacus, L.

95.

—— musicus, Z...........

(Erythaca rubecula, (Z.)....

97. Cyanecula suecica, (Z.)....

98. Ruticilla phcenicura, (Z.) ..

99. Saxicola cenanthe, (Z.) ....

100. Pratincola rubetra, (Z.)....

(—— rubicola, L.)

102, —— indica, Blyth

103. Accentor modularis, Z. ...

104, Sylvia garrula, Briss.......

105. ite (Lie yiate aie sleet s be

106. Sylvia salicaria, (Z.)

107. Hypolais icterina, ( Vieill.). .

108. Acrocephalus schcenobzenus,

eee eeeer

am (6s) 'e) w) OU.

eeeeee

Metre piece’ 's are nluvetale ett Neti

109. Phylloscopus trochilus, (Z. )

110. —— tristis, Blyth ........

(—— neglectus, Hume) ....

112, —— Getkii, Seebohm......

( collybita, ( Viedll.))....

(—— sibilatrix, (Bechst.))

115. -— borealis, Blas."

References to Authorities in

foregoing List.

2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14.

ioe

1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14.

8, 10, 12, 14, 15.

12. 20

12.

1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13.

5. 21

1, 4?, 82, 10? 22

1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14.

4, 10, 12. 23

(10.) 24

1, 2, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

2,4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17.

1, 2, 4, 10, 13, 14, 15.

10, 12, 14, 15.

(15.) pi

18. 25

4, 8.

4, 8, 12. Obs.

2. 96

4, 8, 12, 138. Obs.

4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15.

13: 29

(13.) 27

13. 28

(4), (10). 29

(12.) 30

8, 12, 13, 16.

' Vide Postscript, p. 30.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 13

Refer-

ences

Notes

) es © | & | References to Authorities in we

Species. ee | foregoing List. et seqq.

L1G) Parus major, Laos Gi. oe * 8, 10, 14

ETT. ceruletis, Li, (sen ecde' * g, 10, 14. ee

118. Bieta bh, /aakhe oie keane el qe) 1, ,8 10?, 14. 31

119. —— borealis, De Sélys ....| | |TT 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 14.

120. kamschatkensis, Bp. .. ll 13s

121. cinctus, Bodd......... ae 8 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

122. Gristle 250 4... hv ants -|- 8, 12.

123. Acredula caudata, (L.) .... +: 14, 15.

124, Ampelis garrula, Z. ...... toll 8, 12, 15, 14, 15.

125. Muscicapa grisola, LZ. ...... el ait 4, 8, 10, 12, 15, 17.

126. Hirundo urbica, Z......... PRE 8, 12, 17.

127. FUSGGHG ion tp s'sle'as- ete 1 fel 1, 4, 8, 12, 13.

128. —— riparia, Z. .......... revert. eth 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 13, 14.

129. Cypselus apus, (Z.)........ | fel 4, 12, 14, 17.

130. Caprimulgus europzeus, LZ. . . * 12s

131. Columba palumba, Z....... |. 4,8, 10, 12, 14.

1382. —— cenas, LZ. ............ ? 32

138. —— livia, Bross........... l p 14,

134, Syrrhaptes paradoxus, Pall. . Y 10, 12, 14.

135. Lagopus albus, (Gm.)...... [ iit (ef. | 1, 2).4, G8) WO;da) 1s; 140s:

136. mutus, Leach ........ lei a 1, 5,9 (10) (14). 33

137. Tetrao urogallus, LZ. ...... | Hooft 1, 2, 5, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17.

138. —— urogallo-tetrix, (Sund.).| | 17. 34

189. —— tetrix, Z............. pW at) Dee O, da Tei 16, 17:

140. Donate, CU. os a PR Dh) 2 B46. 8 TO Ie is 14, 1b:

141. Coturnix communis, Bonnat.| | | ? Ey 32; oe, 35

142. Glareola pratincola, (Z.) .. \ 14.

143. Charadrius pluvialis, (Z.) ..}1 |i {ft | 1, 2, 4, 8,9, 10, 12, 18, 14, 18.

144, Squatarola helvetica, Briss. . +) [tt 8, 10, 12, 13, 14.

145, Eudromias morinellus, (Z.)..| | | | 4, 5, 8,9, 10, 13, 14, 18.

146, AXgialites hiaticula, (L.) b AMID Ae ld 25 hs SY OS O18, 14. hee

147. curonicus, Besecke .. | fel 8, 18, 14.

148. Vanellus vulgaris, M. & W.. * 8.

149. Heematopus ostralegus, (Z.).| | [tt 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14.

14 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

Refer-

ences

’ Notes

Elolg References to Authorities in at

Species. 7, || be. NOG foregoing List. Par

et segq

150. Strepsilas interpres, (Z.)....) | | * 11, 10, 12, 14, 15.

151. Grus communis, Bechst..... | i |Z 2, 5°, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

152. Platalea leucorodia, Z. .... * 8,11, 14.

153. Numenius pheopus, (Z.) ../ 1 | Il 4,8, 10, 18, 14.

154 arquata, (7) 62.2006: II 4, 8, 10, 12, 14.

155. Limosa zgocephala, (Z.) . * 10, 12, 14, 17.

156 lapponica, (Z.) ...... et 1, 10, 12, 13, 14.

| 157. Scolopax rusticola, (Z.).... -|- 8, 10, 14.

158. Gallinago major, (Gm.) ... ena 5%, 12) fa,

159. —— gallinaria, (G'm.) 3 Sn 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14.

160. eallinula, (22) Pes 5 2 6%) 6 1 fel 2, 8, 10, 14.

161. Calidris arenaria, (Z.)...... ‘|- |] 8, 9, 10, 12,13, 14.

162. Tringa canutus, DZ. ........ 1 fel 1, 8, 10, 14, 15.

163. maritima, Briinn. ....)1 |e | Il 1, 4, 9, 10, 14, 18.

164. subarcuata, ( Giild.) on 12, 13.

165. —— alpina, Z. .......... | fo! ak 1, 9,.10, 12, 13, 14, 18.

166. —— minuta, Zeisl......... el ig 3, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 18.

167. —— Temminckii, Zezsi.....)1 itt (ff 1,.8; 10; I2 508,

168. Limicola platyrhyncha, Tem.| | |p 8.

169. Totanus canescens, (Gim.) .. tofu 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15

170 TUBE Dia Acts siete x. Liles TH 1, 10, 13, 14, 17

171. —— calidris, (Z.) ........ | jl:

(Totanus stagnatilis, Bechst.) () (14.) 36

173. —— glareola, (Z.)........ osiitag iri 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

174 ochropus, (Z.)........ 10, 12.

175. Terekia cinerea, (Giild.)....) 1 |ft {tt 14, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

176. Actitis hypoleuca, (L.) ....| | 1 © | 2, 4, 8, 12, 18.

177. Machetes pugnax, (Z.) ....| 1 [ft {tt 1, 2, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

178. Recurvirostra avocetta, L. . ly 14,

179. Himantopus candidus, Bonnat. \y 14.

180. Phalaropus hyperboreus, (Z.)} | Pipa n ht 1, 2, 9, 10, 18, 18.

181. Crex pratensis, Bechst. \y ene. 37

' In this connexion also see Von Heuglin (‘ Ibis,’ 1870, p. 62) regarding the occurrence of

this species in Novaya Zemlia.

2 “ Brandt found it in 68° N.” (fide Midd. p. 1029 of ‘Die Thier. Sib.,’ footnote 11.

3 Fide Midd., Die Thier. Sib. p. 1030, footnote 2.

* Footnote, page 221.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia.

Species.

———._ | |__|. __. ___.

182. Ortygometra porzana, (L.)..

183. Gallinula chloropus, (L.) ..

Meson Hic Gavaiitaeels.t.sc\cdelsuateres a sien

185. Anser cinereus, Meyer ....| |

186. —— segetum, Gim......... |

187. albifrons, Bechst.

188. —— leucopsis, Bechst.

189. brenta, PA. | 60s. kaa

190. Cygnus olor, Gm. ........

191. musicus, Bechst....... |

192. IATHOT PGMS 2 50 o's ook

193. Spatula clypeata, (Z.)...... |

194, Anas boschas, Z........... |

(—— strepera, Z.) ........

196, penelope; De yi. 0.25. |

197. —— acuta, DZ. oi. devices. |

198. oingta, GE. a64 hye othe Bd isk

199, erecea sl. itis se eae

200. Fuligula cristata, (Z.) ....| |

201. mana )ii< silt. |

202. EOWA (PE) Seonttalene 5 55.3

203. nyroca, (Giild.) ......

204. —— glaucion, (Z.)........ |

205. glacialisi(2i)) .20).46 0 |

(Histrionicus torquatus, (Z.)) |( 1 )

207. Somateria mollissima, (Z.). .| |

208. spectabilis, (Z.) ......

209, —— Stelleri, (Pall.) ...... |

210, Cidemia nigra, (Z.)........ |

211. —— fusca, (L.) .......... |

212. Mergus merganser, L.......

213 Aourator, Li hs. dwar |

214 slbells, Digs os, sack. |

5. Podiceps griseigena, (Lodd.) | |

SUT TU Lien 2e aot: Snel

References to Authorities in

foregoing List.

10, 12, 14.

8, 10, 14.

12?, 17.

9, 10, 12, 13, 14.

1,, 10,, 12, 14.

L510,

9, 10.

10.

1, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14.

10, 15.

2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

1, 2, 8, 10, 12, 14.

(8), (10), (12), (14).

1, 2, 4, 8, 9, 10, 12, 18, 14, 18.

1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 18, 14, 15.

10, 12, 14.

1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 18, 14.

8, 12, 14.

2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

1, 2, 8,.9, 10, 12, 18, 14, 18.

(a)

1, 4, 8,9, 10, 14.

9, 15.

ane 40 b

2, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

1, 4, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14.

8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

10, 12, 18, 14, 18.

2,10 12, 13, 14, 15.

10, 12, 14, 17.

10.

Species. cA

—— _$—____

(Podiceps cristatus, (L.))....

Colymbus arcticus, Z....... |

—— glacialis, Z........... |

septentrionalis, Z. ....| |

Nile tordayareiit. ohou dass |

Mormon arctica, Z......... |

Uria troile, (L.)

lomvia, (Z.)

—— erylle, (Z.).......... |

Mergulus alle, (Z.)........ l

Procellaria glacialis, Z. ....| |

Stercorarius pomatorhinus, | |

Tem.

crepidatus, Gm. ...... |

parasiticus, Z......... |

Rissa tridactyla, (L.)

232. Larus glaucus, Briinn. ....| |

233. leucopterus, Fab. ....} |

234, —— eburnea, (Gm.)

235. Ea) A On ea |

236. —— fuscus, Z............. |

237.

238.

239.

240.

(241,

242,

218.

219.

220.

221.

222.

223.

224.

225.

226.

227.

228.

229,

230.

231.

see eee

—— argentatus, L......... |

—— minutus, Pall.........

Sterna macroura, Temm. ..| |

(—— fluviatilis, Mawm.)....

244, Hydrochelidon fissipes, (Z.)

245, —— nigra, (L.)

246. Sula bassana, (L.)

247. Phalacrocorax carbo, (L.) ..| |

248. graculus, (L.)........ |

249, Emberiza pithyornis, Pall...

Mr, J. A. Harvie Brown on the

Refer-

ences

Notes

ol References to Authorities in a

ee | foregoing List. Po

7 et seqq

() (10.) 41

MN bog 2,8, 10, 12, 18, 14, 18?

OF, dbase

tt ia 1, 2, 4, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15.

1, 4, 14.

| 4, 10.

? 9?, 10.

1, 2,4, S540; 1A:

| 9, 1.

1, 4.

| | 9, 10, 11,12, 18.

| ll 2, 9, 13, 15.

|; {tt 1,.8, 9, 10,1358:

1,4

| | 2, 4, 9, 10, (11), 18, 14, 18. 41b

-|- 10.

1 fel 9, 10, 14.

1 fel 1, 4, 10, 12, 13, 14.

| P 2) 8, OC ,12. 42

| 4, 10, 12. 41b

Te EE 9?, 12, 18. 42

et ee 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14.

.|- 10, 12.

| 4, 8, 10, 12, 14. 43

Be APTS, 2,.4,.8, 9, 10% 12:13; dake:

O (4) 44

| 14.

| 14,

| 1, 4, 14

1 Vide Gillett, ‘Ibis,’ 1870, p. 308: possible occurrence in Novaya Zemlya?

2 Page 220. .

Midd. ‘ Die Thier. Sib.’ p. 1046, footnote 7.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 17

NOTES AND CRITICISMS OF DouBTFUL REcorDs IN Part II.

Having now indicated the total number of species recorded

as belonging to the fauna, and having marked as doubtful and

requiring further confirmation some of these records, it may

be as well to state my reasons for excepting these from the

thoroughly authentic list, so that, should I be in error, the

species may all the more easily be reinstated at any future

time.

In the Table, and also in the following notes, decidedly

doubtful records, resting upon what appear to me insufficient

data, are enclosed in brackets and have no number preceding

them.

Besides the above there are others which are open to a

certain amount of doubt, and, though recorded as occurring or

having occurred in the Archangel Government, may have

been procured from localities south of our present limits. As

already mentioned above (p. 9), these species in the Table

and in the following notes are retained in the numbering,

and are not enclosed in brackets, but are marked with a

query (?) in the columns.

(1) Buteo vulgaris, Bechst. No. 4 in Table.

Prof. Newton, writing in 1871 (Yarrell’s ‘ British Birds,’

vol. i. p. 112), puts the recorded northern range of this species

as “between Lake Onega and Archangel,” on the authority

of Lilljeborg, and says :—‘‘ From this point its course is not so

easily traced, few of the Russian ornithologists having met

with it except in the southern provinces of their country.”

In our collection of North-Russian birds I have a Common

Buzzard shot by myself at Ijma, near Archangel, in 1872;

and Alston had a young bird taken from a nest at the same

locality (vide ‘ Ibis,’ 1873, p. 58).

(2) Buteo desertorum, Daud. No. 5 in Table.

This was added to the fauna of the north-central district by

Mr. F. C. Craemers, who received one specimen from Arch-

angel, since when two more, one in adult dress, were sent by

Mr. Piottuch, all three being now in Mr. H. E. Dresser’s

collection.

(3) Milvus ictinus, Savig. No. 8 in Table.

I am unwilling to altogether relinquish the record given by

my friend Alston and myself (‘ [bis,’ 1873) of the occurrence

of this species at Archangel, but perforce must do so in part,

* Herr Meves (J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 432) states that this species is not

uncommon in the Government of Perm, near Kungur. ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol.xx. 2

18 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

as I find it unsupported by any other observers before or since:

while applying the rule to other neople’s records, I must, of

course, apply it to our own where the least doubt occurs. We

did not handle any specimens of Kites at Archangel; but the

deeply forked tail and very rufous colour of one that was

fired at and wounded, and which fell to the ground, but reco-

vered and made off, was what induced our perhaps too positive

record in 1873. I have since then made the acquaintance of

both species in another country (Transylvania), and morally

I feel convinced of the correctness of our Russian obser-

vations ; in accordance with the rule, however, I attach a

query to the record*.

(4) Falco gyrfalco, Schleg. No. 10 in Table.

Herr Goebel also includes Falco sacer (sic); but Falco

gyrfalco is doubtless intended, as he does not elsewhere take

notice of the last-named species, although it is included in the

collection in the Archangel Museum. Herr Meves also men-

tions having obtained an egg of this species (Falco gyrfalco)

taken in Kajiin.

(5) 19. Circus eruginosus (L.)? No. 20 in Table.

Meves shot a specimen at Kasnosoffskaya, which locality I

identified with Knaschestrowskaya, near Archangel (Stieler’s

Hand-Atlas, No. 31).

(6) (Athene noctua, Retz.) No number.

Herr Goebel’s record of this species is the only one I can

find. I did not observe any specimen of it in the Archangel

Museum in 1875; nor have any specimens been sent home,

that I can hear of f.

* Our record, however, is strongly supported by Dresser (B. of Europe,

part xl.), who says, “In Russia it certainly occurs as far north as Arch-

angel, where my collector informs me it is not rare.”

+ I wish here to say a few words in connexion with my criticisms of

some of Herr Goebel’s records. I wrote some months ago to Herr

Goebel, care of Professor Cabanis, Berlin, for further information con-

cerning some of the species by him recorded as occurring or breeding in

the Archangel district. Up to this time (the date of going to press) I

have had no communication from him, so am unwillingly obliged to send

in the MS..as it stands. I hope, however, at some future opportunity to

treat more fully of the breeding-zones of birds in North Russia, when I

may be able more critically to examine the records of breeding species.

Meanwhile I will only mention here some of the records which appear to

me to require fuller authentication, which, I believe, it is quite possible

Herr Goebel may be able to supply, as he states that many of the eggs

purchased or otherwise obtained by him at Archangel have pencil notes

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 19

(7) Asto otus (L.). No. 28 in Table.

Same category as No. 19.

(8) Picus leuconotus, Bechst. No. 34 in Table.

Same category as No. 19.

(9) Gecinus canus, Gmel. No. 36 in Table.

I am assured that this species has occurred several times

close to Archangel, by Mr. F. C. Craemers, who also informs

me that there are specimens in a gentleman’s possession in

Archangel which were killed there.

(10) Svtta europea, L. No. 39 in Table.

Herr Nordvi, in a letter to me dated March 1876, in-

forms me that Graf Hoffmannsegg found the eggs of this

species near Archangel, verifying other observations of its

occurrence in our present division. Piottuch has also sent

home specimens of the bird amongst his earlier collections

since 1872.

(11) Corvus corone, L. No. 41 in Table.

There is one specimen of this bird in Herr Heinrich’s col-

lection, which was shot at Archangel. It appears to have

escaped the notice of Herr Meves and Herr Goebel, or to have

been obtained subsequent to their visit to Archangel (vide

“Ibis,’ 1873, p. 65).

(12) Fregilus graculus (L.). No. 45 in Table.

Auct. F, C. Craemers (in Wit.).

upon them, presumably in Herr Hencke’s handwriting. It would have

added considerably to the permanent value of Herr Goebel’s already

useful paper had he supplied fuller notes on the breeding-records given by

him. Fat some are admittedly very doubtful, Herr Goebel himself

points out. I would instance the record of the Gadwall breeding at

Archangel, eggs in the museum being marked “ Archangel,” while the

birds are labelled “ Astrackan.” I proceed to enumerate those which

appear to me especially to require confirmation, or fuller (published)

record, as breeding species :— ;

Lagopus mutus. See my notes on this species.

Nucifraga caryocatactes. Vide notes.

Erythaca rubecula, -

Tringa minuta.

Calidris arenaria. &

Anser albifrons. BS

Somateria mollissima. a

Anas strepera. *~

20 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

(13) Nucifraga caryocatactes (L.). No. 46 in Table.

The record of this species by Herr Goebel as occurring in

large flocks (‘‘ungeheure Schaaren”’) and remaining only a

few days at Archangel, on and after the 29th August, 1864, is

of special interest, finding its parallel in various other similar

invasions of the species into different parts of Europe in

unusual numbers, notably in 1844 and 1847. The invasion

recorded by Herr Goebel, however, would appear to have

been restricted in its extent, as I cannot find any special men-

tion made of their appearance in other northern countries

during 1864. I consider that the breeding of this species north

of 64° 80! N. lat. requires further published authentication.

(14) Lantus collurio, L.? No. 52 in Table.

Same category as No. 19.

(15) Coccothraustes vulgaris, Pall. No. 60 in Table.

One specimen of this species was got by Seebohm and

myself in the German cemetery at Archangel on the 14th

March, 1875.

(16) Linota linaria (L.), and L. exilipes (Coues).

Nos, 66 & 67 in Table.

Vide Part I. of this paper (‘ Annals,’ table at p. 285, nos.

30, 31 of list).

(17) Linota flavirostris (L.). No. 68 in Table.

Several specimens have been sent home by Piottuch, which

were obtained at Archangel in summer; and Mr. F. C. Crae-

mers informs me that specimens are in both his own and

Dresser’s collections. Mr. Dresser, however, says nothing of

the occurrence of this species so far north in Russia (véde

‘Birds of Europe,’ part 53). Herr Goebel records it as

breeding, but apparently on the sole evidence of his having

obtained eggs supposed to have been correctly named and

marked by Herr Hencke. All the more doubt attaches to

these and various other records of breeding given by Herr

Goebel, because the eggs he obtained, which were marked by

Hencke, appear to have been brought together from various

localities. It is possible that this species may breed in small

numbers within our limits, judging from records of its occur-

rence in summer as far and further to the north in other parts

of Europe (op. czt. part 53). Ido not, however, find record of it

im the SOUTHERN DIVISION in any of the papers I have at pre-

sent access to.

' Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 21

(18) Emberiza melanocephala, Scop. No. 69 in Table.

Same category as No. 19.

(19) Anthus Gustavi (Swinhoe), P. Z. 8. 1863.

No. 83 in Table.

Vide Appendix to “Notes on Birds of the Lower Petchora”’

(issued with separate copies, 1877), where it is shown that

our supposed new Pipit (Anthus Seebohmi, Dresser) has since

been identified with Corydalla Gustavi of Swinhoe, we having

examined specimens of Swinhoe’s types from Northern China.

(Vide also ‘ Ibis,’ 1877, p. 128.)

(20) Oriolus galbula, L. No. 88 in Table.

Same category as No. 19.

(21) Turdus fuscatus, Pall. No. 92 in Table.

Concerning the occurrence of this species in Europe and

within our limits I cannot do better than quote from Brandt’s

paper before mentioned. ‘‘'T'wo specimens of this species so

much sought after by collectors of European birds and whose

summer residence may be considered to be Northern Asia (not

exactly Arctic Asia) and Central Asia, but not, as Pallas says,

Dauria, the Selenga, the Tunguska, and Upper Jenesei only,

were shot on the 6th July near the sources of the Petchora

under the 62° of N. latitude; a third was shot near Man-

santansse-tump, between 64° and 65° N. lat.”

I cannot discover this latter locality upon Stieler’s Atlas ; but

as the Ural Expedition for the most part followed the western

slope of the Ural, it is reasonable to suppose that it occurred

within our limits. In any case those obtained near the sources

of the Petchora will admit the species to the fauna of the

SoutTHerN Drvision.

(22) Turdus viscivorus, L. No. 93 in Table.

We have no direct evidence of its occurrence north of 64°

30! N. lat., Meves merely saying that it was found by him

“in many large flocks in the department of Archangel.”

(The italics are mine.)

(23) Turdus musicus, L. No. 95 in Table.

T enter this on the authority of Lilljeborg first, and then on

Goebel’s (1873). The latter author records finding a nest of

this species containing four eggs, at Archangel, in June 1864,

fa? 5 ournal fiir Orn.’ 1869, p. 318, Herr Goebel makes

22 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

mention of having taken the eggs of a Siberian species of

Thrush in the Archangel Government in June 1865, the eggs

like small specimens of those of Z.musicus, and shot the female ;

but he makes no mention of this rarity in the paper published

in the same journal in 1873. Without an examination of this

latter specimen and its eggs, we have no data upon which to

admit it, as Herr Goebel does not give it any name.

(24) (Erythaca rubecula (L.).) No number.

The only records of the occurrence of this species are given

by Herr Goebel, who twice instances its breeding at Archan-

gel, and records that he himself took or obtained the eggs

when there. I cannot help regretting, however, that he does

not, in this and in many other instances, more fully authen-

ticate his observations, in cases especially where previous

writers have failed to observe the species under consideration.

I may add that the Robin has never been recorded, to my

knowledge, from North Russia (within our present limits)

since Herr Goebel’s records ; and I am obliged therefore, reluc-

tantly, to place it amongst the most doubtful records.

(25) (Pratincola rubicola (L.), and P. indica, Blyth.) No. 102.

After careful searching I find that only one record of any

Stonechat has been given from the north-central district, viz.

that of “P. rubicola,”’ in the lists of Piottuch’s collec-

tions, alongside with ‘ P. rubetra.” The species obtained

on the Petchora by Seebohm and myself, however, being P.

indica, I believe that upon examination this specimen will be

found to belong to the latter, and probably occurred at Archan-

gel in autumn on migration. I therefore place rubicola in the

table in brackets, and place a query opposite indica in

the column for the N.C. District. This appears to be

further justified by the absence in any lists I have examined

of P. rubicola or P. indica in the Scandinavian peninsula or

in Finland, and by their further absence in the SourHERN D1-

vision of North Russia.

I may here mention that an easy means of distinguishing

P. indica from P. rubicota will be found on comparing the

axillary feathers under the wings of the two species, the pre-

vailing colour in indica being black, but in rubicola white—

indica having the axillaries faintly and narrowly edged with

white, rubicola, on the other hand, having them distinctly and

broadly edged with white, which gives them a much whiter

appearance.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 23

The statement, therefore, in my paper in ‘ Proc. Roy. Phys.

Soc. Edinb.’ (1875-76, p. 81) is premature and unfounded.

Obs.—(Sylvia salicaria (L.)). Prof. Newton mentions

(Yarrell, vol. i. p. 421) that “ Herr Meves found it pretty

numerous at several places in North-west Russia.” All Herr

Meves’s records of it, however, apply to localities south of our

limits. I would therefore take the opportunity of pointing

out that the expression ‘‘N.W. Russia” in this and other

instances must not be considered equivalent to our “ N.W.

District.”

(26) “ Sylvia hypolais”’ (sic). No. 107 in Table.

This record by Bystrov-Brandt is the only one I can find

of the occurrence of what it may be presumed is intended for

Hypolais icterina (Vieill.) so tar north. One skin is men-

tioned in the “ List’? as having been sent from Mezén; but

all other records I find of its occurrence are from localities

considerably to the southward of our limits. Judging from

analogy, I am inclined to consider that this must have been

an exceptional instance of its occurring so far north in Russia,

as its range in Norway only reaches to 67° N. (Collett).

Vide Introductory Remarks in this paper.

Obs.—Acrocephalus dumetorum, Blyth (Salicaria magni-

rostrts (Lillj.)). I can hardly admit this within our limits

yet, though it is possible that it may be found as far north

as Archangel. Lilljeborg records it as occurring “ between

Kargopol and Cholmongory ;” but I find no positive record of

its occurrence at the latter locality.

(27) (Phylloscopus neglectus, Hume.). No number.

This species is now found to have been erroneously ad-

mitted to our list of “ Birds of the Lower Petchora,” as the

specimen which was thought to belong to this species turns

out to be merely a pale variety of P. trist’s, and not true P.

neglectus (‘Ibis,’ 1876, p. 503, and Appendix to our paper

“Notes on Birds of the Lower Petchora,” issued with the

separate copies).

(28) Phylloscopus Gaetkii, Seebohm, ‘ Ibis,’ Jan. 1877, p. 92

(=P. major, Tristram, nec Forster). No. 112 in Table.

We are now able to add this to the European list and to

the fauna of the N.E. District, as the bird mentioned by

24 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

us in ‘ The Ibis,’ 1876, p. 26, has been assigned to it (vide

also Appendix to our paper in ‘ The Ibis’ issued with sepa-

rata).

(29) (Phylloscopus collybita, Vieill.) No number.

I find records of this species by Lilljeborg and Goebel

unsupported by other evidence of its occurrence so far north.

Mejakoff gives it as rather rare even in the south of the

Vologda Government * ; but Meves gives it as tolerably com-

mon in the 8.W. District. I consider its occurrence in the

NorTHERN Division very doubtful.

Lilljeborg’s description is too vague for purposes of satis-

factory identification, but seems to me more nearly to answer

to that of P. trist’s, which species is more likely to occur

there in autumnal migration than P. collybita. In Norway

the latter has been recorded as far north as 67° N. lat. (Col-

lett, 1876) ; but I cannot find any record of its occurrence in

the north of Finland. Goebel records “ P. rufa” three times,

and mentions having once found the eggs ; but there is nothing

in his records to satisfy us that they should not have been

applied to another species. I have concluded, then, to place

P. collybita in brackets and to place a ? opposite P. tristis in

the column for the N.C. District.

(30) (Phylloscopus sibilatriz (Bechst.).) No number.

I cannot now find any specimens of this species in our col-

lections from Archangel, although Alston and I recorded its

occurrence in 1873 ; nor can Alston apparently now corroborate

our record. I therefore enclose it in brackets, vide Postscript,

p- 30.

(31) Parus ceruleus, L. Parus ater, L. Nos. 117 & 118

in Table.

Herr Meves recordsthese two species, but not from personal

observation, and probably quoting Goebel. Herr Goebel in-

cludes P. ceruleus from his own observation; but his record

of P. ater appears to be founded on the single example in the

museum. I prefer here to give the latter a doubtful claim to

having occurred north of 64° 30! N. lat.

(32) Columba enas, L. No. 132 in Table.

Same category as No. 19.

(33) Lagopus mutus (Leach). No. 136 in Table.

The line of the eastern range of this species must still be

* Bull. de la Soc. Imp. des Nat. de Moscou, 1856, p. 630.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 25

considered doubtful. Professor Palmén (‘ Finlands Foglar,’

vol. i. p. 44) records it from the mountainous country near

Lake Imandra, between Kandalax and Kola. Lilljeborg,

quoting Middendorff, says (K. V. A. Handl. 1850, p. 320),

“Tt seems to become rarer and rarer in Russian Lapland

towards the White Sea; he seems to consider, therefore, that

its eastern boundaries are here.” Herr Goebel records that

large numbers of this bird are brought to the annual fair at

Pinega from the district of Kem; but I think it is more than

probable that these came to Kem in the first instance from a

much more westerly locality, or from the localities above taken

notice of. At all events the presence of specimens in the

Pinega market sent from Kem does not entitle the species

to a place in the Archangel fauna (¢.e. N.C.); nor does

the presence of a specimen in the museum suffice. Goebel

also includes it amongst the eggs procured, but gives no

authentication. I think it exceedingly doubtful that it exists

on the east shore of the White Sea except in a frozen state,

unless it may occur in Kanin. Of its occurrence on the west

shore of the White Sea we have records in ‘ Finlands Foglar,’

vol. ii. p. 44 (‘Triostrov, near the mouth of the Ponoj river, in

of: WN, lat.) |

In the N.E. District we have records of Lagopus alpi-

nus, Nilss., from the Northern Ural (Hoffman), in 66° N. lat.,

and from Waigats, by Von Heuglin, of a Lagopus, probably of

this species.

(84) Tetrao urogallo-tetriz, Sund. (v. Collett’s ‘ Birds of

Northern Norway,’ p. 50). No. 188 in Table.

Under the name of Tetrao medius, Schrader includes this

hybrid in his list of birds found in Russian Lapland.

The name 7. wrogalloides, Nilsson, for a long time has been

that in most general use, but has been taken up by Midden-’

dorff for a totally different species from Kamtschatka. Lin-

neus named a Tetrao hybridus, but it remains uncertain to

which hybrid this name was applied. Sundevall re-named

this bird Tetrao urogallo-tetricides in 1869; but Collett very

properly explains away the termination -¢des (tom. cit. p. 50),

and suggests the name standing at the head of this notice.

This name should, I think, stand, ¢.e. if a hybrid is deserving

at all of such distinction.

(35) Cotwrnix communis, Bonnat. No. 141 in Table.

In ‘ Finlands Foglar’ the Common Quail is recorded from

Lutvajarvi, 65° N., near the Finnish frontier, a specimen

26 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

having been procured there on June 29, 1839 (‘ F. F.’ p. 55) ;

and Alston and myself saw two specimens in the flesh at

Suzma, on the south coast of the White Sea, about 90 versts

west from Archangel. Its occurrence in the N.C. District is

not actually on record, although those seen by us were not far

removed from the western boundary of it.

(36) (Totanus stagnatilis, Bechst.) No number.

I find this included in a list of the birds in the museum

made by me in 1875; but I think there must have been some

mistake, as I have no recollection of seeing a specimen there,

and I find no other notice of its presence nor evidence of its

occurrence in the NORTHERN DIVISION.

(37) Crex pratensis, Bechst. No. 181 in Table.

The only one on record appears to be the solitary specimen

noticed by Goebel (J. fiir Ornith. 1873). In 1872, when we

were at Archangel, Alston and I imitated the cry in presence

of our boatmen, who appeared readily to recognize it (‘ Ibis,’

1873, p. 67). As Meves, however, and also Lilljeborg seem

to consider it rare at even much more southerly localities, it

is possible that we may have misunderstood our men, or our

men may have misunderstood us. We have, however, the

above single positive record of its occurrence, and so can admit

it to a place in this list.

(38) Anser cinereus, Meyer. No. 185 in Table.

Mr. Alston and I record this species as occurring in the

N.C. District; but I consider now that some doubt attaches to

this record. It is possible, however, that it may be reinstated

in the N.C. District, as Schrader has recorded it from the

N.W.®*, and it is said to occur in East Finmark and to breed

in West Finmark at Tamsot. Herr Goebel also records the

possible (‘?”’ sic) occurrence of it to the southward (J. fiir

Orn. 1871, p. 22 footnote).

(39) Anas strepera (L.). No number.

Extreme doubt attaches to even the occurrence of this

species within our limits ; and, as Herr Goebel has pointed out,

still more attaches to the record of its breeding, or having

bred—the eggs in the museum at Archangel being marked

“ Archangel,”’ while the birds are labelled (or catalogued ?)

from Astrakan. This error or uncertainty seems to have arisen

* J. fiir Orn. 1858, p. 244.

+ Sommerfeldt (Dresser, ‘ Zoologist,’ 1867, p. 773).

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. at

in earlier and been perpetuated in later records (cf. Meves,

p- 780; Alston and Harvie Brown, p. 71). Meves notes

having once seen this species at Ladoga Canal; so it is just

possible stray examples may occur as far north as Archangel.

Meanwhile, however, it must only hold the value indicated by

the brackets.

(40) Mistrionicus torquatus (L.). No number.

The only record appears to be that by A. v. Nordmann,

who reports having seen one pair on the coast near Kem

(‘ Finlands Foglar,’ vol. ii. p. 480). Until further record

appears, I have enclosed it in brackets. The occurrence is

possible, but must be considered extremely improbable. It

has been recorded also as occurring in Northern Norway ; but

Mr. Collett attaches great doubt to the authenticity of the re-

cord (‘ Map of Norway,’ letterpress: Christiania, 1876*).

(406) Somateria Steller?, Pall. No. 209 in Table.

Nordvi records this species as breeding in Russian Lapland ;

but Meves (J. fiir Orn. 1875, p. 433) gives good reasons for

doubting it.

(41) Podiceps cristatus (L.). No number.

Its recorded presence rests solely upon a clutch of four eggs,

brought to Herr Goebel by a person employed by him to

gather eggs. Herr Goebel does not inform us that they were

authenticated by the bird being shot ; nor can the measure-

ments or shape of these eggs, as given by him, be considered

alone sufficient for their authentication. I cannot admit this

without more minute and careful authentication. It does not

occur in Norway north of 61° (Collett, 1876, ‘ Map of Nor-

way’); and it would appear to be scarce in the SOUTHERN

Division of North Russia, judging from the paucity of re-

cords.

(416) Larus glaucus, Brinn. No. 232 in Table.

Dr. Meves has evidence that L. argentatus is the only species

of Gull breeding on Solovetsk, from Lieut. Sandeberg himself.

Prof. Palmén’s record, therefore, stands as very doubtful.

(42) Larus affinis, Reinh. No. 238 in Table.

Were the Gulls seen in Yugorsky Strait and on Waigats

not much more likely to be of this species than Larus fuscus ?

I think so. (Vide Von Heuglin, ‘ Ibis,’ 1872, p. 65.)

* I have received the letterpress and the map through the kindness of

Mr. Collett.

28 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

(43) Larus minutus, Pall. No. 241 in Table.

In the Table I have entered this species on the authority

of Lilleborg and Meves. Herr Meves relates that though

he had no opportunity of visiting the locality near,the fort at

Archangel, he saw two skins of specimens shot there by Herr

Iversen. In 1872 Alston and myself had no opportunity

of visiting this locality, except in passing, and we could

not gain any satisfactory evidence of their presence there.

My impression is, that evidence is wanting of their occurring

and breeding every year. It seemed also not to be known

to the natives.

(44) (Sterna fluviatilis, Naum.) No number.

Auct. Lilljeborg, who gives it as common at Archangel.

I cannot find any other record; and as he includes Sterna

arctica, Temm. (=St. hirundo, L. partim, vide Mr. H.

Saunders on the Sternine, P. Z.8., June 1876, p. 650, = St.

macrura, Naum.), as only frequenting Skuretzkaia in Kola,

whereas it is abundant on the outer islands of the Dvina delta,

I think some confusion must have arisen, and that the occur-

rence of St. fluviatilis, Naum., requires further confirmation.

SumMMARY OF DisTRIBUTION TABLE IN DistRICTS (UP TO

DATE).

(Spaces are left in the columns for future summaries. )

N.W. N.C. N.E.

Ba ici Para SAS Na pas | p edtedithers eth |naeeal Wewnee th) reals Paret @ pen oer

37 5S \saS| Se] ps of joel] gs ae | sg

£5 | FE | 3 23) 25 | Fe | 85 Be) 25 | S| Ee | Ss

ao P's He as Ete PS )/4H8 aS Ae ar ale AS

o| 3| 8 PS att di tag SE Ore Pe

Up to

nt 122* | (1) 121] 224 | (12) 12 }200|} 128 (1) 3 124

* As before mentioned, I have avoided for the present much criticism

of the records in the N.W. district, owing to the incompleteness of our

present data.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 29

~ In the whole of the NortHern Drviston of

North Russia we have records of . . . . 249 species.

Of these there are of extremely doubtful value

in the fauna Baier Lyioyh any aby tied Lag

Andiok less dorbthahmatne: ° (a yo fro 'iy Se) Hew tnd drtgg

Leaving authentic records of . . . . . ~ 230 species.

A great deal still remains to be done, especially in the N.E.

and N.W.* districts, and also in some parts of the N.C.,

before we can form an accurate idea of the longitudinal distribu-

tion. I have elsewhere more particularly indicated those

portions of North Russia in which useful work might be done

(Appendix to “ Notes on the Birds of the Lower Petchora,”

issued with separata). It is believed, however, that the

tabular treatment of the subject above given will admit of

future additions and corrections being made at any time, and

that future generalizations will be made somewhat easier.

In my next section I hope to be able to treat of the fauna

of the SouTHERN Division, and to compare the Northern and

Southern together. Then, having treated of the whole of

North Russia north of 60° N. lat., a comparison may be

instituted between the faunas of all the countries of the Western

Palearctic Region north of the aforesaid parallel, and useful

results may be arrived at regarding the distribution of species

in Northern Europe.

I offer this plan of work to naturalists, and especially to

workers in geographical distribution, in the hope that some-

* There appears to be good reason to believe that the northern portions

of the Kola peninsula are not thickly populated by birds, and might not

indeed repay a visit, if only collecting were intended. (A comparison,

however, of even the limited fauna of the Kola tundras with that of the

tundras further east and west could not fail to have considerable interest

for the student of geographical distribution.) In a work entitled ‘En

Sommer i Finmarken, Russisk Lappland og Nord Karelen,’ Christiania,

1871, p. 211, the author (Prof. J. A. Friis) describes the banks of the

river ola as almost destitute of bird-life, although they are covered with

luxuriant vegetation in summer. On the banks of the Tana Elv, further

to the westward, and about 300 miles from the fjord, there is a singular

dearth of bird-life, as ] am informed by a friend who for many years has

fished that river; and the same remark applies to the Enare lake and

the district around it. Prof. Newton ou me, however, that the

contrary is the case as regards the lower reaches of the Tana Ely. The

southern half, however, of the Kola peninsula, south of the limit of pine-

growth [vide Dr. A. Petermann’s maps; Stieler’s Hand-Atlas, no. 51,

Ost-Europa, Bl. 2. Nordost-Russland (Gotha, Justus Perthes, 1876) ; or

map in Prof. Friis’s work above alluded to], will probably be found to

possess a richer and more varied fauna. For further remarks on the work

done and the work to be done, I refer my readers to our Appendix to our

‘Notes on the Birds of the Lower Petchora.”

30 Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa.

thing may be found in it worthy of imitation, however much

may be considered faulty or imperfect. What is desired by

naturalists I have taken as my text in the first part of this

paper— a uniform method of registration ;” and that is what

I desire, however far short of perfection my own plan may

be considered*.

In conclusion, I wish especially to thank Prof. Newton for

his ever ready and obliging communications in this connexion,

and I have also to acknowledge with thanks letters from the

following gentlemen, in answer to inquiries made regarding

the distribution of the birds of Northern Europe, viz. to Herr

A. G. Nordvi of Vadsé,-Dr. Meves of Stockholm, Prof. A. J.

Friis and Herr R. Collett of Christiania, and to Prof.

Palmén of Helsingfors. To the courtesy of the two latter

gentlemen I am greatly indebted for much useful information

bearing upon my subject, as well as for copies of several books

and papers upon the birds of Finland and Norway. I need

scarcely add that I shall be most grateful for any assistance

these or other naturalists will afford me in my subject in the

future.

[To be concluded with Part III. ]

POSTSCRIPT.

Phylloscopus borealis, Blas. No. 115 in Table.

Dr. Meves informs me (cn /7#.) that this interesting species

has been found last summer (1876) in Northern Onega, and

also in the Kola peninsula, by the collectors employed by Lieut.

Sandebere.

ERRATUM IN Parr I.

Page 285. Transpose the names Plectrophanes lapponicus (1..) and Plec-

trophanes nivalis (.), Nos. 35 and 36. The records applied to the former

in both Tables belong to the latter, and vice versa.

II.—Notes on Carboniferous Polyzoa.

By R. ETHERIDGE, jun., F.G.S.

[Plate IT. a.]

A LARGE collection of Carboniferous Polyzoa has lately been

made by Mr. James Bennie for the Geological Survey of

Scotland, from Mid and East Lothian. From my notes on

this collection I extract the following descriptions.

* For the guidance of those, if such there may be, who approve of

this method, I may mention here that the minor details of work, such

as collecting the records and tabulatiug them for use, will be found in

a paper read by me before the Glasgow Natural-History edelay, and

which, I understand, will shortly appear in their Proceedings for Session

1876-77, entitled ‘‘ On uniformity of Method in recording Natural-History

Observations, especially as regards Distribution and Migration,” &c.

Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa. 31

Genus FENESTELLA (Miller), Lonsdale, 1839.

(Murchison’s Silurian System, p. 677 ; King, restricted,

Perm. Foss. England, 1850, p. 35.)

Fenestella arctica, Salter, var. scotica, var. nov.

(Plate IL. a. figs. 1 & 2.)

Fenestella arctica, Salter, Belcher’s Last of the Arctic Voyages, 1855,

vol. ii. p. 385, t. 36. f. 8.

Spec. char. “‘ Portions of foliaceous plane fronds, which

must have measured several inches across. The branches are

thicker than broad, rounded on the non-poriferous face,

slightly but regularly zigzag, and fully a third of a line broad ;

they are regularly radiating and bifurcating over the general

surface; irregular, and some of them much thicker, below.

Fenestrules broad, oval, a line long, and fully twice the width

of the branches. ‘They are very regular in size and shape,

those at the bifurcation of the branches being similar and

equal to the rest. Non-poriferous face very slightly striated,

appearing smooth to the eye; pores —— ?”

Obs. I have lately had an opportunity of examining some

examples of this species from the Arctic regions, collected by

Captain H. W. Feilden, R.A., naturalist to the late Arctic Ex-

pedition, which has enabled me to name certain examples of

a Fenestella from our Lower Limestone group which I had

placed on one side for investigation. The diagnosis given

within inverted commas comprises the characters assigned by

Mr. Salter to his species; but when a description can be

drawn up from Captain Feilden’s specimens the specific cha-

racters will have to be much augmented and better defined.

The essential characters of the species, however, as defined

by Salter, are the zigzag interstices, giving rise to hexagonal

fenestrules, and their extreme regularity and similar disposi-

tion. The variety has essentially all the characters of the

species [the Arctic form], but simply on a finer and smaller

scale ; the hexagonal fenestrules are much smaller, and per-

haps the interstices and dissepiments proportionally wider as

compared with the size of the former. These data are cer-

tainly not of specific value, but will serve well as varietal

characters. The fine strie of the non-poriferous face of the

Arctic form are not visible on the variety ; that surface of the

latter appears to be quite plain.

Without doubt there is a close resemblance between F.

arctica, Salter, and F. (Retepora) prisca, Goldfuss. However,

neither in the figure given by Dr. Goldfuss*, nor in that given

* Petrefacta Germania, vol. i. t. 36. f. 19.

32 Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa.

by Prof. H. A. Nicholson*, are the interstices so sharply zig-

zag, but more undulating; the fenestrules also are a long

oval, and lack the characteristic hexagonal form of F. arctica.

It must, however, not be forgotten that these fenestrules are

described by Prof. M‘Coy as “very obscurely hexagonal ’’t.

Locality and Horizon. Currielee Quarry no. 2, Tyne

Water, Edinburghshire, impure limestone, 20 to 30 feet above

the no. 2 limestone of the Lower Carboniferous Limestone

group.

Collector. Mr. James Bennie.

Genus GLAUCONOME (Goldfuss), Lonsdale, 1839.

Glauconome, Goldf. (pars) Petrefacta Germaniz, p. 217 (G. disticha) ;

Lonsdale, 1839, Murchison’s Silurian System, p. 677; M/‘Coy,

1844, Synop. Carb. Foss. Ireland, p. 198.

Acanthocladia, King, 1849, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. iii. p. 389;

1850, Permian Foss. England, p. 47.

Penniretepora, D’Orb. 1849, Prod. de Pal. i. p. 45.

Gen. char. Polyzoarium shrub-like or dendriform, with

non-anastomosing bilaterally symmetrical stems and branches,

all more or less in one plane; celluliferous on one face only.

Main stem giving off occasional secondary stems, similar and

equal to itself. Branches varying in length, simple or bila-

terally branched, passing from the stems at a right angle or

an angle less than a right angle. Cell-apertures arranged on

the stems and branches in longitudinal series, the latter

usually separated from one another by a keel or dividing ridge

more or less developed according to species ; cell-mouths with

plain or elevated margins, sometimes radiately denticulated.

Celluliferous face sometimes ornamented with faint striz and

small nodes variously arranged on the longitudinal keels.

Reverse striated or otherwise ornamented.

Obs. The term Glauconome was first used by Miinster in

Goldfuss’s fine work for fourt species of cylindrical Polyzoa

having cell-apertures distributed on all sides of the polyzo-

arium, viz. G. marginata, G. rhombifera, G. tetragona, and G.

hexwagona, of which the first may be taken as the type. A

fifth species was subsequently added under the name of G.

disticha§. ‘The date of publication of the ‘ Petrefacta Ger-

maniz,’ or, at any rate, of that part of it containing the de-

scriptions and figures of the forms in question, is variously

* Report Pal. Province of Ontario, 1874, i. p. 101.

+ Brit. Pal. Foss. p. 76.

¢ Petrefacta Germaniz, p. 100, t. 36.

§ Ib. p. 217, t. 65. f. 15.

Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa. 33

given. By Agassiz* it is said to be 1826, by D’Orbigny at

the end of 1829+, and by Stoliczka 1827{. The four first-

described species were referred by De Blainville § and Milne-

Edwards|| to the genus Vincularia, Defrance, published in

the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles’ in 18294; and,

in fact, not only were the species referred by these authors,

but they appear to have made the genera synonymous, retain-

ing, however, the latter term Vincularia. The fifth Pale-

ozoic species, previously mentioned, was shown by Mr. Lons-

dale to possess characters at variance with those assigned by

Miinster to the four earlier-described forms, insomuch that it

possessed cell-apertures opening on one face of the polyzoarium

only. For this type Lonsdale retained the abolished name

Glauconome and generically redefined it**. It has been so

used by Prof. M‘Coy and other British paleontologists, and

in truth, forms a very convenient Paleozoic genus. In his

Index Paleontologicus tf, Dr. Bronn committed the mistake

of mixing up, under the name G‘lauconome, the four vinculiform

species of Miinster, the fifth (retained by Lonsdale as typical

of the redefined genus), and some others—an error which,

however, was rectified in the ‘ Lethea Geognostica’{t, where

Glauconome is limited and definitely placed as a synonym of

Vincularia, Defrance. D’Orbigny rejected the name Glauco-

nome and made it a synonym of Vincularia, Defrance, for

three reasons—chiefly on account of uncertain date of publica-

tion, because it was announced (as he thought) later than Vin-

cularia, and, lastly, the term had already been preoccupied by

Gray for a genus of Mollusca§§. He further states that the

plate upon which the figures were delineated was unaccom-

panied by text, and that Glauconome “ fut peut-étre publié a

la fin de 1829, certainement aprés le genre Vincularia de De-

france.” On the other hand, Prof. W. King has passed over

the claims of Lonsdale’s redefinition of Glawconome as to

generic rank, and proposed in its place the name Acantho-

cladia, which has been pretty generally adopted by conti-

nental writers on Permian paleontology, although not

universally so. The Chevalier d’Hichwald has also split up

* Nomenclator Zoologicus, Polypi, p. 12.

+ Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét. v. p. 58.

t Pal. Neu-Seeland, 1865, pp. 144, 145.

§ Man. d’Actinologie, 1834, p. 454.

| Lamarck’s Hist. Nat. Animaux s, Vertéb. 2nd ed. ii. p. 193 (j/ide

Lonsdale). q| T. Iviii. p. 214.

** Murchison’s Silurian Syst. 1839, p. 677.

+t Nomenclator, 1848, p. 531.

tt Band iii. Theil 5, p. 99.

§§ Pal. Frang. Terr. Crét. v. p. 59.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xx. 3

34 Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa.

Glauconome into two sections: as defined by Lonsdale he has

referred it to Acanthocladia, King, whilst another portion,

embracing the Tertiary species of Miinster, is made equiva-

lent to Vincularia, Detrance*. Lastly, Dr. Stoliczkat, so far

as I understand him, appears to consider G'lauconome, Minster,

identical with Salicornaria, Cuvier, 1817}, and not with

Vincularia, which he retains as a separate genus§.

It will be apparent from the foregoing remarks that consi-

derable difference of opinion has existed both as regards the

date of publication of Glauconome, Minster, and its value as

a genus. I think itis tolerably clear that its publication took

place between the years 1826-29; probably Dr. Stoliczka is

near the mark in saying 1827, notwithstanding D’Orbigny’s

statement to the contrary. Such being the case, it would have

precedence over Vincularia, Defrance; and this [ think it

undoubtedly has, instead of becoming a synonym of that

genus, as placed by De Blainville, Milne-Edwards, D’Orbigny,

Bronn, and others. This has been brought forward with much

force by the late Dr. Stoliczka.

It was probably in view of this confusion that Prof. W.

King proposed the name Acanthocladia; and it becomes an

open question whether we ought not to employ it for such

forms as those now under consideration instead of Glauconome,

Lonsdale. On the other hand the latter has become so

universally used for Polyzoa of the type of G. distecha,

Minster, especially in this country and America, and has

amongst continental writers so much fallen into disuse (whether

rightly so or not is the question) for those of the type of G.

marginata and G. hexagona, that I think we may, pending

further information, adopt Lonsdale’s redefinition for Palo-

zoic forms of the G. disticha type. This will become per-

fectly feasible if, as Dr. Stoliczka says, Glawconome, Miinster

(as typified by G. tetragona), is equivalent to Salicornaria,

Cuvier ; but of this I have not seen any confirmation. If, on

the contrary, Dr. Stoliczka is not correct in this, then Glauco-

nome must be regarded as having priority over Vincularia.

From this point of view Glauconome, Lonsdale, becomes nid,

and Acanthocladia, King, will have to “be adopted for the

Paleozoic forms. The whole question, however, requires

further elucidation.

Synonymous with Glauconome, Lonsdale, and Acanthocladia,

King, is D’Orbigny’s Penniretepora, a more extended descrip-

* Letheea Rossica, 1860, i. pp. 384, 399.

+ Pal. Neu-Seeland, 1865, p. 144.

¢ Régne Animal. iv. p. 75.

§ Pal. Neu-Seeland, 1865, p. 152.

Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa. 35

tion of which, than the original, will be found in the ‘ Cours

élémentaire de Paléontologie’ *,

Dr. J. E: Gray used the term Glauconome, in 1828 or 1829,

for a freshwater genus of Veneride Tt, but afterwards appears

to have abandoned it; and either he or Bronn proposed in its

place that of Glaucomya or Glauconomya t.

Glauconome elegantula, sp.nov. (PI. II. A. figs. 3-6.)

Spec. char. Polyzoarium bipinnate ; main stem and secon-

dary stems zigzag, giving off at each angle a simple lateral

branch inclined upwards. Obverse of the stems and branches

angular; reverse rounded or flattened, with longitudinal micro-

scopic strie. Cell-apertures arranged in a single line on each

half of the angular stems and branches, those of one line alter-

nating with those of the other; on the stems there are three

between every two branches on each side ; on the branches

they are in an unbroken series ; in all the margins are level

with the general surface of the stem or branch, as the case

may be, as there is no evidence of any rim or projecting

lip.

Obs. This very small and elegant species of Glauconome

has come under my notice both from the Carbonifer ous series

of the north of England and south of Scotland. I first

observed it on some shale sent to me by Mr. Hugh Miller,

F.G.S., and afterwards in greater quantity on the surface of

weathered shale collected by Mr. Bennie. ‘The figured speci-

men is simply pinnate, but we have in the Survey collection

a bipinnate example, from which the above description is

taken. When the outer layer is removed from the non-cellu-

liferous face the bases of the cells are seen following one

another in close succession and in an unbroken line (figs. 5 & 6),

and would give rise to the idea that a similar disposition

would be found on the obverse. On the latter, however, the

cells are arranged in two alternating lines, one on each of the

angular faces—the first cell, as it rises from the basal layer,

passing to the right, the second to the left, the third to right

again, and so on throughout the whole stem. Having failed,

after a careful search, to find any published description of a

Glauconome suitable for the reception of this form, I have

assigned to it the above name.

* 1852, vol. ii. p. 104.

T Spicilegia Zoologica, 4to (1828 or 1829 P), No. 1, p. 6.

t Bronn, “Index Pal.” ‘N omenclator,’ 1848, p. 531; Woodward, ‘Man,

Mollusca,’ 2nd ed. p. 477; Stoliczka, ‘ Pal, Indica,’ iii. p. 91; Pictet,

‘Traité de Pal.’ iii. p. 462.

36 Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa.

Localities and Horizon. Carboniferous shale, Hopeshield

Burn, near Mount Farin, Northumberland, probably near the

horizon of the Scar Limestone; shale aboye the no. 1 or 2

limestone, Lower Carboniferous Limestone group, Harelaw

Quarry, near Longniddry Station, Haddingtonshire.

Collectors. Mr. Hugh Miller, F.G.8., and Mr. James

Bennie.

Genus THAMNISCUS, King, 1849.

(Annals Nat. Hist. 1849, iii. p. 389).

Thamniscus pustulata, R. Eth., jun.

Polypora ? pustulata, R. Etheridge, jun., Mem. Geol. Survey Scotland,

Expl. 23, 1873, p. 102.

Thamniscus Rankini, Young and Young, Annals Nat. Hist. 1875,

Xv. p. 335, pl. 9 bis.

Obs. In 1874 I described, in the explanation to sheet 23 of

the one-inch Geological-Survey Map of Scotland, certain

fragments of Carboniferous Polyzoa which I believed to be —

new, with the remark “if it be a new species of Polypora, I

would propose for it the specific designation of P. pustulata.”

I also pointed out that the disposition of the cells and mode of

branching were exceedingly like those seen in the type species

of Thamniscus, T. dubius, Schl., and suggested that it might

be a species of this genus.

Since my notice of the fossil appeared, the Messrs. Young

have obtained a comparatively perfect example, and have

shown that it should be more properly referred to Thamniscus,

as I surmised; but at the same time these authors have altered

the name to 7. Rankini—quite an unnecessary proceeding ;

for I gave a perfectly intelligible description, and my specific

name is to all intents and purposes a good one.

Genus RuomBopora, Meek.

Rhombopora, Meek, 1872, Hayden’s Final Report of the U.S. Geol.

Survey of Nebraska, p. 141.

T would draw the attention of British paleontologists to the

above genus of ‘the late Mr. Meek, referred by him to the

“Polypi” (Actinozoa), but which will, I think, probably

prove to be a Polyzoon. The genus was established for small

ramose corals with “ non-septate, short, tubular cells radiating

obliquely outward and upward on all sides from an imaginary

axis ; cell-mouths rhombic or rhombic oval, and very irregu-

larly arranged in longitudinalandoblique spiral rows, the former

Mr. R. Etheridge on Carboniferous Polyzoa. 37

of which are sometimes separated by more or less flexuous lon-

gitudinal ridges ; interspaces usually rather thick, and not

pierced by transverse pores, but occupied by very minute, non-

septate longitudinal cells that are closed and represented at the

surface by minute granules or spinules.”’

Mr. Meek considered that Millepora rhombifera, Phill., Vin-

cularia ornata, Kichw., and Favosites serialis, Portlock, might,

“with much confidence, be included in this genus.” The first

of these has been shown by the Messrs. Young to be a species

of their genus Rhabdomeson; but with regard to the others I

am not ina position to form an opinion. Mr. Meek concluded

his description with this remark :—‘‘ Although some species

of this genus [Rhombopora] have been referred to Goldfuss’s

genus Vincularia, they are widely removed from the typical

Cretaceous species of that genus.” I think it probable that

Lhombopora will be found a very convenient one for numerous

small Polyzoa of our Carboniferous and, perhaps, Silurian

rocks, the generic affinities of which have often been a

stumbling-block to authors. The relation of Rhombopora to

Vincularia requires investigation ; but I would in the mean

time suggest an examination (to those who have well-preserved

specimens) of the following species :—Vincularia ornata,

Hichw.; V. muricata, Kichw.; V. Bennied, mihi; Cerio-

pora hamiltonensis, Nicholson ; Millepora interporosa, Phill. ;

M. oculata, Phill.; M. spicularis, Phill.; and M. similis,

Phill.

Rhombopora has been adopted by Dr. Toula* for certain

forms from the Permio-Carboniferous rocks of Spitzbergen.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IT a.

Fig. 1. Fenestella arctica, Salter, var. scotica, R. Eth., Lower Carboni-

ferous Limestone group, Currielee Quarry, Edinburghshire.

Nat. size.

Fig. 2. A small portion, much enlarged, non-poriferous face, to show the

zigzag interstices and hexagonal fenestrules.

Fig. 3. Glauconome elegantula, R. Eth., Lower Carboniferous Limestone

group, Harelaw Quarry, Haddingtonshire ; poriferous face, some-

what enlarged.

Fig. 4. A portion of fig. 3, much enlarged.

Fig. 5. Another specimen of the same, striated or non-poriferous face,

nat. size., Harelaw Quarry, Haddingtonshire.

Fig. 6. A portion of fig. 5, much enlarged.

(I am indebted to Mr. Wilson for the drawings.)

* Sitz. d. k.-k. Akad. d. Wissenschaften zu Wien, 1875, Ixxi.

38 Mr. H. J. Carter on Arctic

Ill.—Arctie and Antarctic Sponges ce.

By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

[Plate 1]

On the 5th of May, 1877, I had the pleasure to receive from

Dr. Giinther, on behalf of the British Museum, for examina-

tion, five small jars containing sponges &c. collected by the

naturalists of the last Arctic expedition ; and certainly the con-

tents of these jars, although apparently trifling, are particu-

larly worthy of examination, since it is not the evidence which

the four entire specimens of sponges that they contain pre-

sents which makes them interesting, but the number of other

minute objects about the specimens and the microscopic con-

tents of the sand which has fallen from them to the bottom of

the jar. Altogether, too, their comparison with similar results

already in the British Museum, which were obtained from the

Antarctic regions and Spitzbergen respectively, renders it

desirable that they should be specially noticed.

Jars Nos. 1, 2, and 3 are from Capt. H. W. Feilden’s col-

lection, and contain as follows :-—

No. 1. Specimens of a siliceous sponge (Semisuberites,

n. sp.) growing upon the outer shell of a large Balanus, which

itself bears other organisms that will be hereafter mentioned ;

also two horny sprigs of a Hydrozoon bearing parasitically

Foraminifera and Diatomacee. The whole, further, labelled

‘Smith Sound, Cape Napoleon, 50 fths., Aug. 1876.”

No. 2. Specimens of a siliceous sponge (Halichondria pani-

cea, Johnston), an Acéinia, and a sprig of a colourless, horny,

branched Polyzoon. The whole labelled “ Lat. 79. 25, F.

Pierce Bay, 15 fths. B.T. 29. 50.—10. 8. 75.”

No. 3. Specimen of a calcareous sponge only, viz. Sycon

raphanus, Sdt. Labelled ‘“ Lat. 79.25, F. Pierce Bay,

15 fths. B.'T. 29. 50.—10. 8. 75.”

Jars Nos. 4 and 5 contain’ specimens collected by Mr.

Hart.

No. 4. Specimens of calcareous sponges, viz. one each

of Ute glabra, Sdt., and Leucosolenia coriacea, Bk., together

with sprigs of branched horny and calcareous Polyzoa

respectively. Labelled “ Aug. 11th, ’75.”

No. 5. Three portions of a Melobesia (M. polymorpha).

Labelled ‘‘ 10-20 fths.”

On a particular examination of the contents of these jars

the following report has been written, beginning with

and Aniarctic Sponges. 39

JAR No. 1.

Sponge, Semisuberites arctica, n. sp. (Pl. I. fig. 1, a—c.)

General form funnel-shaped, hollow, with a long round

stem (fig. 1, a), diminishing in size to the point of attach-

ment; mouth subcircular, margin thick, round, undulating

(fig. 2, e). Colour light grey. Surface reticulate, even.

Pores external, microscopic; vents internal, large, plenti-

fully and uniformly scattered over the inner surface of the

funnel (fig. 2, ¢). Internal structure loose, light, composed

of acuate spicules united together by sarcode into bundles

which, crossing each other, produce the usual areolated tissue

of sponge. Spicules of one kind only, viz. skeleton, but of two

forms, viz.:—1l, acuate, slightly curved towards the large end,

smooth, and gradually diminishing towards the smaller one,

which is rather abruptly pointed ; average largest size 1-48th

by 1-3000th inch in its greatest diameters (fig. 38, a): 2, the

same, but with a slight subterminal inflation (fig. 3, 6). Size

of largest specimen (fig. 1) about 3 inches long by 1? inch

across the brim of the funnel.

Hab. Marine, Arctic regions. Growing singly or in plu-

rality on hard objects.

Loc. Smith Sound, Cape Napoleon, in 50 fths.

Obs. There is much interest attaching to this sponge in

many ways. First, itis almost identical in elementary struc-

ture with Halichondria sanguinea, Johnston (Brit. Spong. 1842,

p- 133), originally described, with a figure of its spicule, by

Dr. Grant in 1826, under the name of Spongia sanguinea

(Edinb. Phil. Journ. pl. 121. fig. 9), which together with his

Sp. papillaris are the two commonest sponges on this coast

(Budleigh-Salterton, Devon), where they can be found at all

tides in great abundance a little below high-water mark. Se-

condly, Dr. Bowerbank, from the orange-colour and cork-like

tissue of Halichondria sanguinea, the tendency of its spicules

to a pin-like form, and the fact that,in one instance, he found the

identical form of flesh-spicule which characterizes Vioa John-

stonii, Sdt., and (as I hope soon to show) several other sponges

of this kind (Brit. Spong. vol. i. pl. ii. fig. 72, p. 239),

points out that both Semisuberites arctica and Halichondria

sanguinea belong to the family Suberitida, of which I also

hope soon to give a full account with all hitherto described

species in its different groups. Thirdly, a similar specimen of

the same sponge, but much larger, from Spitzbergen (fig. 2),

was presented to the British Museum by the Rev. A. E. Eaton

in 1873, which may easily be found by the register number

4) Mr. H. J. Carter on Arctic

73. 10. 85. 1, and its unmistakable whale-ship odour. It is

64 inches long and 31 inches across the long diameter of the

mouth, whose sides appear to have been partly brought into

contact by compression, although the brim is cleft. Fourthly,

one of the sponges dredged up by Sir James Ross at 744° south

latitude, in 300 fths., is also a Suberite. This, too, is in the

British Museum, and will be described in the account of the

Suberitida to which I have alluded.

Besides the specimens ot Semisuberites arctica in this jar,

there are two branched sprigs of the Hydrozoon Hudendrium

ramosum (Hincks, Brit. Hyd. Zoophytes, Atlas, pl. xiii.),

each about three inches long ; and these, again, are more or less

covered with parasitic Foraminifera of the rotaline type (chiefly

Pulvinulina), a great variety of Diatomacez, and here and there

an acervular calcareous Polyzoon; while the Balanus-shell

on which the sponges grew bears the beautiful little nutant

horny Polyzoon Pedicellina gracilis (fig. 1,e and fig. 5) in

great plurality on its creeping stoloniferous stem, and here

and there the little Infusorium Lagotia viridis of Strethill

Wright (Edinb. New Phil. Journ. 1858), Freda ampulla, Clap.

et Lachm., abundant here (Budleigh-Salterton) andonthe sedges

of the brackish marshes in the island of Bombay—thus, like

the little Protococcus nivalis, flourishing equally in the arctic

regions and in the torrid zone, where I found it in 1849

(see my paper “On the Red Colouring-matter in the Salt-

pans of Bombay,” Journ. Bomb. Asiat. Soc. vol. iti. pt. 2,

p- 32).

Having obtained some of the sea-bottom from the jars in

the British Museum holding the sponges dredged up in the

Antarctic Sea by Sir James Ross, to which I have alluded,

and also mounted it in balsam for microscopical examination,

I did the same with the sea-bottom from the jar containing

Semisuberites arctica from Smith Sound, when I found that

the two so far agreed that there was not a Coccolith or a

Rhabdolith to be found in either, and that, while the sea-

bottom from the antarctic regions contained hardly any G‘lobc-

gerine, that from Smith Sound contained none at all. In other

respects, as regards microscopic organisms, they were much

alike, excepting that, whereas in the antarctic sand Radiolaria

of the genera Haliomma and Dictyocha abounded, I only found

one Dictyocha in the sand from Smith Sound.

Now the sea-bottom accompanying Sir James Ross’s speci-

mens came from 300 fths. in 744° south latitude, while that

from Smith Sound was from 50 fths. in about 79° north lati-

tude—that is, off Cape Napoleon.

From Dr. Wallich’s observations in H.M.S. ‘ Bulldog,’ in

and Antarctic Sponges. 41

1860, we learn that ‘ between Greenland and Labrador, along

the belt traversed by the arctic current, and in a southerly

direction along the coast of Labrador, it (Globigerina) 18

either absent or occurs only in” very “ limited quantity ”

(‘ Deep-sea Researches on the Biology of Globigerina,’ p. 5:

Van Voorst, 1876); while the most northern sand in which I

have observed Coccoliths came from the Atlantic, between the

north of Scotland and the Faroe Islands, where they are very

abundant in the deep sea; but then, again, they, as well as

Coccospheres, are tolerably plentiful about the sponges that

grow on the rocks of this shore (Budleigh-Salterton).

Dr. Wallich (/. c.) also states that he found G'lobigerine

present in sea-bottom from “50 to 3000 fths. ;” but while

Coccoliths are abundant on the sea-shore here, I have never

met with Globigerine ; so that it may be questioned whether

thecr chief habitat does extend to such shallow water. Be this

as it may, the deep-sea bottom of the Atlantic is almost entirely

composed of G‘lobigerine and Coccoliths, where the deciduous

ones are often agglomerated into tests for the so-called ‘ Are-

naceous Foraminifera ’’ and minute Annelids ; but in the sea-

bottom of Smith Sound, where there are neither, these tests are

as often made up of the minute frustules of Diatomacez, like

those of some of the freshwater arenaceous Diffugiew. Also in

Smith Sound minute Melostre appear to be preferred, proba-

bly trom their bemg most plentiful there; while they are as

often found in the stomachs of the Polyzoa, but never a Cocco-

Lith or a Gilobigerina, so far as my observation has been ex-

tended.

Lastly, I should mention that a small Alcyonium 1s attached

to the Balanus-shell (fig. 1, f). Itis globular, about + inch in

diameter, and consists of a botryoidal group of melon-shaped

cells (fig. 4) of different sizes, according to their age, below

yz of an inch in diameter, the whole growing from a con-

tracted, corrugated base. The polyps are encased with the

usual spicular coat, which is extended into each tentacle, of

which there are eight; so that this Alcyoniwm probably be-

longs to the verruciform species, Nephthya of Savigny. Some

of the cells had their polyps exserted.

In the mounted sand are also present the remains of many

other sponges, viz. the perfected flesh-spicule of Melonanchora

elliptica (Ann. 1874, vol. xiv. p. 212, pl. xi. fig. 9), the

larger spicule of Corticium abysst (ib. 1873, vol. xii. p. 18,

pl. 1. figs. 3-5), also large bihamates ( ( fibulce) » probably of

an Hsperia, and many other spicules whose forms, although

different, do not characterize any sponge in particular.

42 On Arctic and Antarctic Sponges.

JAR No. 2.

Containsspecimens of Halichondria panicea, Johnston (Spon-

gia papillaris, Grant), of the coast, but with larger spicules and

the histodermal coat peculiar to the deep-sea form ; a small

Actinia; and a sprig of a branched, colourless, horny Poly-

zoon.

JAR No. 3.

Contains a single specimen only, viz. a calcareous sponge

(Sycon raphanus, Sdt.).

JAR No. 4.

Contains one specimen each of the calcareous sponges Ute

glabra, Sdt., and Leucosolenia coriacea, Bk. (Ascetta coriacea,

Hickel); also sprigs of three kinds of branched Polyzoa,

one calcareous.

JAR No. 5.

Contains three fragments of Melobesia polymorpha only,

which was sessile.

I have mentioned all the other organisms which these jars

contain besides the sponges to show that the sea-bottom, both

in the arctic and antarctic regions, at least so far as regards the

latitudes mentioned, is as pregnant with life as that of any

other part of the globe, at the same time that it has its pecu-

liarities.

The specimens have been examined and returned to the

British Museum without delay.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Semisuberites arctica, n. sp., growing on the outer shell of a Bala-

nus. Natural size. Smith Sound. Lateral view. a, stem; 6,

funnel-shaped head ; c,margin; d, Balanus-shell; e, Pedicellina

gracilis; f, Alcyonium; gg, stems of S. arctica broken off; h,

dotted line indicating opposite border of mouth.

Fig. 2. The same, from Spitzbergen. Natural size. Lateral view. a, stem;

b, funnel-shaped head ; c, pore- or external surface; d, vents on

internal surface ; e, rounded margin.

Fig. 3. The same, spicules magnified on the scale of 1-12th to 1-1800th

inch. a, acuate form; 6, subpinlike form.

Fig. 4. Single cell of Aleyonium, fig. 1, f, magnified.

Fig. 5. Head of Pedicellina graci!is, magnified, to show the organs of the

interior. a, stem; 6, calycle; c, oral orifice surrounded by ten-

tacles; d, anal orifice; e, stomach ; f, tentacles.

Mr. F’, Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. 43

IV.—Descriptions of Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera.

' By Freperic Moors, F.Z.S.

Fam. Danaide.

Danais nipalensis.

Male. Upperside dull ferruginous black: fore wing with

the. basal internal half bright ferruginous, intersected by the

black veins ; an oblique subapical narrow series of five white

spots,.the second, third, and fourth elongated, the fourth

longest, the fifth subconical ; a series of two median submar-

ginal and four marginal small white spots: hind wing with

the spaces between the veins to beyond the disk ferruginous,

intersected by broad black-margined veins. Cilia alternate

black and white. Head, thorax, and legs black, spotted and

streaked with white. Abdomen ferruginous. Underside

paler ferruginous black, marked as above.

Exp. 32 inches.

Hab. Katmandu, Nepal (General Ramsay). In coll. F.

Moore.

Nearest to D. chrysippus, from which it may be distin-

guished by the absence of all white markings, except the

narrow oblique subapical series on the fore wing.

Danais gautama.

Hemale. Black with bluish-white markings : fore wing with

two long streaks within base of cell and three short streaks at

its end; a series of five narrow streaks beyond end of the cell :

six discal spots; two lengthened narrow streaks starting from

base between lower median and submedian veins, and a spot

beyond, the upper streak broken near its end; three small

spots before the apex and a marginal row of spots; a short

streak at base of hind margin: hind wing with three streaks

within the cell; an elongated discal series of streaks, and two

outer marginal rows of small spots.

Exp. 32 inches.

Hab. Henzada, Rangoon district, Burmah (Watkins). In

coll. F. Moore.

Most nearly allied to D. septentrionis, Butler, but differs in

the shape of the fore wings (these in D. gautama being shorter),

the two basal streaks within base of the cell, the wider inter-

spaces between the discal and marginal spots, and in the form

of the streaks below the cell; on the hind wing it has an

additional central streak within the cell, and the discal streaks

between the veins are broad.

44 Mr. F. Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera.

Danais nilgiriensis.

Fuliginous black: fore wing with a bluish-white striated

streak within the cell; three subapical costal spots, below

which are two narrow streaks, the lower elongated ; five spots

within the disk; an elongated, black-centred, triangular streak

between lower median and submedian veins; a submarginal

series of seven spots, the lower, second, and third with a den-

tate point outward; a short marginal row of small dots from

posterior angle: hind wing with a bluish-white, narrow, fusi-

form streak within the cell; five contiguous small narrow

spots outside the cell ; three long narrow abdominal streaks ;

a submarginal series of spots, the upper two largest, the third

dentate, the others small; a marginal row of smaller spots.

Head, thorax, and legs black, spotted and streaked with white.

Abdomen blackish above, grey beneath. Underside paler,

markings as above.

Exp. 32 inches.

Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Dr. Day}. In coll. F. Moore.

Euplea coreoides.

Male and female dark velvety olive-brown, palest externally.

Male. Upperside—fore wing with a prominent submarginal and

marginal series of small white spots; two elongated silky

impressed marks between lower median and submedian veins:

hind wing with broader series of white oval and rounded sub-

marginal and smaller rounded marginal spots. Underside

paler; marginal spots as above ; both wings with small white

spot at end of the cell and contiguous series beyond.

Female with marginal spots as in male, the submarginal

series on both wings above and the discal series on fore wing

beneath being larger.

Exp. ¢ 32, 2 34 inches.

Hab. Malabar (Nilgiris and Wynaad). In coll. F. Moore.

Has much the appearance of LH. core, figured by Cramer

(which is also found in the same locality), but may be distin-

guished from that species by the two elongated silky impressed

marks in the male, the male of H. core having but a single

short narrow mark.

Euplea lankana.

Male. Upperside dark velvety olive-brown, palest exter-

nally: fore wing with a submarginal and marginal row of

very small indistinct whitish spots; two elongated silky im-

pressed marks between the lower median and submedian

veins: hind wing with a submarginal and marginal row of

Mr. F. Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. 45

whitish spots, the former oval from the anal angle and duplex

anteriorly, the latter smaller and round. Underside paler ;

marginal white spots the same, those on fore wing more

prominent ; both wings with a small white spot at end of cell,

and a contiguous series beyond.

Exp. 3 to 33 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.

This species stands in the British Museum cabinet as the

E. core of Cramer, and is referred to as such in Mr. Butler’s

monograph (P.Z.8. 1866, p. 276). Itis allied to L. coreotdes,

but differs frora it in the shape of the wings, the fore wing being

broader, shorter in the hind margin, and more trigonal in

form; the hind wing also is somewhat longer hindward and

less rounded on the outer margin.

Euploa asela.

This is the Ceylon representative of H. core, and differs

from typical specimens from India in the male and female

being above and beneath of a paler olive-brown, having both

rows of marginal spots very small, partly obsolete, and of an

olive-white colour, those on the hind wing also being smaller

and less prominent.

Exp. 32 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.

Euplea sinhala.

Male. Upperside dark velvety olive-brown: fore wing with

a short, broad, oval, silky impressed mark between the median

and submedian veins, a submarginal row of small ochreous-

white spots and marginal lower row of minute spots : hindwing

with a broad median flesh-coloured patch; costal border broadly

cinereous ; a submarginal series of oval ochreous-white spots

and marginal series of small round spots. Underside pale

olive-brown throughout: fore wing with hind margin broadly

cinereous, the sexual mark dusky; a series of whitish spots

outside the cell ; both wings with a submarginal and marginal

series of spots as above. °

Exp. 32 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.

Kuplea trawada.

Mate. Upperside dark blackish brown: fore wing glossed

with brilliant steel-blue; a lilac-blue spot at lower end of the

cell, and a contiguous discal series of six similar spots; a

marginal upper series of six small white spots and a marginal

46 Mr. F, Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera.

lower row of white dots; an elongated, silky, impressed streak

between lower median and submedian veins: hind wing with

a flesh-coloured patch extending over upper part of the cell ;

anterior margin broadly cinereous ; a submarginal row of pale

oval spots and a marginal row of small round spots. Under-

side brown: fore wing suffused in the disk with black; hind

margin broadly and an elongated lower discal spot cinereous

white; second discal spot and cell-spot blue; upper spots

minute, marginal rows of white spots distinct: hind wing

with marginal row of distinct white spots, submarginal row

partly obsolete; a small blue spot at end and a contiguous

series outside the cell.

Hab. Henzada, Rangoon district, Burmah (Watkins). In

coll. F’. Moore.

Exp. 34 inches.

Hestia malabarica.

Allied to H. belia, but differs on the fore wing in the costa

being black-streaked, the cell-spot more compact, there being

also a contiguous but distinct spot situated outside the cell

nearer the base and between the costal and subcostal veins ;

the discal series of spots turns to the costa more abruptly and

nearer to the end of the cell; these spots are more conical and

have no contiguous patches on the veins ; the marginai series

of vein-marks are on long peduncles. On the hind wing the

spots are somewhat smaller. Abdomen above with a broad

dorsal black band.

Exp. 5 to 54 inches.

Hab. Malabar, 8. India. In coll. F. Moore and British

Museum.

“Found in woody places on the western coast, especially

on the thick-wooded mountain-passes up the Western Ghats

and Nilgiris.”

Fam. Nymphalide.

Parthenos cyaneus.

Form and pattern of P. gambriseus from Silhet, but of

larger size, the ground-colour throughout the wings greyish

blue, the white spots on fore wing prominent, the two elon-

gated subapical spots entire and not broken at their costal

end; the two median transverse black bands broken up into

spots, the discal series of longitudinal streaks very narrow, and

the submarginal lunules also narrow.

Exp. ¢ 33, 2 44 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.

Mr. F. Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. 47

Parthenos virens.

Form and pattern of P. gambristus, ground-colour of the

wings light brassy green: fore wing with the white spots as

in P. cyaneus; black markings not so prominent, but some-

what confluent and leaving little interspaces between the mar-

ginal series, the submarginal row on hind wing being very

broadly conical.

Exp. 32 inches. -

Hab. Calicut, Malabar coast. In coll. F. Moore.

Neptis sangaica.

Male and female. Upperside black, markings white: fore

wing with short discoidal streak and large contiguous spot, a

discal transverse curved series of broad spots, and a marginal

row of prominent small lunular spots ; hind wing with broad

subbasal incurved band, and a broad outer maculated band.

Underside dark ferruginous ; fore wing with black-bordered

markings as above ; hind wing with black-bordered markings

as above, also two short basal white streaks, an ill-defined

white lunular line between the two broad bands, and a

narrow whitish line on the extreme outer margin.

Exp. ¢ 2, ¢ 22 inches.

Hab. Snowy Valley, Province Chekiang. In coll. W. B.

Pryer and F. Moore.

Most nearly allied to N. alompra from Assam, and quite

different from N. eurynome,may be distinguished by the absence

on both the upper and underside of the hind wing of the nar-

row submarginal white lunular line.

Athyma Pryert.

Male. Near to A. Helmanni from the Altai, but differs from

the same sex of that species in its larger size, the fore wing

being more produced at the apex, this wing above having the

markings more prominent and longer, and a distinct marginal

row of white streaks; the band on the hind wing is also

broader, and there is a very prominent marginal row of white

streaks. Underside similarly but more prominently marked ;

the marginal white streaks on hind wing also prominent (these

being nearly obsolete, both above and beneath,in A. Helmannz‘),

with broader interspace between them and the median band.

Exp. 23 inches.

Hab. Snowy Valley, Province Chekiang. In coll. W. B.

Pryer.

The markings in this form have much the appearance of

those in A. sulpitia, Cram.

48 Mr. F. Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera.

Fam. Pieride.

Appias mahana..

Male, Allied to A. indra, but on upperside differs in having

the apical black border less prominent, narrower, extending to

a less distance posteriorly (terminating before reaching the

lower median vein), and containing five rather large speckle-

bordered spots, one between every two veins. Underside—apex

of fore wing whitish buff, brown-speckled, bordered by a short .

black-speckled curved streak : hind wing whitish buff, brown-

speckled throughout, a series of these speckles also forming ill-

defined, uninterrupted, transverse streaks ; discocellular black

spot prominent.

Exp. 27 inches.

Hab. Darjiling (A. Grote). In coll. F. Moore.

Appias narendra.

Allied to A. indra and A. Lucas?. :

Male. Upperside—fore wing with broad black apex showing

two white spots; hind wing with a narrow black-speckled

margin, the speckles also slightly extending up each vein.

Underside—apex of fore wing buff-brown, black subapical

band broad: hind wing buff-brown, densely speckled with

brown scales, a series of these forming irregular, uninterrupted,

zigzag, transverse streaks ; discocellular spot small, black.

Exp. 22 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.

Terias cingala.

Upperside yellow ; fore wing with broad brown outer mar-

ginal band; hind wing with narrow brown marginal band.

Cilia brown. Underside pale yellow; hind wing with two

slightly perceptible dusky transverse streaks.

Exp. 1,5, inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore.

Form of wings as in 7’ venata, but differs in having the

marginal band on fore wing scalloped and broadly terminating

at posterior angle as in 7. drona. From T’. rama (the Cey-

lonese ally of 7. venata) it differs also in the same manner, as

well-as being without a black discocellular streak on the un-

derside of fore wing and the three subbasal brown spots and

two prominent transverse streaks on the hind wing.

Terias pallitana.

Upperside yellow: fore wing with broad apical marginal

Mr. F. Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. 49

brown band, scalloped and terminating abruptly above the

posterior angle of the wing as in 7. leta: hind wing with a

broad apical brown patch terminating in a marginal line to

anal angle. Underside paler, without markings. Form of

wing as in 7. drona.

Exp. 12 inch.

Hab. Kattywar (Bombay). In coll. F. Moore.

Teracolus pallens.

Form and pattern of 7. eucharis. Upperside—fore wing

with large pale orange apical patch, narrowly black-bordered

on its outer margin and extending slightly for a short distance

along the veins : hind wing without marginal spots. Underside

pale buff-yellow on apex and hind wing: fore wing with

slight dusky brown, recurved, apical transverse streak, and

short apical streak on hind wing.

Exp. 12 to 14 inch.

Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith); N. Canara (Ward): In coll. F.

Moore.

Txias kausala.

Male and female : upperside pale yellow ; cilia pale orange :

underside buff-yellow ; base of fore wing lemon-yellow.

Male: Fore wing with broad triangular pale orange sub-

apical band, intersected by black crossing veins; the band

bordered on its inner edge by a narrow blackish-speckled

margin encompassing a small orange spot at end of cell:

hind wing without marginal border, having only a few blackish

speckles at anterior angle. Underside: fore wing with a

small black-speckled discocellular spot; hind wing with small

dusky brown spot on anterior margin and two similar spots

below it and near the angle; a few pale brown strie inter-

spersed between the veins.

Female. Upperside with subapical band pale orange on its

lower portion only, the costal portion being yellow, the lower

portion with a transverse series of four blackish spots, one

between each vein, the upper portion bordered by a broad

black discocellular streak, the interspace between this and the

lowest black spot marked only by a few blackish speckles ;

hind wing as in male. Underside with discocellular spot

prominent, and the transverse row of spots brown with whitish

centres; the brown spots on hind wing also with whitish

centres.

Exp. 1? inch.

Hab. Kussowlie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 4

50 Mr. F. Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera.

Ixias agniverna.

Allied to I. marianne, but is smaller. The male above

has the black inner border of the discal red patch very narrow,

this border in the female being entirely absent on the lower

portion of the patch. In both sexes the marginal border of

the hind wing is also much narrower. Beneath, both sexes

are of a much deeper yellow, and the orange on the fore wing

brighter, the subapical series of spots on fore wing have orange-

coloured centres, and all the spots on hind wing have clear

waite centres, those of the submarginal series being very pro-

minent.

fixep., SAS, 9: 19-inch.

Hab. Ramgurh District, Hazareebagh (Chota Nagpore),

Bengal. In coll. F. Moore.

TIxias satadra.

Male. Upperside yellow, tinged with green at base and on

costa: fore wing with broad black apex, occupying more than

half the wing; subapical band narrow, central, curved, brick-

red, crossed by black veins; lower veins also broadly black-

speckled along their edges, and a series of these speckles

forming across the middle of the band a slightly distinct

transverse streak; hind wing with rather broad maculated

marginal band. Underside clear yellow; a marginal dot

between each vein: fore wing with small distinct discocellular

black spot and an outer transverse series of indistinct blackish

speckles, and black-speckled patch at posterior angle; hind

wing with a transverse discal series of yellowish brown spots,

the anterior spot and two before the apical angle most promi-

nent.

Exp. 2 inches.

Hab. Simla District, N.W. Himalaya (Captain Hellard).

In coll. F. Moore.

Fam. Lycenide.

Ouretis acuta.

Nearest to C. bulis, Bd. ; differs in both sexes in the acute

prolongation of the apical angle, and obliquity of the outer

margin, of the fore wing, darker colour; the golden (in the

male) and white (in the female) portion on both wings less

prominent, being confined to a smaller space on the middle of

the wing.

Exp. 2 inches.

Hab. Shanghai (Holdsworth). In coll. F. Moore.

Mr. F. Moore on Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. ol

Curetis truncata.

Female. Brown, fore wing indistinctly paler towards the

base; hind wing whitish narrowly on anterior margin and

slightly at the apex. Underside less prominently marked

than in C. acuta.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab. Shanghai (Holdsworth). In coll. F. Moore.

Distinguished by the short, truncate fore wings, the outer

margin being slightly convex, the shorter abdominal border,

and also truncated outer margin.

Aphneus elima.

Wings acute at apex; anal lobe prominently distended.

Male: upperside brown, posterior half of fore wing and mid-

dle of hind wing glossed with smalt-blue; fore wing with a

not very prominent subapical reddish patch, in which are two

brown spots; abdominal margin pale testaceous; anal lobe

reddish testaceous. Female brown; fore wing with large

triangular maculated red patch; hind wing with reddish discal

streak and anal lobe. Underside dull pale testaceous; trans-

verse spots and bands very pale, being defined only by outer

margins, each traversed by a silver streak; no marginal row

of dots.

Exp. ¢ 14, ¢ 12 inch.

Hab. Manpuri, N.W. India (C. Horne). In coll. F.

Moore.

Most nearly allied to A. zetis, from which it may be known

by the less prominent apical red patch, the difference in colour

and less apparent markings of the underside. .

Aphneus formosanus.

Most nearly allied to A. zozlus, but differing in its larger

size, broader black borders, and smaller red anal lobe. On the

underside the bands are the same in number, but broader and

more confluent, both in the fore and hind wings ; the red anal

lobe has also much smaller black spots.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab. Formosa. In Coll. W. B. Pryer.

Dipsas birupa.

Male. Upperside metallic green, both wings broadly mar-

gined with brown. ;

Female. Upperside dark brown; fore wing slightly tinged

with blue at base ; two subapical bluish white ore Under-

52 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

side greyish fawn-colour; both wings with transverse, pale-

bordered, brown discocellular streak, a straight discal and a

lunular submarginal band ; the discal band on fore wing short,

the discal band on hind wing straight till where it reaches the

sinuous angle; two anal, black-centred, bright orange spots.

Cilia whitish.

Exp. 1,3; inch.

Hab. Masuri, N.W. Himalaya (Capt. Lang). In coll. F.

Moore.

Distinguished from D. ziha (of which, at present, I know

only the female) in the underside being differently coloured,

the submarginal band on fore wing being uniform in colour

and without the terminal spots, and in the discal transverse

band on hind wing being quite straight to where the sinuous

portion turns off to abdorminal margin.

Fam. Hesperide.

Pamphila Mencia.

Male and female. Upperside dark glossy olive-brown : fore

wing of male with a curved discal series of five small yellowish

spots, and with a contiguous oblique prominent narrow streak ;

two small spots also at end of the cell: hind wing with a dis-

cal series of three indistinct spots. Female differs in the

absence of the oblique narrow discal streak on fore wing and

the spots on the hind wing. Underside paler, longitudinally

streaked with grey ; spots the same; sexual streak on male not

visible.

Exp. 1,8, inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

In this species the wings are much broader than in P.

sinensis (Mabille), and the hind wing is not lobed as in that

species.

V.—Report on the Crustacea collected by the Naturalists

of the Arctic Expedition in 1875-76. By Epwarp J.

Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assistant in the Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum.

[Plates III. & IV.]

Tue Crustacea collected by the naturalists of H.M.SS.

‘Alert’ and ‘Discovery,’ although not including many

novelties, are of great interest on account of the high and

hitherto unexplored latitudes reached by the late Arctic Expe-

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 53

dition. The number of species may appear small in compa-

rison with the results of the late German expedition to the

North Pole, or with those published in the Preliminary “ Re-

port of the Biological Results of the Cruise of the Valorous:”

but in the case of the latter expedition the collections were made

on the coast of Western Greenland and in Davis Straits, many

degrees to the southward, and under conditions much more

favourable to the production of animal life ; and as regards the

former, the species actually collected in the Polar Sea were few

in number compared with those obtained on the east coast of

Greenland.

In accordance with a suggestion of Captain Feilden, the

following account of the collections of Crustacea is confined

to the species collected between lat. 78° and 84° N. The few

specimens of Crustacea brought home by the Expedition from

localities south of 78° N. lat. which were in the collection

intrusted to me, can be omitted without in any degree detracting

from the chief interest of this report as an account of the fauna

of a region hitherto unexplored by the carcinologist.

The most northerly species collected is Anonyx nugax, one

of the commonest and most abundantly distributed of the

Arctic Amphipoda, and first made known to science a hundred

years ago by Phipps (Voy. toward the North Pole). Of this

species a fine adult male example, and several smaller ones,

were collected by Captain Markham and Lieut. Parr, at 83°

19’ N. lat., in May 1876, at a depth of 72 fathoms (bottom

mud, containing Foraminifera). The next most northerly

species, a large specimen of the well-known Hippolyte aculeata,

was found on the shore of Dumb-bell Harbour, Grinnell Land,

in lat. 82° 30' N.

The following are the principal stations at which Crustacea

were collected by the naturalists of the ‘ Alert’ and ‘ Dis-

covery’ :—

Floeberg Beach, the winter quarters of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’

from September 1875 to July 1876, in 82° 27' N. lat. Cap-

tain Feilden states that the only means of obtaining Crus-

tacea at this point was by letting down baited nets through

the firehole, and in July through cracks made in the floe.

Discovery Bay, winter quarters of the ‘ Discovery,’ in 81°

44' N. lat. The Crustacea collected at this locality were

obtained by dredging at a depth of 5} to 25 fathoms, in Au-

gust 1875-76. (The bottom rocky.)

Cape Fraser, Grinnell Land, in 79° 44’ N. lat. Crustacea

were collected at a depth of 20 fathoms, in August 1876.

(Bottom stony.)

Dobbin Bay, Grinnell Land, in 79° 40’ N. lat. The Crus-

54 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

tacea were collected at a depth of 30 fathoms, in August 1876.

(Bottom consisting of stones and mud.

Cape Louis Napoleon, a prominent headland of Grinnell

Land, in lat. 79° 38’ N. The Crustacea were obtained at a

depth of 25 fathoms, in August 1876.

Franklin-Pierce Bay, Grinnell Land, in 79° 29! N. lat.

Crustacea were collected at a depth of 15-20 fathoms, in Au-

gust 1875.

Dr. Liitken, in his valuable “ List of the Crustacea of

Greenland,” published in 1875, in the ‘Manual of Instruc-

tions for the Arctic Expedition,’ enumerates 184 species of

Crustacea and Pyenogonida ; and Norman, in the ‘ Report on

the ‘ Valorous’ Expedition,’ gives 249 as the number of

species belonging to the West-Greenland fauna alone, no

fewer than 113 species having been collected in Davis Straits

and on the west coast of Greenland by that Expedition. Only

31 species were collected by the Arctic Expedition in Smith

Sound and the seas to the northward; whence it is evident

that in the highest latitudes there is a great decrease in the

number of species of Crustacea, which is but partially com-

pensated for by the increase in number of the individuals

of certain well-known species which attain a much larger

size than specimens of the same species collected in lower

latitudes. From the Table appended it appears that this

decrease is mainly in the orders Amphipoda and marine

Ostracoda. Of the latter group no species were collected by

the naturalists of the ‘ Alert’ and ‘ Discovery.’

The following Table exhibits, (I.) the number of species

obtained during the ‘ Valorous’ cruise on the west coast of

Greenland and in Davis Straits; (LI1.) the number mentioned

by Buchholz as occurring on the south and west coasts of

Greenland; (III.) the number obtained by the British Arctic

Expedition north of lat. 78° N. in Smith Sound and on the

coasts of Grinnell Land :—

1% Nb Copa] bil

SPA RVUIEA Sed iarate ss. Ses 3

Beomileneii.)) eas 2S alts 1

Maerurin | .ivice Sohne tla dee ll 6 9

Stomatopoda .......... rr 1 1

MMBCOR oc om ale + aohak 6

MSGI re Ealetere as te ke ee ic 2 +

Amphipoda.. 07.55.54 88 39 21 12

Phyllopoda<.-....2 4. Asia 3 1 1

Datracad sien kyskes vere). «pa. 34

MC OPEBGE So eieiwiete cholo «10 <> 2 1 if

OMETUPCORE s Sorwiss 1s «len ei 8ye 4 1 1

PyCHORONIGA |e ce arin. 3s 3 3 2

—

—_

_—

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 55

Of actual novelties not many were obtained during the

expedition. A marked variety (which may prove to bea dis-

tinct species, although I do not consider it as such) of Arc-

turus baffini, a new species of parasitic Copepoda of the genus

Lerneopoda, occurring upon the gills of the new Charr de-

scribed by Dr. Giinther under the name of Salmo arcturus,

and a variety of the well-known Nymphon hirtum, complete

the list.

One of the most interesting species obtained is the extraor-

dinary Isopod, Munnopsis typica, Sars, originally discovered

at great depths in the fjords of Norway and at the Lofoten

Islands, and since obtained at a depth of 100 fathoms in Davis

Straits, during the cruise of the ‘ Valorous.’ Of this species

several specimens were obtained off Capes Fraser and Napo-

leon at 20-50 fathoms. Cetochilus septentrionalis, which was

collected abundantly south of Smith Sound, was not found

north of the entrance to that channel; but specimens of a

delicate species of Phyllopoda, which I refer to the Branchi-

necta arctica of Verrill, were collected by Mr. Hart in a small

freshwater lake and in a stream under ice so far to the northward

as Discovery Bay.

Geographical Distribution —This has been already dis-

cussed in some detail by Buchholz (/. c.). The Crustacean

fauna of Greenland, Spitzbergen, and the Scandinavian penin-

sula has been so thoroughly elucidated of recent years,

through the labours of the Danish, Swedish, and Norwegian

naturalists, that it is not surprising that a large proportion of

the Arctic species (including, as will be seen from the follow-

ing Table, nearly all collected by the British expedition)

should have been recorded from these localities. Compara-

tively few Arctic species inhabit the North British seas; nor

is it probable that their number will be greatly increased, the

Crustacea of the Shetlands having been carefully investigated

by the Rev. A. M. Norman, in his recently published report

on the dredging-operations carried on in these islands, and

that of the coast of Scotland generally by the researches of

local naturalists.

For our knowledge of the Crustacea inhabiting the coasts

and islands of Arctic America, we have for data only the re-

ports appended to the earlier British voyages to the Arctic

regions, and for those of North-eastern Asia, Brandt’s account

of the Crustacea in Middendorft’s ‘ Sibirische Reise,’ vol. ii.

While a large number of the species inhabiting the northern

seas of Europe and Hastern America are probably restricted

in their range to the North-Atlantic basin, I believe, when

the Crustacea of the north coasts of America and Asia become

better known it will be found that the hardier species, which

Geographical Distribution of the Crustacea collected by the Arctic

Expedition North of Lat. 78° N.

| | led |.

a) Sio/slalste

: a oO |\so 3 | <a

is | ey:

Nemeaelime npacies 8\-3°S\E/S/E/S\|_.| Other localities.

collected, 2/2 B\dhe|sre\q

let df 1S [rn | (OIA

DECAPODA.

| = ° .

Cheraphilus boreas .........- x| « |*/«|#*|-.| « |California.

Sabinea septemcarinata ...... *| «x |o-lelelael x

Hippolyte Gaimardil.......... #| #? |x| el *

= spinus arateitelas a etnieleifetieleysiene take * * *\ eI

—— turgida .........-0004-- * % | *®

—— Phippsii.............45- * * | *

ree AVOH MRT tee fs fice bag “ahaa *| x x |x

as Inomeallin bong gandeeaoae ae *| x x | *

—— grenlandica ..........-. #| x a eal

STOMATOPODA.

Mysis oculata...........--++: 1 aaa ey

Isopopa.

AT ELUTUS DALI! ois chevelle «co trere ..| g» |alx|.-|.-|..|Faro Islands.

, var. Feildeni ...... A eee a

Gyge hippolytes............-. %| --'le-lalale

Phryxus abdominalis ........ # well ae | ®

Munnopsis typica........... Blioe «|e | ae .|Davis Straits.

AMPHIPODA.

AnonyxX nugaxX ....+..++.0ees «| « |elelelelx

PUMNONDIGIE «othe 5210 foie wile © = x] .. |*|«|«|«|--|South Europe ?

Onesimus Edwardsil.......... * * *

Atylus carimatus . 01.2... eo Bee Ne aig

Acanthozone hystrix.......... *) « |eelele

Halirages fulvocinctus ........ Be Iieum alice aged te

Gammarus locusta............ «| « |*|*||«*|+*|South Europe.

Gammaracanthus loricatus ....)%| % |--|«]x*

Amathilla pinguis............ * |

Eusirus cuspidatus .......... Wade V8 it lhe Gllbage ie

Teitropis aculeata 2...) (00 2.u 4 &| «|e lael xe

/Xgina spinosissima .......... 'e| #Pl.-|e]g|--|--|Great Manan, Co-

lorado.

PHYLLOPODA.

Branchipus (Branchinecta) arc-

CLCMS ER eta eee sips «oe halite le] x

CopEpopa.

Lernopoda arcturi, n.........

CIRRIPEDIA.

Balanus porcatus ov. ......... | * * ||» |*|--|Maine, Massachu-

setts ; China?

PYCNOGONIDA. i

Nymphon hirtum .. eta naets of, Wey lane are pe

oe , var. obtusidigitum . .

——- Stromli ................ 5 tye |

+ Including the Crustacean fauna of the southern, western, north-eastern,

and eastern coasts. For information with respect to the particular species

inhabiting these coasts I must refer to the table given by Buchholz (2. ¢.).

{ With particular reference to the northern coasts and islands adjacent.

These localities are important as showing the tendency to a circumpolar

distribution observable in many species, and are not given by Buchholz.

Further particulars are mentioned in the text.

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. Be

increase In size and number as regards individuals in the

highest latitudes, range over a zone comprehending the

whole circumpolar or Arctic region, as has been already sug-

gested by Dana, in the second volume of his work on the

Crustacea collected by the United-States Exploring Expedi-

tion under Commodore Wilkes (pp. 1554, 1579), correspond-

ing to the Antarctic region of the same author.

It has been thought useful to give, in the synonyma, full

references to the earlier British Polar voyages and Arctic

expeditions wherein lists of the Crustacea collected are pub-

lished ; but reference is only made to the principal works of

the Danish and Scandinavian naturalists, by whose labours

our knowledge of the lower orders of the Crustacea has been

so greatly increased.

A small collection of Crustacea made by A. C. Horner, Esq.,

while on board the yacht ‘ Pandora,’ which has been placed

in my hands for examination, contains only two species col-

lected north of lat. 78°, 7.e. three specimens of Atylus cari-

natus, and four very small specimens of an Amphipod,

perhaps belonging to the genus Pherusa. Both these species

were collected at a depth of 7 fathoms on a clay bottom, in

Pandora Habour, Smith Sound, in lat. 78° 17’ N.

DECAPODA.

CRANGONIDZ.

Cheraphilus boreas.

Cancer boreas, Phipps, Voy. North Pole, p. 190, pl. xii. fig. 1 (1774).

Cancer homaroides, O. Fabr. Fauna Groenlandica, p. 241 (1780); Mohr,

Isl. Naturh. p. 108. no. 245, pl. v. (1786).

Crangon boreas, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 410 (1798) ; Sabine, Parry’s

Ist Voy. Append. no. x. p. 57 (1821); Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s

drd Voy. p. 120 (1826); 4th Voy. p. 205 (1828); Ross and Owen,

Crust. in Append. Ross 2nd Voy. p. Ixxxi (1835); M.-Edw. Hist.

Nat. Crust. 11. p. 342 (1837) ; Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. iv. p. 218, pl. iv.

figs. 1-14 (1842-45); Brandt, Crust. in Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise,

. 114 (1851); Bell, Crust. in Belcher, ‘ Last of the Arctic Voyages,’

1. p. 402 (1855) ; Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche

Nordpolarfahrt, ii. p. 271 (1874).

Bria boreas, Kinahan, Proc. Royal Irish Acad. viii. p. 68

( :

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, lat. 81° 44’ (both males and fe-

males), at depth of 25 fathoms; Cape Napoleon, one male example,

at 25 fathoms; Franklin-Pierce Bay, one female, at 15 fathoms:

temperature of water 29°50.

In the large series of this species collected, the females are uni-

formly larger than the males and more robust, the frontal lobe,

58 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

the spines at the antero-lateral margins of the carapace, and the teeth

of the median dorsal carina less prominent and acute; the outer

lamina of the antenne is of a more broadly oval shape; the inner

ramus of the first to fifth pairs of the postabdominal appendages,

which in the male is quite small, in the female is, with the outer

ramus, flattened and largely developed, and furnished with long

marginal cilia, to which the ova adhere by the viscous matter which

retains the whole mass in situ. The length of the largest female

slightly exceeds 4 inches (103 millims.) ; that of the largest male is

only 22 inches (68 millims.). The dark purple longitudinal stripes

on the segments of the postabdomen are generally much more dis-

tinct in the males than in the females.

This species is found in great abundance throughout the high

northern and Arctic latitudes—occurring upon the Scandinavian

coasts, Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, the north coast of North

America (Port Bowen, Igloolik, Felix Harbour, Melville Island),

and Kamtschatka. California, 1 may add, is mentioned as a habi-

tat of this species by Owen and Ross in the Appendix to Ross’s

Second Voyage, on the authority of specimens collected during the

voyage of the ‘ Blossom.’

Sabinea septemcarinata.

Crangon septemcarinatus, Sabine, Append. no. x. of Capt. Parry’s Ist

Voy. p. 58, pl. ii. figs. 11-13 (1821); Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s

4th Voy. p. 205 (1828); Milne-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 343

(1837); Brandt, Crust. in Middendorff, Sibirische Reise, p. 114

1851).

Sabena a ies cate Owen and Ross, Crust. in Append. Ross’s 2nd

Voy. p. Ixxxii (1835); Miers, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xix.

p- 1385 (1877).

Sabinea (Crangon) septemcarinata, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. iv. p. 244,

pl. iv. figs. 34-40, pl. v. figs. 41-44 (1842-43),

Coll. Feilden : Discovery Bay, 25 fathoms, abundantly, both males

and females ; Cape Napoleon, 25 fathoms, three specimens, males.

Coll. Hart: Dobbin Bay, at a depth of 30 fathoms, one specimen,

a female with ova.

The differences between the sexes in S. septemearinata are less

marked than in the preceding species. The females are but little

larger than the males; and the rami of the appendages of the post-

abdomen differ but slightly in the two sexes (see Kroyer, Nat.

Tidsskr. l. ¢. figs. 43, 44). In small specimens the fourth segment of

the postabdomen has a small spine at its infero-lateral angle, which

is usually absent in the adult. Among the large number of speci-

mens collected there is but a single female with ova. Length of this,

the largest specimen, 2 inches 6 lines (nearly 64 millims.).

This species is probably as widely, but less abundantly distri-

buted than C. boreas throughout the circumpolar region. It occurs

on the coasts of Arctic America (Igloolik, Felix Harbour), the Shet-

lands, Norway, Greenland, and Spitzbergen ; and its range extends

eastward to Kamtschatka (Ryan).

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 59

ALPHEID 2.

Hippolyte Gaimardi.

Hippolyte Gaimardii, Milne-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 378 (1837) ;

Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 1 R. iii. p. 572 (1840-41) ; Monogr. Fremst.

Slegt. Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 74, pl. i. figs. 21-29 (1842) ;

Goés, Cify. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. p. 168 (1863).

Hippolyte gibba, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 1 R. iii. p. 572 (1840-41);

Monogr. Slegt. Hippolyte’s nord. Arter, p. 80, pl. i. fig. 30, pl. ii.

figs, 31-37 (1842).

? Hippolyte Belcheri, Bell, Crust. in Belcher, ‘ Last of the Arctic Voy-

ages,’ il, p. 402, pl. xxxiv. fig. 1 (1855).

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, one female

specimen.

A single specimen (female with ova) was collected by Mr. Hart.

Length 2 inches 2 lines (55 millims.). The front margin of the cara-

pace is armed with two spines—one below the eyes, and one (very

small) at the junction of the anterior and inferior margins of the

carapace. The rostrum slightly exceeds in length the scale of the

antenne, is slightly directed upward at the distal extremity,

and is *-toothed, the teeth on the upper margin becoming more

crowded toward the distal extremity. The third segment of the

postabdomen is without a compressed dorsal carina. The eyes are

obconical. The outer maxillipeds do not reach to the apex of the

antennal scale.

The dorsal tubercle or carina is, according to Goés (Jl. ¢.), gene-

rally characteristic of the males of this species, to which he refers

the H. gibba of Kroyer and H. Belcheri of Bell.

Hippolyte Gaimardii is very generally distributed on the high-

northern coasts and islands of EKurope. It has been recorded from

the shores of Norway, Finmark, Spitzbergen, Iceland, Greenland ;

also Arctic America, if the H. Belcheri of Bell belong to this species.

Its author describes it as having but ‘“ a single tooth at the outside

of the orbilar notch.”

Hippolyte spinus.

Cancer spinus, Sowerby, Brit. Miscell. p. 47, pl. xxiii. (1806).

Alpheus spinus, Leach, Ed. Encycl. vii. p. 451 (1813-14); Linn.

Trans. xi. p. 8347 (1815).

Hippolyte Sowerbei, Leach, Mal. Pod. Brit. pl. xxxix. (1815-17).

LMippolyte Sowerbet, Owen and Ross, Crust. in Append. Ross 2nd Voy.

p- Ixxxiii, pl. B. fig. 2 (1835); Kroyer, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hip-

polyte’s nord. Arter, p. 90, pl. ii. figs. 45-54 (1842),

Hippolyte Sowerbyi, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. 11. p. 380 (1837).

EHippolyte spinus, Bell, Brit. Crust. p. 284 (1855).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 5 specimens, at 25. fathoms.

This species is distinguishable at first sight by its compressed

lamellate rostrum, the high and stongly dentated median dorsal

carina, &c. As in Hippolyte turgqida, there are four spines upon the

60 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

anterior margin of the carapace, two of which are placed above the

eye-peduncle. The length of the largest specimen is 2 inches 4 lines

(59 millims.). All the specimens in the collection are females ; but

only one bears ova.

H. spinus occurs on the British and Scandinavian coasts, at Green-

land, Spitzbergen, and on the shores of Arctic America (Felix

Harbour).

Hippolyte turgida.

Hippolyte turgida, Kréyer, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippolyte’s nor-

diske Arter, p. 100, pl. ii. figs. 57-58, pl. iii. figs. 59-63 (1842); Buch-

holz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 273

(1874).

Coll. Feilden': Discovery Bay, 25 fathoms, one specimen, female ;

Franklin-Pierce Bay, one specimen, female with ova.

Coll. Hart: Cape Fraser, 20 fathoms, one female example.

This species is remarkable on account of the turgid form of the

body, and the convexity of the dorsal surface of the carapace. From

H. polaris (with some varieties of which species it might be con-

founded on first comparison) it is distinguished by the existence of

an additional spine upon the anterior margin of the carapace above

the eye-peduncle. The only perfect example obtained (a female)

has the rostrum 11-toothed. Length about 1 inch 10 lines (47

millims.).

Goés, who had examined 100 specimens of this species, did not

find a single male in the series; and he considered it to be the fe-

male of the Hippolyte Phippsii of Kroyer. By Buchholz the differ-

ences are not regarded as sexual, as he states that he had observed

two male individuals of H. turgida, and a female of H. Phippsii ;

but he nevertheless considers the two forms probably varieties of

one and the same species.

Although this species has not been noted by any of the earlier

Arctic voyagers, it may not improbably, in some instances, have been

confounded with H. polaris, to which, as stated above, it bears some

external resemblance.

Its occurrence has been recorded on the coasts of Greenland,

Spitzbergen, and Norway.

Hippolyte Phippsii?

? Hippolyte Phippsii, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 1 R. iii. p. 575 (1840-41);

Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippolyte’s nordisk. Arter, p. 106, pl. iii.

figs. 64-68 (1842); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche

Nordpolarf. p. 274 (1874).

Coll. Hart: Cape Fraser, 20 fathoms, one specimen.

A single specimen of a species of Hippolyte is in the collection,

which I refer with but little hesitation to this species. The only

point in which it differs from Kréyer’s diagnosis is in the absence of

the second minute supraocular spine ; and this may well be a point

of less than specific importance. .

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 61

The rostrum is slender and straight, of the form figured by Kroyer

(1. c.), and has ten very small teeth on its upper and five near the

distal extremity of its inferior margin. Length nearly 1 inch 4

lines (33 millims.).

This species is found on the shores of Finmark, Spitzbergen, and

Greenland.

Hippolyte polaris,

Alpheus polaris, Sabine, Append. Parry’s Ist Voy. no. x. p- 60, pl. ii.

figs. 5-8 (1821) ; Ross, Append. Parry’s 4th Voy. p. 206 ( 1828).

Hippolyte polaris, Ross and Owen, Append. Ross’s 2nd Voy. Zool. Crust.

p. Ixxxv (1835); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p- 3876 (1837) ;

Kroyer, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 116,

pl. ui. figs. 78-81, pl. iv. fig. 82 (1842); Bell, in Belcher, ‘Last of

the Arctic Voyages,’ ii. p. 401 (1855); Goés, GEfv. Vet. Akad. For-

handl. p. 169 (1863) ; Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche

Nordpolarf. p. 275 (1874).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 25 fathoms, abundant; Cape Na-

poleon, five specimens; Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fathoms, two

specimens.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, several speci-

mens ; Dobbin Bay, 30 fathoms, one specimen.

In this species there are three or four spines in a median series

on the back of the carapace, and three spines upon its anterior mar-

gin, one above and one below the eyes, and one at the junction of

the anterior and inferior margins. The rostrum is toothed above and

below, and acute at the extremity, which is directed somewhat up-

ward. The number of teeth on the upper and lower margins,

however, is very variable, averaging 7—9 on the upper, and 3-4 on

the lower margin. In one specimen the rostral teeth= 10, in

another $. Kroyer, in the diagnosis of this species in his mono-

graph of the genus Hippolyte (p. 121), gives = as the number of

the rostral teeth; but this is somewhat below the average. The

length of the largest specimen (a female with ova) is 2 inches

7 lines (66 millims.). In this specimen the rostral teeth=2.

I have observed no distinctive sexual characters in the indivi-

duals collected, although a greater number were obtained of this

species than of any other in the genus. There are a large number

of females with ova; and perhaps all the specimens are of this

sex. According to Buchholz, who observed a nearly equal number

of specimens of both sexes, the females are generally larger than

the males, and have the upper antenne shorter.

This species occurs abundantly on the coasts of Greenland and

Spitzbergen, and is also found on the shores of Norway and the

Province of Finmark and Arctic America (Melville Island).

Hippolyte borealis.

Hippolyte borealis, Owen, fppend. Ross’s 2nd Voy. Crust. p. lxxxiv,

pl. B. fig. 3 (1885); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust) ii. p: 370 (1837)

62 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

Kriyer, Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 122,

pl. iii. figs. 74-77 (1842); Bell, in Belcher, ‘ Last of the Arctic

Voyages,’ ii. p. 400 (1855); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite

deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, p. 276 (1874).

Coll. Feilden : Discovery Bay, at 25 fathoms, several specimens ;

Cape Napoleon, at 25 fathoms, two specimens ; Franklin-Pierce

Bay, at 15 fathoms, three specimens.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, four speci-

mens ; Dobbin Bay, 30 fathoms, one specimen.

This species is characterized by its elongate, slender, horizontal

rostrum, the upper margin of which is straight and entire; upon

the lower margin, near the apex, there are usually 3-4 small teeth ;

in several specimens there are 5, in one or two specimens only 2

teeth on the lower margin. There are two spines on the anterior

margin of the carapace, one above and one below the eye. Length

of the largest specimen collected, 2 inches 3 lines (57 millims. ).

There is not among the specimens of this species a single female

with ova; it is probable that all are of the male sex. No females

were collected by the German Arctic Expedition, under Captain Kol-

dewey ; and Goes (Cafv. Vet. Ak. Férhandl. 1863, p. 170) states that

he has never observed any among the large number of specimens

examined by him.

_ By Goés (Atv. Vet. Ak. Forh. p. 170, 1863) this species is con-

sidered identical with H. polaris ; and by Buchholz (J. ¢.) it is not

thought to be more than a variety. That the differences between

the two forms are not sexual, as might have been surmised, would

seem to be proved by the fact that Buchholz mentions the oc-

currence of males and females of H. polaris in nearly equal num-

pers. For the present I think it desirable to regard the two forms

as distinct species. The differences are at least as great as those

between many other species of the genus ; and no strictly interme-

diate varieties have been observed.

The geographical range of H. borealis is the same as that of H.

polaris.

Hippolyte grenlandiea.

Astacus grenlandicus, J. C. Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 416 (1775).

Cancer aculeatus, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenlandica, p. 289 (1780).

Alpheus aculeatus, Sabine, Zool. in Append. Parry’s Ist Voy. p. 59, pl.

ii. figs. 9, 10 (1821) ; Ross, Append. Parry’s 8rd Voy. p. 120 (1826) ;

4th Voy. p. 206 (1828).

Hippolyte aculeata, Owen and Ross, Crust. in Append. Ross’s 2nd Voy.

“|xxxiii (1835); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 380 (1837);

Owen, Crust. in Beechey’s Voy. ‘Blossom,’ p. 88 (1889) ; Kroyer,

Monogr. Fremst. Slegt. Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 126, pl. iv.

figs. 83-98, pl. v. figs. 99-104 (1842); Brandt, in Middendorff, Sibiri-

sche Reise, Krebse, p. 118 (1851) ; Bell, Crust. in Belcher, ‘ Last of

the Arctic Voyages, P- 401 (1855).

Hippolyte armata, Owen, Crust. in Beechey’s Voy. ‘ Blossom,’ p. 88, pl.

xxvii. fig. 2 (1839), Oo.

Hippolyte cornuta, Owen, Crust. Beechey’s Voy. ‘Blossom,’ p. 89,

pl. xxviii. fig. 2 (1839), d.

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 63

Coll. Feilden : Dumb-Bell Harbour, lat. 82° 30’, one female speci-

men.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, one male

specimen,

In this species the rostrum is short and slender, there is a strongly

4-dentate median dorsal carina, three strong spines on the anterior

margin of the carapace, and the segments of the postabdomen are

strongly spined upon their inferior lateral margins. The largest

specimen collected has the rostrum, anterior to the front margin

of the carapace, 3-toothed; the length of this specimen is 2 inches

10 lines (72 millims.). In the male, length 2 inches 4 lines (59

millims.), the segments of the postabdomen (especially the second

segment) are narrower on the sides, and the lateral spines much

longer.

H. grenlandica occurs on the coasts of Greenland, Arctic Ame-

rica (Port Bowen, Melville Island), and in the seas of Kamtschatka

and Okhotsk.

STOMATOPODA.

Mysipa.

Mysis oculata.

Cancer oculatus, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenlandica, p. 245. no. 222 (1780).

Mysis Fabricit, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soe. xi. p. 350 ( 1815).

Mysis oculata, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. ii. p. 255 (1838-9) ; 3 R.i. pp. 13,

41 (1861); Voy. en Scand. Crust. Atlas, pl. viii. fig. 2; Buchholz,

Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 284 (1874).

Coll. Feilden: Cape Napoleon, 25 fathoms (temperature of water

29°°2).

The single specimen collected is in a very much mutilated condi-

tion. Its length is nearly 10 lines (20 millims.).

It occurs on the coasts of Greenland and Spitzbergen.

ISOPODA.

Arcturus baffina.

Idotea baffin,, Sabine, Append. Capt. Parry’s 1st Voy. p. 50, pl. i. fig.

4-6 (1821); Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s 3rd Voy. p. 117 (1826) ;

4th Voy. p. 203 (1828),

Arcturus tuberculatus, Latr. in Cuvier’s Régne Animal (ed. 2s ay

p. 189 (1829).

Arcturus baffin, Westwood, Trans. Entom. Soe. Lond. i. p- 72 (1836) ;

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 123, pl. xxxi. fig. i. ( 1840) ; Bell,

in Belcher, ‘ Last of the Arctic Voyages,’ ii. p- 408 (1855).

Coll. Feilden: Cape Napoleon, at 25 fathoms, two Specimens,

male and female.

Coll. Hart: Dobbin Bay, 30 fathoms, one male and one female ;

Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, four males and one female :

same locality, depth not stated, two females and many young.

64 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

Two very distinct varieties of this species are in the collection. ’

In one, which may be considered the typical, and which is pro-

bably also the commonest condition of the species, the body is of a

compact, robust form; the head, and each of the segments of the

body, is armed with a pair of conical erect spines, which are smaller

upon the posterior segments; on the terminal segments, in leu of

spines, are two small tuberculiform prominences. The coxe of the

last three pairs of legs project laterally, and are acute at the extre-

mity. The spines vary considerably in size; in the largest indivi-

dual, a female, obtained by Mr. Hart at Franklin-Pierce Bay,

length nearly 2 inches 6 lines (63 millims.), the spines on some of

the segments are reduced to little more than prominent tubercles.

This specimen bears a thickly clustered brood of young upon the

peduncles of the large outer antenne; in these young individuals

scarcely any traces exist of tubercles or spines; they average 3}

lines in length.

Var. Feildem. Pi. III. fig. 1.

Coll. Feilden: Floeberg beach, 82° 27’ N. lat., very abundant,

males, females, and young; near winter quarters of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’

82° 26’ 22” N. lat., one specimen.

Inthis variety, to which belong the specimens from Floeberg beach,

the head and first four segments of the body are smooth, or with

only the most obscure indications of tubercles ; on the fifth to seventh

segments, and on the first two postabdominal segments is a pair of

small tubercles occupying the place of the prominent spines of the

preceding variety ; the terminal segment is usually quite smooth ;

the coxee of the last three pairs of legs are less prominent and acute

than in that which I have considered the typical form of the species.

In the young animals (of which a large number were collected),

the tubercles on the first four segments are sometimes clearly dis-

tinguishable. Adult specimens of both sexes were collected, the

males in greater abundance. It is worthy of note, that among all

the specimens collected at this locality not one exhibits any approach

to the variety from Cape Napoleon.

This variety cannot, however, be regarded as a distinct species,

on account of the tendency to variation in the length of the spines

of the preceding form ; there is, moreover, in the collection of the

British Museum a specimen from Baffin’s Bay, in which the spines

upon all the segments are reduced to tubercles.

This common Arctic species occurs on the northern coast of

America (Port Bowen), at Spitzbergen, the Faro Islands, and

Iceland.

Gyge hippolytes.

Bopyrus hippolytes, Kroyer, Kongl. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Afhandl. vii.

p. 306, pl. iv. fig. 22 (1838); Voy. en Scand. Atlas, Crust. pl. xxviii.

fig. 2 gd & 9; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 283 (1840).

Gyge hippolytes, Spence Bate and Westwood, Hist. Brit. Sessile-eyed

Crust. ii. p. 230 (1868); Buchholz, in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche

Nordpolartahrt, Crust. p. 286 (1874).

or)

Mr. E. J. Miers'on Arctic Crustacea.

Coll. Feilden : Discovery Bay (on Hippolyte polaris).

A male and female example of this curious Bopyrid Crustacean

occurred in the collection, parasitic upon a specimen of Hippolyte

polaris, and occupying the position in which it is usually found, 7. e.

a cavity beneath the carapace, at the angle formed by the junction

of the posterior and lateral margins (vide Buchholz, ‘Zweite deutsche

Nordpolarfahrt,’ Crust. p. 286). This cavity was nearly filled with

the minute yellowish ova of the parasite. The animal agrees in all

respects with the excellent figure given by Kroyer (Voy. en Scandi-

navie, pl. xxviii. fig. 2), except that in the minute male I have ex-

amined the body is more closely articulated, and the sutures de-

fining the first two postabdominal segments are distinctly visible

under the microscope. The length of the female is nearly 5 lines

(10 millims.), that of the male about 1 line (2 millims.),

The Gyge hippolytes occurs, if we may judge from the few re-

corded localities, over a very extended geographical area; its exist-

ence has probably been unnoticed in many instances by the earlier

observers. It occurs on the coasts of Greenland and Spitzbergen

(on Mippolyte polaris), Norway (on H. Sowerbei), and the British

_ coasts, at Galway (on H. varians) and Cornwall.

Phryzxus abdominals.

Bopyrus abdominalis, Kréyer, Nat. Tidsskr. iii, pp. 102, 289, pls. i., ii.

(1840); Voy. en Scand. Crust. Atlas, pl. xxix, fig. 1.

Phryzus hippolytes, Rathke, Nova Acta Nat. Curios. xx. p- 40, pl. ii.

figs. 1-10 (1843).

Phryxus abdominalis, S. Bate and W estwood, Hist. Brit. Sessile-eyed

Crust. ii. p. 234 (1868); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite

deutsche Nordpolarfahrt, p. 287 (1874).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, male and female, on Hippolyte

polaris; Cape Napoleon, male and female, on H. polaris.

Coll. Hart: Franklin- Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, five males and

five females.

The females in the collection were found in the usual position

beneath the second and third postabdominal segments of the Hip-

polyte, and the minute male was in each instance detected upon the

body of the female.

It occurs frequently on the coasts of N orway and Finmark (on

several species of Hippolyte and Pandalus annulicornis), Greenland

(on H. turgida), Spitzbergen, and the northern, eastern, and south-

ern coasts of Britain (on Hippolyte pusiola, H. Barleei, and Pandalus

annulicornis). Its range is evidently quite as extended as that of

the foregoing species.

Munnopsis typica.

Munnopsis typica, Sars, Forhandl. Vidensk.-Selsk. Christiania, p. 84

(1861) ; ,Bidrag til kundskab om Christiania-F jordens Fauna, p. 70,

pls. vi., vii. (1868).

Coll. Feilden: Cape Napoleon, two male specimens at a depth

of 25 ‘fathoms, temperature of the water 29°-2; at 50 fathoms

one male specimen.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. D

66 Rev. T. Hincks on Arctic Hydroida and Polyzoa.

Coll. Hart: Cape Fraser, 20 fathoms, one female specimen.

The specimens collected of this very remarkable species, which

has been fully described and illustrated by the late Dr. M. Sars in

the memoir above referred to, are unfortunately all much mutilated ;

in none are the antenne and slender and greatly elongated legs of

the third and fourth pairs in a perfect condition.

The largest specimen, the female from Cape Fraser, has the ovi-

gerous plates greatly developed, and is about 9} lines (18 millims.)

long.

This species has been found at a depth of 50-100 fathoms in the

Christiania Sound, and at a depth of 250 fathoms at the Lofoten

Islands. It is also recorded by Buchholz (Crust. in ‘ Zweite deutsche

Nordpolarf.’ p. 285, note) from Spitzbergen, and was obtained during

the cruise of the ‘ Valorous,’ in lat. 69°31’ N., long. 56° 1’ W., at a

depth of 100 fathoms.

[To be continued. }

it]

VIL—Note on Lists of Arctic Hydroida and Polyzoa published

in the ‘ Annals’ for February 1874 and January 1877 *.

By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

In the first of the papers referred to above I have given an

account of some Hydroids which were obtained by Dr. Wal-

lich, as I supposed, off the coast of Iceland. In the second

some Polyzoa which formed part of the same gathering were

catalogued and several new species described.

The bottle containing the dredging, which was placed in

my hands by Mr. Busk, was labelled legibly, “Off Reykjavik,

in 100 fathoms, amongst icebergs grounded and drifting,”

or to this effect; and I had no reason whatever to suspect

inaccuracy. Since the publication of the second paper, how-

ever, Dr. Wallich, whose attention had not been previously

directed to the matter, has informed me that there has un-

doubtedly been some blunder, inasmuch as there is no water

of the depth off Reykjavik, nor are there any icebergst. He

has kindly examined his journals, notes, &c. for the purpose

of removing, if possible, the doubt as to the locality ; and his

conclusion is that the material with which J have dealt in my

* “On Deep-water Hydroida from Iceland,” Annals, Feb. 1874, p. 146;

“On Polyzoa from Iceland and Labrador,” Annals, Jan. 1877, p. 97.

+ Dr, Wallich writes (in ltt.), “At Rekiavik Harbour I dredged not

from the ship, but from a boat. In no part of the harbour did I find

deeper water than about 20 fathoms. I do not believe there is much

deeper water within half a mile of the little town ; and beyond this range

I did not go. ‘The harbour is a bay inno sense comparable fo afiord, the

shore being sloping, and flat, low islands scattered here and there. A

berg could not get into the harbour. Even outside the mouth of the bay,

southward of Cape Rekianess, no icebergs are ever in these days met

with.”

Rev. T. Hincks on Arctic Hydroida and Polyzoa. 67

papers was obtained off Frederickshaab, Davis Straits, in 100

fathoms, and amongst bergs grounded and drifting, as stated

on the label. How the name Reykjavik came to find its way

into the place which should have been occupied by the name

Frederickshaab it is impossible to say with certainty. As in

other cases Dr. Wallich appears to have written on his labels

the date, with the depth and other particulars, but without the

name of the place, it is possible he may have done so in the

present instance, and that when the bottle was made over

to Mr. Busk the wrong name may have been inserted

by mistake. However this may be, there can be no doubt,

I think, that the Hydroida and Polyzoa which I have

catalogued and described are Greenlandic and not Icelandic.

All the evidence points in this direction. The date on the

bottle containing them 78 that of Dr. Wallich’s visit to Fre-

derickshaab, where he dredged once amongst icebergs, in 100

fathoms. ‘The label exactly resembles one that was attached

to undoubted Frederickshaab specimens, in all but the name of

the place, bearing the same particulars, written in the same

‘fashion, on the same kind of paper, and in partially faded

ink. Dr. Wallich’s recollection also favours this view. He

distinctly remembers that in the single haul off Frederickshaab

a large quantity of plant-like Hydroids came up; and they

actually formed -the chief element of the contents of the bottle

that passed into my hands.

On the whole there seems to be little room for doubt; and I

must beg those who may refer to my papers for the locality

to credit the species recorded in them to Frederickshaab instead

of to Reykjavik.

Whiledredging in Reykjavik Harbour, Dr. Wallich took up

a small quantity of Hydroida &c. in 15-20 fathoms, which

he has been good enough to send me for examination; and I

am thus enabled to publish a short list of undoubted Icelandic

species.

Hydroida and Polyzoa from Reykjavik Harbour.

Campanularia volubilis, Lenn. Serupocellaria scabra, Van Ben.

Calycella syringa, Linn. Caberea Ellisii, Fleming.

Lafoéa grandis, Hincks. Membranipora lineata, Linn.

quadridentata, Hincks. Lepralia trispinosa, Johnston, var.

Filellum serpens, W. Thomson. hyalina, Linn.

Sertularella polyzonias, Linn., var. Cellepora plicata, Smitt.

gigantea. Crisia eburneo-denticulata, Smtt.

tricuspidata, Alder. Idmonea atlantica, L. Forbes.

Menipea ternata, Ellis and Sol. Discoporella verrucaria, Fabr.

All the species here recorded were also taken at Fredericks-

haab.

5®

68 Mr. H. J. Carter on Carpenteria monticularis.

VII.—On the Branched Form of the Apertural Prolongation

from the Summit of Carpenteria monticularis. By H. J.

Carter, F.R.S. &e.

Iy my paper on Foraminifera (‘ Annals,’ 1877, vol. xix. pl.

xiii. fig. 11) I have represented what appeared to me to be

an embryonic form of Carpenteria monticularis, besides two

forms of the matured test (fig. 9, a, 6); and by referring to the

former it will be observed that there is a tubular prolongation

of the aperttre from the summit, whose margin (or, at least,

that portion of it which remains entire) shows that it was

inflated z.e. thickened and rounded, as in the aperture of

Polytrema miniaceum (‘ Annals,’ 1876, vol. xvi. pl. xii.

fig. 6, c, &c.). ;

In the figure of the matured form (a) the margin was also

inflated and smooth, while that of “6” presented a jagged

edge, from which a portion had evidently been broken off.

Just now, on a small branch of Oculina rosea (loc. un-

known), I have met with a matured specimen of Carpenteria

monticularis like that of “a” (d.c.), im which the aperture

is prolonged into a tubular form that at first divides into two

branches, one of which has been broken off just after the divi-

sion; but the other, which remains, may be assumed to indi-

cate what the former might have been. After a certain

distance the remaining branch sends off three divisions, two

of which have been broken off, while the third extends

upwards for some distance, where the jagged form of its extre-

mity also indicates that this is not its original termination,

which probably had an inflated smooth margin. Thus in

this specimen of Carpenteria monticularis the tubular pro-

Carpenteria monticularis, X 8.

longation of the aperture at the commencement divided into

two branches, which were afterwards subdivided (see wood-

eut, magnified about eight diameters).

By its side was another matured form like “4” (/.c.), in

Mr. H. J. Carter on Carpenteria monticularis. 69

which the tubular prolongation was also divided into two

branches, both of which had been broken off; while close by

are several embryonal forms of Polytrema miniaceum, which

also end respectively in an erect tubular prolongation of

the aperture, terminated by an inflated and everted margin

like that of fig. 6, ¢ (/.c.), whose form, at first single, be-

comes multiplied as the Polytrema increases in size.

The erect, branched, tubular extension of the aperture in

C. monticularts therefore shows what Max Schultze had

anticipated when he modestly said:—“ Perhaps my obser-

vations on Polytrema, which indicate the remarkable affinity

between that genus and Carpenteria, may serve to shake

Carpenter’s faith in his opinion” (‘ Annals,’ 1863, vol. xii.

p- 419).

The entire tubular extension of the aperture in C. mont?-

cularis to which I have alluded is a little more than 1-12th

inch long, 1-45th inch in diameter at the fixed end, and

1-158th inch in diameter at the free extremity of the ultimate

branch, which, as before stated, has been broken off.

It first commences inan undivided portion, about 1-36th inch

long, which then bifurcates, when one of the branches is

broken off, but measures, like the other at this point, 1-72nd

inch in diameter. ‘The branch which has not been broken off

is then continued on for 1-50th inch, when it sent off a branch

which is now indicated by a projecting aperture with inflated

margin, that may or may not have ever been longer than it

now is; just after which the continuation of the tube divides

into two other branches of unequal size, one of which, viz. the’

largest, has also been broken off just after the bifurcation,

where it is 1-72nd inch in diameter, while the other is con-

tinued on for about 1-33rd inch, when it also ends in a broken

extremity where the wall of the tube is about 1-1800th inch

thick and the tube itself 1-138th inch in diameter, which,

from this diminished size, I should think, must have been

very near its original termination.

The tubular branched prolongation is cylindrical and circu-

lar throughout, and increases gradually in the thickness of

the wall as well as in the diameter of the tube from the free ends

to the fixed one. Moreover it is more or less filled with linear

spicules, some of which appear to be incorporated longitudi-

nally with the inner part of the wall of the tube; while

throughout also it is sparsely punctate with the tubulation

common to the foraminiferal test. So that altogether C. mon-

ticularis thus bears a considerable resemblance to Polytrema ;

and commencing in the embryonic form (fig. and /. c.) witha

70 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide.

single tubular prolongation (which, as the Carpenteria in-

creases in size, becornes branched and thus multiplied), it

also becomes even more subdivided than the branching in

Polytrema.

What, therefore, takes place in the tubular prolongation of

the aperture in C. monticularis may also be the case in C.

balaniformis and in C. (Polytrema) utricularis; but being so

delicate that the slightest force almost breaks it off, there is

very little chance of a specimen of either coming into our pos-

session with the tubular prolongation even in the imperfect

state of that above mentioned; hence the rarity. While in

the living state, where broken off, the margin becomes

smoothed down, rounded, and thus inflated by the animal,

which form presents a marked contrast with the jagged ap-

pearance occasioned by fracture after death. Thus a natu-

ral and a fractured margin may be readily distinguished.

When the tubular prolongation of either Polytrema or Car-

penterta is preserved, it will probably be found to arise from

the specimens being situated in depressions which have pro-

tected them from coming into contact with such force as must

have broken it off; for the tubular prolongation of the em-

bryonic Polytrema cannot be touched with the point of the

finest hair-pencil without risk of breaking; and therefore,

when found in a dusty state (which is generally the case), no

attempt to clean it in this or any way should be made, or the

probability is that the delicate extremity, with the few sponge-

spicules that generally project from it, will be destroyed.

VILI.—On the Salenide, Wright.—Part I. Observations on

the Morphology of a Recent Salenia. By P. Martin

Duncan, F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soc.

[Plate II. B.]

Havine been lately engaged in studying the comparative

morphology of the group of Salenide, some interesting and

rather important points in the structure of a recent specimen

ana referable to Salenia varispina, A. Agassiz, have come

to light.

The Salenide, according to Wright, form a natural family

of the Echinoidea Endocyclica, their characteristics being

‘the peculiar structure and great development of the apical

disc, which, besides the five genital and five ocular plates, has

an additional or suranal plate developed in the centre of the

Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide. 71

disc immediately before the anal opening ; this plate in some

genera is single, in others it is composed of from one to eight

elements” *. Found in strata of the Jurassic formation and

in those of the Cretaceous, the group is represented in the

Nummulitic and in the Australian Cainozoic deposits +

(probably Miocene). It still survives ; and two species of the

genus Salenia have been described from the result of deep-sea

dredging—one by Mr. A. Agassiz, under the name of Salenia

varispina, and another by Lovén as Salenia Croesiana ft.

Wright first explained the correct position of the anal plate,

by discovering the madreporic plate and appreciating its rela-

tion to the longitudinal axis of the body of Salenia; and

Lovén’s admirable researches on the antero-posterior axis

and the asymmetry of the ambulacra have confirmed the

truth elaborated by our great authority on British fossil

Echini. In his ‘ Revision of the Kehini,’ pt. il. p. 258, A.

Agassiz made the important generalization, which has been so

admirably worked out by Lovén, that “ the structure of the

abactinal system in young Echini explains most unexpectedly

the homology of the subanal§ plate of Salenide.”’ He stated

that the subanal plates have no special function, are not special

plates found in the group of Salenide alone, but are simply

an embryonic feature retained in the adult; and he concludes

that ‘ this feature, which seemed so characteristic of a small

group of Echint, is one which alone has no primary systematic

value, so that we must, I think, hereafter consider the Sale-

nid simply as a subfamily of the Cidaride.” Mr. Agassiz

gives an admirable description of the species of Salenta which

Count Pourtales dredged up off Florida in 275 fathoms; and

as the buccal membrane was preserved he could notice that

his determination to abolish the ‘Salenide, Wright, and to

form a subfamily of the Cidaride was not without its diffi-

culties; for the serial continuation of the ambulacral tubes

does not take place through imbricated scales in the actinal

membrane. He instances, however, the Diadematide as

presenting, in Diadema and Asthenosoma, similar differ-

ences.

The general and minute structures, the nature and homo-

logies of the anal plates, and the classificatory position of the

Salenide are thus full of interest; and I propose to notice in

* Wright, Palzont. Soc. Publ. vol. xxiv. p. 144.

+ Tate, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxiii. p. 256.

t A. Agassiz, “chant of the Eastern Coast of the United States,” Ilust.

Cat. Harvard Coll. no. vii. 1872, p. 261; Lovén, “Etudes sur les Echi-

noides,” Kong]. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, Bad. ii. no. 7, p. 27.

§ =suranal of Wright.

12 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide.

this first communication two morphological points, one of

which bears on the question of classification to a certain extent,

and the other adds to our knowledge of the structures of the

appendages of the test.

The specimen of a recent Salenia which I have studied is

in the possession of Prof. Huxley, and was dredged up during

the expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger’; owing to his kind-

ness I have been permitted to wash the apical disk carefully

and to examine the form at my leisure. The specimen has

its extraordinary spines upon it, and the actinal membrane is

preserved ; the apical disk is perfect, and the relative position

of the permanent anal plate can be decided.

On careful and gentle washing under a microscope, much

mud and Globigerine were removed from the peristome and

anal plate and membrane. The result was that spheeridia

were noticed in each ambulacrum ; and short-stemmed globose-

headed pedicellariz, like those seen on the actinal membrane

by A. Agassiz, were found distributed along the ambulacra be-

tween the rows of spines, and almost invariably between the

numerous blunt spines of the apical disk. They were noticed

also sparingly in the interambulacra.

The spheeridia of this Salenia (a variety of S. varispina ?) are

to be found in each ambulacrum ; two are situate between the

spines nearest the peristome and its edge, one in advance of

the other, and they are flanked by the last two tentacles,

which are rather convergent. The spheridia are unequal

in size, but have an elongated globose shape, not very unlike

a stout form of those of Strongylocentrotus drébachensis. Hach

is placed on a short and narrow stem, and is seated on a

minute tubercle, and the smaller one is nearest to the smallest

terminal spine of the ambulacrum. ‘They are brilliantly

glassy in appearance, and a faint longitudinal striation and a

pigment-spot are visible on some. ‘They are strikingly visible

over the granular test, which has minute pigment-spots; and

(considering that the Salenia only measures 53; inch across the

test) they are large. One other spheridium is visible slightly

higher up, and just within the range of the pores and external

to the larger ambulacral spines. It is longer and larger than

the others, but presents all the usual characters of these inter-

esting structures. In height the medium-sized spheridium

is about 4, inch, and is rather less thick than the smaller

globose-headed pedicellariz ; but its short graceful stalk and

base are very much shorter than those of these last-mentioned

appendages to the test. The spheridia and pedicellariz are

less transparent than in Strongylocentrotus.

In noticing the different characters which are common to

Pref. P. M. Dunean on the Salenide. to

spheridia and true spines, Lovén very justly observes that

there is a certain resemblance between the club-shaped radioles

of certain extinct Cidaride and the spheridia of some other

groups. Considering the great diversity of the shape of the

spines in modern Salenie it is therefore very necessary to be.

assured that the bodies just described are not young spines.

But their glassy appearance, their remarkable position at the

peristome end of the ambulacra alone, and their absence

from the interambulacra tend to prove that their resemblance

to the spheridia of Hchini is on account of their being identical

structures. Very minute globular spines of Salenia are

striated and prickly on the top.

Hitherto spheridia have not been found in the Cidaride, and

therefore their presence in the Salenia, with the absence of a

series of imbricating buccal plates perforated by tentacles,

removes the genus and probably its congeners from their

present classificatory position.

The pedicellariz were noticed by A. Agassiz on the buccal

membrane; but he did not find them on the test. Those in

the specimen before me are very regularly placed, and their

white, blunt, globose heads contrast very strongly with the

spinose ornamentation of the apical disk especially. Their

pedicle is moderately stout, often slightly bent, irregular in its

calibre, and never sufficiently long on the apical disk to

permit of the head being raised much above the level of the

surrounding structures. The head somewhat resembles those

so common on the buccal membrane of LHchinus norvegicus,

butit is more globose and the texture is denser. Some are found

on the small plates of the periproct. The pedicellariz with the

longest stalks are in more or less regular series in the ambulacra

between the rows of club-shaped spines. In the interambu-

lacra the scanty pedicellarie have often long stalks and small

globose heads, becoming finer towards their top.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. s.

Fig. 1. Peristomial end of an ambulacrum, with sphzeridia, spines, and

tentacles, magnified. A pedicellaria is in the background.

Fig. 2. Spheeridium, magnified.

Fig. 3. The upper spheeridium, magnified.

Fig. 4. Part of the apical disk and pedicellariz, magnified.

Fug. 5. Pedicellaria from an ambulacrum, magnified.

Fig. 6. Pedicellaria from an interambulacrum, magnified.

74 Prof. J. Wood-Mason on Orthopterous

IX.—On a small Collection of Orthopterous Insects of the

Families Phasmide and Mantide from Australia and New

Britain, with Descriptions of four new Species. By Prof.

4 : ‘Lv aeopaitie Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum,

alcutta.

THE insects described in the following pages have all been

recently received by me from my valued correspondent Mr.

Charles French, of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Melbourne,

South Australia, who is responsible for the correctness of the

localities here given.

The occurrence in New Britain of near allies of two species ~

from the Fiji Islands is of particular interest.

Family Phasmide.

1. Bacteria Frenchi, n. sp.

@. Slender, cylindrical, uniform dark brown. Head slightly

narrowed from before backwards, and armed right between

the eyes with a pair of minute spines. A most distinct raised

median dorsal line runs along the whole length of the body.

Mesonotum and metanotum granulated, some of the granules

being developed into minute spines, especially on the former.

Both divisions of the metanotum and the dorsal arcs of the five

basal segments of the abdomen each with a small rounded ©

lobe at the hinder extremity. Abdomen above sparingly ob-

soletely granulated, and with three smooth longitudinal ridges

on each side of the middle line on all the segments except the

last two, on to which the three median ones only are con-

tinued, and gradually attenuated from the base of its fifth

segment to its extremity; two terminal segments strongly

carinate, especially the last, which is acute-angled at the

extremity ; sixth ventral segment with an obtuse rounded pro-

cess at its hinder end. The operculum, which is longitudinally

but slightly convex, rounded at the free end, and carinate along

its apical half, reaches only to about the middle of the last

dorsal segment. Cerci minute, invisible from above. Legs

simple ; first joint of the tarsus in all rather longer than the

rest taken together.

Total length 2 inches 5 lines; antenne 9°75 lines; head

1:25 line; prothorax 1 line; mesothorax 6°25 lines; meta-

thorax 4 lines; abdomen 13+43°5=16°5 lines; fore femur 7

lines, tibia 7°5; intermediate femur 6 lines, tibia 7°5; posterior

femur 7°5 lines, tibia 9; breadth about 1 line.

Hab. North Australia (C. French). A single specimen, pre-

served in alcohol.

Insects from Australia and New Britain. 75

The insect (B. tenuis, Hope, MS.) figured by Westwood,

on pl. xxvii. fig. 2 of his monograph, as the male of B.

caenosa is possibly the opposite sex of this species, slight in-

dications of lobes at the ends of the segments of the abdomen

being to be seen in Westwood’s figure.

2. Phibalosoma nove-britannie, n. sp.

2. Closely allied to P. pythonius and to P. apollonius, both

from the Fiji Islands. It has the spiny thorax of the latter,

and the abdomen of the former. It differs from P. pythonius

not only in its spiny thorax and shorter antenne, but also in

the form of the fifth, sixth, and seventh dorsal segments of the

abdomen, which gradually widen from the base to the apex, so

that the abdomen has in this part conspicuously serrated mar-

gins; and from P. apollonius not only in the form of the

abdomen, but apparently also in its almost completely trique-

trous four posterior thighs and tibie, all of which have a row

of sharp spines along the middle of the under surface, and in

having the first jomt of all the tarsi longer and slenderer.

The mesosternum has two parallel rows of spines along the

middle, of which no mention is made by Westwood in his

description of the latter. The fore legs are unfortunately

wanting.

Total length 8°5 inches ; antenne 24°5 lines ; head 6°5 lines ;

prothorax 4°5 lines; mesothorax 20°5 lines; metathorax 12°5

lines ; abdomen 4 inches 3 lines+9 lines + operculum 7 lines

=5 inches 7 lines; intermediate femur 20, tibia 20, tarsus

9°75 lines ; posterior femur 22, tibia 24, tarsus 11 lines.

Hab. New Britain (C. French). A single specimen, pre-

served in alcohol.

3. Phyllium nove-britannia, n. sp.

?. Closely allied to P. lobiventre from the Fiji Islands,

which it resembles in the form and ornamentation of the me-

sonotum, in the granulation of the head, legs, and margins of

the segments of the body, in the structure of the legs and teg-

mina, and, finally, in size, but from which it differs in the

rudimentary condition of the lobe on the inner side of the fore

tibiee, and, conspicuously, in the form of the abdomen ; this

widens gradually to the middle of the third segment, whence

its sides converge slightly and gradually to the middle of the

sixth segment, which curves inwards to the base of the

seventh, this with the last two forming a triangular mass with

slightly hollow sides.

Total length 2 inches 4°5 lines ; head 2°75 lines; prothorax

76 On Orthopterous Insects from Australia cc.

225 lines; mesothorax 2 lines; abdomen 13°5+4°'75=18°25

lines ; breadth of abdomen at base 5°25, at angulation of third

segment 13°5, at junction of fifth and sixth 11, at junction of

sixth and seventh 7°5 lines; length of tegmina 18°5, breadth

of tegmina 7°25 lines.

Hab. New Britain (C. French). <A single gravid female,

preserved in alcohol.

Family Mantide.

Subfamily HysTEROMANTINA.

4. Orthodera prasina, Burmeister.

Orthodera prasina, Burmeister, Handb. d. Entom. Band ii. 2te Abtheil.

8. 529 (1838).

Mantis rubrocoxata, Serville, Hist. Nat. des Ins. Orthoptéres, p. 203, 2

(1839).

Mantis Hobson, Le Guillou, Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuv. t. iv. p. 298

(1841).

Bolidena Hobsonii, Blanchard, Voy. de l’Astrolabe et la Zélée, Zool.

t. iv. p. 356, pl. i. fig. 7, 9 (1853).

Hab. A single female, preserved in alcohol, from North

Australia (C. French).

5. Orthodera marginata, Saussure.

Orthodera marginata, Saussure, Mélanges Orthopt. 4° fase. p. 8, pl. 8.

fic. 1,9 (1872).

Hab. A single specimen of the female, preserved in alcohol,

from North Australia (C. french).

6. Archimantis armatus, n. sp.

2. Robust. Prothorax with its lamellar lateral margins

coarsely toothed from end to end ; under surface of neck covered

with coarse spiniform tubercles, one of which, larger than most

of the rest, is placed immediately in front of the insertion of

each fore leg. Organs of flight reaching a little beyond the

extremity of the second segment of the abdomen: tegmina

opaque throughout, except along the sutural margin and the

anal area, which are hyaline; the stigma has a black-brown

spot at either end: wings with the marginal area alone opaque,

the rest perfectly hyaline. Terminal joint of cerci broadly

rounded off at the extremity, not pointed. Anterior coxa fur-

nished with 6-8 blunt spines, between some of which are one

or two smaller ones; tibia with 17 teeth on the inner and

11-13 on the outer edge.

Total length 104 millims.; prothorax 37:5, of which the

Profs. Parker and Jones on Ovulites margaritula. 77

neck is 10; width of prothorax at supracoxal dilatation 7°33 ;

height of head 7, breadth of head 10°5; length of mesonotum

and metanotum taken together 18°5, of abdomen 47°5, of

cerci 12, breadth of cerci 1°33 ; length of fore coxa 20, femur

24, tibia (straight portion) 10, first tarsal joint 8; length of

intermediate femur 24, tibia 24, first tarsal joint 5°55 length

of posterior femur 30, tibia 34, first tarsal joint 9; length of

tegmina 33, of stigma 6, breadth of tegmina 10.

Hab. A single specimen, preserved in alcohol, from North

Australia (C. French).

7. Tenodera australasie, Leach.

Mantis australasie, Leach, Zool. Miscellany, p. 78, tab. xxiv. Q.

Hab. North Australia (C. French). A single specimen, in

alcohol.

Subfamily PROTEROMANTINA.

8. Phthersigena Kraussi7, Saussure.

Haania Kraussit, Saussure, Mél. Orthopt. 4° fase. p. 75, pl. 8. fig. 26.

Hab. Two adult and two immature females from North

Australia (C. French).

Calcutta, May 4, 1877.

X.— On Ovulites margaritula.

By Professors W. K. Parker and T. R. Jones.

In the ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for April 1860, ser. 38,

vol. v. pp. 292, 293, we described the little egg-shaped and

pearl-like Foraminifer, named Ovulites margaritula by La-

marck, and its elongate varieties. At that time we referred

it to the hyaline group of Foraminifera; but we have lately

discovered that it belongs to a different series. Some speci-

mens in particular are beautifully smooth, polished, and sub-

translucent, like the most delicate of the Peneroplides; and

we mistook this for the “clear, smooth, glassy appearance ”’

belonging to the hyaline Foraminifers. Far more usually the

specimens are quite opaque and porcellaneous; and this ap-

pearance we wrongly referred to fossilization.

Whether ovoid, clavate, or cylindrical, Ovulites is really one

of the Dactyloporide. D’Orbigny placed Ovulites next to Dac-

tylopora among his Monostegia (in 1851), but these comprise

some very heterogenous kinds.

The apertures with which the shell-wall of Ovulites is per-

78 Profs. Parker and Jones on Ovulites margaritula.

forated are not the tubules of a hyaline Foraminifer (though

homologous with them), but the passages for large bulbous

threads of sarcode, such as in Dactylopora pass from the in-

ternal mass, at regular intervals, as single or multiple stolon-

like threads. These may or may not swell into ganglion-like

beads, occupying chamberlets in the thickness of the wall, and

communicating with the exterior, more or less freely, by fur-

ther threads of sarcode. In Ovulites the thread-like process

was swollen before it reached the surface, and either commu-

nicated with the exterior by a small aperture in the shell, or

was covered in on the outside. ach of these little processes

from the large inner sarcodic mass was invested with its own

shell-matter, forming a minute, subhexagonal, perforated

block, fitting side by side, with hundreds of others, to form

the ovoidal or cylindrical shell. .This may be open at both

ends, like a distomatous Lagena.

The external pores in Ovulites are elliptical or suboblong,

smaller, in proportion, than in Dactylopora and more irregu-

lar, and they are bounded by the sutural subhexagonal out-

lines, or areolation, above indicated. In other words, the

general wall consists of more or less six-sided, close-fitting

plates, set edge to edge, and each pierced with an elliptical

aperture, leading to a round chamber and narrow passage,

opening on the inner side. The subhexagonal blocks are

homologous with the longitudinally perforated needle-prisms

of Nummulina, in which each pseudopodial thread is invested

with its prismatic coat (as Dr. Carpenter has explained, ‘ In-

trod. Foram.’ p. 256); and the whole, fitting closely side by

side, constitute the shell-wall. In Globigerina, also, this

prismatic structure is well known, and has been figured by

Dr. Wallich in ‘The Atlantic Sea-bed,’ part i. pl. 6, and

in his ‘ Biology of Globigerina’ (1876, 8vo, Van Voorst).

Here the thick and deeply areolated shell, shown by fig. 6,

is homologous with some Dactylopore, in which the bulbous

threads of sarcode, penetrating the shell, thicken into beads

(see fig. 9, Orbulina); and these external beads, becoming

continuous, invest all the structure (fig. 7), and produce a

secondary shell-growth, not only as in Orbulina and Globige-

rina, but in Pulvinulina, Lagena even, and many other Fora- |

minifers. The isolation of small pyriform or flask-like

morsels of sarcode in the shell-wall of Globigerina (op. cit.

p- 75, figs. 17, 18, 19; see also ‘ Proc. Roy. Soc.,’ February

1875, p. 236) is evidently homologous with the enclosure of

sarcode lobes in the walls of the Dactyloporide. Dr. Carpen-

ter has already remarked that in Dactylopora and Globigerina

there is a corresponding absence of stolonal communication

Miscellaneous. 79

between the chambers (‘Introd. Foram.’ p. 182); and we

may add that Globigerina furnishes the intermediate and

connecting link between the areolated structure of Dactylopora

and the finely prismatic tissue of the Nummuline shell.

In some cases, especially in the thin rod-like form of Ovu-

lites, external pores cease to exist, the apertures being en-

croached on and closed by delicate shell-matter; and only

minute irregular wrinkles remain on the surface. In a short,

thick, biclavate (dumb-bell) Ovulite the relatively large cham-

berlets are closed with translucent films. Some subcylindrical

Ovulites approach very closely in character to the smallest

pipe-like Dactyloporcee (Gyroporella?, Giimbel) with vesi-

cular wall-chambers.

With their large internal mass of sarcode and its numerous

simple or complex lateral processes, the allied groups of Ac?-

cularia, Ovulites, and Dactylopora (Haploporella, Dactyporella,

&c., Giimbel*) may be regarded as opaque calcareous frame-

works in sarcode, just as the Polycystines have a siliceous

skeleton in their sarcodic mass. ‘The Dactyloporide are thus

clearly distinguishable from the Miliolide and other porcella-

neous Foraminifera, as indicated by one of usin the ‘ Monthly

Microscop. Journ.’ for February 1876, pp. 65, 89.

May 26, 1877.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Zoology of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition,

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

As, in a letter upon this subject in the number of the ‘Annals and

Magazine of Natural History’ for May last, Dr. Martin Duncan,

writing as President of the Geological Society, has stated that he

speaks ‘‘ at the instance of a very considerable number of Members

of learned Societies,” we the undersigned wish to state that we do

not agree in the strictures passed by Dr. Duncan upon the manner

in which Sir C. Wyville Thomson has distributed the specimens

collected by the ‘ Challenger ’ Expedition for description.

So far as we have had an opportunity of judging, we are perfectly

satisfied that Sir C. Wyville Thomson, in the arrangements which

he has made as regards these collections, has acted consistently with

the best interests of science.

It was, in our opinion, Sir C. Wyville Thomson’s duty to secure

the aid of the most competent naturalists without regard to their

nationality ; and, even if it were proper that national jealousies

should be imported into science, Sir C. Wyville Thomson can hardly

* Abhandl. k. bayer. Akad. Wiss, 1872.

80 Miscellaneous.

be reproached on this score, when it is considered that two thirds

at least of the naturalists whose aid he has obtained are Englishmen.

Geo. J. ALLMAN. F. DuCane GopMAN,

Geo. Busk. Jos. D. Hooxrr.

Wurm B. Carrenter. T. H. Huxtey.

CuHartes Darwin. Sr. Georges Mivarr.

Francis Day. A. M. Norman.

H. E. Dresser. Ospert SALVIN.

W. H. Fiower. P. L. Scrater.

A. H. Garrop. TWEEDDALE.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GrentLtEmEen,—As I have read, in a late number of ‘ Nature,’ that a

most interestingly signed declaration of approval of Sir C. W. Thom-

son’s administration will be sent to you for publication, I venture

to express my sincere regret that I should be opposed to the opinions

it contains. I believe that the best interests of science are served

by fostering, and not by depreciating and discouraging, national

talent ; and I imagine catholicity in science, in the sense in which

it is supposed to be realized by Sir C. Wyville Thomson’s action in

the matter, to be a mischievous delusion. I would observe that as

the groups collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ have very different

values in respect of the higher physical and biological questions

which it was the primary object of the expedition to investigate,

the numerical comparisons urged in Sir Wyville Thomson’s favour

by the editorial “We” of ‘ Nature’ are of no force.

Moreover, as in the great Austrian, German, French, and Scan-

dinayian expeditions the results were almost without exception

worked up at home, the Americans and Sir C. Wyville Thomson had

better follow the same common-sense plan.

Irreconcilable as I am to Sir C. Wyville Thomson’s adminis-

tration, I wish to express my sorrow if I have written any words

which may be personally offensive to him.

Yours &e.,

June 22, 1877. P. Martin Duncan.

The Locomotor System of Meduse.

In the seventeenth volume of the present series of this journal

(p. 246) we printed, from the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society,’

the report of a paper by Mr. Romanes on the above subject. In

publishing his memoir in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ Mr. Ro-

manes appended to it a postscript referring to an anticipation of his

results published by Prof. Eimer of Tubingen. The latter gentle-

man writes to us to complain that no notice of the contents of this

postscript appears in our pages; but this, of course, was impossible,

our publication being antecedent to Mr. Romanes’s acquaintance with

Dr. Eimer’s memoir, which, he informs us, appeared in the ‘Sitzungs-

berichte der phys.-med. Gesellschaft zu Wiirzburg,’ in December 1873.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.

No. 116. AUGUST 1877.

XI.—On the Structure of Peripatus novee-zealandie.

By Capt. F. W. Huron.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN ,— .

I do not wish to enter into a discussion with Mr. Moseley

about Peripatus ; for the differences between us can only be

settled by further observation, and, as I am just commencing

the removal of the museum collection into a new building, it

will be some time before I can devote further attention to the

subject ;. but as he has accused me, both in ‘ Nature’ (Nov.

1876) and the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’

(Jan. 1877), of publishing imperfect observations, and of

drawing and describing structures which have no real exis-

tence, I must ask you to allow me to say a few words in self-

defence.

My paper was published before I knew that Mr. Moseley

had examined any specimens of P. nove-zealandie and found

some of them to be males. I do not doubt for a moment that

Mr. Moseley has seen males; and my failure in this respect

may perhaps be due to my having selected large specimens

for dissection. But that P. nove-zealandie is also herma-

phrodite I feel quite sure, notwithstanding Mr. Moseley’s

ex cathedré statement to the contrary. All the figures in my

plate were drawn with a camera, except figs. 1 and 8, which

are diagrammatic; and in fig. 8 the testes and vasa deferentia

were copied from camera drawings, of which I enclose the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 6

82 Capt. F. W. Hutton on Peripatus novee-zealandice.

originals* ; and as I have been working with a microscope for

nearly fifteen years it is not likely that I should publish any

facts which I had not taken the trouble to verify.

After all, the difference between us on this point seems to

be owing to one or the other having turned the ovary inside

out. I state in my paper that the ova are developed on the

interior of the ovary, and that the testes (probably the same

as the masses of spermatozoa of Mr. Moseley) le below it,

outside, but quite separated from it. Mr. Moseley in his

paper (which, thanks to the kindness of Mr. 'Travers, 1 have

been able to see) says that the masses of spermatozoa are

inside the ovary, while the ova are developed in sacs “hanging

from the margin of the ovary,” and that he has found sperma-

tozoa “amongst the ovisacs on the exterior of the ovary”’

(p. 768). I leave it to him to explain these curious facts.

Mr. Moseley says that my figures are “ most crude and

imperfect.” This I allow; for I have not the advantage of

being able to employ a professional artist, or even of correcting

proofs. But I maintain that they are accurate, which cannot

be said of all of Mr. Moseley’s. For example, in pl. xxv. figs.

7, 8, and 10, the eyes are placed on the side of the head half-

way between the mouth and the antenne; whereas they are

really situated on the top of the head, at the base of the

antennz, as shown in my plate, fig. 6. I will not be so rude

as to say that Mr. Moseley ‘‘must have been entirely deceived

in imagining he saw”’ them in that position ; but I think that

he has allowed his theory to run away with him.

I do not see why “ cross fertilization would never occur,” if

there are males; but even if it were so, we ought not to let a

theory interfere with our observation of facts.

I quite understand the importance of determining the exis-

tence of foot-jaws in Peripatus, if such exist; but I think it

more important to state the facts exactly as they appear to

me.

But there are other points of difference between us which

Mr. Moseley has not mentroned, which, if not of such high

theoretical interest, are still important as tests of accuracy of

observation. For instance, I say (p. 866) that the ovary is

placed above the stomach, while Mr. Moseley says (p. 766)

that it lies “below that viscus.”” Again, Mr. Moseley’s trachez

are evidently the equivalents of my spiral fibres. Now both

these points can be easily tested by the examination of speci-

mens preserved in alcohol; for the supposed trachex will be

found in abundance on the lower porticn of the oviducts.

* [We hold these camera drawings at Mr, Moseley’s disposal, should he

wish to inspect them.—Ebs. |

On new Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 83

Mr. Moseley also describes the slime-glands as “a series of

elongate ramified tubes,” while I describe them as a single

branched tube. These glands in P. novew-zealandic are cer-

tainly very unlike Mr. Moseley’s figure (pl. xxii. fig. 1).

They may be different in the two species; but Mr. Moseley

does not mention it when pointing out the differences between

them. ;

In conclusion I wish to thank Mr. Moseley for his courtesy

in telling me exactly what I saw, what I did not see, and what

Timagined I saw ; but he will, I hope, excuse me if I still con-

tinue to use my own eyes in preferenée to looking through his.

Tam, &c.,

Otago Museum, Dunedin, N. Z. F. W. Hutton.

March 20, 1877.

XII.—New Species of Heterocerous Lepidoptera of the Tribe

Bombyces, collected by Mr. W. B. Pryer chiefly in the

District of Shanghai. By Frepreric Moors, F.Z.S.

Fam. Ageriide.

Aigeria howqua.

Wings hyaline ; anterior and posterior margins, apex, nar-

row discocellular band of fore wing, and veins of both wings

black. Cilia cinereous brown. Body blue-black ; collar and

three narrow segmental bands on abdomen yellow, the bands

on alternate seements from the base; anal tuft broad and

slightly yellow-fringed. Palpi black above, white beneath.

Body beneath streaked with white. Legs black ; tibize and

tarsi white-streaked.

Exp. 2 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

SORONIA, n. gen.

Fore wing long, narrow ; subcostal vein five-branched, first,

second, and third arising before end of the cell, fourth and

fifth beyond ; cell long; discocellulars sinuous ; two radials ;

median vein two-branched, the branches short; submedian

extending along hind margin. Hind wing long, trigonal, apex

pointed, exterior margin very oblique, straight, anal angle

rounded ; subcostal vein two-branched ; median vein three-

branched, the branches arising together before end of the cell,

discocellular straight; submedian and internal veins joined

together near the base. Body short, stout, naked ; abdomen

pointed. Legs short; tibie thickly pilose above, armed with

84 Mr. F. Moore on new Species

two pairs of spurs beneath. Antenne slender, setaceous.

Palpi rather long, slightly pilose.

Soronia cuprealis.

Fore wing dark cupreous; hind wing hyaline, slightly

speckled with cupreous brown externally. Cilia fuligmous

black. Body black; collar and band across thorax yellow.

Abdomen with three yellow segmental bands, the upper near

base, the two lower near apex; tip of abdomen beneath yellow,

the two following segmegts banded with white. Palpi and

streak on side of head white. Legs black above, white

beneath. Antenne black.

Exp. 1 inch.

Hab, Shanghai. In coll.,W. B. Pryer.

Melittia sangaica.

Wings yellowish hyaline; fore wings with the borders, a

narrow apical and a discocellular band, and the veins of both

wings black ; a short veinlet within the cell ; marginal border

of hind wing narrowly lined with black. Base of fore wing

and abdominal border yellow-speckled. Cilia blackish cine-

reous. Body purplish black; collar and thorax behind golden

yellow ; abdominal segments with narrow yellow band; abdo-

men beneath yellow. Antenne black above. Palpi yellow,

black-fringed ; fore legs yellow beneath, black above ; femora

and tibie of mid legs clothed beneath with yellow hairs, above

with black, ochreous, and a few white hairs ; tarsi black; hind

legs densely clothed with long hairs, black beneath, yellow

above, and ochreous on outer side of tibia.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab, Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Melittia longipes. |

Wings hyaline ; fore wing with purplish black anterior and

hind margins, apical band, broad patch at end of the cell, and

veins of both wings; hind wing with slight cupreous brown

outer margin and abdominal border. Cilia of both wings

cinereous brown. Antenne black above, speckled with lilac-

white. Body black; abdomen ochreous-speckled, segments

with narrow lilac-white band. Front of thorax above with

ochreous collar. Palpi white, fringed at tip with black. Ab-

domen white. Fore and mid legs clothed above with short

black and ochreous hairs, largely interspersed with white

hairs; tarsi naked, black; hind legs very long, femora clothed

with longish white hairs, and tibie with long tufted black

of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 85

hairs, interspersed above with a few ochreous red and white

hairs ; tarsi clothed with very short tufted black hairs.

Exp. 1 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Fam. Agaristide.

Seudyra subflava.

Upperside—fore wing with the apex and a broad band

along hind margin dark chestnut-brown, washed with violet,

the former traversed by a median longitudinal red-pointed

black streak, and crossed by a whitish-speckled sinuous line ;

intermediate space from the base ochreous grey, profusely

speckled with dark brown, the veins grey-lined; a transverse

subbasal and a double discal distorted recurved ochreous-grey

line; a small orbicular and large reniform pale-bordered

spot; a marginal row of black lunular spots: hind wing dark

golden yellow, with a marginal golden-brown irregular-bor-

dered band, which is broken at anal angle and ascends some

distance upwards, the band traversed by a narrow yellow

marginal lunular line; a small black spot in middle of cell ;

cilia grey. Thorax chestnut-brown, grey-speckled. Abdo-

men and legs golden yellow, with a short basal dorsal brown

tuft. Underside pale golden yellow ; both wings with a small

black spot in the middle of the cell, and the fore wing with a

larger spot at end of cell; fore wing also with a pale narrow

chestnut-brown decreasing band curving across outer mar-

gin from apex; hind wing with a much less distinct and

smaller band.

Exp. 1 inch.

Hab. Snowy valley, Province Chekiang. In coll. W. B.

Pryer.

This species is most nearly allied to S. venosa, from Dar-

jiling, and may be distinguished by the entirely different

underside.

Fam. Zygenide.

PRYERIA, n. gen.

Fore wing long, narrow, apex produced, outer margin very

oblique ; costal vein moderately stout, extending to two thirds

of the wing; subcostal slender, five-branched, first branch

arising from before the end of the cell and terminating before

the apex, second and fifth branches at end of cell, third and

fourth very short, emitted from near end of second at apex ;

86 Mr. F. Moore on new Species

cell long, rather broad at its end; discocellular veins short,

oblique, sinuous, emitting a recurrent discoidal veinlet, which

extends within the cell to its base; two radials arising close

together from upper discocellular ; median vein running close

to subcostal at base, three-branched at equal distances apart ;

a submedian and an internal vein curving from base to above

posterior angle at equal distances apart between median and

the outer margin, and joined together at their middle by a

short transverse veinlet: hind wing short, somewhat oval;

costa convex, apex acute; abdominal margin short; costal

vein short, subcostal slender and extending to apex; cell

broad; discocellulars long, sinuous; a discoidal veinlet emitted

from angle of lower discocellular, and extending within to the

end of the cell; median vein three-branched ; submedian and

internal veins joined together near base and extending to

above posterior angle. Body short, densely pilose; abdomen

with long apical tufted hairs. Antenne broadly bipectinate,

plumose. Legs long, slender; femora and tibie slightly

pilose. Somewhat allied to Phauda, Walker.

Pryeria sinica.

Wings hyaline, fuliginous, sparsely covered with short,

delicate, hair-like scales; base of fore wings tinged with

golden yellow. Thorax with a few golden hairs on each side.

Abdomen golden yellow, tuft black. Antenne, thorax, and

legs black.

Exp. 1 inch.

Hab, Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Fam. Chalcosiide.

Erasmia sangaica, un. sp.

Male. Black: fore wing with an ochreous-yellow, subbasal,

transverse, oblique, irregularly sinuous band which is incurved

hindward; an irregular oblique interrupted discal series of

blue-bordered white spots, and two similar spots beyond nearer

the apex; some metallic green and blue streaks at base of

wing: hind wing with a round subapical and irregular median

discal series of blue-bordered white spots; an indistinct

ochreous spot near base of anterior margin ; abdominal margin

broadly streaked with steel-blue. Thorax metallic blue ; ab-

domen and legs greenish grey. Underside as above; ochre-

ous spot on hind wing prominent.

Exp. 32 inches.

Hab. Chinkang, near Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 87

Fam. Lithosiide.

Lithosia alba.

Male and female. Upperside pure silky white. Underside—

fore wing cinereous brown, cilia white: hind wing as above.

Antenne and legs brownish cinereous.

Exp. 1 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryerand F. Moore.

Miltochrista decussata.

Female. Yellow, palest on hind wing ; fore wing with two

median transverse narrow black cross lines, small basal spots,

a transverse discal sharply pointed sinuous line, and a sub-

marginal parallel series of short streaks. ‘Thorax spotted with

black. Underside paler, base of costa and subapical streaks

on both wings blackish. Legs with black bands.

Exp. 1,4 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Miltochrista sinica.

Pale ochreous red, palest on hind wing; fore wing with a

narrow transverse median nearly straight blackish line, some

spots at base, and longitudinal short discal streaks, one being

on each vein, a spot at end of cell, and a marginal row of

spots. A black spot on each side of thorax. Underside paler,

markings indistinct. Legs streaked with black.

Exp. § inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Setina albosericea.

Female. Silky yellowish white, costal edge and cilia yel-

low: fore wing with a black spot at the base, two median

transverse oblique series, and a marginal series of black spots :

hind wing with two less distinct black spots at apex. Thorax,

head, antennz, legs, and abdomen beneath yellow ; thorax

and abdomen above whitish; two black spots on middle of

thorax. Underside pale yellow, spots indistinct.

Exp. 13 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Setinochroa sanguinea.

Fore wing dark vermilion-red, edge of costa and outer

margin lined with black ; asubmarginal series of black spots ;

cilia brown: hind wing reddish black, with basal and margi-

§8 Mr. F. Moore on new Species

nal red streaks; abdomen blackish above; antenne, spot on

vertex, and legs blackish. Underside red, margins and apical

streaks only black.

Exp. jj inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Fam. Arctiide.

Sptlosoma mandarina.

Male. Upperside deep buff colour: fore wing with an

oblique discal continuous linear series of small black vein-

divided narrow spots, and a short median submarginal series

of smaller similar spots; a small dot near base of submedian

vein: hind wing suffused with red on abdominal border;

with two vein-divided prominent black spots near anal angle,

a small dot near apex, and a prominent rounded spot at

end of cell. Abdomen above crimson, with dorsal and two

lateral rows of black spots. Underside slightly suffused with

red on base of fore wing; markings as above, but more pro-

minent ; also a large black cell-spot on fore wing. Antenne,

front of head, sides of thorax, palpi at tip, pectus, and legs

above black. Palpi at sides, fore femora, and tuft at sides of

thorax beneath crimson.

Exp. 2,2, inches.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Spilosoma howqua.

Upperside pale buff-colour. Male: Fore wing with an ob-

lique lower discal series of black spots, each spot crossed by a

vein, a spot near base of hind margin, and an upper submar-

ginal series of smaller spots: hind wing with a submarginal

series of four larger vein-divided black spots, and a smaller

spot at the end of the cell. Abdomen above red, with indistinct

dorsal and two lateral rows of black spots; a blackish stripe

down middle of thorax. Underside paler, markings as above

but more confluent; fore wing tinged with ochreous red along

anterior margin; a small black spot at end of cell, tuft at base

of wing and a short streak on hind margin near the angle.

Antenne, front of head, tip of palpi, tibiz, and tarsi black ;

pectus dark brown; fore and mid coxe and femora, and sides

of palpi at base red.

Female with markings on upperside of fore wing less dis-

tinct ; on hind wing as in male. Underside as in the male,

excepting that the spot at end of cells is larger and the tuft

obsolete at base of fore wing.

of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 89

Exp. $14, 918 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Spilosoma erubescens.

Female. Upperside pale pinky buff-colour; fore wing with

two small black spots from hind margin near the angie ; hind

wing buff-white, broadly suffused with pale crimson on ab-

dominal border. Abdomen above crimson, with dorsal and a

lateral row of black spots. Underside—fore wing whitish

on hind margin, base of costa and middle of wing suffused

with crimson ; an indistinct median discal oblique series of

dusky spots, and a small spot at end of cell: hind wing

broadly suffused with crimson on abdominal border and nar-

rowly along base of anterior margin ; a small indistinct dusky

spot at end of cell. Front of head, palpi at tip, and pectus

dark brown. Antenne, fore and mid legs above, and spots

on hind legs black; femora of all the legs, and tuft at side of

thorax beneath, crimson.

Exp. 1$ inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Alpenus flammeolus.

Female. Upperside pale purple-tinged ochreous red; edge

of anterior margin and cilia of both wings yellow: fore wing

with two median transverse recurved series of brown spots with

pale borders, a single similar spot at upper end of cell, two

indistinct spots below the apex and one near posterior angle :

hind wing with a pale divided spot at end of cell. A dorsal

series of small black spots on abdomen. Underside paler ; fore

wing showing only the cell-spot, the two spots below the apex,

and the hind wing a prominent cell-spot and an indistinct

spot near outer margin between the lower median and sub-

median veins. Front of head, palpi, legs, and body beneath

yellowish. Antenne, tip of palpi, and streaks on fore and

middle legs above brown.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab. Snowy valley, Province Chekiang. In coll. W. B.

Pryer.

Fam. Notodontide.

Cerura menciana.

Upperside—fore wing fuliginous grey, veins black ; two

small black spots at the base, an angular transverse subbasal

series of spots, followed by a contiguous transverse tortuous

90 Mr. F. Moore on new Species

double line, which is twice broken at its costal end; a discal

series of longitudinal, elongated, double dentate lines; a mar-

ginal row of narrow streaks (one being between each vein) :

hind wing cinereous white, veins black; a blackish streak

crossing end of cell, and a marginal row of prominent black

spots. Thorax grey, spotted with black; abdomen above and

a lateral row of spots black, beneath and tip above white.

Underside cinereous white, veins blackish; markings on fore

wings indistinct.

Exp. 621, 9 28 inches.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Allied to C. erminea. Differs in having narrower and longer

wings, sharper dentate markings between the veins, and more

prominent basal spots.

Cerura sangaica.

Upperside pale vinous grey: fore wing with a broad sub-

basal transverse black-speckled band, bordered by ochreous

-speckles, and preceded by a basal row of black dots; a paler

but similar band across the disk, a marginal row of black

round spots: hind wing with a marginal row of black round

spots, and an indistinct spot at end of cell. Body with

greyish black bands. Underside as above, but paler.

Exp. 13 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Most nearly allied to the North-American C. cinerea.

Stauropus basalis.

Upperside pale greyish brown ; base of both wings greyish

ochreous, divided on the fore wing by a transverse discal

bent line; this wing also has a slight narrow streak at end

of cell, a submarginal and marginal rows of grey-speckled

black points: hind wing with a blackish marginal line.

Underside as above, except that the base is paler; abdomen

beneath and legs below whitish.

Exp. 14 inch.

Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Phalera flavescens.

Phalera flavescens, Brem. & Grey, Lep. Nord-China, p. 14 (1853).

Male. Upperside whitish testaceous: fore wing with a large

basal, duplex, silvery grey and black spot divided transversely

by a red ochreous bar ; four similar-shaped spots of the same

colour ascending outer margin from posterior angle, the former

spot having the grey portion towards base of wing, the latter

of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 91

series towards outer margin; two indistinct lunular wavy

yellow lines ascending towards costa from middle of hind

margin: hind wing yellowish at base; an indistinct brownish

recurved fascia from anal angle. Abdomen ochreous yellow.

Antenne, palpi at sides, and fore legs above brownish. Un-

derside pale glossy whitish testaceous.

Exp. 2 inches.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Lophopteryx sinensis.

Upperside dark umber-brown: fore wing slightly black-

speckled, crossed by blackish sinuous subbasal and discal

bands; a pale greyish streak obliquely from lobe of hind

margin and speckles along the outer veins: hind wing with a

short black-and-grey-speckled streak at anal angle. Under-

side pale brown.

Exp. ¢ 12, 2? 13 inch.

Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Cetra straminea.

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing pale straw-yellow,

indistinctly speckled with darker yellow at the base; an

oblique discal transverse series of brown points terminating

at apex, where they are partly confluent; a marginal row of

similar points ; hind wing whitish cinereous. Body yellow.

Legs brown above, yellow beneath. Underside pale straw-

yellow; fore wing in the male brownish cinereous in the

middle.

Exp. 12 inch.

Hab. Japan. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Pterostoma sinica.

Male. Upperside—fore wing pale dull testaceous, with

slightly darker narrow longitudinal streaks between the veins ;

a median series of short chestnut-brown streaks, a submarginal

and marginal sinuous line of same colour ; inner lobe of hind

margin black-and-grey fringed: hind wing brown. Body

pale testaceous ; abdomen with brownish dorsal tufts. Un-

derside pale testaceous : fore wing longitudinally clouded with

brown: hind wing with two outer series of short longitudinal

brown streaks between the veins; a narrow marginal brown

line and a clavate spot at end of cell.

Exp. 22 inches.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Allied to P. grisea, Brem. et Grey, from the Amur Land.

92 Mr. F. Moore on new Species

Fam. Liparide.

Pantana sinica.

Male greyish white: fore wing with the base, anterior and

outer margins broadly bordered with fuliginous brown; a

black-speckled irregular-shaped spot between the veins beneath

the cell. Thorax fuliginous brown; front of head and palpi

ochreous yellow. Abdomen and legs greyish white. Pecti-

nations of antenne dark brown, shafts grey.

Exp. 12 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Near to P. baswara of Java, but smaller, the hind border

of fore wing unmarked, and the hind wing without any mar-

ginal brown border.

Lelia sangaica.

Male. Upperside pale greyish ochreous, whitish ochreous at

base of hind wing ; fore wing with a short series of six black

dots curving hindward from the apex; base of thorax and

abdomen whitish. Pectinations of antenne fuliginous, shaft

whitish ; front of head, palpi, and legs brownish ochreous.

Underside paler, without spots.

Exp. 1% inch.

Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

This species is closely allied to L. cenosa and to L. sinensis,

Walk.

Redoa alba.

Female. Pure white throughout: wings covered with glossy

silky scales, which are disposed on the fore wings in numerous

slightly raised transverse folds; a small black-speckled oblique

spot at end of cell in fore wing.

Exp. 13 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

The wings in this species are broader than in R. sinensis,

and differ in the corrugated character of the fore wing.

Redoa sinensis.

Male and female. Pure white ; wings covered with glossy

silky scales; fore wing with an indistinct blackish-speckled

spot at end of thecell. Front of head, palpi, bands on femora

and tarsi ochreous yellow. Pectinations of antenne pale

brown.

Exp: ¢ 1725, 9.44%5 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

of Heterocerous Lepidoptera. 93

Fam. Limacodide.

Parasa tessellata.

Male. Upperside—fore wing with a broad median trans-

verse green band, the outer margin of which is bordered by a

brown wavy line; the base of wing obliquely vinous brown,

outer border yellow, tessellated with brown speckles, and bor-

dered by a narrow brown cilial line and edge: hindwing

yellow ; edge of cilia brown. Thorax and front of head green;

abdomen ochreous yellow. Antenne, palpi, and legs brown.

Underside pale dull greenish yellow, borders brownish.

Nearest to P. consocia, Walk.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Parasa sinica.

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing with a median

transverse green band, a large spot at base of costa and

broad outer marginal band dark greyish brown: hind wing

cinereous ; edge of cilia at anal angle dark greyish brown.

Thorax and top of head green; abdomen cinereous. Front

of head, palpi, and legs brown. Underside greenish cine-

reous, edge of cilia brown. Near to P. hilaris, Westw.

Exp. 4 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Miresa pallivitta.

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing bright ochreous

brown, greyish externally ; a narrow whitish line obliquely

from apex to middle of hind margin; hind wing cinereous

brown. Cilia darker. Underside pale brown. Near WM.

nararva. .

Exp. + inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

Setora sinensis.

Male. Upperside dark umber-brown: fore wing with a

_ median greyish brown band, narrow on the costa and very

broad on hind margin; outer margin slightly glossy brown.

Front of head, thorax, and legs greyish; legs brown-streaked.

Underside uniform brown. '

Exp. 12 inch.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Allied to S. nttens, which is also found in North China.

94 The Marquis of Tweeddale on new Species

Fam. Drepanulide.

Drepana japonica.

Upperside pale vinous lavender-grey ; two narrow brown-

bordered, yellow, obliquely transverse bands on both wings,

the outer band crossing from apex to middle of abdominal

margin, the inner band from middle of costa to one third the

latter; costal edge and apex of fore wing ochreous yellow ;

cilia bordered with an inner brown line; a slight curved

brown streak on fore wing and a small spot on hind wing at

the end of the cell. Prothorax, tip of abdomen, and a band

near its base ochreous yellow. Antenne and front of head,

and legs above, brown. Underside pale brownish ochreous,

darkest on fore wing.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab. Japan. In coll. W. B. Pryer.

Fam. Cossidez.

Phassus sinensis.

Male and female. Upperside pale vinous greyish brown:

fore wing with pale-bordered blackish spots on the costa; a

triangular blackish-brown patch from base of cell extending

beneath and broadly to its end, which is marked at the base

by a bright yellow spot, and at the end by an oblique straight

broad yellow streak and a few speckles; streaks on hind

margin and discal and marginal band composed of grey

chalybeate streaks between the veins, the transverse inter-

spaces brown: hind wing paler and slightly diaphanous,

apical border with chalybeate streaks. Underside paler,

markings indistinct.

Exp. ¢ 23, 9 34 inches.

Hab. Shanghai. In coll. W. B. Pryer and F. Moore.

XTUI.— Description of four new Species of Birds from the

Indian Region. By Artuur, Marquis of TWEEDDALE,

E:R.S.

Megalurus ruficeps, sp. 1.

2. Lower surface white, faintly tinged with cream-colour

on the breast. Flanks pale earthy brown. Under tail-coverts

pale dingy isabelline rufous ; thigh-coverts of a more decided

of Birds from the Indian Region. 95

rufous. Space before the eye and supercilium, passing well

_ behind the eye, greyish white. Forehead, head, and nape

pure bright uniform rufous. Back olive-grey, each feather

broadly centred by a longitudinal stripe of brown. Uro-

pygium and upper tail-coverts uniform olive-grey. The base

of the long and lax uropygial feathers pure dark grey, the tips

only being olive-grey. Rectrices above dull ruddy brown,

obsoletely barred with narrow brown lines. Quills brown,

externally margined with ferruginous olive. Lesser wing-

coverts olive-grey ; greater tinged with ferruginous.

Wing 2°75 inches, tail 5°25, tarsus 1-0, culmen 0°56.

Obtained by Mr. A. H. Everett at Monte Alban and at

San Mateo, in Luzon, during February. Only one example

has the sex noted on the label; but as the dimensions of the

other individual coincide, it is probably also a female, the

dimensions of the males in this genus exceeding those of the

females.

Niltava leucura, sp. n.

g. Crown and nape blue, glossed with pale lazuline, most

conspicuous on the forehead and supercilium. lLores and

narial plumes black. Back, uropygium, and upper tail-

coverts dead lazuline blue. Chin, throat, and breast grey,

washed with lazuline blue, which shades into white on the

abdomen. Ventral region and under tail-coverts pure white.

Flanks bluish ash. Quills brown, margined above with dark

blue. Wing-coverts like the head. Wing-lining and axil-

laries grey. Outer pair of rectrices brown, pure white at the

base ; next two pairs with the outer webs brown, washed with

blue, the base of each and nearly the whole of the inner webs

pure white; the fourth pair brown on the inner web and with

three fourths of the basal part of the outer web pure white ;

fifth pair brown, washed with blue on the outer webs; middle

pair blue. Bill black ; legs light brown.

Wing 3°50 inches, tail 3:0, tarsus 0°87, culmen 0°62.

Obtained by Mr. Limbourg at Taoo, 5000 feet elevation, in

Tenasserim.

Diceum xanthopygium, sp. n.

3. Above, cheeks, and wing-coverts dark bluish slate-

grey. An isolated dorsal patch crimson. Uropygium yellow.

Chin, throat, and upper part of breast yellow. Remainder of

breast, abdomen, and flanks orange. Ventral region, thigh-

coverts, and under tail-coverts yellow tinged with green.

Reetrices and quills dark brown; the primaries narrowly

margined with white, the secondaries with olive-green.

96. Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

Wing 1°96 inch, tail 1°06, tarsus 0°50, culmen 0°38.

Discovered by Mr. A. H. Everett at Monte Alban, in

Luzon.

Oxycerca Everetti, sp. n.

6 and ¢. Chin and throat dark brown; breast, flanks,

and thigh-coverts warm nutmeg-brown. Abdomen and vent

pure white, some of the lower breast-feathers being marked

with brown, and some of the flank-feathers being white on

their inner webs, brown on their outer, and with white shafts.

Under tail-coverts very dark brown or black. Above, wings,

and coverts brown, each feather, except the frontal and upper

tail-coverts, having a conspicuous pure white central line

along the shaft, very prominent on the wing-coverts. Some

of the upper tail-coverts tipped with ochre. Rectrices brown,

the middle pair broadly margined, the laterals less so, with

yellow and greyish yellow. Inner edges of the quills pale

rufous seen from underneath.

Wing 1°87 inch, tail 1°75, tarsus 0°56, culmen 0°38.

Several examples of this species were obtained by Mr. A.

H. Everett at Monte Alban and San Mateo, in Luzon. The

sexes do not differ in plumage. A representative form of O.

leucogaster.

XIV.—Report on the Crustacea collected by the Naturalists

of the Arctic Expedition in 1875-76. By Epwarp J.

Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Assistant in the Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum.

[Continued from p. 66. ]

AMPHIPODA.

Anonyx nugax.

Anonyx nugaz, Phipps, Voy. North Pole, Appendix, p. 192, pl. xii.

fig. 2 (1774).

Gammarus nugazx, Sabine, Append. Capt. Parry’s Ist Voy. p. 51

(1821).

Bee ili Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s 3rd Voy. p. 119 (1826) ;

Append. 4th Voy. p. 205 pore

Lysianassa lagena, Kroyer, Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Afh. vii. p. 237,

pl. i. fig. 1 9 (1838); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii, p. 21 (1840) ;

Bell in Belcher, ‘ Last of the Arctic Voyages,’ Crust. p. 406 (1855).

Lysianassa appendiculosa, Kroyer, J. c. p. 240, pl. i. fig. 2 ¢ (1838).

Lysianassa appendiculata, M.-Kdw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 21 (1840) ;

S. Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust, Brit. Mus. p. 67, pl. x. fig.8 ¢.

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 97

Anonyx ampulla, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 2 R. i. p. 578 (1844); Voy. en

Scand. Atlas, pl. xiii. fig. 2; Brandt, in Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise,

ii. p. 131 (1851).

Anonyx lagena, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 77,

pl. xii. fiz. 72 (1862); Boeck, Skandin. og Arktiske Amphip. i. p.

152 (1872); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche Nord-

polarf. p. 300 (1874).

Coll. Feilden: Floeberg Beach, at 10 fathoms, male and females ;

fire-hole at lat. 82° 24'; and at lat. 83° 19’ at 72 fathoms.

Coll. Hart: Winter quarters of H:M.S. ‘ Discovery,’ at 11 fa-

thoms, two males and four females.

My observations scarcely agree with those of Hr. Buchholz and other

authors as regards the rare occurrence of the males of this very com-

mon and well-known Amphipod. Of about thirty-six adult specimens

collected twelve are undoubtedly males, whereas Hr. Buchholz, after

a careful search, found only two examples of this sex in the series

obtained by the German expedition. The adult males of this

Species may generally be distinguished from the females by the far

longer flagella of the inferior antenne, which, when drawn back,

reach to the posterior margin of the seventh segment of the body ;

in the adult females they do not greatly exceed in length the flagella

of the superior antenne, but there are male examples in which this

character is less strongly marked. I have not observed any marked

differences in the two sexes in the form of the segments of the body

and appendages. The length of the largest male, from lat. 83° 19’ N.

is 1} inch (38 millims.) ; of the largest female, from Floeberg Beach,

nearly | inch 9 lines (44 millims.).

This species is one of the commonest and most abundantly distri-

buted of the Amphipoda inhabiting the high northern latitudes ; it

is said by Ross, in Parry’s 3rd Voyage (J. c.), to be “by far the

most numerous of the Crustacea inhabiting the Arctic Seas ;” and it

is, as has been already stated, of especial interest as being the only

~ species obtained at lat. 83° 19’ N., the most northerly point attained

by the Expedition at which animals were collected.

Its range extends along the shores of Arctic America; and it

occurs in the White Sea and on the coasts of Greenland, Iceland,

Spitzbergen, Norway, and Britain, and in the sea of Okhotsk.

Anonyx gulosus? P\. III. fig. 2.

Anonyx gulosus, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 2 R. i. p. 611 (1844-45); in

Gaimard, Voy. en Scand. Atlas, Crust. pl. xiv. fig. 2; Spence Bate,

Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 370 (1862); Boeck, Skand. og.

Arktiske Amphip. p. 157, pl. v. fig. 4 (1872).

Anonyx norvegicus, Lilljeborg, ifv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1851,

a :

? Anonyx Holbilli, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 75,

pl. xii. fig. 4 (1862).

Three specimens were collected by Mr. Hart, from the largest of

which the following description is taken :—

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. fi

98 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

The body (for one of the group to which this species belongs) is

not robust, and is everywhere distinctly punctulated. The head is

subacute, but not produced at its antero-lateral angle. The seg-

ments of the postabdomen have their antero-lateral angles rounded ;

and the second and third segments have their postero-lateral angles

acute, but not reflexed; the fourth and fifth segments have their

posterior margins entire. The eyes are visible, but almost colourless.

The superior antenne in the adult are about half as long as the

inferior, and the first (exposed) joint is longer than the second and

third taken together; the first joint of the flagellum is about as

long as the three following; the accessory flagellum 6-7 jointed,

the first joint not much longer than the succeeding. The last two

joints of the peduncle of the inferior antenne are of about equal

length, these antenne are less than half the length of the body of

the animal. The first pair of legs are slender and rather long, the

wrist and palm subequal, each more than twice as long as broad ;

the palm not narrowed, but very slightly enlarged towards its distal

extremity, which is obliquely truncated, and armed with 4 series of

minute stiff hairs and longer cilia; the finger arcuate and with a

subapical tooth ; the second pair of legs is long and very feeble, the

palm ovate and ciliated on the margins, with a very small finger. The

coxa of the fourth pair of legs is not wider at its proximal extremity

than that of the preceding pair, but about twice as wide at its distal

extremity ; the posterior margin is deeply excavated. The basa of

the last three pairs of legs are ovate-oblong, those of the last pair

rather the broadest at base. The rami of the appendages of the

fourth to sixth segments of the postabdomen are subequal and

acute. The terminal segment (telson) is more than twice as long

as broad at base, narrowing slightly distally, cleft nearly to its base,

the apex of each lobe notched at its outer angle, the notch bearing

asingle cilium. Colour whitish with greenish spots, which are most

distinct upon the coxz and bases of the legs. Length of the largest

specimen a little over 1 inch (26 millims.).

Coll. Hart: winter quarters of H.M.S. ‘ Discovery,’ at a depth of

11 fathoms.

I have referred the specimens collected by Mr. Hart with some

doubt to the Anonyx gulosus of Kroyer, as the antero-lateral margin

of the head is less broadly rounded, and the accessory flagellum is

longer than that of .A. gulosus according to Boeck’s diagnosis. In

the form of the first and second pairs of legs and of the terminal

segment they agree well with the descriptions of A. gulosus, and

particularly in the presence of a tooth on the inner margin of the

dactyl, which is mentioned by Lilljeborg as characteristic of that

species. From A. pumilus they differ in the shorter antenne, and

in the absence of a tooth on the posterior margin of the fifth post-

abdominal segment.

Anonyx gulosus has been recorded from Greenland, Spitzbergen,

Iceland, the coasts of Scandinavia, and Britain.

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 99

Onesimus Edwardsii. Pl. III. fig. 3.

Anonyx Edwardsii, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. 2 R. ii. pp. 1, 41 (1846);

Voy. en Scand. Crust. Atlas, pl. xvi. fig 1.

Lysianassa Edwardsti, Goés, itv. Vet. Ak. Forhandl. p. 520 (1865).

Onesimus Edwardsii, Boeck, Forhandl. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania,

p- 115 (1871); Skandin. og Arktiske Amphip. ii. p. 167, pl. vi.

fic, 4 (1876).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, at 5} fathoms, lat. 81° 44’, one

specimen ; Floeberg Beach, at 10 fathoms, males and females, abun-

dantly.

The eyes in the specimens that I refer to this species are large,

red, and subreniform when present; but are in some specimens

scarcely distinguishable, and in others entirely absent. The first

joint of the flagellum of the superior antenne is short, not exceeding

in length the two or three following joints taken together, or even

less, and not quite equalling in length the first joint of the accessory

flagellum. In the first pair of legs the palm is but little longer than

the wrist and obliquely truncate ; the second pair of legs has a

short, distally enlarged and truncated palm and small arcuate

finger in both sexes. The third joint of the last three pairs of legs

is not dilated, the fifth joint a little shorter than the two preceding

taken together; the rami of the last pair of uropoda are very short,

about as long as the terminal segment. The antero-lateral angle of

the head is considerably produced anteriorly. The third segment

of the postabdomen is slightly produced upward and subacute

at its postero-lateral angle; the terminal segment is broadly semi-

oval, with a raised marginal line, very slightly emarginate at its

distal extremity, but without a median fissure. The whole animal

is coarsely punctulated.

Of this species adult examples of both sexes were collected ; of

sixteen specimens from Floeberg Beach, in spirits, six are males. Of

the females, one example only bears ova. Length of the largest

male nearly 10 lines (21 millims.); of the largest female 11 lines

(234 millims.).

The specimens collected differ from Boeck’s diagnosis in one par-

ticular ; the third segment of the postabdomen is slightly produced

upward at the postero-lateral angle. Nothing is said of the form

of this segment by Kroyer in his description of the species or in the

Latin diagnosis that follows. In Kroyer’s figure of the species in

the Atlas of the ‘ Voyage en Scandinavie,’ the postero-lateral angle

of this segment is represented as not produced upward, but acute.

There is, however, a manifest inconsistency between the diagnosis

of Boeck and the figures in the Atlas referred to; e.g. in Onesimus

plautus the third postabdominal segment is described by Boeck as

“sursum productus acutus,” but figured by Kroyer as broadly ob-

tuse and rounded at the postero-lateral angle.

Onesimus Edwardsti has been recorded from Greenland, Spitzber-

gen, and Britain.

100 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

Atylus carinatus.

Gammarus carinatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 515 (1793),

Atylus carinatus, Leach, Zool. Miscell. iii. p. 22, pl. Ixix. (1815) ;

M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 68 (1840); Spence Bate, Cat.

Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 134, pl. xxv. figs. 1-38 (1862) ; Buch-

holz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 357, pl. x.

eres Boeck, Skandinaviske og Arktiske Amphipoder, ii. p. 324

(1876).

Amphithoé carinata, Kroyer, Kongl. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Afh. vii.

p. 256, pl. ii. fig. 6 (1838); Voy. en Scand. Atlas, Crust. pl. xi.

fig. 1; M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. 111. p. 41 (1800).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, at depths of 53 and 25 fathoms.

In the adult males of this species, at least in such specimens as I

have observed, the body is slender, the palm of the first pair of legs

more elongate and narrowed distally, and the lobes of the terminal

segment narrower and separated by a wider and deeper fissure.

The length of the specimen (a male) obtained at 25 fathoms depth

(the only one which, being preserved in spirits, could be accurately

measured) is 1 inch 1 line (nearly 28 millims.).

Atylus carinatus occurs on the coasts of Greenland and Spitzber-

gen and in Davis Straits.

Acanthozone hystrix.

Acanthosoma hystriz, Owen & Ross, Append. Ross’s 2nd Voy. Zool.

Crust. p. xci, pl. B. fig. 4 (1885); Bell, in Belcher’s ‘ Last of the

Arctic Voyages,’ Crust. p. 406 (1855).

Amphithoé hystrix, Kroyer, Kongl. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Afh. vii.

: es 6 & 7 (1838); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii, p. 40

Paramphithoé hystrix, Bruzelius, Kong]. Vet. Akad. Hand]. iii. p. 71

(1859) ; Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 147, pl.

- xxviii. fig. 1 (1862).

Acanthozone cuspidata, Boeck, Forhandl. Vidensk. Selsk. p. 184 (1870);

Skandin. og Arktiske Amphip. p. 229 (1876), nee Lepechin.

Acanthozone hystrix, Miers, Ann. & Mag..Nat. Hist. (ser. 4) xix.

p. 187 (1877).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, one specimen; Franklin-Pierce

Bay, two specimens.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, three speci-

mens.

Two of the specimens collected are adult males, another is an

adult female. The length of the largest specimen from Franklin-

Pierce Bay slightly exceeds 1 inch 2 lines (30 millims.).

In the elaborate plate that illustrates this species in the ‘ Zweite

deutsche Nordpolarf.’ (/. c.) the rostral spine is represented as conical,

straight, and acute, and the basos joint of the sixth and seventh

pairs of legs as armed with four strong spines upon its posterior

margin. In all the specimens of both sexes that I have examined

the rostral spine is laterally compressed and bent near its base, pro-

jecting horizontally forwards, and there'are but two spines upon

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 101

the posterior margins of the basos joint of the sixth and seventh

pair of legs.

It is probable, therefore, that a distinct species is figured by

Buchholz in the plate referred to.

This species has been recorded from the shores of Arctic America

(Felix Harbour, Igloolik), Greenland, Spitzbergen, Finmark, and

Norway.

Halirages fulvocinctus.

Amphithoé fulvocincta, Sars, Forhandl. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania,

ere (1858) ; Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Ovust. Brit. Mus. p. 381

(1862).

canal Stimpson, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 138 (1863).

Paramphithoé fulvocincta, Goés, Cifv. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. p. 525,

fig. 15 (1865); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche

Nordpolarf. p. 367 (1874).

Halirages fulvocinctus, Boeck, Forhandl. Vidensk. Selsk. Christiania,

p. 196 (1870) ; Skandinaviske og Arktiske Amphipoder, 11. p. 342,

pl. xxiii. fig. 11 (1876).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, at 25 fathoms, one specimen ; Floe-

berg Beach, one specimen.

Both of the specimens collected are in an imperfect condition :

one is, I believe, an adult female; the other is a younger animal.

The length of the larger specimen (that collected in Discovery Bay)

is about 105 lines (20 millims.).

Halirages fulvocinetus has been recorded from the coasts of Green-

land, Spitzbergen, and Finmark.

Gammarus locusta.

Cancer locusta, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1055 (1766).

Gammarus locusta, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 516 (1793); Leach, Trans.

Linn. Soc. xi. p. 359 (1815); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 44

(1840) ; Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 206, pl.

xxxvi. fig. 6 (1862) ; Spence Bate and Westwood, Hist. Brit. Ses-

sile-Eyed Crust. i. p. 378 (1863); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey,

_ Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 343 (1874); Boeck, Skandinav. og

Arktiske Amphipoder, ii. p. 366 (1876).

Gammarus arcticus, Leach, in Scoresby, Account of Arctic Regions, i.

p. 541, pl. xvi. fig. 14 (1820).

Gammarus boreus, Sabine, Append. Capt. Parry’s 1st Voy. p. 51 (1821);

Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s 3rd Voy. Crust. p. 119 (1826); Append.

Parry’s 4th Voy. p. 204 (1828); Ross & Owen, Crust. in Append.

Ross’s 2nd Voy. p. Ixxxviii (1835); Bell, Crust. in Belcher’s ‘ Last

of the Arctic Voyages,’ p. 405 (1855).

oaeeDy Duebeni, Lilljeborg, GEfv. Kong]. Vet. Ak. Férhandl. p. 22

1851).

Mio mutatus, Lilljeborg, Kongl. Vet. Ak. Handl. p. 447 (1853).

Gammarus sitchensis, Brandt, Crust. in Middendorff’s Sibirische Reise,

ii. p. 187 (1851). .

Coll. Feilden: Floeberg Beach, at depth of 10 fathoms, twenty-

five specimens; crack between the floes in lat. 82° 24’, three speci-

mens,

102 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

Of sixteen adult, or nearly adult, specimens from Floeberg Beach,

which, being preserved in spirit, could be acurately examined, ten

are males. Of the six females, all but one carried a number of

young animals beneath the lamelliform ciliated plates developed from

the inner side of the first five pairs of legs. In the younger animals

these plates are present, but much less markedly developed, being

slender and substyliform.

The length of the largest male is 1 inch 4 lines (34 millims.),

that of the largest female about 1 inch 23 lines (31 millims.).

The hands of the first and second pairs of legs (gnathopoda) are

much more powerful in the male than in the female: the palm of

the second pair in the female is of a suboblong shape ; in the male

it is ovate, and narrowed towards the distal extremity, like that of

the first pair of legs.

This very common species probably occurs upon the coasts of all

the circumpolar region of the globe. In Europe its range extends

southward to the Mediterranean and the Black Sea.

Ganmaracanthus loricatus.

Gammarus loricatus, Sabine, Append. Capt. Parry’s Ist Voy. p. 53, pi. i.

fie. 7 (1821); Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s 3rd Voy. p. 118 (1826) ;

Append. Parry’s 4th Voy. p. 204 (1828); Ross & Owen, Crust. in

Append. Ross’s 2nd Voy. p. Ixxxix (1885); Kréyer, Kongl. Dansk.

Vid. Selsk. vii. p. 250, pl. i. fig. 4 (1838); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat.

Crust. iii. p. 52 (1840); Bell in Belcher’s ‘Last of the Arctic

Voyages,’ Crust. p. 405 (1855).

Gammaracanthus loricatus, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit.

Mus. p. 202, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2 (1862); Boeck, Skandinay. og Arktiske

Amphipoder, ii, p. 400 (1876).

Coll. Feilden: Floeberg Beach, at 10 fathoms, two males and

two females.

The two males collected are much smaller than the females.

Length of largest male nearly 1 inch 6 lines (38 millims.), of

largest female about 1 inch 11 lines (49 millims.).

Gammaracanthus loricatus is found upon the shores of Arctic

America (Port Bowen, Prince Regent’s Inlet) and Scandinavia ;

also in lakes of the latter-mentioned region and of Finland, and

at Greenland and Spitzbergen and in the White Sea.

Amathilla pinguis.

Gammarus pinguis, Kroyer, Kong]. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. vii. p. 252,

pl. i. fig. 5 (1838); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. iii. p. 50 (1840).

Anee pinguis, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 200

62 .

Amathilla pinguis, Boeck, Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. p. 218 (1870);

Skandinay. og Arktiske Amphip. ii. p. 411 (1876); Buchholz, Crust.

fa Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 353, pl. ix. fig. 2

Coll. Feilden: Crack between floes at lat. 82° 24’, one specimen.

The single specimen collected has been dried, and is in an im-

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 103

perfect condition. There can, however, be no doubt about its iden-

tification. Length 3 inch (about 13 millims.).

This species is found upon the coasts of Greenland and Spitz-

bergen.

Eusirus cuspidatus.

Eusirus cuspidatus, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. 2 R. i. p. 501, pl. vii. fig. 1

(1844-45); Voy. en Scand. Crust. Atlas, pl. xix. fig. 2; Spence

Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 154, pl. xxviii. figs. 6,7

(1862); Goés, Céfv. Vet. Ak. Forh. p. 529 (1865); Buchholz, Crust.

in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 315, pl. iii. fig. 12

(1874); Boeck, Skandin. og Arktiske Amphip. ii. p. 502 (1876).

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, one female

specimen.

The single example in the collection is fully adult and bears ova.

Length 1 inch 7} lines (41 millims.).

The basos joint of the sixth and seventh pairs of legs is consider-

ably narrowed to its distal extremity. The second and third seg-

ments of the abdomen have the posterior margins rounded and very

finely serrated. This species has been described at great length and

figured by Buchholz, /. c.; but either the figure is carelessly executed

as regards many details, or it represents a very distinct species. The

rostrum is represented as much longer than in the specimens I have

seen, the coxa of the fourth pair of legs with its inferior margin

straight (not rounded as in the examples I have examined), the

second and third segments of the postabdomen with the posterior

margins strongly angulated, &e.

This species has been found at Greenland, Spitzbergen, Finmark,

and Norway.

Tritropis aculeata.

Oniscus aculeatus, Lepechin, Acta Acad. Sci. Petropolitana, p. 247,

pl. viii. fig. 1 (1780).

Talitrus Edwardsii, Sabine, Append. x. in Capt. Parry’s 1st Voy. p. 54,

pl. ii. figs. 1-4 (1821); Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s 3rd Voy. p. 119

(1826) ; Append. Capt. Parry’s 4th Voy. p. 209 (1828).

Amphithoé Edwardsii, Owen & Ross, Crust.in Append. Ross’s 2nd Voy.

p. xe (1835) ; Kréyer, Voy. en Scand. Atlas, Crust. ge x. fig. 1.

Amphithonotus Edwardsii, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus.

p. 151, pl. xxviii. fig. 5 (1862).

Amphithonotus aculeatus, Goés, Cify. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. p. 526

(1865); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf.

p. 316, pl. iv. (1874).

Tritropis aculeata, Boeck, Forh. Vid. Selsk. p. 158 (1870) ; Skand. og

Arktiske Amphipoder, p. 511 (1876).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, at 25 fathoms, one male, four fe-

males ; Cape Napoleon, at 25 fathoms, three males, seven females ;

Floeberg Beach, at 10 fathoms, two males, five females; Franklin-

Pierce Bay, at 15 fathoms, thirteen specimens (dried).

Coll. Hart : Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, twelve females ;

104 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

Cape Fraser, 20 fathoms, three young females (?); Dobbin Bay, at

30 fathoms, one female.

About fifty specimens in all were collected of this species, of

which only six are males. The length of the largest male is 1 inch

5 lines (36 millims.), that of the largest female, a specimen bearing

ova, nearly | inch 9 lines (44 millims.).

None of the females in the collection carry any young animals ;

but the greater number have ova in a greater or less degree of deve-

lopment. In the youngest females in the collection, from Cape

Napoleon, length 1 inch 3 line, in which no ova are present, the

ovigerous lamella are small, much smaller than the branchial

leaflets, but they are rapidly developed, and become ciliated as the

animal increases in age; in the largest females, with fully ripened

ova, they considerably exceed the branchial lamelle in size, and com-

pletely infold and conceal the ova. These latter at first present the

appearance of a whitish mass scarcely a line in length, but when

ripe are of a reddish- or orange-yellow colour, and completely fill

the cavity beneath the pereional segments.

This species is one of the commonest of the Amphipoda inhabiting

the northern seas. It has been found, often in great abundance,

on the shores of Arctic America (Port Bowen, Igloolik), Greenland,

Spitzbergen, Finmark, and in the White Sea.

Aigina spinosissima.

Aegina spinosissima, Stimpson, Syn. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 44 (1853).

Caprellu spinifera, Bell, in Belcher’s ‘Last of the Arctic Voyages,’ ii.

p- 407, pl. xxxv. fig. 2 (1855); Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey,

Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 358 (1874).

? Algina echinata, Boeck, Forh. Skand. Nat. p. 670 (1860); Vidensk.

Selsk. Forh. p. 271 (1870); Skand. og Arktiske Amphip. ii. p. 680,

pl. xxxviii. fig. 6 (1876).

Caprella spinosissima, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Crust. Brit. Mus.

p. 361, pl. lvii. fig. 3 (1862).

Coll. Feilden : Cape Napoleon, 25 fathoms, temperature of water

29°-2, one small male specimen.

Coll. Hart: Dobbin Bay, 30 fathoms, one large male specimen.

The largest specimen, length nearly 2 inches 2 lines (54 millims.),

is very robust, of a green colour, and with but very few small

spines and many indistinct very small tubercles; the second pair

of legs has the hand armed upon its inferior margin with two very

strong teeth, anda third small tooth close to the distal extremity ;

the finger is strong and very much curved; the first joint of the

first pair of postabdominal appendages is short and much broader

than the second joint.

The smaller specimen, length a little over 11 lines (24 millims.),

is of a whitish colour, purplish brown at the bases of the spines,

which are numerous, especially on the back. The hand of the

second pair of legs is nearly of the same form as in the preceding,

but the finger is less arcuate; the basal joint of the second pair of

legs not broader than the second joint.

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 105

In the specimens I have before me the teeth on the interior mar-

gin of the palm of the second pair are not only much larger than

in Af. echinata, but the palm itself is not tuberculated as in that

species, as figured by Boeck (J. ¢.). It is possible that the two forms

are distinct; but the variation in the spines of the body and its

limbs are known to be very great in some species of the genus.

Probably the specimens referred by Ross in Parry’s 3rd and 4th

Voyages to Caprella scolopendroides, and which he describes as

having “a great number of small spines along the back,” should be

referred to 4. ‘spinosissima. They were collected at Port Bowen

and Low Island.

This species has been recorded from the coasts of Greenland,

Spitzbergen, and Norway; and if, as I believe, the species of Stimp-

son is identical, from the Grand Manan at the entrance of the Bay

of Fundy.

ENTOMOSTRACA v. GNATHOPODA.

PHYLLOPODA.

BRANCHIPODID2.

Branchipus (Branchinecta) areticus. Pl. IV. fig. 1.

Branchipus (Branchinecta) arcticus, Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts,

ser. 2, xlviii. p. 253 (1869),

Branchinecta arctica, Packard, in Hayden, U.S. Geol. & Geogr. Survey,

p. 621 (1874); Amer, Naturalist, xi. p. 53 (1877).

Coll. Hart: Discovery Bay, in a small freshwater lake and in a

stream under ice.

Several specimens were collected, including males and females, of

a species of Phyllopoda, which I refer to the B. arcticus of Verrill.

Of these species I have only seen the descriptions in the journals

above quoted, not having been able to meet with Verrill’s full Re-

port on the American Phyllopoda in the volume for 1869 of the

American Association for the Advancement of Sciences and Arts.

These specimens possess the elongated claspers, with serrated basal

joints, and elongated egg-pouches of the species of Branchinecta, and

are distinguished from the Branchipus paludosus of Miller, also from

Greenland (if his figure in the ‘ Zool. Danica,’ pl. xlviii., be correct),

by the much shorter lanceolate caudal appendages. In B. paludosa

these are represented as very slender, acuminate, and half as long

as the abdomen.

These specimens differ slightly from the descriptions of B. arcticus

and grenlandicus, as will appear from the following description. If

distinct (which may be possible, although I think it more probable

that the three forms are varieties of one and the same species), the

species may be designated B. Verrilli.

The antennne are slender, linear, and nearly as long as the

basal joint of the claspers. The large prehensile antenna, or ‘ clas-

pers,” as they are called by Verrill, are nearly half as long as the

106 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

body, two-jointed, the basal joint as long as the second, nearly

straight, and of the same thickness throughout, with a not very

prominent rounded lobe at the distal extremity on the inner side ;

this, and the distal half of the inuer margin, armed with a series of

ten or a dozen small teeth or spines. The second joint is smooth,

slightly tapering to its distal extremity and concave on its inner

surface. ‘The branchial feet are eleven in number, and the lobes on

the inner margin are beautifully fringed with long, close, flexible

hairs ; the fifth and sixth pairs are the longest; and the others de-

crease regularly in size. The vesicular body is narrow oblong-oval ;

the terminal lobe of the second joint is regularly oval in shape.

The caudal appendages lanceolate, small; margins with slender sete,

which become longer as they approach the distal extremity. The

specimens are smaller than that collected by Dr. Packard, averaging

only 12 millims. in length.

Verrill’s specimens of this species were from Labrador ; and if, as

is thought possible both by Packard and Verrill, this species be not

distinct from the B. grenlandicus and B. coloradensis, it must have

avery extended geographical range.

Specimens of B. granlandicus are mentioned by Packard as having

been obtained during the late American expedition of the ‘ Polaris’

at Polaris Bay, between lat. 81° 20’ and 81° 50’.

CopEPODA.

LERN ZOPODID.

Lerneopoda arcturi, sp.n. Pl. IV. fig. 2.

Coll. Feilden: Floeberg Beach, parasitic on the gills of Salmo

arcturus, Gthr.

Onthe new charr collected by Capt. Feilden, and recently described

by Dr. Giinther, were many specimens of a parasitic Lernxoid crus-

tacean, which I cannot certainly identify with any previously re-

corded, and of which the following is a description :—

The cephalothorax is narrow-ovate, nearly or quite as long as the

abdomen, which is ovate, turgid on its dorsal surface, and smooth,

there being no trace of articulations or of the tubercles which are

so characteristic of Basanistes huchonis; the ovaries are about as

long as the abdomen. The oral aperture is circular and not pro-

minent. The inner antenne are very small and apparently two-

jointed. The outer antenne are stout, broad at base ; the terminal

joint is produced on its inner side into an ovate lobe, which is

ciliated on the margins, and bears on its outer side a two-jointed

accessory appendage, the terminal joint of which is conical and acute ;

hence the outer antenne appear bifid at the extremity; the palpi

at the base of these organs are very small.

The first pair of maxillipeds are robust ; the basal portion is stout,

and tapers slightly towards the distal extremity, the terminal

joint is much slenderer, and bears at its extremity a small ungui-

Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 107

form lobe. The second pair of maxillipeds are cylindrical and about

as long as the cephalothorax, with a thickened marginal rim at

the distal extremities, which are united, and terminate in a large

membranous conical bulla, which is imbedded in the body of the

animal to which the parasite adheres.

The nearest ally of this species is evidently the Lernwopoda Kd-

wardsu of Olsson, Acta Universit. Lund., p. 36 (1868), from Norway,

from which it differs in the somewhat shorter ovaries and abdomen

and the form of the claw of the first maxilliped. This species has

not been figured; and a comparison of specimens might prove the L.

arcturi to be identical with it. From the LZ. carpionis of Kroyer,

to which it is also nearly allied, it differs in the form of the bulla

of the second maxilliped, &c.; from the ZL. salmonea of Mayor

(Bull. Soc. Philom. p. 24, 1824), which Olsson, who had not seen

Mayor’s original description, considers synonymous with his Z. Ed-

wardsii, but which is probably a different species, in the smooth

abdomen, and, if Milne-Edwards’s figure be’correct, in the form of

the head, ovaries, &c.

The Achtheres Carpenteri, described by A. 8. Packard, junr., from

a trout in the East River, Colorado (Rep. U.S. Geol. and Geogr.

Survey, 1874, p. 612), to judge from the outline figure which accom-

panies the very brief description, resembles this species. The abdo-

men, however, is said to possess indications of division into three

segments, which are not indicated in the figure.

CIRRIPEDIA.

BaLanipz&.

Balanus porcatus.

Balanus porcatus, Da Costa, Hist. Nat. Test. Brit. p. 249 (1778) ;

Darwin, Monogr. Cirripedia, Balanide, p. 256, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1854) ;

Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche Nordpolarf. p. 396

(1874).

Coll. Feilden: Cape Napoleon, from a depth of 50 fathoms, five

specimens, 25 fathoms, two specimens ; Richardson Bay, 80° 2’

N. lat., 70 fathoms, one specimen.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms.

The largest specimen collected has a greatest height of rather

over 1 inch 1 line (28 millims.), and greatest diameter of nearly

1 inch 2 lines (29 millims.). The specimens from Cape Napoleon

agree well with B. porcatus in the sharply and strongly ribbed

parietes of the shell, the radii of which are parallel to the base, and

in the characters of the opercular valves. The small specimen from

Richardson Bay, height 7 lines (15 millims.), greatest diameter

6 lines (nearly 13 millims.), I was at first inclined to think might

be B. crenatus, on account of the very oblique and narrow radi;

but the characters of the opercular valves are those of B. porcatus,

108 Mr. E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea.

the apex of the terga being produced and acute, and the spur placed

close to the basiscutal angle.

This species occurs on the coasts of Greenland, Iceland, Spitzber-

gen, Norway, Finmark, and Britain—also on the shores of Maine

and Massachusetts, and perhaps at China (see Darwin, 1. c.)

PYCNOGONIDA.

NYMPHONID®.

Nymphon hirtum.

? Nymphon hirtum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 417 (1794); Kroyer, Nat.

Tidsskr. 2 R. i. p. 115 (1844-45) ; Mow. en Scand. Atlas, Crust.

1. xxxvi. fig. 3; Buchholz, Crust. in Koldewey, Zweite deutsche

Aieiclart p. 897 (1874).

Nymphon hirsutum, Sabine, rn ag Capt. Parry’s Ist Voy. no. x.

p. 48 (1821); Ross, Append. Capt. Parry’s 3rd Voy. p. 117 (1826) ;

Append. Parry’s 4th Voy. p. 203 (1828).

Nymphon hirtipes, Bell, in Belcher’s ‘ Last of the Arctic Voyages,’ Crust.

p. 401, pl. xxxv. fig. 3 (1855).

Coll. Feilden: Franklin-Pierce Bay, five specimens; Discovery

. Bay, one specimen; Floeberg Beach, at depth of 10 fathoms, two

specimens.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fathoms, three speci-

mens.

I have referred the specimens collected with some doubt to J.

hirtum, as in Kroyer’s figure of that species not only is the animal

represented as much slenderer, but also the chele of the mandibles

have the fingers much shorter and scarcely denticulated on their

inner margins. In the specimens before me the fingers are very

slender, somewhat curved at the tips, and armed with a row of

spinules on their inner margins. In some examples the immobile

finger is shorter than the other, as in the form to which Bell (J. c.)

has assigned the name of NV. hirtipes, which does not otherwise differ

from the present species, except in the absence of hairs upon the

segments of the body, and can hardly be regarded as distinct

from it.

Fourteen specimens in all were collected of this species ; of these,

two are adult females with ova. Length of largest specimen about

64 lines (14 millims.), greatest length between tips of legs when

extended nearly 3 inches 3 lines (82 millims.) ; of the largest ova-

bearing female, nearly 6 lines (12 millims.), greatest length between

legs 2 inches 11 lines (74 millims.).

In the males of this species the whole animal is more robust, the

joints of all the legs, as stated by Buchholz (J. c.), thicker and more

compressed; in the females the second joint of the legs is propor-

tionally longer than in the males. IJ may add that in the two

ova-bearing females in the collection the fifth joint of the third (ovi-

gerous) pair of appendages is dilated and geniculated near its distal

Mr, E. J. Miers on Arctic Crustacea. 109

extremity, the angle being armed with a tuft of stiff hairs, which

evidently serve as points of attachment for the ova. It is probable

that this peculiarity of structure only attains its greatest develop-

ment in females in which the ova are present.

This species appears to be a common inhabitant of the high

northern latitudes, and has been recorded from the coasts of Green-

land, Spitzbergen, and Arctic America (Port Bowen, Northumber-

land Sound).

Nyinphon hirtum, var. obtusidigitum. PI. IV. fig. 3.

Among the specimens from Franklin-Pierce Bay is a single ex-

ample, which differs from the males of the foregoing variety only in

the legs being cylindrical, not dilated and compressed, and in the

form of the chele of the mandibles. These have the fingers arcuate,

meeting only at the tips, which terminate in small knobs. The

chelx are slender, not globose, as in the form figured by Bell, in

Belcher (/. c.) p. 409, pl. xxxv. fig. 4, under the name of N.

robustum, and that recently described by Heller as N. hians (Sitz.

der k.-k. Akad. Wien, Naturw. Ixxi. p. 610, 1875), in which

species the fingers although arcuate are represented as acute. The

second joint of the legs is short, as in the males of N. hirtum.

Length rather more than 5 lines (11 millims.); greatest width be-

‘tween legs about 2 inches 7 lines (66 millims.).

Nymphon Strémit.

Nymphon Stromit, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr, 2 R. i. p. 111 (1844); Voy. en

Scand. Crust. Atlas, pl. xxxv. fig. 3,

Coll. Feilden: Floeberg Beach, lat. 82° 27’, at depth of 10 fa-

thoms, three specimens, and at lat. 81° 56', one specimen; Cape

Fraser, at a depth of 80 fathoms, bottom hard, one adult and

three young specimens.

One (the largest) specimen collected is a female with ova ; length

63 lines (16 millims.), greatest width between legs 5 inches 6 lines

(140 millims.). All the specimens obtained are more or less im-

perfect.

The examples obtained by Captain Feilden of this fine species

agree in all respects with the figure given by Kréyer in the Atlas of

Gaimard’s ‘ Voyage en Scandinavie,’ above quoted. The female

(at least the example I have examined) has not the peculiar dilata-

tion of the fifth joint of the third pair of appendages noted in the

female of NV. hirtum.

This species is usually (as stated by Kroyer /.c.) glabrous; but

in one or two specimens there are a few scattered hairs upon the legs.

The chele in the adult are very large, with long fingers armed with

spines upon their inner margins; the third and fourth joints of the

second pair of appendages are subequal and together much longer

than the second joint; the seventh joint of the legs is long and slender,

a little longer than the eighth joint.

110 Dr. F. B. White on new Species

Kroyer gives Norway, with doubt, as the habitat of his specimens

of this species.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate III.

Fig. 1. Arcturus baffini, var. Feildent; natural size.

Fig. 2. Anonyx gulosus ?, slightly enlarged: a, head and antenna (lateral

view); 6, maxilliped; c, d, hands of first and second pairs of

legs; e, end of postabdomen, showing the form of the third

segment; f, terminal segment and last pair of uropoda; all much

enlarged.

Fig. 3. Onesimus Edwardsii, slightly enlarged: a, head and antenne

(lateral view) ; 6, maxilliped; c, d, hands of first and second

pairs of legs; e, end of postabdomen, showing form of third

segment (lateral view); f, terminal segment and last two pairs

of uropoda; all much enlarged.

Puate LV.

Fig.1. Branchipus (Branchinecta) arcticus, greatly enlarged: a, one of

the large prehensile antenne; 6, one of the branchial feet ;

c, caudal appendages; all still further enlarged.

Fig. 2. Lerneopoda arcturt, greatly enlarged: a, outer antenne ; 8, first

maxilliped ; further enlarged.

Fig. 3. Nymphon hirtum, var. obtusidigitum, natural size: a, mandible ; .

b, c, one of the appendages of the first and second pairs; en-

larged.

XV.—Deseriptions of new Species of Heteropterous Hemiptera

collected in the Hawaiian Islands by the Rev. T. Blackburn.

—No1l. By F. Bucnwanan Wuirt, M.D., F.L.S.

Cydnide.

Geotomus subtristis, n. sp.

G. subovatus, piceo-niger, subnitidus, pronoti margine postico, scutelli

apice, pedibus antennisque piceis, harum articulorum apicibus et

toto articulo ultimo, necnon tarsis piceo-luteis; membrana sor-

dide albida, apicem abdominis paullo superante. Marginibus

capitis et lateralibus thoracis paucis pilis sat longis ciliatis.

Capite obtusiuscule rotundato, margine antico subreflexo, lobis

lateralibus parce punctulatis, lobo centrali ad apicem haud angus-

tato; antennarum articulo secundo quam tertius paullo breviore,

tertio, quarto, quintoque subsequilongis, duobus ultimis fusiformi-

bus. Pronoto antice et ad latera irregulariter rudeque punctato ;

disco levi, fovea parvain medium, et pone medium fovea majore rude

punctata utrinque instructo; lobo postico 5 vel 6 rugis transversis

plus minus punctulatis instructo ; angulis posterioribus leyibus

of Heteropterous Hemiptera. 111

nonnihil elevatis. Scutello leviter transverse rugoso, dense punc-

tato, apice lato, levi et subimpresso. Hemelytris dense et

distincte punctatis, punctis clavi et suturarum cubitalis radialis-

que in ordines _longitudinales dispositis ; corii disco minus rude

punctato, margine apicali subsinuato.

Long. 33, lat. 2 m.m,

Geotomus jucundus, n. sp.

G. subovatus, castaneus, subnitidus, pronoti, scutelli et corii discis,

pedibusque nonnihil, antennis tarsisque multo, dilutioribus ;

membrana apicem abdominis paullo superante flavido-ochracea

fusco-nebulosa. Marginibus capitis, lateralibus thoracis et cos-

talibus corii ad basin pilis nonnullis sat longis ciliatis. Capite

obtusiuscule rotundato, haud vel vix punctulato, margine antico

subreflexo, lobo centrali ad apicem haud angustato ; antennarum

articulo secundo quam tertius paullo breviore, tertio, quarto quin-

toque subeequilongis, duobus ultimis fusiformibus. Pronotoobscure

et remote punctulato, pone medium utrinque levissime foveolato ;

angulis posterioribus nonnihil elevatis. Scutello subdense punc-

tato, presertim ad latera, apice lato levi et subimpresso. Hem-

elytris dense et distincte punctatis, punctis clavi et suturarum

cubitalis radialisque in ordines longitudinales dispositis, margine

apicali subsinuato.

Long. 3, lat. 13 m.m.

Anthocoridz.

~ .

Triphleps persequens, n. sp.

T. niger, nitidus, pilis brevissimis pallidis vestitus, antennis hem-

elytris pedibusque flavido-testaceis ; antennarum articulis primo

ultimoque, rostro (articulo ultimo ad basin excepto) cuneo, femo-

ribus ad basin tarsisque ad apicem plus minus pallide piceo-brun-

neis ; oculis rufo-brunneis; membrana subfusca. Antennarum

articulo secundo vix incrassato ; capite (collo excepto), pronoto

scutelloque rugulosis; pronoti lobo postico hemelytrorumque parte

coriacea leviter punctatis.

3 long. 2 m.m.

T. obscuro affinis, sed minor, antenne graciliores, &c.

Cardiastethus mundulus, n. sp.

C. pallide rufo-brunneus, pilis longis ochraceis subdense vestitus,

capitis vertice, antennarum articulo primo, pronoti disco, corii

disco, cuneo femoribusque plus minus, corpore subtus oculisque

valde, saturatioribus ; membrana brunneo-fusca; corio ad basin

embolioque flavidis. Antennis subgracilibus, articulis 2 ultimis

filiformibus ; pronoti lobi antici callo canaliculis 3 longitudinali-

bus instructo, calli margine postico bisinuato; lobo pronoti postico

112 Dr. F. B. White on new Species

clavoque punctatis; femoribus anticis incrassatis, tibiis anticis

curvatis.

3 long. 23 m.m.

Nabide.

Nabis innotatus, n. sp.

N. elongatus, sordide pallido-testaceus, fere immaculatus ; antennis,

pronoti lobo antico linea geminata cicatriculisque, sterno ventreque

vitta longitudinali utrinque pallide fusco- brunneis ; oculis, ocel-

lisque rufo-brunneis ; pronoti lobo postico vittis 3 scutelloque

unica longitudinalibus indistinctissime griseo-brunneis; rostri

apice imo unguiculisque piceis ; abdominis dorso macula utrinque

sanguinea. Capite quam pronotum paullo breviore ; antennis 4 cor-

poris aequilongis, articulo primo capiti ante ocellos subzequilongo ;

pronoti margine postico longitudini subeequilongo, quam margo

anticus duplo longiore, lateribus lobi antici leviter, lobi postiei

valde retrorsum dilatatis, hoc elevato et ante marginem posticum

subreflexum anguste depresso; femoribus anticis ‘capite pronoto-

que simul sumptis brevioribus ; membrana alisque apicem abdo-

minis superaptibus.

3 long. 6, lat. 1} m.m.

N. viridulo affinis.

Nabis subrufus, n. sp.

N. elongatus, rufo-brunneo-testaceus, antennarum articulis 2 ultimis,

capitis vertice et lobo centrali, tuberculis antenniferis, oculis ocel-

lisque, pronoti collo loboque postico, hemelytrisque saturatioribus ;

antennarum articulo secundo annulo ad apicem, capitis vertice et

marginibus lateralibus vittaque utrinque pone oculos, pronoti

collo linea longitudinali, lobo postico scutelloque vitta centrali,

lobo antico cicatriculis, sterno vittis 2 utrinque lateralibus, femo-

ribus omnibus maculis parvis, hemelytris ad venas, macula corii

ad apicem, membranaque fuscis, hujus venis saturatioribus ; hem-

elytris venis, femoribus ad apicem annulo lato, tibiarum annulis

nonnullis, necnon unguiculis rufis vel rufo- branneins connexivo

sordide sanguineo, immaculato. Antennarum articulo primo quam

caput fere } longiore; femoribus anticis capite pronoto scutelloque

simul sumptis longioribus ; pronoto margine postico longitudine

paullo longiore, quam margo anticus fere duplo longiore ; lateri-

bus lobi antici subparallelis, lobi postici valde divergentibus ;

hemelytris alisque apicem abdominis superantibus.

3 long. 8, lat. 2 m.m.

Nabis (?) lusciosus, n. sp.

N. oblongo-ovatus, brunneo-testaceus, capite postice, pronoto scu-

telloque linea longitudinali (in lobo pronoti antico geminata

retrorsum divergente), antennarum articulo secundo annulo ad

of Heteropterous Hemiptera. 113

apicem, capite subtus, corpore vitta lata laterali utrinque et vitta

angusta centrali subtus, segmentis genitalibus vitta supra et macula

postice, femoribus maculis nonnullis, tibiis interne (anticis 3, pos-

ticisque 4) maculis nigris; capitis clypeo nitido, et macula vertice

subrufis; antennarum articulo tertio basi apiceque exceptis, quarto-

que, tibiis anticis intermediisque subincrassatis ad apicem late,

tibiisque posticis ad apicem fusco-brunneis ; antennarum articulo

primo ad apicem, secundoque, necnon tarsis omnibus subbrunneis ;

abdomine dorso ad medium fusco-nigricante ; connexivo lata:

testaceo, interne sanguineo, angulis anticis exterioribus nigrican-

tibus ; hemelytris apicem abdominis superantibus, venis brunneo=

cingulatis ; ; cori costa exteriore pone medium macula, et margine

dpicali maculis 3 longis nigro-brunneis; membrana testaceo-

brunnea, venis late fusco-brunneis ; femoribus anticis prope apicem

fusco-subannulatis. Antennarum articulo primo capiti subeequi-

longo; capite quam pronotum paullo breviore ; femoribus anticis

capiti pronotoque simul sumptis fere equilongis; pronoto in medio

levissime constricto, lobo antieco convexo, lobo postico subplano,

margine postico quam margo anticus duplo longiore, longitudini

subequal. Alis ocellisque deficientibus, nisi 2 calli plani sub=

nitidi in capitis vertice positi hos reprasentant.

3 long. 9, lat. (pone medium abdominis) 24 m. m.

Emesidez.

Liuteva insolida, n. sp:

ZL. brunneo-fusea, capite, pronoto vittis 2 obscuris lorigitudinialibus,

femoribus anticis ad apicem, femoribus tibiisque intermediis et

posticis ad majorem partem plus minus saturatioribus; hemelytris

subfuscis fusco-reticulatis, venis brunneo-fuscis; pedum inter-=

mediorum femoribus ad apicem tibiisque ad basin anguste pallidis,

geniculis fusco-brunneis ; pedum posticorum femoribus ad apicem

tibiisque ad basin late niveis ; oculis nigro-brunneis. Pronoto lobo

postico canaliculato quam lobus ariticus fere 1 longiore ; femoribus

anticis spinulis brevibus subtus armatis, dimidio basah spinis 4

vel 5 longioribus preterea instructis.

3 long. 7, expans. hemelytrorum 10 m. m.

Hebrid2#:

MERRAGATA, nov: gen.

Geritis Hebro ihaxime affine. Antenne breves, cdpité patllo lon+

giores, 5-articulate; articulus primus curvatus; apicem capitis

attingens, secundus clavatus primo equilongus, tertius minutus,

quartus clavatus secundo zquilongus sed gracilior, quintus lon-

gissimus crassissimusque, fusiformis.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4: Vol. xx. 8

114 Prof. F. W. Hutton on new Species

Merragata hebroides, 1. sp.

MM, nigra, opaca, pilis brevibus numerosis suberectis pallidis vestita ;

capite (vitta transversali ante oculos excepta), pronoti disco macula

rotundata utrinque, et margine postico ad medium, corii venis

cubitali radialique rufo-ferrugineis; antennis pedibusque brunneo-

luteis, illarum articulo ultimo, horum tarsis ad apicem fusco-brun-

neis ; clavo fere toto, corioque inter venas duas albis; clavi mar-

gine apicali male definito membranaque fuscis, hac maculis 4

albidis ornata.

Long. 2 m. m.

Corixide.

Corixa Blackburni, n. sp.

C. angusta, nitida, haud evidenter rastrata, ochroleuca nigro-

notata, pilis adpressis cum setulis brevissimis erectis intermixtis

vestita ; pronoto lineis 11 transversalibus, hemelytris lineolis

anguloso-undulatis, clavo ad basin apicemque lineis parallelis

subintegris, nigris ; corii limbo exteriore interrupte ochroleuco ;

membrane sutura yvix discreta, margine angustissime ochroleuco;

corli area marginali pallida, ad basin nigricante, ad basin apicem-

que externe nigro-marginata, apice imo lineolis transversis nigris

notato; capite brunneo, vertice angulato; sterno ad medium

ventreque subfuscis; abdominis dorso infuscato basi apiceque

brunneo-nigris, connexivo pallido; tarsis intermediis ad apicem

et posticis articulo ultimo fusco-brunneis.

3 palis oblique obovatis breviter acuminatis, tibiis anticis superne

triangulariter dilatatis; fovea frontali obovata oculos vix supe-

rante.

$ long. 4 m.m.

C. pygmee. Fieb. aftinis.

XV1.—Descriptions of new Species of New-Zealand Myrio-

poda. By F. W. Hutton, Professor of Natural Science

in the University of Otago.

Henicops impressus, sp. nov.

Head broadly ovate, narrowed towards the front, with an

elevated margin behind, and an impressed curved transverse

line, convex backward, on the top before the eyes; space

between the antenne concave. Dental lamina with eight

acute teeth. Antenne tomentose, with 34-36 joints. Seg-

ments 15 (without the head), alternately large and small ;

but the small segment between the 7th and 8th and between

of New-Zealand Myriopoda. 115

the 14th and 15th absent; each segment with a raised margin.

Above olive-brown, generally more or less marbled with

black ; legs pale bluish ; feet yellow. Under surface of head

and region of anus reddish. Some scattered hairs on the legs.

Length °6 inch.

Loc.. Dunedin and Queenstown.

Himantarium ferrugineum, sp. nov.

Head subquadrate, longer than broad; anterior margin

slightly convex, sides nearly straight, posterior margin straight.

Antenne approximated, monilitorm, finely pubescent. Body

composed of about 110 segments, which retain nearly the

same breadth throughout. Basal article of the last pair of

legs deeply and coarsely punctate, both above and below.

Preanal scale rather attenuated behind and with a straight

margin. Lntirely pale red, antenne rather lighter. Legs

smooth. Length 4°3 inches, breadth *1 inch.

Loc. Wellington and Otago.

Himantarium morbosum, sp. nov.

Head elongate, convex on the sides; anterior margin

sinuated, posterior straight ; its length equal to about twice its

breadth. Antenne approximated, moniliform, hairy. Body

composed of about 40 segments. Basal article of the last

pair of legs smooth above, punctured below. Preanal seg-

ment rather longer than broad. Preanal scale rounded.

Pale reddish yellow ; head and antennz ferruginous. Legs

hairy. Length 1°85 inch, breadth ‘07 near the head, tapering

posteriorly.

Loc. Wellington and Dunedin.

Lulus (Sptrostreptus) striatus, sp. nov.

Head smooth, emarginate anteriorly. Antenne tomentose,

7-jointed, the 2nd joint the longest, the 3rd to the 6th subequal.

Segments 47, the posterior half of each with fine distant lon-

gitudinal striz on the dorsal and lateral surfaces ; anterior

portion smooth. Lateral margin of first segment rounded.

Preanal segment terminating in a slightly obtuse rounded

point, not passing the anal valves. Upper surtace brown,

paler below. Length *4 inch.

Loe. Dunedin.

Polydesmus (Oxyurus) serratus, sp. nov.

' Antennx tomentose, 7-jointed, the 2nd and 5rd joints equal

116 On new Species of New Zealand Myriopoda.

and longer than the 4th and 5th, the 7th very small. Top of

the head pentagonal; face with a few scattered hairs, smooth.

Segments smooth, the sides of each produced into a strong

keel, which extends backward on each side in an acute curved

angle. Preanal segment terminating in a blunt point, with

scattered white hairs; the inferior semicircular, slightly toothed.

Dirty white, with a more or less distinet brown dorsal stripe ;

under surface white. Length °4 inch.

Loc. Dunedin.

Polydesmus (Oxyurus) Worthington, sp. nov.

Antenne tomentose, 7-jointed ; the 2nd joint much longer

than the 3rd or 4th, which are subequal. Segments 18 or 19,

the same as in the last ; but the angles on each side spring more

suddenly from the posterior margin. Preanal plates as in the

last. Dark reddish brown. Length °65 inch.

Loc. Queenstown.

Polydesmus (Strongylosoma) macrocephalus, sp. nov.

Antenne 7-jointed, all the joints finely pubescent; 4th and

5th the shortest. First segment smaller than the head ; lateral

margins rounded. Seg ments smooth , very slightly keeled on

each side. Preanal segment terminating in a blunt point

without any hairs; the ‘inferior semicircular with a longitu-

dinal keel. White with pale brown spots and vermiculations.

Length *6 inch.

Loc. Dunedin.

Craspedosoma trisetosum, sp. nov.

Antenne 7-jointed, reaching back to the 7th segment ;

first and last joints short, the 3rd longest. Eye-patch pyri-

form, with the eyes in four rows. Segments 32, finely granu-

lated on the back, and with a depressed longitudinal line down

the centre; the lateral margins straight; each segment with

three long bristles on each side, springing from tubercles, of

which the lowest is the largest. Antenne and legs with short

hairs. Head yellowish, with a dark band between the an-

tenne; eyes and antenne dark brown; segments blackish

brown, each with oblique bands of olive before and behind the

setiferous papille; legs pale yellow, marked with dark

brown on the last two or three joints. Length 1 inch.

Loc. Dunedin.

Spherotherium leiosomum, sp. nov.

Head sparingly, coarsely, irregularly punetured, with a

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 117

deep central transverse depression at the posterior margin and

a few short bristles in front. Antenne slightly setose, six-

jointed, the last joint cylindrical, rounded at the tip. Nuchal

plate smooth, but uneven, with a slight central depression in

front and an anterior marginal ridge. Dorsal plates covered

with very fine shallow punctures. First dorsal segment with

a distinct lateral marginal ridge; last dorsal segment arched,

slightly compressed, its margin entire and not ridged; inter-

mediate segments with the lateral extremities broad, rounded

in front and rectangular behind, with a rough triangular exca-

vation at the anterior lateral angle; the 10th and 11th seg-

ments broader than those before them. Black, shining, more

or less marbled with dark testaceous. Length *75 inch,

breadth °4 inch.

Loc. Dunedin.

Differs from S. De Lacyi (White, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

3rd ser. iii. p. 406) in colour, in not being posteriorly atte-

nuated, and in the head being much broader and shorter.

Obs. 'The types of all these species are preserved in the

Otago Museum, Dunedin.

XVII.— List of Lepidoptera recently collected by Mr. Walter

Davis in Peru, with Descriptions of a new Genus and

several new Species. By ArtTHuR G. Butter, F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &e.

THE interesting little collection of which this is an account

was made by Mr. Davis at odd moments snatched from the

prosecution of his study of the botany of the country.

Although the families Erycinidze and Lyczenide are unrepre-

sented and only two species of Hesperiidae have been obtained,

the remaining families of the Rhopalocera are fairly repre-

sented, several rare and new species having been collected.

Amongst the more striking forms may be mentioned the very

scarce and beautiful Agrias sardanapalus, Catagramma Fel-

deri, and two species of Callithea.

In order to render this enumeration as convenient as pos-

sible for reference, I have followed the arrangement adopted

in Mr. Druce’s List of Peruvian Butterflies in the ‘ Zoological

Proceedings’ for 1876.

118 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

RHOPALOCERA.

Nymphalide.

Danatnz, Bates.

Mecuanitis, Fabr.

1. Mechanitis egaénsis, var.

Mechanitis egaénsis, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 531, pl. 56.

fig. 7a (1862).

Ucayali.

One example, differing from Bates’s figure in the narrower

zigzag band of primaries.

Leucoruyris, Butler and Druce (/thomia, pt., Druce).

2. Leucothyris astrea.

Papilio astrea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 22. D (1775).

Ucayali.

3. Leucothyris perspicua.

Leucothyris perspicua, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1877).

Ucayali.

Metin A, Hiibner.

4, Melinea phasiana.

Melinea phasiana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1870, p. 489.

& 2. Ucayali.

Morruixnz, Butler.

Morrpuo, Fabricius.

5. Morpho ceruleus.

Arcuatus ceruleus, Perry, Arcana (1811).

Pozzuzo (October 1876).

}. Morpho alexandrovna.

Morpho alexandrovna, Druce, Trans. Ent, Soe. 1874, p. 155.

Ucayali.

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 119

Brassorinz, Bates.

OPsIPHANES, Westwood.

7. Opsiphanes tamarindt.

Opsiphanes tamarindi, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 111. n. 107

(1861).

Pozzuzo.

Only one male of this species was obtained.

AcrazinZz, Bates.

AcTINOTE, Hiibner (Acrea, pt., Druce).

8. Actinote sodalis, n. sp.

Allied to A. amida, but the basal half (almost to external

angle) of primaries rose-red ; the subapical band shortey, more

oblique, and considerably narrower ; secondaries jet-black to

the base; abdomen spotted with orange; primaries below with

the red areas precisely as above, the band being coloured like

the basal area, the ground-colour yellowish instead of red-

dish, with the veins black. Expanse of wings 2 inches

2 lines.

Ucayali.

A. sodalis is a very distinct species allied to A. amida,

griseata, callianira, and one or two other named forms; but

it differs considerably from all of them. Mr. Davis obtained

eight examples.

TTrxiconinz, Bates.

Hexicontius, Latreille.

9. Heliconius doris.

Papilio doris, Linneeus, Mant. Plant. p. 536 (1771)

Ucayali.

10. Heliconius estrella.

Heliconius estrella, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 560 (1862),

Ucayali. BE tae et

A slight variety, the yellow band of primaries being rather

wider than usual, and placed rather further from the apex ;

in these respects it tends to approach H. Bartlett’, which, if

the extreme variability of this genus be unquestionable,

should. be considered a modification of J/. estrella. Is it the

120 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

form described by Felder as H. aglaope? The descrip-

tion of the latter agrees better with H. estrella than with

H, thelwiope. ;

Kueiwes, Hiibner,

11. Huetdes aliphera.

Cethosia aliphera, Godart, Enc. Méth, ix. p. 246 (1819),

Ucayali,

Nyupuauin#, Bates.

CoLaNIs, Hiibner.

12. Colenis dido.

Papilio dido, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 782 (1767); Clerck, Icones,

pl. 30. f.2 (1764).

Rio Mairo (17th October, 1876).

13, Colenis julia,

Papjlio julia, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 509 (1775),

Ucayali

14. Colenis delila,

Papilio delila, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 510 (1775).

Ucayali,

EresiA, Boisduval,

15. Eresta heliconoides, n. sp.

Wings above black-brown; primaries with two or three

streaks at the base, and a broad patch just beyond the end

of the cell, deeply incised upon the median nervure, rose-

red; body black: wings below brown, nervures and folds

black ; primaries with a cuneiform basal patch not reaching

the subcostal vein, but divided by the median vein, reddish

tawny; a broad red pateh just beyond the end of the cell as

above, but not incised upon the median nervure ; secondaries

reddish towards the base, yellowish at apex; pectus spotted

with creamy yellowish. Hxpanse of wings 2 inches 2 lines.

Ucayali,

Evidently a mimic of Actinote sodalis, but more like some

species of Heliconius of the H, elimea group. It is allied to £,

acreina, but differs in the coloration of the secondaries and

the base of the primaries, Two examples were obtained,

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 121

16. Hresia nauplius. :

Papilio nauplius, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 809 (1764).

Ucayali.

Eunica, Hiibner,

17. Eunica bechina,

Cybdelis bechina, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. Cybd. pl. 2. f. 10 (1852).

Ucayali.

18. Hunica pomona.

Faunia pomona, Felder, Reise der Nov. Lep, iii. pl. 52. figs. 11, 12

(1867).

Bio Mairo.

19. Eunica amelia.

Papilio amelia, Cramer, Pap, Exot, ii. pl. 136. B, C (1779).

Ucayali.

Epicauia, Westwood.

20. Hpicalia acontius.

Papilio acontius, Linneus, Mant. Plant. p. 587 (1771).

Ucayali,

Nica, Hiibner.

21. Nica sylvestris.

Nica sylvestris, Bates, Journ, Entom. ii. p. 204 (1864).

Ucayali.

Eusaais, Boisduval.

22, Hubagis erata.

Eubagis erata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1877.

Ucayali.

CALLICORE, Hiibner.

23, Callicore clymena.

Papilio clymena, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i, pl. 24. E, F (1775).

Callicore neglecta, Salvin, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 176

(1869).

Rio Mairo.

122 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

The form called C. neglecta differs in an extremely variable

character ; so that I have been unable to consider it distinct.

24. Caliicore lidwina.

Callicore lidwina, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 114 (1862).

Pozzuzo.

CATAGRAMMA, Boisduval.

25. Catagramma Felderi.

Catagramma Felderi, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Cat. pl. 10. figs. 68, 69

(1864) ; iv. Cat. pl. 12. f. 96 (1868).

Pozzuzo.

26. Catagramma excelsior, var.

Catagramma excelsior, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Cat. pl. 7. figs. 49, 50

(1858).

Morado (October 1876).

Mr. Davis states that this is rare; he only obtained one

example, which differs from the typical form in the darker

and narrower orange belt of primaries. Hewitson’s second

representation of C. excelsior is evidently a distinct thing ; I

cannot imagine why nobody has named it. I would propose

that it be called C. inferior. ;

27. Catagramma peristera.

Catagramma peristera, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. Cat. pl. 2. figs. 15-17

(1853).

Ucayali.

28. Catagramma hystaspes.

Papilio hystaspes, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 57 (1781).

Ucayali.

29. Catagramma cynosura.

Papilio cynosura, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. D. Lep. pl. 28. fig. 2

(1847).

Rio Mairo.

CALLITHEA, Boisduval.

30. Callithea Degandit.

Callithea Degandu, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Call. pl. 2. figs. 6-8 (1858).

Puerto del Mairo (October 17, 1876).

Seven examples of this rare species were obtained.

My. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 123

31. Callithea Davisii, n. sp.

Callithea Markit (part), Hewitscn, Exot. Butt. ii. pl. xxxii. fig. 5

(1857).

Ucayali.

This species, which I have only seen from Peru, is certainly

distinct from the Ega form called C. Markit. We have

long had two examples (from Peru) in the Museum; Mr.

Davis has brought three others ; and I have seen specimens in

various private collections. The species of Callithea being

rarely seen, Mr. Davis made a point of obtaining as many

examples as he could.

Panpora, Westwood.

32. Pandora prola.

Pandora prola, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lepid. pl. 43. f.5

(1850).

Pozzuzo.

Only one example of this fine species was obtained.

AGERONIA, Hiibner.

33. Ageronia amphinome.

Papilio amphinome, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 779 (1766),

Pozzuzo.

MecaAuura, Blanchard (7imetes, Druce).

34. Megalura norica.

Timetes norica, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. Tim. pl. i. figs. 3, 4 (1852).

Ucayali.

35. Megalura crethon.

Papilio crethon, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 252 (1777).

Ucayali.

36. Megalura hermione.

Timetes hermione, Felder, Wien: ent. Monatsehr. v. p. 97 (1861).

Sarayacu.

Marpesta, Hiibner.

37. Marpesia peleus.

Papilio peleus, Sulzer, Gesch. Ins, pl. 13. fig. 4 (1776).

Rio Mairo (October),

124 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

VicrorinA, Blanchard. ,

38. Victorina sulpitia.

Papilio sulpitia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 328, A, B (1782).

Ucayali.

HeTEROcHROA, Boisduval.

39. Heterochroa Davisit, n. sp.

Allied to H. erotia, but smaller, with more falcate prima-

ries; the orange band not united to costa externally, the third

spot being absent; the outer margin of the band also not an-

gulated in the same way between the first and second median

branches, but narrowing gradually ; no red spot above anal

angle: underside altogether duller, the bands pale brown, with

dark brown margins; the submarginal spots greyish; the

disk of secondaries occupied by a broad brown band, through

the centre of which runs a blackish stripe, and bordered with

reddish brown; two external series of pale spots as in pri-

maries, the outer series white andlunular. Expanse of wings

2 inches 5 lines.

Ucayali.

Also allied to Heterochroa urraca (which, I think, may pos-

sibly be H. erotia $), but differing in the same particulars.

ApaturA, Fabricius.

40. Apatura griseldis.

Apatura griseidis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. yi. p. 117 (1862).

Ucayali.

41, Apatura selina.

Apatura selina, Bates, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 334 (1865).

Ucayali.

AGANISTHOS, Boisduval.

42. Aganisthos odius.

Papilio odius, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 457. n. 60 (1775).

Rio Mairo.

43. Ayanisthos acheronta.

Papilio acheronta, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 501, n. 249 (1775).

Ucayali.

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 125

PREPONA, Boisduval.

44, Prepona antimache.

Morpho antimache, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 49 (1816).

Ucayali.

Agrias, Doubleday.

45. Agrias sardanapalus.

Agrvas sardanapalus, Bates, Proc. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v; p. 111

(1860).

Cashiboya, elevation 550 feet (November 1876).

One very fair example of this species was obtained.

MerGISTANIS, Westwood.

P 46. Megistanis deucalion.

Megistanis deucalion, Felder, Wien. ent: Monatschr. iy. p. 238 (18605.

Ucayali.

There are no representatives in the collection of the families

Erycinide and Lycenide ; probably they were disregarded ov

account of their insignificant size.

Papilionide.

Prerinz, Bates.

CaTasticTa, Butler.

47. Catasticta corcyra.

Euterpe corcyra, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 827 (1859) ;

Reise der Noy. Lep. ii. pl. 25. f. 8 (1865).

Ucayali.

Evidently not an uncommon species in Peru.

RuopocerA, Boisduval.

48. Rhodocera menippe.

Mancipium fidelis menppe, Hiibner, Samm. exot. Schmett. (1806+

16).

Rio Mairo (October).

Very abundant.

126 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

CALLIDRYAS, Boisduval.

49. Callidryas philea.

Papilio philea, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 764 (1776).

Ucayali. .

Puesis, Hiibner.

50. Pheebis hersilia.

_ Papilio hersilia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 173. C, D (1779).

Ucayali.

OL. Pheebis argante.

Papilio argante, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 470 (1775).

Ucayali.

52. Phebis trite. .

Papilio trite, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 768 (1766).

Ucayali.

APHRISSA, Butler.

53. Aphrissa statira.

Papilio statira, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 120. C, D (1779).

Rio Mairo.

Pieris, Boisduval.

54. Pieris demophile.

Papilio demophile, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 761 (1766).

Rio Mairo (October 18, 1876).

50. Pieris phaloé.

Pieris phaloé, Godart, Enc. Méth, ix. p. 156 (1819).

Ucayali.

Appts, Hiibner.

56. Appias margarita.

Mylothris margarita, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. (1816-41).

Rio Mairo (October 18, 1876).

Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera. 127

Dapronura, Butler.

57. Daptonura peruviana.

Pieris peruviana, Lucas, Rey. Zool. p. 327 (1852).

Ucayali.

DisMorPHIA, Hiibner.

58. Dismorphia theugenis.

Leptalis theugenis, Doubleday, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. i, p. 124

« (1848).

Ucayali.

Paprti0niné, Bates.

Papruio, Linn.

59. Papilio crassus.

Papilio crassus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 112, C (1779).

Rio Mairo.

60. Papilio protesilaus.

Papilio protesilaus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 209 (1764).

Ucayali.

61. Papilio theramenes.

Papilio theramenes, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 74 (1861).

Cayaria.

62. Papilio cinyras, var.

Papilio cinyras, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petrop. Lep. ii. pl. 7. fig. 3

(1857).

Rio Mairo.

Agrees with the form occurring at Villa Nova.

Hesperiidae.

PyrruopyGa, Hiibner.

63. Pyrrhopyga fluminis.

Pyrrhopyga fluminis, Butler, Cist, Ent, i. p. 176 (1873).

* Ucayali.

128 Mr. A. G. Butler on Peruvian Lepidoptera.

64. Pyrrhopyga hospita, n. sp.

Allied to P. zonara, but the bands of primaries rather nar-

rower; the basi-internal area of secondaries occupied by a

discoidal spot and three to four narrow divergent interno-

median streaks of pale blue; the discal band widely separated

from the internal streaks, continuous and slightly tapering to

near the anal angle: body silvery pale blue, the thorax lon-

gitudinally striped and the abdomen transversely banded with

black; head black, spotted with white. Expanse of wings

2 inches 7 lines.

Ucayali (several examples).

HETEROCERA.

Zygenids.

Evcurouiun#, Butler.

Histrma, Walker.

65. Histiea proserpind.

Euichromia proserpina, Hiibner, Zutr. exot. Schmett. fig's. 221, 292,

Ucayali.

Melameridz.

PACHIOSIA, n. gen.

Allied to Micropus, but with the subcostals of secondaries

emitted together from the end of the cell; instead of from a

well-marked footstalk; the discocellulars: more angulated,

the first median branch emitted nearer to the second. Type

P. flaveolata, Cramer.

66. Pachiosia flaveolata:

Phalena flaveolata, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. Ixxxviii. C (1779).

Ucayali.

A very common and well-known species:

Dioptida.

STENELE, Walker.

67. Stenele calida.

; Stenele calidad, Butler, Til. Lep. Het. p. 56, pl. xix. fig. 3 (1877),

Veayali.

Mr. 'T. Atthey on Rhizodopsis and Rhizodus. 129

Uraniide.

Urania, Fabricius.

68. Urania leilus.

Papilio leilus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. 11. 1, p. 750 (1766).

Rio Mairo ; Pozzuzo.

NyYcTALEMON, Dalman.

69. Nyctalemon empedocles.

Papilio empedocles, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. excix. A, B (1782).

Cayaria, Ucayali.

This species is readily distinguished from . lunus by the

pale central band being intersected by a brown stripe.

XVIII.—WNotes on a Paper by R. H. Traquair, M_D., F.G.S.,

EF.R.S., on the Structure of the Lower Jaw in Rhizodopsis

and Rhizodus, in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural

History, vol. xix. 4th ser. p. 299. By Tuomas ATTHEY.

In the first volume of the fourth series of this magazine were

published ‘‘ Notes” on Rhizodopsis, by my late friend Mr.

Albany Hancock and myself, in which the premaxilla is

described as a long, narrow, wedge-shaped bone, with a row

of small teeth along the margin, and two laniaries—one large,

the other small, the latter placed in front of the former and

near to the symphysis.

Since then a large number of specimens of the cranium of

Rhizodopsis, several showing the premaxilla én situ, have

been obtained from the black shale at Newsham.

From three of the largest of these the matrix has been

carefully and entirely cleared away, so that all the bones can

be well seen. In these specimens the maxilla and our pre-

maxilla evidently form the margin of the upper jaw, along

which is placed a row of small teeth, with two laniaries, one

smaller than the other and lying near to the symphysis, quite

as in our description.

The outline and the outer surface of the mandible are also

well defined, with the row of small teeth along its alveolar

border interlocking with or being overlain by those of the

maxilla and premaxilla.

On upwards of half a dozen mandibles in my collection

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 9

130 Prof. J. Wood-Mason on a new Species of Phasmide.

with their inner surfaces exposed, there is distinctly to ‘be

seen the row of small teeth along their upper margins, with

the large laniary in front and the other three laniaries behind;

these are placed at about equal distances from each other.

On not one of these mandibles do I find the slightest indi-

cation of a suture which might divide the bones bearing the

laniary teeth.

If, as the author of the above-named paper states, our

premaxilla is the alveolar border or dentary piece of the

mandible detached from that bone, how does it happen that in

all the large series of mandibles of Rhizodopsis in my collec-

tion the alveolar border or dentary piece with teeth, which is

supposed to represent our premaxilla, is not wanting in any

specimen, whilst the premaxilla, which is much more common

in our coal-field than either the maxilla or the mandible, is

absent from a good many of the more perfect specimens of

Rhizodopsis (which is, from the lax connexion of this bone

with the cranium, what might have been expected) ?

Of the largest specimen the maxille measure 1:4 inch in

length; their upper margins are injured; the lower, bearing

the row of small teeth, are intact.

The premaxille, articulating with the front of the maxille,

unite together on the median line, forming the fore part of

the mouth beiow the snout; each bone is 1°6 inch in length

and 0:2 inch in height next the symphysis, gradually dimi-

nishing backwards.

That we have here the real premaxilla is beyond a doubt.

XIX.—Description of a new Species of Phasmide from India.

By Prof. J. Woop-Mason, Deputy-Superintendent, Indian

Museum, Calcutta.

Necroscia menaka, n. sp.

9. Body elongate, stoutish, of tolerably uniform width

throughout. Head large, oblong, parallel-sided; vertex

divided by three notches into four tubercles. Pronotum

shorter and narrower than the head, flat, with a few minute

granules. Mesothorax slightly tapering from the insertion of

the legs forwards, granulate above and below and on the sides ;

its dorsal are longitudinally carinate, granulate along the top

of the ridge and at the edges. Abdomen tapering slightly

from the base to the emarginate apex, which carries a longi-

tudinally carinate semioval plate ; its terminal segments, dorsal

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 131

and ventral, constructed much as in Necroscia salmanazar,

N. maculicollis, and N. sparaves, in all three of which also the

sixth ventral segment is furnished at its hinder extremity with

a peculiarly shaped process, which serves as the point d’apput

for the claspers of the male during copulation. Legs long

and stout; the fore tibiz and the femora and the tibie of the

two posterior pairs subtriquetrous and carinate along the

middle of the under surface. Tegmina oval, with but a slight

compressed conical elevation of the carina. Wings reaching

about to the end of the fifth abdominal segment; the costal

area luteous brown, like the body and legs; the costal vein

divided at the middle of its length, the two branches uniting

again near the extremity; posterior area milk-white, conspi-

cously tessellated with dark smoky-quartz-colour, all the trans-

verse veinlets being broadly and distinctly margined on each

side with this colour.

Total length 3 inches 7 lines; head 3°25 lines, prothorax

2°5, mesothorax 7:25; abdomen 1 inch 8 lines-+4=2 inches;

antenne 2 inches 5 lines; wings 1 inch 10 lines; tegmina

5°5 lines ; fore femur 12°75 lines, tibia 14°5, tarsus 6°75 ; inter-

mediate femur 8°5 lines, tibia 9°5, tarsus 5; posterior femur

13°5 lines, tibia 14, tarsus 5°75.

Hab. Southern slopes of the Khasi hills.

Closely allied to NV. salmanazar, Westw. (Monogr. Phasm.

p- 153, pl. xvi. fig. 6), 9, from the Philippines.

Calcutta, June 26, 1877.

XX.— On the Mollusca collected during the Arctic Expedition

of 1875-76. By Epaar A. Smiru, Zoological Department,

British Museum.

THE chief interest attaching to the Mollusca obtained during

the Arctic Expedition arises from the collections being made at

localities further north than any which had been previously

investigated.

It is somewhat disappointing, considering that unexplored

regions were searched, that only a single new form was pro-

cured.

The entire collection consists of thirty-four species. This

may appear a very small number; but the difficulty experi-

enced in collecting in such northern climates in a great mea-

sure accounts for such small results. It by no means proves

that there is any great scarcity of molluscan life in the regions

investigated. In all probability, further research discover

132 My. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca.

many more known forms, thus showing that the fauna north-

ward does not change very materially from that existing

further south in Davis Straits.

In the report of the ‘ Valorous’ Expedition, Dr. Gwyn

Jeffreys gives it as his opinion that the molluscan fauna of

West Greenland is rather European than American. On the

contrary, the small collections brought home by the present

expedition lead to an exactly opposite conclusion; for, of

the thirty-four species obtained, at least sixteen are found off

the Atlantic coast of the United States, whilst only four or five

have been recorded from European seas, and the remainder, as

far as our present knowledge extends, are exclusively Green-

landic.

Great praise is due to the two naturalists of the expedition,

Captain H. W. Feilden, of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ and Mr. H. C.

Hart, of the ‘ Discovery,’ for the careful manner in which the

particulars regarding the specimens are preserved. To save

repetition, the exact position of the principal stations at which

Mollusca were dredged is here appended :—

Dumb-bell Harbour, 82° 30' N. lat.

Discovery Bay, 81° 41’ N. lat.

Dobbin Bay, Grinnel Land, 79° 40! N. lat.

Franklin-Pierce Bay, 79° 25! N. lat.

I. GASTROPODA.

Pleurotoma (Bela) violacea, Mighels & Adams,

Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1841,i.p.50 ; Boston Journal of Nat. Hist.

1842, p. 51, pl. 4. f. 21; Gould, Invert. Mass. 1870, p. 353, f. 622 (as

Bela violacea).

Defrancia Beckii, Moller, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 1842, p. 86.

Pleurotoma grenlandica, Reeve, Conch. Icon. f. 343 (from type).

Var. = Defrancia cylindracea, Moller, 1. ¢. p. 85.

= Defrancia livida, Moller, 7. c. p. 87.

”

= Pleurotoma borealis, Reeve, l.c. fig. 277.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 fathoms (Feilden).

~ Only one rather elongated specimen was obtained.

Fusus (Stpho) tortuosus ?, Reeve,

Belcher’s Last Arctic Voyage, vol. 11. p. 394, pl. 32. f. 5 a,b.

? Buccinum Sabinii, Gray, Parry’s Voy. 1821, p. 240.

Var. ?= Fusus spitzbergensis, Reeve, Belcher’s Last Arctic Voyage, ii.

pl. 32 f. 6a, 6.

Hab. Shore of Hayes Sound, 79° N. lat. (Feclden) ; Dob-

bin Bay, 30 fms. (Hart).

It is with considerable doubt that I associate the two speci-

mens from the above localities with this species, as their form

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 133

is very different from the type shell as delineated in Reeve’s

figure ; here the aperture, together with the basal canal, has

a length of exactly half the shell, whilst in one of the speci-

mens before me it occupies more than three fifths of the entire

length. The second specimen is intermediate with regard to

this character ; and this induces one to conclude that the diffe-

rences in length of the mouth and canal and the proportion

of them to the height of the spire are not at all reliable cha-

racters in this group of the genus. In other respects there

seems to be no difference, the sculpture and epidermis being

of precisely the same character.

In Dr. Gray’s collection there is a tablet containing some

specimens of this species labelled Sabcnii; but none of them

can be his type, for all are larger than the dimensions given ;

and it must ever remain uncertain whether his species is un-

doubtedly the same as /. tortuosus. Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys con-

siders that the same species is described by Gray and Reeve,

and among the synonyma gives J’. spitzbergensis, Reeve, F.

ebur, F. togatus, and I’. Pfaffi, described by Mirch. The first

of these is, in all probability, merely a strongly sculptured

form of this species ; and the others are only known to me from

description.

Buccinum hydrophanum, Hancock.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, xviii. p. 525, pl. 5. fig. 7; Reeve, Conch.

Icon. vol. iii. f. 103.

Tritonium grénlandicum, Chemn., var. a, Morch, Molluse. Grénlandiz,

1857, nos, 94-5.

pode hydrophanum, Haacock, Morch, Arctic Manual, 1875, p. 128.

no. .

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay (Fetlden and Hart); Dobbin

Bay, 30 fms. (Hart). .

This species varies considerably with regard to the length

of the spire, as may be seen by comparing the figures by

Hancock and Reeve. The convexity of the whorls is likewise

subject to much variation, the examples from the above locali-

ties having them remarkably rotund, more so than Hancock’s

figure represents them. ‘This author describes the epidermis,

“pale yellow ;” and Reeve gives it, “‘ pale green ;” and some

young specimens from Dobbin Bay, the only ones possessing

the epidermis, have it of a brownish olive colour.

This species has also been obtained from the west coast of

Davis Straits and at Olrik, 200-300 fms. (Mérch).

Buccinum Belchert, var.,

Reeve, Belcher’s Last Arctic Voyage, vol. ii. p. 394, pl. 32. f. 7 a, 6.

Shell ovately conical, very thin, purplish brown, with a few

134 Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca.

paler streaks here and there; whorls 53, very convex, spirally

distinctly ridged, the ridges being alternately larger, longitudi-

nally rather coarsely striated by the lines of growth, and very

obsoletely plicated ; mouth irregularly ovate, large, occupy-

ing more than half the entire length of the shell, of the same

eolour as the exterior, terminating inferiorly in a short, slightly

recurved canal ; columella oblique, scarcely arcuated, smooth,

shining, whitish towards the base ; epidermis thin, olivaceous,

and laminated slightly on the principal distinct incremental

lines or raised lirule ; operculum circularly ovate, with the

nucleus rather central.

Length 33 millims., diam. 17 ; aperture 19 millims. long and

11 wide.

Hab. Dobbin Bay, 30 fms. (Hart).

The dentition of the animal of this species closely resembles

that of Buccinum grenlandicum and Nep-

tunea antiqua, as represented by Tros-

chel’s figures in his work ‘ Das Gebiss

der Schnecken,’ vol. ii. pl. vi.

The above description was already pre-

pared under the supposition that the spe-

cimen before me was distinct from B.

Belchert, when, through the kindness of

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, I was enabled to

compare it with the type of that species.

It is less elongated, has a rather shorter

spire; and the body-whorl is more ven-

tose The seen also is less arcuate (Us (JQ)

and more oblique, and the spiral ridges es

and lines of growth are more pronounced. (Us QU)

The type does not display such regularity

in the alternation of large and small trans-

verse ridges as the variety. A specimen of this species from

Finmark, in the collection of Mr. Jeffreys, very closely re-

sembles the shell from Dobbin Bay.

Like the rest of the genus this species is subject to great

variation. ‘The type specimen is comparatively smooth and

without plications beneath the suture; others are strongly

plicated, and have the spiral ridging much raised.

Buccinum Belchert.

Buccinum sericatum, Hancock,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, vol. xviii. p. 328, pl. v. f. 6

Hab. Dobbin Bay, 30 fms. (Hart).

The radula of this species is remarkable for the unequal

dentition of the side plates, one of which is a trifle the narrower

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 135

and is furnished with only two fangs: they

are subequal in length; but the inner one 1s Ubi

slightly the stouter. The other lateral plate m=

has three teeth, of which the outermost is Uy

longest, the median smallest and at the

base joins the inner fang. The median plate _—_Radulaof

bears four small conical denticles. Buccinum sericatum.

The only example of this species is a young shell. It

agrees in all respects with Hancock’s admirable description,

except that the cilia of the epidermis are apparently closer

together than in the type, in which they are said to be “ not

much crowded,” whilst in the specimen before me there are

about three in the space of a millimetre. The surface of the

shell beneath the remarkable epidermis is very curiously

wrinkly-striated. ‘The operculum is roundish, greenish yellow

on the inner side, and dirty yellow exteriorly ; and the nucleus

is rather less central than in B. Belcheri.

This species is considered a variety of B. granlandicum,

Chemnitz, by Jeffreys (see ‘ Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ April

1877, p. 323).

Taking into consideration the remarkable difference of the

epidermis and of the radula, I think there can be no doubt of

the specific distinctness of the two forms. Besides these

differences there are others of form and sculpture.

Trichotropis tenuis, sp. nov.

Shell very thin, light, semitransparent, glossy white, glo-

bosely turbinate, widely and openly umbilicated, clothed with

a dirty-yellowish epidermis, produced on the keels of the whorls

into close-set, very short, bristle-like filaments, and rather

coarsely obliquely striated, or rather lamellated, marking

periods of growth; whorls 6, the two apical ones smooth and

rounded, the three following beautifully sculptured with raised

oblique lines of growth and minute spiral strie, keeled and an-

gulated a trifle above the middle, convexly sloping above the

keel and nearly straight beneath it; last whorl large, encircled

with three faint keels, two near the middle and the third at the

base, bordering the umbilicus ; aperture subcircular, occupying

about ;* of theentire length of theshell, whitish within, streaked

with irregular, curved, yellowish-olive stripes ; the peristome is

continuous, thin, with the epidermis produced beyond its ex-

treme edges ; columella white, arcuate, with a slight shallow

channel at its base.

Greatest length 33 millims., diam. of last whorl above the

re 18, greatest diam. 30; aperture 183 long, nearly 17

wide.

136 Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca.

Hab. Off Cape Louis Napoleon, Grinnel Land, 79° 38’.N.

lat., in 25 fms.

Only a single specimen of this grand new Trichotropis was

obtained. It is very different from

any hitherto described, being remark-

able for its circular aperture, conical

spire, and extreme fragility. The

entire surface under the epidermis is

beautifully sculptured with oblique

raised lines or lirule, and minutely

striated in a spiral direction between

them ; and the raised keels are also

similarly striated. The central keel of

the last whorl is also visible on the

upper ones, and is situated just above the suture.

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, who has seen the specimen, considers

it a very abnormal form of 7. bicartnata. Several other con-

chologists agree with me that it certainly is specifically dis-

tinct. The character of the epidermis is different, since it is

not produced into such very long ciliations as in the old species.

The keels are very slightly prominent; the space between

them is convex, and not concave ; and, finally, the growth of

the shell appears to be quite regular, and does not display any

appearance of distortion, such as is usually observable in

abnormal growths of most species.

Trichotropis tenuis.

Trichotropis borealis, Broderip and Sowerby,

Zoological Journal, iv. 1829, p. 875; Sowerby, Thesaurus Conch. iii.

p. 321, pl. 285. f. 1-3; Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. pl. 101.

f. 5-6; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. iv. pl. 4. f. 2, v. pl. 79. £ 6; Sow.

Conch. Icon. xix. f. 1 a-e.

Trichotropis costellatus, Couthouy, Bost. Journ, Nat. Hist. vol. ii, 1839,

pl. 3. f. 3 ; Sow. Thes. Conch. iii. pl. 285. f. 6; Conch. Icon. xix. f. 18.

T. acuminata, Jeffreys, Brown, Ilust. Conch. ed. 2, pl. 57. f. 15.

T. atlantica (Beck), Moller, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 1842, p. 85.

Fusus umbilicatus, Brown, Wernerian Memoirs, viii. pl. 1. f. 2.

F. Laskeyi, Macgillivray.

Trichotropis inermis, Hinds, Voy. Sulphur, pl. xi. f. 18-14; Sowerby,

Thesaurus Conch. iii. pl. 285. f. 14; Conch. Icon. xix. f. 11.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 fms. ; Dumb-bell Harbour (Fed/den).

The specimens from the above localities agree precisely in

shape and sculpture with that form of this species which was

deseribed by Hinds from shells found at Sitka, under the name

of T. inermis. It is said to differ from 7’. borealis in the epi-

dermis wanting the filamentous prolongations which usually

obtain in this genus. In the British Museum there are several

specimens of 7. borealis which show various degrees in the

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 137

development of the epidermal filaments; and others, in bad

condition, do not display evidences of their former presence.

With regard to “strong ridges [on the body-whorl] at rather

distant intervals, marking the termination or commencement

of the periodical stages of growth” (Hinds), I should add that

this character is frequently, indeed generally, present in typical

specimens of borealis, and therefore I think that these two

characters upon which Hinds establishes his species are not

definitely specific. J. cancellata, Hinds, considered by Jef-

freys to be synonymous with this species, appears to me sufli-

‘ ciently distinct.

I take this opportunity of correcting an error or two

which occur in the monograph of this genus in the ‘ Concho-

logia Iconica.’ Mr. Sowerby figures (pl. ii. fig. 6) a species

under the name flavidula, Hinds, ‘ Voyage of the Sulphur.’

The correct name of this species, which was described by

Hinds in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1843,

p. 18, and not in the ‘Sulphur,’ is favida. The following

species— 7. cedo-nulli, T. conica, and T. quadricarinata—are

quoted by Sowerby (‘ Conchologia Iconica’) as existing in the

British Museum. On comparing the monograph in that work

with that in the ‘ Thesaurus,’ it will be seen that the figures

in the former, with the exception of 7. clathrata, which is

additional, are merely copies of those in the latter.

None of these three species are now in the Museum; but

whether at the time of the preparation of the first monograph

they were in the Cumingian collection I cannot say. If

such were the case, | suppose they must have been lost before

that collection was deposited in the Museum, or they certainly

would now be with the other species of the genus. The fact

of Sowerby (in the ‘Conch. Icon.’ August 1874) asserting their

presence in the national collection is no guarantee of their

existence there, because, besides his well-known inaccuracy,

in this instance having merely copied his old monograph, he

presumes that the shells exist in the Museum. 7. Kuzerd in

both works should be 7. Kréyert, Philippi.

Velutina (Morvillia) zonata, var. grandis.

Velutina zonata, Gould, Invert. Mass. ed. 1, p. 242, f. 160, ed. 2, p. 385,

f. 606; De Kay, Moll. N. Y. pl. 23. f. 253; Reeve, Conch. Syst.

pl. 147. f. 3, 4.

Morvillia zonata, Gray, Guide Moll. Brit. Mus. p. 45.

Velutina (Morvillia) zonata, Morch, Arctic Manual, 1875, p. 126.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay (Hart).

The only specimen was taken out of the stomach of Phoca

barbata, and isin very bad condition. This variety is so very

138 Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca.

much larger than the ordinary size of the species that it almost

appears that it must be distinct. It measures 21 millims. in

length, being about double that of Gould’s figure. Hancock

mentions one from the west coast of Davis Strait, which was

about five eighths of an inch (or 16 millims.) long.

Natica afinis, Gmelin,

Syst. Nat. p. 8675; Morch, Moll. Grénl. 1857, no. 56.

Natica clausa, Broderip and Sowerby, Zool. Journal, vol. iv. p. 373;

Beechey’s Voyage, pl. 34. f.3; Reeve, Conch. Icon. ix. f. 113; Gould,

Invertebrata Mass. f. 167, (ed. 2) f. 612.

N. consolidata, Couthouy, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. ii. 1839, p. 89;

Philippi, Conchylien, pl. 1. f. 11.

N. septentrionalis, Beck, Moller, Naturhist. Tidsskr. 1842, p. 80.

N. borealis (Beck), Gould, /. e. p. 288, (ed. 2) p. 348.

Var. =V. janthostoma, Deshayes, Mag. de Zool. 1841, pl.45; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. ix. f. 79a, 6.

Hab. Dobbin Bay, 30 fms., bottom stones and mud (Z. C.

Hart, Aug. 1876).

Only a single small specimen was obtained, which is re-

markable for having the spire rather more elevated than

usual.

There is another species figured by Philippi, on plate i. figs.

2 and 3, under the name affinis, which is totally distinct from

the present one.

In the description of this species Gould expressly remarks

that it is “marked by striae of growth only,” and that the

epidermis is “thin, bony.” I presume that the last word

should be horny ; for there is nothing dony in the nature of the

epidermis. As regards the sculpture, I find that all specimens

I have examined distinctly show spiral striation, which, how-

ever, is very minute, and can only be seen by the aid of a

lens. The animal is briefly described by Jeffreys in the ‘ An-

nals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ April 1877, p. 318. ‘The variety

(NV. janthostoma) is usually rather more globular than normal

specimens ; and the umbilicus is frequently scarcely filled up

by the callosity, as in arctic examples. N. occlusa, Searles

Wood, a fossil from the Red Crag, an allied species, yet pro-

bably is distinct on account of its much more produced spire.

Trochus (Margarita) umbilicalis, Broderip and Sowerby,

Zoological Journal, 1829, iv. p. 371.

? Trochus grénlandicus, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. v. pp. 12 & 108, f. 1671.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms.; Mushroom Shore,

82° 29! N.

This species is also reported by Jeffreys, ‘ Annals & Mag.

Nat. Hist. 1877, March, p. 237, from “ Discovery Bay, and

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 139

fossil in Kane valley,” from specimens collected by Captain

Feilden during the expedition. These specimens were not

sent to the Museum.

Trochus (Margarita) glauca, Moller,

Naturhist, Tidsskrift, 1842, p. 81.

Margarita Harrisoni, Hancock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, xviii.

p- 325, pl. 5. figs. 4, 5.

Hab, With the preceding species at Franklin-Pierce Bay.

Trochus (Margarita), sp., jun.

Hab. Cape Fiasco (Feilden).

This shell may be but a young specimen of Margarita

striata of Broderip and Sowerby ; but it differs from typical

examples in the spire being comparatively small in proportion

to the body-whorl, the base of which is almost destitute of

revolving striz ; the umbilicus is larger and not bordered by a

thickish ridge as is usually the case in this species.

Chiton (Tonicia) marmoreus, Fabricius,

Fauna Greenlandica, p. 420; Gould, Invert. Mass. ed. 2, 1870, pp:

261, 262, fie. 524.

C. levigatus, Fleming, Reeve, Conch. Icon. iv. sp. 179.

C. fulminatus, Couthouy, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. ii. 1838, pl. 3. f. 19.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms., temperature 29°-50

(Hart and Fetlden).

Lepeta ceca, O. F. Miiller.

Patella ceca, O. F. Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr. p. 237; Middendorff,

Reise Sibirien, p. 185, pl. xvi. f. 6.

P. cerea, Moller, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 1842, p. 89; Reeve, Belcher’s

Voyage, p. 395, pl. 32. f. 1 a-e.

P. candida, Couthouy, Bost. Journ, Nat. Hist. ii. 1838, p. 86.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms. ; Cape Fraser, 30 fms. ;

and Richardson Bay, 70 fms. (H. W. Fezlden).

The animal of this species (var. concentrica) has been

briefly described by Middendorff, 7. c. p. 186, and also by Dr.

Jeffreys in the ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ 1877, March,

p- 231.

Bulla (Cylichna) alba, Brown,

Volvaria alba, Brown, Illustrations Recent Conchol. ed. 2, pl. 19. f. 43,

44; Jeffreys, British Conch. iv. pl. 417, v. pl. 63. f.6 (Cylichna

alba).

Bulla corticata, Beck, Moller, Naturhist. Tidsskvift, 1842, p. 79.

B. triticea, Couthouy, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1858, ii. p. 88, pl. 2. f. 8.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 fms. (Felden).

140 Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca.

Bulla (Cylichna) striata, Brown,

Illustr. Recent Conch. ed. 2, p. 57, pl. 19. f. 41, 42.

B. scalpta, Reeve, Belcher’s Last Arctic Voy. vol. ii. p. 392, pl. 32.

f. a-c.

Hab. Found with the preceding species.

Onchidiopsis greenlandica, Bergh,

Kongelige Danske Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter, 1853, iii. p. 346, pl. ii.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms., stony bottom

Hart).

It is interesting to find this curious species, which was de-

scribed by Bergh from South-Greenland specimens, ranging

so far north as the above locality.

Eolis salmonacea, Couthouy,

Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. 1838, ii. p. 68, pl. 1. fig. 2; Gould, Invert.

Mass. ed. 2, pl. 18. f. 264, 265.

Hab. Discovery Bay (Feilden).

A single small specimen of this very pretty animal was

found at the above spot. It is remarkable how easily the

dorsal branchiz fall off with the slightest touch.

II]. CONCHIFERA.

Tellina (Macoma) tenera, Leach.

Macoma tenera, Leach (not Say), Appendix Ross’s Voy. 1819, p. 17

Tellina proxima (Brown), Sowerby, Beechey’s Voy. 1839, p. 154,

44, f.4; Hanley in Soweyby’s Thesaurus, vol. i. p. 318, pl. 66. f. 2

pl. 59. f. 115 ; Philippi, Abbild. Conch. ii. pl. ii. f. 4.

T. sordida, Couthouy, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1838, vol. ii. p. 59, pl. iii.

f. 11 (nec Phil. l.c. f. 6= 7. calcarea, Chemn.).

? T. crassula, Desh. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1854, p. 354.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 fms. (Fed/den).

Only an old worn shell obtained.

pl.

64,

Lyonsia arenosa, Miller.

Pandorina arenosa, Moller, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 1842, p. 93.

Lyonsia gibbosa, Hancock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, xviii. p. 338,

pl.iy. t.11, 12:

Anatina striata, Gray, quoted by Gould, Invert. Mass. ed. 2, 1870,

p. 6

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 fms. (Felden).

Mr. Hancock quotes as a synonym of this species Anatina

striata, Gray, as described in the appendix to Ross’s Voyage.

The shell collected by Ross, in the British Museum, obtained

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 141

“in a mass of ice,” has a second name attached to the tablet

on which it is placed—Lyonsia arctica, Gray. Neither of

these names were ever published.

The form described by Hancock appears to differ slightly

from L. arenosa of Miller ; for the umbones are situated more

centrally, and consequently the anterior side is longer, as is

seen in Hancock’s figure. In Beechey’s ‘ Voyage,’ on plate 43

(fig. 3), a shell is figured, which possibly is the identical one

collected by Ross ; for it is exactly the same size, although the

colour is different.

Cardium islandicum, Linn.,

Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. vi. pl. 19. f. 195; Gould, Invert. Mass. f. 58,

(ed. 2) f. 450.

C. cihatum, Fabricius, Fauna Greenl. p. 410.

C. pubescens, Couthouy, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 1838, ii. pl. 3. f. 6.

C. arcticum, Sowerby, Conchol. Ilustr. f. 26.

C. icelandicum (Chemn.), Reeve, Conch. Ie. ii. f. 54.

Hab. Dobbin Bay, 30 fms. (Hart).

Axinus Gouldii?, Philippi,

Zeitschrift f. Malacozool. 1845, p. 74.

Lucina flecuosa, Gould, Invert. Mass. (ed. 1), p. 71, f. 52.

Cryptodon Gould, Invert. Mass. ed. 1870, p. 100, f. 406.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 53 fms. (Leclden).

The shells associated with this species differ somewhat from

the description given by Gould in having, besides “ the

widened groove,” a lanceolate depression or posterior lunule

which extends from the umbones down the dorsal slope. It

is also very similar to A. croulinensis, Jeffreys.

Nucula inflata, Hancock,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, xviii. p. 333, pl.v. f.18, 14; Sowerby’s

Thesaurus, iii. pl. 229. f. 115, 116.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 54 fms. (Feclden).

Leda pernula, Miller,

Hanley in Sowerby’s Thes. Conch. iii. pl. 228. f. 56-58.

“ Arca Martinii, Bolten; Leda macilenta, Steenstrup and Moller ;

Nucula rostrata, Mart., Lam. ; Nucula fluviatilis, Sowb.” Morch, Mol.

Greenland. p. 21.

Nuculana pernula, Morch, 1. ¢.

N. elongata, Daudin, teste Hanley.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 54 fms. (Felden).

142 Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca.

Leda minuta, var., Fabricius,

Thesaurus Conch. iii. pl. 228. f. 61, 62.

Nucula parva, Sow. Conch. Ill. f. 7; ZL. complanata, Moller.

Hab. Richardson Bay, 80° 2' N. lat., 70 fms. (Fedlden).

The specimens from the above locality have the transverse

coste rather finer than is usual.

Leda glacialis, Leach.

Area glacialis, Wood, Index Test. Suppl. p. 6, pl. 2. f. 6.

Nucula truncata, Brown, Mlust. Conch. ed. 2, p. 84, pl. 33. f. 13.

N. portlandica, Hitchcock, Reeve, Belcher’s Last Arctic Voyage, vol. ii.

p. 396, pl. 33. f. 5 a-0.

Leda sihqua, Reeve, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1856, p. 48; Reeve,

Belcher’s Voy. pl. 33. f. 4.

Nucula (Portlandia) arctica, Morch (non WN. arctica, Gray), Arctic

Manual, 1875, p. 132. :

Leda (Nueula) arctica, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. ii. p. 158.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 fms. (Fedlden).

In a young example of this species the posterior beak is

scarcely observable.

Both Dr. Mérch and Gwyn Jeffreys consider this species

the Nucula arctica of Gray.

In Parry’s ‘Voyage,’ 1821, Appendix, p.ccxli, Gray describes

his species as ‘‘oval-elliptical, smooth, very slightly concentri-

cally wrinkled; epidermis yellowish green, glossy.” The

form “ oval-elliptical” and the smooth, glossy epidermis ap-

pear to me sufficient to show that the shell described by Gray

is different from that which it is considered to be by Mérch

and Jeffreys ; and these characters are decidedly applicable to

the shell which Hanley, in his excellent monograph in the

‘Thesaurus Conchyliorum,’ has referred to Gray’s species.

Again, Gray writes, “shell behind slightly produced,

gaping, edge entire.’’ Both shells may be said to be slightly

produced; but certainly only the true arctica (that is, as deter-

mined by Hanley) shows a slight gape; for in the other shell

(glacialis) there is not the faintest trace of an opening at the

produced or beaked end. Dr. Mérch, in the ‘ Arctic Manual,’

p- 132, quotes N. arctica, Gray, Parry’s ‘ Voyage,’ and Wood’s

Index, Suppl. t. 6.

The last reference is evidently a mistake, and it should be

pl. 2, Arca, fig. 6; and on referring to the text of the Supple-

ment, p. 6, the name referring to the figure is glacialis.

Astarte semisulcata, Leach.

Crassina semisulcata, Leach, Append. Ross’s Voy. p. 175; Sowerby,

Thesaurus Conch. ii. pl. 167. f. 21, 22 (as A. lactea); not A. semi-

suleata, Philippi, Abbild. ii. pl. i. f. 10.

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 143

Astarte lactea, Brod. & Sow. Zool. Journ. iv. p. 365; Beechey’s

Voyage, pl. 44. f. 12; Sow. Thesaurus, pl. 167. f. 23; Reeve’s Conch.

Icon. xix. f. 18.

Crassina corrugata ?, Brown, Recent Conchol. ed. 2, p. 96, pl. 40. f. 24.

A. Richardsoni, Reeve, Belcher’s Voy. vol. ii. p. 397, pl. 33. f. 7.

Hab. Dumb-bell Harbour (Feclden) ; Discovery Bay, 5 fms.

(Feilden and Hart).

The blackness of the epidermis in A. /actea is due, I think,

to the specimens having been collected when dead ; for all

the shells with this kind of dark epidermis are old and worn,

and evidently have been untenanted by the living animal for

some time.

Astarte striata, Leach.

Nicania striata, Leach (non Brown), Ross’s Voyage, Appendix, p. 176;

Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy, xiv. p. 204.

Astarte Banksii, Gray (non Leach), Beechey’s Voy. p. 152, pl. 44. f. 10

(fig. 9 is the true C. Banksii); Sowerby’s Thesaurus, ii. p. 781,

pl. 167. f. 8; Conch. Icon. xix. sp. 7; Morch, Arctic Manual, p. 132.

Var.=A. glubosa, Moller, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 1842, p. 93; Reeve,

Belcher’s Voy. pl. 33. f. 6a, 6.

Hab. F¥ranklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms. (Feclden and Hart).

The shell figured and described by Gould (Invert. Mass. ed. 2,

1870, p. 125, f. 438) under the name of A. Bankszi of Leach,

is not the species characterized by that author. I should sup-

pose that Gould did not consult Leach’s description in the

appendix to Ross’s ‘ Voyage,’ as he does not quote the page,

but probably followed Sowerby in the determination of the

species (‘Thesaurus Conch.’ ii. p. 781, pl. 167. f. 8), who

probably was misled in the identification of this shell by the

figures in the Appendix to Beechey’s ‘ Voyage.’ In this work

figure 10 on plate 44 is referred to in the text, p. 152, under

the name of ‘‘ Astarte Banksii?, Gray, in Brit. Mus.,” and

figure 9 on the same plate is said to represent ‘ Astarte

striata ?, Gray, in Brit. Mus.”

The description of Banksti given by Leach runs thus,

“ olabriuscula polita, sab umbonibus impresso-excavata ;” and

that of striata as follows, “ concentrice striata, sub umbonibus

cordato-impressa.”’

Of these two species there are specimens in the British

Museum received from Captain Ross, which, in all probability,

are the actual types described by Leach, and which at once

show that the figures of the two species in Beechey’s ‘ Voyage’

are reversed—fig. 9, in fact, representing the true Banks, and

fig. 10 the true striata. ‘The former is a smooth, glossy shell

(“‘glabriuscula polita”’?), and only marked with very fine

concentric striations or lines of growth, which do not at all

144 Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca.

approach to riblets or fine costations, as in most other spécies

of this genus; in fact the surface is not more striated than

in the American A. quadrans of Gould ; and the epidermis is

yellowish olive.

On the contrary, A. striata has a dull surface and is dis-

tinctly but finely ribbed, and the epidermis darker and of a

brownish olive colour. It may be but a variety of the A.

compressa of Montagu, as suggested by Jeffreys (‘ Brit.

Conch.’ ii. p. 316) ; but besides the usually finer ribbing, the

form is generally more elongate transversely and less trian-

gular. Another closely allied species is A. fabula of Reeve,

from which it differs in being differently sculptured. The

transverse ribbing in Reeve’s shell is very peculiar towards

the umbones, and quite coarse in comparison with that on the

other portion of the surface.

Another distinctive character is the length of the anterior

muscular scar. I have examined a good series of both species ;

and I find that in A. fabula it is constantly longer than in

striata, of course in shells of similar size. ‘This is well

shown in Reeve’s figures (in Belcher’s ‘ Voyage’) of the two

species. I think it very probable, judging from the descrip-

tion and figure, that Gould’s A. Banksw is the A. fabula,

Reeve.

Astarte fabula, Reeve,

Belcher's Last Arctic Voy. 1855, vol. ii. p. 398, pl. 35. f. 5a, b.

A. Banksit, Gould (non Leach), Invert. Mass. ed. 2, 1870, p. 126, fig.

438, probably.

Hab. Dumb-bell Harbour and Discovery Bay (ezlden).

This species may be recognized by the peculiar ribbing near

the umbones. In this region the ribs are more strongly de-

veloped than on the rest of the surface of the valve, and are

not produced quite to the margins, so that in looking at the

shell with the umbones towards the eye the dorsal areas appear

comparatively smooth.

? Astarte Warehamz, Hancock,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, xviii. p. 356, pl. 5. f. 15, 16.

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms., bottom stony (H.

C. Hart) ; Richardson Bay, 80° 2’ N. lat., 70 fms. (A. W.

Feilden).

I do not feel quite sure of the accuracy of the identification

of the specimens before me. They differ slightly in form from

Hancock’s figure, being less elliptical by reason of the anterior

end being less produced ; but with regard to the ribs and epi-

dermis they agree exactly with the author’s excellent descrip-

Mr. E. A. Smith on Arctic Mollusca. 145

tion—the former being “ fine, close, regular,’ and the latter

pale greenish yellow. These shells, in shape, can certainly

be matched with some specimens of A. striata, and do not

appear to vary in any thing except the difference of colour of

the epidermis, which in the latter species is brown or olive-

brown. This species is considered the same as A. fabula by

Jeffreys.

Mya truncata, Linn.,

Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. pl. x. f. 1-3 ; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. iii.

pl. 3. f. 1, vol. v. pl. 50. f. 2; Gould, Invert. Mass. ed. 2, f. 876;

for list of other figures see Gray’s Cat. Brit. Moll. 1851, p. 68,

Var. pelagica, King, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1846, xviii. p. 242.

Junior=M. ovalis, Turton, Brit. Biv. pl. 3. f. 1, 2.

=Sphenia Swainsoni, Turton, Brit. Biv. pl. 19. f. 2.

Var.= Mya uddevalensis, Forbes, Hancock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

1846, xviii. p. 337.

M. precisa, Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1850, vol. iii. p. 215;

Atlas, Wilkes Explor. Exped. pl. 33. f. 498 a, 0.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 and 25 fms. (Hart and Feilden) ;

Dobbin Bay, 30 fms. (Hart).

All the specimens from these localities have the posterior

marginal slopes directed inwards or towards the base of the

shell, which peculiarity is characteristic of the variety ud-

devalensis. One shell is remarkable on account of the abrupt-

ness of the truncation and its narrowness, the width being only

6 millims. more than the length (30 millims.).

Saxicava arctica, Linn.

For the synonyma of this species see Brit. Mus. Cat. Brit. Anim. part

vil. pp. 86-89.

Hab. Discovery Bay, 5 fms. (Feilden); Franklin-Pierce

Bay (Hart and Keilden) ; Dobbin Bay, 30 fms. (Hart).

Some specimens from Franklin-Pierce Bay are remarkable

on account of their great solidity, the depth and distinctness

of the muscular scars, and the purplish brown colour which

stains both the inside and exterior of the valves.

Mr. Hart found dead examples at Cape Frazer at an eleva-

tion of 10 feet above sea-level.

Modiolaria levigata, Gray.

Modiola levigata, Gray, Appendix Parry’s Voy. 1821, p. 245; Reeve,

Conch. Icon. x. sp. 53, f. 66.

Mytilus levigatus, Wood, Index Test. Suppl. pl. 2. f. 5.

Modiolaria discors, Gould (non Linn.), Invert. Mass. ed. 2, 1870, p. 192,

fig. 489 (var. levigata).

Hab. Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms. (Feclden and Hart).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 10

146 Royal Society :—

This species is considered by some authors a variety of’ the

British WM, discors. There are, however, certain differences

in form, colour, and sculpture which appear to me sufficient

to distinguish the two species. The present is a larger species,

transversely more elongate and proportionally narrower, the

difference in width of the anterior and posterior ends being less

marked. ‘The strie on the hinder area, in adult specimens, are

distinct only towards the umbones, and gradually become

obsolete towards the margin of the valves, which, on this ac-

count, are smooth and not denticulated within as in discors.

The epidermis of levigata is brown on the greater portion of

the shell, becoming pale olive or brownish green towards the

umbones.

The figures in Gould’s Invert. Mass. 1870, are evidently

reversed ; fig. 490, on page 193, represents his idea of descors,

and not the variety /evigata, which is figured on the previous

page. Whether the American shell is the same as the British

species is somewhat doubtful; but, judging from Gould’s

figure and specimens in the British Museum, they appear to

be different, the form being certainly distinct.

Pecten (Pseudamustum) grenlandicus, Sowerby,

Thesaurus Conch. i. pl. xiii. f. 40.

P. vitreus, Gray (non Chemnitz), Parry’s Voy. 1819, appendix, p. 245.

Hab. Off Cape Louis Napoleon, 25 fms.; Hayes Point,

35 fms. (Fedlden) ; Discovery Bay, 54 fms. (Hedlden and

Hart).

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

Jan. 25, 1877.—Dr. J. Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, in the

Chair.

Description of the Living and Extinct Races of Gigantic Land-

Tortoises.—Parts III. & IV. The Races of the Aldabra Group

and Mascarene Islands. (Conclusion.) By Dr. Arzert GinrHEr,

F.RS.

In continuation of, and concluding, the researches into the history

of the Gigantic Land-Tortoises, read before the Royal Society on

June 20, 1874, and published in the 165th volume of the Philo-

sophical Transactions, the author treats in Parts III. and IV. of

the Tortoises of the Aldabra Group and Mascarenes.

On the Structure of Magelona. 147

By the addition of the valuable materials obtained by one of the

naturalists of the “Transit-of-Venus” Expedition to Rodriguez,

and by the Hon. Edward Newton in Mauritius, as well as by the

aid of supplementary information received from other sources, the

author has been enabled to show in the present parts of his paper

that the round-headed division of Tortoises is confined to Aldabra

and never extended to the Mascarenes proper, and that the Tor-

toises from the latter islands can be externally, though not osteo-

logically, distinguished as a whole from the Galapagos Tortoises, as

will be seen from the following synopsis :—

I. Nuchal plate absent. Frontal portion of the skull flat. Fourth

cervical vertebra biconvex. Pelvis with broad symphysial

bridge. ,

A. Gular plate double; sternum of

moderate extent ...... 20.0200 GaLapaGcos TORTOISES.

B. Gular plate single ; sternum short .. Mascarrne Tortoises.

a. Carapace thin, thickened towards the margins ;

centre of the last vertebral plate raised into a

hump, which is separated from the penultimate

vertebral by a transverse depression: Tortoises

of Mauritius (7. triserrata, T'. inepta, 1’. indica,

T’. leptocnemis).

b. The entire carapace extremely thin and fragile, all

the bones very slender: Zortoise of Rodriquez (T.

Vosmeri).

II. Nuchal plate present. Frontal portion of the skull convex.

Third cervical vertebra biconvex. Pelvis with narrow sym-

physial bridge. Gular plate double. Carapace thick. ALDABRA

Torroisus (2, elephantina, T. Daudinii, T. ponderosa, T. holo-

lissa).

Feb. 22, 1877.—Dr. J. Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, in the

Chair.

On the Structure of Magelona. By W. C. M‘Intosu, M.D.,

E.B.S.E., F.LS.

This annelid was first discriminated * by Dr. George Johnston,

of Berwick ; but as his description (under the name Mea mirabilis)

was not published till 1865, the above-mentioned title, given to the

same type, from the Island of St. Catherine, off the coast of

Brazil, by Dr. Fritz Miller, has the priority. It is a compara-

tively small form, its slender body being divided into two well-

marked regions ; while anteriorly two long papillose tentacles are

attached to the base cf a remarkable spathulate, eyeless snout,

which it dextrously uses to perforate sand near low-water mark

at St. Andrews and other sandy shores on both east and west

coasts.

* From specimens procured by the distinguished botanist, Dr. Greville.

148 Royal Society —

The structure may be examined under the following heads :—~

Cuticle.—This chitinous transparent layer is densest on the snout

and anterior region of the body, both being much exposed in the

boring-operations. Throughout the rest of the body it attains its

maximum thickness over the nerve-cords in the ventral median

line. No cilia occur anywhere on its surface, and only faint indica-

tions of pores exist in certain regions. Fine motionless palpocils

abound ail over the cuticle.

The Hypoderm forms a very large proportion of the tissues of

the flattened snout, the whole region outside the four muscular

compartments being occupied by it; so that, in transverse section,

it assumes on each side the shape of a long lanceolate process,

which much resembles a leaf with its midrib and veins. Through-

out the anterior and posterior regions of the body it forms a com-

plete sheath, with various thickenings, and at the tip of the tail

ends in two lateral styles, the glandular tissue of which (as in the

dorsal and ventral processes) is arranged in a very regular manner.

In minute structure the hypoderm much resembles the Nemertian

cutis, presenting under pressure in the fresh animal a series of

flask-shaped glands or cells, from which the contents escape as

clear or granular globules. Moreover, it contains a vast number

of bacillary cells, some of which have pigment and a large clear

globule. In the hypoderm lie the nervous system and neural

canals.

Muscular System.—The four longitudinal muscles of the spathu-

late snout are arranged within a curious framework of chitinous

basement-tissue, which in section assumes various shapes—in

front being like a pair of spectacles, then a figure of eight, and for

a considerable distance very much resembling a crown. This frame-

work exercises an important influence on the functions of the part.

The central pair of muscles are confined to the snout ; the lateral

pass behind the mouth to constitute the ventral longitudimal pair.

In the preoral chamber are a strong transverse muscle (acting as

the chief approximator of the sides) and a vertical muscle. The

muscles of the body-wall (besides the pair mentioned) are circular,

longitudinal dorsal, vertical, oblique, external or lateral vertical and

transverse ventral. Anteriorly all are powerfully developed for

the peculiar functions of the region, viz. the compression of the

blood-channels and the thrusting out of the proboscis. The muscles

of the ninth body-segment are modified so as to form great con-

strictors, which have a slightly spiral arrangement. In addition

to those of the body-wall, anteriorly, are the long and short retractor

muscles of the proboscis, and various bands acting on the buccal

and pharyngeal regions. In the posterior division of the body

the transverse ventral muscles become atrophied; but the dorsal

and ventral longitudinal muscles, though constricted at the ninth

segment, extend throughout ; and the other muscles of the body-

wall are likewise present.

Digestive System.—A T-shaped slit leads into the buccal region,

then follow pharynx, cesophagus, ventricular division, and intes-

On the Structure of Magelona. 149

tine; while to the junction of the first and second is attached the

proboscis. The pharyngeal division is furnished with complex

muscular layers and convoluted internal surface, and it is thrust

into the base of the proboscis in full expulsion. It is probably

the homologue of the proventriculus in such Annelids as the

Syilide. The proboscis, again, is an instance of the separation and

modification of a part of the digestive canal to aid in the ceaseless

perforations inthe sand. Its internal surface is covered by a thick,

transparent chitinous layer, devoid of pores. The relaxation of

its own retractors, and the contraction of the muscular anterior

region of the body, cause it to yield readily to a powerful stream

of blood sent from behind ; and it smoothly unrolls from the margin

of the lower lip like a very supple membrane. This extrusion goes

on until the brownish mass of the pharyngeal region approaches

the front of the first body-segment, when its muscular coil slips

into the base of the proboscis, like a plug, assisting to retain the

blood therein, and giving firmness to the whole organ. Thus, in its

progress forward, the flattened snout of the annelid is thrust

amongst the fine sand which it haunts (with an undulating and in-

sinuating motion) till it has advanced about its own length; then

the proboscis is ejected to its full extent like an india-rubber

dilator, so as to make a suitable channel for the occupation of the

body, while again pressing onward the exploratory snout. All the

retractile arrangements are next brought into play ; the fan-shaped

vertical muscular fibres pull in the last extruded region, the short

and long retractors act on the entire organ, and the with-

drawal of the pharyngeal protrusion makes an open channel for

the backward stream of blood, which rushes into the vessels of

the anterior region of the body out of the returning organ, further

constricted by its own circular muscular coat. There is no differen-

tiation between the succeeding cesophageal and ventricular regions,

the glandular internal tunic in each being alike. The latter ceases,

after a marked constriction, at the beginning of the tenth body-

segment; and thereafter the intestine, which has much more lax

glandular tissue and abundant fatty globules, proceeds to the dorsal

anus near the tip of the tail. The walls of this region are richly

furnished with capillaries ; and cilia are very evident on the

internal surface near the tail.

Circulatory System.—An interesting feature is the fact that the

blood is a densely corpusculated fluid, the corpuscles having a

pinkish colour. There are two large dorsal vessels which arise,

near the tip of the tail, from the bifurcation of the ventral trunk.

They pass forward along the dorsal arch of the alimentary canal,

receiving in each segment a large branch from the ventral trunk

and numerous capillaries from the intestinal wall, until the pos-

terior border of the tenth segment is reached. At this part their

dilated walls are supplied with powerful muscles, which, on the

relaxation of the great muscles of the ninth segment, enable them

to perform the functions of contractile chambers or “hearts,”

and by vigorous systole send the blood forward in a swift stream

150 Royal Society :-—

along the single dorsal vessel of the anterior region. On arriving

at the base of the snout the vessel ends in the efferent branch to

the tentacle on each side. The current rushes along the latter

(nearly at right angles to the dorsal trunk) to the tips, sending off

in each a web of circumferential capillaries throughout the greater

part of its length, and terminating in the afferent vessel, which pro-

ceeds backward, collecting, as it goes, the capillary streams, and

then ends by turning forward at the base of the snout as the

efferent cephalic vessel. The latter has no evident capillaries,

but bends round at the tip of the flattened organ to terminate in

the afferent cephalic vessel. A curious change takes place in the

majority of those Magelone which are provided with the con-

voluted lateral organs of the body, mentioned further on, in autumn.

The cephalic vessels are much abbreviated, and the direction of

the current at the base of the snout is somewhat modified. The

blood from the head and anterior region collects into a series of

large vascular meshes which occur in the anterior region of the

body, and in which the current is for the most part under the con-

trol of the greatly developed muscles of the body-wall. Thus

it happens, as formerly indicated, that the contraction of the latter,

and of the special muscular apparatus which closes the communi-

cation with the posterior region at the ninth segment, drives the

blood forward to unroll the proboscis. This muscular arrangement

in the anterior region and the muscular walls of the vessels them-

selves at the posterior part of the same division of the body send

the current through the relaxed barrier at the ninth segment into

the muscular ventral blood-vessel of the posterior region, and

onward to the tail, where the trunk ends by bifurcating into the

two dorsal vessels. In each segment a lateral branch leaves the

ventral trunk at the anterior dissepiment, turns round and proceeds

backward to the next dissepiment, and terminates in the branch to

the dorsal vessel. Further, as first observed by Dr. Fritz Miiler, a

sac-like dilatation takes place shortly after the commencement of

the latter, and it fills at intervals, the distention being followed by

a contraction which sends the blood onward by the branch to the

dorsal vessel.

In vigorous specimens, the currents of the blood are as swift

and beautiful as in the tails of young salmon and other translucent

vertebrates. When examined in the liquor sanguinis of the living

animal (as in a favourable view of a healthy tentacle) the blood-

corpuscles show a pale nucleus.

_ Nervous System.—The central mass of the nervous system lies in

front of the preoral chamber in the fork of the median muscles,

and consists of the ordinary ganglion-cells with connective-tissue

bands. No eyes or other sense-organs exist, though the animal is

extremely sensitive to light and other stimuli, and lives in regions

where there is abundance of sunshine. Two main nerve-trunks

proceed backward in the hypoderm—at first outside, then under,

and finally to the inner border of the ventral] longitudinal muscles.

At the commencement each is accompanied by a neural canal (the

On the Structure of Magelona. 151

“tubular fibre” of the late M. Claparéde) ; but, before leaving the

anterior region of the body, the canals glide inward and coalesce

into a single large median one. The whole central nervous system

is hypodermic.

So far as present examination goes, the Annelida present four

conspicuous modifications in regard to the position of the great

nerve-trunks :—

(1) Some have the trunks situated within the muscular layers,

or in a central hiatus between the ventral longitudinal muscles,

the transverse band between the latter as well as the hypoderm

being external. ;

(2) The cords (as in Magelona) are distinctly hypodermic in

position, the oblique muscles of the body-wall being attached to a

transverse band above them, or to the summit or sides of the area

containing them.

(3) The trunks may be embraced by the closely approximated

(almost connate) ventral or other longitudinal muscles which

overlap the nerve-area.

(4) This group is formed by those in which the cords aré

separate throughout, being

(a) in the substance of the ventral longitudinal muscles,

or (6) below or at the edge of the same muscles and within the

circular coat.

The neural canals, as far as examined, occur in about thirteen

families.

Tentacles—These remarkable organs extend to about two inches,

but are capable of even greater elongation. They are composed

of cuticle, hypoderm, basement-tissue, circular and longitudinal

muscular coats, the latter having a raphe at each pole in transverse

section. Hach forms a hollow contractile process furnished with a

series of large cylindrical papillae along the anterior border, a

series of central longitudinal muscular fibres giving the latter ap-

pendages a sucker-action. The afferent vessel is attached to the

raphe next the papilix, the efferent to the raphe at the smooth

border. The entire organ is reproduced with considerable rapidity.

Reproductive Organs.—The ova and spermatozoa are present in

each sex in great abundance in the posterior region of the body,

and attain perfection in summer and autumn. On the sides of

the body, also, peculiar convoluted organs occur in processes com-

posed of the cuticle, hypoderm, and basement-tissue.

The systematic position of Magelona, with its peculiar external

form and internal structure, was a source of uncertainty to Dr.

George Johnston, the only author who attempted its consideration

in this respect. So puzzled was he that he placed it (as Mea mira-

bilis) at the end of his Catalogue for the British Museum, under a

family specially constituted for itself (viz. Mzadx). In the Cata-

logue ot the Fauna of St. Andrews it was located between the

Cheetopteridz and the Spionidee ; but the results of further investi-

152 Geological Society.

gation clearly relegate it to the latter group*. It leans, indeed,

wholly to the Spionidz in minute structure, and especially to such

forms as Prionospio and Heterospio ; though it is true that in the

marked regional distinctions, and the great length of the posterior

division of the body, it approaches Spiocheetopterus. While it con-

forms to the Spionide in the structure of its body-wall and bristles,

it differs in regard to the absence of the dorsal branchie ; and

further, the short, pinnate and ciliated. anterior branchial organs

of Prionospio appear to be the nearest approach to its elongated

tentacles. In the mechanism of its proboscis and in the structure

of its snout and circulatory organs, again, it presents features sua

generis.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 21st, 1877.—Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.R.S., Pre-

sident, in the Chair.

‘Note on a Specimen of Diploaylon, from the Coal-formation

of Nova Scotia.” By J. W. Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S.

The author described the occurrence in Coal-measure sandstone

at the South Joggins of an erect stump of a Sigillarian tree 12 feet

in length. It originated in a coaly seam 6 inches thick, and termi-

nated below in spreading roots ; below the coul-seam was an under-

clay 3 feet 4 inches thick, separating it from an underlying seam of

coarse coal. The stem, which tapered from about 2} feet in dia-

meter near the base to 1} foot at the broken end, was a sandstone

cast, and exhibited an internal axis about 2 inches in diameter,

consisting of a central pith cylinder, replaced by sandstone, about

2 inch in diameter, and of two concentric coats of scalariform tissue,

the inner one 5. inch in thickness, the outer constituting the re-

mainder of the axis. The scalariform tissue of the latter was radi-

ally arranged, with the individual cells quadrangular in cross sec-

tion. A few small radiating spaces partially filled with pyrites

obscurely represented the medullary rays, which were but feebly

developed: the radiating bundles, passing to the leaves, ran nearly

horizontally ; but their structure was very imperfectly preserved.

The cross section, when weathered, showed about twenty concentric

rings ; but these under the microscope appeared rather to be bands

of compressed tissue than true lines of growth. The thick inner

bark was replaced by sandstone, and the outer bark represented by

structureless coal. On a small portion of one of the roots the

author traced the remains of stigmarioid markings. From the above

characters the author identified this tree with Diploaylon of Corda,

and stated that it was the first well-characterized example of this

type of Sigillarians hitherto found in Nova Scotia. The author

* Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 1875-76, vol. ix. no, 94, p. 128.

Geological Society. 153

compared the structure of this stem with that of other Sigillarians,

and remarked that it seemed to come within the limits of the genus

Sigillaria, but to belong to a low type of that genus, approaching

Lepidodendron in structure—those of the type of S. elegans, Br., and

S. spinulosa, Renault, being higher in organization, and leading

towards the still more elevated type described by him in 1870. He

further discussed the supposed alliance of these trees with Gymno-

sperms, and the probability of the fruits known as Z'rigonocarpa

being those of Stgillaria, and expressed the opinion that the known

facts tend to show that there may be included in the genus Sigil-

laria, as originally founded, species widely differing in organization,

and of both Gymnospermous and Acrogenous rank.

March 7, 1877.—Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

“On the Vertebral Column and Pelvic Bones of Pliosaurus

Evansi (Seeley), from the Oxford Clay of St. Neot’s, in the Wood-

wardian Museum of the University of Cambridge.” By Harry Go-

vier Seeley, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.8., Professor of Geography in King’s

College, London.

In this paper the author described some bones obtained by J. J.

Evans, Esq., in the lower part of the Oxford Clay at Eynsbury,

near St. Neot’s. They consisted of thirty-seven vertebre, twenty-

one of which are cervical, and apparently complete that series.

These presented the characters of the cervical vertebre of the typical

Pliosaurs of the Kimmeridge Clay. The remains of the pelvis included

a pubic bone showing a close correspondence in form with those of

the Pliosaurs of the Kimmeridge Clay of Ely, and an ischium.

2. “Supplementary Notes on the Fauna of the Cambridge Green-

sand.” By A. J. Jukes-Browne, Hsq., B.A., F.G.S.

This paper was supplementary to one communicated to the Society

by the author in 1875, in which he maintained that the Upper

Greensand does not extend further in a north-westerly direction

than West-End hill, near Cheddington, in Buckinghamshire, that

the Cambridge Greensand is merely a nodule-bed at the base of the

Chalk Marl, resting unconformably upon denuded Gault, to the

upper part of which the greater portion of the fauna belongs, and

that the remainder of the Fauna, belonging to the deposit itself, con-

sists of species proper to the Chalk Marl rather than to the Upper

Greensand. The object of the paper was to indicate certain addi-

tions to, and corrections in, the list of fossils upon which these

conclusions were supported. The following Gault species were indi-

cated as not previously identified in the Cambridge Greensand :—

Nautilus arcuatus, Desh.; N. inequalis, Sow.; Turrilites elegans,

D’Orb. ;? 7. Hmericianus, D’Orb.; Ornithopus histocheila, Gardn ;

154 Miscellaneous.

Brachystoma angularis, Seeley ; Turbo Pictetianus, D'’Orb.; Pleviro-

tomaria regina, Pict. & Roux; ? P. [tieriana, Pict. & Roux; Pecten

Raulinanus, D’Orb.; P. subacutus, D’Orb.; and Lima Rauliniana,

D’Orb. The author described as new species Zurrilites nobilis,

Nautilus, sp. nov., Natica levistriata, Nerita nodulosa, and Lima

interlineata, and noted several corrections in the nomenclature

adopted in his former list.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the first Development of a Starfish. By M. H. For.

In a former note I endeavoured to show how the phenomena

described by M. O. Hertwig in the sea-urchin may be compared

to those which have been observed in other animals. Neverthe-

less the direct and continuous observation of these phenomena in

some creature allied to the urchin could alone furnish a positive

answer to these questions. With this object in view I made a fresh

study at Messina, during the months of December and January last,

of these earliest phenomena in Asterias glacialis.

The mature ovule possesses a large germinal vesicle and a very

distinct germinal spot. The vitellus is granular, destitute of vitel-

line membrane, but enveloped in a mucilaginous layer, which is

itself surrounded by a pavement epithelium. As soon as the ovule

gets into the sea-water this epithelium is detached ; the germinal

vesicle then shrivels, the distinctness of its contours is lost, and in

a manner it fuses in the vitellus. Its contents are never expelled,

as was supposed by M. E. van Beneden. The germinal spot also

loses its distinct outline, becomes paler, often changes its form,

gradually diminishes, and finally dissolves. All that can now be

seen in the vitellus are two light spots, one of which, very ill-

defined, still occupies the place where the germinal vesicle was,

while the other, which is of an ovoid form, approaches the surface.

The use of reagents reveals at this moment the presence of a double

protoplasmic star; and I shall in future give to these united double

stars the name of amphiaster.

This first; amphiaster often presents in its neutral plane bodies of

irregular form, which I have reason to regard as relics of the mem-

brane of the germinal vesicle. The last remains of the germinal

spot are still visible at a certain distance from this amphiaster ; but

I shall not venture to assert that no fragment of the germinal spot

can enter into the composition of the amphiaster. I incline to think

that this first stellate figure is still not the one that gives origin to

the polar corpuscles, but that, on the contrary, it divides in the in-

terior of the vitellus, and that its peripheral aster alone gives origin

to the amphiaster which will be expelled. However this may be,

the vitellus soon presents only a superficial spot, which produces

Miscellaneous. 155

the two polar corpuscles in the manner so well described by M. C.

Robin. ‘The use of picric acid shows the presence of an amphiaster

which divides in such a manner that the peripheral aster becomes

the first polar corpuscle; then the interior aster changes into a new

amphiaster, the peripheral half of which constitutes the second polar

corpuscle, whilst its interior half is converted into a little spot.

This spot increases rapidly, at the same time advancing towards the

centre of the vitellus, and changes into a true pronucleus furnished

with one or two nucleoli. This female pronucleus stops before at-

taining the centre of the ovule, which now enters upon a new period

of inactivity.

All the modifications that the vitellus has hitherto undergone have

been occasioned by the mere contact of sea-water without any fecun-

dation. They occur in exactly the same manner whether the ovum

is fecundated or not. This fact is not new; but it needed to be

confirmed by repeated experiments.

The ovule thus modified by a stay in sea-water is in the state best

fitted to receive fecundation. If it is not fecundated it will remain

unchanged for some hours, and then begin to decompose slowly. I

have never seen it develop by parthenogenesis. Leaving out of

consideration for the moment the abnormal cases which occur when

the ovum is fecundated before or after the favourable moment, and

when it is altered in any manner, we may pass in review the phe-

nomena of normal fecundation.

The spermatozoids, on coming into contact with the ovum, remain

with their bodies stuck into the mucous envelope. Soon one of

them succeeds in making its way through half the thickness of this

layer; and immediately the vitellus presents some extremely re-

markable modifications.” Before any contact has taken place be-

tween the spermatozoid and the vitellus, the protoplasm of the latter

accumulates on the side which looks towards the nearest spermato-

zoid, and then forms a thin hyaline layer which coats the granular

vitellus ; then this transparent layer rises in its,centre into a boss,

which advances to meet the male element. The boss changes into

a cone; and we soon see a delicate thread of protoplasm establish-

ing communication between the apex of the cone and the body of

the spermatozoid. The latter elongates, and, so to speak, flows into

the vitellus. The tail, or, we may rather say, the vibratile cilium,

alone remains outside, where it may be still distinguished for several

‘ minutes.

During this time the superficial hyaline layer gains more and

more in extent, and finally envelops the whole vitellus. At the

moment when the communication with the spermatozoid is esta-

blished, this layer becomes very distinctly differentiated, and begins

to detach itself from the surface of the vitellus to form a vitelline

membrane. The differentiation of this membrane gains the whole

circumference of the vitellus, commencing from the point of fecun-

dation, where there remains a sort of little crater. In a perfectly

mature and very fresh ovum all these phenomena succeed one ano-

ther with such rapidity that access to the vitellus is barred to all

156 Miscellaneous.

spermatozoids which are only a few seconds later than the first

one. The penetration takes place at any point of the surface of the

vitellus. I am of opinion that the normal fecundation of the starfish

is effected by means of a single spermatozoid to each ovum ; in the

sea-urchin this fact is perfectly evident.

The point of penetration becomes the centre of a male star or aster ;

in the middle of the aster there is formed an aggregation or male

pronucleus, which amalgamates with the female pronucleus exactly

in the same manner as is observed in the sea-urchin. I need not,

therefore, refer to it particularly.

From what precedes it results that the disappearance of the ger-

minal vesicle and spot and the expulsion of the rejected materials

are mere phenomena of the maturation of the ovule, and that the

female pronucleus has no genetic connexion with the nucleolus of

the ovule, and, lastly, that the spermatozoid exerts upon the yitelline

material not only an attraction of contact, but even an attraction at

a distance.— Comptes Rendus, Feb. 19, 1877, p. 357.

On the Fecundation of the Egg in the Echinus.

By M. J. Prerzz.

Every new fact relating to the fecundation of the egg being of

considerable importance, it is essential not to regard it as defini-

tively acquired in science until it has been subjected to careful

checking. It is for this reason that I think it my duty to make ©

known the observations that I have made upon the egg of EHchi-

nus esculentus, with the purpose of verifying the remarkable facts

announced by M. H. Fol, in a note published in the ‘Comptes

Rendus’ of the 19th February last.

I have twice had the opportunity of observing, at a point of the

surface of the ovum, the projection described by M. Fol, and which

that naturalist regards as raised by an attraction at a distance ex-

erted by the spermatozoid nearest the vitelline sphere ; but I found

it impossible to ascribe to it the least importance in the act of im-

pregnation. In fact, in one of the cases observed by me, no sperma-

tozoid was at any moment opposite to this eminence up to the time

of its disappearance by the rising of the vitelline membrane. In

the second case a spermatozoid immersed in the mucous layer nearly

at the middle of its thickness, after remaining motionless for a few

seconds, moved briskly down to the apex of the projection. I saw

no delicate prolongation of the latter emitted towards the spermato-

zoid ; nor (and this is still more important) did I see the spermato-

zoid flow, according to M. Fol’s expression, into the vitellus. It

remained motionless, applied to the surface. Scarcely was it fixed

there when another spermatozoid, following the same road as the

first one, passed through the thickness of the mucous zone in two or

three bounds, and also laid itself upon the surface of the little eleva-

tion. Two more spermatozoids took the same course, but stopped

Miscellaneous. 157

about midway ; a fifth joined these, and then, after a few wrigglings,

disengaged itself and disappeared.

I watched persistently the two spermatozoids that adhered to the

apex of the little elevation; and my eye did not miss them for a

moment. Their two bodies, laid side by side, always remained at

the surface of the ovum; and their tails were to be seen extended in

the course which they had followed. Soon the vitelline membrane

detached itself from the vitellus, and the projection ceased to exist ;

but the two spermatozoids were still to be seen, elevated with the

membrane, and quickly conyeyed by it to a great distance from the

yelk. The ovum was fecundated; but no spermatozoid had pene-

trated into its interior. are

One remark will be useful. In this observation the plane of

vision passed through the centre of the ovum ; and the protuberance

was exactly in this plane, at the equator of the ovum. If one of

the spermatozoids had carried its body a little higher or a little

lower by creeping upon the slope of the projection, this body, pro-

jected upon the latter, would have disappeared, whilst the tail might

have remained visible beyond. In this way we should have the

exact image of a spermatozoid penetrating into the ovum and leaving

its tail out, just as M. Fol states he observed it.

The rising of an eminence at the surface of the ovum, in my

opinion, has no connexion with fecundation. It is a simple acci-

dent which depends solely upon a solution of continuity in the

mucous envelope (which is very frequent at least in the sea-urchin),

constituting a point of weakest resistance at the surface of the

ovum, and, in consequence, a corresponding deformation of the

vitelline sphere. It will thus be understood why, of all the points

of this sphere, the deformed part, when one exists, is usually the

first attacked by the spermatic filaments. This deformation, reduced

to a slight prominence in the case described by M. Fol and in that

above mentioned by me, sometimes acquires exaggerated proportions,

which, however, have no injurious effect upon the fecundation.

More than this, the penetration, as understood by M. Fol, clashes

with an anatomical impossibility. That naturalist assumes, in fact,

that the unfecundated ovum is destitute of vitelline membrane, and

that this envelope originates only under the influence of fecunda-

tion. Now it is incontestable that it exists even in the very young

ovum while the latter is still not granular: in this it is easy to ob-

serve it directly ; and the endosmotic action of pure water renders it

still more evident. In the mature but unfecundated ovum of the

Echinus a slight pressure, which clears its contents, suffices to show

all round it a continuous uniform envelope, with a double contour,

contrasting by its refringency and its orange-rose colour with the

subjacent vitellus. It measures about ;;%,, millim. in thickness.

‘When subsequently distended and removed from the vitellus, in

consequence of impregnation, it becomes thipner and paler. The

act of fecundation, therefore, does not determine the formation of

the vitelline membrane, which existed long before; as regards this

158 Miscellaneous.

envelope, its only effect is to cause its inflation and its separation

from the vitellus.

The presence of a proper membrane around the unfecundated

ovum of the sea-urchin seems to me to be indubitable. We are not

to imagine in this case a thin layer of hyaline non-granular proto-

plasm presenting only the appearance of a membrane. At the first

glance « distinctly marked double contour renders any such inter-

pretation impossible. If, therefore, it be supposed that the penetra-

tion of the spermatozoid is indispensable for fecundation, we have

to inquire how it can get through such an obstacle, especially if we

assume that this penetration can be effected at any point of the sur-

face of the ovum.—Comptes Rendus, March 26, 1877, p. 620.

On some Abnormal Fecundations in Starfishes.

By M. H. For.

In a former note I described the modifications undergone by the

mature ova of Asterias glacialis when they are merely placed in

sea-water, and the phenomena of an artificial fecundation performed

with ova already freed from their polar materials. Let us now try

the fecundation of the ova immediately after their escape from the

ovary, or at least before the expulsion of the first polar corpuscle.

The details of the penetration of the zoosperms into the vitellus

are very nearly the same as in the normal case. The principal dif-

ference is that the vitelline membrane is only very slowly formed

and elevated round the point where the penetration is effected ;

instead of rapidly gaining the whole surface of the vitellus, it only

extends over a portion of the periphery. Hence other spermato-

zoids have time to penetrate successively at different points of the

surface of the ovule; and they continue to do so until the vitellus

is completely enclosed in a4 membrane impermeable to the zoo-

sperms.

The extent and rapidity of formation of the portions of the mem-

brane which are differentiated round each point of penetration are

very variable, and are less in proportion as the normal conditions

are more widely departed from. In such cases I have counted as

many as fifteen zoosperms in a single vitellus; and this number

decreases as we operate under more normal conditions.

The body of the zoosperm flows into the vitellus ; and at this point

there is formed a clear spot surrounded by radiating filaments. This

is the male aster. These male asters, starting from various points

of the surface of the vitellus, travel slowly in the direction of its

centre. Hxcept as regards the number of asters, all this is in con-

formity with the normal case. If the fecundation takes place

before the disappearance of the germinal vesicle, the male centres .

remain for a considerable time in a latent state, and it is only at

the moment when the first polar corpuscle begins to issue, some-

times even already at the moment when the waste amphiaster is

Miscellaneous. 159

formed, that the male asters show themselves, each at a little

distance from the spot where a zoosperm has penetrated. Several of

the radiating filaments extend from the centre of the star to the

point of the surface of the vitellus where the contact took place, a

point which is still recognizable by the presence of a small scar.

It is no doubt these filaments that M. O. Hertwig has mistaken in

the urchin for the tail of the spermatozoid.

The male asters gain in distinctness as they depart from the

margin of the vitellus ; and in their centre is formed a little mass of

protoplasm, which we may call a male pronucleus. The male pro-

nucleus nearest to the female pronucleus amalgamates with the

latter, which immediately becomes the centre of a system of radiating

filaments ; then this combined nucleus unites again with a second,

and sometimes even with a third, male pronucleus. At other times

the female pronucleus divides, at the very moment of its formation,

into two or three fragments, which then unite with so many male

centres. The male asters never unite with each other; it would

appear that they repel one another and are attracted by the female

centre until the moment when the latter is neutralized by its union

with two or three male centres.

The segmentation of these ova is very irregular. When the male

centres are numerous the vitellus forms at once as many rounded

bosses as it contains male asters, each boss having an aster in its

centre; then these bosses become spherules, which continue

dividing dichotomously. From this results a very irregular blasto-

sphere and a monstrous larva.

In cases in which the number of male centres in very restricted,

and the female pronucleus is divided into two or three nuclei, these

always remain distinct. At the moment of the first segmentation

each becomes converted into an amphiaster, and the vitellus divides

at once into four or six spherules. I have not observed the seg-

mentation in the ova, the single nucleus of which is the result of

the combination of the female pronucleus with several male asters.

Perhaps we must refer to this category the ova (which I have often

met with) in which the nucleus is at once resolved into a tetraster—

that is to say, four asters united to each other.

Can a vitellus which has received two zoosperms be developed in

a normal manner? I do not venture to deny this absolutely ; but I

have always observed the contrary; I have always seen these ova

produce a double number of segmentation-spherules, and finally

become monstrous larve. Is not this fact fitted to put us on the

track of a whole category of double monsters ?

Analogous phenomena are presented in ova fecundated at matu-

rity, but proceeding from animals which have suffered in captivity.

Having fecundated some ova derived from a very sickly parent, I saw

the zoosperms penetrate in numbers into each vitellus, and their

bodies remain intact in the midst of the vitelline substance, although

they were surrounded by some ill-marked radiating lines. They all

160 Miscellaneous.

travelled in the direction of the germinal vesicle, which disappeared ;

but the development went no further.

With this exception, I have never succeeded in discerning the body

of the zoosperm in the interior of the vitellus. I do not think that

it persists; I much rather believe that the male centre is the

product of the fusion of this body with a little vitelline protoplasm.

The attraction that the zoosperm exerts upon the vitelline substance,

and especially upon the female pronucleus, seems to me to be placed

beyond doubt by observations that I have described. The mutual

repulsion of the male centres appears to me to be a corollary of their

attraction for the female centre, just as the repulsion exerted upon

one another by the two poles of an amphiaster is the corollary of

the attraction they exert upon the surrounding protoplasm.—

Comptes Rendus, April 2, 1877, p. 569.

On two new Genera and Species of Lizards from South America and

Borneo. By Dr. SrernpAcHneEr.

The genus Tejovaranus forms a transition towards the family

Ameivide, and is distinguished from the typical Varanide, which

belong to the eastern hemisphere, by the presence of pterygoid teeth,

by the elongate cordate form of the tongue, which has no sheath at

the base, and by the size of the mental and rostral scutes and of the

upper and lower labial scutes. Ventral scutes flat, quadrangular, in

regular transverse rows, like the small slightly convex dorsal scutes.

Tejovaranus Branickii is marked like Tejus tequeain, Linn., and has a

large light-yellowish brown spot on the nape.

The genus Lanthonotus is characterized by the absence of an ex-

ternal ear. The head is depressed, oval, covered with very small,

partly keeled scutes ; the back bears several rows of large tubercles,

upon each of which lies, as if imbedded, a keeled horny scute ; the

tongue is elongate cordate, papillose, without a sheath. The ex-

tremities and the toes are short, and the eye remarkably small. In

the author’s opinion, the genus Lanthonotus is the representative of

a distinct family, which would most closely approach the Mexican

Helodermide.

Lanthonotus borneensis is tile-red on the back, and marked with

brown on the yellow ventral surface. The skin of the back forms

innumerable slight verruciform elevations, among which there are

six, and in some parts eight, longitudinal rows of large tubercles,

each of which bears a keeled scale. ‘The flat ventral scutes are

pointed behind and slightly imbricated. The tail is roundish.—

Anzeiger der kais. Akad. der Wiss. in Wien, July 5, 1877.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. |

No. 117. SEPTEMBER 1877.

XXI.— Contributions to Micro-Palaontology.—I. On the Genus

Tetradium, Dana, and on a British Species of the same.

By H. AtLeynE Nicuotson, M.D., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., and

RosertT ETHERIDGE, Jun., F.G.S.

Genus TErrADIUM, Dana, 1846

(Wilkes’s Expl. Exped. Zoophytes, p. 701).

The genus Tetradium was founded by Prof. Dana for the

reception of a fossil of uncertain locality in the collection of

Yale College, New Haven; and the following characters were

ascribed to-it:—‘ Coralla massive, consisting of four-sided

tubes and cells, with very thin septa or parietes ; cells stellate,

with four narrow lamine.”’

At a subsequent date, Prof. J. M. Safford described four

species of corals from the Lower Silurian rocks, which he

referred to this genus (Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, ser. 2,

vol. xxii. p. 236); and he supplemented Dana’s description with

the following remarks :—“ The tubes in the different species

vary from one quarter of a line to nearly one line in breadth ;

they are very long, and are most frequently united throughout

laterally, forming massive coralla, resembling more or less those

of Havosites and Chetetes; sometimes, however, they are

united in single intersecting series, as in Halysites catenulata,

Linn. ; not unfrequently, too, the tubes are isolated, or only

united at irregular intervals, thus forming loose fasciculated

coralla, resembling certain forms of Syringopora.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. ip!

162. Dr... A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge on

Prof. Safford further states that the ¢solated tubes are nearly

quadrangular, with more or less rounded angles, and with a

slight external longitudinal depression opposite to each of the

four septa; the walls are more or less rugose ; and increase

is by fission of the old tubes. Only one specimen was seen in

which tabule could be detected ; and in this they were confined

to one end of the mass, and were distant from one another

about twice the width of the tubes.

The genus Tetradium is regarded by Safford as intermediate

between the Favositide and the Rugosa, the quadripartite

character of the corallites placing it in the latter group.

The late Mr. Billings (Geology of Canada, 1863, p. 139,

fig. 71) figures and quotes Tetradium fibratum, Safford, from

the Birdseye, Black-River, and Trenton Limestones of Canada;

but as no description is appended, it is difficult to form any

opinion as to the correctness of this identification, though the

few specimens we have from the Trenton Limestone would

apparently bear it out. ,

Lastly, one of the present writers described Tetradium

minus, Safford, from the Hudson-river formation of Ohio and

Canada, and provisionally referred a coral from the Trenton

Limestone of Canada to TJ. jibratum, Safford (Nicholson,

Pal. Ohio, vol. ii. 1875, p. 222, and Rep. Pal. Ontario, ,

1875, pp. 10, 28).

The above constitute all the notices of Tetradiwm which we

have been able to meet with, apart from mere enumerations of

species of the genus in lists of fossils. Though the characters

of the genus are extremely well marked, and the species are

far from uncommon in the Lower Silurian strata of North

America, no mention of the genus is made in the classical

works on fossil corals by Milne-Edwards and Haime (Pol.

Foss. des Terr. Pal. and Brit. Foss. Corals), nor by Fromen-

tel (Introduction a I’étude des Pol. Foss.).

The remarks which we wish to make upon the genus may

be most fitly based upon a brief description of the American

T. minus, a species of which we have had the opportunity of

making a careful microscopical examination, and which may

be regarded as in all respects a characteristic representative

of the genus.

Tetradium minus, Safford.

Tetradium minus, Safford, Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, ser. 2, vol. xxii.

p. 288; Nicholson, Paleontology of Ohio, 1875, vol. ii. p. 222;

Nicholson, (Second) Report on the Pal. of Ontario, 1875, p. 28.

Spec. char. Corallum massive, hemispherical, or amorphous,

often of large size, composed of closely approximated slender

the Genus Tetradium, Dana. 163

tubes, which diverge from the base or from an imaginary

axis, and which are not arranged in superimposed layers.

Increase by fission of the old tubes. Corallites of great length

(sometimes three inches or more), generally about a third of a

line in diameter, their shape usually irregularly four- or five-

sided. Septa varying in number from one to four, most

commonly the latter, rarely five. Tabule complete, mostly

abou three in the space of 1 line. Walls thick, imper-

orate.

a, a small portion of a transverse section of Tetradium minus, mag-

nified about ten diameters. The section is a transparent one; and

the visceral chambers of the corallites, being filled up with the

matrix, appear black, whilst the walls are composed of crystalline

calcite; in the centre of the section is a vacant space filled with

calcite (a water-canal?). 6, portion of polished transverse section of

same, not so highly magnified; in this section the visceral chambers

appear as light spaces and the walls are dark. ¢, portion of a longi-

tudinal section of the same, showing tabule. d, portion of a trans-

parent transverse section of Tetradiwm Peachit, Nich. and Eth., jun.,

magnified about twenty diameters. Near the bottom of the section

a water-canal (?) is seen cut across. e, portion of transverse section

of the same, magnified still further. f, portion of the longitudinal

section of the same, magnified about fifteen diameters. 4g, portion of

the same, enlarged still further. :

Obs. The large and massive corallum of this species, at first

sight, recalls to mind the most bulky of the species of Chetetes,

from which, however, it is at once distinguished by the posses-

sion of distinct septa. These structures are sometimes difficult

to make out in portions of the corallum, especially in simply

weathered surfaces ; nor can they be readily detected in oblique

sections of the corallites. They seem, indeed, to have been

very readily broken away; and as the outer portions of the

164 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge on

corallites are very generally filled up with the matrix, they

are commonly destroyed, along with the tabule, in the exterior

parts of the corallum. They can, however, be always readily

detected in thin sections taken across the corallites, provided

these are not quite superficial and are directly transverse to the

long axes of the tubes. The number of the septa (fig. 0),

varies, but is most generally four; sometimes only three

or two are present, occasionally only one, and rarely as many

as five. In form the septa are quite short, extending only a

very small distance towards the centre of the visceral chamber,

attenuated towards their inner edges, but much thickened

towards their bases. This structure, along with an apparent

plication of the wall to correspond, gives to the transverse

section of the corallites a characteristically petaloid form

(figs. a, 6), which sometimes alters to a reniform, rhomboidal,

or trefoil figure. The walls are thick and devoid of mural

pores, exhibiting the curious peculiarity that, as seen in trans-

parent transverse sections, they are composed of crystalline

calcite instead of granular carbonate of lime as is ordinarily

the case. Whether this is due to some secondary alteration

to which the specimens have been subjected, or not, it is

difficult to say ; but there is no ground for’ supposing that

these, any more than the other fossils in the same beds, have

suffered from any changes of a metamorphic nature. The

corallites are very long and basaltiform, increasing by fission,

and often showing a concentric arrangement round secondary

centres. Asa general rule, the corallites do not appear to

grow to the same length; so that the surface of the corallum,

instead of being uniformly rounded, is often very uneven, in

consequence of the unequal development of neighbouring groups

of tubes. It is also not uncommon for the secondary centres

of development above spoken of to become tubular, whether

by the absorption of a central corallite or otherwise, giving

rise in transverse sections to approximately circular hollow

spaces (fig. a), which become filled up with the matrix or

with calcite. The tabule (fig. ce) are exceedingly well

developed and quite complete, averaging three or four in the

space of 1 line. No general epitheca, so far as we have been

able to observe, is present. The corallites, lastly, though

closely contiguous, are not amalgamated by their walls; so

that a rough fracture exposes the exterior of the walls, and

not the interior of the visceral chambers.

Form. and Loc. Common in the Cincinnati group of

Waynesville, Ohio, and the Hudson-river formation of the

river Credit and of Manitouwaning, Canada.

Collected by, and in the cabinet of, Prof. Nicholson.

the Genus Tetradium, Dana. 165

Characters and Affinities of the Genus 'Tetradium.

From a consideration of the characters of 7. minus, as

above discussed, the following diagnosis of the genus Tetradium

may be framed :—

Corallum massive, subhemispheric or irregular in form,

composed of long prismatic corallites, in close contact, but

not amalgamated by their walls, and not arranged in super-

imposed strata in the typical forms. No mural pores; septa

distinct, few in number, typically four, short, not reaching the

centre of the visceral chamber, seeming as if formed by in-

flections of the wall. Calices generally petaloid, as are the

corallites in transverse section. ‘Tabule numerous, complete.

Increase by fission of the old tubes.

It will be seen from the above definition that Tetradium

is clearly what is generally understood as a “ Tabulate”

coral, and that it is not referable to the Rugosa. Its septa,

though quite distinct, are hardly more developed than can be

observed in well-preserved specimens of Halysites or Syrin-

gopora, or even Favosites itself, and are certainly no more so

than in most of the Alcyonarian group of the Heliolitide.

Moreover the septa are quite unlike those of the Rugose corals

in general, and, from their distinct production by inflection of

the walls of the corallites, they assume the character of

“‘pnseudo-septa.” The quadripartite character of the tubes

can also not be relied upon as allying the genus with the

Rugosa, since the septa, though generally four in number,

vary from one to as many as five.

Amongst the other groups of corals which have been gene-

rally referred to the miscellaneous division of the ‘ Tabulata,”

it 1s difficult to find one to which Tetradium could be re-

ferred with entire propriety. From the Alcyonarian family

of the Heliolitide the present genus is distinguished by the

fact that the corallites are all of one size, and there is no tubu-

lar “ ccenenchyma.” With the Halysitide the genus has

some decided affinities, which are increased by Prof. Safford’s

observation that the corallum sometimes resembles that of

Halysites or of Syringopora in form. We have not, however,

noticed this mode of growth in any of the specimens which

have been examined by us; and the corallum in general is

quite similar in form to that of the massive species of Havo-

sites or Chetetes. Under any circumstances, should the genus

be ultimately referred to this family, it will be in the imme-

diate neighbourhood of Halysites itself that it must find its

place ; and we are disposed to think that our present know-

ledge will perhaps allow of no better provisional arrangement.

166 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge on

From the Favositide, at any rate, Tetradium is sharply sepa-

rated by the imperforate walls of its corallites; and the only

other group that needs consideration in this connexion is that

of the Cheetetide. In general form and appearance there is

the closest possible resemblance between the present genus and

some of the massive forms of Chetetes or Monticulipora; but

the peculiar septa of the former are quite sufficient to distin-

guish them. ‘The only species of Chetetes which possess any

structures at all comparable with the septa of Tetradium are

QO. radians, C. (Alveolites) septosus, and C. (Alveolites) de-

pressus. The so-called septal processes of these forms, how-

ever, are not present in all the corallites of a given corallum,

they are variable in number and development, and, as we have

elsewhere given reasons for believing, they appear rather to

be caused by the fission of the old tubes than to be of the

nature of septa.

Upon the whole, therefore, it is perhaps safest to regard

Tetradium as an ally of Halysittes, with some affinities to Che-

tetes, and thus forming a connecting link between the families

of the Halysitide and Cheetetidee.

Tetradium Peachti, Nich. & Eth., jun.

ehiieer sp., R. Eth. jun. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. 1874-75,

Alveolites ? Peachii, R. Eth. jun. (MS.), Coll. Geol. Survey of Scotland,

Mus. Science and Art, Edinb.

Spec. char. Corallum massive, exceedingly dense and com-

pact, composed of excessively minute, closely approximated

corallites, about a thirty-fifth of a line in diameter. The

corallites have an undulating course, and are sometimes dis-

posed in superimposed layers, or arranged concentrically round

minor centres. Corallites thick-walled, irregularly circular

or oval in transverse section, with a few (three or four ?) short

septa, which are often thickened at their bases. ‘Tabule nu-

merous and complete. Corallum perforated by irregular tubes

(water-canals?) from a fortieth to a fiftieth of an inch in dia-

meter or less.

Obs. We are only acquainted with this very remarkable

coral as occurring in the pebbles of Silurian limestone which

are found in the Old Red conglomerate at Habbies Howe,

in the Pentland Hills. That these pebbles are of Upper-

Silurian age cannot be doubted, as they contain Halysites

catenularius, Heliolites, Phacops, and other characteristic fossils

of this period, though no similar limestone has hitherto been

recognized in the Upper Silurian formation of Scotland. The

the Genus 'Tetradium, Dana. 167

limestone pebbles are grey, pinkish, or mottled, composed

largely of comminuted organic remains, or coarsely oolitic.

The coral under consideration presents itself under the form of

whitish or flesh-coloured masses, an inch or more in diameter,

and of irregular shape. These masses break with a conchoidal

fracture, the texture being so extraordinarily dense and com-

pact that examination of unprepared specimens with a hand-

lens reveals absolutely no structure whatever, except that a

disposition of the mass in concentric layers may be seen, or

the aperture of some of the larger canals above spoken of may

be detected occasionally. Even polished specimens yield

little better results, and the aid of the microscope is necessary

to elucidate the unprecedentedly minute structure of the skele-

ton. The examination of thin transparent sections with the

microscope is also attended with unusual difficulties, to some

extent due to the infiltration of the delicate tissue with imper-

fectly translucent calcite, but also largely caused by the fact

that the hand-lens is unavailable in determining beforehand

in what directions to cut slices. Hence itis a mere matter

of chance whether sections in the desired planes can be ob-

tained; and out of a large number of sections we have only

succeeded in preparing two which are in any portion strictly

at right angles to the long axes of the corallites. It need not,

therefore, be a matter of surprise if we are unable to speak

as to certain pots connected with the structure of this coral

with all the precision that might be desirable.

Before making a microscopical examination of this coral

we were disposed to think that it might turn out to be one of

the exceedingly dense Stromatoporoids, still undescribed, which

we have met with in the Upper Silurian of North America;

but the investigation of thin sections leaves no doubt as to its

being a-genuine coral. Nor can there be much doubt as to its

position ; for it must certainly be placed either in Tetradium

or in Chetetes. The decision between these two genera rests

on the question as to the presence or absence of the septa

characteristic of the former; and this question, owing to the

extreme tenuity of the corallites, their dense infiltration with

calcite, and the difficulty of obtaining sections accurately trans-

verse to the tubes, we have found a very hard one to determine

with certainty. Some of our transverse sections certainly do

not exhibit any septa; but these are probably more or less

oblique, and under these circumstances the septa cannot be

detected even in the large and typical forms of Tetradium.

On the other hand, in two sections (figs. d,e) the corallites

not only show short and distinct septa, but also exhibit the

petaloid appearance so characteristic of Tetradium. As this

168 On the Genus Tetradium, Dana.

positive evidence is of much greater weight than the apparent

want of septa in the other sections, we feel satisfied that we

are right in referring our specimens to Tetradiwm, of which

they constitute the only recorded British species, and the most

delicate of the hitherto described species of the genus. The

number of septa seems to be generally from three to five; but

it is very difficult to determine this point satisfactorily, as the

granular walls of the minute tubes become almost undistin-

guishable from the infiltrated calcite, if a higher magnifying-

power than a one-inch objective be employed.

In longitudinal sections the corallites are seen to have the

form of delicate wavy tubes (figs. f, g), running parallel to

one another, and often arranged in a succession of superposed

layers. The corallites are crossed by numerous complete

tabule, placed about the diameter of the tubes apart. As the

tabulz appear to be very generally placed at the same level in

contiguous tubes, the longitudinal section looks under the

microscope like a piece of finely-woven cloth (fig. f), and

it is sometimes difficult to determine which of the two sets of

intersecting lines are the walls of the corallites and which are

the tabula. Whether the corallites are amalgamated by their

walls or not, and what is their mode of increase, are points

which we have been unable to decide. The diameter of the

corallites is not absolutely uniform; but appears to be gene-

rally between one three-hundredth and one four-hundredth of

an inch. Both in longitudinal and in transverse sections, but

especially in the latter, are observed certain peculiar canals

(fig. d), which have a diameter of about a fiftieth of an

inch and are placed at variable intervals. They do not ap-

pear to take any very uniform course, though generally more

or less parallel with the corallites, which are sometimes con-

centrically disposed around them; and they are so constant in

their occurrence that they must unquestionably belong to the

coral. In a small section six lines long and three lines wide,

nine of these canals are cut across; but they are seldom as

close-set as this. They strongly call to mind certain canals

which are to be observed in many of the Stromatoporoids ; and

their function can hardly be other than that of conveying

water from the exterior to all parts of the dense corallum.

naw would appear, therefore, to have a merely physiological

value.

Specimens of Tetradium Peachit were first brought under

the notice of one of us (R. E., jun.) by Messrs. Henderson and

Brown (Edinb. Geol. Soc.), who collected examples at the

Habbies Howe. The organic nature of the spheroidal masses

was first detected by our friend Mr. C. W. Peach, A.L.S.,

Mr. D. G. Elliot on a Lamprocolius. 169

after whom we name the species. The original specimens of

this coral, with several others obtained from the Habbies-Howe

conglomerate, having been kindly placed at the disposal of the

above (R. E., jun.), a short note was communicated on the

subject to the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh*.

In the note in question, 7. Peachti was referred to pro-

visionally as a species of Alveolites, with the remark, “if it is

an Alveolite it is even finer in texture than the very fine Car-

boniferous species A. depressa, Flem.”’

Form. and Loc. In pebbles of Silurian limestone contained

in the Old Red Standstone conglomerates of Habbies Howe,

Pentland Hills, near Edinburgh.

Collected by, and in the cabinet of, Messrs. Brown, Hen-

derson, and Rk. Etheridge, jun.; also coll. Geol. Surv. Scotl.

Mus. Sci. and Art, Edinb., collected by Mr. J. Bennie.

XXII.—Description of an apparently new Species of

Lamprocolius. By D. G. Exuior, F.R,S.E.

Lamprocolius glaucovirens.

A velvety black mark on the front extending between the

eyes; top of head, occiput, and back of neck light metallic

grass-green, which graduates into a cold dark blue upon the

back. Auriculars metallic dark blue, similar to the back, but

less brilliant, edged with coppery red. Throat and upper

part of breast dark purplish blue, changing to dark greenish

blue along the sides, where it touches the grass-green of the

nape; this greenish blue colour also extending like a band

across the upper part of the breast, enclosing the purplish-blue

throat entirely. Centre of lower part of the breast bright

metallic coppery red; abdomen and thighs cold greenish blue.

Primaries have the outer webs shining bluish green, inner

webs dark brown with a greenish gloss, the tips light metallic

grass-green. Secondaries have their basal half metallic grass-

green like the tips of the primaries, then are crossed by a con-

spicuous broad velvety black bar; remainder cold dark blue,

with the exception of the inner webs .of the two innermost

secondaries, which are light metallic grass-green like the

basal portion. The coverts are metallic green, each feather

tipped on the outer web with a velvety black spot, forming

two rows across the wing. Shoulders metallic bronzy green.

* Loe, eit. pp. 50-52.

170 Mr. D. G. Elliot on a Lamprocolius.

Axillaries dark cold prussian blue. Rump, upper and under

tail coverts uniform shining light grass-green, without any

bluish reflections. Tail has the base bluish green, and the

apical portion for about an inch shining grass-green like the

tail-coverts, without any purple reflections whatever; re-

maining portion bluish black, indistinctly barred on edge of

outer web with shining bluish green. Total length 12 inches,

wing 63, tail 53, culmen 3, tarsus 13.

I am indebted to M. A. Milne-Edwards for the opportunity

of examining the bird here described, which belongs to the

collection of the Paris Museum. The only species of the

genus it can be compared with is the LZ. splendens, Vieill.,

with which it has apparently been confounded, but from

which it differs greatly in its style of coloration as well

as in size. The type of L. splendens is fortunately in the

Paris Museum, in excellent preservation, without any of

its bright hues having faded or changed, as is proved by

comparing it with other specimens of the same species in

the gallery, more recently obtained. The general appear-

ance of the L. glaucovirens is dark blue, relieved by the

green of the top of the head and nape and also of the

wing-coverts and shoulders. The back, throat, breast, secon-

daries, and tail are very differently coloured from those of

L. splendens, and the two species when placed side by side

are readily distinguished from each other. To enable it to be

more easily recognized from its ally, I give a description of

the prominent differences as exhibited by the two species.

Lamprocolius glaucovirens.

Throat and upper parts of breast

dark purplish blue.

Under wing-coverts dark prus-

sian blue.

Abdomen and thighs greenish

blue.

Back dark blue.

Black bar on wings without

purple lustre.

Upper and under tail-coverts

uniform metallic light grass-green

without any violet reflections.

Rectrices bluish green at base,

then bhush black, and tipped with

shining grass-green.

Length 12 inches, wing 64, tail

53, culmen 3, tarsus 11.

Lamprocolius splendens, Vieill.

Throat and upper part of breast

bright violet.

Under wing-coverts violet-blue.

Abdomen and thighs bluish vio-

let.

Back bright violet.

Black bar faint, overshadowed

by violet reflections.

Upper and under tail-coverts

dark vyiolet-blue, with the tips

bluish green.

Rectrices purple-violet, darkest

in the centre of the feather, and

tipped with purplish blue.

Length 113 inches, wing 6},

tail 5, culmen 2, tarsus 3. ( Type.)

The specimen which serves as the type of my description

was sent to the Paris Museum from the Gaboon by M.

Avinenc in 1875.

On an apparently new Species of Ground-Hornbill. 171

XXITI.— Description of an apparently new Species of Ground-

Hornbill. By D. G. Exxiot, F.R.S.E. &e.

Bucorvus pyrrhops.

Bill black, with an orange-coloured plate on the side of the

maxilla near the base, as in B. abyssinicus. Casque rises

from base of maxilla, extends backwards over the eye, and then

curves forward, terminating in a round opening in front, simi-

lar to that of B. abyssinicus, but smaller. Space all around

the eye, extending backward nearly to the occiput, bare of

feathers, and also the skin beneath the feathers on the top of

the head, at least upon the forehead, orange-red. Bare skin

of the sides of the neck, beneath this orange-red colour, and

throat dark blue; the gular sac is orange in front, orange-red

behind; and this latter colour runs up for a short distance on

the posterior side of the blue skin of the neck. Entire plumage

of body lustrous black; the primaries pure white. Ivides

pearly white. Length of bill from the angle of the mouth 17

centims.; height of casque 2 centims. ; height of bill without

casque 5 centims. ; tail 29 centims. ; tarsus 14 centims. The

bird is fully adult.

Hab. Region of the Congo, West Africa.

The specimen from which the above description’is taken is

now living in the Zoological Gardens at Rotterdam, and was

brought to my notice by Mr. Keulemans, who, when lately in

Holland, made a sketch of the head, which he sent tome. I

am indebted to the Directeur, Monsieur A. A. von Bemmelen,

for permission to describe it, as well as for the measurements,

which he kindly sent me, taken from the living bird. This

species seems to be most nearly allied to the B. abyssinicus ;

but, besides its smaller size, it can readily be distinguished from

that well-known bird by the totally different coloration of

the bare skin on the head and neck. From information which

I have received since the publication of the second part of my

Monograph of the Bucerotide, I am led to believe that there

are probably four species at least of Ground-Hernbills. Pro-

fessor Bocage writes me, in answer to a request for informa-

tion regarding the specimens he had received from M. Anchieta

from Angola, that without exception (and he had examined

more than a dozen of the birds) there was no trace whatever of

the orange plate upon the maxilla. The coloration of the

bare skin of the head and neck is also very different, being

entirely yellow mixed with orange or red in the males, and

with a small lengthened dark blue spot at the angle of the

mandible. A female had upon the gular pouch a large spot

172 Mr. H. J. Carter on Gypsina melobesioides

of blue-black. The young had the bare skin yellowish red,

without any admixture of blue. The measurements given by

Prof. Bocage in the P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 702, show that his

examples are larger than the B. pyrrhops.

The four species may be distinguished as follows :—

A. With a coloured plate at base of maxilla.

* a, Casque curved, rounded on top, circular opening

in front.

a', Bare skin of face and neck prussian blue,

gular pouch scarlet... oi... s.ss scene o> 1. B. abyssinicus.

b'. Bare skin of face orange-red, of neck dark

blue; gular pouch orange ........ .... 2. B. pyrrhops.

B. Without a coloured plate at base of maxilla.

a, Casque nearly straight on top, oval opening in

front; all the bare skin on head and neck

yellowish orange or red, with a blue spot at

pase On mandible ia.k 62 OT kaa s 3. B. guineensis.

b. Casque compressed laterally, entirely closed in

trond sare slit BUG T osoidjs: ose shoe ehy es. < 4. B. caffer.

The distribution of the species is somewhat as follows:—

The B. abyssinicus is a native of Abyssinia and Sennaar in

Eastern Africa. 5. pyrrhops is from the region of the Congo,

but the extent of its dispersion unknown, although it is pro-

ble that this district may be its southern limit, as the B.

guineensis is found in Angola and the region north of Dama-

raland; and, lastly, the B. caffer is met with in Damaraland

and the Zambesi district, and the country lying to the south

as far as the Cape. The above distribution can only be given

as approximately correct; for our present knowledge does not

enable us to define the dispersion of any of the species in the

interior of the continent, our acquaintance with most of them

having been formed from the specimens obtained at different

points comparatively near to the coast-line.

XXIV.—On a Melobesian Form of Foraminifera (Gypsina

melobesioides, mihi) ; and further Observations on Carpen-

teria monticularis. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e.

In my paper on the “ Polytremata” (‘ Annals,’ 1876, vol.

xvi. p. 185, pl. xii. figs. 18, 19) I have given a description

and figure of a species of Foraminifera having a “ Melobesia-

like” growth, with a striking resemblance to Polytrema in

the polygonal reticulation and foraminated interstices pre-

sented by the surface. And in my paper ‘On the Locality

of Carpenteria balaniformis” (ib, 1877, vol. xix. p. 215,

and Carpenteria monticularis. 173

pl. xii. figs. 19-22) I have described and figured the struc-

ture of the spheroidal form of T%noporus vesicularis, Carp.,

stating that it was “inexplicable” to me how Dr. Carpenter

could have adopted De Montfort’s name “ Tinoporus” for a

genus whose affinities are with Polytrema rather than with

Calcarina, of which last De Montfort’s Tinoporus baculatus is

evidently a species. We have only to place the Red-Sea

variety, viz. Calearina calcar, D’Orb., beside the Philippine

Tinoporus baculatus to instantly see the gradation of form

between 7. baculatus and Calcarina Spenglert, even if the sec-

tions of 7’. baculatus, as I have before stated, did not prove

this. The spines on all the Calcarina-like Foraminifera are

mere prolongations of the marginal cord and septa combined,

both of which are the same in structure, as may be proved

by the latter being successively developed (in front of the last-

formed chamber) from the marginal cord. Thus the spines,

no doubt, possess the same kind of canal-system as that of

Operculina, &c.; but while in Calcarina ealcar the marginal

cord opposite each chamber sends forth a spine, and the three

or four last-formed chambers are visible on the basal side, as

in Calcarina Spenglert, there are fewer and larger spines in

Tinoporus baculatus, where, too, the three or four last-formed

chambers are concealed from view by surface-structure.

Now Tinoporus vesicularis, Carp., has no distinct trochoi-

dal spire of chambers, and nothing like a marginal cord;

hence it has no canal-system, nor has it, as I have before stated,

the peculiar pseudopodial canal-system of Polytrema ; in short,

it is nothing but a mass of cells growing exogenously in a

laminar form from a more or less confused group in the centre,

which has no communication with the exterior excepting

through the foraminated plates of the respective cells.

Hence, to adopt the name of “ T%noporus” for a totally

different genus of Foraminifera like that of Tinoporus vesicu-

laris, ‘Carp., is a mistake, which leading to confusion in-

duces me to propose in its stead that of ‘ Gypsina,” whence

we get Gypsina vesicularts, Carp., with the spheroidal variety

illustrated iff my paper of 1877 (J. c.).

This brings us to Gypsina melobestoides, which is but my

Polytrema planum in a more extended form. Hitherto all the

Foraminifera have been characterized by their individuality.

Whole beds of Operculina and Gilobigerina respectively, ex-

tending for many square miles together, present nothing

beyond single and separate individuals of these two genera as

plentiful and distinct as grains of sand; but in Gypsina

melobesioides they are all united together into a continuous

incrustration extending over several square inches; in fact

174. = Mr. H.. J. Carter on Gypsina melobesioides

my Polytrema planum, which in name now becomes quite as

inappropriate as “ Z%inoporus,’ must also be suppressed for

Gypsina melobesioides, since it is but a small specimen of the

latter, and no Polytrema at all, as the sequel will show.

There is a very common sponge to be obtained from the

shores of the Mauritius, which evidently belongs to my group

“ Otahitica,” but differs from the typical structure of the

Psammonemata in being composed of simple fibre coated,

instead of ‘“cored,’’ with foreign bodies, wherefore a sub-

group will have to be formed for this and the like sponges,

which might be termed “ Sarcopsammosa.” Be this as it »

may, this sponge is found growing on old coral detritus,

from a point, which, increasing in size, soon divides into several

roundish’ stems, each of which becomes compressed, and, again

dividing, anastomoses with the neighbouring branches, finally

terminating in thin, spatuliform, leafy expansions, each of

which is surrounded by a somewhat inflated margin. The

surface of the branches thus flattened and lacinulated is tra-

versed on each side by a superficial vein-work or reticulation,

which is the excretory canal-system; and the whole thus

presents the character of the well-known Spongia othahetica of

Solander and Ellis, whose colour, when dry and shore-washed,

is whitish yellow, like that of cream. For this sponge and

its like I would propose the generic name of “ Mauricea,”

and for the species J. lacinulosa.

Like many other sponges it is frequently more or less in-

fested by small parasitic Balanz, which, ensconced in little

round processes of sponge substance open at the summit, are

supplied from the sponge itself and more or less scattered over

its branches ; while the stems are as often beset with Polytrema,

Planorbulina, and worm-tubes.

It is these stems which are covered in the present instance

with Gypsina melobesiotdes, continuously, to the extent of three.

inches from the base. There are 8-10 stems, averaging in

their round part a quarter of an inch in diameter, and in their

flattened or compressed form above about half an inch in their

longest diameter. The thickest part of the fnerustation,

which has very much the appearance of the white saccharine

layer spread over bridecakes (hence the name Gypsina), but

with a faint bluish tint like that of snow, owing to the crys-

talline transparency of its cell-structure, is about one forty-

eighth of an inch; and the number of layers of which this is

composed varies from ten to twenty. I need not go into the

minute structure of Gypsina melobesioides, which is precisely

the same as that of Polytrema planum and the spheroidal

variety of Tinoporus vesicularis, to which I have alluded—

and Carpenteria monticularis. 175

excepting that the aperture pointed out conjecturally in the

former belonged to another animal, as no such thing exists

in the specimen of Gypsina melobesioides under consideration,

where the cavities of the cells are, as usual, lined by sarcode

(assuming a dark brown colour when dry), but communicate

with the exterior in no other way than that mentioned, viz.

through the foraminated plates of the cells.

In its mode of extension Gypsina melobesioides is very

like Melobesia lichenoides, spreading under a thallaceous

form with a thin margin; but it is easily distinguished from

Melobesia by the closed cells of the latter, and especially by

the conceptacles, if there are any present. It is also, in ap-

pearance, very like the white crust of a Gorgonia, from which

it is also easily distinguished by the latter being composed of

the usual form of spino-tuberculated spicule.

Thus we have at last come upon a thallophytic species of

Foraminifera, whose cells being foraminated instead of closed

points out the usual distinction between animals and _ plants,

while, like many other lower animals, it still presents a plant-

like form. Where are we to look for the ‘ single nucleus ”

here ?

There is a fossil variety of Gypsina from the Miocene of

Jamaica, of which specimens have been submitted to me for

examination by Mr. H. B. Brady, who, following Dr. Car-

penter’s nomenclature, has called it ‘ Tinoporus pilaris”’

(Survey Mem. Geol. Jamaica, pt. ii., West-Indian Survey,

p. 334). This does not appear to differ in any way from the

living spheroidal variety except in its greater size, the largest

sent being just one sixth of an inch in diameter.

Carpenteria monticularis.

With reference to my communication ‘On the Branched

Form of the Apertural Prolongation from the Summit of

Carpenteria monticularis” (‘ Annals,’ 1877, vol. xx. p. 68),

I might further observe that Squamulina scopula and its

variety ramosa (‘ Annals,’ 1870, vol. v. p. 309, pl. iv., &

p. 389) appear to me to be the arenaceous representatives

of the Carpenterie. Like Carpenteria they have a multilo-

cular conical base, each utricle of which opens at the summit

into a common tube, that is prolonged upwards into a single or

branched form, according to the species ; while the extremities

of the branches are beset with projecting spicules, pincushion-

like, which are often simulated by the accumulation of spicules

in the free ends of the branches both of Carpenterta and

176 Mr. H. J. Carter on a Fossil Species

Polytrema. For Oculina rosea, in the paper first mentioned,

read Stylaster sanguineus.

I have also lately found pieces of coral-detritus rock both

from Jamaica and the Mauritius, almost covered with fragments

of Polytrema miniaceum and Carpenteria utricularis, mixed

together indiscriminately, thus presenting respectively in their

broken summits a very similar appearance, especially where

each utricle of the Carpenteria (which is often the case) ap-

pears to have been provided with its own branched tubular

prolongation.

XXV.—On a Fossil Species of Sarcohexactinellid Sponge

allied to Hyalonema. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

Axpout the 23rd of June last I had the pleasure to receive

from Mr. James Thomson, F.G.S. &c., of Glasgow, for deli-

neation and description, if thought desirable, a box of fossils

from the Carboniferous rocks of Scotland, which “ for many

years’’ Mr. Thomson had regarded as belonging to the

sponges; and among these is a fragment of rock bearing 4-5

inches of the anchoring lash of spicules respectively of two

specimens of apparently the same sarcohexactinellid sponge,

which Mr. Thomson views provisionally as having belonged

to a “* Hyalonema.” Besides these there are other specimens

of this kind mixed up with sexradiate spicules of various forms;

but particularly a fragment where some of these spicules are

evidently nearly in situ, which leaves no doubt in my mind

that this was a portion of the body of a sarcohexactinellid

sponge.

I had, through the great kindness of Dr. J. Millar, become

possessed, about a year since, of some of these hexactinellid

spicules, as well as fragments of the linear spicules, which I

now find to have come from anchoring ones similar to those

of the “lash” just mentioned; and these were of the same

kind as those exhibited before the British Association at Glas-

gow last year, where they were called “ Acanthaspongia

Smithii.”

The name of Acanthaspongia siluriensis was proposed by

M‘Coy for the fossil remaims of a sponge in the collection of

Mr. R. Griffith, F.G.S., obtained from the sandstone of Cong,

county Galway ; and the specimen (for there is no figure of

it) is described (‘ Synopsis of the Silurian Foss. of Ireland,’

p- 67, 1846) as consisting of “ a lengthened oval mass, about

two inches long and three fourths of an inch wide, of crowded

of Sarcohexactinellid Sponge. 177

spicules, varying in length from two lines to more than half

an inch,” resembling “the letter X in shape, four of the rays

being always very distinct and disposed in that form; but

[the author continues] there also seems to have certainly been

one similar ray extending upwards and another downwards

from the centre, considering the other four horizontal; the

rays are round and tapering, smooth and apparently hollow.”

Hence there is nothing more to be learnt from this descrip-

tion than that the fossil was part of a hexactinellid sponge;

while among the specimens sent me formerly by Dr. J. Millar,

and lately by Mr. Thomson, there are the hexactinellid spicules

of the body zn sztu, the long, linear anchoring spicules, in at

least three specimens of the “ lash” or “ glass cord,” 7n situ,

and fragments of the fluked ends of the anchoring spicules of

the same “lash” probably, but separate; so that in these

we have distinctly all the skeleton-spicules that a hyalonema-

tous sponge could present, excepting the flesh-spicules, which

we do not expect to find here any more than in any other fossil

sponge, they, from their extreme minuteness, not being able to

survive the effects of fossilization. At the same time it is

hardly to be conceived that, if one species of sarcohexacti-

nellid sponges existed at this period and in this locality, there

were not more; and therefore the difficulty will be to put

those spicules together which originally belonged to the same

species.

Thus we have the undoubted discovery of the fossilized

remains of a sarcohexactinellid sponge like Hyalonema from

the Carboniferous limestone of “‘ Cunninghambedland, Dalry,

Ayrshire,” stated by Mr. Thomson to come from “ the upper

thin bed of limestone which is usually found in the upper

sections of our lowest Carboniferous Limestone.”

It is probable that both the Acanthaspongia of M‘Coy, de-

scribed in 1846, and the Protospongia of Salter, figured and

described in 1864, were also the remains of sarcohexactinellid

sponges ; while those of the vitreohexactinellids have long

since been known, although only just now, in the striking

illustrations of Prof. K.,A. Zittel, of Munich, and Mr. W. J.

Sollas, of our own country, together with their descriptions

respectively, brought before the public in the most elaborate,

impressive, and satisfactory manner; but not until now, to

my knowledge, have the fossilized remains of a sarcohexacti-

nellid sponge been thus indisputably proved to exist, and that,

too, at a period far antecedent to any of the remains of the

vitreohexactinellids hitherto described.

_At first, when Dr. Millar kindly sent me the “ hexacti-

nellid spicules,” they appeared to me, in form and size, to be

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 12

178 Dr. F. Briiggemann on a new

so unlike any of the present day with which I am acquainted,

that I could only liken them to calcareous forms of the arena-

ceous Foraminifer called Astrorhiza. But on receiving more

of these spicules, together with their associates (chiefly the

remains of encrinitic stems), I thought that they might be the

pedicellariz of some unknown fossil Echinoderm. Finally

I yielded to an acknowledged authority, who stated that there

was nothing among the Echinodermata, living or fossil, to be

compared to them ; and then I came to the conclusion that we

should never know any thing more satisfactory about them

until they had been found in connexion with the organism

to which they originally belonged, when the receipt of Mr.

J. 'Thomson’s specimens decided the matter in the way above

stated. I must observe that Dr. Millar throughout kept

to the view that they were the remains of a hyalonematous

sponge, as has now been proved.

Pending my being able to delineate and describe Mr.

Thomson’s interesting specimens, among which there are the

remains too of another sponge, apparently of a different kind,

I think it right to make this communication.

XXVI.—Description of a new Species of Batrachostomus from

Central: Borneo. By Dr. F. BRUGGEMANN.

Batrachostomus adspersus.

Bill strongly vaulted; hair feathers of the lores well deve-

loped, curved and remarkably rigid ; forehead with a conspi-

cuous tuft of recurved hair feathers almost as in B. crinifrons :

wings comparatively long and pointed; fourth quill longest ;

fifth, sixth, third, and seventh successively a trifle shorter ;

second much shorter, slightly surpassed by the eighth ; first

nearly one inch shorter than the second: tail elongate, its

feathers narrow, shortly pointed, rather obtuse at the top, the

outermost pair reaching only to one third of the whole length ;

the next pair twice as long as the first; the following pairs

forming the rounded apex: toes long, slender; nails weak,

feebly curved.

Above pale greyish brown, inclining to rufous on the smaller

wing-coverts and rump, everywhere most densely covered

with delicate, irregular, transverse markings of a brownish

black colour. Each of the feathers of the upper head, neck,

and back with a small buffy-white terminal spot, and before‘it

Species of Batrachostomus. 179

with a blackish triangular one. Scapularies white, slightly

washed with fulvous, and marked with scarce, blackish, irre-

gular lines formed by narrow bars and edgings of the feathers.

Quills dark greyish brown, their outer webs pale buff, marked

with distant rutous bars, the latter being bordered with brown.

Tertiaries and tail-feathers pale sand-colour, transversely

mottled with dark brown. ‘Tail with eight transverse sub-

triangular bars of a more rufous ground-colour, which are in

markings and extension equal to the paler interspaces and

separated from these by a narrow dark brown border. Hair

feathers of the head blackish. Lores and eyebrows almost

uniform pale buff. Throat with a large buffy-white spot

showing some brown markings. Fore neck coloured like the

back ; rest of under surface pale buff, sparingly variegated

with brown. Under wing-coverts brown, mottled with buff;

axillaries buffy white; under surface of quills and tail-

feathers similar in its markings to the upper surface, but much

paler and more greyish. Bill, feet, and nails light horn-

colour,

Total length about 250 millims.; length of wing 132

millims., of tail 143, of bill 20; width of bill at the gape

30; length of tarsus 15, of middle toe 15.

Hab. Moeara Teweh, interior of 8.E. Borneo. The speci-

men above described was collected by Dr. George Fischer,

who presented it to the Darmstadt museum. In a former

paper on Bornean ornithology (Abh. Ver. Brem. v. p. 456) I

have referred it doubtfully to B. “ stellatus,” Salvad. (B.

stictopterus, Cab. & Heine). The latter species having since

been found in the same locality by Dr. Fischer and submitted

to me for examination, I at once discovered that identification

to be quite erroneous ; for although the bird is almost of the

same size as B. stictopterus and B. javanensis (Horsf.), it is

at first glance distinguished from them by its greyish, mottled,

really caprimulgine plumage, and also by structural details.

The true B. stellatus (Gould) is, according to the original

description, quite different from either of these species.

Besides B. adspersus and B. stictopterus, Dr. Fischer has

also obtained the large B. auritus (Vig.) at Moeara Teweh.

To the latter species the Podargus Vincendoni (Jacq. & Puch.),

established on a specimen from Banjermassing, is perhaps

referable, although the description does not perfectly agree

with Vigors’s bird.

180 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

XXVII.—On the Distribution of Birds in North Russia.—

Part III. On the Longitudinal Distribution of the Birds of

the SOUTHERN DIvISION (between 643° N. and 58°-60° N.),

and a Comparison of the Kaunas of. the Two DIvIsIONs ;

with Summaries. By J. A. Harvie Brown, F.Z. S.;

Member of the British auntiiclow ae Union.

In the last part of this paper (‘ Annals,’ July 1877, p. 1) I

have treated of the distribution of species recorded by authors

in the NorrHern Drvision. I now propose to work out,

as far as my materials permit, and upon the same plan, the

distribution of the species recorded in the SourHERN Divi-

SION.

The SourHerNn Drviston, as I have before indicated (/. ¢.

p: 2), is that portion of North Russia south of 641° N. lat.

extending to 60° N. lat. in the S.W., to the southern boun-

dary of the Vologda Government, or about 59° N. lat.,

in the §.C., and including part of the Perm Government,

south to 58° N. lat. and east to its eastern boundary in Asia,

in the 8.E. Ihave found this southern boundary the most

convenient in consulting the various records of authors. It

would doubtless have made it more regular in appearance to

have included the Government of Novgorod and the northern

half of that of Viatka; but at present the materials to which

I have access do not admit of my doing so. Moreover, if we

consult the map lately issued in Mr. Mackenzie Wallace’ s work

on Russia, vol. .*, which shows the “ Zones of Vegetation,”

it will, I think, be acknowledged that Novgorod will more

naturally come to be entered in comparing a more southerly

belt of land. Should it, however, be considered by any as

belonging naturally to my SOUTHERN Dtvision, the records ~

can at any time be added when the materials are forth-

coming.

When Dr. A. Brandt has completed a list of the books and

papers treating of the fauna of Russia, upon which, he in-

forms me, he is engaged, the materials, I have no doubt,

will become more accessible than they are at present, and

the minutiz of distribution will be more easily worked out.

I propose to subdivide this DIvIsIoNn in a similar way to

that adopted for the NorTHEerRN Division, viz. into Three

Districts, which I proceed to name and define as follows :—

* ‘Russia.’ Cassell, Petter, and Galpin: London, 1876.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 181

Ist. “ The S.W. District of the SourHeRN Drvision.”—

Included between 30° and 40° E. long. (and between 60° and

64° 30' N. lat.). This includes, in the west, Viborg in Fin-

land and the lake-districts of Onega and Ladoga, and, for con-

venience, the whole of the Olonetz Government with a portion

of the Archangel Government.

. Qnd. “ The S.C. District of the SouTHERN Diviston.”’—In-

cluded between 40° and 50° E. long. (and between 64° 30! N.

lat. in the north, and the southern boundary of the Vologda

Government, about 59° N. lat., in the south). This includes

the main portion of the water-system of the Dvina south of

Cholmogory and the upper valley of the Mezén.

ard. “ The S.H. District of the SoUTHERN Drvision.”’—In-

cluded between 50° EK. long. and the eastern boundary of the

Perm Government, 60°-65° E. long. (and between 58° and

64° 30! N. lat.). This includes the remaining portion of the

Vologda Government eastward to the Ural, a part of the

Archangel Government, and part of Perm—in other words,

may be held as including the head-waters of the Petchora

and Dvina rivers, and the sources of the Kama flowing south-

wards.

As with the Nortuern Drviston, I have tabulated the

records of the authors who have treated of the birds of the

SOUTHERN Division; and I give below a list of these with

the titles of their papers*, indicating the extent of the authors’

field-work, or the districts in connexion with which they have

written, by capital letters (S.W., 8.C., or S.E.) affixed to

the notice of each.

In addition, in a second Table, I propose to institute a com-

parison between the faunas of the two DIVISIONS as far as

recorded, thus showing a general outline of latitudinal as well

as longitudinal distribution.

The cross-references by numbers -between the following

list and the Table, and vice versd@, are continuous from the

former ‘ List of Authorities’ for the NorTHERN DIVISION ;

but authorities who have treated of the birds of both Div1-

SIONS retain the original numbers as given in the former list.

Thus the newly added authorities for the SOUTHERN Division

are numbered from 19 onward.

* T entered the records in the Tables rather in the order in which I

was able to consult the authors than in strict chronological order; but this

is perhaps of minor importance.

182 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

SOUTHERN DIVISION.

List or AuTuors, &e.

3. Brastus (original No. 3, Part II., ‘ Annals,’ July 1877, p. 4).

Notices of some of the birds met with in his travels are

given; but I have not considered it necessary to refer directly

to his work in the Tables.

4, Litisepore (or. No. 4, 1. ¢. p. 4).

5. Horrman-Branpr (or. No. 5, l.¢. p. 4).

In most cases the exact number of specimens obtained of

each species is mentioned in this paper; but as these do not

necessarily indicate the comparative scarcity or commonness

of the species, I have not reproduced these minute statements

in every case.

8. Mevzs (or. No. 8, l.c. p. 5).

11. Patmén (or. No. 11, 7. ¢. p. 6).

Under this heading I quote, however, the more recent and

fuller paper also which is mentioned under the author’s name

in Part II. (/.c. p. 6, note). Both of his works in this con-

nexion, however, have been referred to throughout and come

under No. 11*.

19.

1856. Mesaxorr, A. “Catalogue des oiseaux observés dans le

gouvernement de Wologda.” (Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. xxix.

1856, pp. 625-635.) 8.C.

A list of 143 species, along with short notes on some of

them, from observations made for the most part in the districts

of Wologda, Gresoviets, Kadnikoy, Welsk, and part of that

of Totma, in the south of the government.

* Also Kessler, ‘Material till Kannedom om Onegasjén och Olonetz-

kiska gouvernmentets hufvudsakligen i zoologiskt hinseende,”’ St. Peters-

burgh, 1868 (the original in Russian).

Kessler’s records I have not been able to insert. Perhaps some one

acquainted with the Russian language will kindly supply these.

I am informed, however, by Prof. J. A. Palmén that the districts in

uestion (in the neighbourhood of the Swir river and between Lakes

nega and Ladoga) have been very fully worked by Herr Richard

Sievers of Helsingfors, in 1875, and also the Wig lake and district in

1876; and I understand from Herr Sievers that he intends to publish the

results of his investigations this autumn (1877). Later, I propose to offer

an Appendix to this paper, bringing the data for the two Divisions up to

date. It will not be in tabular form; but the data will be easily trans-

ferred to my original papers by those who possess copies.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 183

20.

1871. Gorse, H. “ Eine Reise von Petersburg nach Archangelsk

uber Tver, Jaroslay, Vologda und Ustjug vom 8. Mai bis 1.

Juni 1864.” (Journal fiir Ornithologie,’ 1871, pp. 20-27.) S.C.

88 species are noted from the 8.C. District (some, however,

of doubtful record), besides others from the Archangel dis-

trict*.

21.

1853. ZERRENNER, Dr. Cart. “ Erdkunde des Gouvernements Perm.”

(Fumf. Absct.-Vogel. &c. Seite 309-319.) S.E.

Some 26 species are mentioned, besides domestic species,

from localities within our lifits, and notes on them given.

22.

1870. Sasanirrr, Leonrpa. “ Preavaritelnot Oscherk Faunoi Pos-

vonoschnoéch Srednyago Oorala.” (Bull. Mose. xlii. 1870, pp.

185-197.) S.E.

From a translation of the above paper on the avifauna of

the Ural, by Mr. F. C. Craemers, and obligingly put at my

disposal by Seebohm, just before his departure for the Yenesei,

Be 1, 1877, I am able to fill up the list of species in the

HK.

Sabanieff mentions 176 species as occurring at localities

within our limits, besides 24 others which very possibly may

occur also, though at present they are only recorded from

localities close to our southern boundary in Perm, or have been

recorded from our NORTHERN DIvISION.

23.

1875. Meves, W. ‘“ Brutpliitze seltener europiischen Vogel.” (Jour-

nal fiir Orn. 1875, pp. 428-4347.)

References are made in this paper to occurrences of species

in the NorTHERN Drvision of Russia, as well as in the Ural

* Vide also No. 10 of original list for another paper by Herr Goebel,

relating to the same journey after reaching Archangel.

+ Dr. Meves of Stockholm informs me that he has ready for publica-

tion a detailed account of his journey to the South-eastern Ural, which,

when published, will doubtless clear up many points which I am obliged

to leave doubtful in this paper. His researches, however, scarcely include

any part of our Southern Division, having more direct reference to those

portions between 57° and 55° N. lat.

184 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

south of Perm, and on the Kama river, and will prove useful

in studying the distribution of species in the east of Russia in

EKurope*.

The following Tables are given to show :—Ist, the faunas,

as far as at present recorded, of the three districts of the

SouTHERN DIvision ; and, 2nd, that of the NortHern Divi-

SION as compared with that of the SOUTHERN Drvision. This

latter must be considered in its present state as somewhat arbi-

trary,andcannot be held to clearly represent the faunal relations

of the two DIvIsIONS: nor can we expect to institute an exact

and faithful comparison until our knowledge of the faunas of

the terre incognite of these DIvIsIons becomes more com-

lete.

: In Table I., as with the NorrHEerN Diviston, I have given

a place to every record, whether fully authentic or not; and

later I have treated of the doubtful records and rare occur-

rences in notes, to which references are given in the Tables.

Under these notes, also, will be found references to Table II.

. In Table II., in cases where I have considered the data

insufficient to generalize from, as regards the ascertained faunal

value of the species throughout the Divisions, I have, in some

cases, only entered the symbol for simple “ presence,” and in

other cases, where required for further elucidation, the addi-

tional symbols for ‘ locally” (©) and “ generally distributed ”’

(o). Further exploration in the unworked parts of the Div1-

SIONS will help us to arrive at more accurate and minute re-

gistration in this comparison than is at present attainable.

The Seasonal Distribution in Table II. is shown as far as

I have data. Where I have no data, or where doubt occurs,

I omit it (vide Symbols).

* Besides the above, the following papers should be mentioned as

bearing upon our subject. Where necessary I have referred to these in

footnotes.

General subject.

1874, Patmén, Prof. J. A. Om foglarnes flyttningsvager. Helsingfors.

1876. Iprm. ‘ Ueber die Zugstrassen der Vogel;’ von J. A. Palmén, Do-

cent der Zoologie an der Universitat Helsingfors. Mit einer lithogra-

phirten Tafel. Leipzig: Engelmann, 1876. (Vide also ‘ Nature,’ 1877,

. 465.)

1856, MIppENDORFF, VON. ‘ Die Isepiptesen Russlands,’ &c. Petersburg.

1868. SaBana3Err, L. “ Materialoidlia Faunoi Jaroslavski guberni.” (Bull.

Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 1868, pp. 284-279, 487-524, and vol. xii. pp.

202-243, 383-405.)

1870. Fiscuer, von. “ Die Vogel des St. Petersburger Gouvernement.”

(Der Zool. Garten, von Dr, F. C, Noll, Bd. x. 8S. 536, and Bd. xi.

8. 344.)

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 185

Explanation of the Symbols and Arrangement in the following Tables.

Insufficient data, or unrecorded, or ascertained absence, a space left

blank. Present, |. Rare, -|-. Common, ||. Very common, ff.

Very abundant, tf. Once, twice, or thrice seen, and added to the

fauna without doubt, #,%, 8. Generally distributed, o. Locally

distributed, ®. Sporadical, accidental, +. Resident, R. Summer visi-

tant, s. Migrant, passing northwards in spring, |. Migrant, passing

southwards in autumn, |. Winter, w.

Species which are of extremely doubtful occurrence in any part of the

Norra or Russta (which can scarcely be admitted at all to the fauna)

have their names enclosed in brackets and are not numbered (example,

Falco sacer, in Table). Those species which were thus enclosed in

the last part of this paper as of extremely doubtful oecurrence in the

NorTHERN Dtviston, but which can distinctly be admitted to the fauna

of the SouTHERN Drviston have the brackets removed, and become entitled

to a number preceding them (vide Totanus stagnatilis, in Table). As in

Part II. the number of the authority who gives a doubtful record (for

the SouTHERN Dtvtston) is also enclosed in brackets, thus (20).

In the “ Reference to Authorities’? column, I have also thought it ad-

visable to use square brackets upon occasions, especially round Sabaniefl’s

No. 22, thus [22]. This indicates the probable or possible occurrence of

certain species within the limits of the SourHERN Dtviston, according

to authors’ showing, which species are known to occur close to our

southern boundary, or which are known to have occurred north of our

northern boundary. As this cannot, however, admit them to positive

record, I do not give them place in the district columns. In other words,

the square brackets simply indicate such species as may still be expected

to occur in the SouTHERN DIvIsIon.

In the column for the consecutive numbers which precede the names of

the species :-—

Roman (or ordinary thin) type distinguishes such species as are common

to the two Drvisrons; and with these are included such as have certainly

occurred in one or other Drviston (but in which ts still uncertain’).

Clarendon (or thick) typeis used to distinguish the species which occur

in the NortHERN Drvision, but not in the SOUTHERN.

Old-cut type (e.g. 3) is used to distinguish those which occur in the

SourHERN Drvyision, but not in the NortHERN. Doubtful records are

not taken notice of in these distinctions.

And, as already explained, such species as are totally rejected have no

number printed before them.

1 For a list of these, vide Summaries, exfra, page 201.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 13

Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

186

‘sll "s+. 76 ‘13 ‘OZ ‘BI ‘8 ‘F | ll oo ftsttsctssseses 7 Snoy1edsea —— 9]

‘sO ll ‘s Il ‘26 ‘0s ‘el ‘8¢ ‘F | | [PE Ree OG ENS ——— GT

() re ae te ae ea a )

“a | “an | BS | reseeeeesces sBanuyoy Soopeyi43 OOT8T “ZT

‘gs Il ‘g Il 2z “0G ‘BL ‘8 F- II i | tiene ee ses snes ennogr ‘urea StU Th

d V [ee] reeeeeesss CHhrapgy ‘Ssnuyot snaytyy)

s © | citihes v 6s ‘8 ‘F | le ee (7) ‘sntoatde state °6

‘s © | Sea || g [ze] ‘oz ‘eI RS ee Boo ‘uunug ‘sndosey g

* BG treeeesses sonny funI0y.esep —— ‘J,

‘sll ‘s | GE ‘03 ‘6L ‘8 ‘F | ll soe (ae ame ke ‘gsyoog ‘sles[NA ooyng “9

‘sl ‘s | G "GE ‘06 ‘8 ‘¢ | I | fovttrtsss* CZ) Snggereq worpuvg ‘¢

s Il sll ‘GS ‘0G ‘6T ‘8 ied I Le esas C7) eTMgTe snqaVreH “F

's © + I "65 “GE | A © ofa eNotes ss es g ‘eSueyo +

a -|: uo | aA ‘0% | ele eames) co OP tee oe (7) ‘snqgausXayo epmby %

go 2B [ive [me nee, = ein gts eens a ‘ssa ‘SnaTny ny, ‘1

Z oS alo we

‘S0}0N Peele Bee

‘Torstar | “WorstATE || 04 ‘qsiry SutoSer0y m4 = aha oa & ssornadg

ULOYINOG | ULSY}ION || COU | UT seTTOWINY 04 coueLIpEY [fg S cS & 2 de $3 :

a8 |} ‘O'S |"M'S

‘TI TTaV iL ‘[ TIavy],

SS ee ee ee

‘CTI 14% Z,) SNOISIAIG NUTHLAOS P“ NUAHTUON 247 fo sounny oyp fo uoseumdwop(Z)

‘CT o[geT) NOISTAIG NUWTHLAOS 247 fo suorsrsi(y aay) ayp we vunng y7 fo vonquasiy (1) burmoys sayqny

187

ta.

of Birds in North Russ

bution o

Dist

‘(soqou apr) xorunl “reg ‘92.0009 ‘gq 04 AT[eed stojor ‘[ GZ] sngouoonay snow ,

‘S'S UL “FEN 6G 8B You rez sv sosuva ATquqoad ,, (ZZ) spo owp ,

‘UOISIAT(T ULOYJAION Ur satdeds TY} MO seyou apa ‘snujzor shan

"(‘sqo ‘T 0j0u 908) seeqou opnby oureu ropun ‘ysHesocog 4v ‘snzansheyo nymbp ,

‘6L

8S ‘BL ‘8 ‘g

0G ‘6I

“61

‘EL ‘89 F

‘6 ‘8 ‘oF

°C

‘

roo

"sL86] ‘ZS ‘0G

‘6I ‘8 ‘9

'6L ‘8

66 ‘BL ‘8 ‘oF

‘GS ‘0G ‘6L ‘8

"6G “06 “6 ‘8

GS ‘TS ‘06 “BI 8

‘02 ‘6T ‘8

see

* (‘yay ) ‘snued

‘**" CT) SIPHTA snU1094)

(7) ‘snpAyoupta} septoorg

CeOn imam ten) "T ‘tour

Sree AHA =1 (4) 812118

‘gsyoag “snyomooney

rere nnee or HEOPGOE BOT

(7) ‘snyreu sndooosrg

* (pstog) ‘SNABTST OGNG

Cyn) Snuatydrooe

nreeesse (17) fnjo o1sy

*(*xgaaz) “uanoraoddey ——

Cyoq) ‘esteem umniaig

‘jauxy ‘tuapeusuey, ayeyoA Ny

sere Coaar “enqoou emery )

(7) ‘wmurressed tantproneps)

srocenecet Meurer (-7) “eayoku ——

menses CT) “emyn eras

** (7) ‘snsoursnze

seer) Sneuesod snoiig

Hemme ee ‘(T) ‘snstu

(7) ‘ntrequinyed raytdto0y

tet eees err fsnnounauty

Tnatitite cies nie Sere TOES Ee

‘OF

‘8S

‘of

“Se

‘6S

“TS

‘06

"8G

“LG

‘SG

‘TG

“6G

‘GG

“TG

“21

Lae

‘gs * +|-

‘s Il hp

Og +|- +|-

‘s ll ‘Ss Il

‘g Il ‘s Il

"g |

* A

< é

= a il

= x Il a Il

5 =O Il Ce

2 ‘ZO | d il

jaa! se)

2 a

> aes cam ‘a ft

= ‘a ll ‘a Il

% g +|- 's *

a ‘s 4 ‘s 44

= "g |. ‘gs *

“UOISTAT(T | “WOISTAT(T

uLeqyNog | ULEyILON

188

‘(quoo) "TT TaVI,

"3910 NT

aoe

-Iofoyy

GS ‘6I ‘8

Ig 02 ‘6 ‘8 F

BS ‘IS ‘BI 8

BG ‘0G ‘GL ‘8 ‘GF

86 ‘0G ‘61 ‘8 ‘e ‘F

[ze] ‘er ‘8

0G ‘6I ‘8

BG ‘TS ‘et ‘8 ‘g

GE ‘0G ‘6L ‘8 ‘F

&G ‘6L ‘8 ‘g

‘6l

Lez] 0 ‘6t ‘8 ‘6

GS ‘0G “EI ‘8 ‘9 ‘F

GG ‘d 1G ‘BI ‘G8

Go ‘TS ‘6L ‘8 ‘F

GG ‘BL ‘é8

‘ISVT SULOSaL0F

Ul SITJWOINW 0} souetlozoyy

oSF9 PUL 09

Tad A\yoq

“A OF 0} o0¢

“"N ot F9 pus o8G

TI9 MOQ

So 009 OF o0G

“aS “M'S

*(panunyuoo) *T TTAV I,

O'9

er ome

Freee eee Sr BTM ITBS SBIOVIOD

=e aS Sec ees: (77) Senne ———

"tess Cr) ‘sueSete stpanpredg

Terese 7 eT LS ULE TOU

tresses s rr (sq 9Te00 BITLOUTLT

Cr ee (7) ‘SLIOTyO

"V_ ‘SUBSTNA 89ISNBIT40I0H

asyoag ‘snoeyyisdodptd

"8" (quyang) “eyerosestg ——:

Seeene rT SaX{SOITLAIMO BIXOT

"* (7) ‘tozveponue snyyA10/

‘Coq ) snuatyy dra snovpodredg

meres wyaag ‘xofeut epaqatk gy

ones ea va’ (7) ‘sniuo1ed

aera akenene =i(eo7a) ‘snue U0 =

ereseue (7) ‘snorjsoutop TOSSB

Bese ss See ‘STIBS[NA snuiInjg

sereeses err Snrouvo sntong

Shen se) emeWele) «axe ary: ‘eypmb1z07 xun x

‘gsatoedg

“6S

‘8g

“Lg

‘og

‘Gg

‘SG

‘TS

‘og

‘6P

‘SP

“LV

. gt

‘GT

‘Sh

‘CP

‘TP

189

Distribution of Birds in North Russia.

‘qOLISI “AN ‘TEA THON ut 44 (g ajou ‘QFOT “A “aS “UL “C) “PPHN ‘wpoaimn wzwoqugy

“yOUystC] "AA"

‘JOLIISICT “W'S IOJ ptooet ATMO

‘'s @ tf

*g -|-

afl! 1

‘we

"sel

3 © | 0G

-|- 61

cane

\ * 81

‘sg -[ Al

‘a tt 9T

ey 20

| CT

‘a tt

"Sg +|-

te 39 F

686 “ag

GS ‘0G ‘6L ‘8 “Ge

‘Ge8L 8

lee) “keels

SS ‘6L ‘8 ‘g

"SG

[za] 12 ‘06 ‘6T

‘02 ‘eI ‘8 ‘¢ ‘F

IG ‘06 ‘6I ‘8 ‘¢ ‘F

‘gels

ete 8L 8S?

aa)

"eoeOL 9

nt te eas See, ‘ypoomme

Cars ‘eG Ut ‘snumouanyd “7 Loy puyys prnoys ‘(77 we) soacyy ‘orumpoo sn)

WG utsinooo ‘([Z) teuueiie7 ‘vzppnvo vag

‘7OLNSICT “A'S “N FQ “etaly ye mm900 07 pres (ZZ) Jouuvqeg ‘snbaphnaf snasog

g ‘edopery ‘907 :g 0300 ‘oR BZOT “A (AIG “TOIT, Ol , “PPT WoA ‘aw0.100 snawog

‘jaSuvyory Iwou [Udy WIPZ 04} sv Ajtve sv uses *(QT) [oqe0x) ‘sneads syanpung

“UOISTAI(] ULOY}ION UT JUEpIsed ‘(QT) [9qe0x) ‘v.LQs0.La.Na DLLO'T

‘W'S UL prover ATuo ‘pg 4v “(g) ypULIg-uUeUIyOT] ‘oywajonua snyzhso9

aA am tw wo Oo PF

‘dooy ‘ejeydooourjaut eziiequiny

Ch Ons Uner ach cach (T) ‘SlIJSOLIAVT

Cecery

* (sanog ) ‘sedtrxe

wie aera (‘T) “eliBuly rh,

‘(-T) ‘eurqvuues vjoury

eeeee nae ‘OLIny[oo

‘+ 7 STOPIQNOXe snIUe'T

"Ri ge SFR DUTT

* (7) ‘snirepueys

(7) ‘snysnvyur snpnaey

o("Z) “eyEpned BIT

*(T) ‘seqouyzvooAIvd BSvIJION

"ees s(v7) Snnoeis snpisearqy “89

ths 7 ‘sn.soyLonay

Ale ee, 8 'T *XIULL0O

a8 69" OUOLOD

“7 ‘epnpeuow

‘++ 7 &x@I00 SNAIOD

“7 ‘stuerrurey ery3109)

"s+ v7 ‘eedomea B41

veeeesee sdode vedndg

‘19

‘99

‘9

‘69

‘19

‘09

Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

190

‘s © tt

‘3 |

‘s | ‘sl

‘s © ll

3 @ |

‘s it

Ss Il ‘sll

sll ‘s |

AV@\ ‘s Il

‘s -fe

8 oll sO ll

éAV ON ‘sf

dAV ll ‘s tt

‘'s |I Ss Il

() ()

‘et g/t

| TSh all

ot || ‘a Il

"UOISTALYT | “WOISTAL(T

UAeYNOG | WLot][}LO NT

*(\quoa) ‘TT TIAVI,

goue

-19JOY

Lael ‘8 ‘e

[zz] ‘g ‘9

"SG. 61 849

‘YSVT SuLOSe10F

UL SOT}LIOYNW 07 eouerazoyy

F9 PUL Bg

meeM aq

“MT 09 94 0G

‘No

d |

PO PUe 09

‘a

Td 4Oq

“T OG 01 OF

meeM4Oq

“FT OF 04008

’"N of F9 PUP L6G

“Nl

sy | AM

‘nog ‘snjoo1y1a —— ‘00T

PA ee ee enAne 66

Trrrtt ss (yeuy) ‘stputta seydpng. “96

mrreesss Goyung) Tavysny —— "16

teeeevs sees seg (mmnogdO ——— 98

Feec Ci cite Wier ity (7) ‘eqqgoTodids C6

Gipaice) (0: Gy uiu\ Be, wy en.8 "0 ‘SnUtALoo ‘$6

er aN a Gag jects tc hl 86

rrseeeess ees C7) STTBIAL SIUW °G6

Sac RAIL Ene EAC eG “7 ‘staysedje —— 16

Sethe) ARM axes?) 401 Ft 06

ehateceeiecala aie sient cry: ‘SISMUOAIG epnepy 68

aencheneye svenersiene (7) ‘snoruoddey == "oe

sseessesCrr) Srreatu souvydorjoeTg "28

A Orc Ori Seco "T ‘snpormeoyos ‘98

setscrsees (oy 7 SIOAUIE )

OOM 77 g ‘eypisnd —— PE

eee eeoer ee ee see Wmq “Boysnt "GQ

reesessees 7 CereUlIz1 BzoquUy, "ZB

———_—§ =

‘sotvedg

*(panuyuos) *T xTAV I,

1y1

Distribution of Birds in North Russva.

‘s © Il

‘GE 'd ‘9 7 “TT 4arg 908 ‘nynoagns nonyghuT ,

(6 ‘ON Yoyeloyy) epsojo Jo qos uy gu

"1g d ‘9 7 “TT peg 998 ‘snorsnw snpiny,

‘1g d ‘Aue speuuy, “Ty yxeq a8 sajou tog : sngvosnf snpuny

‘(#7 ‘d ‘spuvyssny ueseqdidesy ot IOpuepply,) VuIvy 943 uo “ART NT CZT9 ‘wynqywb snjord

FF ‘d ‘spurssny didasy org, ‘Y a MY LN of 19 ‘vyngqynb snjpouo

(UBT SALOQIAA 5, “007 (‘Tx qavd “odommg Jo ‘g) sesselq@—snanyf sajlipng

‘ploder 10]}0 OU pu] ‘Tet ey} ur soroods sty} puny svypeg ywyy ses (7 o30u ‘OPO, ‘d “72a do) ‘pprpy ‘seuohynd vzwaquy

‘(OL ON) [9420%) ‘ponv “edoutg Ivan yueptser ‘nppaurcpo pzrdaquey

"GS ‘0G ‘BI ‘8 “¢

‘0 ‘6 ‘8

GE ‘0G ‘BI ‘8 ‘GF

BS ‘G

GS ‘06 ‘61 ‘8 F

‘CS ‘06 ‘8

BG ‘TS ‘06 ‘Lg ‘oF

‘2S ‘61 ‘8 F

"SG ‘1G ‘9

‘ ‘6 ‘8 ‘¢

fae

ir Se ee ie Ss cle aac

ease ees hey, ‘sny[oue}TOUL

"* C7) ‘epdvorye

SCRE ‘e[N1Iv.3 BIATAG

sre sees or STIBTNpOUL 10}U900V

ren pees ses gfe “OUD oT ——=

Otto tea ao ((-7) “epoorqna ——)

emeease Cs, “eljgaqua vlooulyerl gy

("T) ‘aqymemeo B[ODIXBG

(7) ‘emormeaoyd vppoyny

‘* ('T) ‘owens vnoeueso

LCT) “enoaqna vovyyAIgy

Arcata CROCE CHING 97 ‘ShoIsnul

o WM ‘snyeosny ——

teeeeeeeeeees or (nour

rernrs coe tern (ONIOA TABLA

reeeeereesces oor feertd a

"T ‘snyenb10}

"7 “epniout snpiny,

57 “epnqyes snjoug

‘(‘wway,) ‘eyseSouepeut snpoutg

teens "7 ‘eqye

"ret (7) ‘emrvoq viptoeyoyy

Ce re ce |

Ce ee ee

“GOL

‘ror

Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

192

()

‘s Il ()

Aj ‘sll

‘sll Sato

(0)

‘sie| ‘s |

‘3 |

‘sll ()

‘gO |

Gee | we tt

‘3 |

‘s Il

aul

‘sll d

‘3 |

Asaf d

‘s.1 ‘s ll

‘MOISTAT(T | ‘WOTSTAT(T

ULIyNOG UAT .L0 NT

*(-quoo) ‘JT TTAV,

90u090

“8010 NV

-19JOY

(Zz) ‘é8

6S ‘BL ‘8 ‘F

‘8

SG ‘61 ‘8 F

rc)

Noa

‘SUT SULOSaI0F

Ul SOLMOYINW 0} oUTEFoy

Tae M4Oq,

“oT 09 03 0G

99 AAJOq

A 0G OF

"N of F9 PUP 09

TO9AMJOq,

“I OF 9} 08

"N ot F9 PUB O8G

"N ot F9 PUB OGG

‘S

‘HS | ‘O'S |"M'S-

"(panuyuod) *T TTAVI,

"''* (awmngzy ‘snyoojseu ——)

st Coarg ) ‘eytqdT[oo —— ‘11

12'S Er OARTTY

(7) ‘snirqoory sndoosoyAyg

‘OFT

‘OSL

aa aireewKe (19% ‘eTorqy.180 —-)

Ts mMmaz “eyepoooUrT

Nicole see ‘ :

,'sspg “TMosLepueayyT

(‘gsyoag) ‘BIA BT[OJSNIOTT

Trees C7) “erarosny sere

“LET

‘gti

‘bar

‘VEX

(pynoy) ‘SITWVIAnE snpourezog *££1

(7) ‘snueeqoucdyos snpoureyeyn

verses Conary ) ‘sniederys

‘ree Cr) ‘sneovurpunse

reese s(Casyoag) ‘stysnted

‘mug ‘can1oyounp snpeydooo1ow *gzt

CayovT) “eyesrqvo

reese (omar ) Seuttezor srepod.s Fy

rrreeess (upg) “emurekd VrqjURey

GEL

Teer

‘ofl

‘66T

*LZI

‘971

“Cz

rreeeeees ses Cr) Gormmoyyes BIATAS “ZT

"sotoodg

renee ect et See ee | ae re OO Tee bi keen | set at Oe eee ER Ere RS Sa 8

193

North Russia.

of Birds

zon O

Distribut

"(2400 apra) LoTSSey *7onD ‘Rag VSITC 4v svUD DQUNOD ,

‘oppery ‘p7nuU0.100 “gy pues “pprIpl ‘vwu0.109 maphig=‘seroyW ‘ufiopueppryy aysnaudophyg ="leq ‘snynba.woud snynboay

‘(-9y U2 ‘Lossa(] “jony) Yowueqeyg Aq pourezqo seroods otf} SVM 2uOSMapuaTT YJ9ISNI0T ;,

‘(azouqoo; ‘QFOT “d ‘720 do) ‘ppry Aq poyqnop jesuvyoty 4v plooed syoustyog (TT) ‘wewosny soynnq ,

re IZ é8

'ZEr6t

CE ‘8

deal

[zz] ‘oz ‘et ‘8 ‘F

GG ‘06 ‘6L ‘8

‘Ge ‘0G ‘6L ‘F

‘02 ‘6I ‘8

GS ‘0G ‘6L

gg éGG ‘6I ‘8

eB ‘6 ‘8

Ee GS (8)

BG ‘8

GS ‘61

"+ wMojgappyg “Sn7B4STIO

eeevee

reser snes oor Segtgp ——

ress orr Sequanped vquinpoo

‘7 ‘sneedome snspnmtaded

rreeeeeCrr) ‘snde snjasdig

Haneton vee apie 7 ‘eed

sreeecese rr GeOTIgNT ——

tresses err beoTqm oOpuNITTT

Perscenitarieie "T “B[OSILs

* v7 ‘epideowye vdevorosnyy

"7 “eynres stedury

‘++ (7) “eqepneo vnpetoy

RGB Bu 5 : ‘sn}eqS110 ——

eevee

sees s nog ‘Enjoula ——

dg ‘stsuaxjeyoswey ——

"+ shpagy aq ‘styeet0q

vent eee "T ‘snepnteo .

To secwees oat eoURAD

ee eee eoeene

"T ‘raze

tres rie v7 MOLL SN

yooy ‘snnared soyXpapsory,

*. Mog ‘snjnsetord snpnsexy

‘sng ‘sI[veoq —-

* Cpsyoag) XrxyeT IIs

rrr meyogaagy “T3484 ——

Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

194

‘s «| s ft

‘s Il ‘g *

‘sll ‘s+

acetal | ‘Ss Il

‘sl s tt

‘gs apie

Il ‘s tt

"g 4

"g | “g |. 1g

"a |

a Il "a J

‘a Il sae

aT | ‘a | 98

2) a || et ||

‘x © Il ‘a © |

3s Mm

"Ss «| cs

*s0JON

UOISIAT(T | “UOISTAI(T 0}

U1EYJNOG | UEYWON |] 9oue

~LOFOUy

‘(quoa) ‘TT HTavy,

‘a6 lS 06 OT

"66 “1S “06 “OI IL 8 F

6G ‘0G ‘6L‘TL ‘8 oF

"GE ‘1G ‘06 ‘8 ‘F

266 ‘0G “6I ‘TL ‘Se

4G ‘8 ‘Gg

GS ‘6I

"Ge OLS

BS ‘61 ‘8

GE ‘0 ‘BL 8 ‘¢

GG ‘0G ‘BI ‘a

Gs ‘GI

BG ‘TZ ‘0G ‘BI ‘8 ‘e

BS ‘TS 6G

BS ‘06 “BL 8 “¢

‘4ST Sutosat0j

UL SOT}WOYINW 0} vouetezory

| 4 ll

II | |

| | |

| |

| ll |

| |

ll | |

| |

| | |

10 | |

| le

em 72s Ope 0

ag sé aes acs

A'S | ‘O'S |"M’'S

‘(panuyuoo) *T aTaV I,

‘ ,(’T) ‘snsoyeyso sndoyemeyzy ‘g9gy

"Tt ty Dy Ay “SNyeYsIIO sNTTEURA “GET

neers sss oujasag ‘snormoma ‘PRI

Trrsess CT) GMOYRIY soPTTVIsG “EgT

corres CT) Sreranyd surpereyg “ZgT

stress sCr7) ‘Sny][oULIOUL SBIMOIPN *[RT

verte ssa “BooaToy vporezenbg ‘OgT

rrrteees (rr) ‘epoouryead vpoorepy ‘6LT

"ths muuog ‘STUNTIUIOD XTUINIOD "RJT

reeteenees nunug ‘eoroutd xiprieg ‘421

pothaes cues Bee Cg) Sere ned ‘O11

eet estes sale sig neitmnteeg ‘GLI

Heese s(nung ) X1I}o}-OT[V50M — ‘FT

etie Oe" eles 8.8, ele gf ‘snqTesom OLAGEN & ‘EIT

peers cecrss $2 vepere enone "eL1

sreerseeess s(n) Snqe sndosey] ‘TT

"t+" wg ‘snxopered seydeyrdg ‘OLT

Ce it CeCe Ince Det eweceriaCh t) "T ‘mnyzany 691

rreeeeeceses scons SBIATT BQUINTOD ‘Sgt

‘sotvedg

195

ia.

(az) Fouurqey spy Goquordey, ‘7onn “IOAN BATO WO spoorq vwudyn vbuw47

“(OL (ON) [24904 ‘ponv ‘MOISIAT, YAON Ul Spooiq wynuypnb ohnuyvy

*(z ejoujzooj ‘QeoT ‘A “qtg “UL, PIG) “PPI ‘7977 “FTN 029 OSTY “lolnw obnuyny

(1Z) ‘A'S ou} ur ‘touue.tte7 ‘jonv ‘qyA10Uu surssed yuecorm B ATUO ‘ynydooobw vsowrT

‘({Z) reuustie7 ‘pony * UIEg JO JUSTAUIEAOY OY} JO YJNOS ‘nuhew wrwU07%)

‘({Z) Toullaliez oes “TG OY} OI opIs-cuTjsou AvTMoed v tog ‘snbaynugso sndoyoumyT

‘({Z) Touuet197 *ponp OspyY *snqN}S2.190 snyaUDA

(§ e300} 00F “GZOT “Ed “4S “TL Ot) “PPHN 797 “FLT “N ocg ‘vag VsopeT ‘vasa xipsog

‘pod “29T Aoe ,speuuy, ‘TT Wed opta ‘snynw sndohyT ,

Nam ww Or DOD

a ee 0 0 a

North Russ

of Birds

10n O

Distribut

‘s | ‘s Ot | 88 BG ‘0G “TL | | fron Seas A aS Ae eR EEO arenes =O

‘gs | 9 Et "6S ‘IL | | reteerveccsscces or Coutd’s —— ‘'GQZ

A cl wale 0 ‘28 | g fr (png) “eyenbreqns —— “70%

Sele jf. ceeeere sss mung omy TeUT £08

V +l GG | rerosrsessees ory Smonuea BOOT, “ZOS

Pot ALB | rreseeess(7) “eurpuere spyey “L0G

‘sg | “gfe EG BI rT ‘g | | | Pore eee eeees sCT) ‘enUIT[es 00

‘sl sll BG ‘0G “GT ‘TL 8 I I He ofrrrseeess (Cea) ‘openyyes —— “661

‘s 44 's 44 BG ‘BL ‘TT ‘G8 ‘¢ I I [ojo Cay) Gofert Senter) “861

ll eG GG ‘61 ‘IL ‘8 I | | [rrrtrtte es (7) epoorsna xedoyoog *Z6T

‘s+: ‘s | 6&6 “406 ‘IL ‘8 d é | [penelope ane eae ‘961

‘gs | ‘gs * "26 ‘Te ‘8 | Jo frrttrre (rz) “epeydooosee vsoury “cet

‘s | ‘sl ‘Be ‘06 ‘61 ‘TT ‘8 | | | + [ettereres ss? stl Gpendogiyd ‘761

‘sl ‘s Il ‘6 ‘IL ‘8 F | | jrrrettt Cz) eyenbse sntueunNy “S67

'g * rrreessees vr Seporoone BoTeye[q 'GbT

‘s | [2a] ‘1 ‘er | SP 0 e) Pea oy ERE OLOOT S| “NE

‘s +f ‘Ils ‘F | [trestreees (7) ‘stteypaqs snaineyogr *061

‘g |. ‘6L ‘IL ‘8 .|- | peeeercecesace or bgQIQUID BOPIY ‘6g

SI ‘2 ‘ee ‘L1z] ‘et ‘Tt ‘8 | I] [rtrrerr ess s* gsyaog “eexouto snag) “BST

‘gs + seers ts sss (rr igordcepan sepisderjg "LET

Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

196

VO d 68 "72 “16 ‘206 TL | d | 2 SNS eae ohany ‘sneloulo losty *$2z

‘sl = BG ‘TS “BL ‘IL | | Pen ee Lai Aaem ROD “Por

PES) * ‘6L | rrrteess) Cz) ‘sndoropyo vjnures) “g¢z

‘sll ‘sll ‘20 Glo Ele. e | | oo frcttss Gz) “eaeziod eyewmo034419 -2zz

‘a | ed ‘6 “GI ‘TL ‘8 F | | pretties asyoogr ‘stsueqead xerQ “1 Eg

3 A “s** “Mnuuog ‘snpipuero sndoquvurpy ‘GTZ

Vil 's tt ‘[ee] ‘0d ‘et ‘TT ‘8 | | I] jrttttst tt Cz) fxeusnd sojyeqoeyy “g1z

‘s A Testes ss v7 Eq Q00AB BISOITAINIOY "LTS

's 0 Il ‘3 ® Il ‘GS ‘03 ‘BI ‘IT ‘8 ‘¢ | eo jrrssssts Cz) ‘snonepoddy soy ‘91g

‘s | ‘s {ft GG “0G “GL ‘ITF | | frvtttttts* (pg) “erento vtyaray, “GTZ

‘s | ‘s | GS ‘0G ‘6I ‘8 | [ee sebelah cl ily ‘FIZ

‘s | ‘S44 GS ‘0G ‘8 | i item ct 5) Jk a

‘S| () BG | J oo frttstrtess “asyoag ‘srpyeuseys —— +z1z

‘sll ‘Ss) ‘6 ‘BL ‘IT ‘8 | | Pits fener penmenariemicoced G3) 18415 ‘IZ

‘s | OE |e ‘GS ‘IT ‘8 | Wee meena fal C7) LEG Uy ‘OIG

oi ‘s Il "GG 02 GL TLS | | J [ttrttss* Cw) ‘stooseuvs snuejoy, ‘60z

‘3 A sees way Sexyoudkytdsyetd vpoormry "80g

‘S| ‘s tt 88 ‘s ‘0G ‘8 | ] | povcrts wstog Tyourmumey wuny, 206

or er)

Re ese

Y pole gele ee

OJON ce t+ol|y tO oa tO

“MOISIAL(T | “WOISTAT(T 0} ‘4SITT SULOSAI0F 4/24 2 att P= ‘anand

UleyNoG | Uloy}ON || sue | Ul SoT}MOTNW 0} eouatezeyy E g alien See eds

-19JOY = ° = tol & ° &

WS | (O'S |" M'S

*((qu09) *T] HIAV, (panwjuoo)'T @TAV

197

ta.

North Russi

of Birds

ton O

Distribut

*({z) wuuer1e7 "yonn S|) vpn mnbyng ,

‘og ‘d YrgT Ang ‘speury, “TT We apr ‘viadajs spupy” ¢

(1g) ToMUELIE7Z ‘pony “WAIAg Ul SULIOJUIM LO JUEpIseat ATpettorseo00 st snowmen snublig

‘gg d “gt Arne ,syeuay, “TT Meg apie ‘snasauro Lasupy

‘3 Il seseeess (77) QUTISSTT[OUL BMOZBULOG “GHZ |

8 | 's (JZ) ‘ GG | tresses Cry) ‘sngenb10} snormonystpy "87%

3s © lI "Sg teh EG ‘TT 9 Il | CMON Ore Os Cac ci (‘T) ‘gI]VIoVo “1AG

's 44 ‘s Il "6S ‘06 ‘EI ‘8 ‘oF | Piri slic | ee eee ane

6 ‘s | ‘Lee] ‘e8 vrrseesseses (pmnag) eoorka —— “GHB

"g «| "so seal 0z ‘8 ‘% | af AAs oan (7) ‘eure; —— bbz

‘S| es GE ‘TE 406 ‘8 | d cee Cas “GEG

‘s | ‘s Il Ge ‘OZ ‘TL ‘8 ‘F | | Wo frrrrc tess CZ) eyeysHo BMS “BFS

's 44 s 4 BE ‘TS OZ ‘6 ‘8 “9 ‘F 44 | [Pp Ap eR SS eae ies ‘L¥G

‘3 II aS) a): 2z ‘0G ‘8 ‘F I | | Neue dU Wanitiens reeeeees orp bQTOMO ‘OFZ

‘g {I "g ra 2G ‘OG “BL ‘TL ‘8 'e | iI | \| beeen ener ener eeees arr beINIB—— "GEG

's 44 ‘s tt ‘[zz] ‘oz ‘et ‘8 ‘¢ F | 44) al Shree edg pug amines

‘gs | a) "66 ‘IL ‘8 | | eee e ewes eeeres 7 ‘radars “Loz

"Sg ll ral ll ‘SG ‘0G ‘EL ‘oF \| | || sete veseretereees "T ‘seqosoq, svuy ‘98S

O-+|: ES IL A rereeeeseses (rr) (goresvo BUIOPBY, *SE%

"3 | "g tt ‘TL ‘9 & | ll eb, (a) bro) 6 cece (ere e (‘T) ‘eyvod ATO enyedg ‘FES

‘g ll 12] EE MRO O-CEO TOO COI / 777 ‘IOULUL Gel sha

gS | "g Rl ‘ ad IZ ‘0G ‘eT “TL xe) | | | eee er eres 2 SYyoog ‘snorIsnut ‘GEG

‘s | ‘g -|- ‘(21 “61 l beeeeereereres uy Sojo snushg ‘LEZ |

"gS Il d8G y e@ 00 Ge wrenere rae) © "9g YWIIq ‘0&2

Il feet Casyoag) ‘stsdooney eporurteg ‘Gz

verses Crp) sndoryqy Aco ‘83S

vrsereress gsysag “SUOI;QTs —— “L6G

|e reeeeser ess sig ‘canyeses —— ‘9ZZ

AV i ‘s | OF "Be ‘206 ‘GT ‘IL

a) een ane Gla

| ‘s | ‘BS ‘0G ‘BI

"s tt ‘OL LE

= SS SG

My. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

198

"U |

ee |

‘a |

‘sg | "S 44

()

‘3 | ‘s ft

*g |

‘s | ()

‘g | ‘s |

‘s | ‘s |

‘sll ‘s Il

‘gs | ‘s Il

‘gs | ‘s |

‘sll ‘s Il

‘sll ‘s ty

"9 |

‘of

“MOISTALYT «| “UOISTAT(T

ULIyINOG | ULoT[}.LO Ny

(‘qu09) "TT M1aAv J,

“80J0N

eoue

-19JAYY

eG ‘IL ‘8

(Zi)

6s ‘Il F

‘Tne

Lee] ‘tT ‘8

Lee) “LE fee

“TT xe)

‘EGOS “IT"8

‘GS ‘0G ‘6I ‘8

'COMLE

"G6 ‘IT ‘a

‘JSUT BULOGaL0F

Ul SATFIOYINW 0} s9UELEJOYy

"N ctP9 PUB ogg

WeeM Jaq

“TT 009 4 0¢

"Not F9 PUP 06g

TA9A\4Oq

“MT o0 0} OF

O'S [TAS

*(panunuod) "T AIAV J,

ae “BLAWOT

sees (7) ‘T1014 BI)

* «7 ‘eotjo1e BNIL9} BIT,

Pe NC Sg a) CONG 9) |

"T ‘styeuo1}ueydes ——

“++ (7 ‘srperoejs ——)

“7 ‘snonore snquidjog

ses war four ——

Tosheteveterene (-7) ‘snyeqstxo ews

emai ge a Aen aG

(ppoq) “cuadiost18 sdoorpog

wren | Ske SSO TOO Ta

<2 5h eae *10}81198 ——

rset sere osuBSIOUL SNSIO TN

BiaLitaica trratiahels ("T) “eosny ——

“°(-7) “eaSta vruoepypD

Cava) “aeqtesg ——

eeeeas

"*(7) ‘stptqezoods writeqzemog

‘satoedg

w ATA |

‘992

"G9%

‘H9Z

"696

“196

‘097

6Sz

“896

“L&G

‘OSG

"EGG

“PSG

‘696

‘CSG

‘TSS

‘0G6

199

of Birds in North Russia.

won O

Distribut

éIl ‘8 F

Go. OG OF LLY

6 TL ‘8 F

BG ‘0G ‘BI ‘IL ‘8 ‘F

ZG ‘0G ‘II ‘8 ‘e F

‘Lzz] ‘8

IF 03 ‘6T

Th3

reeseeeerceens (or) (nme ——

* (7) Soqrvo xvtooor1Rpey

eveveavee (‘T) ‘uBssEq Blng

Caiters 6. ane echae (7) fexsra

(7) ‘sedissy uoprpaqoorpAFy

"8 unoay ‘STTQVIANy. ——

“Uwa J, ‘eInOLOBUL BULLS

ters ena Gaqynuiut —

‘+7 ‘snpunqtpit

reece sr STE ——

“*-ymaay ‘stuyye ——

‘+7 ‘snyejues1y ——

eluleers sua ‘snosny

‘esr Snutreul

‘(uy ) ‘sneumgqe ——

‘qn7 ‘snieydoone,y ——

‘uUndg ‘SNONRLS snie'yT

(7) ‘epAqoepuy essty

"7 ‘snotzisered st1jse']

‘wy ‘snyeprdero

‘way, ‘snurmroyeutod sniie109104g

PRRs MOE L Le((0)| ‘aTTR susie yy

Se AO RSL (2g, YELLS |p

‘062

"686

"886

186

986

"G8E

‘V8E

"E8G

G8E

‘18Z

‘086

‘6LE

"BLE

“LLG

‘OLE

'GL6

"PLS

"ELE

‘OLS

‘TL

‘046

‘696

"B96

200 My. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

B. SUMMARY UP TO DATE FOR SOUTHERN DIVISION*.

We have in the whole of the Southern Division of North

Russia records of 242 species. Of these there are three of very

doubtful nature, which are distinguished in the column for the

Southern Division in Table II. by being enclosed in brackets,

and nine more, which must be considered more or less doubt-

ful also. This leaves records of 230 species, which may for

present purposes be classed as authentic. These records

(authentic and doubtful) are distributed in the three districts

as follows :—

(N.B. Spaces are left in the columns for future summaries. )

SouTHERN Drvision.

8.W. District. 8.C. District. 8.E. District. 8. Division.

Pak = Total

2/16 Authentic.

o| a

| Authentic.

Very

ee doubtful.

Total

Very

doubtful

Total.

| Authentic

| Doubtful.

a | Doubtful.

on | Authentic.

a | Doubtful.

for)

= |

for]

lor

—

C. SUMMARY FOR WHOLE OF Nortu RwvssiA.

In North Russia, north of the boundaries defined we

have total records of 290 species. Of these there fall to be

deducted 9f species of more or less doubtful nature. This

leaves records of 281 species, which may be considered

authentic. These 281 authentic records are distributed in the

Divisions as follows :—

* For Summary A, see Part II. J. ¢. p. 28.

+ Viz. Milvus ictinus, Falco sacer, Athene noctua, Pratincola rubicola,

Locustella certhiola, Phylloscopus neglectus, Colymbus glacialis, Acrocepha-

lus palustris, and Emberiza yithyornis.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 201

Tora In Nortu Rvussta, 281.

Northern Division...... 230 | Southern Division...... 230.

In North, In South, Uncertain in

Found in both. not in South. not in North. | which Division.

177 | 48 54 9*

NOTES AND CRITICISMS OF DOUBTFUL REcorDs IN Part III.

(1) Aquila clanga, Pall. No.3 in Tables.

Barely reaches 60° N., as Sabaniieff (22) T tells us that it

is not found further north than Bogoslaffsk, which is just

under the 60th parallel. In the 8.W. District we have record

of one specimen shot in September 1871, at Oschta, on the

Onega Sea, and which is now in the University Museum, St.

Petersburg, where it was seen by Meves (23, p. 433).

Obs.— Aguila nobilis, Pall., perhaps occurs at Bogoslaffsk

(vide No. 22, Sabaniieff). Both forms (A. nobilis, Pall., and

A. chrysaétus, L., = fulva,) are included in Sibaniieff’s

list—the former, however, recorded from a more northerly

locality (Pavda) than the latter. I have not considered it

necessary, however, to separate them. Tor further remarks

on the different forms of A. chrysaétus, L., vide Dresser’s

““ Notes on Severtzoff’s ‘Fauna of Turkestan’” (‘ Ibis,’

1875, p. 99).

(2) Pandion haliaétus (L.). No. 5 in Tables.

This species is recorded by Mejakoff (19) as very com-

mon in the neighbourhood of Lake Koubenskoie, but rather

rare in the northern districts. Meves found it between

Ladoga and Archangel; Alston and I found a nest at Arch-

angel (‘ Ibis,’ 1873) ; and Seebohm and I found it at Haba-

riki, on the Petchora. It is, according to Mejakoff, only a

summer visitant even in the south of Vologda.

(3) Buteo lagopus, Brinn. No. 8 in Tables.

Sabanieff says, quoting Hoffman-Brandt, “ Further to

the north [than the Ekaterineburg district, J. A. H. B.] it again

* Viz. Asio otus, Emberiza melanocephala, There are several others

which ought, perhaps, to be classed with these, such as Himantopus

candidus, Avocetta recurvirostra, and afew more. Such can be deducted

from the number in column | (in above summary) and added to those in

column 4.

+ The numbers here and elsewhere in these notes refer to the “ List

of Authorities,” as in the Tables.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 14

202 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

reappears in the Ural Mountains.” I find, however, no posi-

tive record of it in our SoUTHERN Division, Hoffman’s record

applying to between 66° and 67° N. lat. Sabanieff’s record is

therefore only given in the column of “ Reference to Autho-

rities,’’ and is enclosed in square brackets [22]. Von Baer

(Bull. Ac. Sc. N. St. Pétersb. t. iii. no. 22) records it even as

far north as. Kostin Schar (714° N. lat.) ; but Middendorff con-

siders this doubtful (No. 1, p. 201, footnote). Seebohm and

I found it, however, on the Petchora up to 66° 13! N. lat.

(No. 13, and vide Part I., ‘ Annals,’ April 1877, p. 2&3).

(4) Pernis apivorus (L.). No. 9 in Tables.

Lilljeborg (4) records it as common in all the woods from

Ladeinapole to the Dvina; Meves (8) saw a solitary example

at Schlusselburg; but it is not included at all by Mejakoff in

his list (19).

Obs.—Milvus ictinus, Savig. Sabaniieff (22) states that he

has seen several “red kites”? amongst hundreds of Mzlvus

ater flying towards some dead animals in the Kaslinsk Ural

(further to the 8.E. of our limits). Read also notes on this

species in Part II.

(5) Falco tinnunculus, L. No. 18 in Tables.

Its northernmost range would appear to be just within our

limits in the 8.K. District. Sabaniieff (22) tells us that it

increases in numbers towards the south from that latitude.

Dr. Radakoff (‘ Hand-Atlas der geogr. Ausbreitung,’ Falco

tinnunculus ; vide Part II. of this paper, ‘Annals,’ July 1877,

p- 8) marks its distribution north to Bogoslaffsk*.

(6) Acctpiter nisus (L.). No. 20in Tables.

This species is recorded by Mejakoff as rarely seen in the

south of Vologda, and then only at the commencement of

winter. These are probably birds migrating southwards from

more northerly localities, where, however, as far as at present

known, they are far from common (vide Part II., ‘ Annals,’

July 1877, p. 10), very few records being given of their

occurrence to the northward.

* Regarding its distribution in the north of Europe and Asia vide Mid-

dendorff (‘ Die Th. Sib.’ p. 1028, footnote 3), quoting from ‘ Nauman-

nia,’ 1854, p. 67, where it is stated that F. tinnunculus goes to the neigh-

bourhood of the ‘ Kismeer’ in Siberia as in Europe. Dr. Radakoff shows

this in his map of the species in Norway and in North Siberia.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 205

(7) Circus eruginosus (L.). No. 22 in Tables.

Goebel (10) includes this amongst those seen (?) at or near

Archangel; and Meves (8) observed it both near Archangel

(vide Part IT. notes, ‘Annals,’ July 1877, p. 18) and at Ptino-

Ostrov, in Ladoga Sea.

(8) Picus minor, L. No. 37 in Tables.

Sabaniieff (22) says of this species that it does not apparently

go so far north as P. major and P. leuconotus in the Ural, nor

does he consider it so common there as these other species.

Seebohm and I, however, found it common on the Lower

Petchora as far north as Viski (67° 15! N.), to the exclusion of

other species of Woodpecker (vide Part I., ‘Annals,’ April

1877, p. 284).

Obs.—Picus leuconotus, L., Picus cirris, Pall. (Sundev.),

with unspotted white underside, and the under tail-coverts

suffused with pale red, was found not commonly in the Ural

by Meves (No. 23, p. 432). We have, however, no distinct

authority to admit this form into our present district, Herr

Meves not having been so far north in Perm*. The state-

ment in Meves’s paper [23], that he found'typical P. leuconotus

in 8.E. Russia, is a mistake, owing to a misprint for N.W.

Russia (Meves, im it. April 1877).

(9) Yunx torquilla, L. No. 41 in Tables.

The only record I am at present able to find for the S.W.

is the one given by Meves as shot at Cholmogory ; but as this

comes to be included in the N. Divisron, I mark it with a

query here. Mejakoff records it as rather rare in the south

of Vologda, in the 8.C. District, having only shot two speci-

mens.

(10) Sturnus vulgaris, L. No. 43 in. Tables.

Has occurred at St. Petersburg (Meves, 8, and Fischer,

Die Végel des St. Petersburger Gouv.) ; but its range north-

wards is only occasional (vede Part Il. /.c.). It appears just

to reach our fauna in 60° N. in the east, at Pavda (Sabaniieff,

No. 22).

* His route was by St. Petersburg, Moscow, Perm, Kungur, Ekaterine-

burg, and thence southward to the river Mjes; and his researches were

confined to the districts lying between 57° and 55° N, lat.

14*

204 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

(11) Passer domesticus, L. No. 44 in Tables.

The somewhat peculiar comparative distribution of these

two species has elsewhere been remarked upon (‘ Ibis,’ 1876,

p- 114; vide also Proc. Glasg. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1876, pp. 49,

53). For northern range in the N.E. see Part I. of this

paper (/.c. p. 285).

(12) Passer montanus (L.). No. 45 in Tables.

Is remarked as being more plentiful than P. domesticus at

Ustjug, in the 8.C. District, by Goebel (20, p. 24), the con-

trary of Seebohm’s and my experience throughout the district

between Vologda and Archangel, in March 1875*. Herr

Goebel’s observations were made between May 8 and June 1.

Sabaniieff (22) excludes it from the northern parts of Perm;

but, on the other hand, Seebohm and I found it plentiful at

Ust Zylma and north as far as Kuya (67° 45'), whilst even a

strageler was obtained at Stanovaya Lachta, still further to

the northward (vide Part I. 1. c. p. 285).

(13) Pyrrhula major, Brehm. No. 47 in Tables.

Mejakoff (19) records this as occurring in the south of Vo-

logda only in winter, arriving in September and leaving in

March. It is doubtful, therefore, if we can consider it as a

resident species at Ust Zylma (65° 26! N. lat.). Seebohm

and I found it common there, on our arrival, in the middle of

April, and still more commonly about 25 versts to the south-

west at Umskaia. In the Ural, Hoffman (5) found it in 643°

N. lat. Being one of the species which winter only a very

short distance south of its breeding-haunts, and with Mejakoft’s

note to guide us, we may perhaps rightly consider that it had

preceded our arrival at Ust Zylma by a fortnight or three

weeks. At Archangel we met with this species as early as

the 18th March. It seems to be rare in the South-east Ural

(Sabanieff, 22).

(14) Upupa epops, L. No. 60 in Tables.

This is recorded as occurring at Pavda by Sabanieff (22) ;

and he mentions one as having been shot. He remarks, how-

ever, that it is not found there every year. Dr. Radakoff

(tom. cit., Upupa epops, vide Part II., ‘ Annals,’ July 1877,

p- 8) does not extend its distribution beyond Ekaterineburg in

his map of the species.

* J. A. H. B.’s Journals in MS., 1875.

Distribution of Birds in North Russva. 205

(15) Corvus corone, L. No. 64 in Tables.

Auct. Goebel (No. 20, p. 24)? Middendorff also says (“ Die

Thierwelt Sibiriens,” p. 1029, footnote 3) that it is found

at Ladoga Sea, quoting ‘Naumannia,’ 1852, p. 103; and

Lilljeborg saw one at Ladeinopole (No. 4, p. 288), in the

S.W. District.

(16) Corvus monedula and C. dauricus, Pall. No. 66 in

Tables.

Sabaniieff (22) separates these as species, and shows that

their distribution is somewhat different, Corvus monedula

being rarer in the north and more abundant in the south (in

the Bashkir birch-woods) and C. dauricus, Pall. (= C. collaris,

Drummond), being commonest in the north. I have not,

however, thought it advisable to separate them. I have

marked C. monedula resident in the NortHERN DrvisIon.

It is, however, only a summer visitant to the N.E. District,

but has of late years increased its distribution northwards and

eastwards considerably. It is only of late years that it came

to Mezén ; and now it even winters there.

(17) Corvus frugilegus, L. No. 67 in Tables.

Is said also to occur at Ijma, 64° (22). One specimen was

brought to us at Ust Zylma in 1875. A flock was seen,

and specimens shot, at Archangel by Alston and myself (12) ;

and though only a summer visitant to the SourHERN Drvision,

it would appear to be pushing its range northward. It was

also observed by Middendorff on the Sommarudden coast of

the White Sea in the N.W. District (1).

(18) Nuctfraga caryocatactes (L.). No. 69 in Tables.

Compare Mejakoff’s (19) statement with notes in NORTHERN

Diviston (Part II. 7. c. p. 20). Its appearance at all in

North Russia seems to be only sporadical, occurring in some

seasons in flocks, and staying only a short time. Sabaniieff,

however, records it as extremely abundant throughout Perm,

especially in the north. There it is a summer visitant; but

in Vologda, Mejakoff seems to consider it only an occasional

migrant.

(19) Garrulus glandarius (L.). No. 72 in Tables.

I have also observed this species in travelling from St.

Petersburg to Archangel, but not numerous. Sabanieff

206 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

(22) says it is of wide distribution in Perm, but gives no

positive record of its occurrence in the north of the Govern-

ment. Meves, however, found Garrulus Brandtii, Eversm.,

not far from Perm and in the Ural (No. 28, p. 432) ; so Saba-

nieff’s record may perhaps be held to apply to this Eastern

species. Zerrenner (‘ Erdk. des Gouv. Perm’) states that it

is rare, but present in all the districts of Perm; but it is

doubtful if the record applies to G. glandarius vera, or to G.

Brandtii.

(20) Lantus excubitor, L. No. 74 in Tables.

Generally considered as a bird of passage in the south of

Vologda (Mejakoff), but has been shot by him both in Feb-

ruary and November.

Obs.—Meves met with the Eastern form (Lantus Ho-

meyert, Cab.) between Kungur and Perm, not uncommonly

(No. 23, p. 431). Vide also Dawson Rowley’s Ornith. Misc.

vol, il. part vil. p. 272, for further remarks on this species by

Col. Prjevalsky (“‘ Birds of Mongolia ’’).

Obs.—Dr. Meves has asked me to point out that the speci-

men of Lanius phenicurus, Pall. (23, p. 428), was only a

very red young ¢ of Z. collurio. A query in his MS. had

been omitted in the letterpress.

(21) Linota exilipes, Coues. No. 78 in Tables.

Sabaniieff (22) includes two species of Redpole as occurring

in Perm, viz. L. linaria (L.) and L. borealis, Vieill. (? Audu-

bon) ; and Hoffman likewise includes two species as occurring

in the Northern Ural, viz. L. linaria, L., and L. rubra,

Gesner. The second mentioned species of both authors will

no doubt be referable to L. exilipes, Coues. Both L. linaria,

L., and L. exilipes, Coues, are early spring migrants to the

NorTHern Divisron.

(22) Hmberiza rustica (Pall.). No. 83 in Tables.

Recorded for the 8.C. District by Blasius (auct. Meves, 8,

p- 744). The range of this species does not appear to be

exactly defined in the 8.E., although Sabaniieff (22) gives it

as abundant in Perm, on the river Olva; and Hoffman (5)

records a single example brought home by the Ural Expedi-

tion.

(23) Emberiza scheniclus, L. No. 86 in Tables.

Meves distinguishes specimens of the Reed-Bunting ob-

tained by him in Perm as Cynchramus cntermedius ?, which

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 207

have the rump unspotted and plain grey. A comparison of

specimens is required before it can be established as a species

or otherwise.

(24) Plectrophanes nivalis (L.). No. 87 in Tables.

Fuller data are wanted to establish this as a breeding species

in the 8.E. Ural, though the probability is that they do breed

in limited numbers (22). We have no data wherewith to

establish it as a resident, as a passing migrant, or as a winter

visitant ; and the same remarks apply to the following species,

P. lapponicus. For present purposes it may be as well to

consider it only a migrant.

(25) Alauda arvensis, L. No. 89 in Tables.

According to information received by Sabaniieff (No. 22),

this species has only lately appeared at Ijma, in 64° N. lat.

Seebohm and I met with it very rarely at Ust Zylma (65° 26!

N.), where only one was obtained, and again at Viski (67° 15!

N.), where a second was procured, the only ones met with in

the N.E. District (vide Part I., Annals,’ 1877, April, p. 285.

(26) Budytes viridis (Gmel.) and Budytes flavus (L.).

Nos. 98, 99 in Tables.

The range of these two species is as yet somewhat difficult to

define. Mejakoff says Budytes flavus (Gmel.) occurs only in

summer in the south of Vologda. This will, I believe, turn

out to be really Budytes flavus verus. Sabanieft’s records

(22) in Perm will more correctly apply perhaps to the northern

form, B. viridis (Gmel.). Dresser (‘ Birds of Europe,’ part xl.)

found 6. flavus verus in Viborg, within our 8.W. District,

and Von Fischer (/. c. p. 348) records it as breeding commonly

in the St.-Petersburg Government.

(27) Pratincola rubicola (L.). No number in Tables.

Where this name is recorded by authorities in their papers

on N. Russia, I have every reason to believe that it is almost

invariably applicable to the eastern representative form, P.

indica. Sabanieff, for instance (No. 22), mentions it in the

S.E. Ural; but the species found in Perm by Meves was P.

indica, with, as he informs me, black axillaries.

(28) Acrocephalus dumetorum, Blyth, and Acrocephalus

palustris (Bechst.). Nos. 128, 129 in Tables.

Sabaniieff (22) includes the latter as common in the S.E

Ural, and as having occurred at Pavda (58° N. lat.) ; but he

208 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

makes no mention of A. dumetorwm, Blyth. Meves (23), on

the other hand, speaks of A. dumetorum as common in the

Ural, but says nothing of the presence of A. palustris,

although he takes pains to notice the close resemblance of the

two species and to discriminate between them. Again Dresser

(‘ Birds of Europe,’ part hii.) identifies two birds obtained by

Sabaniieff in the Ural somewhat south of our limits, viz. at

Ekaterineburg and Sinara, as belonging to A. agricola, Blyth,

=A. (Salicaria) capistratus, Severtzoft, who found it east of

the Caspian (‘Ibis,’ 1876, p. 84). Yet, again, Severtzoff (/. c.)

mentions that A. palustris verus was also obtained on the east

of the Caspian. There is then perhaps a possibility of all

these three occurring within our districts. At present, how-

ever, I consider that most of the records refer to dumetorum ;

and in this Dresser, whom I consulted on the subject, agrees.

I admit also palustris with a query, and for the present reject

agricolus.

Since the above was written, a very clear account of the

Salicarie of Dr. Severtzoff has appeared from Seebohm’s pen,

in the ‘ Ibis,’ 1877, p. 151.

Obs.— Calamodus aquaticus (Lath.). There is no positive

record of its occurrence within our limits; but as Meves (23)

found it in the 8.E. Ural, it may perhaps be looked for yet in

the Perm Government, further to the north.

(29) Daulias luscinia (L.). No. 134 in Tables.

Authors differ concerning its abundance or otherwise; but

judging from their records, we may consider it common where

recorded. The supposed occurrence of this species so far north

as Archangel, however, recorded by Schrenck, is very rightly

doubted by Middendorff (‘Die Thierw. Sib.’ p. 1048, foot-

note 6).

(30) Locustella Hendersoni, Cass. No. 136 in Tables.

Dresser informs me, én Uit., that the Grasshopper Warbler

of the Ural is not our bird, but the small bright-coloured

Indian bird, LZ. Hendersoni—which fact he has known for some

time from specimens in his possession collected by Sabaniieff.

This is then an addition to the European fauna.

Obs.—Locustella certhiola, Pall. Dresser writes me that he

is doubtful of the occurrence of this species in §.E. Europe,

although Temminck gives “ Eastern Russia” as a locality.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 209

(31) Phylloscopus collybita (Vieill.). No. 141 in Tables.

For reasons before given when treating of the NORTHERN

DIvisIoN, it seems desirable that specimens of the Chiffchaff

obtained in N.W. Russia should be carefully compared with

type specimens of P. tristis, as there is a possibility of confu-

sion existing between the two species. The probability is,

however, that the former does occur in West Russia, reaching

to perhaps 63° or 64° N. lat., but that specimens occurring

further north than that belong to the Hastern species. Vide

Part II. of this paper, ‘ Annals,’ July 1877, p. 24; Lilljeborg,

p- 273; and Mejakoff, p. 630, who gives it (under the name

Ficedula rufa, Lath.) as rather rare even in the south of the

government in the South-central District. Sabaniieff (No. 22)

considers this statement of Mejakoft’s as strange; but the

species found by Meves east of Moscow was P. tristis, not

P. collybita, which is the one Sabaniieff includes.

(32) Regulus proregulus, Pall. No. 146 in Tables.

The only record I find is Sabaniieff’s, the bird from which

Meves described his Phyllopneuste Middendorfii and figured it

(8) being in the Petersburg Museum from Ochotsk. It is

numbered 58, however, in Meves’s list (p. 758), which is apt to

mislead ; and the same remark applies to his No. 59, also only

seen in the Museum, and one or two more, which were better

included under “ Observations.”

(33) Troglodytes parvulus, Roch. No. 148 in Tables.

Said by Sabaniieff (22), on the authority of a native, to occur

at yma (64° N.), where itis known by the name “ pista.” I

consider that more proof is wanting. Dresser says his col-

lector at Archangel reports it as occurring there in summer; but

I doubt it.

(34) Columba enas, L. No. 167 in Tables.

Although recorded as occurring at Onega Sea (Kessler)

and quoted by Meyes (8), Sabaniieff (22) appears to doubt

whether it really occurs in the 8.W. District.

(35) Columba turtur, L. No. 169 in Tables.

Barely establishing itself upon the southern boundary of our

present division, Mejakoff doubting whether it goes further

north than 60° N. lat. (No. 19, p. 632), and his being the

only record I can at present find of its occurrence in the 8. W.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 15

210 Mr: J. A. Harvie Brown on the

or §.C. Districts. The Turtledove recorded as abundant in

Perm by Eversmann (quoted by Sabanieff, No. 22) may yet

prove to belong to the Kastern form, Turtur orientalis, Lath.

(36) Tetrao urogallo-tetrix, Sund. No. 174 in Tables.

Sabanieff accounts for the presence of this hybrid by the

unusual number of ¢ 7. urogallus killed in spring leaving a

great predominance of females, and was informed by a native of

Ijma (64° N. lat.) that as many as five small birds are found

in every hundred killed. At Ust Zylma Seebohm and I found

that the natives there did not kill the males in spring, as they

were not considered good for food, but only the females, of

which numbers were brought to us for sale in April.

(37) Coturnix communis, Bonnat. No. 178 in Tables.

Recorded by Sabanieff (No. 22) as occurring at Vorhoturie ;

and he was informed of its occurrence at Ijma (64°) by a

native, but considers this latter record of doubtful value.

Its numbers would appear to vary considerably in different

years, even in the extreme south of Vologda. Mejakoff men-

tions the years 1853, 1854, and 1855 as great Quail years ;

but in the year previous (1852) they did not appear at all.

(38) Tringa minuta and T. Temminckit. Nos. 206, 207 in

Tables.

Sabanieff states positively that the former breeds in the

neighbourhood of Ekaterineburg, and even believes it to breed

in the south of that government, and states also that they

breed in the Government of Jaroslav and even of Moscow. In

Pavda T. Temmincki@ is called ‘‘ meyeneck,” 7. e. male of T.

minuta.

(39) Anser cinereus, Meyer. No. 225 in Tables.

Records of this in §.W. seem to be doubtful—v. Palmén

(11), Goebel (20) ; but it would appear to be common in the

S.E. (Sabanieff), where it is stated by Zerrenner (21) to breed,

and also to winter a little to the southward and eastward of

our limits. This, however, seems open to doubt.

(40) Anser leucopsis, Bechst. No. 229 in Tables.

The only record in 8.W. and 8.E. by Goebel (20), and in

the 8.E. by Sabaniieff (22). In the N.C. District, Middendorff

records having seen this species (No. 1, p. 237).

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 211

(41) Larus argentatus, L. No. 279 in Tables.

Records of this species in the’ S.W. District will, I believe,

be found to apply to the yellow-legged race—Larus affinis,

Reinh. (Larus cachinnans, Pall.), which was the only Herring-

Gull recognized by Alston and myself when travelling to

Archangel in 1872, and having the dark mantle, although we

confounded the two species, and made no mention of it in our

paper (12) at that time. Larus argentatus will, I think, be

found to occur only in the North-west and North-central Dis-

tricts, more sparingly in the latter, abundantly in the former—

as, for instance, at Solovetsk, where they are carefully pro-

tected and tended by the monks. ‘Those gulls found to the

southwards will, I believe, be found to belong to Larus affinis ;

or if Larus argentatus be found, it will only be in diminish-

ing numbers. We must look to Herr Sievers’s forthcoming

report for more light on this subject.

Nor do I feel certain that many of the records of Larus

fuscus do not apply really to the dark-mantled Larus affinis.

The bird seen in Novaya Zemlya by Von Heuglin was pro-

bably Larus affinis, and not, as he records, Larus fuscus.

Meves (23), speaking of the same species under the name

“ Larus leucopheus, Licht. (= Larus cachinnans, Pall.) ,” says

that Dresser has figured the southern form with much paler

mantle than that found by him (vide ‘ Birds of Europe,’ part

xxii). Seen at a distance Larus affinis could easily be mistaken

for Larus juscus, from its very dark mantle, the colour of the

legs not being always discernible. Both Meves and Sabanieff

obtained it in the S.E. Ural; but I do not find distinct records

of it from present published accounts within our limits. There

cannot be much doubt, however, that it is found along the

whole range of the Ural, to its furthest breeding-places on

the Petchora, whilst it probably goes even as far as Novaya

Zemlya.

CoNncLUDING REMARKS.

Having thus presented in tabular form the distribution of

the Birds of North Russia in six defined districts, I would, in

conclusion, endeavour to point out that some such tabular

method is more likely to ensure uniformity in record, it

adopted by naturalists, than if each author, after writing his

more lengthy account of the fauna of any given district,

country, or continent, or Zoographical Division, left to the

work of his successors the tedious and often difficult operation

of reconciling all his ideas of “ faunal values” with those of

otherauthors. It is impossible, I think, too urgently to advocate

213 Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

the text at the head of the first part of this series of papers,

quoted from Mr. Wallace’s ‘ Distribution of Animals,’ how-

ever far short of its requirements I may myself have reached.

Uniformity of method in recording natural-history observa-

tions, especially as regards distribution and migration, is a

desideratum which, I hold, is only second in importance to

uniformity of nomenclature. I confess, however, that I see

little hope of such a uniformity being established, unless the

subject be taken up by an influential body of naturalists, dis-

cussed and formally sanctioned and adopted, and advocated in

somewhat the same manner as ‘ ‘lhe British-Association Rules

for Zoological Nomenclature.’ This accomplished, however,

upon a firm basis, the future work of naturalists in these

branches (distribution and migration) could not fail to be

made easier and smoother; and thereby science would be

materially aided and advanced, and our knowledge of distri-

bution more rapidly extended. If I have, in the very smallest

degree, contributed towards its attainment, or have even

awakened a desire in others for such a uniformity of method,

I shall feel that all the labour expended on the above papers

has not been entirely fruitless.

It only remains for me to thank kind friends and corre-

spondents for the assistance they have rendered me in the

course of my work, hoping that, so far as it is carried out, it

will meet with their approval, as a contribution to our know-

ledge of the distribution of species in Europe.

ERRATUM IN Part IL

Page 13 (Tables), in the column for the N.E. District insert the symbol ly

opposite Mirundo rustica (auct. 13).

Page 18, delete 19 before Circus eruginosus.

Page 19, under Aszo otus, instead of ‘‘same category as No. 19,”’ read

“The actual occurrence north of 64° 30’ N. lat. is doubtful ;” and

thereafter, wherever the words “same category as No. 19” occur,

a ae (8), (14), (18), (20), (52), read “ same category

as Pe =

Page 24, delete “ vide Postscript, p. 30.”

XXVIII.— On British Polyzoa.—Part I.

By the Rev. Tuomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

THE first part of this paper is devoted to brief descriptions of

a number of new forms, which I hope shortly to illustrate

more fully and to figure in my forthcoming ‘ History of the

British Marine Polyzoa.’

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 213

Suborder Cheilostomata, Busk.

Genus MEMBRANIPORA, De Blainville.

1. Membranipora nodulosa, n. sp.

Zooecia small, oval, margin slightly raised, granular, un-

armed; more than half the area covered in by a minutely

granulated calcareous lamina ; orifice occupying rather more

than a third of the area, arched and somewhat contracted above,

lower margin straight, obscurely trifoliate ; at the base of each

cell a very large, prominent, smooth nodule, usually subtri-

angular in shape: oow@cia very small and shallow, rounded,

smooth.

Colonies forming small and very inconspicuous crusts.

Localities, Coast of Antrim (Hyndman) ; South Devon, off

Brixham (7. H.).

Distinguished from M. Rosseli7, to which it is allied, by the

much smaller size and oval form of the cell, the continuous

and very slightly granular margin, and the large and conspi-

cuous intercellular bosses or nodules.

2. Membranipora aurita, N. sp.

Zooecia ovate, somewhat expanded below, disposed with

great regularity in quincunx; area with a membranous cover-

ing, no calcareous lamina; margin plain, on one side, about

halfway down, a blunt, short spine ; immediately above each

cell, or the ovicell, when present, two raised avicularia, one on

each side, with a pointed mandible, usually directed upwards

and slightly outwards: ooacia subglobose, partially immersed,

with a strong nib on the front, rising to a point above and

inclosing a triangular space.

Colonies forming large, subcircular patches, resembling the

most regular lacework.

Localities. Antrim (Hyndman) ; Cornwall and South Devon

(7. H.) ; Northumberland (Alder).

Distinguished from M. Flemingit by the more regularly

ovate form of the cell, the entire absence of a calcareous

lamina, the triangular figure on the front of the ovicell, and

the perfectly regular quincuncial arrangement of the cells.

3. Membranipora flustroides, n. sp.

Zooecia large, in regular lines, set closely together, oval;

margin with 12-14 massive, flattish, sometimes subclavate,

sometimes bifid spines, which bend inwards and meet across

214 Rey. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

the area, with the exception of the two uppermost, which

stand erect; an oval avicularium on a somewhat quadrate

area at the top of many of the cells, slanting upwards, with a

semicircular mandible : oowciwm very small and inconspicu-

ous, smooth, elevated in front, forming a hood-like covering

over the extreme end of the cell.

Colonies forming large, subcircular patches, with a some-

what lobate edge.

Localities. Antrim (Hyndman); Guernsey; off the Deadman,

Cornwall, 60 fathoms ; South Devon (7. £.).

The massive, often subclavate spines, and the avicularium,

which is of the Flustrine type, distinguish this fine species

from the other spiniferous Membranipore.

The name was suggested by the Rev. A. M. Norman, who

has also observed this form and recognized it as new.

Genus LEPRALIA, Johnston.

Lepralia marmorea, n. sp.

Zooecta ovate, short and rather broad, disposed in lines,

punctured round the edge ; surface coarsely granular ; orifice

suborbicular, with a loop-like sinus on the lower margin ;_peri-

stome raised, not thickened ; a very broad plate or denticle set

deeply within the mouth ; a little below the orifice an elongate

avicularium, immersed, with a pointed mandible directed ~

downwards : oow@cium ¢

Locality. Cornwall probably, on stone (7. H.).

The walls of the cells are thick, and the surface, which is

covered with rather large granules, has a somewhat polished

and marble-like appearance.

LAGENIPORA, 2. gen.

Colonies consisting of a number of cells immersed in a

common calcareous crust: zoowcia decumbent, contiguous, the

front wall solid; oral extremity produced, tubular, with a ter-

minal orifice.

The chief characteristic of the genus is the common calca-

eous crust, in which the cells composing the colony are more

or less immersed. ‘The zoarium is not a mere collection

of cells laid side by side in a certain order, but consists of a

calcareous matrix in which a number of zoocecia are imbedded,

and by which they are united into one commonwealth. The

cells themselves bear a close resemblance to those of Cylin-

droporella, but are destitute of the large tubular pore on the

front wall, which is so striking a character of the latter genus.

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 215

Lagenipora socialis, n. sp.

Crust whitish, granulated, of irregular figure: zoow@cia

flask-shaped, the lower part immersed, the upper part (in adult

cells) produced into an erect tubular neck; orifice circular,

terminal, frequently with a number of spinous processes on

the upper margin ; surface granular, except on the erect por-

tion, which is smooth : oowcia small, rounded, smooth, set far

back behind the tubular neck of the cell.

Colonies forming small, rather tnick, white crusts.

Locality. Hastings, on the shells of Pecten maximus (Miss

Jelly).

Suborder Ctenostomata, Busk.

I retain in this paper the established genera; but the

Ctenostomata require careful revision, and some of the groups

as at present constituted can hardly be maintained.

Genus VALKERIA, Fleming.

1. Valkeria caudata, n. sp.

Stem creeping: zoowcia biserial, opposite, elongate, sub-

cylindrical, truncate at the top, slightly narrowed below, and

produced at the base into a short, pointed, caudate process ;

disposed in companies along the creeping stem: polypide with

eight tentacles; destitute of a gizzard.

This well-marked form may be at once recognized by the

spur-like process below, which is very conspicuous in the

youngest cells. The cell is attached at a point near the base,

and the caudate extremity bends outwards. I have failed to

detect a gizzard in V. caudata; but this portion of the struc-

ture is not always recognizable in preserved specimens. I

place it provisionally in the genus Valkeria, hoping shortly to

revise the classification of the Ctenostomata.

I am indebted to Mr. Leipner, of Clifton, for specimens of |

this species, beautifully mounted, and showing the polypides

expanded as in life.

2. Valkeria citrina, n. sp.

Stem erect, slender, dichotomously branched: zooecia clus-

tered, somewhat spirally disposed, oval, small, and delicate :

clusters short, placed immediately below each bifurcation,

occupying about the upper half of the internode or less ; cells

not densely crowded: polypides of a citron-colour, with eight

tentacles, and furnished with a gizzard: shoots clustered, of

delicate habit, forming bushy tufts.

216 Rey. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

Locality. On rocks near low-water mark, and dredged in

shallow water off the Capstone, Ilfracombe.

Distinguished from V. pustulosa, its nearest ally, by its

smaller size and more delicate habit, by its short and not very

dense clusters of cells, which do not extend much below the

joint, while those of the kindred species are elongated and com-

pact and occupy a large proportion of the internode, and by

the exquisite colour of the tentacles and other portions of the

polypide.

3. Valkeria gracillima, n. sp.

Stem creeping, rather stout and sinuous: zoowc?ta disposed

in groups of varying size at intervals, slender, elongate-

oval when contracted, flask-shaped when the polypide is ex-

tended, rounded off below, of a light horn-colour : polypides

with eight tentacles and a powerful gizzard.

Hab. Creeping over Corallina officinalis.

This species is not characterized by any very marked feature,

but is sufficiently distinct from any form with which I am

acquainted. ‘The cells originate on the sides of the creeping

stem, but are not as regularly biserial and opposite as in V’.

caudata; they are also more delicate, of rather smaller size,

and less cylindrical than those of the latter species. The

groups of cells are small, usually consisting of about three or

four. The gizzard is very conspicuous.

I am indebted to Mr. Leipner’s kindness for the oppor-

tunity of describing this species also.

Genus ARACHNIDIUM*, Hincks.

Arachnidium clavatum, n. sp.

Zoarium forming an irregular network: zooewcia clavate,

elongate, enlarged above, rounded at the top, and tapering off

_ below ; orifice small, placed near the upper extremity.

Locality. On the tests of Ascidians, Shetland.

Distinguished from the only other species, A. hippothooides,

by its elongated, clavate cells, and the absence of the fibrous

processes round the margin. The cells are also larger and

more definite and constant in shape. The papilla marking

the orifice seems to be smaller and less prominent than in the

last-named species.

A. clavatum spreads over the tests of Ascidians from

Shetland, for which I am indebted to Mr. J. G. Jeffreys.

* The generic name was published at first as Arachnidia—wrongly,

ae A as ‘t represents the Greek apayvidioy, dim. of dgaymor, a spider's

wed.

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 217

Genus ALCYONIDIUM, Lamouroux.

1. Alcyonidium disjunctum, n. sp.

Zoarium incrusting: zooecia elongate-ovate, disposed in

linear series, which bifurcate at intervals and occasionally

anastomose ; the lines of cells bordered by a gelatinous crust ;

aperture small, placed near the anterior extremity ; cells often

massed together.

Locality. Unknown. My specimens were received from

Mr. Alder. The cells differ much in shape from those of A.

mytili, Dalyell, whilst the habit of the two forms is totally

dissimilar.

The cells are much elongated and are linked together in

single series, and on each side runs a margin of the gelatinous

crust. The series bifurcate frequently, two lines originating

from the summit of a cell. At the bifurcation the crust forms

a web-like expansion between the two series. Every here and

there collections of cells occur, from which the single series

are given off.

I have only had the opportunity of examining dried speci-

mens of this form; and there is therefore a possibility that in

some points the characters may not be adequately represented.

2. Alcyonidium lineare, Hincks, MS. !

This species is included by Mr. Alder, under the above name,

in his ‘Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and

Durham.’ I had corresponded with him about it, and had so

named it in my letters ; but no description of it has been pub-

lished beyond the brief notice which he has given in the

catalogue. In the meanwhile my specimens of it have

unfortunately perished, and I can add but little from my notes

or from memory to what he has written.

It mav be thus characterized :—Zooecia oval, with promi-

nent tubular apertures, immersed in a gelatinous crust, dis-

posed in linear series, which generally branch from a central

mass.

Localities. On mussel-shells from the Dogger Bank (7. ZZ.) ;

Cullercoats, from deep water (Alder).

Smith, in his ‘ Review of the Scandinavian Polyzoa,’ ranks

this species as a hippothooid “form” of A. hirsutum (Flem-

ing). But the zoocecium, which Prof. Smith will be the first

to recognize as the important element, is widely different in

the two, and separates them conclusively, apart from the very

characteristic and apparently constant habit. The tubular

aperture is very prominent and directed horizontally upwards,

218 Rey. T. Hincks on the

and projects at the extremity of the cell instead of standing

erect, as it does in A. hirsutum. ‘To the best of my recollec-

tion, the apertures are turned slightly outwards; and I find, from

a note made at the time of its first occurrence, that it resembles

an Alecto in habit.

As it is said to be not uncommon on shells from deep water

off the Northumberland coast, we may hope to hear of it again

before long.

SPECIES NEW TO BRITAIN.

Hippothoa flagellum, Manzoni.

This species, described by Manzoni from the Mediterranean

and the Italian Tertiaries, occurs abundantly on our shores

and is widely distributed. It has, no doubt, been confounded.

with H. divaricata, to which it bears a general resemblance,

but from which it is separated by a very important character,

in addition to other minor differences. The orifice is subovate,

somewhat elongate, rather broader above than below, whereas

that of H. divaricata is semicircular, with a straight lower

margin and acentral notch. ‘The cells are also shorter (less

produced below) and in every way smaller ; and the connecting

fibre is very long and slender.

XXIX.— Note on the Radical Fibres of the Polyzoa.

By the Rev. THomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

In ‘Nature’ for June 21, 1877, I find a brief notice of a

paper on British Polyzoa, by Mr. Peach, presented to the

Linnean Society by Mr. Busk, in which the interesting ob-

servation is recorded, that “the tubulous roots” of Scrupo-

cellaria scruposa are armed with spines, by which it attaches

itself to sponges. Much remains to be written of the filamen-

tary appendages by which the members of certain genera

attach themselves, and their modifications. Mr. Peach’s

observation shows that in S. seruposa, as in others of its tribe,

these organs exist under two forms at least. Commonly they

are present as smooth, slender fibres, which adhere to solid

bodies by means of a terminal enlargement or disk. It now

appears that under certain conditions they take on a different

character, are clothed with spines, and act as grapnels by means

of which the polyzoon fastens itself to the soft substance of the

sponge. I have not noticed these facts in the case of S.

Radical Fibres of the Polyzoa. 219

scruposa ; but I have long been aware that they enter into

the history of another member of the same genus, the common

Scrupocellaria reptans* of authors. I will insert here the

passage relating to this subject which I had prepared for my

forthcoming ‘ History of the British Marine Polyzoa.’ It is

taken from the account of Serupocellaria reptans :—“ The

radical fibres are present under two forms, and enable the

species to adapt itself to very different habitats. In one they

are simple tubes, originating, as all similar appendages do in

this group, at the base of the vibracular cell; and from the free

extremity a number of fibrils are given off, that anastomose

and form circular reticulated disks, by which the polyzoon is

firmly attached to the surface of the rock or the frond of the

seaweed. These disks may remind us of the rootlets by which

the ivy clings to itssupport. The radical tubes are not merely

produced towards the base of the zoarium, but along the

course of the branches, which, as they increase in length, are

firmly attached by them at intervals; and in this way the

polyzoon creeps, like a plant, over the surface on which it

grows. But a modification of the merely adherent appendage

is also met with; and it would seem that the particular form

which the radical fibre assumes is very much determined by

the nature of the base on which the polyzoon is developed.

In its second form it is covered for about two thirds of its

length with sharp, recurved, hovk-like processes, and is con-

verted into an admirable prehensile organ. It is now a veri-

table grapnel, by means of which the polyzoon can lay firm

hold of the stems of zoophytes or the more delicate algx, or,

plunging it into the soft sarcode, find a safe home upon the

sponge. Dredging on one occasion in Saleombe Bay I took

up a piece of some cotton material which was overgrown by

S. reptans. On the uneven fibrous surface the adhesive disks

would have been almost useless ; a few only were developed ;

but the toothed processes were present in profusion, and had

worked their way in amongst the threads of the fabric, which

had become entangled about the hooks, and so anchored the

tufts securely. On a specimen beside me, growing on the flat

surface of a Laminaria-frond, I can find not a single grapnel ;

but the disks are finely developed and of large size.”

In Cellularia plumosa we meet with another interesting

modification of the radical fibres. In this species they occur

* T have restored this species to the genus Serupocellaria, instead of re-

ferring it with Busk to the Canda of Lamouroux, because it is furnished

with the lateral avicularia which are characteristic of the former genus,

They aresmall and feebly developed, and have hitherto escaped observa-

tion ; but they exist.

220 M. C. Mereschkowsky on new Species

on certain portions of the shoots, as rather short and stout

processes, which give off towards the free extremity a number

of tendril-like claspers, by means of which, we may suppose,

the slender tufts cling to some neighbouring support. They

are also present in the more usual form of simple tubes, and in

this condition form a dense and tangled mass of rootlets at

the base of the shoots.

We know that some foreign species are also furnished with

hooked fibres such as we find on Scrupocellaria reptans ; and

in all such cases we have, no doubt, a similar adaptive modifi-

cation of the simpler structure.

XXX.—On a new Genus of Hydroids from the White Sea,

with a short Description of other new Hydroids. By C.

M&RESCHKOWSKY.

[Plates V. & VI.]

Durine the summer of 1876 I undertook a journey to the

White Sea, the zoology and botany of which are almost com-

pletely unknown, with the object of studying its fauna as

thoroughly as possible, my attention being principally de-

voted to the study of invertebrated marine animals. My ex-

pectations were fully realized; for this sea, hitherto completely

unexplored and almost entirely separated from the Arctic

Ocean, afforded me numerous and highly interesting speci-

mens of types differing from those generally observed.

Amongst these I may mention a new and interesting

Hydroid, which I now propose to describe.

In the part of the White Sea called the Bay of Onega, at

small depths (5 fathoms), and where the bottom is slimy,

specimens of Tellina solidula are frequently found, with the

edge of the shell covered with an agglomeration of small

animals of a light yellowish colour, giving off long, thin,

floating filaments. On observing this mass more carefully |

discovered that it was a colony of hydroids, of the suborder

Athecata or Gymnoblastea (Pl. V. fig. 1). They are always

to be found on the same Mollusca, and, on all those I have

observed, on the same part of the shell. Their hydrorhiza

consists apparently of a continuous mass, and not of de-

tached filaments as in most other hydroids (Pl. V. fig.

2,c). It appears that the structure of the hydrorhiza is not

developed to the same degree as that of the Hydractinia, but

consists simply of a mass of coenosare containing a consider-

of Hydroids from the White Sea. 221

able quantity of thread-cells, and of a thin chitinous membrane,

covering this mass and expanding into the hydranth and its

short stems (Pl. V. fig. 2, d). The hydrorhiza is of a dark

greyish colour, and is not covered with spines as in Hydrac-

tina. The hydranths proceed from the hydrorhiza; and

between them are placed the gonophores (PI. V. figs. 1, 2).

The principal interest of this hydroid is concentrated in the

hydranth, which is of an almost cylindrical shape, rather

thinner towards the lower, and abruptly truncated at the

upper part. Itis attached to the hydrorhiza without the aid of

any well-defined hydrocaulus, unless we consider as such the

thick chitinous membrane covering the inferior part of the

hydranth (Pl. V. fig. 2, d), and which, in fact, is but the con-

tinuation of the perisare. The length of a full-grown speci-

men is 2 millims. The mouth (PI. V. fig. 2, a), a simple

regular round aperture, opens at the summit of the body, its

diameter being equal to that of the body. I have been unable

to detect any trace of a joint, or, in fact, any thing sepa-

rating the body from the hypostome. The only tentacle

(Pl. V. fig. 2, ) the hydranth is provided with is attached to the

upper third of the body, from which it springs at a small angle:

its base is several times the thickness of its extremity ; and it

grows gradually thinnertoabout half its length. The extremity

is not bulbous. The length of the tentacle increases with age,

and in full-grown specimens attains two or three times the

length of the whole body. Such prodigiously long tentacles

had never been previously remarked in any species of hydroids,

and this phenomenon finds an explanation in the following

circumstances :—I1st, that the hydroid being provided with a

single tentacle, the whole nutritive force is concentrated in it,

instead of being distributed amongst several, as in other cases;

2nd, that the hydroid being compelled to secure aliments

and to defend itself against its natural foes, this organ assumes

naturally an abnormal development under the greater activity

it is called upon to exercise.

As to the histological structure, Pl. VI. fig. 8 gives a trans-

verse section of the hydranth, showing that it differs in no

way from the ordinary structure. We see the mass of the

ectoderm, with the nuclei of the cells imperfectly defined ; in

the ectoderm a considerable number of thread-cells (shown in

fig. 5) are dispersed all over the tentacles and the body, parti-

cularly on the upper part and round the buccal orifice. This

layer of ectoderm is succeeded by a mass of mesoderm

forming the muscular substance of the animal ; and this is to be

remarked on the surface, on account of its being striated ; and,

lastly, we remark the endoderm formed by small circular cells,

222 M. C. Mereschkowsky on new Species

disposed in several layers. The lobed aspect remarked’ in

the interior is to be attributed, I think, to immersion in

alcohol.

I will now pass to the description of the gonosome or

generative bodies. Their number is less than that of the

trophosomes (PI. V. fig. 1) ; but they are of larger size (length

from 2 to 3 millims., breadth about 2 millims.). The gono-

phores are oval, truncated at the upper ends, and grow thinner

towards their lower extremity, where they lengthen into a

short and slender stem, by means of which they are attached

(Pl. V. fig. 2, e). There are never any blastostyles on the

hydrorhiza.

On observing more attentively the gonophores, I have

remarked that they consist of a very thin, transparent, and

colourless membrane (Pl. V. figs. 3, a, 4, c) enveloping a

small medusa, which is found there in the different stages of

its development.

It is probable that this thi membrane is formed by a con-

tinuation of the chitinous envelope of the hydrorhiza. I had

not the opportunity of studying a full-grown medusa which

had already detached itself from the main body; but its

general features may be inferred from an examination of the

newly formed gonophores. I here give two figures showing

the structure of the medusa. In Pl. V. fig. 3 we see a rather

mature gonophore pressed by a covering-plate, with the slit-

sided umbrella and with the velum; Pl. VI. figs. 12 and 13,

show the transverse section of the same gonophore.

I have not paid any particular attention to minuteness and

refinement in the delineation of these histological details, my

principal aim having been to point out the general distribution

of the different parts and organs of the medusa, and not their

histological structure.

By these figures we see that the medusa is composed of a

bell (Pl. V. fig. 3, 6), the sides of which are crossed by four

radiating canals (Pl. V. fig. 3, 9’, 9°, 9°, g'), indicated by

bands of a darker shade, passing into four tentacles (Pl. V.

fig. 3, f', f°, f°, #) 5 these four radiating canals unite at their

base in one circular canal (Pl. V. fig. 8, A), from which

spring a row of tentacles in the intervals of the four principal

tentacles. These latter having been developed at an earlier

period, are the largest of the tentacles, of which there are in all

sixteen (Pl. V. fig. 6).

From the upper part of each of these radiating canals, at

the place where they transform themselves into the digestive

cavity of the manubrium (which, I confess, I was not able to

detect), proceed two sacs, the canals passing between them

of Hydroids from the White Sea. 223

(PiaiWahee3, d'yd*, a; a, 0’, d°; and figs.: 12,13 of’ Pl.

VI.). I feel no hesitation in ascribing to these eight sacs

the functions of the sexual organs in which are contained

spermatozoa and ova. My determination of them rests on the

following grounds :—1. The meduse, on account of the sim-

plicity of their organization, cannot have any other organs

than the radiating canals, the manubrium, the tentacles, and

the sexual organs; and as these sacs can be neither of the

three first-named organs, it is evident that they must be con-

sidered as the sexual organs. 2. On account of the analogy

existing between this hydroid and several species of the Gery-

onid (for instance, Aglaura Peroniz), in which the sexual sacs,

by their form and disposition, bear a great resemblance to the

sacs with which we are at present occupied. 3. On account of

their contents consisting of two sorts of granules—one set being

0-00047'" in diameter, and the others (evidently produced by

the division or the segmentation of the first) being about .

0:000235". These small granules, obviously spermatozoa in

an immature state, are formed, as is well known, by the division

of the mother cell into several segments. ‘The existence of

such sacs is not often to be observed in the Hydroids, and

the originality of the Hydroid now under study is thereby

increased. The structure of the medusa is set forth very

conspicuously by my two figures (Pl. V. fig. 3, and Pl. VI.

figs. 12, 13), drawn from nature by the aid of a camera lucida,

and not in the slightest degree diagrammatic.

The young gonophores show a little difference in their

construction from those just described. The cross section

shows only four sacs (Pl. VI. fig. 14) ; but if we take these

gonophores at a more developed state, the cross section under-

neath shows eight sacs (Pl. VI. fig. 12)—in the centre four

(Pl. VI. fig. 13), but with an interruption at the middle, and

in the upper part four without an interruption. From this

it follows that at the beginning there appear four sacs, and

this number afterwards, by longitudinal division, increases

to eight. Moreover the sexual sacs present an interesting

peculiarity in their division; that is, the more advanced divisions

of two sacs lie opposite each other; and this appearance

was noticed by me not once, but on every cross section I made

(Pl. VI. fig. 7, a,6). It appears to be one of the many facts

showing that the fundamental number of hydroids is not

four, as is usually admitted, but only two, and that all the

remaining numbers are nothing else but 2 x n, from which it

follows that six and ten are not an exception to the rule, but

merely 2x3 and 2x5. For such facts, pointing to the

number 2 as the basis, refer for instance to the history of the

224 M. C. Mereschkowsky on new Species

development of some species of Hydroids and Medusz, from

which it is seen that among the Hydroids, for instance, Clava-

tella prolifera, which has in its normal state six tentacles, in its

youth has only two; the same with Pertgonimus bitentacu-

latus, which perhaps is an embryonic state of another hydroid;

to these belong also Pertgonimus quadritentaculatus (which

has two more tentacles developed), Acharadria larynx,

and the Medusa Polywenia leucostyla (the tentacles of which,

as observed by Metchnikoff, make their appearance at first

two in number, and afterwards increase by twos). A number

of facts in the history of the development of the Meduse

also show that at the commencement there appear only

two tentacles, and afterwards gradually two at a time are

added, as for instance in :— Oceania languida, Ag. (Campanu-

lina, V. Ben.) ; Lafoéa calcarata, Ag.; Melicertum campa-

nula, Esch.; Staurophora laciniata, Ag.; Stomotoca atra,

Ag.; Campanulina acuminata, Ald. ; ditferent species of the

genus Perigonimus, the tentacles of which do not accumulate ;

also in the Aiyinopsis mediterranea, Zanclea implexa, Saphenia

balearica, S. bitentaculata, S. diadema, Oceania diadema,

Octochila bitentaculata. Finally, from a number of facts

mentioned by Ehrenberg and Brandt, it is seen that the

departures from the normal number often present such num-

bers as are the product of 2 multiplied by 5, 7, 9, 15, &e.

(10, 14, 18, 30, 170). Most frequently after the number 4

we meet with the number 6, which is evidently 2x3;

whereas the numbers 3, 7, 17, which are not divisible by

2, are seldom met with. The same is seen in Podocoryne

carnea, which has 4, 6, 8, 10, and 12 tentacles, as is very clearly

shown in the drawings of Hincks. Cladonema radiatum,

which is described by all authors as having ten radiating canals

(2x 5), in England, according to the researches of Allman, is

always found with eight (2x4) canals. Clavatella prolifera

often has eight instead of six tentacles (in the hydranth). From

all these facts, to which I shall allude more particularly

another time, it follows that the fundamental number (that is,

the number which first appeared, and through the repetition of

which were produced all the numbers which we now meet) of

the Hydroids as well as of other Meduse (and all Coelenterata,

in opposition to the Echinodermata, in which five is the num-

ber) 1s 2; and if we accept as real the biogenetical law, it

follows that the forefathers of the present Hydroids had only

two tentacles, and that, in consequence of the repeating of the

number two 2, 3, 4, 5 times and so on, there appeared other

morphological types.

of Hydroids from the White Sea, 225

This can be explained by the annexed ay

diagram, showing the genealogy of the types. ra

As regards the systematic position of |

this Hydroid, it undoubtedly forms a dis- Ae 0

tinct genus, which I propose to name Mono- 25 \_b=~ 3.2

brachium. The species I propose to name

Monobrachium parasitum, the reason being |

explained below. If we seek toplace itin one =6=

of the families known to us, it does not pro- 2

perly belong to any of them, in consequence

of its unsymmetrical single tentacle, and is

therefore analogous to another interesting hydroid, Zar sabel-

larum,Gosse. I consider it the best course toform for the above-

mentioned hydroid a separate family, Monobrachiide. Such

a new family will find its justification in the great analogy

which exists between the two Hydroids, which, therefore,

I now proceed to explain. In the first place I take into

consideration the analogy of the mode of life of Lar and

Monobrachium. They are both met with always on the same

species of animals,—Zar on the tube of a worm (Sabella),

Monobrachium on the Tellina solidula, and always on the same

place, that is, where there are more currents and therefore

conveyance of food, upon which the hydroid feeds. Zar is

always found at the mouth of a sand-tube, from which pro-

ceeds the worm, causing a strong eddy with its gills; and the

Monobrachium on the end of the mollusk (PI. V. fig. 1). This

fact is very important, as it indicates a cause for the appearance

of these two Hydroids, and consequently it is the cause of the

remaining analogies. And actually, if we compare Zar and

Monobrachium with other Hydroids, it appears that they have the

least number of tentacles—Monobrachiwm one, Lar only two ;

therefore it is evident that here the organization is defined. But

we cannot regard Lar or Monobrachium as lower forms from

which the higher have been developed, because in the Hydroids,

almost without exception, we perceive a symmetrical placing of

the parts, so that itis evident such unsymmetrical forms as Lar

and Monobrachéum could not be the stock. After the form like

Protohydra Leuckarté, some form ought to be reckoned having

two symmetrically placed tentacles, such as, for instance

Atractylis bitentaculata (—o—). Besides this the fully deve-

loped meduse of both Hydroids cannot be regarded as of

primitive forms; and every thing shows that as Lar and

Monobrachium are products of degradation, they had at first a

greater number of tentacles, and that their mode of life,

their parasitism, so to speak, on other animals, by which

they profit in seeking their food, was the cause that some

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 16

226 M. C. Mereschkowsky on new Species

of the tentacles, from not being required, were thrown off.

Actually the strong eddies formed by the worm as also by the

siphons and the foot of the Tel/ina, infallibly bring portions of

food, which falling into the mouth of the hydroid do away

with that necessity for a great number of tentacles which

existed when they led a different kind of life ; and thus there

appears another analogy between the two hydroids—a more

complex form of medusa in comparison with a trophosome

reduced to a more retrograde form. And it is clear that the

medusa when parted from the trosophome loses those conditions

in which the trophosome continues to grow: it 1s subject to

new conditions nearly like those of other meduse; it swims

freely on the surface ; and for the struggle of life it requires a

good organization. The third analogy is the asymmetry

clearly indicated in both the hydroids. The type of the

meduse may serve to show the condition of the trophosome

before its degradation. As regards Lar, it might be thought

that it proceeded from a hydroid which had at first six tenta-

cles; and this supposition reposes on the fact that the medusa

has six radial canals and six tentacles, as also on the dis-

position of its only pair of tentacles, which are not symme-

trically placed one opposite the other, but nearly at an angle

of 60°, exactly as it would be if from a sexradial type four were

taken away (see figure). In this manner the family

Laride forms a separate branch from the type 2 x 3.

Analogically to this I think it follows that, after all

that has been said, Monobrachium parasitum forms a

separate family, Monobrachiide, as a branch detached from the

type 2x2, as its medusa has only four radiating

canals (see figure). The genealogical tree opposite

may elucidate the, place of Monobrachium among the

other types. ¢

This Hydroid may be briefly characterized as follows :

Order HY DROIDA.

Suborder ATHECATA.

Fam. Monobrachiide.

Hydrocaulus not developed; hydranth with a single filiform

tentacle ; central mouth without lobes. Gonophores medusi-

form planoblasts with four radiating canals.

MONOBRACHIUM, n. g.

Hydrorhiza consisting of a continuous expansion, not com-

posed of a mass of anastomosing stolonic tubes; hydranth

of Hydroids from the White Sea. 227

&e. 2X n (Thecaphora, &e.)

NSE

_— (2x4)

Clavatella uy Le Va ‘\

om olifera > ~ /

(2x3). \

in we

Ny ee f Cladonema

7 N radiatum

ie \ (2x5).

Laridze | y,

(6—4) | a

—= Oe Bougainyillide &e.

' (2x 2).

GS 7itD r-elueee 14s Hat een d ae Monobrachiidee

! (4-3).

woe Atractylis bitentaculata, Wr.

. (2).

e) Protohydra Leuckartii, Gr.

16*

228 On Hydroids from the White Sea.

cylindrical, truncated above, with a single filiform tentacle,

placed higher than the middle of body. Gonophores without

blastostyles, medusiform planoblasts; medusa with four radia-

ting canals, sixteen tentacles, and eight well-developed genera-

tive sacs, two from each radiating canal.

Monobrachium parasitum, nov. sp.

Trophosome. Hydrocaulus about one fourth or one fifth of

the hydranth, formed by a chitinous tube springing from the

hydrorhiza, which covers the end of the Tellina-solidula shell.

Hydranth 2 millims. in length, cylindrical, without a hypo-

stome, truncated at the summit, which is provided with a

simple, regular, round aperture.

The single filiform tentacle very long, from three to four

times the length of the body, is placed at the upper half of the

body ata small angle.

Gonosome. Stem of the gonophore short and thin. The

medusa has eight generative sacs of the same length as the

bell.

In one of the next numbers of this Journal I will describe a

few more equally interesting genera and species of Hydroids

from the northern seas of Russia. Thus, for instance, I have

two Hydroids from the White Sea which belong to the order

Thecaphora (family Sertularidee), of which I form a separate

genus (Polyserias); their hydrothece are arranged not as

usual in two, but in six or even more rows. One of them

(Pl. VI. figs. 15,16) I have named Polyserias Hincksti, in

honour of the Rev. T. Hincks, whose writings on the Hydroida

are deservedly held in high estimation; another species

of the same genus, of which the hydrothece are joined to the

stem as in Thuiaria, | name Polyserias glacialis. I found

several other species of this genus in the collection of Hydrcids

in the St.-Petersburg Museum of the Academy of Sciences,

brought from the Sea of Ochotsk and Kamtschatka. Another

interesting genus, also from the White Sea, was found by

Professor “Wagner of the St.-Petersburg University, to which

I have given the name Oorhiza. Itis distinguished by having

sporosacs with only one egg rising from the hydrorhiza without

the aid of a blastostyle, by which it differs from Hydractinia,

which always has blastostyles. In all else there is very

little difference from Hydractinia or Podocoryne; therefore it

belongs to the family Hydractiniide. A species of Sertu-

laria is interesting, from having its hydrorhiza continuous,

formed by the confluence of the separate threads. I shall

name this species, which is also from the White Sea,

Sertularia albimaris.

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on Arctic Post-tertiary Fossils. 229

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Tellina solidula with a colony of Monobrachium parasitum, mag-

nified : a, a young Protohydra-like specimen ; b, gonophore.

Fig. 2. Three specimens of fully matured hydranths and a gonophore,

more magnified: a, the oral orifice of the body; 4, its single

tentacle; c, chitinous membrane, covering the ccenosare and

forming a continuous hydrorhiza ; d, a slightly developed hydro-

caulus; e, gonophore.

Fig. 3. A gonophore pressed by a covering-plate: a, chitinous membrane

covering the medusa; , umbrella of the medusa; c, the short

pedicle of the gonophore; d' d’, a pair of sexual sacs ; d’ d° d’ d’,

the same; d’, sac only, the other is omitted; g’, g*, 9°, g', the

four radiating canals; f', f°, #*, f, the four principal tentacles,

into which are continued the radiating canals, and between which

are disposed the other twelve tentacles.

Fig. 4. A gonophore less compressed by a covering-glass: «'a*, two radi-

ating canals, very distinctly seen ; 5’, 4°, 6°, b*, four tentacles, the

first developed ; c, chitinous membrane.

Fig. 5. A gonophore with the eight sexual sacs seen through the

coverings.

Fig. 6. The same gonophore seen from above; the sixteen tentacles are

seen.

(All the figures excepting figs. 1 and 2 are drawn by the camera lucida.)

Prater VI. (drawn by the camera lucida).

Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10. Transverse sections of the hydranth.

Fig. 11. A thread-cell.

Fig. 12, Transverse section of a gonophore in an advanced state of deve-

lopment, with the umbrella, the four radiating canals, and the

eight sexual sacs.

Fig. 13. Transverse sections of the same gonophore, but at a higher part

of it, where the original four sacs are not yet quite divided jon-

gitudinally into eight. aand 6 are the two opposite sacs at a

more advanced stage of longitudinal division than the two other

sacs.

_ Fig. 14. The same from another gonophore, not yet so mature as in tigs,

6, 7, but made at the same part of it as the section presented in

fig. 6.

Fig. 15. Polyserias Hincksit, nat. size.

Fig. 16. The same, magnified.

XXXI.— The Post-tertiary Fossils procured in the laie Arctic

Expedition ; with Notes on some of the Recent or Living

Mollusca from the same ' Expedition. By J. Gwyn

JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S.*

Mr. Epear Suir, of the British Museum, has published, in

the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for this month

* Communicated by the author, and read at the Plymouth Meeting of

the British Association, 20th Aug. 1877.

230 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on Arctic

(August 1877), a list of the recent or living Mollusca brought

home by Capt. Feilden and Mr. Hart, the Naturalists of the

last of our Arctic voyages ; and I propose to supplement that

list with a notice of the Post-tertiary fossils collected not only

by the Naturalists, but also by Lieut. Egerton and Dr. Moss,

two of the officers of H.M.S. ‘ Alert.’

I cannot help sharmg Mr. Smith’s expression of disap-

pointment with the conchological results of the Expedition.

The number of Post-tertiary as well as of recent species of

Mollusca is very scanty. In analogous or apparently similar

cases of so-called “ glacial” and raised sea-beds in Great

Britain, Scandinavia, and Canada, which I have examined,

I collected in two or three hours a greater number of fossil

species than those procured in the Expedition. However, great

allowance must be made for the difficult circumstances under

which the specimens were collected in such very high latitudes ;

and I have no doubt that the Naturalists did their best. The

fossil specimens brought home by the Naturalists are in the

Museum of Economic Geology, under the charge of the

Palzontologist, Mr. Etheridge, and in the British Museum ;

Lieut. Egerton presented his specimens to the Geological

Society ; and Dr. Moss kindly placed his at my disposal.

The subject of the present communication is especially inter-

esting to geologists, because it is closely connected with the

history of those former conditions and changes of climate

which left so many traces in Europe and North America, in

the form of raised beaches and sea-beds. The investigation

of the organisms, particularly of the Mollusca, imbedded in

those deposits becomes highly important for the study of the

Post-tertiary or Quaternary epoch, as well in a geographical

as in a hydrographical point of view.

The extent of oscillation to which the earth’s crust in the

northern kemisphere has been subjected, during a compara-

tively recent period, is remarkably exemplified in the case of

Saxicava rugosa. ‘The large arctic form of this species in a

fossil state has been dredged between the Hebrides and Faroes,

at the depth of 2070 feet (345 fms.) ; the same form is abun-

dant on the surface at Montreal; and it has been found on

Moel Tryfaen at the height of 1360 feet: a difference of 3430

feet between depression and elevation is thus shown. The

usual habitat of S. rugosa is shallow water, although I have

a specimen from 1230 fms. or 7380 feet, and fragments from

1622 fathoms or 9732 feet. The last-mentioned depth, added

to the height of the Moel Tryfaen sea-beach, gives a measure-

ment of 11,092 feet, being nearly equal to two thirds of the

height of Mont Blanc.

Post-tertiary Fossils and Recent Mollusca. 231

The position of the stations where these fossils were found

in the Arctic Expedition is as follows :—

No. 1. N. lat. 82° 27', W. long. 61° 42!. Shell Flats, 200 feet

above the present level of the sea; sandy mud, inter-

stratified with layers of moss (Moss).

No. 2. N. lat. 82° 32’. North of Dumbbell Harbour, 23rd

July, 1876 (Egerton).

No. 3. N. lat. 82° 33’. Kane Valley; mud beds, 40 feet

(Feilden).

No. 4. N. lat. 82° 35’. Blackcliff Bay, “in great quantities

at all heights up to 100 feet above present sea-level ;”

Port Foulke, “ 300-400 feet above present sea-level ”

(Egerton).

No. 5. Plain between Polaris Bay and Newman’s Bay, 600

feet (Hart).

No. 6. Franklin-Pierce Bay ; “ ancient mand beds, 180 feet i

(Hart).

No. 7. Cape Frazer; “10 feet above sea-level” (Hart).

No. 8. Bivouac Plain; “ old-sea bottom ” (Hart).

No. 9. Floeberg Beach; “mud banks, 200. feet’? (Hart).

The latitude is not marked; but Dr. Moss tells me

3 this station is near No. 1.

No. 10. Plain, Musk-ox Bay; ‘‘ 100 feet”? (Hart).

No. 11. Near Simmond’s Isle, towards Cape Joseph Henry ;

“40 feet, October 1875 5 (Feilden).

No. 12. Isthmus, Cape Joseph Henry (Feilden).

The last station was the most northern.

To avoid repetition, the number of the station and the name

of the discoverer only willbe given. The letters “ ft.” signify

the height in feet above the present level of the sea, and

“fms.” the depth in fathoms of six feet; 1. w.” stands for

low-water mark at spring-tides. The fossil species of Mol-

lusca are 18, of Actinozoa 1, of Foraminifera 1, and of marine

plants 1, being altogether 21 species.

MOLLUSCA.

CONCHIFERA.

Pecten Greenlandicus, G. B. Sowerby.

Pecten Grenlandicus, G. B. Sowerby, Thes. Conch. part ii. p. 57,

pl. xiii. f. 40 (1842).

Station No. 1 (Moss); No. 9 (Feilden).

RecEnT. Arctic Ocean (Parry) : Spitzbergen (Torell) : Fin-

232 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on Arctic

mark, 40-150 fms. (Lovén, Sars): White Sea and coasts of

Russian Lapland (Middendorff): Gulf of St. Lawrence, 150

fms. (Whiteaves) : ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869, 420-542

fms., young; 1870, Bay of Biscay, 257-539 fms., young:

Arctic Expedition, 53-35 fms. (Feilden and Hart).

Fossit. Tangy Glen, W. Scotland (Robertson and Cross-

key): E. Scotland, 30-40 ft. deep: Elie, a few ft. below the

surface (Jamieson).

The shell is certainly not “ equivalve,” as Sowerby de-

scribed it. Itis the P. vitreus of Gray in the ‘ Supplement to

the Appendix of Parry’s First Voyage,’ but not Chemnitz’s

species of that name.

Leda pernula, Miiller.

Arca pernula, Mill, in Beschaftigungen naturf. Freunde, vol. iv. p. 35.

Var. faleula. Shell sickle-shaped, longer (from the beak

to the front margin) and flatter than the variety Jacksoni of

Gould or buccata of Steenstrup; the “ rostrum” or point is

short, blunt, and more or less upturned in the adult ; front

margin curved.

St. No. 1 (Moss).

REcENT. Spitzbergen (Torell, Eaton): Wellington Channel

(Belcher). The typical form and other varieties inhabit both

sides of the North Atlantie as well as the North Pacific, at

depths of from 20 to 150 fms.: ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869,

251 fms.; 1870, Bay of Biscay, 305-517 fms.: ‘ Valorous ’

Exp. 15-175 fms.: Arctic Exp., 54 fms. (Feilden).

Fosstt. Post-tertiary or “glacial”? beds in the North of

England, N. Wales, Ireland, Scotland, Scandinavia, and

Canada, surface to 320 ft.: Moel Trytaen, 1330-1360 ft.

(Darbishire).

Variable in shape and sculpture. Having many synonyms,

or polyonomatous.

Leda frigida, Torell.

Yoldia frigida, Tor. Bidr. t. Spitzbergens Molluskfauna, p. 148, t. 1.

f.3 (1859).

St. No. 3 (Feilden).

RECENT. Spitzbergen, 30-60 fms., and Greenland, 250

fms. (Torell): Iceland (Mus. Copenhagen): Finmark, 200-

300 fms. (Sars): Shetland, 60 fms. (J. G. J.): Gulf of St.

Lawrence, 150 fms. (Whiteaves) : ‘ Poreupine’ Exp., 1869,

114-1360 fms. ; 1870, Bay of Biscay, 227-1095 fms. : ‘ Valo-

rous’ Exp., 175 fms.

Yoldia nana of M. Sars.

Post-tertiary Fossils and Recent Mollusca. 233

Arca glacialis, Gray.

Arca glacialis, Gray, Suppl. App. Parry’s Voyage, p. ecxliv (1824).

St. No. 9 (Feilden).

Recent. Arctic Ocean (Parry) : Wellington Channel (Bel-

cher) : ‘ Bulldog’ Exp., 1622 fms. (Wallich): Iceland

(Mus. Copenh.): Spitzbergen (Torell) :; Scandinavia, 60-300

fms. (Malm and others): Shetland, 80-85 fms. (J. G. J.) :

‘ Lightning’ Exp., 189 fms. : ‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 164—

422 fms. ; 1870, Bay of Biscay, 45-690 fms. ; Mediterranean,

60-1456 fms.: Augean (Forbes, fide M‘Andrew) : Mediter.,

30-300 fms. (Stefanis, Nares, and others).

Fossit. Norway, 20-240 ft. (Sars and others): Sicily

(Philippi and others): Maine Co. (Lyell).

Synonyms: A. obliqua, Philippi, 1844; A. lactea, Malm,

1853 (non Linné); A. Korenti, Danielssen, 1859.

Axinus flecuosus, Montagu; var. Gouldit.

Tellina flexuosa, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 72.

St. No. 1 (Moss).

Recent. (‘Type and varieties.) N. Atlantic, Mediterranean,

and Adriatic, 3-450 fms.: Gulf of Mexico, 91 fms. (Pourtales) :

Swedish Exp., 1868, 540 fms.: ‘ Lightning’ Exp. 550 fms. :

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 96-557 fms. ; 1870, Bay of Biscay,

20-1095 fms. ; Mediterr., 5-110 fms.: ‘ Valorous’ Exp., 7-

410 fms.: Arctic Exp., 53 fms. (Feilden): N. Pacific (P.

Carpenter).

Fosstz. (Type and varieties), Scandinavia, Scotland,

Monte Mario, Sicily, Canada, and Maine, 0-320 ft.: Coral-

line and Belgian Crags.

. The varieties Gouldit, Sarsit, and polygona are connected

by intermediate gradations ; the last-named variety is the most

aberrant.

Astarte borealis, Chemnitz.

Venus borealis Linnei, Ch. Conch. Cab. vol. vii. p. 26, t. 59. f. 412,

414 (in ind. Schréter V. borealis); not V. borealis, L.,=Lucina

borealis.

St. No. 1 (Moss); No. 4 (Egerton); Nos. 5, 8, and 10

(Hart) ; No. 11 (Feilden).

Recent. Arctic Ocean and N. Atlantic, southwards to the

Danish coasts, 2-80 fms.: Swedish Exp., 1868, 1300 fms.

(fragment) : ‘ Valorous’ Exp., 12-1450 fms.: Arctic Exp.,

54 fms.: N. Pacific (Midd.).

Fossit. N. and W. England, Wales, Ireland, Scotland,

234 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on Arctic

Scandinavia,and N.E. America, surface to 440ft.: Macclesfield,

500-600 ft., and Moel Tryfaen, 1330-1360 ft. (Darbishire) :

Port Kennedy, Greenland, 100-500 ft. (Walker).

Synonyms very numerous. A specimen dredged in Dis-

covery Bay by Capt. Feilden corresponds with the variety

elliptica of A. sulcata.

Astarte fabula, Reeve.

Astarte fabula, Reeve, in Belcher’s Last of the Arctic Voyages, vol. ii.

p. 398, pl. xxxiii. f. 5, a, 6 (from type !).

St. No. 3 (Feilden).

Recent. Wellington Channel (Belcher): E. Greenland

(Mobius) : Spitzbergen (Torell, Eaton): Arctic Exp., 54-

15 fms. (Feilden).

I am now satisfied that A. Warhami of Hancock is not this

species, but the same as Crassina depressa of Brown= A. cre-

bricostata, Forbes,= A. Richardson, Reeve.

Neera subtorta, G. O. Sars.

Neera subtorta, G. O. Sars, MS., Jeffr.in Ann. Nat. Hist. Dee. 1876,

p- 496.

St. No. 3 (Feilden).

Recent. Vadsé (G. O. Sars) : Bergen (Koren) : Hammer-

fest (M‘Andrew) : Spitzbergen (Torell): ‘ Lightning ’ Exp.,

5090 fms.: ‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 62-125 fms.: ‘ Vérin-

gen’ Exp., 400 fms. (Friele) !

This pretty little shell differs from N. obesa of Lovén in

being not only much smaller, but more gibbous or- swollen,

and in having a shorter and upturned rostrum, which appears

twisted when viewed edgewise. N. exigua is more slender

and delicate, besides being peculiarly sculptured. N. pellucida

of Stimpson is distinct from any of the above.

Saxicava rugosa, Linné.

Mytilus rugosus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 1156.

St. No. 4 (Egerton) ; Nos. 6,7, and 10 (Hart); No. 12

(Feilden).

Recent. Probably in every sea throughout the world, from

the upper part of the laminarian zone to the line of soundings :.

‘ Bulldog’ Exp., 1622 fms. (fragment) : ‘ Lightning’ Exp.,

170-550 fms.: ‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, 90-1230 fms. ;

1870, Bay of Biscay, 20-717 fms.; Mediterr., 25-92 fms. :

‘Valorous’ Exp., 3-60 fms.: Arctic Exp., 54-30 fms.

(Feilden).

Post-tertiary Fossils and Recent Mollusca. 235

Fossin. Universally distributed in the fossiliferous ‘ Drifts ”’

and “ glacial”? beds of Europe (including Sicily) and N.

Asia and America; also Coralline and Red Crag. Heights

0-1360 ft., the last being at Moel Tryfaen.

Mya truncata, Linné.

Mya truncata, L. S. N. p. 1112, ed. xii.

St. No. 4 (Egerton) ; Nos. 5, 6, and 10 (Hart); No. 12

(Feilden).

ReEcENT. Seas of Northern Europe, Asia, and America,

1. w.-100 fms.: ‘ Valorous’ Exp., 3-80 fms.; fragments,

175 fms. : Arctic Exp., 54-30 fms. (Feilden). The most south-

ern localities recorded are the Bay of Biscay on the authority

of Beltrémieux and others, and the Adriatic on that of G. v.

Martens and of Danieli and Sandri. The variety Uddeval-

lensis or abbreviata is more especially arctic, although I have

dredged it in Belfast Bay and on the coast of Essex.

Fossit. Every raised beach and sea-bed in Europe, Ice-

land, and N. America, from 2 to 1360 ft.: Crimea, subfossil

(Siemascho) : Port Kennedy, 100-500 ft. (Walker): ‘ Porcu-

pine’ Exp., 65 fms. =390 ft.: Norwich, Red, Coralline, and

Antwerp Crags. The usual fossil form is the variety Udde-

vallensis.

GASTROPODA.

Trochus umbilicalis, Broderip and Sowerby.

Margarita umbilicalis, Brod. & Sow. in Zool. Journ, vol. iv. p. 371

(1829). |

St. No. 1 (Moss) ; No. 3 (Feilden).

Recent. Arctic Seas (Parry and others): ‘ Valorous’

Exp. 20 fms.: Arctie Exp., 54-15 fms. (Feilden). See also

Ann. Nat. Hist. for March 1877, p. 237.

Trichotropis borealis, Broderip and Sowerby.

Trichotropis borealis, Brod. & Sow. in Zool. Journ. vol. iv. p. 395.

St. No. 3 (Feilden).

ReEcENT. Arctic Seas in both hemispheres, Sitcha Isle,

Iceland, Faroe I., Norway, Dogger Bank, Scotland, and

Ireland, U. 8. America, Canada, and Labrador, 5-150 fms. :

‘ Lightning’ Exp., 530 fms.: ‘Valorous’ Exp., 57-175 fms.:

Arctic Exp., 53 fms., and Dumbbell Harbour (Feilden).

Fossit. Bridlington, Moel Tryfaen (1330-1360 ft.), Wex-

ford, Scotland, Norway (0-80 ft.), Sweden, Canada, and

Labrador ; Coralline Crag.

236 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on Arctic

Buccinum hydrophanum, Hancock.

Buceinum hydrophanum, Hane. in Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xvii. p. 325,

pl. v. f. 7 (1846).

St. No. 2 (Egerton).

Recent. Davis Strait (Warham and Harrison, fide Han-

cock): Wellington Channel (Belcher): ? White Sea and

coasts of Russian Lapland (Baer, Middendorff as Tritonium

Grenlandicum, var. hydrophana): Arctic Exp., Franklin-

Pierce Bay (Feilden and Hart); Dobbin Bay, 30 fms.

(Hart).

Trophon clathratus, Linné.

Murex clathratus, L. 8. N. ed. xii. p. 1225.

St. No. 12 (Feilden).

For the range of this common Northern species and its

variety truncata, as well recent as fossil, see the ‘ Annals of

Natural History’ for April 1877, p. 825. I may add that the

typical form in a fossil state occurs at Macclesfield and Moel

Tryfaen (500-1360 ft.), and that Fusus costatus of Hisinger

and F. ¢mbricatus of James Smith are among the synonyms.

In co. Antrim the variety lives between tide-marks.

Pleurotoma tenuicostata, M. Sars.

Pleurotoma tenuicostata, Sars in Vid. Selsk. Forh. p. 259 (1868).

St. No. 1 (Moss) ; fragment only.

Recent. See Ann. Nat. Hist., April 1877, pp. 329, 330.

And add ‘ Bulldog’ Exp., 1622 fms.

Pleurotoma exarata, Moller.

Defrancia exarata, Moll. Ind. Moll. Groenl. p. 12.

St. No. 1 (Moss) ; fragment.

Recent and Fossin. See Ann. Nat. Hist., April 1877,

p. 332. And add “ East-Anglian Middle Glacial deposits ”

{Wood and Harmer).

Pleurotoma Trevelyana, 'Turton.

Pleurotoma Trevellianum, Turt. in Mag. Nat. vol. viii. p. 851 (1834).

St. No. 3 (Feilden).

Recent and Fosstu. For the geographical and geological

distribution of this species see Ann. Nat. Hist., April 1877,

p. 332. Sars dredged it at the depth of 400 fms., and has

recorded it as fossil at heights of 50-240 ft. It occurs in the

Red and Iceland Crags.

Post-tertiary Fossils and Recent Mollusca. 237

Cylichna alba, Brown.

Volvaria alba, Brown, Ill. Conch. G. B. & I. pl. xxviii. f. 48, 44 (1827).

St. No. 3 (Feilden).

Recent and Fossin. See Ann. Nat. Hist., April 1877,

p. 333. In the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1869 it was

dredged between the Hebrides and Faroes in 114 fms. ; and in

the expedition of 1870 a closely allied species, if more than a

variety, came from depths of 227 and 539 fms. in the Bay of

Biscay. Arctic Exp., 54 fms. (Feilden). *

C@LENTERATA.

ACTINOZOA.

Iam informed by Dr. Moss that Capt. Feilden found in

the mud-bank at Blackcliff Bay several specimens of the

corallum or axis of a species of Pennatula, about six inches in

length.

PROTOZOA.

FORAMINIFERA.

: Cornuspira foliacea, Philippi.

Orbis foliaceus, Phil. Faun. Moll. Sic. vol. ii. p. 147, t. xxiv. f. 25.

St. No. 3 (Feilden).

Recent. Catania (Philippi): N. Atlantic (J. G. J.).

Fosstz. Palermo (Philippi): Cincolnshire and Cambridge-

shire Fen-clays (Parker and Jones).

CRYPTOGAMIA.

MARINE ALG&.

Melobesia polymorpha, Linné.

Millepora polymorpha, L. 8. N. ed. xii. p. 1285.

St. No. 12 (Feilden).

Recent. All the coasts of the N. Atlantic (including

Greenland), and probably a much more extensive area of the

ocean.

In connexion with the present communication I would take

the opportunity of making a few remarks on Mr. Edgar

Smith’s list of the recent Mollusca procured by the Naturalists

of the Arctic Expedition.

238 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on Arctic

These remarks, although critical, chiefly relate to the selec-

tion or adoption of specific names, and do not affect the value

of his excellent paper. Such difference of opinion among

zoologists as to the limits as well as names of species is not

only notorious, but useful. We are all actuated by the same

motive, viz. the honest and careful investigation of those

branches of natural history to which we devote our attention ;

and I can truly give Mr. Smith the fullest credit for the

ability and zeal which characterize his work.

Modiolaria discors, Linné ; var. levigata.

Modiola levigata, Gray in Suppl. to App. of Parry’s Voyage, p. ccliv

(1824).

At least half a dozen species might be made out of the

varieties of MW. discors, if we regard size, shape, and the com-

parative number or absence of radiating striz as specific cha-

racters. J have examined many hundred specimens from

different places, and can scarcely find two precisely alike.

Leda arctica, Gray.

Nucula arctica, Gray, 1. ¢. p. ecli.

Mr. Smith has followed Broderip and Sowerby in referring

this to the species known as N. limatula of Say (183f), which

is probably N. lanceolata of J. Sowerby (1817). But I mast

adhere to my former opinion that Gray’s species is the same

as the N. truncata of Brown (1827). Gray gives the “ length

(from front to back) half an inch; depth (from umbones. to

the opposite edge) a quarter;” he describes his shell as “very

slightly concentrically wrinkled” and “ obliquely truncated

behind,” all of which characters suit Brown’s species. Leda

Limatula is three times as long and deep, according to Gray’s

mode of admeasurement ; it is not ‘‘ concentrically wrinkled,”’

nor truncated behind.” As to Gray’s shell being placed in

his division “ behind slightly produced, gaping,” his N. ros-

trata (L. pernula) is placed in another division, “behind much

produced, gaping.” All these three species of Leda “ gape”

more or less at the hinder extremity. Torell, in his admira-

ble treatise on the Mollusca of Spitzbergen, has fully demon-

strated that Gray’s NV. arctica is identical with Brown’s N.

truncata. Each of the above specific names has several

aliases.

Saxicava rugosa, Linné.

I prefer retaining this specific name for the following

reasons. We find, in the 12th edition of the ‘Systema

Post-tertiary Fossils and Recent Mollusca. 239

Nature’ three names given for the same species, viz. Mya

arctica, Solen minutus, and Mytilus rugosus. None of them

appeared in any of the prior editions. The only reference

made to other works is in the case of Mytilus rugosus, where

Lister’s ‘ Animalia Angliz’ is quoted; and there can be no

doubt that the quotation is correct. Hanley regarded Mytilus

rugosus and Mya arctica as distinct species; and in his

“Tpsa Linnzi Conchylia’ he says, as to Myttlus rugosus, that

the only shells in the Linnean collection “ contained in the

box thus marked in the cabinet are worn full-aged specimens

of Saxicava arctica or Hiatella oblonga of Turton.” This

species has no end of other synonyms.

Trichotropis tenuis, Smith.

In Littorina litorea and Fusus antiquus the same kind of

distortion is observable. The mouth of the shell becomes

more rounded or circular, and the base is more or less umbi-

licated. The earlier growth of the shell is quite regular in

distorted specimens of the common periwinkle and almond-

whelk; and usually the last whorl only in such specimens is

abnormal, probably in consequence of the mantle being then

injured. I must venture to regard the present so-called species

as a monstrosity of 7’. bicarinata.

Buccinum sericatum, Hancock.

Mr. Smith’s description and figure of the radula do not

quite agree with the description given by Mr. Jabez Hogg in

my preliminary report of the ‘ Valorous’ cruise (Proc. Roy.

Soc. no. 173, p. 201), nor with his drawing, which were

taken from a full-grown specimen of what I consider the

same variety of B. Grenlandicum. ‘The only difference con-

sists in one of the lateral plates shown in Mr. Smith’s figure

having two fangs instead of three; and it may be ac-

counted for by Mr. Smith’s specimen being young. I sus-

pect that the figures in Troschel’s ‘ Gebiss der Schnecken,’

Bd. un. L. u. T. vi. f. 12 and 13, have been accidentally

reversed, and that f. 12 belongs to B. glaciale and 13 to B.

Grenlandicum. As tothe epidermis, I concur with Dr. Mérch

in the remarks which he published in the last number of the

‘ Journal de Conchyliologie,’ p. 267, viz. :—‘ L’épiderme des

Buccins et des Fuseaux est extrémement variable et n’offre

qu’a peine des caractéres spécifiques constants. Ainsi, le

Bucecin ondé posséde, tantét un épiderme lisse et mince, tan-

tot un épiderme cilié et épais. La premiére forme se trouve

chez les individus qui vivent sur un fond rocailleux ; la der-

240 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on Arctic

niére sur ceux qui habitent un fond vaseux. I] me semble

hors de doute que ces deux formes constituent une seule et

méme espéce.”” See also my remarks on the epidermis of

Fusus Sabini in the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for April

1877, p. 327. It is impossible to form a satisfactory opinion

as to the discrimination of species and varieties without

having had an opportunity of examining and comparing a great

number of specimens from many localities. That opportunity

has fallen to my lot with respect to B. Grenlandicum and

its varieties.

Fusus Sabini, Gray.

Buccinum abwes, Gray in Suppl. App. Parry’s Voyage, p. ccxl,=

Fusus Sabini, Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage (1839).

Our arctic species agrees with Gray’s description 1 in every

particular except size, which he gives as “axis three-fourths

of an inch, diameter three-eighths ;”” and it must be borne in

mind that he says, “ the specimen brought home appears to be

young.” My lar gest specimen is double the above size, being

an inch and a half long and three fourths broad.

I will complete Mr. Smith’s list by giving a few more

stations from the Arctic Expedition, as well as by adding

another species.

1. Leda minuta, Miller.

Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms. (Feilden).

2. Trochus helicinus, Fabricius.

Franklin-Pierce Bay (Feilden).

3. Trochus umbilicalis, Broderip and Sowerby.

Discovery Bay, 53 fms. (Feilden).

4. Trochus olivaceus, Brown (1827).

Trochus argentatus, Gould (1841).

Margarita glauca, Moller (1842).

Margarita Harrisont, Hancock (1846).

And apparently M. albula, Gould (1862).

These specimens were deposited in the Museum of Eco-

nomic Geology.

Mr. Smith says that the arctic collection of shells leads to

the conclusion that the Mollusca of West Greenland are

American rather than European, because “ of the 34 species

obtained, at least 16 are found off the Atlantic coast of the

United States, whilst only 4 or 5 have been recorded from

Post-tertiary Fossils and Recent Mollusca. 241

European Seas, and the remainder, as far as our present

knowledge extends, are exclusively Greenlandic.” Now I

find, by analyzing his list, that out of the 34 species no less

than 28 have been recorded as Kuropean and American, 2 as

European and not American, 1 as American and not European,

and 3 as exclusively Greenlandic.

The Crustacea collected in the Arctic Expedition have been

most carefully worked out by Mr. Miers, of the British

Museum, and published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of

Natural History’ for July and August 1877. The result

shows that out of 30 species of Crustacea brought home, 28

are European (Iceland, Spitzbergen, Scandinavia, Britain),

and 16 only are American; 12 species are Greenlandic and

European, but not American ; and 2 only are Greenlandic and

American (one of the latter doubtful), but not European.

There can be no question that marine animals, especially

those of the Invertebrate kind, abound in the Polar Ocean as

far north as it has been explored. All writers on the natural

history of the arctic seas agree in this; and I can personally

testify to the fact, with respect to Davis Strait, in comparison

with other parts of the North Atlantic. In the late Arctic or

Polar Expedition Capt Markham and Commander Parr found

several specimens of a shrimp-like crustacean (Anonya nugax

of Phipps) and Foraminifera at the depth of 72 fathoms in

83° 19' N. lat. The expedition did not get further than 83°

20' 26", being about a mile and half beyond the place where

those marine animals were found. Professor Torell, in his

essay on the Mollusca of Spitzbergen (which lies between

76° 30' and 81°7' N. lat.), says that the sea’ there teem

with life, and that phosphorescent animals on the surface

are so numerous that, while sailing during the night, one

could clearly distinguish a ray of light in the dark wake of

the ship. Scoresby had given a similar account of the lumi-

nosity of the arctic seas in equally high latitudes. Sir George

Nares, in his official Report of the Arctic Expedition, did not

allude to the subject—although he mentioned that early in

June, 1876, ducks and geese passed in small flocks of about a

dozen, flying towards the N.W. from the winter quarters of

the ‘ Alert,’ in 82° 24’ N. lat.; and it must be recollected that

these ducks and geese subsist entirely on marine animals. I

am therefore at a loss to know upon what grounds Sir

Rutherford Alcock, the President of the Royal Geographical

Society, stated, in his Address on the 28th of last May, as a

“fact that animal marine life almost ceases to exist in the

ice-covered Polar sea,” and that ‘the Paleocrystic sea is a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 4. Vol. xx. 17

242 My. E. A. Smith on a new Species of Helix.

sea of solitude.”” Possibly his statement is capable of expla-

nation. He did not notice the ‘ Valorous’ Expedition, which

yielded no inconsiderable results by way of addition to the

marine fauna of the arctic seas, and to which the President of

the Royal Society had done justice in his annual address

eighteen months previously.

XXXII.—Deseription of a new Species of Helix.

By Enaar A. Situ, Zoological Department, British Museum.

Helix (Merope?) Barnaclet.

Testa imperforata, conoideo-globosa, levis, tenuiuscula, nitidissima,

fulva, nigro-fusco bifasciata; spira conoidea, vix convexa, apice

obtusiusculo; anfractus 43, convexiusculi, sutura distincta alba

sejuncti, lineis incrementi arcuatis sculpti, ultimus subventricosus

ad aperturam breviter deflexus, ad peripheriam albus obsolete

carinatus, infra in medio impressus; apertura obliqua, irre-

gulariter lunato-triangularis; peristoma leviter incrassatum,

reflexum, albidum, extus castaneo marginatum, margine colu-

mellari recto, calloso albo.

Diam. max. 24 millim., min. 21; alt. 15.

Testa junior ad peripheriam anfr. ultimi acute carinata et fascia

lata alba, nigro marginata, cincta, anguste perforata.

Shell imperforate in the adult state (narrowly umbilicated

when immature and acutely angled at the periphery), conoidally

globose, with a very shining surface, of a rich fulvous or deep

fawn-colour; the upper whorls become gradually paler than

the last, and towards the apex are semitransparent horn-

colour and encircled by a single narrow dark brown line just

above the suture, which is white; this line becomes much

broader upon the body-whorl, which has a second similar band.

beneath the more or less white periphery ; this is obsoletely

keeled or angulated near the upper end of the lip, the keel

vanishing altogether on the last half of the whorl; whorls 44,

a little convex, having no other sculpture than the arcuate

lines of growth (except in young shells, where they are obso-

letely spirally striated), the last somewhat ventricose, very

shortly deflexed at the aperture; beneath paler or horn-colour

and a little concave in the middle or umbilical region; the

aperture is very oblique, very irregularly triangular-lunate,

white within, banded with black and brown (the latter not

visible exteriorly) ; lip not much thickened on the outer and

Mr. E. A. Smith on a new Species of Helix. 243

basal margins, narrowly expanded and reflexed, whitish, and

margined on the outside with a chestnut band; the columellar

margin white, almost straight, thicker than elsewhere.

Hab. Hawai, Sandwich Islands.

This very pretty species closely resembles H. fringilla of

Pfeiffer, which inhabits the Admiralty Islands. Indeed it is

so nearly related to it, that were I not certain of the correct-

ness of the locality whence it was obtained, I should have

hesitated to describe it as new.

It is, however, a thinner, lighter, and smoother shell, the

spire is a trifle higher and less obtuse, the whorls a little more

convex, more regular, the penultimate proportionally smaller,

and the last larger and not showing that decided constriction

behind the lip which is so characteristic of Pfeiffer’s. species.

The lip, too, is thinner and without the least trace of a tooth-

like projection on the columellar edge. Specimens of fringzlla

in fine condition exhibit distinct spiral strie on the entire

surfaces; such sculpture is only just traceable in young

examples of the present species.

One of these young shells has a particularly beautiful

appearance, owing to the broad white band at the periphery,

which is margined on both sides by a dark brown stripe, con-

trasting prettily with the ground-colour, which is bright

fulvous or rich fawn.

Three specimens, one adult and two immature, have been

presented to the British Museum by Mr. H. Glanville Bar-

nacle, whose name I feel much pleasure in associating with

this species, since to him is owing its discovery.

This form of Helix, being so different from any other

hitherto found at the Sandwich Islands, led me to think that

there must be some mistake with regard to the alleged habitat.

I therefore wrote to Mr. Barnacle upon the subject, whose

reply runs as follows :—‘ I am perfectly certain that the spe-

cimens I have were grown on the Sandwich Islands, and some

of them had the snails in them. Whilst stationed at Kailua

I used at times to go shooting at some brackish ponds about

8 miles away; and whilst going quietly amongst the broad

reeds to shoot a duck I saw one of the shells about halfway

up areed. I took it and found two or three more that day,

and now and then others, but not many. Few Huropeans go

to these ponds, as itis impossible to find them without a guide

over the lava, for there is no road. Some I found with the

snail, others without ; those with the animal I put into a cigar-

box and filled it up with sea sand; and so the animals died

out, and then I washed them.”

244 Miscellaneous.

This circumstantial account removes all doubt respecting

the true home of this shell. Notwithstanding its close affinity

to H. fringilla, the remoteness of the habitats of the two

species and the extreme isolation of the Sandwich Islands are

sufficient reasons in themselves to determine the specific dis-

tinctness of these snails.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Structure of the Lower Jaw in Rhizodopsis and Rhizodus.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GrENTLEMEN,—Though most cordially appreciating the valuable

services rendered to science by the researches, into the fossil Ver-

tebrata of the Northumberland Coal-field, of the late distinguished

naturalist, Mr. Albany Hancock, in conjunction with Mr. Thomas

Atthey, I may nevertheless be permitted to record my entire dissent

from the opinions published by them with regard to the so-called

“ premaxilla’’ of Rhizodopsis.

Having read Mr. Atthey’s ‘‘ Notes” in the last number of the

‘ Annals,’ all I need say on the matter is that my paper ‘ On the

Structure of the Lower Jaw in Rhizodopsis and Rhizodus”’ was not

written without due and careful examination of the subject, and that

since then I have seen no reason to change my opinion.

I am, yours &c.,

Edinburgh, August 7, 1877. R. H. Traavarr.

Note on the Genus Poeoptera. By Dr. F. Brteermann.

From an inspection of several skins of Pwoptera lugubris in the

British-Museum collection, I have come to the conclusion that this

bird is identical with the recently described Myiopsar cryptopyrrhus

of Cabanis. As the specific name “ lugubris” was applied to it by a

mistake, and thus the species had properly no name of its own until

1876, it will stand as Paoptera cryptopyrrha. The natural affinities

of this form (which has been placed amongst the fly-catchers, chats,

and glossy starlings by the several authors) appear to me to be with

the Dicruride.

I have communicated the above identification, together with these

remarks, to Mr. R. B. Sharpe, to whom it was new, and who has

kindly inserted it in his ‘ Catalogue of Birds,’ vol. iii. p. 281.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 118. OCTOBER 1877.

XXXIIL.—On the Salenide, Wright.—Part II. Observations

on the Morphology of Recent Saleniz, and Description of a

new Species. By P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S., Pres. Geol.

Soc.

[Plate VII.]

In the first part of this essay * I noticed the spheridia and

pedicellarize of a specimen of a recent Salenta which I consi-

dered to be probably referable to the species described by A.

Agassiz, and named by him Salenia varispina; and now I

proceed to the comparison of the other structures of the test in

the recent forms. But before doing so it is necessary to con-

sider the zoological position of the specimens.

The specimen just noticed, and which has its spines and

buccal membrane intact, was covered here and there with deep-

sea ooze, in which were many G'lobigerine. This sticky sub-

stance enveloped the pedicellarie, filled up the spaces between

the papiliz on the apical disk, and only permitted a general

view of the abactinal system. Long and careful manipulation

at intervals has got rid of sufficient ooze, so that the correct

structural relation between this form and that described and

figured by A. Agassiz can now be decided. I now find that,

although there are some differences in the nature of the

buccal membrane and in the numbers of the primary tubercles

of the two forms which may be accounted for by their being

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1877.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 18

— 246 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide.

of different ages, there is a marked distinction between

their apical systems which has nothing to do with age and

which transcends any variation. The new form is a true

Salenta in respect of the position of the extra or subanal plate

and of the anal opening ; but the form described and figured

by A. Agassiz has, as he has noticed, the characters of Hypo-

salenia (that is to say, of Peltastes), and it presents in the figure

altogether abnormal characters as one of the Salenide*. The

Salenia Goestana, Lovén, small as the only specimen is, still

has all the generic characters of the true Salente, and thus is

more closely allied to the new form than to Salenia varispina.

The questions arise, then, Are the new form and Salenia vari-

spina varieties of a type, or are there three recent species of

Salenide ? In endeavouring to reply, the value of the generic

attribute of Peltastes interferes to acertain extent, and it must

be admitted that the figures given by A. Agassiz indicate as

great a difference between his and the other forms of recent

Salenidz as there is between some of the fossil species of

Salenta and of Peltustes. If it can be admitted that it is

within the variability of a species of Salenia for the anus to

assume the position usually supposed to be characteristic of

the genus Peltastes, there is no necessity for the alteration in

generic title of S. varispina; but as yet there is no right to

assume it. Under the circumstances, indisposed as we ought

to be to alter the generic position of a previously described

species and to found a new species on one specimen alone, it

appears nevertheless advisable to place the interesting form

described by A. Agassiz in the genus Peltastes.

The recent Salenide may be therefore arranged as follows ;

and as this communication will deal with the Tertiary forms

also, it is as well to introduce their names :—

SALENIDA.

Peltastes varispina, Agass. sp.

Salenia Goesiana, Lovén. - Recent.

Salenia profundt, nobis.

Salenia tertiaria, Tate +. Australian Cainozoic,

Salenia Pellati, Cotteau {.. Biarritz Nummulitic.

The specific characters of the new species will be given

j M. G. Cotteau, Revue et Mag. de Zool., Mai 18€0, p. 212 (Paris).

Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide. 247

further on, and after the examination of the morphology of

the other recent forms.

To resume the morphology of Salenia profundi. The

peristome is moderately large and wide, and it bears the ratio

of 1°75*to 2°75 to the widest part of the test. It is circular

in outline ; and the cuts for the gills are small; moreover the

edge of the test is slightly everted so as to form a faint mar-

ginal ridge. The remains of the gills are to be seen in the

specimen ; and they are bifid, appearances of a trifid arrange-

ment being visible in some (fig. 10). The actinostome (the

opening for the teeth), circular in outline,is at the end of aconical

projection of the buccal membrane ; its edge is plain, and there

are faint indications of imbrication close to it, but not else-

where on the membrane. This membrane has a rather large

surface ; it is plain, except close to the actinostome, and pre-

sents a remarkably glistening appearance interrupted by

minute pigment dots; and this appearance is produced by its

containing in its upper layers minute geometrical scales of

carbonate of lime separated by less-silvery-looking tissue, and

the whole speckled with dark purple pigment. ‘This silvery

plain surface reaches to the edge of the peristome, and it

becomes continuous with the superficial ornamentation of the

test, which, without having the separate microscopic plates, is

white, glistening, and pigmented.

Moreover the membrane so covers the ten buccal plates

that their place can only be suggested by the presence of the

five pairs of buccal tentacles and their associated pedicellarie:

it is continued up onto the base of each tentacle, and it gives

origin to the stalks of the pedicellarie (fig. 9). The buccal

tentacles in five pairs are situated at rather more than one

third of the distance from the peristome to the actinostome ;

and one pair is opposite to each ambulacrum. Lach tentacle

has an elongate and elliptical sucker with fine radiating lines

of slight depression at the edge, and a stout stem, which is

marked with transverse circular constrictions and also by a

few longitudinal striee which are continuous with those of the

edge of the sucker. Each pair of tentacles has two pedicel-

larie close to them; and these are situated between and

rather internal to them. The pedicellariz are glistening and

icy in appearance ; the rather long peduncle is stoutish and is

swollen slightly here and there; and at the free end is a

rounded knob for the articulation of the cavity of the head.

This is broad, tapering, short; and the jaw-slit is short and

nearly free from any raggedness. The bifid nature of the

pedicellariz is seen in one instance where the head seized the

sucker of the neighbouring tentacle in its death-grasp.

18*

248 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenidee.

The ends of the teeth are closely applied to each other, and

there is no space between their visible sides in the solitary

specimen ; they are bluntly and broadly keeled externally and

have angular ends.

No mention is made by Lovén of the buccal membrane of

Salenia Groestana; but A. Agassiz writes as follows regarding

that of Peliastes varispina:—“ The imbricated buccal mem-

brane is covered thickly with plates arranged somewhat as

they are in Echinocidaris. The ten buccal plates placed half-

way between test and teeth are sparingly covered with pedi-

cellarize” (op. cit. p. 261). In Salenta profundi the imbrica-

tion is of the faintest close to the actinostomial opening, and

does not exist elsewhere, and no plates are visible; but

as Lchinocidaris = Arbacia, in which genus the. buccal mem-

brane is bare, it is probable that there is no great amount of

imbrication in the interesting specimen described by A.

Agassiz. The actinal cuts are small in the three recent

Salenide.

Most of the spines being in place in the specimen of

Salenia profundi, only a few tubercles can be examined; but

they are invariably, whether in the interambulacra or in the

ambulacra, imperforate. The large primary tubercles of the

interambulacra have large bosses; and their crenulation

resembles a circular series of nodules around their bases.

This appearance, differing from the usual crenulation, is shown

to exist in Salenia Cfoesiana by the help of Lovén’s magnifi-

cent delineation (Lovén, ‘ Etudes,’ pl. xix. fig. 164). It differs

from that drawn by A. Agassiz.

No crenulation is found around the ambulacral tubercles in

the two species of Salenia; but the following quotation from

the ‘ Revision of the Zchinz’ makes it doubtful whether it is not

found in the varispine species :—‘‘ The primary tubercles of

both areas are imperforate, but distinctly crenulated.” A care-

ful examination of the plate in illustration does not satisfy the

eye that there is crenulation in the ambulacra.

The number of the tubercles in the interambulacra of

Salenia profundi and Salenia Goesiana is not more than ten,

counting all of both rows; but, although A. Agassiz does not

give the number, it is evident from his drawings that there

are more than ten in his species. It must be remarked that

the size of the specimen described by A. Agassiz is larger

than that of the other two forms, and that the increased num-

ber of tubercles may be a matter of growth. It is impossible,

however, to restrict the number of coronal plates to a “ few,”

or the number of principal tubercles to ten in the genus

Salenia (see ‘Revision of Hehini,’ p. 258); for in the Australian

Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide. 249

Tertiary form there are as many as fifteen primary tubercles

in an interambulacrum. But, on the other hand, it is evident

that the number of primary tubercles is indicated long before

the test assumes its largest size.

The recent Salenidee now under examination have all two

rows of small secondary tubercles in each median interradial

space; and in this they differ remarkably from the Australian

Tertiary Salenia, but resemble the Nummulitic species.

A row of small secondaries is placed just outside the pori-

ferous zone in Salenia profundi. The ambulacral tubercles

of Salenia profundi are very decidedly smaller than the largest

of those of the interambulacra ; they are small, numerous, in

two vertical rows; and two or three near the peristome are

slightly larger than the others. They are placed so that there

is a free vertical space between the rows, in which are placed

the vertical set of pedicellariza. Omitting the remarks about

the pedicellarize and the larger tubercles, the same arrange-

ment prevails in the other Salenide as yet known from the

deep sea. The ambulacra are narrower than the interambu-

lacra in all, and they slightly diminish in breadth at the peri-

stome.

As the test of the specimen of Salenia profundi is not

denuded, it is impossible to estimate the number of the pores

in the poriferous zone; but the presence of some tentacles

close to the peristomial end of the ambulacra indicates that the

pores are in simple series and comparatively few in number.

In this the species conforms to the description of the varispine

form by A. Agassiz, and also to that of Salenia Goesiana.

There would appear to be a single pair of pores to each ambu-

lacral plate; and, as far as I can determine, each plate has an

ambulacral tubercle parallel with the pores. This is not what

occurs in the Tertiary forms or in those of more ancient date ;

for in them there is a pair.of pores in relation with each

ambulacral tubercle, and also a pair intermediate and in

relation with a space between the successive vertically ar-

ranged tubercles. The tentacles of Salenta profundi are stout,

not very long, and present a stem and disk. The stem is

constricted here and there transversely ; and the circular disk

is occasionally ragged at the margin or is marked there by

slight furrows. ‘The base of the tentacle is often pigmented.

- Lovén states that in Salenia G'oesiana the pores are in simple

series and are surrounded by an oval ‘ enceinte’’ with raised

edges. This is not apparent in the other recent Salenide,

but it is not without its analogue in some fossil forms.

A. Agassiz was struck with the varied nature of the spines

of the form he described trom the Florida Expedition ; and

250 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide.

hence its appellation. He writes (op. cit. p. 261), “ The

primary spines are enormous, twice the diameter of the test in

length, of a brilliant white colour and of all shapes. Some

of them are uniformly tapering, others swelling at about one

third the distance from the base, others flattened and curved,

but all longitudinally striated and loosely covered with sharp

spines irregularly arranged along the body of the spines.

The secondary spines, as well as the greater number of the

spines of the ambulacra, as far as the ambitus, are short club-

shaped, sometimes curved and flattened, longitudinally striated,

with slight serrations. ‘These short spines give to the median

interambulacral and ambulacral zones the aspect of the corre-

sponding zones of Cidaris, but they are not, as in Cidaris,

arranged in a circle around the base of the primary spines.

These small spines, as well as the whole abactinal area, are

covered with prominent dark violet pigment-cells, standing

in striking contrast to the white primary spines.” In the

plate (pl. iii. figs. 8 and 14, op. et.) A. Agassiz delineates this

remarkable variety of spines. Lovén does not notice spines

at all; and hence we may suppose that his specimen was

denuded.

In the specimen of Salentia profundi the spines are all

preserved, and are of great interest, both on account of their

variety and ornamentation.

The few largest primary tubercles situated above the am-

bitus and close to it bear very long spines, which are +4 inch

long, or very nearly four times the length of the diameter of

the test (fig. 11). These largest spines are slender, and taper off

gradually towards theend, but are slightly swollen midway and

towards the succeeding quarter of their length. Usually they

are nearly straight, cylindrical, and pin-shaped. ‘They are

finely ridged longitudinally, there being ten or twelve low

long ridges with corresponding grooves, and the ridges are

very minutely aciculate or serrate. They are not flat or much

bent ; and the spinules on them are in regular whorls at stated

intervals. The spinules are numerous in each whorl, and are

bent, the pot being outwards and nearly parallel with the

spine. The whorls succeed a plainly striated region close to

the base of the spine above the socket, and are closer together

than further up. Then they become fewer and smaller, and

finally disappear near the tip, where the delicate ridges or

flutings become finer and are either excessively minutely

serrate or the termination has a cellular appearance under a

moderate magnifying-power. Pigment granules are seen on

the lowest part only of the largest spines; but most of the fine

ornamentation is covered with a fluffy adventitious matter.

Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide. 251

Other long spines, shorter than the above, are more slender, and

the whorls of spinules are not so numerous; but there is still a

faint pigmentation on and just above the milled ring. A

third set of spines are shorter and more slender than these

last ; and a fourth, noticed close to the peristome, in the ambu-

lacra and just above the spheeridia, are still smaller, slightly

bent, with or without whorls of spinules, and with the pig-

mentation carried along further on the longitudmal ridges

(fig. 6).

The next group of spines are very remarkable, and they are

all short. Some are large at the milled ring, and stout and

conical, looking like aborted great spines; they are marked

with lines of pigment to the tip. Others are smaller and

have serrate edges to the ridges and the same kind of orna-

mentation (fig. 5). In all these kinds of spines the milled ring

is large and faintly crenulate.

Finally there are numerous flat club- or stout spatula-shaped

short spines on the ambulacra and median interambulacra.

These are situated on small tubercles, which are not crenulate ;

and the milled ring of each spine is a mere expansion:

usually the shaft is constricted for a space and then expands

gradually and rounds off close to the tip (fig.4). Some are rod-

shaped (but this is not common) ; and some are bent laterally ;

and in all, lines of pigment run longitudinally and conform to

the outline, having a dotted appearance here and there. Some

of these spines are found on the anal membrane, which covers

the plates there (fig. 2) ; and they are evidently connected with

minute tubercles. A vertical row of these spines, many

being small and thin, covers the tubercles just outside the

poriterous zone in the interambulacra. Finally, above the

ambitus it will be noticed that in one or two places the club-

shaped spines do assimilate in position to those of the Cidaride,

and environ more or less the bases of the great tubercles. The

vertical rows of these spines, both in the ambulacra and in the

median space of the interambulacra, diverge at their tips, and

present the appearance so well illustrated by A. Agassiz

(tig. 4).

The comparison of these spines and those described by

A. Agassiz with the fossil forms will be made in the next com-

munication ; but it is as well to remark that the resemblance

is only in the variety of the spines in a slightly clubbed con-

dition in the fossils and in some of them being bent.

The abactinal system of Salenia profundi differs materially

from the form described by A. Agassiz, and less so from

Salenia Goesiana. Lagree with Lovén, Wright, and Cotteau,

and have always taught, that the position of the madreporic

252 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide.

plate is forwards and to the right; and I am impressed with

the truth of the observations and demonstrations of the great

Scandinavian naturalist relating to the distribution of the

pores and tubercles at the peristomial margin with reference

.to the antero-posterior axis of the test. A. Agassiz main-

tains the exactly opposite opinion, and places the madre-

poric plate posteriorly and to the left. As the question has

been ably advocated by the above-mentioned authors, it is

only necessary to refer to their works on the subject. But it is

by no means easy to distinguish the madreporic plate from the

others in most Salenidee ; yet a guide to its position may be

found in the fact that the, anus proper infringes upon two

generative plates, which in the genus Salenia are posterior,

or rather one is posterior and the other posterior and to the

right; hence the madreporic plate will be found immediately

anterior to this last-mentioned plate. If the test be so placed

that the generative plates are in this position, an ocular plate

(that to the left of the madreporic plate) will be directly ante-

rior, and a line drawn through its middle and carried directly

backwards will run along the suture between the madreporic

plate and the left anterior generative plate, and will pass over

the so-called sub- or suranal plate and reach the margin of

the anus.

In the new species of Salenda the abactinal system, more

or less-pentagonal, covers nearly the whole of the abactinal

surface: it is irregularly convex, and the highest point is not

quite central, and is situate in a part of the raised margin of

the eccentric anal orifice where it is in contact with the sub-

anal plate (subanal meaning before the anus) (fig.8). This con-

vexity, accompanied as it is by an eccentric position of the

anus, which, moreover, slopes backwards and to the right,

renders any delineation of the apical disk, except as a diagram,

very incomprehensible. The subanal plate is central, the anal

opening infringing on its posterior and right part ; and it

slopes away from the raised margin of this opening. The pos-

terior and the right posterior generative plates, which with

the subanal plate contribute to the anal opening, are narrow,

the orifice reaching not very far from their outer edges. To

complicate the comprehension of the disk, the whole surface is

studded with papille,—not embryonic spines ; for they are not

placed on tubercles, but are minute wart-like projections of the

test, usually smallest at the base and rounded at the top, the

wholesurface being reticulate, mulberry-looking, and pigmented

with dark-violet grains in the furrows (fig. 8). Some are

thin, and some are longer than others ; some, especially in the

margin of the anus, are broad; and many are crowded in the

Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide. 253

ocular plates. They are separated by slight spaces, in which

are short pedicellariz ; and they hide the generative and ocular

pores. As water soaks in easily when placed on the plates,

there is no doubt that the pores are there; but the madreporic

plate has no evidence of its peculiar body. The madreporic

plate is slightly longer in the antero-posterior direction than

the others; it has a group of close and rather tall, rounded

processes of the test in the middle ; and its free edge is slightly

convex, and is rendered irregular by the outward projection

of some similar growths. It is pentagonal, and the outer

edge is shorter than that connected with the generative plate

behind and the subanal plate. Next insizeis the left anterior

generative plate: it is irregularly covered with the peculiar

processes ; and pedicellariz are between them. The generative

plate behind this one is narrower and longer, and is covered

_ with the same kind of ornamentation and pedicellaria. The

posterior plate of all is very narrow; for the anus infringes

much upon it, The remaining generative plate is irregular in

shape, generally narrow ; and, like that last mentioned, is

covered with the peculiar processes and pedicellarie.

The two plates last mentioned are the smallest, and they

contribute to the formation of the anal opening.

The subanal plate, in front and to the left of the anus, is irre-

gularly geometrical in outline, is aslant, curved, and orna-

mented like the others. It is smaller than the madreporic

plate.

There is no projection of the outer edges of the generative

plates upon the test beyond the line of the ocular plates; and

they are ragged from ornamentation.

The sutures are marked by distinct purple pigmentation ;

they are slight furrows; but no lateral slits or pores are

noticed.

The ocular plates differ in size. The front one and the

right in front are the largest; all are very irregular in their

shape on account of the ridges and processes upon them (fig. 3).

In some there is a prominent outer angle, and then the free edge

is nearly straight and nodular, and the right posterior is very

close to the anal margin. The smallest ocular plates are the

posterior. ‘The pedicellarize are well seen in some.

The anus is large (fig. 2), nearly circular, and but slightly

elliptical; it is eccentric in the right posterior direction; and its

raised margin is nearly complete. It infringes on the subanal,

the posterior, and the right posterior generative plates, and is

behind and to the right of the centre of the apical system.

The subanal plate, irregularly pentagonal, limits about onethird

of the anus; and the suture between the posterior plate and the

254 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide.

subanal crosses the raised margin, as does that between the

subanal and posterior right generative plate. The margin

thus incised is composed of processes from the subanal and

the generative plates just mentioned, and is ragged from the

presence on it of the peculiar broad processes already noticed.

The anal membrane covers in the anus, except at asmall spot

rather to the right of and behind the centre; and there are at

least two imperfect concentric rows of embryonic spines and

ornamental processes on the membrane, the opening being in

the midst ; pedicellarize exist there also (fig. 2).

With regard to the species described by A. Agassiz, that

author may be thus quoted from the ‘ Illustrated Catalogue of

the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College—

No. VII. Revision of Hehini,’ pts. 1. and i. p. 262 :—‘* The

abactinal system covers nearly the whole of the abactinal part

of the test; the anal system is eccentric. ‘There is a marked

difference in the size of the genital plates, the three posterior

ones being much larger than the two anterior ones ; the reverse

is the case with the ocular plates. In: the largest genital

plate there is a trace of the madreporic body, corresponding to

the position of the axis assigned to it by Forbes, Miiller, and

Wright, which cuts the symmetrical axis of the subanai plate

at an angle. This is the case also with the angle made by

the axis of the madreporic body and the first anal plate of

young Hchini; the position of the axis passing through the

anal plate has no definite relation to the madreporic body.

The anal opening is covered by small plates, as in other

Lichint.

“The whole abactinal system is studded with embryonic

spines, which are longest along the exterior edge of the abac-

tinal system, thus separating it most distinctly from the test.

The sutures between the plates are sharply cut with deep pits

at the angles of junction of the genital and subanal plate and

of the ocular and genital plates. The three larger genital

plates have also pits in the middle of their line of junction

with the subanal plate. The genital openings are large, placed

in the middle of the plates.”

A. Agassiz gives slightly magnified views of the specimen

from which his description was taken ; and the abactinal region

is shown with the surrounding spines in one figure, and sepa-

rate and only connected with an interambulacrum and a

whole or-a part of an ambulacrum in a second (op. c7t. pl. il.

figs. 8, 11).° These beautiful lithographs show that the form

is exceptional amongst the genus Salenca ; for the anal opening

infringes on one generative plate instead of on two, and

four generative plates are in contact with a fixed anal plate

Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide. 255

which extends on all sides but one around the anal opening.

The bulk of the subanal plate is close to and on the side of

the madreporic plate; and the almost circular anal opening

is eccentric and its position, as A. Agassiz remarks, as in

the test of Hyposalenia (“The abactinal system has the

structure of Salenia; but the position of the anal system is that

of Hyposalenia,” op. cit. p. 261). LHyposalenia = Peltastes.

Taking the drawing of A. Agassiz’s form (plate ii. figs. 8,

1t, Revis. Hchind) and placing the ocular plate to the left of

the madreporic body directly in front, a line drawn through

this plate will enter the suture between the madreporic and

left tront genital plates, and will infringe on the subanal

plate ; carrying it on, the line will cross the anus leaving the

bulk of it to the deft, and will then cross the posterior genital

plate. The anus is very nearly central as regards the antero-

posterior axis, and only slightly to the left; but it is behind

the anterior half of the apical disk. In this position the two

anterior genital plates are the largest, and the two posterior

ocular plates are the largest. The subanal plate is of great

size, and occludes the right posterior plate as well as the left

posterior. The anus is marked with ornamentation, and the

plates appear to radiate; only the posterior plate and the

subanal limit the anus. The disk is pentagonal and large ;

and were it that of a fossil form the species would be placed

in the genus Peltastes; its differences from that of Salenia

profundi are very evident. ;

Lovén thus describes the apical system of his Salenia Groe-

stana:—‘‘ The apical system is very large, occupying the

greater part of the upper surface; the subanal plate is pen-

tagonal; and the generative plates are very large, hexagonal,

with a slightly pronounced seventh angle, corresponding with

the reentering angles of the last interradial (interambulacral)

plates. ‘The madreporic plate is larger than the others; and

the anal orifice is formed by almost equal portions at the

expense of the subanal plate and of the posterior and right

posterior generative plates. It is oval and has a raised

margin. The ocular plates are pentagonal, remote from the

anus, and their pore is close to the external edge. All the

surface of the apical system is crowded with a great number of

tolerably long sessile prominences, which are cylindrical, with

a rounded, swollen, reticulate punctate and lobed summit;

they are close on the periproct, which is furnished with them.

The diameter of the individual is 3°5 millims.; and the madre-

poric body is visible from within, but not the generative

ores.”

: Lovén’s exquisite drawings show the raised anal margin

256 Prof. P. M. Duncan on the Salenide.

with its crowd of processes, and,the similar bodies on the

plates. ‘They are more pronounced than in Salenia profundi,

less close, but identical in structure; they are not rudimen-

tary spines. ‘The form is a true Salenéa ; and the ovoid anus

is eccentric, posterior, and to the right. The large size of the

right and left and posterior plates is remarkable, and, with

the difference of the ornamentation and the number of papille,

distinguishes the species, partly, from Salenia profundt.

In concluding this part of this essay it is necessary to point

out the specific characters of Salenia profundt.

Salenia profundi, sp. nov. (Pl. VII. figs. 1-11.)

The test is depressed, the inferior surface being flat and the

upper slightly convex. The greater part of the upper surface

is occupied by the apical system; the peristomial space is

large, and the rest of the test is crowded with tubercles and

their spines. There are ten primary tubercles (some very large

and some small) in the two vertical rows in each interambula-

crum ; their spines are of different lengths, some more than four

times the diameter of the test, others less, and some very short

and conical. ‘The longer spines, often slightly bent, are pin-

shaped, with a large milled ring and a constriction beyond.

There are two vertical rows of secondary tubercles in the

median interambulacral spaces, and one row between the

primary tubercles and the poriferous zone. All these have

short club-shaped, straight or curved or broad spatula-shaped

spines, striated and pigmented.

The ambulacra are narrow, and there are two vertical rows

of tubercles closely packed, just within the poriferous zones ;

and their spines resemble those of the small tubercles of the

interambulacra. Other tubercles near the peristome support

cylindrical spinulose spines; all are ornamented with pigment

granules. ‘The pores are few in number, in simple series, a

pair corresponding with each tubercle. Pedicellariz are

amongst the spies, and are short and blunt-headed and bifid.

Spheridia exist, two close to the peristome and one higher

up in each ambulacrum,

The surface of the test is pigmented with dots and granules

of dark purple. There are ten buccal plates, the opening for

the teeth (actinostome) is small. Teeth triangular and slightly

keeled ; buccal membrane plain, and only shghtly imbricated

near the teeth.

Cuts slight; branchiee bifid or trifid. Pedicellarize in pairs

near the buccal tentacles.

The anus, with a raised margin, is eccentric posteriorly and

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hevactinellida. ya 74

to the right, and is formed at the expense of the hexagonal

subanal plate and the posterior and right genital plates,

which are the smallest. The disk is pentagonal, and the

madreporic plate is slightly the largest. Next in size is the

plate to the left. The ocular plates are well developed, the

three anterior being the largest. The anus has a membrane,

and under it plates supporting small spines. All the surface

of the apical system is crowded with short, blunt, cylin-

drical, round-tipped, reticulate, and lobose processes, between

which are pedicellariz ; the processes are found on the anal

margin, on the anal membrane, and they project from the

free surface and edges of the plates.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Salenia profundi, Dune., X 2.

Fig. 2. Anal opening, magnified.

Fig. 3. An ocular plate and part of a generative plate, magnified.

Fig. 4. Club-shaped spines and a pedicellaria, magnified.

Fig. 5. A short serrate spine, magnified.

Fig. 6. A spine at the peristome end of an ambulacrum, magnified.

Fg. 7. A tentacle of a pore, magnified.

Fig. 8. Diagram of the apical disk.

Fig. 9. A pair of buccal tentacles, pedicellarize, and membrane, magnified.

Fig. 10. A gill.

Fig. 11. A large spine, slightly magnified.

XXXIV.—Studies on Fossil Sponges.—\. Heaxactinellida.

By Karu ALFRED ZITTEL*,

Systematic Position of the Hexactinellida.

Among the numerous discoveries of O. Schmidt in the de-

partment of spongology, none has acquired such widely influ-

ential importance, from a paleontological point of view, as the

establishment and definition of the orders Hexactinellida and

Lithistidat. Wyville Thomsont{ had indeed previously indt-

cated the relationship of the Ventriculites of the English Chalk

to certain living siliceous sponges; but it was only after

Schmidt had shown that the so-called “ glass-sponges ” (Vi-

* Translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., from a separate copy of the

memoir in the ‘Abhandlungen der k. bayer. Akad. der Wiss.’ II. Cl.

Band xiii. 1877, communicated by the author.

+ ‘Grundziige einer Spongienfauna des Atlantischen Gebietes,’ Leipzig,

1876.

{ ‘The Depths of the Sea,’ Royal Dublin Society, April 1869, and 1878,

p. 488.

258 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

trea) of Wyville Thomson included two fundamentally différent

types, the Hexactinellida and Lithistida, each of which pos-

sesses numerous fossil precursors, that a foundation upon

which one may go on building was afforded to paleontology.

As I have already shown in a previous memo1™*, the sug-

gestions of these naturalists were but little attended to by

paleontologists, who continued as before to stick to the unsuc-

cessful systems of D’Orbigny and Fromentel; and although

timid attempts had already been made by Etallont, F. A.

Romer}, and most recently by Pomel§ to take into account

the structural conditions even in fossil sponges, these remained

without results, owing to the macroscopic method of investi-

gation which had been hitherto almost exclusively employed.

In the meanwhile the knowledge of the recent Hexactinel-

lida and Lithistida has been so essentially advanced by Carter||,

W. Marshall{], Saville Kent**, BowerbanktT, Wyville Thom-

sont}, Wright §§, and others, that these orders of sponges,

comparatively late as was their discovery, are now amongst

the most carefully studied.

As to the separation of the Hexactinellida and Lithistida,

which had been united by Gray as Coralliospongia, by W.

Thomson as Vitrea, and by Bowerbank as “ Siliceo-fibrous

Sponges,” no noteworthy difference now exists between most

students of living sponges. The differentiation of the two

orders is indeed remarkably sharp, and may be carried out

with equal certainty for the fossil forms.

In the Hexactinellida the siliceous skeleton consists of

elements founded almost without exception upon three axes

crossing each other at right angles; while in the Lithistida

the axes generally come together at an angle of 120°||\|, and in

this way chiefly form quadriradiate bodies, which are united

* “Ueber Coeloptychium,” Abh. d. k. bayer. Akad. II. Cl. Band xii.

Abth. iii. 1876.

+ ‘Actes de la Société Jurassienne d’émulation pendant 1858,’ Porren-

truy, 1860, p. 129. R

{ “Die Spongitarien des norddeutschen Kreidegebirges,” Paleeontogra-

phica, xiii. 1864.

§ Paléontologie de la Province d’Oran, 5° fasc. Spongiaires, 1872.

|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. xii, 1873, pp. 849 and 487,

@ Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. Bd. xxy. Suppl., and Bd. xxvii. p. 113.

** Monthly Microsc. Journ. 1870, vol. iv. p. 241.

+t “Monograph of the Siliceo-fibrous Sponges,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869,

pp. 66 and 323; 1875, pp. 272, 503, 558; and 1876, p. 535.

{{ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. i. 1868, p. 119; Depths of the

Sea, 1873; and Phil. Trans. 1869, p. 701 (on Holtenia).

§§ Quart. Journ. Microsc. Sci. vol. x. 1870, p. 4.

{||| Not 180°, as stated in my monograph on Ceeloptychium, p. 45, in

consequence of a misprint.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinelliaa. 259

with each other in a peculiar manner, as will be shown in a

subsequent memoir.

Together with the triaxial and quadriaxial fundamental

forms, uniaxial spicules occur in abundance both in Hexacti-

nellida and Lithistida, as well as multiaxial siliceous bodies

more isolatedly *.

O. Schmidt, Carter, and Marshall find no close relationships

between the Hexactinellida and the other existing sponges.

The order is quite isolated, and shows no transitions towards

other families in any direction. It is true that Saville Kent

at first thought he had found a point of union between Hexac-

tinellida and Tethyida in the genus Dorvillia + ; but it after-

wards turned out{ that the six-rayed spicules observed by Kent

had got accidentally into the body of the sponge, and that

consequently the genus Dorvillia had to disappear from our

literature, as a synonym of Tethya.

The fossil Hexactinellida are no less sharply separated than

the living ones from all other sponges, and especially even

from the Lithistida. This statement contradicts the opinions

expressed in my monograph of Celoptychium§, which I

founded upon the occurrence of free siliceous structures in the

skeleton of Celoptychium. I believed then that, from the oc-

currence and the state of preservation of these multiform

bodies, I might conclude that the genus Caloptychium pos-

sesses spicules of uniaxial, triaxial, quadriaxial, quinquiaxial,

and multiaxial type; but the continuation of my studies on

fossil sponges taught me that it is only in rare cases that the

free siliceous structures are still so intimately united to the

coherent skeleton that they can be made available for syste-

matic purposes.

In certain localities we frequently find perfectly different

sponge-bodies filled with the same spicules; and an examina-

tion of the surrounding rock almost always shows a super-

abundance of the corresponding structures. Petrogenetically

sponge-spicules in general play a much more important part

than has hitherto been supposed ||.

As regards the free siliceous spicules figured in my mono-

graph of Caloptychium, I believe now that I may refer the

forms represented on pl. vil., and especially the irregular

ones with the short axial canals, for the most part to definite

* The latter have been demonstrated with certainty only in Lithistida.

+ Monthly Microsc. Journ. 1870, p. 293.

{ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. vii. 1871, p.37, and vol. x. 1872,

p. 209.

§ Loe. cit. pp. 34, 49, 58. é

| See also Rutot, Ann. de la Soc. Malacologique de Belgique, ix. 1874.

260 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

Lithistid genera. The majority of the anchorates and quadri-

and octoradiates figured in pl. vi. may also belong to the

same order.

In general, I am now inclined to adopt Carter’s views, and

to ascribe to a multifarious origin the free siliceous structures

which occur, probably as accidental additions floated into the

Cceloptychian framework. By this means, as a matter of

course, the basis is taken away from my systematic conclu-

sions*, founded upon the nature of the free spicules.

O. Schmidt, in a phylogenetic Table +, derives the living

Hexactinellida from the fossil Ventriculitide. If the latter

denomination is used merely to express a difference of age,

there is nothing to be objected to this. But as a systematic

conception the Venticulitide, at least in the sense adopted by

O. Schmidt, must disappear, as they in every respect belong

to the true Hexactinellida.

Nor can the so-called “ Vermiculate,” which O. Schmidt

regards as the precursors of the Lithistida, be with any more

propriety separated from the latter. The designation Vermi-

culate, moreover, would have to be suppressed for the further

reason that among the fossil sponges “ with vermiform tissue ”’

there are not only true Lithistida, but also Calcispongie with

anastomosing fibres.

Whether the Lithistida have proceeded as a lateral branch

from the Hexactinellida, as W. Marshall} seeks speculatively

to show to be probable, must for the present remain an open

question. From the paleontological point of view scarcely

any thing can be adduced in favour of this hypothesis ; for,

although little that is reliable has been published on the dis-

tribution of the fossil Lithistida, yet they were certainly by

no means first developed in the Cretaceous period, as Marshall

supposes. I am acquainted with many typical Lithistida trom

the Jura; nay, they even appear as an independent stock

(Aulocopium), side by side with the Hexactinellida, as early as

the Silurian epoch.

Hitherto, therefore, the investigation of living and fossil

Hexactinellida appears to demonstrate a sharp demarcation on

all sides of this order.

State of Preservation of the Fossil Hexactinellida.

Considering the surprismg morphological agreement of

many fossil and recent forms, it must appear rather strange

* Loe. cit. p. 58. + Loe. cit. p. 83.

{ “Tdeen tiber die Verwandtschaftsverh. der Hexactinelliden,” Zeitschr.

fiir wiss. Zool. xxvii. p. 134.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 261

that their close affinities have been hitherto entirely misunder-

stood by paleontologists. The chief cause of this consists in

the former defective, purely macroscopical method of investi-

gation adopted by paleontologists. On the other hand,

however, it must not be concealed that, until quite recently,

with the exception of Farrea, only those forms of living

Hexactinellida (Hyalonema, Euplectella) were known which,

as the most highly differentiated offshoots of the entire group,

show the least agreement with its fossil representatives. ‘l’'o

this must be added, further, the extremely peculiar state of

preservation of very many fossil Hexactinellida, which of neces-

sity must have given rise to erroneous conceptions of the

chemical composition of these sponge-bodies. A glance at.

paleontological literature, therefore, even in the most recent

times, shows us the most divergent opinions as to the original

constitution of the fossil sponges, to which we have here to

give a close consideration,

By the older authors (Guettard, Parkinson, Miinster, Gold-

fuss, &c.) the petrified sponges were regarded either as

transformations of horny skeletons or as originally calcareous

skeletons. ‘T'oulmin Smith described the original condition of

the Ventriculite as ‘‘membranaceous.”” D’Orbigny, Htallon,

Quenstedt, Pictet, and Fromentel regard nearly all fossil

forms as calcareous sponges (Petrospongia). Of the authors

who have more recently been active in the spongological pro-

vince, Pagenstecher, Capellini, Rosen, Sinzow, Harvey Holl,

Kayser, &c. adopt the opinion that the fossil skeletons are

calcareous or siliceous pseudomorphs of a body originally com-

posed of horny fibres. Only I. A. Rémer and A. Pomel

ascribe a siliceous skeleton to at least a number of fossil

forms.

This uncertainty as to the original chemical constitution

may well excite our surprise, especially as we have to do with

a substance so resistant as silica. That certain sponges from

the White Chalk of England and North Germany (e.g. from

the Quadratus Marls of Ahlten, Coesfeld), and especially from

the Malm of the Franconio-Swabian Jura can be freed from the

containing rock by treatment with dilute muriatic acid so

completely that the skeletons appear quite clean, as if just

taken out of the sea, has long been known, at least for the

Jurassic forms. But these beautiful skeletons were generally

none the less regarded as products of the metamorphosis of

horny or calcareous sponges. The reason for this assumption

was, that in the deposits which contain such sponges many

other fossils with originally calcareous shells (Mollusca and

Echinoderms) generally occur silicified. Moreover it was

Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. is

262 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

found that in many cases half or a small portion of a sponge-

body could be admirably prepared by treatment with dilute

acid, whilst the whole remainder of the mass, although appa-

rently of the same constitution, was completely dissolved. By

the preparation of thin slices it was ascertained that such com-

pletely soluble sponges in fact possess a skeleton consisting

of calespar.

In the Franconio-Swabian and Swiss Jura, sponges which

perfectly agree morphologically with the living Hexactinellida

are more frequently furnished with a calcareous than with a

siliceous skeleton. At other localities, on the contrary, as

near Nattheim, Oerlingen, Muggendorf, Engelhardsberg, &c.,

the sponges, like all the other fossils, appear in a roughly

silicified state, which, however, has evidently been produced

under the influence of the process of fossilization.

In the Upper Cretaceous deposits of Ahlten, Linden, and

Lemférde, in Hanover, and of Coesfeld, in Westphalia, the

Hexactinellid sponges are likewise almost without exception

siliceous. But while the skeletons from Nattheim and the

last-mentioned Jurassic localities have acquired a semicrystal-

line, rough texture, and, when examined under the microscope,

no longer exhibit the finer structural characters (such as axial

canals and ornamentation of the fibres), the Cretaceous forms

behave under the’ microscope exactly like macerated skeletons

of living Hexactinellida.

A corresponding constitution is also possessed by the sili-

ceous parts of those sponges in which a portion of the skeleton

consists of calespar, or which are derived from beds in which

calcareous and siliceous skeletons occur together. Here belong

especially the forms from the true Spongitenkalk of the White

Jura, y and é,in Swabia and Franconia. In such cases it can

hardly be determined beforehand whether when treated with

acids the skeleton will be completely destroyed or beautifully

macerated. ‘The siliceous skeletons here obtained, sometimes

in a beautiful state, sometimes quite fragmentary, yield but

little to the living Hexactinellida as regards the preservation

of the finest ornamentation and the distinctness of the axial

canals. Optically, however, they show a peculiar behaviour.

Thus, if small fragments obtained by corrosion or thin

slices be mounted in Canada balsam, or in any other resin

with a similar coefficient of refraction, a very indistinct image

is obtained when they are examined by the microscope. The

outlines are not sharply marked, and scarcely any of the more

delicate ornamentation makes its appearance. The object

stands out but little from the enclosing substance, and evi-

dently presents exactly the same conditions of refraction as

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 263

the Canada balsam. But, on the contrary, if we treat the

same object with glycerine or water, the image leaves nothing

to be desired in the matter of clearness and sharpness. All

preparations derived from such sponges must therefore be

mounted in glycerine. Many Cretaceous sponges from the

North-German and Bohemian Pliiner, in which'also only par-

ticular parts of the skeleton still consist of silica and remain

after the action of muriatic acid, behave in the same way.

With living siliceous sponges, as also with fossil skeletons

from the above-mentioned localities of the Cretaceous formation,

where the hexactinellid sponges always present a siliceous com-

position, Canada-balsam is the best medium for mounting pre-

parations. On the other hand, if living or Cretaceous. sponges

which furnish beautifully clear images in Canada balsam are

put into glycerine, the same phenomenon i is observed as when

the Jurassic sponges are treated with Canada balsam. The

image loses all its sharpness and clearness ; and, indeed, under

some circumstances it is so obliterated that with tolerably

bright illumination scarcely any thing can be seen.

In correspondence with these remarkable phenomena, there

is also a divergent behaviour under polarized light. All

recent siliceous sponges, whatever the form of the parts of the

skeleton may be, consist of simply refractive, amorphous silica.

This is the case also with many Cretaceous forms, which must

be mounted in Canada balsam. But if we bring a preparation

of the Jurassic forms above described, mounted in glycerine

or water, under the polarizing apparatus, the most vivid colour-

phenomena are obtained on turning the Nicol’s prism. The

fragments of the framework or spicules show the spotted many-

coloured iridescence so characteristic of quartz, and, indeed,

often quite as strongly as small quartz-grains, which may

have got accidentally into the preparation. I know of no

other similar optical behaviour in organized silica. Some-

times, indeed, in Diatomaceze or Radiolaria, we observe

faint colours on the rotation of the prism, but never a

phenomenon of such intensity as in the case of these Jurassic

or Cretaceous sponges. Between this decidedly doubly

refractive silica and the unaltered amorphous silica there are,

however, many stages of transition. The siliceous sponges

from the Quadratus chalk of Linden, near Hanover, for exam-

ple, are visible both in Canada balsam and in glycerine ; and

with these, in a certain position of the prism, slight colour-

phenomena are also obtained in the polarizing microscope.

This singular optical behaviour indicates distinctly that in

the older siliceous sponges a physical alteration has occurred,

by which the originally singly refractive silica has been con-

A”

264 M.K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

verted into doubly refractive silica. Whether this phenomenon

has been produced by strong fission and numerous small clefts

or by a change in the position of the molecules, as in the slow

conversion of amorphous into crystalline sugar, or whether

chemical influences have intervened in this case, | am unable

at present to decide*. At any rate, however, the optical pro-

perties of the above-mentioned fossil siliceous sponges prove

that a certain alteration has taken place in the substance of

the skeleton. This fact is further confirmed by their constitu-

tion in other respects.

When examined by direct light, they do not appear with a

bright glassy lustre and transparent, like living siliceous

sponges, but dull, white, and opaque. Of the thin concentric

layers of which the siliceous structures of the sponges are

composed, nothing can be detected even under the highest

powers; and the whole surface is more or less corroded by

innumerable small depressions and elevations. It is true that

by means of Canada balsam or glycerine the originally turbid

fragments may be rendered completely or more or less trans-

parent, but still without attaining the limpidity of the recent

glass-sponges.

As these phenomena are most strikingly observed at those

localities where at the same time fossil Hexactinellida or Lithis-

tida occur with calcified skeletons, the idea of a physical altera-

tion presents itself irresistibly. The behaviour with caustic

alkalies also leads to the same conclusion. Thus, whilst amor-

phous silica dissolves pretty readily in solution of potash or

soda, the Jurassic Hexactinellida with double refraction are

but little attacked even by strong boiling, and only dissolve

after long digestion, when they leave a very small residue.

The less altered Cretaceous siliceous skeletons with single

refraction are a little more easily soluble.

The opinion has been orally expressed by those whose

opinion is worthy of consideration, that among the fossil

sponges there may have been forms which indeed perfectly

agreed morphologically with certain existing Hexactinellida

or Lithistida, but in which the skeleton was originally com-

posed not of silica but of carbonate of lime.

A microscopic examination of the calcified Hexactinellida

at once does away with this notion. In the case of a sponge

from the White Jura of Streitberg, for example, half calcified,

half siliceous, if we examine a thin slice of the calcified por-

* Similar optical phenomena in flint, which, however, certainly, like

the singly refractive menilite, has originated from amorphous silica, lead

to the assumption of a metamorphosis of the same kind even in the mas~

sive siliceous segregations in the chalk,

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 265

tion, we find that the trabecule, which cross each other at

right angles and form cubical meshes, consist of crystallized

calespar. In their general form the calcareous parts of the

skeleton are undistinguishable from the siliceous parts; but

while in the latter the axial canals are most distinctly pre-

served in the interior of the trabecule, the calcareous parts

prove to be completely solid: the calespar forms a homo-

geneous, undifferentiated mass. The absence of the axial

canals in the calcareous and their presence in the siliceous

parts of one and the same sponge-body, appear to me to fur-

nish incontrovertible proof that silica formed the original

substance of the skeleton, and that the Hexactinellida and

Lithistida composed of calespar have changed their chemical

constitution only in consequence of the process of fossilization ;

calcspar has consequently taken the place of the amorphous

silica which was originally present.

This somewhat unusual pseudomorphosis implies that pre-

vious to the penetration of the carbonate of lime the siliceous

skeleton was dissolved. and carried away. Considering the

comparatively easy solubility of amorphous silica in water

impregnated with alkaline substances, this process presents

nothing startling, especially if we consider what an extended

surface the siliceous parts, furnished with axial canals and

composed of concentric layers, presented to the solvent.

The occurrence of Hexactinellida and Lithistida in which

either a part or the whole of the siliceous framework has been

removed, and in which the place of the siliceous fibres is occu-

pied by hollow tubules, forming a network of meshes in the

penetrated mass of rock, is, in fact, quite an ordinary pheno-

menon. ‘Toulmin Smith has already described examples of it

from the White Chalk of England; and this state of preserva-

tion shows itself still more frequently in the sponges from the

ferruginous and sandy Upper Chalk of Saratow, in Russia.

By treatment with dilute acid, separate and, indeed, generally

small parts of the skeleton of such sponges are beautifully

macerated, whilst by far the greater part of the fossil is

entirely dissolved. Hxamination with the lens then shows

immediately that in the soluble parts the siliceous framework

is replaced by fine cavities, which furnish a true picture of

the original skeleton*.

Not unfrequently the cavities produced by the removal of

the siliceous fibres are entirely or partially filled with rust-

* Upon this point see Rosen, ‘ Ueber die Natur der Stromatoporen,’

Dorpat, 1867, pp. 16 et seg. That the explanation of this state of pre-

servation attempted by Rosen is erroneous, must appear from the above

statements.

266 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

coloured hydrated peroxide of iron. This state of preserva-

tion is especially frequent in the North-German and Bohemian

Pliner; rarer in sponges from the White Chalk, the Sand-

stone of Saratow, and the White Jura.

The filling of the cavities with crystallized calespar occurs

chiefly in the Spongitenkalk of the Upper Jura in Switzer-

land, Wiirttemberg, Bavaria, and Poland. Here there are

localities in which the whole of the siliceous frameworks are

entirely converted into calespar (Wiirgau, Boll, Oberbuch-

siten) ; whilst in others (e.g. Schauergraben near Streitberg,

Wodna near Cracow) the original siliceous substance is pre-

served, but has acquired the optical nature already mentioned.

If we regard the above explanation of the different states of

preservation as correct (and, from the morphological identity

of the fossil and living Hexactinellida, other hypotheses which

ascribe to the sponges under consideration an originally horny

or calcareous skeleton are plainly inadmissible), the question

arises, What has become of the dissolved silica of the sponge

framework ?

In the White Chalk this question offers no particular diffi-

culties. The occurrence of massive flint nodules is pretty

generally explained by a concentration of the silica obtained

by the lixiviation of siliceous organisms and especially of

sponges. In the Spongitenkalk of the White Jura also such

siliceous segregations are not entirely wanting, although they

‘are present in less abundance than in the White Chalk. In

‘certain regions, indeed (the sponge-beds of Boll, Streitberg,

&c.), we seek in vain for flint-nodules ; and nevertheless in

such localities, side by side with but slightly altered siliceous

skeletons, there are numerous specimens converted into calc-

‘spar. In such cases the dissolved silica was frequently em-

ployed in the silicification of other fossils; for it is exactly in

the immediate vicinity of sponges that we find the most shells

of Mollusca and Echinoderms converted into silica. Moreover

the dissolved silica appears to be distributed through the rock

in another form. Thus in the treatment of entirely or par-

tially calcified Jurassic sponges we frequently obtain, in the

residue of corrosion, innumerable rounded rough siliceous

disks, furnished with deep impressions, or perfectly irregular

vermiform bodies *.

Besides the states of preservation already described, we

‘sometimes find the whole sponge-body penetrated by iron-

-pyrites, and partly converted into brown ironstone. Such

* Such a body is figured by Oscar Schmidt (Spong. Atl. Oc. Taf. ii.

fig, 19).

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 267

examples, like the roughly silicified specimens, only present

us with a picture of the external form; they are quite unfitted

for the investigation of the structural characters.

Attempts at Classification by Saville Kent, Carter, and

Marshall.

All previous attempts to express the relationships of the

Hexactinellida in a systematic classification were necessarily

confined to the living representatives of the group, on account

the complete want of knowledge of the minute structure of the

fossil forms. As Bowerbank includes under the “ Fibro-

siliceous Sponges ” both the Hexactinellida and the Lithistida,

and his monograph, which appeared in small divisions, really

consists only of descriptions of species, it cannot receive any

particular consideration here.

The first attempt at a system is due to Saville Kent *.

According to this author the Hexactinellida are divisible into

two suborders :—

CORALLIOSPONGIA, Gray.

Sponge-body with a skeleton consisting of interwoven or

isolated spicules, never reticulate and coherent. Gemmules

without spicules.

CALICISPONGIA, 8. Kent.

Sponge-body with an anastomosing or coherent reticulate

skeleton. Reproductive gemmules membranous, without

spicules.

W. Marshall} has already given expression to the doubts

that exist as to the systematic estimation of the gemmules,

about which so little is known. With fossil forms this cha-

racter is, of course, useless. But the grouping of the genera

also appears not to be natural. Thus in the first suborder we

have Huplectella and Habrodictyon, together with Farrea and

Aphrocallistes ; whereas the first two evidently show much

nearer affinities to Hyalonema, Askonema, Holtenia, &c. That

the Lithistid genus MacAndrewia, Gray, still finds a place

among the Coralliospongia, is probably due to an oversight.

A complete revision of the living Hexactinellida known up

to the year 1873, with a systematic arrangement, was pub-

lished by Carter in two excellent memoirs on Hexactinellida

* Monthly Microsc. Journ, vol, iy, p. 242.

+ Loe, cit, xxy. p. 146,

268 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

and Lithistida*. This distinguished Spongologist in the first:

place points out the distinction between the ‘ skeleton-spi-

cules,” which form the true siliceous skeleton and usually

possess a tolerably uniform character, and the so-called ‘flesh-

spicules,” which are always freely imbedded in the sarcode

and are generally remarkable for their minute size and extra-

ordinary multiplicity of form.

Carter divides the Hexactinellida into the following three

groups T :—~

1. VITREOHEXACTINELLIDA. Spicules united by silicified

fibre.

Dactylocalyx, Myliusia, Huplectella aspergillum, Aphro-

callistes, Aulodictyon, Farrea, Sympagella.

2. SARCOHEXACTINELLIDA. Spicules united by amorphous

sarcode.

Askonema, Orateromorpha, Rossella, Habrodictyon, Hyalo-

nema, Pheronema, Meyerina.

3. SARCO-VITREOHEXACTINELLIDA. Spicules united partly

by siliceous fibre, partly by amorphous sarcode.

Euplectella cucumer.

The first two families break up into several subdivisions,

characterized partly by the external form of the sponge-body

and partly by the nature of the “flesh-spicules” and especially

of the so-called ‘ rosettes.”

It will be seen that Kent and Carter, in the limitation of

their primary groups, lay the first importance on the question

whether the skeleton consists only of isolated spicules, or the

different parts are amalgamated with each other and form a

coherent framework. But, many as are the advantages that

Carter’s classification possesses over that of Saville Kent, it

cannot satisfy us when forms so evidently allied as Euplectella

aspergillum, Habrodictyon, and Kuplectella cucumer are placed

in three different families. A further defect of Carter’s system

appears to me to be that too much importance is ascribed to

the nature of the flesh-spicules, and too little to that of the

true skeleton.

W. Marshall’s first memoir ¢ is divided into a general and a

special part. In the former Marshall in the first place gives a

critical revision of the previous works on the Hexactinellida,

then a description of their external form and distribution,

which he follows with a very careful description of the sarcode

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, ser. 4, vol. xii. pp. 349 & 487.

+ Ibid. 1873, xii. p. 357, and 1875, xvi. p. 199.

} “ Untersuchungen tiber Hexactinelliden,” 2. c, Bd. xxv.

M. K. A. Zittel on Possil Hexactinellida. 269

and skeleton of these sponges. The section treating of the

siliceous skeleton possesses especial interest. In this Marshall

demonstrates that all Hexactinellida consist of spicules which

in their form follow the axial system of an octahedron. The

multifariously complicated or reduced siliceous structures may

be derived from the cleavage or abortion of individual rays or

entire axes.

In the simplest forms, the rod spicules, the cruciform ar-

rangement of the three rectangularly crossing axes very fre-

quently still shows itself in the axial canals. These axial

canals are therefore of particular importance in the Hexacti-

nellida. Marshall describes in detail the characters which the

axial canals and their cylinders, where such are present, display

in the different forms. In general the axial canals are con-

siderably wider in the Hexactinellida with coherent frame-

works than in those with isolated spicules.

Marshall has further paid particular attention to the union

of the siliceous parts in the sponge-body. This is effected,

according to Marshall, in three ways: 1, the spicules are

united only by sarcode and remain isolated; 2, they are

soldered together ; ox, 3, they grow together.

Tn the “ soldermg ” (Verschmelzung) the spicules are only

superficially cemented together by layers of siliceous substance,

the axial canals remaining isolated and never flowing toge-

ther. In Huplectella aspergillum the cementation takes place

by laminar new formation of silica, which establishes bridge-

like unions between two neighbouring spicules. In Farrea,

Aphrocallistes, and Hurete, two approximated axial canals are

generally surrounded by a common siliceous cylinder. Carter

had already called attention (in opposition to Bowerbank) to

this peculiarity ; but while the English spongologist denies

the occurrence of connected axial canals in neighbouring

spicules in the Hexactinellida, Marshall thinks he has observed

a connected canal-system in the united sexradiates in a single

form (Sclerothamnus). -This phenomenon is described as

“‘ growing together” (Verwachsung), and a special phylogenetic

significance is ascribed to it.

In the special part the detailed description of a new Huplec-

tella (LZ. Owent) with free spicules is of the most interest,

because here Marshall most convincingly shows that the

cementation of all the spicules or of individual spicules in L.

aspergillum and E. cucumer possesses only a quite secondary

significance, and that in the three forms the closest agreement

prevails in all essential characters (in the external form and

the form and arrangement of the skeleton- and flesh-spicules)

. . . . . . . . ?

so that their generic separation is quite inadmissible.

270 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

By this demonstration Carter’s classification of the Hexac-

tinellida is essentially shaken. Marshall, in a second memoir*,

endeavours to replace it with a new one. In this he lays

great stress on the growing together of the axial canals in

Sclerothamnus. He conceives the Hexactinellida as having

originated from sponges like Olynthus, in which parallel

lines of sarcode, crossing each other at right angles, were

formed in the syncytium, and thus produced a latticework

with cubical meshes. This sarcodic latticework was after-

wards solidified by deposition of silica; and, according to Mar-

shall, there were formed originally connected frameworks with

continuous axial canals (Sclerothamnus and fossil Hexactinel-

lida ?), which subsequently broke up more or less completely,

into separate sexradiate spicules.

In accordance with this conception, Marshall divides the

Hexactinellida into two groups :—

1. SYNAULOIDA.

The lumen of the tubes of the different spicules is continu-

ously connected like the latter themselves, so that the whole

latticed tissue of the sponge is permeated by a likewise con-

nected tubular system.

Sclerothamnus, Marsh.

II. ASYNAULOIDZ.

The lumen of the different spicules is never connected ; each

spicule, so far as the central fibre is concerned, is an indepen-

dently developed individual.

The Asynauloide are again divided into three families :—

a. Monakide, with a single form of spicule, the pure sex-

radiate. Hurete, Marsh.

b. Pleionakide, with the principal mass of the skeleton

consisting of pure, fully developed sexradiates, but with these

brush-forked spicules, or rosettes, or both. The cubical form

predominates in the meshes of the skeleton.

1. Spicules not soldered together: Lanuginella, Asko-

nema.

2. Spicules soldered together: arrea, Dactylocalyz,

Periphragella, Aulodictyon, Fieldingia, Aphrocal-

listes.

ce. Pollakide. Hexactinellida with numerous forms of spi-

* “Tdeen tiber die Verwandtschaftsverhiiltnisse der Hexactinelliden,”

1. c, Bd. xxvii.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 271

cules, with a special dermal skeleton and lining to the stomach-

cavities, usually with a root-tuft. The simple square form

predominates in the meshes, especially of the dermal skeleton.

Holtenia, Crateromorpha, Rossella, Sympagella, Placodic-

tyon, Euplectella, Habrodictyon, Labarta, Pheronema,

Semperella, Hyalonema.

No one will fail to recognize the advantages possessed by

the grouping of the genera proposed by Marshall. 'The esta-

blishment of the family Pollakidee especially seems to me an

exceedingly happy idea. It undoubtedly embraces. the most

differentiated, multifarious, and elegant Hexactinellida, which

depart most widely from their precursors. Although there

was nothing to prevent the preservation of these forms, no

remains of them have hitherto been found in the fossil state.

The whole group appears to be confined to the present epoch ;

and its late appearance would consequently indicate even for

the Hexactinellida a progressive development from the imper-

fect to the more perfect.

In other points, indeed, I am not able to adopt Marshall’s

conceptions. If the assumption were correct that a lattice-

work consisting of soft sarcodic threads preceded the solid

Hexactinellid skeleton, the older fossil Hexactinellida must

necessarily have belonged, as indeed Marshall presupposes,

to the Synauloide. But this is by no means the case.

My investigations of the fossil forms show that the con-

nected latticeworks without exception consist of sexradiates

soldered together, the axial canals of which certainly often

lie one over the other, and then apparently form coales-

cing tubes; but in reality they are always separate, and

usually, as in the existing genera Farrea, Hurete, and

Aphrocallistes, lie side by side in such a manner that the

axial threads belonging to the different sexradiates appear

distinctly separated. This condition of the fossil forms in-

duced me to make a renewed examination of the genus Sclero-

thamnus, for a fragment of which I am indebted to the kind-

ness of Dr. Marshall. The optical conditions of the material

at my disposal are unfortunately very unfavourable, inasmuch

as the axial canals only make their appearance under a certain

illumination, and even then very indistinctly. But after boil-

ing the skeleton in sulphuric or nitric acid the excessively fine

canals surrounded by axial cylinders appear rather more dis-

tinctly ; and we may then ascertain that in Sclerothamnus

also the latticework has been produced by the soldering

together of distinct sexradiates, the axial canals of which

meet each other and frequently lie over one another in such a

272 M. K. A. Zittel on Foss¢l Hexactinellida.

fashion that they apparently form a single tube, although they

do not actually coalesce. But this renders the section Synau-

loide superfluous*, and Sclerothamnus enters the group Pleio-

nakidee.

There remain therefore the three sections of the Monakide,

Pleionakide, and Pollakidee, which are based upon the greater

or less differentiation of the parts of the skeleton.

Whether there are any Monakide among living Hexacti-

nellida seems to me to be doubtful. Ofthe only genus referred

to this position, namely Hurete, Semp. ., only a “ very much

bleached and washed specimen” exists. Now, as the con-

nected siliceous skeleton agrees perfectly with Far rea, and

Bowerbank f has proved that in Farrea fistulata (which i 1s per-

haps identical with Hwrete simplicissima, Marsh.) “ spicula are

present in great numbers wherever the skeleton is covered

with dark brown sarcode, but that not a single spicule is to

be seen where the sarcode is wanting,” I regard the group of

the Monakide in Marshall’s conception as doubtful.

To the paleontologist every classification founded upon the

free spicules is useless, as only in very rare cases can the

connexion between Hexactinellid skeletons and the neigh-

bouring “‘ flesh-spicules ’’ be proved. Moreover, as I have

already shown in my monograph on Celoptychiwm, uncom-

monly few spicules of the Hexactinellid type occur among

the free fossil siliceous structures. Especially I have never

been able to detect any trace of “‘ rosettes, fir-trees, and broom-

forks,” and of the other certainly very minute and very fragile

forms upon which Carter particularly relies in the separation

of his genera.

If, however, a preponderant systematic importance is given

to the ‘ flesh-spicules,” not only the fossil Hexactinellida, but

also all those existing forms, the skeletons of which are washed

and no longer clothed with sarcode, remain undeterminable.

But, leaving out of consideration this practical objection,

there are internal reasons opposed to any such principle of

classification. ‘The flesh-spicules form, to a certain extent,

the external adornment of the spong e-hody ; ; they may be

compared with the plumage of birds and the dermal coverings

of fishes, reptiles, and mammals. If we take our stand on the

ground of the transmutation theory, we certainly have before

us in the flesh-spicules those parts of the sponges which change

most readily by adaptation, and therefore most easily throw off

* Dr. Marshall, as he informs me by letter, has also convinced himself

of this fact, and will withdraw the Synauloid in a memoir very shortly

to be published.

t+ Op. ett, part iii. (April 6th, 1875) p. 276.

On some new and little-known Arctic Spiders. 273

the original type. It is quite otherwise with the skeleton-

spicules. Even their well-chosen name indicates that a

similar significance belongs to them as to the bony framework

of the Vertebrata. The skeleton-spicules of the Hexactinel-

lida form the most conservative part of the body of these

characteristic sponges. With extraordinary tenacity they stick

to the fundamental type of the sexradiate ; and although in the

highest ramifications of the stem, the Pollakide, many aber-

rant forms are produced by reduction of the rays, they can

always be referred back to the sexradiate.

[To be continued. |

XXXV.—On some new and little-known Spiders from the

Arctic Regions. By the Rev. O. P. Campripcsr, M.A.,

C.M.Z.S., &e.

[Plate VIII. ]

THE spiders comprised in the following notes have been

received at various times during the last few years :—two

from Spitzbergen, from the Rev. A. E. Eaton ; others from

Mr. E. Whymper, from North Greenland ; and, more lately,

those found by Capt. H. W. Feilden and Dr. Hart during the

Arctic Expedition in search of the North Pole, in the years

1875-76.

Descriptions and notes of four of the species received from

Mr. E. Whymper in 1870 (two of them, Lrigone Whympert

and Dictyna borealis, being considered new to science) were

printed about six or seven years ago; but their publication,

as part of an intended. faunistic work on North Greenland,

appears to have been postponed sine die. Of the thirteen

species here recorded, five belong to the genus Hrigone, Sav.,

two to Linyphia, two to Lycosa, and one each to the genera

Dictyna, Tegenaria, Thanatus, and Tarentula. Three species

of Hrigone, one of Linyphia, the Tegenaria, Dictyna, and

Tarentula appear to be undescribed. .

ARANEIDEA.

Fam. Dictynides.

Gen. Dicryna, Sund.

Dictyna borealis, sp.n. Pl. VIII. fig. 1.

Adult female, length 14 line, length of the cephalothorax

? line; relative length of the legs 1, 2 ?, 4, 3.

274 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some new

Cephalothorax yellow-brown, the sides and hinder part being

strongly suffused with blackish brown, leaving a short, broad,

longitudinal, central, yellow-brown band on the fore part of

the upperside; this band is a little constricted near the

middle, and has two dusky longitudinal lines on its fore part ;

the normal grooves and indentations are perceptibly, but not

strongly, marked; the caput is rounded above, highest behind

the eyes, and slopes gradually on all sides. ‘The whole cepha-

lothorax is more or less clothed with greyish and yellowish

hairs, disposed somewhat in longitudinal lines on the upper-

side forwards, and becoming rather bristly near and below the

eyes. The clypeus is low, its height being less than halt

that of the facial space; it is a little prominent and rather up-

turned at its lower margin.

The eyes are disposed in two transverse rows curved away

from each other (7. e. the foremost row has its convexity di-

rected forwards, and the hinder row backwards) ; or they may

also be described as in four pairs; those of each lateral pair

are contiguous to each other and seated obliquely on a small

tubercle ; the foremost eyes of these pairs appear to be the

largest of the eight, and those of the fore central pairs the

smallest ; the intervals between the four eyes which form the

front row are as nearly as possible equal, while the two hind

central eyes are a little further from each other than each is

froma the end one on its side. The four central eyes form a

square whose foremost side is the shortest.

The legs are rather paler in colour than the cephalothorax,

and broadly, but obscurely, banded with dusky brown ; they

are strong, but not very long; those of the first pair are the

longest, those of the second are very little, if at all, longer than

those of the fourth, and the third pair are the shortest ; they are

furnished with hairs only; each tarsus ends with three claws ;

and there is, no doubt, a “ calamistrum ” on the outer side of

each of the metatarsi of the fourth pair; though this portion

of the only remaining leg of the fourth pair in the example

described had been denuded of its armature, and the calamis-

trum could not, therefore, be seen.

The palpi are short, and similar to the legs in colour and

armature, the digital joints termimating with a small black

curved claw.

The falces are rather long, very strong at their bases, and |

(when looked at in front) curved, the convexities of the curves

directed outwards; their colour is yellow-brown, and they are

furnished with greyish yellow bristly hairs; the fang is small

and rather weak.

The maxille are rather long, strong, and greatly inclined

and little-known Arctic Spiders. 275

towards the labium, over which their extremities almost meet ;

they are also slightly curved, enlarged, and rounded on their

outer sides towards their extremity.

The labium is of a subtriangular form, truncated at the

apex, the width at the middle being, however, rather greater

than at the base.

The sternum is oval, pointed behind, of a yellow-brown.

colour, margined with black, and with an indistinct blackish

central longitudinal marking.

The abdomen is oval, very convex above, and projects

moderately over the base of the cephalothorax ; its ground-

colour is dull yellowish, clothed rather thickly with short

greyish hairs; the central longitudinal line of the upperside

is occupied by a long dark band, broadest in the middle, with

angular points on its sides, and pointed both at the fore margin

of the abdomen and just above the spinners, where it ends.

The fore part of the band is black, the rest dark yellow-brown

margined with black (the margins differing in breadth and

intensity) and comprising indistinctly the ordinary transverse

angular lines or chevrons in its area. The rest of the upper

surface is thinly speckled with black ; and the sides are marked

with blackish and somewhat oblique lines and markings; the

underside is similar in colour to the upper, and has a central

longitudinal blackish line, with another, broken and less con-

spicuous, on each side. ‘he spinners are short and strong ;

and at the base, immediately in front of the two inferior ones,

is the transverse inframamillary organ always found corre-

lated (at least in the female sex) with the calamistra of the

metatarsi of the fourth pair of legs.

A single example taken in July 1867 near the Ilartlek

glacier, North Greenland, was received from Mr. EZ. Whymper

in 1870. It is closely allied to, but, I*think, distinct from,

Dictyna hamifera, another Arctic spider, described by Dr. T.

Thorell in 1872.

Fam. Agelenides.

Gen. TEGENARIA, Latr.

Tegenaria detestabilis, sp. n.

Adult female, length 32 lines.

This spider is very closely allied to 7. Derhamit, Scop.,

resembling it in general form and structure ; it is, however,

smaller, paler in colour, and the falces are not prominent at

their base in front as in that species.

The whole spider is of a pale dull brownish yellow colour,

276 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some new

the cephalothorax being rather the darkest. The markings

on the abdomen appear to be of the same character as those of

T. Derhamii; but they were almost obsolete, being only visible

just above the spinners. ‘The palpi and legs are furnished

with numerous long hairs and some long, but not very strong,

spines ; the abdomen also is clothed with numerous long coarse

hairs,

The only example examined had been damaged by an

attempt at preservation in turpentine, whereby the eyes were

too much concealed to admit of any critical examination ; they

appeared, however, to resemble very nearly those of the species

before mentioned. For the same reason the exact form of the

genital aperture was scarcely plain; but it seemed to differ

decidedly from that of’ 7. Derhami?. And, on the whole, I

think it is of a hitherto undescribed species.

The example above described was found in Lieut. Giffard’s

cabin, in Dobbin Bay, on the 28th of August, 1876, during

the Arctic expedition under Capt. Nares.

Fam. Theridiides.

Gen. ERIGONE, Sav.

Erigone Whympert, sp.n. Pl. VIII. fig. 2.

Adult male, length 14 line.

The cephalothorax is of a deep, shining, black-brown colour ;

the caput is convexly elevated, and the abdomen is of a dull

but glossy black; the legs are yellow-brown, tinged with

reddish brown; and the palpi are of a similar colour, the digital

joint, however, is darker, and the palpal organs are deep red-

brown, .

This spider is very nearly allied to several others, such as

E. longipalpis, Sund., EL. dentipalpis, Wid., E. atra, Bl., £.

remota, L. Koch, E. arctica, White, and L. psychrophila, Thor.,

all of which it closely resembles in form and general structure ;

it is, however, smaller than the last two species ; but, in the

absence of a lengthened series, size is scarcely to be depended

upon, as I have found that several of the above species vary

considerably in regard to the size of different individuals.

The present may be distinguished from all those mentioned

above, as well as from some others also closely allied, in several

minor points of structure, and especially by the form of the

radial joint of the male palpus and the structure of the palpal

organs. From &. dentipalpis, Wid., E. promiscua, Camb.,

and 2, syriaca, Camb., it may be separated at once by the

and little-known Arctic Spiders. 277

absence of a small tooth-like spine on the underside of the

radial joint; from E. spinosa, Camb., it may be distinguished

easily by the direction of the prominent spur beneath the fore

extremity of the cubital joint; in the present species this spur

has a slightly backward direction, while in /. spinosa it is

directed strongly forwards: the same difference is also observ-

able in ZL. psychrophila, Thor., in which the long curved form

of this spur affords another remarkable distinction from Z.

Whympert. From £. remota the present spider differs at a

glance in the comparative shortness of the palpi, though it 1s

perhaps more nearly allied to this species than to either of the

others; while from all the above-mentioned species the form

(before alluded to) of the radial joint of the palpus will readily

distinguish it : this joint, slender at its junction with the cubital

joint, enlarges gradually to its anterior extremity, where it is

divided, or continued, into two principal lobes or projections ;

the longest but least strong of these is situated behind and is

pointed at its extremity, of a somewhat conical or subangular

form, and curved inwards towards the palpal organs ; the other

projection is formed by the production of the upper extremity

of the joint, rather on the inner side, into a broad, strong,

obtuse lobe, on the outer and upper margin of which is a pro-

minent, somewhat angular point, which has a slenderish,

slightly curved, blunt-pointed, prominent appearance from

some points of view. On the outer side of the radial joint are

a few black bristles, of which several form a small cluster

near its outer extremity.

The digital joint is large, rounded at its base on the upper

side, and gradually tapering to its extremity ; it is longer than

the radial joint, and comprises the palpal organs, which are

well developed and complex.

The eyes are nearly equal in size and*are rather closely

grouped together; the four forming the hinder row are equi-

distant from each other; the two central eyes of the front row are

near together but not quite contiguous to each other; each is

separated from the lateral eye on its side by an interval about

equal to that which divides the two hind central eyes. The

four central eyes form very nearly a square, the fore side being

the shortest ; those of each lateral pair are almost contiguous

and are situated upon a slight tubercle.

In both sexes the lateral margins of the cephalothorax are

armed with tooth-like spines, those in the female being the

least conspicuous; this lateral armature is usual in the males

of this group, but rare, so far as I am aware, in the females.

At this moment I do not remember its presence in any other

species ; but possibly it may exist in some other species, with

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 20

278 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some new

the females of which I am not acquainted. The margins of

the cephalothorax in Z. spinosa are granulose only.

This spider was received in 1870 from Mr. Ek. Whymper

(with whose name I have connected it). It was found in two

localities of North Greenland in June and August 1867, at

and near Jacobshavn, among moss floating on the surface of

freshwater pools near the seashore.

Erigone arctica. Pl. VIII. fig. 3.

Micryphantes arcticus, White, Sutherland’s Journal, &e. ii. Appendix,

p- cex, figs. 11, 12.

I have concluded a specimen of this group, received from

Spitzbergen (from the Rev. A. E. Eaton) in June 1874, to be

the Micryphantes arcticus of Adam White (/. c. supra). It is

very similar and very nearly allied to H. longipalpis, Sund.,

but differs from it in various slight particulars, especially in

the much shorter radial joint when compared in length with

the cubital; the digital joint of the palpus is also propor-

tionally smaller; and the spider itself was rather larger than

any example I have yet seen of HL. longipalpis.

Erigone psychrophila. Pl. VIII. fig. 4.

Erigone psychrophila, Thor. Cifvers, af Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forhandl.

1871, p. 689.

So far as a crushed specimen enables me to judge, this

spider is larger than L. longipalpis, Sund., but closely re-

sembles it in colours, general structure, and appearance.

One very remarkable character, however, is furnished in the

male by the great length and curved form of the spur beneath

the fore extremity of the cubital joint of the palpus. This joint

considerably exceeds in length the radial; and the spur

alluded to is directed forwards, strongly curved, and tapering

to a rather fine point; its length considerably exceeds that of

the joint to which it is attached; and its point extends to the

middle of the palpal organs, which appeared to be less complex

than those of £. /ongipalpis and others. The specimen from

which these notes were taken had been crushed in the process

of mounting on a microscopic slide; so that possibly the

apparent near contact of the extremity of the spur with the

palpal organs may have arisen merely from the mode of

mounting. ‘The great length and form of the spur alluded to

distinguishes this species from all others of the group as yet

known.

This spider was one of those found in the late Arctic

Expedition. ‘There was, however, no note connected with

and little-known Arctic Spiders. — 279

the specimen above described, indicating the exact locality of

its capture; but two females, much crushed and injured in

mounting, though probably of this species, were labelled

82° 33! N. lat., June 21 and 24, 1876, and perhaps this may

have been also the locality in which the male was found.

Both sexes have been found in Spitzbergen, véde'T’. Thorell,

lc. supra.

Erigone provocans, sp.n. Pl. VIII. fig. 5.

Adult male, length 1 line.

The cephalothorax is of a short oval form, very nearly

round; the lateral constrictions on the margins of the caput

are scarcely perceptible, and the normal grooves and indenta-

tions are not strong. The occiput is rather gibbous, and has

two or three slender erect bristles on it, but it has no distinct

or abrupt elevation. ‘The margin of the clypeus is rounded,

and the height of it is about half that of the facial

space. The colour of the cephalothorax is yellowish brown,

the sides much suffused with a darker hue, and marked with

some fine radiating lines indicating the ordinary thoracic

grooves; a dark line also runs from the hind central eyes to

the hinder part of the thorax, enlarging in a diamond-form at

the posterior part of the occiput.

The eyes are very small, but in the usual general position ;

they form a transverse oval figure, each line being equally

curved in an opposite direction. Those of the hind central

pair are smallest, and separated from each other by about two

eye’s diameters, the interval between each of them and the

lateral of the same row on its side being considerably greater.

The fore centrals are contiguous to each other, and with those

of the hind central pair form a short oblong figure, whose

anterior side is shortest; those of each lateral pair are seated

rather obliquely and contiguously on a strongish tubercle ; the

foremost of the lateral eyes appear to be the largest of the

eight.

“The legs are slender and tolerably long, their relative length

being, as far as could be ascertained, 4, 1, 2,3; their colour

is a pale yellow-brown; and they are furnished with fine hairs

and a very few slender erect bristles.

The palpi are similar in colour to the legs, not very long,

but tolerably strong. The cubital and radial joints are very

short, the latter spreading out on all sides in a sort of mush-

room shape; the digital joint is of an oval form, and its

length equals, or perhaps exceeds, that of the cubital and

radial joints together ; the palpal organs are tolerably complex,

20*

280 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some new

with several curved spines and spiny processes towards their

fore extremity.

The falces are neither very long nor strong; they are

slightly divergent, and have a strong backward inclination,

being also of a rather paler colour than the cephalothorax.

The mazxille are very short, rather strong, and slightly

inclined to the /abiwm, which is also very short and broad,

and, with the sternum (which, however, is darker), of the

same colour as the cephalothorax.

The abdomen is of tolerable size, of a regular oval form, and

projects considerably over the base of the cephalothorax ; it is

of a black-brown colour, probably very glossy in life, and

clothed with short hairs.

The female is larger than the male, but resembles it in form

and colours. The form of the genital aperture is simple, but

characteristic.

Adults of both sexes were found during the late Arctic

Expedition in latitude 82° 27’ and 82° 33! in June 1876.

Erigone vexatriz, sp.n. Pl. VIII. fig. 6.

Adult female, length rather more than 14 line.

This spider resembles H. provocans very closely in the

profile of the cephalothorax, as well as in its colours, but,

besides being much larger, the lateral marginal constrictions

at the caput are distinctly marked; the eyes also differ some-

what in relative position, the intervals between those of the

hinder row being equal. The falces are much stronger, less

directed backwards, and (in profile) are considerably pro-

minent at their base in front. The legs also are stronger,

especially the femoral joints ; they have more numerous slender

erect bristles, and are of a clearer yellow-brown colour than

those of . provocans. The abdomen is oval, jet-black,

glossy, clothed with coarse hairs, and projects considerably

over the base of the cephalothorax.. The genital aperture is

of a semicircular form, situated in front of a roundish pro-

minence.

This spider was found during the late Arctic Expedition at

Discovery Bay by Dr. Hart, M.D.

Gen. Linyputa, Latr.

Linyphia sobria.

TIinyphia sobria, Thor. OXfvers. af K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1871, p. 685.

An adult of each sex was received from Spitzbergen, where

they were found by the Rev. A. E. Eaton and kindly sent to

me in June 1874.

and little-known Arctic Spiders. 281

This species is nearly allied to Z. tenebricola, Wid., though

perhaps more nearly still to Z. leprosa, Ohl., being larger than

L. tenebricola; but it differs decidedly from both these species

as well in the structure of the male palpal organs as in the

form of the genital aperture of the female.

Linyphia turbatrix, sp. n.

This spider is similar in size to L, tenebricola, and re-

sembles it also very nearly in colours and markings; the

adult female, however, may be at once distinguished by a

rather slender prominent bent process directed backwards from

the larger process connected with the genital aperture.

Two adults (both females) were received in 1872 from Mr.

E. Whymper, by whom they were found in North Greenland.

The male is unknown to me.

Fam. Thomisides.

Gen. THANATUS (Koch).

Thanatus formicinus ?

Araneus formicinus, Clk, Aran. Suec. Stockholm, 1757.

Aranea rhomboica, Walck. Faun, Pav. ii. p. 228, et Thomisus rhomboicus,

Tabl. d. Ar. p. 38.

Thomisus rhomboicus, Hahn, Die Arachn, i. p. 111, tab. xxviii. fig. 83.

Philodromus formicinus, Sund. 1832, p. 229.

Philodromus rhombiferens, Walck. Ins. Apt. i. p. 559.

Thanatus formicinus, Koch, Uebers. des Ar.-Syst. i. p. 28.

An immature female of what I believe to be this species was

sent to me by Mr. E. Whymper in 1870. It was found by

him near Jakobshavn, North Greenland, towards the end of

June. Although found in Sweden, and generally distributed

throughout Europe, Western Asia, and North Africa, Thana-

tus formicinus, Clk., has never yet been recorded in the British

Islands.

Dr. T. Thorell (ufv. af K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1872, p. 157)

describes a T’hanatus from Disco Island, Greenland (Thanatus

arcticus, sp. n.), with which the spider I have above recorded

is perhaps identical.

Fam. Lycosides.

Gen. Lycosa, Latr. (ad partem).

Lycosa glacialis.

Lycosa glacialis, Thor. CEfvers. K, Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1872, No. 2, p. 159.

Numerous examples, some adult, but mostly immature, of

282 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some new

both sexes of this spider were received in 1870 and 1872 from

Mr. E. Whymper, by whom they were found in various locali-

ties in North Greenland. Three examples, much shrivelled

and damaged, were contained among the Arctic-Expedition

Arachnids found by Capt. Feilden ; but I believe them to be of

this species: these were labelled “‘ Hayes Sound, N. lat. 79°;”’

and two examples, one of each sex, were among those found

by Dr. Hart in Discovery Bay. In the unpublished descrip-

tions of N.-Greenland spiders, before referred to, this spider is

recorded as Lycosa septentrionalis, Westr.; and L. saccata,

QO. Fabr. Fauna Greenl. no. 208, is placed among its synonyms.

I am, however, now convinced ‘that these determinations are

erroneous (see the next species here recorded).

The adult male, which was unknown to Dr. Thorell, resem-

bles the female in general colours and characters ; but the fe-

mora and tibiee of the legs are more or less suffused and marked

with dark brown. The palpi are strong, their colour is like

that of the legs; the digital joint is large and equals in length

that of the radial and cubital joints together, its colour is black-

brown, and (together with the radial joint) it is pretty thickly

clothed with hairs. The palpal organs are well developed ;

their hinder half consists of a strong, roundish, prominent,

corneous lobe, surmounted by a strong, pointed, spiny process

with a somewhat angular point at the middle of its fore

margin: the point of this process is directed outwards; and in

front of it, near the outer margin of the digital joint, are two

other smaller spines, close together; one of these is strongly

hooked or reaphook-shaped, the other is a small , simple, slightly

curved, pointed spine; on the outer side of these is the promi-

nent curved termination of a strong process which has its

origin on the inner side of the joint. ‘There is no claw at the

extremity of the digital joint.

Both sexes of this spider may be at once recognized by the

bifid termination of the ordinary central yellow” stripe at the

thoracic junction of the cephalothorax. ‘This stripe has

generally the form of a barbed arrow-head with its point

directed backwards. The next spider, however (Lycosa gran-

landica, 'Thor.), has also a shortened central thoracic stripe,

but it is less distinctly bifid than in the present species, in

which the two limbs of this portion are considerably divergent.

In L. grenlandica also the lateral stripes on the cephalothorax

are broken up into several distinctly separated markings of

different sizes, while in L. glacialis they are continuous.

and little-known Arctic Spiders. 283

Lycosa grenlandica.

TNO prPeendcn, Thor. C&fvers. af K. Vet.-Akad, Forh. 1872, No. 2,

Hones saccata, O. Fabr. Fauna Greenl. p. 228.

Immature examples of both sexes and one adult female of

this fine spider were received from Mr. E. Whymper (by

whom they were taken in North Greenland) in 1872.

It is nearly allied to L. amentata, Clerck, but is larger and

more brightly and distinctly marked, and the genital aperture

is very different. From L. glacialis it may be easily dis-

tinguished, not only by the difference of the thoracic stripes

(noted above in the description of that species), but also by its

distinctly annulated legs.

This spider does not appear to have been met with during

the late Arctic Expedition.

Genus TARENTULA, Sund.

Tarentula exasperans, sp.n. Pl. VIII. fig. 7.

Adult male, length 32 lines.

The cephalothorax is oval, rounded behind, and gradually

narrowing to the fore extremity; the lateral constrictions at

the caput are slight; and the sides are of a gradually sloping

character, somewhat depressed towards the lower margins. It

is of a deep black-brown colour: the central longitudinal stripe is

broad and distinctly marked; it runs from the foremost of the

four large eyes quite through to the hinder extremity, towards

which it narrows gradually ; the margins of this stripe dilate

in a curved form just behind the ocular area; the inner part

of this portion is marked with dark brown, the rest of the

stripe being of a reddish yellow colour, and the whole of it

clothed with short greyish-white hairs: the lateral stripes are

very indistinct, being chiefly marked by short greyish-white

hairs.

The eyes are in the ordinary position; the line formed by

the posterior pair is longer than that of the middle pair, but

not very greatly ; the foremost row is the shortest ; and the in-

terval between the two central eyes is greater than that between

each and the lateral eye next to it; the four large eyes form

very nearly a square, its posterior side being the longest.

The /egs are tolerably long and strong ; those of the fourth

(or hinder) pair are the longest, and those of the third pair the

shortest ; they are of a dark brown colour (the femoral joints

being of the deepest hue), and are furnished with hairs, bristles,

and spines: there are faint traces of annulation on the hinder

284. On some new and little-known Arctic Spiders.

legs; but numerous short grey hairs give the prevailing tinge

of colour to them all.

The palpi are moderate in length and strength; they are of

a dark blackish brown colour and furnished with hairs and a

few strong bristles, especially on the radial joint, which is equal

in length to the cubital, though not quite so strong; the digi-

tal joint is not very large; it is, however, longer than the

radial, but not so long as the radial and cubital joints together;

the palpal organs are simple, with a short, curved, pointed,

strongish spine towards the fore extremity on their outer side ;

the digital joint has no claw at its anterior extremity.

The falces are tolerably long, moderately strong, straight,

conical, and a little directed backwards towards the sternum ;

they are of the same colour as the cephalothorax.

The maxille, labium, and sternum are of the normal form,

and of a deep brown colour.

The abdomen is oval, broadest behind, somewhat trun-

cated at its fore extremity, and considerably convex above,

especially at the fore part; the upperside is clothed pretty

densely with short grey pubescence; the normal elongate

marking on the fore half is reddish yellow-brown before, but

black-brown on the hinder part; it has a sharp prominent

point near the middle on each side; and the hinder extremity

is truncated, with its outer corners elongated in a pointed form.

A longitudinal row of alternate black and greyish white spots

runs from outside the termination of the anterior marking to

the spinners ; and within the area comprised by these two rows

of markings are several short, indistinct, dark, angular bars or

chevrons in a longitudinal line. The underside is dark brown,

also clothed with short grey pubescence ; the spinners are very

short and moderately strong, the inferior pair being the shortest

and strongest.

This spider, which appears to me to have been hitherto

undescribed, was found by Dr. Hart, during the late Arctic

Expedition, in Discovery Bay. It may be distinguished

readily by the form of the central longitudinal thoracic stripe.

List of Spiders.

Dictyna borealis, sp. n. Linyphia sobria, Thor.

Tegenaria detestabuis, sp. n. turbatriz, sp n.

Erigone Whympert, sp. n. Thanatus formicinus, Clerck.

arctica, White. Lycosa glactalis, Thor.

psychrophila, Thor. grenlandica, Thor.

—— provocans, sp. 0. Tarentula exasperans, sp. 0.

veratrix, Sp. 1.

On the Action of Caustic Potash on Sponges. 285

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Fig. 1. Dictyna borealis, sp.n., 2: a, profile of cephalothorax; }, fore part

of caput and falces; c, masille, labium, and sternum; d, spin-

ners; e, natural size of spider.

Fig. 2. Erigone Whympert, sp. n., 3: a, profile without legs ; 6, fore part

of caput and falces; c,d,e, palpus of ¢ in different positions;

f, genital aperture of 9; g, natural size of spider. ‘

Fig. 3. Evrigone arctica, White: a, left palpus of 3, from the outer side ;

b, natural length of palpus.

Fig. 4. Erigone psychrophila, Thor.: right palpus of ¢, from the inner

side above.

Fig. 5. Erigone provocans, sp. n.: a, spider, enlarged ; 6, profile without

legs; c, left palpus, from beneath on the outer side; d, natural

length of spider.

Fig. 6. Erigone vevatrix, sp. n., Q: a, spider, enlarged; 6, profile without

legs; ¢, fore part of caput and falces; d, genital aperture, in per-

spective; e, ditto, in front; f, natural length of spider.

Fig. 7. Tarentula exasperans, sp.n., 2: a, spider, enlarged; 6, palpus and

palpal organs; c, natural length of spider.

XXXVI.—On the Changes produced in the Siliceous Skeletons

of certain Sponges by the Action of Caustic Potash. By W.

J. Sonuas, M.A., F.G.S., formerly Scholar of St. John’s

College, Cambridge.

[Plate IX.]

AMONGST the various problems which have arisen in the diffi-

cult study of the sponges, that as to the exact nature of the

skeletal network of such genera as Farrea, Dactylocalyx, and

Aphrocallistes has not been one of the most easily solved.

Bowerbank, who was the first to express an opinion on the

subject, regarded the vitreo-hexactinellid network as the exact

representative amongst the Silicea of the horny network of the

kerataceous sponges. In the latter he had previously distin-

guished two marked types—one in which the horny fibres are

solid throughout (Spongia officinalis), and another in which the

axis of the fibre is occupied by a hollow canal (Verongia). The

same difference he now stated to exist amongst the siliceous-

netted sponges, and upon it separated the genera Dactylocalyz,

Iphiteon, and Myliusia, the fibres of which he regarded as

solid, from certam other genera (Kaliapsis, Farrea, and Puri-

stphonia) , which he considered to possess canaliculated or “ fis-

tulose”’ fibre. The interpretation next advanced appears to

have originated with the late Dr. Gray, and was adopted with

wider application by Professor Sir Wyville Thomson *, who,

* ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ February 1868, p, 114,

286 Mr. W. J. Sollas on the Action of Caustic

in 1868, stated it as his opinion that the network of the sili-

ceous-netted sponges was produced by an anastomosis, fusion,

or coalescence of sexradiate spicules with one another.

This opinion was at once endorsed and supported with

various new observations by Oscar Schmidt. The objection

urged by Dr. Bowerbank to Gray and Thomson’s view was,

that true spicules never evince any tendency to fuse together :

thus in 1869 he states that he has ‘‘ never yet seen a case of

the anastomosis of spicula. The normal condition of these

organs is never to anastomose, however closely they may be

packed together.”

So the question stood till 1873, when it was reserved for

Dr. Carter to bring these opposing views into harmony, and

so to explain in the most beautiful manner the real structure

of the netted Hexactinellide. In a paper on the Hexacti-

nellides and Lithistide he proves, from observations of very

young specimens, that at first the netted sponge Aphrocallistes

possesses no other skeletal elements but separate free sex-

radiate spicules, and that the formation of a network is a sub-

sequent process brought about as growth advances by the

envelopment of the free spicules in a coating of siliceous

material, which, running over each and from one to another of

them, at length involves them all in continuous siliceous fibre.

The network of Aphrocallistes and of other netted sexradiate

sponges is accordingly a composite structure, not simply

fibrous in the sense that the horny skeleton of a washing-

sponge is so, nor, on the other hand, simply spiculose, as if it

consisted of ankylosed spicules merely, but spiculo-fibrous

like the network of the Chalinids; only im this case the simple

acerate spicules of the Chalinide are represented by sexradiate

ones, and the horny substance of their fibre is replaced by

siliceous material.

This interpretation was supported by the fact that the

original spicules on which the fibre of the network is built

become absorbed some time after the death of the sponge, and

so reappear in the interior of the fibre as hollow sexradiate

casts, which in time, however, may, with continued internal

absorption of the fibre, so increase in size as to become con-

tinuous axial canals, in which state they seem to have been

observed by Dr. Bowerbank, and so came to be regarded by

him as a proof of the existence of normally fistulose fibre

amongst the siliceous sponges. It is important to add that,

besides casts of ordinary sexradiates, Carter also observed

those of other forms, notably of the curious besom-shaped

spicule which is so characteristic of Aphrocallistes.

As regards the cause of the absorption by which the im-

Potash on the Siliceous Skeletons of Sponges. 287

bedded spicules are again revealed, Carter says no more than

that it is a chemical question, and that in consequence he

leaves it to the investigations of the chemist. It was partly

with the hope that I might be able to throw a little light on

this subject that the following investigation was undertaken.

The spicular silica of sponges has for a long time been

known to be somewhat soluble in caustic potash, so that spon-

gologists seldom, if ever, employ this reagent to remove trom

sponge-skeletons the organic matter associated with them—a

use for which otherwise it would be well fitted. Considering

this, it appeared to me that in caustic potash we possess a

valuable means for the analytical treatment of sponge-spicules,

so as to be able to dissect them into their structural elements,

and to reproduce in them those characters which they exhibit

in the deciduous state both recent and fossil.

Specimens of various vitreo-hexactinellids were accordingly

procured, and subjected to a microscopical examination to

make sure that they were in the fresh state, or, in other words,

had not begun to be excavated by internal spicular casts.

‘This ascertained, they were next exposed to the action of strong

boiling caustic potash for varying intervals of time. The

changes thus produced will now be described.

Dactylocalyx subglobosus.

The solid fibres of this sponge soon exhibit delicate canals,

which start from the broken ends of the fibres, and radiate,

as a rule, from the nodes of the skeletal network, each stellate

group of canals forming a single sexradiate system with its

centre generally situated in or about the centre of a node.

The canals are at first very small and may be regarded, I think,

as representing simply the enlarged axial canals of the im-

bedded sexradiate spicules. This stage of solution we may

eall stage 1. As the boiling continues, the canals progressively

enlarge and come to occupy a very considerable portion of the

interior of the fibre, till at length they appear to coincide with

the walls of the imbedded spicule on which the fibre is con-

structed (stage 2). That the canals do at length really repre-

sent the original spicule is shown by the reappearance of the

besom-shaped spicule in Aphrocallistes. Finally the canals

extend so far and widely as to touch and open into each other

and thus channel the fibre continuously or render it truly “ fis-

tulose”’ (stage 3). This is the condition in which the skeletons

of the vitreo-hexactinellids are usually found when fossil, though

it is by no means rare to find the preceding stage well repre-

sented also. It is moreover the state in which the only known

288 Mr. W. J. Sollas on the Action of Caustic

specimens of Farrea occa and F. facunda exist, and which

occurs sometimes in Aphrocallistes Bocaget and, according to

Bowerbank, in Purisiphonia Clarket, while the second stage is

exhibited in skeletons of Aphrocallistes Bocaget, Dactylocalyx

pumiceus, and D. crispus (O. 8.), which, however, like the

genera [phiteon (Bk.) and Myliusia, are usually found in the

fresh state and consequently with solid fibres.

As regards the characters of the canals themselves, they

are in my specimens exclusively sexradiates ; but they differ

in a marked manner from the loose separate sexradiates which

do not become involved in the siliceous fibre; for while the

latter are always rectangularly triaxial, the involved spicules

are neither rectangular nor triaxial at all, except in the rarest

cases. Hach arm of an imbedded spicule may make any angle

with its fellows; there is no constancy in this respect, nor any

approach to it. This will be seen by reference to fig. 1, Pl.

1X., and is even more strikingly exhibited in some specimens

which are not here figured.

It would seem as though the free sexradiate spicules of the

sponge lost their usual rigid regularity and became instead

perfectly pliable to all the changes in direction of the siliceous

fibre as soon as they became involved in it, the fibre governing

the direction of their rays to the complete subordination of

their intrinsic tendency of growth.

On the other hand the centre of each sexradiate spicule

appears in most cases, but not in all, to determine the position

of a node of the fibrous skeleton, each node corresponding in

position to the centre of an imbedded spicule. The exceptions

are where three arms of a sexradiate are

bent in one direction approximately Fig. 1.

parallel to each other, and the other

three in the opposite direction, so that the SSS

whole spicule comes to be imbedded in ~—-~~——~___

one and the same straight fibre (fig. 1).

Here, then, a sexradiate exists without a corresponding

skeletal node ; and more frequently still it happens that a node

may exist independently of the presence of a sexradiate centre,

ex. gr. where three or more arms of adjacent sexradiates join

together.

It need not be added that though the nodes of the skeleton

are generally determined by the presence of sexradiate spi-

cules, they are not on that account necessarily sexradiate

themselves, since by the coincidence in direction of two or

more arms of one spicule, or by the addition of rays from an

adjacent spicule, a node may become four-, five-, six-, seven-,

or even eight-rotulate.

Potash on the Siliceous Skeletons of Sponges. 289

The siliceous cement which, with the included spicules,

forms the skeletal fibre does not scale off under the action of

potash in concentric layers, as happens in the case of true spi-

cules, but dissolves away amorphously both in the interior and

on the exterior of the fibre, without in the latter case producing

those hemispherical pit-like markings which cover the exterior

of many deciduous recent and fossil spicules, and which in

some cases have been shown by Mr. Carter to result from the

depredations of some algoid parasite.

Fine longitudinal striations, however, are generally obser-

vable along the fibre, and may perhaps indicate a lamellar

structure ; In one or two instances I have seen indications of

more rapid solution at a point () midway between the spicular

canal and the periphery of the fibre, thus (fig. 2), as though

along the line where the siliceous cement first covered over

the contained spicule.

Fig. 2. Fig. 3.

The appearance shown in fig. 3 seems to result from a

change in the refractive index of the spicular component of

the fibre ; for the included spicule (s) is quite distinctly defined

from the surrounding fibre and is yet composed of solid silica,

which opposes the expansion of a well-defined thread of air (a)

contained in its relatively narrow axial canal.

Long before the spicular canals in the interior of the fibre

have become fully developed by the action of the potash, the

minute ‘‘rosettes”’ of the sarcode have completely disappeared

in solution, so that before stage 2 is passed a careful search

with high powers fails to reveal even the slightest trace of

them. .

The free sexradiates follow shortly after; but the spines of

the fibre remain for some time longer, and do not disappear

290 Mr. W. J. Sollas on the Action of Caustic

till the last stage of solution has been reached or has even

become far advanced.

Aphrocallistes Bocaget, Dactylocalyx pumiceus, Farrea densa,

Myliusia callocyathes.

The sponges next submitted to experiment were the four

just named, of which A. Bocaget and D. pumiceus have been

found both fresh and in the deciduous state, and consequently

with fibres both channelled and solid, while the two latter, like

D. subglobosa, are known only in the fresh ecndition with solid

glassy fibres. In all, however, results were obtained on boil-

ing with caustic potash precisely similar to those already

described in the case of D. subglobosa. The canals of the im-

bedded spicules were enlarged and made visible ; the enlarge-

ment continued till the entire spicule was dissolved out; and

finally the spicular casts ran together and the fibres became

hollow tubes: the rosettes and loose sexradiates soon passed

into solution ; while the spines of the fibre persisted for a con-

siderable time, traces of them remaining when the canals had

attained their fullest development.

The attached sexradiates of many vitreo-hexactinellids,

when the siliceous cement has only just commenced to spread

over them, are frequently capitate at the extremities of their

rays, as though the enveloping silica had been fluid and accu-

mulated in greater quantity at the points of the rays than

along their sides, as, in fact, the sarcode from which the silica is

deposited may have done. Curiously enough, the casts of the

spicular rays excavated in the siliceous fibre frequently ter-

minate in the same capitate manner; and it is possible that

when they do so the retrogressive metamorphosis of the fibre

has brought it back to exhibit in an inverse form the same

early stage as that to which we have just alluded.

Euplectella aspergillum.

The axial canals of both its free and combined spicules were

first developed ; and a concentric laminar structure was next

exposed both in them and in the cementing material, which

here only binds the spicules into bundles without absolutely

enveloping them. As in time the cementing silica becomes

wholly dissolved away in places, the spicules it unites together

are to a great extent set free; and the composition of the lon-

gitudinal and transverse fibres formed by them is then made

manifest.

Hyalonema Steboldit.

Mr. Higgin, of Liverpool, gave me a beautiful specimen of

, Potash on the Siliceous Skeletons of Sponges. 291

one of the anchoring spicules of this sponge; it was perfect

from one end to the other, including the barbed head and den-

ticulated scalar lamina. The great length and size of this

spicule had previously led me to imagine that, although appa-

rently nothing but a simple spicule, it might yet upon investi-

gation be found to consist of several spicules imbedded in a

siliceous fibre.

A careful examination was therefore made to determine this

point; with sharp scissors the spicule was divided into con-

venient lengths and then boiled in potash. The axial canal

soon became clearly visible and could be continuously traced

from one end of the spicule to the other; it was obviously

quite simple, and radiated once only, viz. in the barbed head,

where it forms a sexradiate cross: no other canal in addition

to this could be detected in the spicule, which thus, contrary

to my expectation, was proved to be not spicular fibre but

a simple spicule after all. With the development of the

axial canal several faint lines or cracks, circumferential in

direction, appeared on the exterior of the spicule, and were

immediately traversed by others running longitudinally ; the

outermost layer then peeled off in strips between the circum-

ferential cracks; and as the process continued, other lamin

were exposed and similarly scaled away. ‘The ends of the

various lengths of the divided spicule soon lost their cylindrical

form and became conical, the alkali dissolving backwards the

successive concentric lamine of which the spicule was composed,

the outermost first and consequently most extensively, and the

rest in successive order, till at length the original strand on

which all the rest had been formed was exposed as a single

thread with an axtal canal which, as happens in all similar

cases, was expanded towards its termination, funnel-shaped (as

in fig. 5, Pl. [X.).

Nothing can exceed the elegance with which caustic potash

exposes the concentrically lamellar structure of this spicule:

each individual lamella is so perfectly separated from its

fellows that one can count the number of which the spicule is

composed at various points of its length; thus im the figure

(Pl. IX. fig. 5) ten lamine are to be seen.

The sponges next examined belong to other orders than that

of the Hexactinellide.

Geodia arabica.

_ Inspicules with sharp points, like the anchoring and acerate

spicules of this sponge, the axial canal extends to within a

very short distance of the pointed extremity ; so that as the

292 Mr. W. J. Sollas on the Action of Caustic

spicule yields to the action of the potash and the fine point is

quickly dissolved away, the axial canal is soon exposed and

the potash finds easy access to the interior of the spicule.

The axial canal then rapidly begins to enlarge, and soon ex-

pands into a funnel-shaped termination towards its extremities,

or where the potash first enters. The sides of this funnel-

shaped expansion, when viewed with a high power, do not

appear in optical section as simple straight lines, but are very

finely ‘‘stepped” all the way down, each step representing

very obviously the exposed edge of one of the concentric la-

melle of which the spicule is made up. ‘The concentrically

lamellar structure of these and all other true spicules is, indeed,

beautifully revealed by this method of solution, more perfectly

and in a far clearer way than by the process of charring the

spicule with heat, as in the flame of a spirit-lamp.

As solution proceeds, the points of the spicules become en-

tirely removed, and a fusiform acerate spicule becomes almost

cylindrical from the loss of its conical ends: but the different

lamella never dissolve at the same rate; some always resist

longer than others; so that at every stage of solution the spi-

cule presents a lamellar appearance. ‘he outermost lamella

frequently endures the longest, forming a hollow sheath of

infinite tenuity, which frequently splits longitudinally so as to

form two or more long narrow strips or ribbons; and these, in

some instances, curl backwards and outwards in a very singu-

lar way. A fossil spicule in this last state would not be readily

recognized for what it actually was, and has been, indeed, on

more than one occasion a source of considerable difficulty to

myself in studying the spicules of the Cambridge coprolites.

The anchoring spicules undergo just the same changes as

the acerates; but their short conical arms dissolve much faster

interiorly than the longer shafts, because the edges of a greater

number of concentric lamelle are exposed over a shorter length

than in the shaft, and so present in the same space a larger

number of points d’apput, so to speak, for the action of the

caustic potash.

The spicules which undergo the most remarkable alteration,

however, are the “ globo-stellates,’”” which Bowerbank mistook

for ovaria. he interior of these, at first optically homoge-

neous, soon exhibits a radiate structure starting from the centre

(Pl. IX. fig. 6), and with its separate rays terminating at un-

equal distances short of the exterior; as solution continues a

small cavity is developed in the centre, the radiate structure

is better displayed and extends much further towards the cir-

cumference (Pl. IX. figs. 9, 8), the small cavity continuously

enlarges till at length it occupies the whole interior of the

Potash on the Siliceous Skeletons of Sponges. 293

globo-stellate *, leaving only a thin outer film, perforated in

places and much resembling a broken egg-shell. If Bowerbank

had under his observation globo-stellates which had suffered this

change under the influence of atmospheric solvents, he might

well be forgiven for falling into the error he did respecting

them.

By careful observation, it will in most cases be found that the

potash obtainsentrance to the interior of these spicules by way of

the‘ hilum” which characterizesallof them. One can sometimes

look down and through the hilum into the cavity excavated

within; and frequently one may observe by a lateral view a canal

from the hilum in direct continuity with the inner cavity (PI.

IX. figs. 8,9,11). It is very noteworthy that while solution

has proceeded to such an extreme extent in the interior of the

globo-stellates, the exterior is, on the other hand, often scarcely

affected. Originally the outer surface is ornamented by spines,

which divide at their summits into four or five smaller spines,

and which are united together by lateral ridges into a compact

network ; the chief result of the action of the potash on the

exterior 1s apparently to dissolve away these connecting ridges,

and so to leave the spines in isolation and much better exposed

for an examination into their minute characters (Pl. IX. figs.

12,13). The reason for the difference in the rates of solu-

tion within and without these structures appears to lie in the

fact that when once the potash has reached the centre of a

globo-stellate, it is able to attack the ends of the rays of which

it is composed and to penetrate between their sides, while it

finds it more difficult, apparently impossible, to insinuate itself

between them when acting on the outside; thus the surface

over which the potash in the interior acts is many times larger

than that exposed to the influence of that without, and in

consequence the internal solution is necessarily much more

rapid. In some few cases I have observed globo-stellates with

all their spines removed from the exterior, so as to present a

smooth surface: in these the way to the interior appears to

* It often happens that the central cavity of such globo-stellates con-

tains a white opaque kernel-like spherule (Pl. IX. fig. 7, s), the nature

of which was at first very puzzling to me; for though I suspected it to

be an air-bubble, I could get no metallic lustre from its surface with

reflected light. By pressing on the covering-glass immediately over one

of these spherules, however, with a pointed piece of wood, it was found

possible to crush the globo-stellate containing it; for the globo-stellates

when partly dissolved are very brittle and break easily. There then

remained only transparent fragments of the broken shell and an indubita-

ble glistening air-bubble lying in their midst. By carefully performing

the operation one could, indeed, see the air-bubble issue from the globo-

stellate at the moment of fracture.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 4. Vol. xx. 21

294 “Mr. W. J. Sollas on the Action of Caustic

have been sealed up; at all events no internal solution had

taken place.

The small stellates and other delicate spicules of this Geodia

dissolve and disappear at a very early stage, so that none of

them are to be seen in my slides amongst the partially dis-

solved larger spicules.

Pachymatisma Johnstonia.

In the cylindrical spicule of this sponge the ends of the axial

canal are much further removed from the extremities, and con-

sequently better protected than they are in the case of the

acerates we noticed in Geodia; but since neither end of the

canal is better protected than the other, we find as a rule that

both are exposed at about the same time, and so in the majority

of these spicules the action of potash is to remove both ends and

develop the axial canal from each extremity, in just the same

way as in the case of the acerates of Geodia (Pl. IX. figs.

16; 17).

I may here take the opportunity to record a very abnormal

occurrence in connexion with these spicules, that, viz., of two

of them existing in a state of complete ankylosis. The axial

canals in this ankylosed structure have been made very visible

by the caustic potash, and can be seen crossing each other at

one point without intercommunication, so that each spicule

possesses its own distinct canal quite separate from that of its

fellow, and neither can be regarded as a mere process of the

other. The fact of their ankylosis is easily determined by

mere inspection (Pl. IX. fig. 18). Bowerbank’s dictum, that

spicules never ankylose together, not even by morbid growth,

is thus seen not to be of universal application*.

The globo-stellates behave very much as those of G'eodia ;

but in the examples I have had before me one or two additional

phenomena have been observed. In the first place the hemi-

spherical pits which are so common on fossil spicules are here

produced artificially by the action of the caustic potash in great

abundance, marking the spicules all over with regular excava-

tions of just the same size and appearance as those which are

seen in the fossil examples (Pl. LX. figs. 10,11). The same

hemispherical pits also appear on the acerate and large an-

choring spicules of G'eodia arabica after boiling with potash ;

in these cases the successive lamine of the spicule are exposed

in circles concentric with the circumference of the excavation

-(PIOEX, fig. 15).

Next, in one or two instances a thin structureless exterior

* See also O. Schmidt, Spong. d. Kiiste v. Algier, p. 16, Taf. ili. fig. 2.

Potash on the Siliceous Skeletons of Sponges. 295

film separated itself from the interior mass of a globo-stellate,

which everywhere remained free within it. The film was not

smooth, but wrinkled all over so as to fit exactly on to the

spines it once covered, dipping into the depressions between

them and rising over their summits (Pl. 1X. fig. 14, f). Is this

film the silicified wall of the cell in which the spicule has been

developed ? or is it the last coating of silica which the spicule

had received? If the latter be the true interpretation, the

phenomenon is but a repetition of what we have already ob-

served in the case of elongated spicules, where the outermost

Jamella frequently remains after solution as a mere sheath

about the rest of the spicule within it.

In this sponge the potash is more frequently able to attack

the component rays of the globo-stellates from the exterior than

in Geodia arabica, and hence the solution in a radial direction

sometimes proceeds both from within outwards and vice versdé

simultaneously.

The stellates of Pachymatisma appear to have greater power

of resistance than those of Gleodia arabica, since a slide show-

ing many of the globo-stellates of the former reduced to the

condition of thin shells also contains instances of its stellates

which have survived solution, and, indeed, appear but little

the worse for it. With this fact may be coupled another, viz.

that stellates similar to those of Pachymatisma have been seen

by me in the fossil state amongst a number of other spicules

which I am now describing from the Chalk of Trimmingham,

Norfolk.

Trachya, sp.

The staple spicule here is a large acuate, the rounded end

of which affords great protection to the corresponding termi-

nation of the axial canal within it, while at the pointed end

only a thin layer of silica intervenes between the axial canal

and the surrounding potash. It hence happens that at the

rounded end the canal remains closed and the concentric la-

mellz of the spicule are there with difficulty dissolved away ;

while at the pomted extremity the canal is entered by the

potash at once, the edges of the concentric laniina are exposed

and rapidly attacked, and the spicule is eaten back from the

point towards the butt, so that it is soon nearly all destroyed,

the part that remains often being only the butt-end, which

even then preserves the blind termination of the canal un-

breached from behind (PI. 1X. fig. 19, 0).

At the round end the potash removes the concentric lamelle

from without inwards, so that the innermost project furthest

(Pl. IX. fig. 19, 6); at the pointed end the potash acts from

296 Mr. W. J. Sollas on the Action of Caustic

within outwards and the outermost lamelle usually endure

longest (fig. 19, a).

The smaller spicules of this Zrachya have been entirely dis-

solved by the solution, which has merely analyzed the larger

ones.

Halichondria incrustans and H. panicea.

The flesh-spicules (anchorates and tricurvates) of the former

species soon passed into solution ; and in the skeleton-spicules

of both, the axial canals very quickly appeared and rapidly

enlarged. A concentric lamellar structure was exposed as in

the cases we have previously described ; but in these small spi-

cules the number of component laminz appears to be very

small, not above two or three at the most. One has to be

careful in attending to the solution of these spicules, not to let

them boil too long; otherwise they may all dissolve away: a

boiling sufficient to develop the spicules of the Zrachya of the

preceding paragraph completely dissolved all or nearly all the

spicules of a specimen of H. incrustans. From this one might

conclude that a search for fossil spicules of so small a size as

these would not, unless under very favourable circumstances,

be likely to be attended with success.

This concludes the account of the observations on the action

of caustic potash which I have thought it worth while to

record; and it only remains to add a few words by way of

application and explanation. And first as to the curious fact

that solution appears to proceed much more rapidly in the

interior than on the outside of spicules or spicular fibre, so

that very frequently we find the exterior of a spicule per-

sisting as a thin shell of apparently the same diameter as it

had originally, while interiorly every thing has been dissolved

away. It may be said that the difficulty here is more appa-

rent than real, since the internal solution takes place under

circumstances very favourable for observation, while that of

the exterior is less easily made manifest. When it reveals

itself in the edges of eroded lamin (Pl. IX. fig.19, a & 6) it is

obvious enough; but in most instances its effects cannot so

readily be estimated. There is no doubt some truth in this ;

but in many cases the difference in the rate of the internal and

external solution is too great to be accounted for in such a

manner. Capillarity will not help us much ; for it could only

lead to the introduction of the potash into the fine axial canal

and between the successive concentric lamella of the spicule,

and assist solution so far only as it might do so by bringing

the solvent agent into every accessible crevice of the dis-

Potash on the Siliceous Skeletons of Sponges. 297

solving substance. In many cases the explanation is to be

sought in the structure of the spicule itself, the edges of its

component layers or component rays being more readily reached

from within than from without, as, for instance, along the

axial canal of a linear spicule and around the central cavity

of a globo-stellate.

In the case, however, of the spicular fibre of Dactylocalyx

and its congeners, the internal solution is still in excess,

though no exfoliation of lamelle appears in them to take

place. Possibly the interior, and therefore older, silica of the

fibre has suffered some change with age, by which its solu-

bility has been increased; but in the absence of any thing

better than mere speculation it will be as well to wait for an

explanation till one is met with in the natural course of future

observations.

We may next observe that the solution we have accom-

plished in the laboratory also occurs on the large scale in

nature, ex. gr. at the bottom of the sea, where deciduous

spicules soon become partially dissolved, with the production

in every detail of the characters we have just described, and

are afterwards silted up to exhibit these characters in a fossil

state. But while in caustic potash we have a substance which

will dissolve some kinds of silica with the production of a

definite chemical compound, viz. potassic silicate, we do not

know, on the other hand, of the presence of any reagent in

sea-water which is capable of effecting the same result; the

only widely diffused solvent there, with which we are ac-

quainted, excepting the water itself, is carbonic acid; and no

one has yet shown that this acid is capable of dissolving any

kind of silica, or that water alone, given time enough, is in-

competent to the task. That one or other of these substances

does in certain cases dissolve that kind of silica which is

soluble in caustic potash is shown, however, by the changes

produced by rain-water on the freshly fractured surfaces of

black flints ; a comparatively short exposure of these to atmo-

spheric agencies soon causes them to lose their black trans-

lucent appearance, and to become opaque and white, owing,

as a microscopic examination proves, to the removal of some

of the silica from the exposed face, so as to render it at first

irregularly pitted and subsequently porous. The oniy agent

to which this removal can be attributed is rain-water; but

since this consists both of pure water and carbonic acid, we

are still unable to say whether the presence of carbonic acid is

a necessary condition to this solution or not. As to the

efficacy of one or other of these substances, however, this

observation leaves us in no doubt; and since both carbonic

298 Mr. W. J. Sollas on the Action of Caustic

acid and water occur together at the bottom of the sea, we

have there just the conditions under which the solution of

silica must necessarily take place; and when, in the course of

some years, this solution has been accomplished, it will have

produced just those changes in deciduous spicules which we

have succeeded in bringing about in a few minutes*.

SUMMARY.

1. By boiling with caustic potash, spicular silica passes

into solution.

2. In dissolving sponge-spicules, solution takes place both

on the outside of the spicule and internally about the sides

of its axial canal. ;

3. In vitreo-hexactinellid fibre, the internal solution at first

reproduces as hollow casts the forms of the spicules upon

* If for the sake of hypothesis we assume, according to all analogy,

that carbonic acid is the essential ingredient in atmospheric or sea-water

for the solution of dissolvable silica, and that some loose compound of

silica and carbonic acid is formed by its action, we may then be able to

formulate in an intelligible manner the replacement of spicular silica by

carbonate of lime, a change of which a large number of examples are now

known to spongologists. Given, for instance, a solution of calcie dihydric

carbonate (bicarbonate of lime) containing but a very small excess of free

carbonic acid, such as might naturally be expected to exist in a bed

composed of fragments of calcic carbonate (e.g. in a bed of chalk), and its

action on spicular silica might then be represented as follows :—

(i) Dissolvable silica + (CO),(OH),(Ca0,)

(Sponge-spicules,) Calcie dihydric carbonate.

= Compound of silica and carbonie acid + CO(Ca0,)

(Dissolved silica.) Calcice carbonate.

Thus calcite would become pseudomorphic after siliceous spicules, and

silica would pass into solution. But we also know from observation that

the reverse solution frequently takes place; this we may represent in the

following equation :—

(ai) CO(CaO,) + Compound of silica and carbonic acid

Caleic carbonate, ez. gr. coral. (Dissolved silica.)

= (CO),(OH),(CaO,) + Silica deposited.

Calcic dihydrie carbonate.

Hence these reactions belong to that numerous class known to chemists

as reversible ; and it follows that the dissolved silica set free by the first

reaction (i) might be again deposited on coming into contact with the

carbonate of lime in excess in the surrounding bed, according to the re-

action given in equation (ji); and thus, in one and the same sponge-

skeleton, the solution of spicular silica, its replacement by carbonate of

lime, and the redeposition of the dissolved silica might be proceeding

simultaneously. In some such manner may the mineral arrangements

which I have described in Stauronema and Pharetrospongia haye been

brought about.

Potash on the Stliceous Skeletons of Sponges. 299 ©

which the fibre has been formed, and afterwards enlarges and

unites these together so as to form a continuous canal in the

axis of the fibre.

4. The “ rosettes’ and other flesh-spicules of the Hexacti-

nellids pass into solution before the hollow sexradiate casts

have been definitely produced. This explains the fact that

these spicules have never yet been observed in the fossil state.

5. The spines and tubercles of vitreo-hexactinellid fibre

persist up to a very late stage of solution, and considerably

outlast the rosettes and flesh-spicules.

6. Except in the case of Huplectella, the vitreo-hexactinellid

fibre does not exhibit a tendency to scale off into concentric

layers when undergoing solution.

7. In ordinary spicules the caustic potash insinuates itself

between the faces of the component lamella, which thus dis-

solve not only at their edges, but over their whole surface,

and in consequence become separated from each other and

so display the true structure of the spicule.

8. The globo-stellate spicules dissolve chiefly from within

outwards: a central cavity is formed with hollow rays pro-

ceeding from it; this cavity continuously enlarges towards the

exterior till the siliceous substance surrounding it becomes

reduced to a mere film.

The unbuilding of these spicules thus proceeds exactly in

the same way as their building-up; the growing hollow cavity

with its rays is an exact negative image of the solid sphere

with its fine projecting spines that passes at length into the

adult globo-stellate form.

9. The solution which suffices to analyze the various layers

of a large spicule from each other destroys altogether small

spicules, such as those of Halichondria panicea.

10. The external solution of the spicules may take place

with comparatively greater rapidity at some points than others

on the surface, which thus becomes excavated by a number of

hemispherical pittings.

11. Dead spicules are soluble also in water containing car-

bonic acid; and thus arises a correspondence in the characters

of spicules artificially treated with caustic potash and those

which are dredged up from the sea-floor or obtained in a

fossil state.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Alterations produced in spicular structures by boiling in caustic potash

solution.

Fig... Dactylocalyx subglobosus. Skeletal network, exhibiting casts of

sexradiate spicules ( x 104).

300 Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals.

Fig. 2. Aphrocallistes Bocage’. Two nodes of the network, with two sex-

radiate casts, each with one ray prolonged to form the interior

of one of the long spines of the interior of the netted tube

(x 140).

Fig. 8. oe termination of a spicular cast in the fibre of D, sub-

globosus (X 435).

Fig. 4. Farrea densa. A node of the network, exhibiting casts of three

imbedded spicules (Xx 104).

Fig. 5. Hyalonema Steboldii, Cut end of a length of the anchoring

spicule, with the lamellar structure revealed by solution ( x 104).

Figs. 6 to 9. Geodia arabica. Globo-stellates in various stages of solution :

h, hilum; 7, radiate structure; ¢, central cavity ; s, contained

air-bubble (x 140).

Figs.10& 11. Pachymatisma Johnstonia, Globo-stellates : p, hemispherical

excavations ( X 140).

Figs. 12 & 13. Geodia arabica, Spines of a globo-stellate separated by

solution: fig. 12, seen in elevation; fig. 18, in plan (Xx 435).

Fig. 14. P. Johnstonia. Globo-stellate : f, thin structureless external film

of silica, separated from the rest of the spicule within it (x 140).

Fig. 15. Hemispherical excavations on the exterior of an acerate spicule

of Geodia arabica: a, one showing the circular outcrop of the

concentric lamellz round its walls (x 140).

Figs. 16 & 17. Ends of cylindrical spicules of Pachymatisma Johnstonva

(x 485).

Fig. 18. Abnormal structure, showing two spicules of P. Johnstonia an-

kylosed together (x 140).

Fig. 19. Trachya, sp. Acuate spicule: a, originally pointed end; 4,

rounded end (x 485).

XXXVITI.—Notes on Stony Corals in the Collection of the

British Museum. By Dr. F. BRiGGEMANN.

III. A REVISION OF THE RECENT SOLITARY MuSSACE.

Of the above-named group, which is equivalent to the Litho-

phylliacées simples of Milne-Edwards and Haime, there

appear to exist at least four genera comprising living species.

They may be tabulated in the following manner :—

A. Without a distinct epitheca ................ 1. ScoLyMra.

B. With an epitheca.

a. Edges of the larger septa roughly lacero-

dentate, the outermost teeth the

HEPGN GEE .\.. c)ann uncial + Ain «ssa Seng hcics, SRE eRe

b. Edges of the septa equally dentate.

Ue Golemelin ane spongious ........ 3. ANTILLIA,

2. Columella small, trabecular........ 4, HoMOPHYLLIA.

Taking other characters into view, another arrangement can

2 made :—

Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals. 301

A. Coral fixed to the ground, with an expanded

base.

a. Coste roughly spinose ..........00++6. 1. Scotymia.

b. Costes demticulate . ji. 42 as0seeceerane 4, HoMopHYLLIA.

B. Coral free in old age, with a pointed or rounded

base.

a. Coste roughly spinose............++.- 2. CYNARINA.

6, Costes denticulate i. sc sriierces ceceases 3. ANTILLIA,

A third mode of differentiating them is this :—

A. Calicle and columella nearly circular ........ 4, HoMopHYLLIA.

B. Calicle more or less circular ; columella oblong,

with a longer and shorter axis.

a. Coral cylindro-turbinate or columniform 1. ScoLyMra.

Pornvonan turvmnate sti wih yr sc52,'7. Peso ast 2, CYNARINA.

C. Calicle and columella decidedly bilateral, both

of them with a longer and shorter axis ...... 3, ANTILLIA.

Most of the genera exhibit more affinities to some of the

compound Mussacez than to each other; they might also be

shortly defined thus :—

. Scolymia, as a solitary Mussa without an epitheca.

. Cynarina, as a solitary Mussa with a thick epitheca.

. Antillia, as a solitary T'rachyphyllia with a thick epitheca.

. Homophyllia, as a solitary Isophyllia with a delicate epitheca.

He Co nD

I. ScoLyMIA.

Caryophyllia, Milne-Edwards and Haime, Compt. Rend. xxvii. p. 491.

Scolymia, Haime, Mém. Soc. Géol. Fr. (2) iv. p. 279, note.

Lithophyllia, Milne-Edwards and Haime, Hist. Nat. Cor. ii. p. 290.

Coral cylindro-turbinate, cylindrical, or almost prismatical,

in all ages attached to the ground by an expanded base, with-

out a distinct epitheca. Eoste prominent, roughly spinose,

the uppermost spines being the strongest. Calicle shallow,

circular, rarely oblong, rectangular or lobate. Septa of first

and second cycles with their free edges lacero-dentate, the

teeth increasing in size from within outwards. Columella

oblong in outline, consisting of thin trabecule, its surface

finely papillose or imbricate.

The Lamarckian name Caryophyllia having been previ-

ously restricted to another genus of stony corals, J. Haime

proposed in 1852 to use for the present group the generic

appellation of Scolymia, a name which Jourdan had applied

to it inthe Lyons Museum. There were not sufficient reasons

to rename the genus subsequently ; the name Scolymia had

been published, whether by Haime or by Jourdan himself is

302 Dr. F. Briiggemann.on Stony Corals.

no matter; and it is dissimilar enough to Scolymus (a genus

of Mollusca) to prevent confusion. The family will be more

appropriately termed Mussacee, from its principal genus Mussa,

which is, moreover, of earlier date than either Scolymdéa or

Inthophyllia.

IT cannot concur in Count de Pourtalés’s opinion (Deep-

Sea Corals, p. 70) that the species of Lithophyllia will turn

out to be younger stages of other corals—a suggestion already

indicated by Esper, who united the Sc. lacera with a species of

Mussa. Sc. dubia is indeed dubious in this respect ; but as

to Se. lacera, cubensis, and lacrymalis, these are certainly

permanent solitary forms. Some other species ought to be

excluded from this genus, viz. :—

1. Lithophyliia radians, Duchassaing and Michelotti, Mem.

Accad. Tor. (2) xxiii. p. 171, pl. vii. figs. 3,4. According

to the description and figure, the coral is much elevate, the

septa are moderately dentate ; the columella is very small,

almost rudimentary. As these characters do not occur in the

true Scolymie, the species in question may perhaps belong to

another genus ; but it seems to be established on a single spe-

cimen only. .

2. Lithophyllia cylindrica, Duch. & Mich. op. cit. xix.

p- 344, pl. ix. figs. 17, 18. The magnified figure shows

the coral covered with a well-defined epitheca, the septa

much exsert, rounded, their edges with small subequal teeth.

I am inclined to consider this an early stage of an Antillia;

it bears a general resemblance to a coral from Borneo

which I shall proceed to describe as the young of Antillia

constricta.

3. Lithophyllia multilamella, Duch. & Mich. op. cit. xxiii.

p- 171, pl. vui. fig. 12. Most probably Pourtalés was correct

in pronouncing this the young of an Jsophyllia. It is, how-

ever, not identical with the Lsophyllia multilamella of Pour-

talés (Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. iv. p. 70) ; for Duchassaing and

Michelotti state, ‘les lamelles sont éloignées d’un millimétre,”’

while Pourtalés’s [sophyllia has from thirteen to fifteen septa

in the space of a centimetre.

4. Caryophyllia australis, M.-Edw. & Haime, Ann. Se.

Nat. (3) xi. p. 239. The French authors have at first, with

some hesitation, included this coral in the present genus;

afterwards (Polyp. Foss. Terr. Paléoz. p. 87) they refer it

to Isophyllia. As it differs materially from both these genera,

I have made it the type of a new one.

The species of Scolymia known to me may be thus cha-

racterized :—

Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals. 303

A. Costal spines directed upwards; surface of colu-

mella spongious; six cycles of septa.

a, Primary and secondary septa thickened

throughout their whole length, with a

narrow cavity within ; costal spines fistu-

lar; calice oblong or rectangular; coral

VB SCIONS san ital coea RID & sing, Ss ards 3) Sea 1. Se. cubensis.

b. Septa of first cycles only thickened towards

the wall, solid, as are also the costal

spines.

1. Calicle circular, rarely oblong ; the

larger septal teeth and the costal

spines rather,obtuse .......... 2. Se. lacera.

2. Calicle strongly lobate ; the larger

septal teeth and the costal spines

aeutely Pointed. Cscs'o 1h Wale t Aats 3. Se. dubia.

B. Costal spines directed outwards, or even down-

wards; columella dense, with subimbricate sur-

face.

a. Five cycles of septa; larger septal and costal

teeth spiniform, much pointed ........ 4, Se. vitiensis.

b, Four cycles of septa; larger septal and

costal teeth knob-like, obtuse ........ 5. Se. laerymalis.

1. Scolymia cubensis. B.M.

Caryophyllia cubensis, Milne-Kdwards & Haime, Ann, Se. Nat. (3)

Zool. xi. p. 258,

Lithophylha cubensis, M.-EKdw. & Haime, Hist. Nat. Cor. ii. p. 292;

Duch. & Mich. Mem. Accad. Tor. (2) xix. p. 348, pl. v. fig. 10.

Hab. Cuba; St. Thomas.

Pourtalés describes his Lith. cubensis as having the spines

of the younger septa branching, sometimes coalescing and

perforated; he unites doubtfully with it LZ. argemone and L.

cylindrica, both of which are stated to have circular calicles.

As these characters are more conspicuous in Se. lacera, I am

led to believe that his specimens may belong to the latter.

2, Scolymia lacera, B.M.

Madrepora lacera, Pallas, Elench. Zooph. p. 298; Esper, Pflanzenth. i.

p. 148 (pt.), Madrep. pl. xxv. fig. 2.

Caryophyllia lacera, M.-Kidw. & H. Ann. Se. Nat. (3) xi. p. 287.

Lithophyllia lacera, M..Kdw. & H. Hist. Nat. Cor. ii. p. 291; Duch. &

Mich, Mem. Accad. Tor. (2) xix. p. 343.

Lithophyllva argemone, Duch. & Mich. Mem. Accad. Tor. (2) xix. p.

344, pl. ix. figs. 11, 12, pl. x. fig. 15.

Lithophyllia “ cubensis,” Pourtalés, Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. iv. p. 70.

Hab. Curagao (Pallas); St. Thomas (Duch. & Mich.) ;

Tortugas (Pourtalés) ; Bermuda (Pourtales).

With this species [ have identified the Lithophyllia arge-

mone, as the description and figures show no ditterences from

304 Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals.

Se. lacera, except an inferior size and a less developed colu-

mella, characters indicating merely a younger age of the

specimens. The authors state that the principal septa are

very distinct from each other (?) and from the smaller ones.

This peculiarity is indeed expressed in fig. 15 on pl. x. ; but

it is not represented in fig. 11 on pl. ix.*). In Sc. lacera

the principal septa are sometimes more, sometimes less, dis-

tinct from those of the following orders. The development

of the sixth cycle is also variable in this species, as already

mentioned by the accurate observer Pallas :—‘‘ Lamelle ma-

jores centro contigue; at his interject plerumque quine

(raro plures), longitudine et altitudine sensim minores.”’

3. Scolymia dubia. B.M.

Fungus marinus §c., Seba, Thes. iii. p. 199. no. 2, pl. eviii. fig. 2.

Lithophyliia dubia, Duch. & Mich. Mem. Accad. Tor. (2) xix. p. 344,

pl. ix. fig. 15; Pourtalés, Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambr. iv. p. 70.

Hab. St. Thomas; Gulf-stream, Looe Key (Pourtales).

4. Scolymia vitiensis. Ba

Coral short cylindrical, somewhat enlarged towards the

ealicle. No distinct epitheca. Coste not well pronounced,

scarcely prominent, armed with strong pointed spines which

are directed outwards. Calicle rounded, slightly oblong and

irregular, very shallow, the free edges of the septa being only

slightly inclined. Septal systems indistinct. Septa most

delicately and densely granulate on their surfaces, belonging

to five complete cycles ; those of the first three orders sub-

equal, thick, their three inner edges with a small number

(about five) of large teeth, the innermost and outermost of

which are pointed, whereas the one or two intermediate are

obtusely rounded at the top. Septa of fourth cycle much

thinner, with more numerous, subequal, obtuse teeth, those

of the fifth very narrow and short, partly rudimentary,

their edges irregularly denticulate. Columella very dense,

with subimbricate surface, the trabecule being enlarged to

horizontal somewhat crimpled lamellule. Endothecal dis-

sepiments much developed; exotheca wanting.

Hab. Feejee Islands (f. WM. Rayner).

The single specimen measures nearly 3 centims. in height,

and 4 centims. in its largest diameter; itis broken at the base,

* This figure is evidently meant to represent part of the calicle of

fig. 12, although it is quoted by the authors as showing some magnified

ealicles of Solenastrea micans.

Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals. - 305

so that I cannot give any particulars about its mode of adhe-

rence. The coste are closely covered for the greater part of

their length with a thin, rose-coloured, calcareous crust, which

seems to be rather a nulliporine growth than a true epitheca.

The species is easy to tell from the following ; its affinities

are more with the American forms, from all of which it differs

in the absence of the sixth cycle, the small number of the

larger septal teeth, and the direction of the costal spines.

5. Scolymia lacrymalis. B.M.

Caryophyllia lacrymalis, M.-Edw. & Haime, Ann. Sc. Nat. (8) Zool. x.

p- 320, pl. 8. fig. 1; wd. op. cit. xi. p. 238.

Lithophyllia lacrymalis, M.-Edw. & H. Hist. Nat. Cor. ii. p. 292.

Hab. Philippine Islands (J/.-Hdw. & H.); Borneo (Sir F.

Belcher, in B.M.).

In a young specimen (produced by intracalicinal gemma-

tion) there are only three cycles of septa; the columella is

low and consists of a few coarse trabecule.

Il. Cynarina*.

Agreeing in all respects with Scolymia, except that the coral

is free when adult, turbinate, and covered with a thick epi-

theca. From Anitzllia it differs in having the coste roughly

spinose ; the free edges of the larger septa lacero-dentate, the

septal teeth increasing in size from within outwards, the

ealicular fossa very shallow ; the calice circular in the adult,_

compressed in the young (the reverse being the case in Antil-

lia). From Homophylla it is likewise distinguished by the

structure of its coste, septa, and fossa; besides, Homophyllia

is always fixed by its base, and shows a very thin, appressed

epitheca, whereas the latter is thick and only loosely adherent

in Cynarina.

I am acquainted with only one species referable to this

genus,

Cynarina Savigny?. B.M.

Coral turbinate, somewhat ventricose, ponderous, free.

Outside of wall covered till near the edge with a thick epi-

theca, through which, however, the coste and their spines are

visible. Coste unequal, prominent, roughly spinose; scabrous

from being. covered with minute pointed granules. Calicle

circular, extremely shallow ; the free edge of the larger septa

* From Cynara, a genus of phanerogamous plants, in allusion to

Seolymia.

306 Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals.

is almost horizontal; at their inner extremity they fall off

suddenly and nearly perpendicularly to the columella, thus

marking a well-defined columellar fossula. Five complete

cycles, most regularly developed. Septa strongly projecting,

covered all over with scattered pointed granules; those of the

first three orders subequal, rather thick, with their free edges

irregularly lacero-dentate, a deeper incision being marked half

of their length ; their teeth few in number (about six), those

in the outer half generally closely united to a large projecting

lobe. Septa of fourth cycle much thinner, narrower, and a

little shorter, their edges with crowded, narrow, and pointed

teeth; septa of fifth cycle very thin, about half as long as

those of the preceding, their edges minutely dentate. Colu-

mella oblong, with even surface, densely spongious, its

trabecule rather thick, irregularly branched and confluent.

Endotheca well developed; exotheca apparently none.

Height 4 centims. ; diameter of calicle 35 centims.

Hab. Red Sea, Gulf of Suez (B.M.; &. MacAndrew in

B.M.).

Of this species, the Museum contains a considerable series

of specimens ; yet I have taken the description from a single

example, because this is the only one which is fully adult and

at the same time beautifully regular in its septal apparatus.

In the young specimens, the calicle is oval and deeper, the

columella scantily developed, papillose. They are attached

by a narrow base to dead shells, nullipores, and the like; but

they soon become quite free; and then, vice versd, shells and

serpule are usually attached and agglutinated to their epitheca.

The regular development, as described above, is perhaps almost

exceptional; in other (more than half-grown) specimens the

calicle is irregular in outline, often strongly compressed. In the

latter case the fossa is much deeper, and the edges of the wall

are not on the same level, being more elevate at the extre-

mities of the shorter axis. The shape and dentation of the

septa is also, of course, much influenced by the general shape

of the coral: in the compressed specimens their edges are

almost perpendicular instead of being horizontal, and nearly

entire, with the exception of the uppermost parts.

I have named this species after the excellent French natu-

ralist J. C. Savigny, because he was the first to discover it ;

he has also figured it in the ‘ Description de Egypte,’ Poly-

pes, pl. 4. fig. 2, 1-8. The young specimen (fig. 2, 3)

agrees exactly with some in the museum collection. In

fig. 2,1, part of the epitheca is destroyed, and thus the coste

appear to be bare; the septal teeth are rather too much pointed.

Fig, 2, 2 is more exact in this respect.

Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals. 307

Savigny’s figure was either mistaken or overlooked by

subsequent authors. Audouin (Explic. somm. d. Planch.

Savign. p. 233) declares it to represent a Caryophyllia, per-

haps the young of C. carduus. Ehrenberg (Corall. Roth.

Meer. p. 92) refers to it under his Caryophyllia lacera, re-

marking that he himself had not found this coral in the Red

Sea. M.-Edwards and Haime have not mentioned it any-

where*.

TIT. ANTILiIA.

Antillia, Duncan, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xx. p. 28.

Coral short, turbinate, in the earliest stages fixed to the

ground by a short pedicel, afterwards free, pointed at its base.

Kpitheca well developed, moderately appressed, generally with

transverse ringlets of growth. Coste prominent, equal, den-

ticulate. Calicle more or less oblong, with a longer and a

shorter axis. Septa much projecting, rounded at their sum-

mits, with their free inner edges uniformly and minutely

serrato-dentate ; the inner thirds of the larger septa sometimes

separated by an emargination as paliform lobes. Columella

large, oblong, spongious. Animal with a single row of nume-

rous, small, verruciform tentacles, an even, more or less gra-

nulate disk, and a single, oval or linear mouth.

This genus was originally established on some fossil West-

Indian corals differing from Montlivaltia in the possession of

a well-developed columella. It has become necessary to draw

up a more precise definition of the genus in order to differen-

tiate it sufficiently from its recent allies. It proves to be

widely distributed in the coral seas; there are at least four

living species belonging to it.

1. Antillia Lonsdalet.

Antillia Lonsdaleva, Duncan, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 488, pl. xli.

figs. 1, 2.

Hab. Japanese seas, in moderate depth.

Prof. Duncan has referred this coral as a variety to a fossil

* The following is a revised index to the Madreporaria figured by

Savigny in ‘ Description de l’EKgypte,’ Polypes :—

Pl. 5. fig. 4. Alveopora dedalea (Forsk.).

Pl. 4. fig. 1. Antilia Geoffroyt (Audouin); fig. 2. Cynarina Savignyi ;

fig. 3. Stylophora digitata (Pall.) ; tig. 4. Montipora crista galli (Ehrenb.);

cc; ie ee Savignyt, M.-Edw. & H.; fig. 6. Alveopora fenestrata

am. ).

Pl. 5. fig. 1. Sederastrea Savignyana, M.-Edw. & TL; fig. 2. Gonio-

pora Savignyi, Dana; fig. 3. Astrea Savignyi (M.-Edw. & H.); fig. 4.

Celoria arabica (= C. labyrinthiformis, M.-Edw. & H.).

308 Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals.

species from St. Domingo (A. Lonsdaleia, Duncan, Quart.

Journ. Geol. Soc. xx. p. 30, pl. in. fig. 4), from which iti

stated to differ only in its general shape.

2. Antillia explanata.

Antillia explanata, Pourtalés, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambr. viii.

p- 42, pl. viii. figs. 4-6.

Hab. Barbadoes, in 75 fathoms depth.

3. Antillia Geoffroyt. B.M.

Turbinolia Geoffroyi, Audouin, Descr. Egypt. Expl. Planch. p. 253 (ex

Savigny, a cit. Polypes, pl. 4. fig. 1) ; Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped. Zooph.

. ote.

dohyphyllia Geoffroyt, M.-Edw. & Haime, Ann. Sc. Nat. (3) xi.

p- 276 ; wd. Hist. Nat. Cor. ii. p. 8341; Hickel, Arab. Korall. p. 45,

pl. ii. fig. 2.

Hab. Red Sea; Gulf of Suez (2. MacAndrew in B.M.).

This coral is exceedingly variable. The calicle is rounded

in the youngest specimens, afterwards it becomes either broad

explanate (and then the coral is always very short) or com-

pressed, even linear, much more so than in the species of

Flabellum. The proportion between the shorter and longer

axis varies, in middle-sized specimens, from 1:2 to 1:5.

When the calicle is open it is generally irregularly constricted

in its sides, and there are indications of paliform lobes, although

these are never much pronounced; in the compressed speci-

mens they are, of course, wanting.

The present species has been regarded by the French

monographists as the young of a compound coral allied to

Trachyphyllia amarantum, This is a mistake: the young

Trachyphyllie, of which there are several examples in the

Museum collection, begin to divide at a very early period, and

exhibit the same irregular plications as the adult; they have

also no trace of an epitheca. On the contrary, all the nume-

rous specimens of A. Geoffroy before me are quite simple,

without any inclination to divide ; the animals (preserved in

spirit) show constantly a single mouth, however elongate

the calicle may be; the epitheca is always present and neatly

defined, although less extensive in the young.

Savigny’s and Milne-Edwards’s specimens were evidently

not ‘‘very young,” but fully adult, and, to judgefrom their enor-

mous size, probably very aged. The only mode of asexual

propagation J have noticed in this species 1s that by means of

intracalicular budding; in one specimen this has repeatedly

taken place, and thus three calicles are placed one in the

other, not unlike the fossil Cyathophyllum.

Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals. 309

The Manicina “areolata” of Ehrenberg (Abh. Berl. Akad.

1832, i. p. 327), quoted here by M.-Edwards and Haime, is,

from the description, quite different, and may be a true

Trachyphyllia.

4, Antillia constricta. B.M.

Coral short, turbinate, straight, with pointed base, appa-

rently tree. Calicle much longer than broad, oblongo-elliptical,

with the sides in their'middle deeply and regularly constricted

in the direction of the short axis, giving to the outline nearly

the shape of an 8; each of the four corners with a very slight

indication of an additional constriction. Kpitheca well deve-

loped, covering half the height of the wall; the latter rather

thin, with scanty but conspicuous exotheca. Coste subequal,

prominent, almost cristiform, their edges with a single series

of crowded small and acute teeth. Edge of the calicle not on

the same level, much elevate in the constricted middle parts,

lowest at the extremities of the longer axis. Fossa deep.

Septa most regular, belonging to six complete cycles: pri-

mary, secondary, and tertiary ones subequal, thick, well

projecting, obtusely rounded on their summits; their lateral

surfaces covered with remote granules; which are arranged

towards the inner edge in oblique rows running to the mar-

ginal teeth; their free inner edges in the upper half straight,

with small crowded acute teeth, then- suddenly dilated to a

large paliform lobe, which is separated by a deep, acute or:

rectangular emargination, and has its edge entire. Septa of

fourth cycle smaller and thinner, with irregularly and coarsely

dentate edge, the paliform lobe less pronounced and somewhat

toothed; those of fifth and sixth cycles lacerately toothed,

without paliform lobes. Columella well developed, linear

in outline, with even, more papillose than spongious surface,

dense, consisting of thin, filiform, subparallel trabecule, most

of which are evenly furcate at the top. Height of coral 40

millims., longer axis of calicle 65 millims., shorter axis

45 millims., shortest diameter (in: the constricted middle

parts) 25 millims..

flab. Borneo (Sir E.. Belcher),

The above description is taken froma single specimen; but

there is another coral (without indication of locality) in the

collection which seems to represent a more advanced stage of

growth of the same species: it is higher and heavier ; the

epitheca ascends to five sixths of the height; the coste are

thicker and more roughly dentate; the four smaller constric-

tions in the corners of the calicle are very conspicuous. In

all other respects it agrees with the type specimen, except that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 22

310 Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals.

the calicle is wider and the paliform lobes less pronounced ;

but these may be individual peculiarities, whereas the before-

mentioned differences are undoubtedly signs of a more ad-

vanced age.

In a young specimen from Borneo, the coral is attached by

a narrow base, the calicle is rounded oval, with scarcely a

trace of constriction in the middle of its sides; there are only

four cycles of septa, which are thin, broad, and much exsert,

without paliform lobes.

Lastly, there is in the collection also a specimen in spirit

from North Australia (collected by J. B. Jukes; ‘dredged

in 10 fathoms depth’) which appears to be specifically iden-

tical with the Bornean type.

A. constricta differs from A. Geoffroy’ and A. Lonsdalet

in the shape of its calicle, the regular development of the

septal cycles, and the strong paliform lobes ; from the former,

besides, in its strictly symmetrical form, in its narrow coste,

and in the structure of its columella, the latter being in A.

Geoffroyt truly spongious and consisting of irregularly

branched and coalescing lamellar trabecule.

TV. HoMopHytutia.

Coral neatly tnrbinate, with a narrow, somewhat expanded

base. Outside of wall covered almost to the edge with a

thin closely adherent epitheca, through which the cost are

distinctly perceptible. Coste crowded, pertectly equal, pro-

minent, minutely denticulate. Calicle circular, deep. Edges

of septa with crowded, narrow, subequal teeth. Columella

very small, rounded in outline, coarsely trabecular.

This genus is here established for the reception of the Caryo-

phyllia australis of Milne-Edwards and Haime, which the

authors had united with the Scolymie, remarking at the same

time that, by its epitheca and small columella, it made an

approach to Thecophyllia (= Montlivaltia}. In addition to

this, the general shape of the coral, the deepness of its calicle

(caused by a scanty development of the endothecal dissepi-

ments), and especially the structure of the coste: and septa

will justify its generic separation ; otherwise it would be neces-

sary to unite all the simple Mussacee into one genus. ‘The

differences from Cynarina have been given above; from An-

tillia it is distinguished by its circular development through-

out, by being attached by means of an expanded base in all

ages, by its thin and closely adherent epitheca, by the mode

of dentation of its septa, and by its small columella.

Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals. 811

Tomophyllia australis. . Types, B.M.

Caryophyllia australis, M.-Edw. & Haime, Ann. Se. Nat. (3) Zool. x.

p- 320, pl. 8. fig. 2; zd. op. cit. xi. p. 239.

In this species the septa are moderately prominent, rather

thin, of uniform thickness throughout their whole length, and

delicately scabrous from the presence of numerous very small

pointed granules. ‘The septal systems are quite distinct.

There are six cycles, the last of which is incomplete. The

ptimary and secondary septa are equal; the teeth of their

edges are much crowded, middle-sized, narrow, straight, rather

obtuse ; those in the middle part of the septal edge are, on the

average, the longest; they decrease in length towards the

circumference and centre of the calicle. The tertiary septa

are much like the preceding, only a trifle narrower, with fewer

and longer teeth ; those of the fourth cycle are similar, but

they do not reach the columella. The septa of the fifth and

sixth cycles are only half as long as those of the fourth, and

scarcely dentate on their edges. The columella is much re-

duced and low, its surface subpapillose.

Very young specimens (4 to 8 millims. in diameter) are

broadly attached and very short cylindrical, almost discoid.

The epitheca is present from the beginning.

Height of the adult 20 millims.; diameter of calicle as

much as 30 millims.

Hab. Port Lincoln (J. B. Harvey in B.M.). The state-

ment “Chinese seas” (I/.-Edw. & H. 1857) is doubtful, and

requires confirmation.

Milne-Edwards and Haime, in their later works, have mis-

taken this coral for the young of a West-Indian Isophyllia;

the description of Jsophyllia “ australis” (Hist. Nat. Cor. ii.

p- 375) has nothing to do with the species now under consi-

deration. The latter is found growing socially on rocks; and

occasionally it happens that two neighbouring specimens

touching each other become intimately united by their walls.

Such is the case in one of the type specimens; and it is most

likely that from the observation of this spurious compound-

ness (which is only caused by contact, not by fissiparity)

Milne-Edwards and Haime arrived at their erroneous conclu-

sion. There can be no doubt that Homophyllia remains

solitary at all ages. The young Jsophylliw, moreover, are

quite different: they are expanded, convex, with flat under

surface and lamelliform coste; they divide in a curious

manner, according to the septal systems. HE. de Pourtalés

first noticed this kind of development in his J. guadulpensis

22*

312 Dr. F. Briiggemann on Stony Corals.

(Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. iv. p. 71); but it seems to occur also

in a more or less regular way in all the other species.

From this peculiar mode of growth, as well as from the

dentation of the septa, the loosely trabecular spreading colu-

mella, the general shape and aspect of the corallum, &c., the

West-Indian [sophyllie appear tome, by the way, to be a natural

generic group which should not be blended with Symphyllia,

as has been proposed by Pourtalés. Symphyllia, in its

turn, cannot be separated from .Wussa; there are, as Ver-

rill (in Dana, Cor. & Cor. Isl., App. p. 336) has already

observed, such numerous transitions, not only as regards the

species, but also the individual coralla, and even parts of

individuals, that, although admitting the justice of Liitken’s

contrary remarks (Zool. Rec. for 1872), 1 can see no possi-

bility of keeping these two genera apart. As to the West-

Indian so-called Symphyllie, | agree with De Pourtalés that

these should stand in the same genus with Jsophyllia. Duchas-

saing and Michelotti have described as Symphyllia not only

species of true Lsophyllia, but also of Ulophyllia (which genus

is certainly of West-Indian origin) and possibly of MJyceto-

phyllia. The differences between all these genera are,

indeed, precarious enough. ‘The innermost septal teeth in

Isophyllia are frequently prolonged to join the trabecule of

the columella; I would therefore prefer to return to Milne-

Edwards and Haime’s former classification, and to withdraw

again Isophyllia in favour of Ulophyllia (the latter being prior

in date). Perhaps also Mycetophyllia cannot be maintained.

Iam not acquainted with its type species ; but there is a West-

Indian coral in the Museum collection showing the septal

dentation of Ulophyllia crispa and the superficial calicles of

Mycetophyllia; besides, the development of the endotheca is

said to be very different in degree in the two species of Myceto-

phyllia. To Ulophyllia, in its former, more extensive sense,

the following specific names are referable :—

—

. Meandrina crispa, Lamarck ; Oulophyllia crispa, M.-Edw.

& H.

. Oulophyllia Stokesiana, M.-Edw. & H.

. Oulophyllia? spinosa, M.-Edw. & H. 1849; Lsophyllia

spinosa, M.-Edw. & H. 1857.

. Isophyllia “ australis,” M.-Edw. & H. 1857 (not Caryo-

phyllia australis, M.-Edw. & H. 1848 and 1849 !).

. Symphyllia guadulpensis, M.-Kkdw. & H.

. Tsophyllia quadulpensis,” Pourtales ; Lsophyllia “rigida,”

Vernill, 1864. The strong coste are not sufficient to

identity the Symphyllia guadulpensis, as they are equally

m bo

SO? Or

Mr..P. H. Gosse on a new Species of Crustacea. 313

well, and perhaps even better, developed in J. stnuosa ;

moreover the dentation of the septa in the original S.

_ guadulpensis seems to be different.

7. Astrea rigida, Dana; Prionastrea rigida, M.-EKdw. & H.;

Lsophyllia rigida, Verrill, 1872.

8. Mussa dipsacea, Dana; Symphyllia dipsacea, M.-Kdw. &

H.; Lsophyllia dipsacea, Vervill.

9. Madrepora sinuosa, Ell. & Sol.; Lsophyllia sinuosa, Ver-

rill. The original diagnosis given by Ellis and Solander

is rather meagre; but as the name has got a precise

meaning now by Verrill’s good description, it must be |

accepted for this well-marked species.

10-20. Symphyllia strigosa, S. anemone, 8. conferta, S. Aglae,

S. helianthus, S. Thomasiana, S. aspera, S. cylindrica,

S. Knoxi, S. marginata, S. verrucosa, Duchassaing &

Michelotti, 1860.

21. Lithophyllia multilamella, Duch. & Mich. 1864,

22. Lsophyllia “ multilamella,” Pourtales*.

For want of sufficient material, I must leave the discrimi-

nation of the actual species to future researches. It is more

than probable that at least half the number of the above names

will prove to be merely synonyms.

XXXVIII:-—On Bellidia Huntii, a Genus and Species of Crus-

tacea supposed to be new. By Purtip HENRY Gosse,

F.R.S.

[Plate X. ]

Family Alpheade.

BELLIDIA (gen. nov.), Gosse.

Internal antenne very little above the external: composed

of two filaments forming a right angle.

External antenne with the basal plates very large.

Feet: first pair small, didactyle, consimilar. Second pair

long, very slender, didactyle; both arm and wrist many-

jointed.

Eyes not covered by the carapace.

Abdomen bent abruptly.

Tail-plates large, all undivided.

* Mussa fragilis, Dana, referred to Isophylia by Verrill, is, according

to the description, a Colpophylla.

314 Mr. P. H. Gosse on a supposed new Genus

Bellidia Huntii, Gosse.

As this is the only species known, no diagnosis can be

given; but it may be thus described :-—

Beak simple, small, rounded, smooth, acute.

Internal antennz of two filaments, the one projecting, the

other erect and strongly ciliated on one side (e) ; seated very

little above the external pair. ©

External antenne one third as long as the body. Basal

plates very large; in form one-fourth of a long ellipse; a

single tooth in the outer edge, near the tip (0).

First pair of feet small and short, both didactyle, consi-

milar; the thumb gibbous, solid; the movable finger some-

what shorter, slender, finely pointed, much curved, colourless,

and translucent (d).

Second feet moderately long, very slender, didactyle ; hand

minute; both arm and wrist many-jointed.

Outer foot-jaws long, strong, foot-shaped ; the terminal joint

armed with strong teeth on the upper edge.

Eyes not covered by any vault of the carapace, but project-

ing above the rostrum.

Abdomen abruptly bent, much as in Hippolyte ; attenuated

rapidly (a).

Legs moderately long ; all monodactyle.

Tail-plates large; the outermost showing no trace of trans-

verse division (c).

Length three quarters of an inch from end of rostrum to

end of tail.

The specimen was a female, heavily laden with advanced

spawn: the ova large, globular, densely attached to the fringes

of the false feet, and thus increasing the apparent depth of the

animal.

Colour: a dark rich lake-crimson, marked, on the cephalo-

thorax and abdomen, with well-defined vertical stripes of

brilliant opaque white, imparting a zebra-like aspect to the

creature. The head bears two longitudinal stripes of white on

each side. The entire length of the back is dark red, with a

broad white stripe running down the median line. All the

limbs red. ‘The ova of a dark sea-green hue.

With considerable affinity to the family Crangonide on the

one hand, and to the Palemonide on the other, this little

creature is separated from the former by the chelee, from the

‘latter by the rostrum. It must be placed in the Alpheade.

With Alpheus it agrees in the minute rostrum and in the

and Species of Crustacea. . 815

outer tail-plate being entire. From Alpheus it differs in the

equality and consimilarity of the hands, and in the unshielded

condition of the eyes.

With Neka it agrees in the multiarticulate arms as well as

wrists of the second feet, and in several minute characters.

From Nika it differs in both the hands of the first feet being

didactyle, and in the outer tail-plate being entire.

With Athanas it agrees in the unshielded eyes, and in

several other characters. From Athanas it differs in the inner

antennz having three filaments, and in the outer tail-plate

being entire.

This elegantly shaped and brilliantly coloured little shrimp

was dredged by Arthur R. Hunt, Esq., F.G-.S., in about 6

fathoms, off the Shag Rock*, at the northern end of Torbay,

on the 10th of August, 1877. During this summer I had en-

joyed the privilege of numerous dredgings in Torbay with him

in his convenient little yacht the ‘Gannet;’ and we had both

lamented the paucity of results. On this particular day we

had been occupied at the south-west corner of the bay ; and

my friend, having landed me at Torquay with my opima

spolia, proceeded to the Shag Rock to spend another hour in

dredging alone. ‘The result proved unwontedly rich. Besides

many examples of Comatu/a rosacea, adult, and in the crinoid

condition variously advanced, and some other interesting

things, he obtained two creatures, which he at once saw to be

unfamiliar, and which proved to be, both of them, new to the

British fauna, and, as I believe, each of them a type of an

undescribed genus. The one was the elegant shrimp above

described; the other was the nudibranch mollusk that forms

the subject of the following paper. Surely it was a most

noteworthy reversal of fortune that two new generic forms

should reward a single dredge-haul !

My friend, after he had preserved the specimens alive for a

few days in his own aquarium, kindly presented them both to

me. The Bellidia continued awhile in health and vigour,

manitesting, in its alternations of active motion and still repose,

a resemblance to the little Crangons. The liftings from vessel

to vessel, the confinement in small cells for microscopic ex-

amination, and the manipulations to which it was unavoidably

subjected in order to define and figure it, careful and tender

as 1 was in performing these, were, however, fatal to it; for it

* Mr. Hunt gives me the locality more exactly thus :—- In about 6

fathoms on a submerged rock, off Meadfoot Sands, that extends from the

Shag Rock, in the direction of the Thatcher, to the well-known sunken

rock, Morris’s Rogue.”

316 Mr. P. H. Gosse on a supposed new Genus

soon died*. The specimen, preserved in spirit, I am about to

deposit in the British Museum.

I wish to dedicate this genus to the venerable author of ‘ A

History of the British Stalk-eyed Crustacea,’ to whom I per-

sonally owe a life-long debt of esteem, and gratitude, and loveT.

And the species to the friend to whom science is indebted for

its fortunate discovery.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

a. Bellidia Huntii, magnified +.

b. The anterior organs, viewed from above.

ce. The tail-plates.

d, The left hand.

e. One internal antenna.

XXXIX.—On Hancockia eudactylota, a Genus and Species of

Mollusca, supposed: to be new. By Puitip HENRY GoOssk,

F.R.S

[Plate XL]

Family Tritoniade.

HANCOCKIA (gen. nov.), Gosse.

“Body linear, scarcely palliate.

Head, beneath, produced on each side into a broad, flat,

many-fingered oral tentacle.

Dorsal tentacles two, with laminated bulbs, retractile within

sheaths.

Branchie three pairs, foliate, pinnatifid, infolding, remotely

seated on the subpalliate margin of the back.

Foot linear, grasping.

Hancockia-eudactylota, Gosse.

The only. known species.

Body (a, 6) about half an inch in length when crawling,

* My friend favours me with the following note :—“ Bellidia is doubt-

less a rocky shrimp, not a sandy one; and its colours would match the

beautiful red weeds among which it is found. I believe it was off a mass

of red weed that I picked the Hancockia (see the following memoir),

and the very minute Aplysa found on the same occasion, which I after-

wards showed you.”

+ I had at first written the word as “ Bellia;” but I find that this

form is already occupied in zoology. As I do not choose to relinquish

my tribute of affection to my friend, I adopt another termination.

and Spectes of’ Mollusca. 317

one sixteenth of an inch in width, linear, parallel-sided, nearly

opaque, of an olive-colour, much paler beneath. An internal

mass seen through the skin and flesh, between the first

branchiz, most conspicuous in the lateral view (a), of a rich

brown hue, is doubtless the liver. The whole upper surface

is clothed, more especially toward the posterior portion, with

a transparent skin, nearly colourless under transmitted, but of

a light bluish-green hue under reflected light. This enve-

lops the dorsal tentacle-sheaths and the exterior of the

branchial leaves, and forms a loose web in the angles caused

by the projection of these organs, and gathers in loose irregular

folds over the ridge on each side from which they spring.

This membrane is everywhere studded with subconical tuber-

cles of denser substance. The under parts are destitute of

this membrane.

Oral tentacles (c) large and conspicuous, each terminating

in a conical process, whose flat bottom is applied to the ground

in crawling, and from whose edge radiate three or four long

fingers, alternating with :as many rudimentary ones, tle whole

bearing a striking resemblance to the foot of a triton or frog.

These hands of outstretched fingers are constantly used, in

crawling, to feel the way: the fingers contract suddenly, in

various degrees, every instant; and by their movements it is

indubitably seen that these tentacles are very sensitive organs

of touch.

Dorsal tentacles proceeding from the shallow trumpet-like

extremities of large erect sheaths (d), which are thick, colum-

nar, and very mobile. ‘The sheaths are composed of the

common dense tissue for the greater portion of their length ;

but this rises into points near the extremity, whose interspaces

are filled by a more delicate pellucid web, forming the trumpet-

mouth, which again is furnished with subconical points along

its edge. From the centre of this trumpet-mouth projects the

tentacle (e), in form of a short clavate column, with a basal

bulb, which under high magnification divides into oblique

leaves. The tentacle-tip usually reaches beyond the level of

the trumpet-mouth, to the extent of about half of the latter’s

diameter ; but it can be retracted wholly out of sight, without

any sensible change of form in the sheath. The length of the

sheath alone is more than the greatest width of the body.

Branchiz three on each side, springing from a sort of pal-

lial ridge clothed with the loose membrane already alluded to.

They appear at first sight to be stout ovate processes with

short thick peduncles. But prolonged examination reveals

that each is a broad thick leaf (/), of nearly circular outline,

whose edge is deeply incised, so as to form five pairs and a

318 Mr. P. H. Gosse on a new Species of Mollusca.

terminal one, of irregularly notched leaflets. In general; the

two sides of this leaf are incurved toward each other (q),

facing outwards, so that the points meet and overlap loosely,

frequently opening irregularly. Their appressed surface is

delicate and transparent; their exterior rough and tuberculous,

and of a blackish hue.

Head distinct; the mouth (c) opening as a longitudinal

slit.

Foot parallel-sided, nearly as wide as the body when the

animal is crawling on a flat ground; but able to bring its

lateral edges together, to grasp such an object as a linear sea-

weed. It ends in an abrupt blunt point, which reaches a

little behind the body.

This genus seems to find its place in the family Tritoniade,

very near to Scyllea, which it resembles in form, and colour,

and general facies ; but from which it signally differs in the

possession of well-formed elaborately-furnished oral tentacles,

and by the deeply incised, infolding branchial lobes. I have

not attempted to dissect my unique example; thus my ac-

quaintance with its anatomy is limited to so much as can be

discerned from without.

This minute, but very interesting nudibranch was dredged

by Mr. A. R. Hunt, near Torquay, on Aug. 10, 1877; as I have

more particularly described in my memoir on "Bellidia Huntii,

p. 315 supra. It was very readily kept in captivity for near ly

tliree weeks, bearing rather rough treatment with impunity ;

and it died at last only by an accident. It would crawl rapidly

on sea-weeds, and occasionally would float foot upward at the

surface. On one occasion, as it was thus self-suspended at the

surface of the water, I noticed that the flotation was not per-

formed by the expanded foot, as [ had supposed, and as is

usual with similar mollusks; for the edges of the foot were

actually in mutual contact throughout, and thus this organ

was reduced to a mere line. ‘The thought occurred, that pos-

sibly a narrow film of air might be inclosed within the folded

foot ; and I watched with interest till the animal should sink,

to observe whether any tiny bubble would arise from it. I

waited till it began to crawl on the bottom, and till I could see

clearly the tip of the foot projecting behind, whereby I was

sure that this organ was wholly flattened; but no pellicle of

air appeared.

On another occasion, when thus floating, the foot was ex-

panded, and the broad palms of the oral hands were in contact

with the circumjacent air.

After I had kept my little captive about a week, I found

floating at the surface of the water a mass of spawn-ribbon,

Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperides. 319

forming two complete figure-of-eight coils (4), in which a

multitude of ova were irregularly “scattered, much as in the

spawn of Doto, as represented by Alder and Hancock (Br.

Nudibr. Moll. fam. 3, pls. 5, 6).

A week later still these ova had become so many actively-

revolving embryos. Hach chorion, of an oval form, enclosed

a single ‘embryo, which rapidly rotated by means of long cilia.

The ciliated organs were thick uncouth masses, rather than

the flattened symmetric lobes of the infant Doris and Eolis

(as figured by A.& H.) ; and the shell appeared more irregular,

and much less nautiloid. Some of the embryos were ‘inuch

larger and apparently more advanced than their fellows.

This specimen, as the preceding, I hope to present, duly

preserved in spirit and labelled, to the British Museum.

The generic name is given in honour of the late Albany

Hancock, one of the conjoint authors of the very beautiful

“ Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.”

The nomen triviale (well-fingered) alludes to the curious

appendages of the oral tentacles, and glances also at the

digitate incision of the branchial leaves.

Tt is not without a strong sense of the evil of “ thrusting

uncalled-for synonyms into the nomenciature of science ” that

I venture to give names to these forms; and my misgiving is

the greater because my position, remote from the centres of

literature, and my protracted abstention from dlescriptive

natural history, have too much shut out from my cognition

the advance of science. The creatures described were, how-

ever, so novel to me, and so attractively interesting, that I can

only venture and hope.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

% b. Hancockva eudactylota, viewed laterally and dorsally, magnified +4.

. The anterior parts, from beneath.

. A dorsal tentacle and sheath.

. The same, obliquely from above, without the sheath.

A branchial leaf (drawn diagrammatically).

. The same, in its ordinary condition.

Spawn.

ae as

XL.—Deseriptions of twenty-three new Species of Hesperide

from his own Collection. By W. C. Hewitson.

Myscelus Orthrus.

Alis utrinque rufis: anticis hasi marginibusque fuscis punctis novem

320 Mr. W.C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperide.

hyalinis albis: posticis dentatis macula hyalina, fasciisque ‘tribus

macularibus rufis.

Upperside rufous, the base and margins darker. Anterior

wing with several transparent spots—three before the middle,

three beyond these (one of whichis minute), one on the costal

margin, and two near the apex. Posterior wing with one

transparent spot followed by three bands of rufous spots.

Underside as above, except that the base of both wings is

dull white.

Exp. 2 inches.

Belongs to the group of nobilis and Santhilarius, and has

the outer margin of the posterior wing strongly dentated.

Myscelus Typhaon.

Alis rufo-fuscis: anticis maculis undecim hyalinis maculisque rufis:

posticis punctis duobus hyalinis, fascia lata rufa punctis quinque

atris notata: his infra griseo suffusis,

Upperside rufous-brown. Anterior wing with several trans-

parent spots—one below the middle of the costal margin large

and quinquefid, one (minute) below it, one outside of it, one

on the costal margin bifid, and four near the apex; a series of

rufous spots outside of these. Posterior wing with a white

spot at the base, a large transparent white spot before the

middle, a small spot between it and the costal margin; a pale

rufous band below these marked by a series of five spots, the

two outside ones of which are transparent and bordered by a

second series of indistinct brown spots.

Underside as above, except that both wings have the base

white, the outer margins dark brown, irrorated with grey-white,

and that the posterior wing has two pale yellow spots near the

costal margin below the middle.

Exp. 2:75 inches.

Belongs to the group of nobilis and Santhilarius, but is

of the form of Hudamus and is not dentate on the outer

margin of the posterior wing. It is quite unlike any other

species.

Eudamus Helixus.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis punctis septem hyalinis punctoque

flavo: posticis punctis duobus fasciaque brevi flavis: his infra

fascia media alba.

Upperside red-brown. Anterior wing with the base rufous;

seven transparent. spots—two before the middle, one of which

is in the cell, two beyond the middle, and three near the apex;

Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperide. 321

a. pale yellow spot near the inner margin. Posterior wing

produced at the anal angle; two pale yellow spots before the

middle, and a short ochreous band beyond the middle.

Underside. Anterior wing as above, except that there is a

white spot where the wings meet. Posterior wing crossed

obliquely at the middle by a band of white; the costal margin

irrorated with lilac; the inner margin white.

Exp 1,5 inch.

Nearest to H. Phenice.

EHudamus Halesvus.

Alis fuscis: anticis basi virescente fascia media sexpartita hyalina

alba punctoque subapicali albis: posticis virescentibus margine

postico fusco: his infra griseis puncto basali fasciisyue duabus

nigris.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with the base

green-blue: crossed at the middle by a sexpartite irregular

band of transparent white spots, marked near the apex by a

minute transparent white spot: a white spot on the fringe near

the anal angle. Posterior wing dull green-blue, protruded at

the anal angle; the margins dark brown, the trmge marked

by three white spots.

Underside. Anterior wing as above, except that there is a

subapical band of grey, and that the white band is extended

to the anal angle. Posterior wing grey, with a spot at the

base, a band of three spots before the middle (the middle spot

minute), a band of two spots below these and the anal angle

black.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab. Cayenne.

Belongs to the Naxos group.

Pterygospidea simula.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis punctis novem hyalinis albis, quatuor in

medio, quinque sub apicem positis: posticis fimbria aurantiaca :

posticis subtus punctis decem fulvis.

Upperside dark brown. Antenne white. Anterior wing

with several transparent spots—four near the middle (two of

which are large and two minute, one outside of and one below

the larger spots), and five near the apex (three near the costal

margin and two below them). Posterior wing with the fringe

orange-yellow.

Underside as above, except that the posterior wing has

322 Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperide.

several orange spots—two before the middle and eight after,

chiefly near the anal angle.

Exp. 27/5 inches.

Hab. Sumatra (Buxton).

Belongs to the Leucocera group.

Pterygospidea badia.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis fascia media transversa punctisque

quatuor subapicalibus hyalinis albis: posticis fimbria aurantiaca :

posticis subtus macula media flava.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with a central nar-

row band and four white spots near the apex (one of which is

very minute and considerably below the rest) transparent

white. Posterior wing with the fringe orange.

Underside as above, except that the posterior wing has a

central yellow spot. Antenne with a white ring near the

point.

- Exp. 2, inches.

Hab. Darjeeling (Atkinson).

Pterygospidea Shema.

Alis utrinque rufo-fuscis: anticis punctis duodecim hyalinis : posticis

infra punctis nonnullis flavis.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with several trans-

parent spots—one (minute) before the middle, six near the

middle (one of which is on the costal margin), two (the largest)

below this, two small ones below these, and one outside of

them, and five near the apex.

Underside as above, except that there are two yellow spots

near the anal angle of the anterior wing, and several.on the

posterior wing, two of which are before the middle, one in the

middle, two near the inner margin, and a submarginal series

of seven.

Exp. 141 inch.

Hab. Cayenne and Calabar.

The Calabar specimens do not differ from those of Cayenne

except in having the two central spots of the anterior wing

united in one large spot, and in having the spots on the under-

side of the posterior wing white instead of yellow.

Also one of the Leucocera group.

Pterygospidea Meditrina.

Alis anticis aurantiacis maculis subbasalibus, maculaque prope mar-

ginem interiorem aurantiacis, apice fusco maculis duabus auranti-

Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperide. 323

acis, margine postico fusco punctis flavis: posticis fuscis punctis

submarginalibus fulvis.

Upperside semitransparent yellow, with the costal and

inner margins, three or four spots at the base (touching), and

a square spot on the inner margin dark brown; the apex dark

brown, crossed by a bifid yellow spot; the outer margin dark

brown, marked by a series of yellow spots. Posterior wing

dark brown, marked below the middle by three spots (one

large and square) and by a submarginal series of spots all

orange-yellow.

Underside as above, except that there is no submarginal

series of yellow spots on the anterior wing, and that the base

of the posterior wing and some spots near it are yellow.

fix. 1/5 ich.

Hab. Fernando Po (Rogers).

Pterygospidea Boadicea.

Alis rufo-fuscis: anticis macula magna centrali maculisque tribus

subapicalibus aurantiacis: posticis macula magna subapicali au-

rantiaca: his infra fuscis punctis sparsis flavis.

Upperside rufous-brown, with a large central semitrans-

parent yellow spot, bordered, except on the inner margin,

with black: three subapical transparent yellow spots and a

submarginal series of rufous spots. Posterior wing dark

brown, rufous at the base, with a large apical orange spot.

Underside. Anterior wing as above, except that it has no

submarginal rufous spots. Posterior wing dark brown, with

some indistinct spots near the. base, a central spot, and a series

of submarginal spots all ochreous.

Exp. 142 inch.

Hab. Gaboon (fogers).

Pterygospidea Tergemira.

Alis rufis: anticis macula subbasali, fascia media quinquepartita,

macula, punctisque quinque subapicalibus hyalinis flavis: posticis

marginibus fuscis: his infra margine costali fulvo nigro maculato

punctis nonnullis fulvis.

Upperside rufous, the nervures black. Anterior wing with

several transparent yellow spots—one near the base, five

forming a central transverse band, one beyond these, three

near the apex (which is dark brown), and two below them.

Posterior wing with several spots near the costal margin,

and the outer margin dark brown.

Underside dark brown. Anterior wing as above. Pos-

324 Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperide.

terior wing with the costal margin, which is marked by three

black spots, and some small spots below it yellow.

Exp. 22, inches.

Hab. Fernando Po (Rogers).

Ancistrocampta Suthina.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis fascia lata media hyalina fasciaque

subapicali angusta fulvis.

Both sides dark brown. Anterior wing crossed trans-

versely by two transparent bands of yellow, divided by ner-

vures of the same colour: the first band at the middle, from the

costal margin to near the anal angle, broad and of equal

breadth, the second near the apex narrow. ‘The body under-

neath black.

Exp. 2 inches.

Hab. Ecuador (Buckley).

Nearly allied to A. Syllius of Felder.

If Syllius of Felder is the same as Hiarbas of Cramer, with

which Mr. Kirby has placed it, Cramer’s figure is a very bad

one.

Phareas Berytus.

Alis utrinque fuscis::: anticis macula basilari aurantiaca; fascia

media tripartita fasciaque subapicali sexpartita hyalino-albis :

posticis disco albo.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with a triangular

scarlet spot at the base: crossed obliquely by two transparent

bands—one at the middle tripartite, the other near the apex

sexpartite. Posterior wing with a large white spot before the

middle.

Underside as above, except that there is a small white spot

at the base of the anterior wing, and that the white spot of

the posterior wing is much larger.

Exp. 144 inch.

Most nearly allied to P.. Talaus.

Cyclopides Eburones.

Alis anticis supra fuscis immaculatis, infra macula tripartita apicali

alba.

Upperside dark uniform brown.

Underside dark brown, irrorated with white. Anterior

wing with a large trifid white spot near the anal angle, and

above it towards the apex three indistinct pale spots.

Exp. 135 inch.

Bolivia (Buckley).

Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperidea. 325

Cyclopides Ligilla.

Alis supra fuscis: anticis macula tripartita media maculaque sub-

apicali hyalinis: posticis macula media magna flava: anticis intra

margine costali et postico rufis: posticis rufis, maculis nonnullis

flavis.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with a large trifid

central spot, and one near the apex also trifid, both trans-

parent yellow. Posterior wing with a large central spot and

the fringe yellow.

Underside. Anterior wing as above, except that the costal

and outer margins are rufous yellow, and that there is a pale

yellow spot near the apex and one cn the outer margin; below

less distinct. Posterior wing rufous, with several "yellow

spots—one from the base, one on the costal margin, a large

central square spot, two between it and the inner margin, a

trifid spot at the apex, and one or two near the outer margin.

Exp. 15% inch.

Cyclopides Eryonas.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis supra maculis tribus hyalinis flavis:

posticis macula media fulva: anticis infra fascia quadripartita

subapicali flava: posticis macula basilari, macula media maculis-

que quatuor submarginalibus flavis.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing marked by three

transparent spots—one at the centre bifid, one outside of this,

and one near the apex minute and bifid. Posterior wing with

a central orange-yellow spot.

Underside dark brown. Anterior wing as above, except

that the central spot is extended towards the inner margin and

that there is a quadrifid band of orange-yellow near the apex.

Posterior wing with several yellow spots—one at the base,

one in the-centre (as above, but larger), and a submarginal

band of spots; those at the apex and anal angle larger than

the other two.

Exp. 15 inch.

Hab. Chiriqui (Ribbé).

Cyclopides Hvages.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis maculis quinque (macula subapicali

trifida) hyalinis flavis: posticis macula magna media fulva.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with five trans-

parent pale yellow spots—one in the cell, three forming a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xx.

326. Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperide.

longitudinal band, and one (trifid) near the apex. Posterior

wing with a large central semitransparent orange-yellow spot.

~ Underside as above, except that the two spots of the band

of the anterior wing nearest the inner margin are united in

one,

Exp. 1, inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley).

Cyclopides Oxattes.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis maculis tribus hyalinis albis: posticis

macula magna media flava: posticis infra macula media superna

maculisque octo flavis.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with three transpa-

rent white spots—one (bifid) large and central, one near the

apex (trifid), and one belowit. Posterior wing with a central

large pale yellow spot.

Underside as above, except that the anterior wing has some

suffused pale spots near the apex; that the posterior wing

has a spot near the base, a spot near the apex, and four or

five smaller submarginal spots all pale yellow.

Exp. 1,4 inch.

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley).

Cyclopides Diraspes.

Alis supra fuscis: ambabus macula media fulva: alis infra, anticis

apice, posticis omnino flavis.

Upperside dark brown. Both wings marked by a central

spot of yellow.

Underside. Anterior wing dark brown, with the base, a

central band, and the apex and outer margin pale yellow.

Posterior wing pale yellow.

Exp. 154) ich.

Hab, Rio de Janeiro.

Cyclopides Orsines.

Alis supra fuscis: anticis maculis septem (macula subapicali trifida):

posticis maculis quatuor: posticis infra rufis, fasciis duabus rufo-

fuscis.

Upperside dark brown; the fringe rufous. Anterior wing

with seven pale yellow spots—one near the inner margin

before the middle, one in the cell, four forming a longitudinal

band, and one near the apex trifid. Posterior wing with four

pale yellow spots—one before the middle, and three (one bifid,

one minute) forming a transverse band below the middle.

Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Hesperide. 327

Underside. Anterior wing with the spots as above, the

base yellow, the apex rufous. Posterior wing rufous, crossed

transversely by two bands of darker colour, bordered with

dark brown.

Exp. 144 inch.

Cyclopides Calaon.

Alis rufo-fuscis: anticis punctis quinque hyalinis flavis: posticis

maculis duabus, fascia maculari transversa fimbriaque flavis : pos-

ticis subtus rufis, macula fasciisque duabus albis.

Upperside rufous-brown. Anterior wing with five trans-

parent yellow spots—one in the cell, two between the median

nervules, one (bifid) near the inner margin, and one subapical

(trifid). Posterior wing with a spot on the costal margin, an

oblong spot in the cell, a short transverse macular band, and

the fringe rufous.

Underside. Anterior wing as above, except that the base

and apex are rufous-yellow. Posterior wing rufous-brown,

with an oblong spot in the cell, and a transverse band of spots

below it bordered with black, both white; two spots on the

costal margin and a band of pale yellow near the outer margin.

Exp. 13, inch.

Hab. Eeuador (Buckley).

This species belongs to the Paniscus group.

Cyclopides Chersias.

Alis rufo-fuscis fimbria flava: anticis maculis quatuor magnis:

posticis una aurantiaco-flava: alis infra flavis margine interno

anticarum fusca,

Upperside rufous-brown with the fringe yellow, some ochre-

ous rays from the base; a spot in the cell and a band of

three large spots beyond the middle all orange-yellow. Pos-

terior wing with a large spot of yellow beyond the middle.

Underside yellow, clouded with brown on the costal margin

of the anterior wing.

Exp. 13, inch.

Hab. South Africa.

Form of C. Makomo. In colouring nearest to C. Camertes.

Cyclopides Derbice.

Alis supra fuscis, maculis quinque, posticis tribus, fulvis: anticis

infra apice flayo nigro notato: posticis flavis, punctis atris

plurimis.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with five orange-

| 23*

328 Mr. A. Doran on the Capture of a Right Whale.

yellow spots—one (a large one) in the cell, one at the apex

trifid, one between this and the outer margin, one divided by

the second median nervule, and the fifth near the inner margin.

Posterior wing with three orange-yellow spots—one partly in

the cell bifid, and two below it.

Underside. Anterior wing as above, except that the costal

margin from the base to the middle is orange, and that the

nervures near the outer margin are yellow. Posterior wing

yellow, spotted throughout with black: a band of black near

and parallel to the inner margin.

Exp. 1,4 inch.

Hab. Nyassa (Thelwall and Simons).

Nearest to C. Makomo.

Cyclopides Dardaris.

Alis utrinque fuscis: anticis macula media triangulari punctisque

tribus minutis hyalinis albis: posticis punctis duobus albis in

medio positis: ambarum infra marginibus flavis: posticis punctis

nonnullis flavis.

Upperside dark brown, with the fringe rufous-white. Ante-

rior wing with four white transparent spots—one central

(rather large, triangular, bifid), the other three very minute,

two near the apex, and one below them. Posterior wing with

two small central white spots.

Underside as above, except that both wings have the outer

margin and the end of the nervures yellow, and that the pos-

terior wing is marked by several yellow spots.

Exp. 35 inch.

Hab. Mexico.

XLI.—Capture of a Right Whale in the Mediterranean.

By ALBAN Doran.

AN interesting monograph has been recently published by

Professor Capellini of Bologna, entitled “ Della Balena di

Taranto, confrontata con quelle della Nuova Zelanda e con

talune fossili del Belgio e della Toscana.” From a perusal

of this treatise it appears that on Feb. 9th of this year a whale

was observed in the Gulf of Taranto by Mr. Ferdinand

Hueber. This gentleman called the attention of some sailors

to the cetacean; and it was at length killed close to the town

of Taranto, after being repeatedly fired at and finally disabled

by a dynamite cartridge.

Mr. A. Doran on the Capture of a Right Whale. 329

The authorities referred to the minister of Public Instruc-

tion, who, after much deliberation, made over this interesting

specimen to the University of Naples; but while it was in

process of maceration, Signor Capellini was permitted to

make and publish some valuable observations.

This whale was a young female, 12 metres in length, of

rather slender outline, the rostrum rather curved, the baleen-

plates short. The stomach was quite empty, and its mucous

membrane thrown into folds.

The cranium measured about 2°50 metres, the vertebral

column about 9°50 metres; similar proportions, remarks the

author, are seen in Gray’s Macleayius australiensis. It had

7 cervical, 14 dorsal, and 36 lumbar and caudal vertebre—in

all 57.

Professor Capellini observes that Van Beneden had ad-

mitted the existence of a distinct recent species of Balena,

differing from the B, australis and B. antipodum of the

southern hemisphere. This is the “ black whale,’’ well-

known to whalers; yet no skeleton of this species has been

examined by any anatomist. The Tarentine whale probably,

in the opinion of the author, belongs to the above unde-

scribed species. After details, presently to be more fully

noticed, he thus epitomizes the characters of the ‘ Balena

tarentina :” —

“‘ Head and fins different in form from the same in B,

biscayensis and mysticetus ; colour entirely black ; parasites of

the rostrum and lips of the same species as in the whales of

the southern hemisphere; nasal bones of the typical form seen

in whales of that hemisphere ; baleen-plates 240 in number,

short in every measurement ; vertebree 57. The vertebra of

the cervical region incompletely ankylosed, the condyles of

the atlas bevelled on their inner aspects, corresponding to the

spinal canal; the fourth, fifth, and sixth cervical vertebree

have a fissure several millimetres deep on the lower aspect of

their bodies, the seventh is free ; the scapula is broader than

long.”

In describing the skull, Professor Capellini states that,

though smaller, it reminded him of the cranium of B. australis,

and, better still, that of Macleayius australiensis, Gray, from

which it seems to differ in trifling points only. The occiput

as like that of the author’s new fossil genus Jdvocetus, in which

the atlas is intermediate between the same in Balena and

Balenoptera. It measures from its anterior extremity to the

‘upper border of the foramen magnum 0°62 metre. ‘here is

a distinct occipital crest. The frontal bone projects 12 cen-

tims. from the anterior extremity of the occipital bone to the

830 Mr. A. Doran on the Capture of a Right Whale.

posterior border of the nasal. The nasal bones present the

characters described by Professor Flower as typical in Huba-

lena, and still more remind Professor Capellini of the same

bones in Macleayius. They are short and broad, concave

anteriorly, and quite unlike those of B. mysticetus.

The tympanic bone of this B. tarentina differs from that of

B. australis in the form of the curve of the inner margin and

in the form of the columellar projection on the lip close to the

meatus ; moreover it is gibbous behind as in B. japonica, but

less inflated than in B. australis, still less than in B. anti-

podum. The petrous bone is of the ordinary Balena type.

The malleus is lost ; but Signor Capellini figures the ieus and

stapes, which are of the same form as specimens of the corre-

sponding bones in Bb. australis and mysticetus in the museum

of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. Judging from

the engraving, the incus has no affinities to the highly charac-

teristic representative of that ossicle in Lalenoptera and

nearly all other cetaceans.

The mandible of B. tarentina does not very closely resem-

ble that of B. australis, but is similar to the same bone in the

fossil Idiocetus Guicctardiné and in Balenotus. Its rami are

well bowed outwards anteriorly, as in the other right whales.

The myloid groove is much deeper than in any other existing

Balena, recalling acharacter observed in the fossil Balenotus

of Belgium and Tuscany. The length of each ramus, fol-

lowing the external curve, is 2°50 metres; the height of each

condyle 0°24 metre. There are six mental foramina on each

side; the distance between them diminishes regularly towards

the most posterior. The longest baleen-plates measured by

Professor Capellini are 0°76 metre long, following the curve

of their inner margin. ‘They form two masses of 240 plates

each, the iongest, of which the measurement has just been

quoted, were in the middle of each mass. ‘The author declares

that they are in pattern unlike those of any other whale,

although he has inspected the large collection of baleen-plates

at Vienna.

The seventh cervical vertebra is quite free. This region

(except in that respect) much resembles the same in Gray’s

Macleayius ; only, instead of the complete freedom of the atlas

seen in that New-Zealand whale, the first cervical vertebra in

B.tarentinais distinct above, but ankylosed to the second below,

as in Jdiocetus.’ The axis and the four succeeding vertebre

are also fused inferiorly only ; the separation above is very

distinct between the fourth and fifth and the fifth and sixth;

such is the case in Balenotus and Balenula. There is a

peculiar fissure running along the under surface of the bodies

Dr. G. Bennett on the Pearly Nautilus. 331

of the last four ankylosed cervical vertebra; this is deepest

at the most posterior.

The scapula is somewhat intermediate in type between that

of Balena and Balenoptera, more particularly B. Sibbaldi.

Professor Capellini expresses a strong belief that this whale

came from the southern seas, not only from its australoid cha-

racters, but also on account of the southern species of para~

sites on its body, and from its stomach being empty and

wrinkled through long fasting (aggrinzito per lungo digiuno),

showing that it had wandered far from its natural feeding

place. As every rule has exceptions, so, remarks the Italian

Professor, we may believe that these great vertebrates, with

their powerful and rapid means of locomotion, may, though as

a rule very local in their habitat, under exceptioual cireum-

stances, pass over from their side of the equator and invade

the seas or the opposite hemisphere. The ‘T'arentine whale

offers a “ splendid example” of this fact.

_ The monograph is accompanied by two plates, representing

the bones described in the text, and by a coloured engraving

of the whale from a water-colour taken after its capture by

Mr. Hueber.

I understand that Professor Van Beneden has recently sug-

gested that the whale above described is Balena biscayensis.

XLII.—Notes on the Pearly Nautilus (Nautilus pompilius).

By GeorGe Bennett, M.D., F.L.8.*

In the Address to the Biological Section of the British Asso-

ciation by J. Gwyn Jefireys, LL.D., F.R.S., he says, “ But

Nautilus and Spirula are believed by some to be deep-water

forms. This must be a mistake. Although the animal of

that common species Nautilus pompilius has rarely been met

with, the shells are often found on beaches in the Indian

Ocean and South Pacific ; and I am not aware of any instance

of a deep-water mollusk being cast on shore.’ In this re-

mark I perfectly agree, and I offer the following notes con-

firmatory of my opinion. In ‘Nature’ (11th Feb. 1875)

there is a paper entitled ‘ News from the ‘ Challenger,’”’ in

which it is mentioned, “On the 24th of July we stopped off

Matuka Island and landed a party of surveyors and natura-

lists; and while they were taking observations and exploring

* Read at the Plymouth meeting of the British Association, and com-

municated by the author.

332 Dr. G. Bennett on the Pearly Nautilus.

on shore we trawled in 300 fathoms, and received among éther

things a fine specimen of the Pearly Nautilus (Nautilus

pompilius), which we kept living in a tub of water for some

time, in order to observe its movements and_ attitudes.”

With reference to this interesting capture of a living Nau-

tilus, I very recently received a letter from Prof. Rolle-

ston, dated Oxford, 18th March, 1875, in which he says,

‘| have just been through a long journal of Moseley’s, relating

all his experiences and observations on board the ‘ Challen-

ger,’ between Sydney, New Zealand, Fijis, and Cape York.

I have compared his account of the capture of his Nautilus

with your account of the capture of yours. The ‘ Challen-

ger’s’ Nautilus appears to have been obtained from a depth

of 320 fathoms on a coral bottom ; and it must have been much

discomposed by the great differences in pressure to which its

upheaval subjected it; but they got it up alive, however dis-

composed, and they had consequently the opportunity of

observing how it behaved. It propelled itself after the manner

of the Cephalopods, backwards, if that may be an allowable

Hibernicism ; but what would not have been expected was the

arrangement of its tentacles, each pair of which had a definite

and divergent direction—one pair, for example, looking directly

downwards, and two other pairs around the eyes being ar-

ranged so as to protect that organ as it were. This it was,

Moseley says in his Journal, which gave the most character-

istic appearance to the creature. But pleased as they all were

on board the ‘ Challenger’ with this novel sight, I can under-

stand that you had a feeling of still greater freshness when

you had, as the first of scientific observers, the animal in

your hands in 1829! How much was based upon the dis-

covery ! how much was cleared up by it!”

The extraordinary depth at which the ‘ Challenger’s ’

specimen of the living Nautilus was obtained far exceeded that

which would have been anticipated both from previous ac-

counts and observed facts, the natives capturing them in their

traps at from 3 to 5 fathoms, when the experienced and keen

eye of the native would be able to desery them in their usual

position, clinging to some prominent ledge, with the shell

turned downwards on the coral reefs. It is more than pro-

bable that the Nautilus, not being considered a deep-sea mol-

lusk, was obtained by the trawl as it passed near the reef,

or when the creature was floating at a certain depth, but not

on the surface, as when my specimen was captured, and it

was thus brought up by the trawl-net. I was informed by an

observer on board the ‘ Challenger’ that the captured Nau-

tilus, as it swam about in the tub, propelled itself by ejecting

Dr. G. Bennett on the Pearly Nautilus. 333

water from a tube (the funnel?), after the manner of the

cuttlefish and other Cephalopods. However, leaving the

depth to which it can descend a matter for further inquiry, a

question arises, By what power is the animal enabled to regu-

late its movements of ascent and descent in the water? The

use of the chambers in the shell is still a matter of specula-

tion; they are most probably air-chambers destined to assist

the specific gravity of the animal; and possibly they may

generate nitrogen gas. Professor Owen says, “ In acquiring

the camerated structure of the shell the Nautilus gains the

power of rising from the bottom, and the requisite condition

for swimming, by the exhalation of some light gas into the

deserted chambers it attaches to its otherwise too heavy body,

a contrivance for ascending in its atmosphere, as we ascend

into ours by the aid of a balloon. But the Nautilus, superior

to the human aeronaut, combines with the power of elevating

and suspending itself in the aqueous medium, that of opposing

its currents and propelling itself at will in any direction. It

possesses the latter essential adjunct to the utility of the bal-

loon as a locomotive organ, by virtue of the muscular funnel,

through which it ejects into the surrounding water, doubtless

with considerable force, the respiratory currents.’’ He also

says, ‘ It appears that the proportion of the air-chambers to

the dwelling-chamber of the Nautilus and its contents is such

as to render it of nearly the same specific gravity as the sur-

rounding water. The siphon which traverses the air-chambers

communicates with the pericardium, and is most probably filled

with fluid from the aquiferous cavity.”” To whatever depth

these animals are capable of descending, and whatever may be

the amount of pressure they can endure, they no doubt can

readily ascend to the surface of the ocean by the means explained

by Prof.Owen; and wewell know they can float upon the water,

as proved by the specimen I captured at Krromanga, and can

crawl upon the reefs, as verified by the natives, who thus

catch them in their baskets (drawings of which and mode of

capture are given in my ‘ Gatherings of a Naturalist’). ‘They

are also now well known to be thrown on shore during heavy

gales, and are then sought for and secured as an article of

food by the natives, who consider them good eating. They

have also been found thrown upon the coral reefs, as in an

instance mentioned by my friend Dr. M*Donald, R.N., who, in

his paper on the Anatomy of Nautilus umbilicatus (rightly

macromphalus, because umbilicatus is not found at the Isle of

Pines?), says, ‘‘H.M. steamvessel ‘ Torch,’ having visited

the Isle of Pines in the month of July 1854, one of the officers

had the good fortune to pick up a recent specimen of Nautilus

334 Mr. T. Vernon Wollaston on a

umbilicatus on the outer reef of Observatory Island. The

creature had most probably been thrown up by the waves, and

remained within a ledge of coral rock when the spring tide

receded. The natives frequently find Nautili entrapped in this

way; but we could not prevail upon them to bring us the

recent animals, although a liberal remuneration was offered.

The specimen was alive when brought on board, but it was

too much exhausted to exhibit any active movements when

placed in a vessel containing sea-water. On touching the

tentacula they curled up, or moved about irregularly, and the

muscular fibres of the funnel-tube contracted slowly, without,

however, producing respiratory currents.” Prof. Owen says,

alluding to my Nautilus, “The dissection of this unique

specimen established the claims of the Nautilus pompilius to

rank in the highest class of Mollusca, and at the same time

brought to light so many important modifications in the Ce-

phalopoda type of structure as to necessitate the establishment

of a new order for its reception.”

The number of tentacles with which the Pearly Nautilus is

provided amounts to not less than ninety, of which thirty-

eight may be termed digital, four ophthalmic, and forty-eight

labial. In specimens there is a slight difference in the number

of the tentacula.

XLIII.—On a new Insect Pest at Madeira.

By T. Vernon Wo tastov, M.A., F.L.S.

CoNSIDERING how terribly the island of Madeira has suffered

from the depredations of the Phylloxera, whole tracts on which

the vine until lately flourished having been completely laid

waste, it seems a thankless task to have to place on record

yet another scourge which has lately made its appearance in

that otherwise highly favoured land, and which, although for-

tunately of a much less alarming nature, threatens at any rate

to make itself felt. I would by no means wish to compare it

with edther of the calamities (as represented by the Ocdiwm

and the Phylloxera) which have overtaken the vine; but the

history of the Colorado Beetle will suffice to convince us that

other plants, which administer more or less to our comfort,

and which constitute an appreciable item of commerce, may so

far become the prey of insect parasites that their cultivation

is ascertained at last to be a matter of such difficulty that it

has practically to be abandoned.

new Insect Pest at Madeira. 335

In the instance to which I am alluding it is the various

species of banana which have been permanently attacked ;

and although it may seem at first sight that no great loss

would accrue were the banana to be ultimately swept away,

yet those who know Madeira best will at once acknowledge that

a very serious item of profit would be taken from the poorer

inhabitants should the plant (under its numerous modifications

and varieties) ever become extinct.

It is a beetle of the Rhynchophorous department (in other

words, a weevil) which has found its way during the last few

years into the banana-grounds of Madeira; and my attention

was first directed to it during the spring of 1876 by Senhor

J. M. Moniz, who had taken several examples in the de-

cayed roots of an old Musa saptentum in his garden in Funchal.

' After the information which I had thus received from Senhor

Moniz, I lost no opportunity of examining the rotten banana

stems whenever they chanced to come in my way, and ob-

tained the insect both in the Fazenda of the Quinta d’Ornellas

and in that of Dr. Grabham at the Val; but it is to Captain

Kemp that we are indebted for our principal knowledge of its

economy and devastations. Happening to possess a large

number of banana plants, some of them proceeding from roots

of a considerable age, Captain Kemp took the trouble to exa-

mine closely many of the stems, which had all the appearance

of being in an unhealthy condition; and the result was, that

he not only detected the larve: far away in the interior, but

likewise many of the grooves channelled-out by the perfect

insect in eating its way to the surface. As for the perfect

insects themselves, Captain Kemp obtained them in fabulous

numbers,—though principally adhering to the undersides of

the moist and putrid trunks which had been either blown

or cut down on the immediate spot; and I may add that,

directed by him, I myself picked up more than fifty of them

in the course of a few minutes. Here, then, we can have no

doubt that a very vigorous enemy has shown itself, which,

unless kept in check, may (and probably will) in the course

of a few years affect the banana crops in Madeira most unmis-

takably. Considering with what extreme care the Funchal

district was explored, from about twenty to thirty years ago,

by Mr. Leacock, Senhor Moniz, the late Mr. Bewicke, the

Rev. R. T. Lowe, myself, and others, I think it is not too

much to assert that so large and conspicuous a beetle as the

one which we are now discussing could not have escaped our

united researches ; and I have no hesitation therefore in ex-

pressing my belief that its introduction into the island must

have taken place since (probably long since) that period.

336 On a new Insect Pest at Madeira.

Whence it came is a matter for inquiry ; but if fresh banana

plants are ever imported, those who have been the means of

importing them will be best able to answer this question.

But it is now time that I should state what the creature is

which is answerable for so much mischief to the plants im

question, and which bids fair to become a nuisance at Madeira

which cannot well be ignored. It is a large and black Calan-

drid (and therefore of the same family as the common, but

comparatively minute, weevils of the rice and corn), but be-

longing to Schénherr’s extensive genus Sphenophorus. ‘The

exact species appears to have been described by Fahreeus in

1845, in the 8th vol. of the ‘ Gen. et Spec. Curc.,’ under the

name of Sphenophorus striatus; and the country which he

-eited for its habitat is Brazil. There can be no doubt that it

belongs to a somewhat American type of form; and it is ©

highly probable therefore that Brazil may have been its abori-

ginal area. But be this as it may, the insect now, although

certainly not cosmopolitan, has acquired for itself a wide inter-

tropical range,—for I have examined individuals at the British

Museum (emanating from no less than three different sources)

which were brought from India, and others (which seemed

hardly to differ) from 'Tasmaniaand Japan. I have no doubt,

therefore, that its modus vivendi and powerfully developed

wings have greatly facilitated its introduction into many

countries (sufficiently warm) of the civilized world, and that,

where plants are exported and interchanged, conditions are con-

stantly arising favourable for its accidental transport. And,

moreover, we have yet to learn that the banana is the only

plant to which it is liable to become attached.

The following short diagnosis, drawn out from Madeiran and

Brazilian examples, may suffice to characterize the species :—

Genus SPHENOPHORUS.

Schoénherr, Cure. Disp. Meth. 827 (1826).

Sphenophorus striatus.

S. ellipticus, niger; capite parvo, nitido, impunctato; rostro pro-

thoraceque nitidiusculis; illo modice arcuato, ad (et preesertim

ante) basin, 7. e. ad antennarum inse1tionem, ampliato-robusto,

inde ad apicem angustiore subcylindrico, postice dense et grosse

sed antice parcius ac multo levius punctato; hoe longiusculo,

suboblongo, basi truncato, apice transversim constricto, et ubique

(sed presertim versus latera) dense grosseque punctato ; elytris

plus minus cinereo-indutis, profunde varioloso-sulcatis, interstitiis

antice nitidis calvis ac uniseriatim punctulatis : pygidio (pro-

On Wyvillethomsonia and Squamulina. 337

funde punctato), femoribus versus apicem, tibiis, tarsisque plus

minus cinereo indutis.

Long. corp. lin. 5-6,

Calandra striata, Petit, in litt. ;

, in Dej. Cat. (edit. 3) 329 (1837).

Sphenophorus striatus, Fahrzeus, in Schénh. Cure. viii. 251 (1845).

Hab. in Brasilia, Madera, India orientali, et (nisi fallor) Ja-

ponia et Tasmania; truncos Muse destruens.

The larva of this weevil is a thick fleshy grub, ovate or

fusiform in outline, without legs, and of a dirty white, though

with an obscure darker line (obsolete in parts) down the dorsal

region. Its head is shining, of a pale reddish brown, and

studded with a few erect hairs; and there are also a few erect

hairs towards the anal extremity.

Teignmouth, Sept. 17, 1877.

XLIV.—Remarks on Prof: EF. Haeckel’s Observations on

Wyvillethomsonia Wallichit and Squamulina scopula. By

H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

I HAVE just received the first number of the ‘ Jenaische Zeit-

schrift fiir Naturwissenschaft,’ published on the 20th March

last; and in this I find that Prof. E. Haeckel has identified

his Haliphysema echinoides (p. 16, Taf. ii. f. 127) with Dr.

Perceval Wright’s Wyvillethomsonia Wallichii (Quart. Journ.

Micr. Sci. 1870, vol. x. p. 7, pl. ii.) ; also that he has iden-

tified his Gastrophysema scopula (p. 24) with my Squamulina

scopula (‘Annals,’ 1870, vol. v. p. 309, pl. iv. figs. 1-3).

Now, as I had already identified Wyvillethomsonia Wal-

lichu=Dorvillia agariciformis, Kent, = Tisiphonia agarict~

formis, Sir Wyville Thomson, with one of the sponges

dredged up on board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine’ in the Atlantic

Ocean (‘ Annals,’ 1876, vol. xviii. p. 471), unmistakably

and have stated with respect to its plentifulness (p. 405) that

“there is hardly a specimen [of Tethya craniwm| among the

sponges dredged up by the ‘ Porcupine’ which has not one or

more in various degrees of development adhering to it {the

same might Le said, almost, of Tis’phonia agariciformis) ,”

—I must protest against this ignorance !

Further, as regards Squamulina scopula, I have found the

original specimen, called by.the late Dr. Bowerbank “ Haly-

physema Tumanowiczii,” and given to him by Mr. Tuma-

338 On Wyvillethomsonia and Squamulina.

nowicz, among the former’s collections now in the possession

of the British Museum; and the two are identical; so that

here, again, I must “protest”? against Prof. Haeckel’s unjusti-

fiable contradiction !

In October 1870 (‘ Annals,’ vol. vi. p. 346) I published a

“Note on the Branched Variety of Squamulina scopula,”

wherein it is stated that I was in a position “ to afford posi-

tive evidence, from my own observation,’ of the foraminiferal

nature of Squamulina scopula and its variety ramulosa. This

“positive evidence’? was deduced from the pseudopodous

extension of the sarcode being exactly like that represented

by Max Schultze in his memorable illustrations (‘ Ueber den

Organismus der Polythalamien,’ “‘ Foraminiferen,”’ Taf. 2-4,

1864), in addition to what I had before published respecting

the test &e. of Squamulina scopula.

Again, in my paper on the “ Polytremata” (‘ Ann.’ March

1876, vol. xvi. p. 202), just a year before the number of the

‘Jenaische Zeitschrift’ to which I have alluded was pub-

lished !) is the following passage :—

““'The internal sarcodic contents [of Sqguamulina scopula]

and the peculiar form presented by the extended pseudopodia

during active life being identical with that of a foraminiferous

animal.” Now Haeckel regards it as a ‘polyp’ which he

names ‘ Gastrophysema.’ It is useless to criticize such vacil-

lation.

The “peculiar form presented by the extended pseudopodia”

was that to which I have alluded; and this is so totally dif-

ferent from the tentacles of a polyp, while it is so preemi-

nently characteristic of the Foraminifera, that the merest tyro

in such matters ought to be able to distinguish between the

two—so much so, indeed, that were the characteristic form

of the test absent, that of the pseudopodia when extended in

active life is almost sufficient to indicate the kind of animal.

With Prof. Haeckel all this goes for nothing, apparently,

as in a footnote to p. 5, I am held up to derision in the fol-

lowing terms:—“ Wie ausserordentlich willkiihrlich, unlogisch

und kritiklos Carter in seinen Arbeiten verfihrt, habe ich

schon in meiner Monographie der Kalkschwimme gezeigt,”—

having previously noticed that my Diflugia bipes, which I

have described in the same paper with Squamulina scopula

(pl. v. figs. 7-9), is a Cyphoderia, not from the form of the

pseudopodia, but from the structure of the test, thus placing

the structure of the latter before the form of the living animal,

which, in Diflugia bipes, is as characteristic of a Diffugia as

that of Cyphoderta is allied to Gromia (see Max Schultze’s

excellent representations, op. c7t. Taf. 1).

Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera. ° 339

Again, Prof. Haeckel’s illustrations of his genera Haliphy-

nema and G‘astrophysema (op. cit. l.c.) appear to me to be

more fitted for a “ caravan” at a fair than for scientific pur-

poses. And when we come to the latter genus (p. 24, Taf.

1v.-vi.), with which my Squamulina scopula is identified, we

find that the cavity of the body does not extend to the discoid

foot (the pseudopolythalamous nature of which tubulated into

the body of the erect portion is the most striking feature of its

foraminiferal nature), but is altogether absent.

What are we to say of this? Are we to infer that it has

been omitted by mistake, or are we here to apply my words,

which Prof. Haeckel (at p. 6) has also held up to derision,

viz. :—‘‘ Mental operations are seldom so correct as visual

ones ”’ ?—words which I applied to one who had mistaken the

polyps on the cord of Hyalonema Sieboldii for the “ oscula”’

of this sponge; or are we to say, as a German naturalist wrote

to me in a similar case, “ One knows not (‘ ob man dariiber

lachen oder sich drgern soll”) whether one ought to laugh or

to be angry.” .

Such a course may suit Prof. Haeckel for his “ Gastraea-

Theorie,” but not those who want to possess an accurate know-

ledge of species, which, I presume, would be the test of a can-

didate’s knowledge under examination, before that of the

Gastrea-theory!

It may do very well for Prof. Haeckel to puff off his Gastraea-

Theorie” at another’s expense, with a “ flourish of trumpets ”

and huge caravan-like diagrams (not a bit less frequent in this

country than in Germany) ; but it does not make me the less

regret that any part of the ‘ Challenger’ collections should

have ever been placed in his hands for description and illus-

tration.

XLV.—Descriptions of Ceylon Lepidoptera.

By F. Moorg, F.Z.S.

RHOPALOCERA.

Fam. Nymphalidae.

Neptis disrupta.

Female. Upperside black: fore wing with whitish discoidal

streak and triangular terminal spot; three spots from middle

of hind margin and a fourth smaller spot beyond the trian-

3.40 Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera.

gular discoidal spot; between this series and a submarginal

series of somewhat conical spots is a discal series of indistinct

pale dusky oblique spots ; a linear marginal row of narrow in-

distinct dusky streaks: hind wing with a discal white macu-

lated band, a quadrate spot on abdominal margin near the

base, and two narrow parallel spots and streak on anterior

margin ; a linear row of marginal white streaks. Underside

dull ferruginous, with black-bordered white markings as above,

and black confluent spots across disk of both wings.

Exp. 24 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood,

Fam. Lycenide.

Lampides lithargyria.

Male. Upperside greyish silvery-blue, with very narrow

marginal black border: hind wing with two triangular spots

from anal angle. Cilia white, with dusky marginal inner line.

Underside white : fore wing with broad greyish brown spot at

end of the cell, a transverse discal maculated band with a con-

tiguous spot at upper end, a narrower submarginal band, and

very indistinct marginal lunules : hind wing with two promi-

nent black costal spots, two greyish brown subbasal spots, a

broad spot at end of the cell, a curved discal macular band, a

marginal series of lunular spots enclosed by a broad dentate

band, the penultimate spot being black and bordered above

with ochreous.

Exp. 17 inch,

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Allied to Z. kandarpa, Horsf. (also from Ceylon), but of an

entirely different colour above aud beneath, and the markings

of underside all much broader. Also allied to L. platissa,

H.-S., from Australia.

Lampides viola.

Male. Upperside dark violet-blue ; both wings with narrow

black marginal hne. Cilia whitish at the edge. Underside

violet-grey ; both wings with six broken very pale narrow

delicate whitish bands, the two inner and outer bands on the

fore wing short: a small black anal and large subanal spot,

speckled with blue and ochreous-bordered. Female smalt-

blue in middle of the fore wing: hind wing with indistinct

marginal row of pale-bordered black spots.

Exp. 37%, 21 inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera. 341

Lampides coruscans,

Male. Upperside brilliant glistening cobalt-blue: fore wing

with very narrow black speckle-bordered marginal band:

hind wing with narrow black marginal line and speckled black

spots. Cilia black, with whitish outer edge on fore wing and

inner white line on hind wing. Female greyish blue: fore

wing with black outer band, which is confined to the apex

and outer margin: hind wing with blackish anterior border

and submarginal dentate band enclosing marginal row of black

spots. Underside pale leaden-grey: fore wing with two

narrow white transverse discal lines, a short upper intermediate

streak, a short outer line, a double marginal row of white

dentate marks with blackish intermediate space, and marginal

line: hind wing with several interrupted narrow white trans-

verse lines, a submarginal prominent double dentate line with

black intermediate space, and marginal line ; a large subanal

ochreous-bordered black spot. |

Exp. 1,2, inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Allied to LZ. pluto, but of a less glittering colour and with-

out the broad black band in the male.

Lampides prominens.

Male. Upperside violet-blue, with very narrow indistinct

brown marginal line.

Female paler, the basal part brilliant greyish blue: fore

wing with the costal border and outer margin broadly black :

hind wing with the costal border broadly black, and a mar-

ginal row of black spots enclosed by a lunular line. Under-

side pale greyish brown, crossed by five prominent dark-

bordered white, slightly waved bands, an intermediate short

band at end of the cell, and two marginal blackish-interspaced

bands, the inner one sinuous: hind wing crossed by six

broken white bands ; two marginal blackish-interspaced sinu-

ous bands; a large subanal and small anal black spot, both

silvery-speckled and ochreous-bordered. Allied to L. beroé,

Feld.

Exp. 1,3; inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Polyommatus lavendularis.

Male. Upperside dark lavender-blue, with an extremely

narrow black outer marginal border.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 4. Vol. xx. 24

342 Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera.

Female brighter, but paler blue: fore. wing with the base of

the costa and an outer band black: hind wing with black an-

terior border and marginal row of prominent pale-bordered black

spots. Cilia white, with inner black border. Underside

greyish white: fore wing with dusky-black streak at end of

the cell, a discal series of oblique spots, and marginal row of

small spots enclosed by a dentated line: hind wing with three

black subbasal spots, a curved series of seven discal spots,

and a marginal row of spots enclosed by a dentate line.

Exp. $175, ? 1,4; inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Allied to P. puspa, Horsf.; differs from Ceylon specimens

ee in its uniform colour and absence of the broad black

orders.

Polyommatus lanka.

Male. Very dark blue. Cilia white, with blackish inner mar-

ginal border. Underside white : fore wing with a dusky brown

streak at end of the cell, a submarginal transverse linear row

of four linear spots, a spot near the costa, and a marginal row

of dentate spots: hind wing with two equidistant brown spots

on anterior border, a spof within and streak at end of cell, a

curved discal series of five spots, two lunate marks on abdo-

minal border, and an outer marginal row of dentate spots.

Tibie and tarsi with black bands. Near to P. kasmira.

Exp. 1,%; inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Polyommatus singalensis.

Feld. Verh. z.-b. Ges. 1868, p. 282.

Male. Light blue. Cilia white with blackish inner border.

Underside white: fore wing with dusky brown streak at end

of the cell, asubmarginal series of five slightly-recurved dentate

spots, a spot near the costa, and a marginal row of smail spots

enclosed by an inner row of dentate lunules: hind wing

with three subbasal spots, a spot on costa beyond middle, a

spot within and streak at end of the cell, a curved discal

series of five irregular-shaped spots, a curved streak above

anal angle, and marginal row of small spots enclosed by

dentate lunules. Tuibiz and tarsi black streaked above. Near

to P. kasmira.

Exp. 1,4, inch.

’ Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera. | 843

Fam. Hesperide.

Tagiades minuta,

Male and female. Upperside dark olive-brown. Cilia of

hind wing white, of fore wing slightly whitish at posterior

angle. Underside—fore wing greyish white on middle of

hind margin: hind wing greyish white, except along exterior

border; a small blackish spot at end of the cell, and a median

discal series of spots; outer margin brown-speckled. Palpi,

body, and legs beneath grey-white. Legs above brown.

Exp. ¢ 13, 2 12 inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

HETEROCERA.

Fam. Zygenide.

Phacusa thoracica.

Wings transparent: fore wing with narrow purple-black

costal and hind border, a broad band at the apex, a triangular

patch on exterior margin, and a broad spot at end of the cell :

hind wing with narrow purple-black anterior and outer borders.

Head and thorax above purple-black; hind part of thorax

above and entire thorax beneath brilliant red ; abdomen steel-

blue above, green below. Antenne with whitetip. Femora

brown ; tibize and tarsi varied blue and green.

Exp. 1-4; inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Fam. Chalcoside.

Eterusia cingala.

Male and female. Fore wing dark olive-green, with a broad

basal whitish blue-bordered band, crossed by a blackish-green

streak; a discal recurved series of yellowish spots and a

larger spot at end of the cell: hind wing with the base and a

broad outer band black, the veins and marginal border blue ;

a series of yellow spots before the apex, which are indistinct

in the male ; middle band yellow. Thorax blue-black, lower

part of abdomen yellow, tip black. Underside as above,

veins blue-lined.

Exp. ¢ 2, ¢ 24 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Most nearly allied to #. Gidea from China.

24*

344 Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera.

Fam. Nyctemeride.

Dondera, n. g.

Fore wing elongate, narrow, costa arched, apex somewhat

acute, exterlor margin very oblique: hind wing long and

narrow, extending beyond angle of fore wing, apex very con-

vex, abdominal margin short. Body moderate. Antenne

long, slender, bipectinated. Palpi slender, porrect, naked.

Legs long, slender, naked, middle and hind tibiz spurred.

Venation similar to that of Nyctemera lacticinia.

Dondera alba.

Female. Upperside pure white throughout both wings.

Head, thorax, and palpi with black spots. Abdomen and body

beneath pale ochreous, with broad, dorsal, black segmental

bands and lateral spots. Underside uniform greyish brown,

the cilia being white.

Exp. 2 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.

Fam. Arctiide.

Creatonotus continuatus.

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing ochreous, with an

unbroken black streak extending from base below the cell to

near the apex, a black streak within the cell and between all

the upper veins, and a shorter streak from posterior angle:

hind wing in male fuliginous, with darker maculated border,

in female pale ochreous, with suffused blackish discal streaks,

cell-spot, and darker black marginal spots; a broad black

streak along thorax and short dorsal bands. Body ochreous

above, brownish black beneath. Legs brownish black; fore

and middle femora above ochreous. Underside of wings as

above.

Exp. 13 inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Fam. Liparide.

Artaxa citrina.

Male and female. Pale yellow; fore wing in male brighter

yellow, and with a short oblique series of blackish-speckled

spots from the middle of hind margin to beneath end of the

cell. Abdomen bright yellow, tuft paler.

Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera. 345

Female. Uniform pale yellow, without markings. Under-

side—costal border bright yellow.

Exp. ¢ 3,214 inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Artaxa cervina.

Male. Fore wing brownish ochreous, with two transverse

median pale yellowish slightly wavy lines: hind wing pale

brownish fawn-colour. Body brownish ochreous. Underside

dark brownish fawn-colour, outer borders yellowish. Legs

brownish above.

Exp. £ to f inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Most nearly allied to A. varians, Walker, but is a much

smaller insect and of different-coloured wings.

Cherotricha decussata.

Female. Ochreous yellow, palest on hind wing and abdo-

men: fore wing very sparsely irrorated with prominent black

scales ; two indistinct grey recurved median bands crossing

each other below the cell; a small black spot at end of the

cell. Underside uniform ochreous-yellow.

Exp. 1¢ inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Near to Ch. plana (Artaxa plana, Walker) ; distinguished

by its smaller size and by the cross bands on the fore wing.

Fam. Psychide.

CHALIA, n. g.

Wings quite transparent, naked; abdominal border fringed

with fine hairs: fore wing short, broad, arched at the base,

rounded at apex and at posterior angle; cell broad, upper part

longest ; subcostal vein five-branched, the branches very short,

first and second arising: before end of the cell, fourth and fifth

at equal distances from lower side of third, and terminating

below the apex ; discocellulars inwardly oblique, lower bent

inward at half its length ; discoidal veinlet emitted from angle

of lower discocellular and anastomosing with subcostal near

end of the cell ; one radial emitted from lower end of upper dis-

cocellular ; median vein four-brauched, the two lower branches

from before end of cell, curved, third at end of cell, fourth

short and emitted at half the length of the latter ; submedian

vein recurved to two thirds its length, thence straight to pos-

346 Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera.

terior angle, throwing off an upper branch: hind wing short,

broad, rounded at apex and anal angle; cell broad; subcostal

vein arched at the base, extending to apex ; upper discocellu-

lar straight and erect, lower bent inward at its middle, and

emitting a discoidal veinlet which extends to base of the cell ;

median vein three-branched; submedian and internal vein

straight. Body slender, densely pilose, the hairs standing out

in lateral tufts; abdomen extending beyond hind wings.

Antenne deeply bipectinated. Legs slender.

Chalia Doubleday? (type).

Oiketicus Doubledayi, Westwood, P.Z.8. 1854, p. 255, pl. 384. f. 4.

Hab. Ceylon.

MANATHA, n. g.

Wings short, broad, covered with brown scales: fore

wing trigonal ; costal vein extending to beyond half of wing;

subcostal vein five-branched, first and second branches arising

from before end of cell, third and fifth at end of the cell, fourth

from below third at half its length, and terminating at the

apex ; cell broad and cleft at its end; discocellulars long, upper

bent inward at near its middle, and emitting from its end a

discoidal vein within the cell, which extends towards its base

and there throws off a lower short branch; lower discocellular

very oblique; one radial starting from angle of upper disco-

cellular ; median vein four-branched, two lower branches from

before end of the cell, the upper branch short and arising from

the third, beyond end of the cell; submedian vein bent up-

ward near base of the cell, sending forth a lower branch

from half its length, which branch is also bent hindward, and

has a second lower parallel branch or internal veinlet, to which

it is joined at the angle by a short cross branch: hind wing

slightly pointed at the apex, exterior margin rounded ; costal

and subcostal veins running parallel to below apex, and joined

together by a short cross oblique branch before end of the

cell; cell broad, short at its upper and long at its lower end;

upper discocellular bent outward at its middle, from the angle

of which starts the radial; lower discocellular long and parallel

to end of the median; median vein four-branched, disposed as

in fore wing; a straight submedian and two internal véins.

Thorax rather broad, clothed with closely adpressed hairs.

Abdomen attenuated, extending beyond hindwing. Antenne

short, bipectinated. Tibia clothed with long hair, tarsi nearly

naked.

Type Manatha albipes.

Mr. F. Moore on Ceylon Lepidoptera. 347

Manatha albipes.

Male. Wings brown; body fuliginous brown. Antenne

and legs darker brown; tarsi pure white.

Exp. 7 inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.

Habitaculum fusiform, small, silky, slightly covered with

pieces of thin bark or lichen, the specimen under examination

having the heads of six (or more) young [? parasitic] larvee pro-

truding from the upper end—one (the largest) from an extended

sac in the middle, the others from separate sac-like openings

below and around the upper one; from the lower end of this

same example protrudes the empty pupa-case from which the

male insect had escaped.

Fam. Lasiocampide.

Tagora murina.

Male. Upperside greyish fawn-colour: fore wing crossed

by a darker upper broad, subbasal, curved, zigzag-bordered

band, several discal narrow lunular lines, and a contiguous

straight double outer line; the outer border of wing broadly

greyish and dotted on the veins: hind wing crossed by a very

indistinct darker discal lunular line and straight outer band.

Underside brown, with indistinct lunular discal lines, outer

straight narrow band, and submarginal dots.

Exp. 3 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.

Lebeda variegata.

Male. Upperside dark dull ferruginous brown. Cilia grey :

fore wing with a broad basal and discal ochreous band, the

former with zigzag border and variegated with brown wavy

markings, a large oval upper patch, and a small pure white

spot, the discal band with lunular brown inner border and

zigzag black-spotted outer border, the interior being traversed

by ferruginous lunular lines ; middle of the wing and posterior

angle suffused with grey. Thorax and front of head grey.

Palpi, pectus, and legs blackish ferruginous. Anal tuft black-

ish. Underside darker ferruginous brown ; both wings with

two indistinct dusky oblique bands.

Exp. 23 inches.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.

348 Mr, A. G. Butler én Lepidoptera from Lifu.

Fam. Limacodide.

Thosea cervina.

Male. Upperside greenish fawn-colour: fore wing with

a transverse discal narrow slightly curved dark brown band ;

a black spot at end of the cell. Underside uniform brown; a

white spot at base of antenne and on fore tibiz.

Exp. 12 inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.

Belippa ferruginea.

Male and female. Ferruginous. Cilia purplish cinereous:

fore wing washed with chalybeous scales at the base, disk,

and the apex; crossed by a subbasal darker sinuous band, a

black-speckled spot at lower end of cell, and a large white-

speckled black spot at apex of wing: hind wing paler ferru-

ginous, with a small black-speckled spot at apex, and a short

streak at anal angle. Abdomen with a slight dorsal black

segmental fringe. Underside paler than above, the black

apical spot on fore wing prominent, those on hind wing less

so. ‘Tibize with a terminal black streak.

Exp. 612, 215 inch.

Hab, Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Fam. Cosside.

Zenzera nigra.

Female. Black; both wings and thorax numerously speckled

with white. Wings narrow, acute at the apex. Body long

and slender.

Exp. 14 inch.

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.

XLVI.—On a Collection of Lepidoptera obtained by the Rev.

S. J. Whitmee from Lifu (Loyalty Group), with De-

scriptions of the new Species. By ARTHUR G. BUTLER,

t-1.5., F.Z.8., &c.

THE present collection is interesting, not only as containing

several beautiful novelties and examples of one or two of the

rarer species of the Pacific Ocean, but from the close affinity

of the butt@rflies to those of New Caledonia—many of the

Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu. 349

species, indeed, being identical. Of course, this is just what

one might have expected; but still it is very satisfactory to

know the truth, since it proves the local constancy of the

species.

RHOPALOCERA.

Family Nymphalide.

Danain2, Bates.

Danats, Latreille.

1. Danais pumila, Boisduval (No. 12).

Previously received from New Caledonia and Maré.

2. Danais affinds, Fabricius.

Quite common.

3. Danais archippus, Fabricius (No. 24).

Said to be rare in Lifu, but common in Samoa.

Eupia@a, Fabricius.

4, Huplea torvina, Butler (No. 7).

Previously known from Aneiteum.

5. Euplea Whitmet, n. sp. (No. 4).

Allied to &. Eschscholtzti, but olivaceous brown, fading

away externally into a broad greyish border: primaries with

a small white spot near the costa just beyond the end of the

cell, three still smaller, placed obliquely near the apex, and

two of about the same size on the median interspaces; secon-

daries with a discal row of small spots and a submarginal row

of smaller spots in couples: body black-brown, head spotted

with white. Wings below even paler than above: primaries

with a small r--shaped spot in the cell, and two or three smaller

spots beyond it, all lilacine white ; remaining spots as above,

traces of three or four white submarginal points near external

angle: secondaries with a spot in the cell, four decreasing

spots above it and two below it, all lilacine white ; remaining

spots as above: body below black, pectus white-spotted.

Eixpanse of wings 2 inches 7 lines.

350 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu,

Readily distinguished from all its allies by its pale colour-

ing and the punctiform character of all the white spots of

primaries. It seems to’ be a common and perfectly constant

species.

Saryrinz, Bates.

Metanitis, Fabricius.

6. Melanitis Solandra, Fabricius.

Common, and exhibiting three marked variations of pattern

in the coloration of the under surface.

Nyupuatine, Bates.

CHARAXES, Ochsenheimer.

7. Charaxes clitarchus, Hewitson.

Previously known from New Caledonia and Maré. The

present is the only really fairly perfect example that has yet

been seen.

JuNONIA, Hiibner.

8. Junonia villida, Fabricius.

Common.

Di1ApEMA, Fabricius.

9. Diadema nerina, Fabricius.

In addition to the typical form there are two female varie-

ties—one in which the orange internal patch of primaries is

replaced by a small pale brownish spot, and the pale submar-

ginal spots have almost died out, the other a modification of

the normal variety D. proserpina, Cramer, tending to approach

D. pallescens ; of the latter 1 only found one example, which

may therefore possibly be a cross between D. nerina and D.

pallescens.

10. Diadema pallescens, Butler.

Evidently rare in Lifu, its head quarters seem to be Fiji.

11. Diadema octocula 3 , Butler.

Two examples of what appeared to be this insect: but I

saw them with the wings closed; so that they may be refer-

Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu. 351

able to the next species. It has previously come from Vaté

and Totoya.

12. Diadema elsina, n. sp. (No. 9).

Alhed to D. octocula, but readily and constantly distin-

guished by the following characters. Primaries shorter,

the orange or tawny belt beyond the cell considerably darker

and narrower and with straight margins joming a submarginal

streak of the same colour, which tapers from the internal

margin, almost to the upper discoidal vein, and encloses a

small black ocellus near external angle: secondaries with

the broad discal tawny area much deeper in colour, uniform in

both sexes, but crossed by similar bld&ck ocelli ; outer border

much narrower and intersected by a tawny line. Primaries

below differing principally in the width and straightness of

the oblique tawny band; secondaries with the outer border

more regular and usually clouded with brown to just beyond

the ocelli. Expanse of wings ¢ 2 inches 10 lines, ¢ 3 inches

3 lines.

I have examined four or five examples of this species.

13. Diadema lifuana, n. sp. (No. 9).

Allied to the two preceding species, but smaller, darker, and

with differently ornamented primaries.

3. Above dark chocolate-brown ; a tapering submarginal

streak of dull deep tawny, enclosing a large black spot near

external angle: secondaries with a broad, regular, deep,

tawny discal belt, crossed by black veins and traversed by a

series of eight rather small black spots; outer border choco-

late-brown, bounded within by a well-marked black edge:

body dark chocolate-brown. Wings below chocolate-brown,

becoming paler towards the outer margin; a rather thick

undulated submarginal lme and a narrower marginal line,

both black: primaries with the subcostal area black in the

cell and crossed by two greyish white spots; a pale brown

diffused streak across the end of the cell, and beyond it a |

subcuneiform pale testaceous patch, its broadest part in the

costal nervure, diffused externally and fading away as it

reaches the lower radial nervure ; two subapical white spots,

and six black spots with bluish-white centres crossing the

disk : secondaries with the disk, from its centre to the outer

margin, abruptly testaceous, tinted internally with pink,

crossed in the middle by a series of eight rounded black spots

with white pupils and broad pyriform chocolate zones ;_ a white

subanal litura between the submarginal and marginal lines :

352 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu.

body below smoky brown, palpi white at the sides and black

below. Expanse of wings 2 inches 9 lines.

?. Paler than the male, the primaries with a tapering dull

ochraceous streak from the costa just beyond the end of the

cell to near the second median branch, and six white, dots,

from the costal vein to the second median interspace, parallel

to the outer margin ; an indistinct black spot above the sub-

anal one; the submarginal streak replaced by an ill-defined

dusky patch ; the apical area smoky brown, with the outer

border darker: secondaries with the broad discal belt bright

ochreous, and the outer border uniformly dark chocolate-brown;

secondaries altogether paler, with the markings more strongly

defined than in the male; otherwise similar. Expanse of

wings 2 inches 10 lines.

This can, I think, scarcely be a variation of the preceding

species ; the absence of the well-marked oblique belt in the

male and the restricted and differently formed belt in the

female are very characteristic; the borders of the secondaries

in the two sexes are also very unlike those of D. elsina.

CyrrestIs, Boisduval.

14. Cyrestis Whitmet, n. sp.

. Pure white, ornamented with colours and markings nearly

as in CO. achates, but intermediate in character between that

species and C, nivea: it differs from C. achates as follows :—

The blackish lines across the basal area more slender and

straighter; the bluish-centred belt across the cell of prima-

ries less oblique and with its sides parallel, the lines closing

the cell (one of which represents the lower discocellular) also

more parallel; the apical portion of the outer border broader,

with the two ocelli upon it less distinctly made out and with

white pupils; the outer border darker and rather narrower ;

the bluish-centred stripe which crosses the lower part of the

disk of primaries and the disk of secondaries uniform with the

white stripe which follows it, so as to do away with the

appearance of incipient ocelli, which at once strikes the eye in

C. achates ; the subanal ochreous patch in primaries smaller ;.

the secondaries distinctly shorter, the anal angle being less

produced; the caudal appendage more slender; the streak

from the apex to the anal angle dark brown, but slightly

washed with ochraceous below the third median branch ; only

a single slender submarginal black line from the apex to the

base of the tail, but from there to the second median branch

two regular thick black stripes. Hxpanse of wings 2 inches

1 line.

Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from. Lifu. 353

This is a well-marked species, of the size and with the

aspect of C. nivea, but in its ornamentation more nearly

agreeing with C. achates.

ATELLA, Doubleday.

15. Atella egistina, Quoy and Gaimard (No. 10).

This species appears to be extremely common at Lifu; it

occurs also at Maré. I was at first disposed to regard it as a

variety of A. Bowdenia (see P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 614).

Acrzin#, Bates.

Acr#@A, Fabricius.

16. Acrea andromacha, Fabricius.

As pointed out by Herr Schmeltz, I was correct in my

original notice of this species as an inhabitant of the Islands

of the South Pacific ; it does not, however, appear to be

common.

Family Erycinide.

Lisyrutin2, Bates.*

LipyTHea, Fabricius.

17. Libythea quadrinotata, n. sp.

Primaries dark brown, shining and tinted with ochraceous

towards the base, with a diffused ochraceous patch on the

inner margin; a spot in the end of the cell, and a large patch

(crossed by the second median branch) on the disk, pinky

white, edged with ochraceous; a bifid subcostal white spot

beyond the cell, and a subsinuate bifid discal spot towards the

apex, white: secondaries with the basal area sordid subochra-

ceous; external area dark brown; a broad fascia, very wide

on the abdominal margin, and gradually narrowing to near

the apex, and a subapical spot above its extremity, ochreous:

body above brownish olivaceous. Primaries below grey, the

cell ochraceous; the four spots as above, but all white, the discal

area enclosed by them dark brown: secondaries lilacine greyish,

speckled with red-brown and crossed, near the base of the

* Mr. Scudder proposes to regard this as an abnormal group of the

Nymphalide ; but I cannot agree with him in this.

304 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu.

. 1

median branches, by a paler belt: body below sordid whitish.

Expanse of wings 2 inches 8 lines.

A very distinct species, not nearly allied to any other yet

described.

Family Lycenide.

LaAMPIbDES, Hiibner.

18. Lampides caledonica, Felder.

Closely allied to Z. platissa, but smaller.

19. Lampides florinda, n. sp. (No. 16).

3. Wings above ultramarine blue: primaries with a narrow

dark brown outer border; fringe white externally: secon-

daries with the costal area brown, the outer border macular,

narrowly dark brown, the spot above the tail black, sur-

mounted by a narrow orange lunule; fringe white, spotted

with brown ; body above grey. Wings below chalky white,

with a marginal blackish line; a submarginal series of small

dots mostly brown, surmounted by a lunulated slender brown

line ; an irregular chain-like series of brown-bordered sordid

spots (the series of secondaries angulated) across the disk;

the cells closed by a double brown litura: primaries with a

double line across the ce]l, and a brown-edged spot beyond the

centre of the costa: secondaries with a slightly angular series

of brown-edged spots from the costa across the cell; one or

two brown lines on the abdominal margin; a black spot sur-

mounted with orange above the tail, and a smaller one near

anal angle; all the brown-edged spots on the under surface

with snow-white borders: body below snow-white. Expanse

of wings 1 inch 1 line.

A very distinct species.

Family Papilionide.

Prerinz, Swainson.

Exopina, Felder.

20. Hlodina pseudanops, n. sp. (No. 13).

Wings above smoky brown: primaries darker than the

secondaries ; an oblique pale sulphur-yellow patch crossing

the end of the cell, and divided at its inferior extremity (which

is rounded) by the second median branch, its anterior margin

Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu. 355

-sinuated ; fringe testaceous: secondaries with a large semi-

circular sulphur-yellow patch, dentated externally, from the

subcostal nervure, across the end of the cell, to the second

median branch ; fringe white, tinted with testaceous towards

anal angle: head white, with red eyes; antenne black and

white above, tawny below; thorax olivaceous, abdomen brown.

Primaries below sulphur-yellow ; the disk crossed by a broad

C-shaped black belt; apex, apical costa, and outer margin

silvery white, inner margin broadly grey: secondaries silvery

white ; the disk crossed by two or three red-brown spots; a

similar discocellular spot: body below white, tibize and tarsi

sulphur-yellow, tarsal claws blackish. Expanse of wings

1 inch 5 lines.

Not unlike the females of some species of Anops and Holo-

chila.

TERIAS, Swainson.

21. Terias sulphurata, Butler.

Occurs also at Maré.

22. Tertas sinapina, un. sp. (No.1).

Wings above bright sulphur-yellow: primaries with the

costal margin narrowly black ; a rather broad external border,

irregularly notched internally towards apex, bisinuated (to

the depth of rather more than a millimetre) between the median

branches : secondaries with black dots at the end of the veins,

connected towards the apex by marginal black scales: body

above olivaceous. Wings below bright sulphur-yellow, all the

veins terminating in black dots; primaries with a few brown

scales in the cell, and a few more forming an imperfect annu-

lus on the upper discocellular; secondaries with an irregular

double discocellular brown line surrounded by an annular

series of spots formed of little groups of brown scales: body

below yellow. Expanse of wings 1 inch 7 lines.

Somewhat like 7. Desjardinsii of Africa.

23. Terias lifuana, n. sp.

Allied to the preceding species, but smaller, with the outer

border of primaries rather narrower and much less distinctly

bisinuated, also with the markings of the under surface much

more strongly defined. Expanse of wings 1 inch 5 lines.

Not like any other species known to me.

356 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu.

CaTOPSILIA, Hiibner.

24. Catopsilia lactea, Butler.

Previously known from Erromanga, the Solomon group,

and Australia.

Appias, Hiibner.

25. Appias ega, Boisduval.

A common Australian species.

BELENOIS, Hiibner.

26. Lelenois terranea, n. sp.

3. Wings above creamy white, the base grey: primaries

with the costa grey towards the base, but becoming black at

the end of the costal vein; apical area black, slightly excised

internally between the subcostal branches, deeply excavated

between the lower radial and third median, and between the

first and second median branches, crossed by five externally

acuminate creamy white spots: body grey, with the head

and prothorax red-brown. Primaries below creamy white,

becoming chalky towards the inner border ; apical area sordid

sandy brown, sinuated internally and tapering to the first

median branch; the costa earthy brown, emitting, beyond the

cell, a transverse projection, below which are three semi-con-

nected black spots on the disk : secondaries pale earthy brown,

with a discal series of five darker spots; abdominal and anal

margins yellow: body white, clothed with reddish testaceous

hairs. EExpanse of wings 2 inches 4 lines.

Allied to B. periclea.

27. Belenois peristhene, Boisduval.

Previously known from New Caledonia, Erromanga, Anei-

teum, and New Ireland.

PAPILIONINZ, Swainson.

28. Papilio gelon, Boisduval.

Originally described from New-Caledonian examples.

29. Papilio abstrusus, Butler.

The type was from Maré.

Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu. 357

30. Papilio Montrouziert, Boisduval.

The type was from New Caledonia.

Family Hesperiide.

Hesperia, Fabricius.

31. Hesperia atrox, un. sp.

Wings above shining chocolate-brown; primaries tinted

with testaceous towards the base, with four sordid whitish

hyaline spots (arranged like eyes, nose, and mouth) across

the centre of the wing ; secondaries, with the exception of the

costal and external borders and the veins, testaceous ; head

and thorax olivaceous, the crest and upper surface of palpi

blackish; abdomen black, banded with testaceous: wings

below chocolate-brown ; primaries with hyaline spots as above,

the lowermost spot extended to the internal margin ; secon-

daries with the external area slightly paler than the rest of

the wing; a large blackish anal patch, surmounted by a

whitish spot ; legs and antenne below reddish. Expanse of

wings 2 inches.

HETEROCERA.

Family Sphingide.

Spuinervx, Butler.

Proroparce, Burmeister.

32. Protoparce distans, Butler.

A common species in New Zealand.

Family Catephide.

CocyTopEs, Guénée.

33. Cocytodes modesta, Guénée.

The blue spots in secondaries are of a rather purer colour

than in the Javan type; but otherwise there seems to be no

difference.

Family Ophideride.

OpHIDERES, Boisduval.

34, Ophideres dioscorea, Fabricius.

Doubtless a modification of O. fullonica.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 25

358 Mr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Lifu.

Family Ommatophoride.

SPEIREDONIA, Hiibner.

35. Spetredonia simplex, n. sp.

Wings above olive-brown, shot with lilacine towards the

external margin, with the outer border broadly paler, limited

internally by a pale-edged, dusky, irregular, discal band

diffused on its inner margin; a dark brown submarginal lunu-

lated line, and a second similar marginal line: primaries with

the basal two thirds of the costal area whity brown, regularly

banded with broad dull blackish transverse patches ; a double

irregular streak crossing the end of the cell and separating into

two diverging double blackish lines below the median vein ;

a large 3-shaped black-edged marking beyond the cell, its

lower half enclosing a purplish spot streaked with blue and

spotted with white, so as to form an incipient ocellus: secon-

daries crossed in the middle by a zigzag blackish line, bordered

on each side by a pale brown line: body greyish brown, with ~

the segmentations of the abdomen paler, the head and tegule

clouded with testaceous. Wings below shining brown, crossed

in the centre by a dusky narrow band interrupted in the secon-

daries by two blackish spots; primaries woolly towards the

base, a whitish spot near external angle: secondaries crossed

near the base by a second indistinct dusky band; a submar-

ginal series of whitish spots; fringe grey : body below grey,

the coxe of legs whitish. EExpanse of wings 2 inches 6 lines.

This species in the comparative simplicity of its markings

resembles the genus Dasypodia.

Family Boarmiide.

Boarmia, Treitschke.

36. Boarmia lichenina, n. sp.

Wings above grey mottled with brown; the disk reddish,

the outer border white speckled with black and crossed by

yellowish veins; cells closed by brown-edged white lunate

spots; two central transverse dentate black lines—those of

the primaries wide apart, with a dusky line between them con-

necting the lunate spot with the costal and inner margins; a

multisinuate white line, bordered on each side with dark grey,

separating the discal and external areas; a marginal series of

black spots between the veins; fringe white, speckled with

brown: body whitish, the abdomen narrowly banded with

brown. Wings below white, with a large rounded black spot

Bibliographical Notice. 309

at the end of each cell; an elbowed discal line across each

wing: primaries with the external area broadly blackish, in-

terrupted at apex and on the second median interspace by

white quadrate spots; fringe white: secondaries with crenate

white outer border, indicated by an internal blackish discal

streak; black marginal dots less distinct than above: body’

below white. Hxpanse of wings 1 inch 8 lines.

A well-defined species.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct Mammals of Austra-

lia; with a Notice of the Extinct Marsupials of England. By

Ricwarp Owen, C.B., F.R.S. Two vols. 4to. Erxleben :

London, 1877.

THis work may be regarded as a supplementary volume to the ori-

ginal edition of Cuvier’s ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles’ (4to,

1821). In that work but one extinct species had been referred to

the marsupial order, viz. the famous Didelphys qgypsorum (vol. iil.

pl. Ixxi.), and the osteology of the existing species is not described

as in the case of the placental Mammalia of which the fossil evi-

dences are there ‘so richly illustrated. The author of the present

work has accordingly added descriptions and figures of the osteology

and dentition of the existing Marsupialia to those of the fossil re-

mains of the extinct species ; the characteristics of the bony struc-

ture and teeth of the wombats and kangaroos are shown in detail.

As in the great work of Cuvier, the several memoirs by which the

discoveries and determinations of the fossils were first made known

are reproduced with additional matter and in systematic order. A

chapter is premised on the fossil Marsupials of England, with figures

illustrative of twenty-eight species, referable to fifteen genera. Of

the extinct Marsupials which have left their remains in Rheetic,

Oolitic, and Purbeck deposits in England, some exemplify or pre-

figure, in a singular and interesting manner, genera and species of

Marsupials which have left their remains in the comparatively re-

cent drift-deposits and in the caves of Australia.

The author, quoting the remark of Cuvier, “ Quant aux genres

propres 4 ]’Australasie, on n’en avyoit jamais découvert parmi les

fossiles d’Europe ” (‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles,’ 4to, 1821,

vol. 1. p. 292), remarks “it needed to go far below the tertiary

beds to find the mammalian fossils most allied to those of Australia”

(Preface, p. vi). He then states, “The teeth representing the

Rhetic Microlestes find their nearest resemblance in the dispropor-

tionately small hind molars of Thylacoleo. The Plagiaulax of the

Purbeck beds pushes the correspondence to the shape and dispropor-

tionately large size of the incisors and sectorials ; and the foremost

25*

360 Bibliographical Notice.

large laniariform teeth are reduced to a pair in both the pleistocene

paucidentate Carnivore of Australia and its smaller British predecessor

from the Upper Oolite. The multidentate marsupial Ferines from

near the Lower Oolite (Amphitherium, Amphilestes, e. g.) are repre-

sented by the rare andsingular still existing Australian genus Myrme-

cobius, The mandible and mandibular dentition of the typodentate

carnivore Phascolotherium, a British extinct genus of like antiquity,

find their characters more nearly repeated in Thylacinus and Sarco-

piulus than in any ex-Australian genera.” The author subsequently

sums up the evidences of existing Australian forms of vegetable and

animal life which recall or repeat characters of the extinct forms

revealed by fossils from British Mesozoic strata.

The Australian fossils which form the main subject of the present

work are of the marsupial order, and are referred to the two sub-

orders Polyprotodontia, or those with lower incisors more than two

in number, and Diprotodontia, or those in which the lower incisors

are limited to two in number.

The first suborder is represented by species of Sarcophilus and

Thylacinus, some larger than the existing species, others of the

same size, but from Australian localities where they have ceased to

exist, the genera being represented by living species now confined to

Tasmania. An extinct bandicoot (Perameles tenuirostris) is also

referred to the Polyprotodont group. The suborder Diprotodontia

is divided into two sections, Sarcophaga and Poéphaga.

In the first section the remains of Thylacoleo are described and

figured in detail, and the physiological deductions therefrom are fully

discussed (pp. 107-184). The Poéphaga are distributed, according

to the characters of the limbs, into the tribes Gravigrada, Fossoria,

and Saltigrada. The first of these tribes is represented by the

genera Diprotodon and Nototherium (pp. 189-287), the species of

which, of the size of the rhinoceros and ox, are all extinct.

The tribe Fossoria is still represented by the wombat, but for-

merly included species of the size of a tapir (Phascolonus gigas

&c.), with modifications generically distinguishing them from the

existing Phascolomys.

To the tribe Saltigrada the author refers seven extinct genera,

besides representatives of the existing Macropus, some of which

exceeded the largest living kangaroos in size. Not fewer than

eighteen extinct species are characterized, and in part restored, of

the larger Saltigrades, besides species of the smaller existing genera

Hypsiprymnus and Bettongia.

After a survey of the 522 pages and 132 plates recording these

‘Researches on the Fossil Mammals of Australia,’ to which the

author has devoted part of his annual labours since 1836, he might

well be pardoned in indulging “in the flattering thought that the

chances were small of future discoveries of new species of large

extinct marsupial quadrupeds in the Australian continent.” But

he checks himself by the following remark :—‘‘ Warned, however,

by the rate of progress of the science of paleontology since the

Royal Society. 361

demise of its Founder, in 1832, I deem it more probable that a like

lapse of time after the issue of the present volumes will have been

attended by such rich results to the young and ardent naturalists of

Australia as to show that their predecessor at home had but

‘skimmed the cream,’ and given them the broad outlines of a

picture of ancient animated nature which their labours will fill in

and finish.”

In the descriptions and plates of the present work, devoted not

only to the characteristic fossils of the extinct families, genera, and

species, but also to the dentition and osteology of the still existing

types, the generations issuing from the colonial schools, colleges, and

universities of Australia, of whom some may be irresistibly led, like

those of the present generation of Anglo-Americans, to investigate

and interpret the phenomena of an environing nature, will find an

instrument which will facilitate and accelerate their endeavours to

reconstruct the strange forms of mammalian life which once traversed

the Australian plains and scrubs and have long since passed away

from that continent.

In Prof. Owen’s aim to elucidate the paleontology of the colonies

of Great Britain the present work maintains the character and claim

on favourable reception of that on the Fossil Reptilia of South

Africa, noticed in the ‘Annals’ for June 1876.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

April 12, 1877.—Dr. J. Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, in the

Chair.

“On the Rapidity of Growth and Variability of some Madre-

poraria on an Atlantic Cable, with remarks upon the rate of

accumulation of Foraminiferal Deposits.” By Prof. P. Martin

Duncan, F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soc.

A telegraph-cable was laid off the north-west of Spain in 1870,

and a portion of it was recovered in 1876, in long. 9° 4’ W. and

lat. 44° 6' N. The depth from which the recovered portion came

was from 522 to 550 fathoms ; the ground was conglomeratic, and

there was a deposit there of sticky foraminiferal mud. Much

coral-growth had occurred on the cable, and when it was fished up

some living and dead forms, together with Hchinz, Pectens, and mud,

came up from off the surrounding sea-floor.

The growth on the cable consisted of numerous individuals of

Desmophyllum Crista-Galli of different sizes, and of many bush-

shaped coralla of Lophohelia prolifera, var. gracilis; there were

also small masses of Solenosmilia variabilis (nobis), a new Am-

362 Royal Society :-—

phthelia, and a specimen of Caryophyllia cylindracea (Reuss),

which were not attached, but which must have been fixed close

by to stones.

As the date of the sinking of the cable was known, and as six

years had elapsed, it was possible to estimate the rapidity of the

growth of the coral on it, and also to come to some more or less

satisfactory conclusions regarding the rate of the deposition of the

foraminiferal ooze in that situation. Moreover a glance at the

numerous specimens showed that they presented variations and

abnormalities of structure well worthy of examination, and which

might relate to the inadvisability of retaining some of the specific

and generic determinations in the ancient and recent coral faunas.

The height of the tallest* Desmophyllum taken from the top

of the cable, to which its base is strongly adherent, is 12 inch. It

is a fine and well-grown individual, bemg 1+ inch in its calicular

length, and its hard part weighs 1 oz. There are no indications of

ooze having covered the base, and the granulation of the basal

surface is perfect and free from any evidence of erosion.

The smallest specimen found on the cable has its calicular edge

rather on one side and oblique, and it is ;4, of an inch above the

attached base. It shows no trace of ooze; the other specimens,

intermediate in size, usually present an excessively broad base below

the peduncle, and in some it extends for nearly 3 inch on all sides.

It consists of a layer of carbonate of lime, granular above and

attached below to the outer coating of the cable.

Stunted bush-shaped masses of LZophohelia adhered by broad

bases to the cable, and extended along it for many inches. The

corallites composing the masses were crowded together to the

height of an inch from the cable, and a few reached upwards

about # of an inch above the rest. Some had grown up obliquely,

and others had their calices turned downwards, so that their mar-

gins were not 51, of aninch from the cable. They must have always

been above the ooze.

Gemmation appears to have occurred four times in the tallest

corallites, commencing on the parent when it attained a certain

size: probably the parent growth occupied one year; and there

were four consecutive yearly buddings.

From these details it may be gleaned that the upward and general

rate of coral-growth at 550 fathoms is rapid in relation to that

noticed in Europe in the same family in shallower water. In height

the growth amounts to a minimum of 0°29 inch in the year, and in

mass it is very considerable.

The amount of sedimentary deposit, consisting of the tests of

Foraminifera, sponge-spicules, and minute particles of siliceous

minerals, has been inappreciable on the cable during six years.

A few Foraminifera in crevices in the bases of a few specimens are

* The Desmophylla and Lophohelie are essentially oceanic deep-sea corals ;

they have none of the exotheca which distinguishes the rapidly growing littoral

reef-building forms.

Prof. P. M. Duncan on some Madreporaria. 363

the only signs of its presence. But that there was plenty of sticky

ooze close by is evident; for some was brought up by the appa-

ratus, and it had got into parts of the calices of some of the living

corals. Moreover a mass of conglomerate which was brought up,

and which consisted of water-worn gneiss boulders cemented to-

gether, had some of the mud entangled in it; and most of the

calices of the dead corals which were brought up at the same time,

but which were not attached to the cable, contained a small

quantity of foraminiferal and siliceous matter.

It is possible that the motion of the tentacles and of the cilia

of the corals prevented the accumulation of sediment in their

neighbourhood ; but the tall peduncles of some of the Desmo-

phylla would place their calices far out of the way of matter col-

lecting on the base. Moreover the part of the cable on which

the coral grew may have been laid on masses of stone above the

level of the deposit. But the facts that the calices of the living

Amphihelia brought up, and which was not growing on the cable,

contained no deposit, and that the dead Solenosmilia and a short

Caryophylla, neighbours to the form just noticed, had very small

amounts in their calices, which had long been dead, and had been

worn by Achlya penetrans and some Spongida, are of themselves

sufficient to disprove a rapid rate of accumulation. The presence

of some most fragile outgrowths from the Lophohelian corals which

supported and partly enclosed the stems of some Hydroida contra-

indicate the existence of a current sufficient to move sticky ooze.

It may be considered, then, that the deposit of minute sedi-

mentary matter and of pelagic Foraminifera is excessively slow in

its rate of accumulation at 550 fathoms on this part of the Atlantic

floor, and that itis very much slower than the contemporaneous

coral-growth.

An examination of some of the deep-sea corals of the true

Globigerina-ooze area will afford a corresponding observation ;

and we may assume that in the White and Red Chalks of England

the Madreporaria grew vastly more quickly than the deposit accumu-

lated which subsequently environed and overwhelmed them. One

of Lonsdale’s discoveries was that of an Amphihelian-looking mass

from the Chalk of Gravesend*; its bulk was considerable, and yet

many of the calices were close to the base, and they were those of

young buds. Again, in the Red Chalk the corals are often widely

open and short and were probably very slow growers. All these

considerations tend to the impression that the chalk of old, what-

ever may have been its original nature, accumulated extremely

slowly.

The variability of the specimens of Desmophyllum Crista-Galli

which were found on the cable is very great ; and in some instances

it is sufficient to permit of a specific distinction being made accord-

ing to the strict classificatory rules. Doubtless had the specimens

* Suppl. to Brit. Foss. Corals, Cretaceous, Paleont. Soc. By P.M. Dunean.

364 Royal Society.

been separated, and had they been assumed to have come from

different localities, new species would have been made of them.

Several specimens are very costulate, and there are crests to

all the larger cost ; in some there are wart-like growths in those

situations, and in these forms the calice is sometimes widely open,

or very compressed, or normally slightly so at its orifice.

In at least one fourth of the specimens the shape of the corallum,

instead of being subturbinate and compressed above the round

pedicel, is tall and cylindrical; and there are no costal ridges of

any importance. Moreover the size of the calices and septa varies

in this series.

Some specimens, otherwise normal, have very broad basal ex-

pansions out of all proportion with the height. But the most

interesting variation is noticed in those specimens which have

widely open calices and exsert septa; for, added to these specific

structures, are costal crests, ridges, processes, and root-like projec-

tions coming from the body, peduncle, and base. These projections

are either free at their end or are attached to some support; some-

times the growths are in relation to the costal line, and in others they

cannot be maintained to be so, and they are either smooth, granular,

or like shagreen. There is no epitheca on the coral, and the root-

like projections are therefore growths of the ectoderm. Some act

as supports; but most have been produced by the irritation of an

Annelid, which, after boring out of the cable, came in contact with

the coral, which endeavoured more or less successfully to cover

it up.

Those processes which are beyond the reach of Annelids and

which act as supports singularly resemble those root-like growths

which are of generic or specific importance in many groups of

Madreporaria.

Flabellum, Rhizotrochus, Rhizophyllum, Omphyma, &c. are genera

which possess such root-forming species. But the root-like processes

of Flabellum have a higher physiological interest than those of Desmo-

phyllum; for some finally separate the base of the coral from its

attachment by their downward growth-pressure; nevertheless the

development of root-processes by the cable-covering Desmophylla is

suggestive and important, although some are morbid growths.

The eylindroid specimens would most probably be considered

specifically distinct from the others were they found away from

them or in strata. They are very suggestive; for in paleontology

the shape of the corallum, the contour of the calice, and the relative

size of the septa are often considered to establish species; and such

genera as Trochocyathus, Trochosmilia, and Montlwaltia amongst

Mesozoic corals, and Cyathophyllia and Zaphrentis amongst the

Rugosa, teem with specific names which are not established on

better grounds than that of the cylindroid Desmophyllum.

The Lophohelie on the cable present great bud variation; and

the young and old corallites are of many different shapes, from the

turbinate to the tubular. But the most important structural peculi-

Miscellaneous. 365

arities are of two kinds :—first, the annelid growth has determined

outgrowth of the coral which has covered in the worm-tube ; and

second, the establishment of some Hydrozoa on the ectoderm of

the coral has sometimes produced the formation of tubes of coral-

structure which environ the stalk of the offender and form a

useful support to it.

Finally it may be remarked that all the Madreporaria which

were brought up with the cable from off this area have an un-

usual ornamentation.

I have to thank Sir James Anderson for the specimens and

for the details of the recovery of the cable.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On some Points in the Embryology of Annelids. By M. C. Barrors.

THE investigations, of which I now give a summary, were made

in the years 1873-76, and completed during the present year.

The first fact relates to the discovery of a new type, common at

Roscoft during the month of April, which must be referred to the

interesting group of the Gastrotricha. It possesses the form and

general aspect of the Ichthydine ; but its skin is divided superficially

into several segments furnished with incomplete ciliary circlets,

which cause it to resemble the larva of an annelid. The digestive

tube consists of three divisions, of which the first bears a very

characteristic muscular pharyngeal inflation, which I have also

met with in asmall Syllidian, Nerilla antennata. The specimens

were in full reproduction at the period when I collected them; the

genital organs form a series of glands, as in the Rhabdoceeli. The

sexes are separate: the males possess two testes, situated one to

the right, the other to the left of the stomach, and which are fol-

lowed by two seminal vesicles which pass to a single penis; the

female organs consist of two great masses, situated at the same part

as the testes of the male; and these ovarian masses, like the testes,

are separated by a sort of dissepiment which divides the body of

the animal into two parts.

Copulation occurs; then the ova are deposited ; and in order to

study them it is only necessary to collect them at the bottom of the

vessel, The segmentation is like that of annelids generally : a gas-

trula is formed by epibolism ; then the internal mass is concentrated

behind, while the anterior part becomes clear and the ventral sur-

face thickens into an embryonic band; the posterior fatty mass

will form the stomach, the clear anterior part the cesophagus, and

the embryonic band the muscular layer. The latter, the investi-

gation of which would possess special interest, represents the

366 Miscellaneous.

embryonic band of the Annelids in a still very rudimentary state.

The remainder of the development is reduced to the formation of

the oculiform points, a general elongation, the appearance of cilia,

&e.

In the arrangement of the generative organs this species ap-

proaches the Turbellaria; the presence of its circlets of cilia and

that of the embryonic band, on the other hand, approximate it to

the group of Annelids; and among the latter, Nerilla antennata

appears more particularly to approach it in the arrangement of the

pharyngeal inflation, and also perhaps of the generative glands.

Claparéde has already described another type, also allied to the

Annelids (Hemidasys aguso), but in its other relations rather ap-

proaching the Rotifera. We see, therefore, that the three groups of

the Rotifera, Annelids, and Turbellaria become confounded at the

base in the common trunk of the Gastrotricha ; and the more parti-

cular analogies which the Syllidians possess with the latter (Neri/la)

show that they must be placed at the base of the Annelids.

The embryogeny of the group Syllidea has been retarded by the

strange nature of the mode of gestation, which has been taken by

certain authors for a gemmation upon the parapodes. I have ascer-

tained in a great number of species that there was never any thing

in it in common with gemmation ; the number of embryos fixed upon

each [pair of] parapodes always corresponds exactly with the

number of ova developed in each metamere ; in those species which

have only one embryo upon each parapode, we see in like manner

only two ova in each metamere. I have traced the escape and the

complete development of these ova. At a certain period of their

development we see the vitelline membrane become confounded with

the external integument of the embryo; the latter then appears to

be fixed directly upon the parapode ; and it is this that has led to the

belief in gemmation. The most remarkable fact in the development

of the ova thus fixed is the complete absence of any larval form ;

the relations of the Syllidea to the Gastrotricha allow us to suppose

that this absence constitutes the primitive state, and that the state

of larva (Trochosphere), afterwards so important, is only derivative.

One is accustomed to regard the vermiform state of the embryos of

Annelids (Oligocheeta) as constituting a derivative state ; and it is not

uninteresting to remark that side by side with this derivative vermi-

form state (Oligocheta) there exists a primitive vermiform state

(Syllidea), by means of which the embryogeny of the Cheetopods is

related to that of the Gastrotricha and the inferior worms. In

this state the embryonic band (too little known among the Cheeto-

pods, in which I have constantly met with it) always exists, and

still continues to form the essential fact of the development ; it only

begins to be reduced in the Roscoff type.

To these observations on the lower forms of embryogeny in the

Annelids, I may add a few words on the higher forms, some of which

have been too widely separated from the ordinary type: Mitraria,

among others, may very well be brought back to the general type.

Miscellaneous. 367

Thus I have several times found at Saint-Vaast a passage form in

which the posterior half of the body was reduced by burying itself

in the anterior part, which was margined at the base by the ciliary

circlet. This fact quite naturally leads us to regard the Mitraria

as produced by the same process a little more strongly marked ; the

second period of development, in which Metschnikoff has seen the

segmented body coming to form a more or less considerable hernia

beyond the anterior parts, which at first covered it completely,

would then be nothing but the inverse of the first, and a simple

return to the normal form.—Comptes Rendus, July 30, 1877,

p- 297.

On a new Genus of the Family Tritoniide. By M. A. Vayssibre.

Among the numerous Gasteropod Mollusca collected in the Gulf

of Marseilles, I have observed a curious Tritoniid which I do not

find described anywhere, and which certainly merits special. men-

tion. This animal was captured on the 26th April last, between

Carry and Cape Méjeau, at a depth of 50 metres, on a muddy bottom,

nearly at the limit of the coralligenous bottom. _

It somuch resembled some Dendronoti which I had received at the

same time in its external aspect, in its size (7-8 centims.), and in

its coloration, that I at first confounded it with them. When I

perceived my error the animal was too much decomposed to allow a

sketch of it to be made; nor could I completely examine its external

characters: the anterior region of the integuments, however, was

still in a pretty good state. But a dissection was sufficient to bring

to light the important anatomical peculiarities which determine me

to establish a new generic group for this mollusk.

I may be permitted to dedicate this new genus to my teacher,

Prof. Marion, as a very feeble testimony of the gratitude I owe him

for the constant kindness with which he directs me in my natural-

history studies.

Genus Marronra.

Corpus elongatum, lateribus compressis, altius quam latius, pallio

nullo. Caput subinferius, obtectum velo parvulo, ramoso ; maxillis

corneis. Stomachus cultriformibus dentibus armatus. Tentacula

duo dorsalia ramusculis tenuibus condensis superne cincta. Branchie

ramosz, linea unica utrinque dorsi inserts. Orificia generationis et

ani ad latus dextrum sita.

The general coloration of this mollusk was ochre-yellow, with

numerous vinous spots. Its dendritic branchiz were shorter and

less divided than those of Dendronotus.

The tentacles, instead of presenting, as in the latter, towards their

upper part a certain number of ridges and lamelle, showed a mass

of ramifications, very like much-attenuated branchie, pressed close

together, and only allowing to project the terminal, much lessened

368 Miscellaneous.

portion of the tentacular axis. These organs were of a paler tint

than the dorsal surface, and bore numerous white points.

The genital orifices are on the right side of the animal, at the

level of the tentacles ; the anal aperture is on the same side, but

towards the middle of the body.

The external differences recognizable between this animal and

Dendronotus, therefore, only relate to the arrangement of the termi-

nal portion of the tentacles. The internal anatomical characters are

much more important. The genus Marionia is not without relation

to Scyllea.

The buccal bulb is more voluminous than that of Dendronotus ; and

the corneous maxille are comparatively longer.

The cesophagus, which is very long, opens into a first dilatation,

which is the gizzard ; it is in the interior of this cavity that we find

nearly forty cultriform teeth, placed side by side, and forming a

complete ring. This character occurs among Nudibranchs only in

the genus Scyllea. A less dilated, but much longer region follows

the gizzard; it may be regarded as forming the true stomach. The

intestine, which follows it, opens, as already stated, upon the right

side of the body, near the middle part.

We find in the division of the liver into two glands a further

character which approximates our mollusk to the genus Scyllea.

The more voluminous of the two hepatic glands forms a compact

mass completely enveloped by the hermaphroditic gland—a pecu-

liarity which does not occur in Dendronotus, where the hermaphro-

ditic gland forms a distinct organ resting on the liver. The second

hepatic gland, which is much smaller than the other, is completely

isolated ; it is placed to the right beneath the gizzard.

These two excretory organs pour their product, each by a dif-

ferent orifice, into the masticatory stomach, above the armature, and

immediately below the extremity of the cesophagus. We find this

arrangement also in the Scyllee ; only, in place of two orifices, in

this type we distinguish three, at which the ducts of six or seven

hepatic glands terminate.

We should have further to cite numerous differences between the

genus Marionia and Dendronotus, both in the form of the nervous

centres, and in the number and arrangement of the annexed organs

of the generative apparatus.

Although imperfect, all these data show that the genus Marionza,

notwithstanding a great external resemblance to the Dendronoti,

differs from those mollusks by its internal organization. The

armature of the stomachal region is an important character, esta-

blishing a relationship with the Scyllee. We may say that

Marionia is a Dendronotus with the stomachal armature of Scyllea.

The discovery of this new type consequently justifies the place

assigned by Woodward to Dendronotus in the family Tritoniide.—

Comptes Rendus, July 30, 1877, p. 299.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 119. NOVEMBER 1877.

XLVII.—On Pteroplax cornuta, H. & A.

By Tuomas ATTHEY.

[Plates XII. & XIII. ]

In the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 4,vol. i.

1868, appeared “ Notes on the Remains of some Reptiles and

Fishes from the Shales of the Northumberland Coal-field,” by

my late friend Mr. Albany Hancock and myself.

In those notes were described two crania of Pteroplax

cornuta, the upper surface of the smaller one being figured

of about two thirds the natural size (pl. xv. fig. 1); sub-

sequently the matrix having been more carefully removed

from the surfaces of both crania, two well-defined sutures on

each have béen brought to light, and are seen to divide the

bone which had been named postfrontal into three distinct

parts—namely, the postfrontal proper, the postorbital, and

the squamous.

In the present communication I propose to describe and

figure, of the natural size, the upper surface of the smaller

and the under surface of the larger cranium, also some ribs

and vertebra, three bones of an extremity, and some scutes,

all of which most probably belonged to the same amphibian.

The crania have undergone immense pressure and are con-

sequently much flattened. ‘Together with the other bones they

are from the black shale, a stratum varying from 38 to 4 inches

in thickness, overlying the Low Main seam of coal at News-

ham Colliery, near Blyth, Northumberland.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 26

370 Mr. T. Atthey on Pteroplax cornuta.

Upper surface of the smaller cranium (Pl. XII. of natural

size and as seen after careful removal of the matrix).—A rib

is seen lying along upon the left side of the cranium ; and near

its distal end a fragment, which may have belonged to it,

partially overlaps the left occipital region; a third piece, the

vertebral end of arib, lies under the fore part of the skull.

It is worthy of remark that the premaxillary, nasal, pre-

frontal, and maxillary bones, which naturally form the ante-

rior end of the cranium, are absent from all the three skulls of

Pteroplax as yet known. Such a deficiency has never been

met with in skulls of Zoxomma or Anthracosaurus. The

skull of Pteroplax, as we find it, consists of frontals, parietals,

so-called supraoccipitals, postfrontals, postorbitals, squamous,

occipitals, epiotics, and quadrate bones, all firmly united by

suture.

Dimensions.—The skull thus composed measures in length,

from the median line in front to the posterior ends of the

epiotic horns, 64 inches, and from the same point to the pos-

terior margin of the occiput on the median line 5 inches. The

distance from this last point to the point of the right epiotic

horn is very nearly 2 inches, and that between the points of

those horns 2;%; inches. Breadth of the skull at the occipital

margin 22 inches, at the broadest part 2;'5 inches, between the

posterior ends of the orbital curves 2$ inches, between the

anterior ends of the same 1 inch, over the anterior broken

ends of the frontals rather more than 1 inch.

The pitted sculpturing is irregularly disposed over the sur-

face, the pits varying much in form, size, and depth, being on

the whole smaller and less deep than those of the crania of

Loxomma and Anthracosaurus; on the parietal bones they

are prolonged into grooves radiating from the centres of ossi-

fication on each side of the parietal foramen. ‘The pits are

most strongly marked on the postfrontals and postorbitals,

and are largest and groove-like on the frontals. On these

bones there is besides a channel or groove at each margin,

studded with pits, probably a mucus-groove. The pits on the

frontals are all inclined forwards, and look asif they served to

lodge blood-vessels. None of the small punctures which exist

at the bottom of the pits in Lowomma are visible in the pits of

Pteroplax, any more than in those of Anthracosaurus.

The orbits appear to have been large for the size of the

skull; their internal, concave, osseous margins, formed of

the postfrontal and postorbital bones, alone remain to testify

to this. They are placed where the skull rapidly tapers to

the elongated frontal region. The rest of their outline was

probably partly membranous or ligamentous and cartilaginous.

Mr. T. Atthey on Pteroplax cornuta. 371

The prolonged and narrow anterior end of owr specimen

terminates abruptly at a somewhat oblique transversely frac-

tured surface.

The frontal bones constitute nearly the whole of this narrow

part of the skull, which appears slightly deviated from the

straight line, as if it had received after death a blow on

the left side of the anterior end, which had started the poste-

rior end somewhat from its articulation with the parietal

bones. This part is rather broader at its distal end than else-

where.

The frontals are united to each other on the median line;

behind and at each side of that line they form a retreating

angle, into which are received the united ends of the parietals;

external to this they articulate with the postfrontals, the pos-

terior extremity of each frontal being received into an angle

formed by the parietals and postfrontals.

The parietals occupy the chief part of the middle region of

the cranium, and are of a triangular form, the base being pos-

terior. In the middle of the median suture is the oval parietal

foramen. It is large, being 7% inch in length and rather

more than 3/5 inch in breadth; it is surrounded by an elon-

gated oval space, which is somewhat elevated, the bone here

being thick and strong; and outside of this is a depression of

the same form, gradually rising outwards to the ordinary level

of the surface of the skull. At the anterior part of the parie-

tals the median suture has an irregular course to the left, no

doubt a mere individual irregularity. On their outer borders

these bones articulate, from front to back, successively with

the postfrontals, the postorbitals, the squamous, the epiotic,

and the so-called supraoccipitals which lie behind them.

The postfrontals are narrow, curved, and elongated, pointed

in front, where they abut upon the frontals, and broader

behind, where they meet the postorbitals; their internal bor-

ders, irregularly convex, articulate with the frontals and parie-

tals; their external borders form the greater part of the con-

cave and smooth inner margin of the orbits.

The prefrontals, which may have formed the anterior part

of the imner margin of the orbits, and the lachrymals are

absent.

The postorbitals, articulating in front with the postfrontals,

internally with the parietals, and posteriorly with the squa-

mous, are short thick bones’which form the posterior part of

the inner orbital margin, and present an external projection

which marks the termination of that margin and to which, as

well as to the similar process on the postfrontal, ligaments

and other structures forming the outer wall of the orbit were

26*

372 Mr. T. Atthey on Pteroplax cornuta.

attached. Behind these projections the borders of the post-

orbitals, as they go to join the squamous, are concave.

The squamous, a little larger than the last, are four-sided :

the external side is convex, longer than the others, and the

upper surface is convex like that of the postorbitals ; these

bones join in front with the last named, internally with the

parietals, and behind with the epiotics. The surface-pitting

is much less strongly marked on the squamous than on the

two bones in front of them.

The supratemporals, the jugals, and the quadrato-jugals are

not visible on the upper surface of either of our specimens.

The epiotics complete the ring of bones around the sides of

the parietals, and form the posterior external angles of the

cranium ; these angles are produced backwards, in a conspi-

cuous and remarkable manner, into what have been called

horns, whence Pteroplax has received its specific name cornuta.

The parts of the skull from which these horns project are thick

and strong, standing up in a ridge, which from above the base

of the horn passes forwards and then, curving inwards, is

merged into the upper surface of the occiput, its external side.

gradually subsiding to the level of the other bones.

The epiotics are narrow bones wedged in, as it were, be-

tween the so-called supraoccipitals and the squamous and

reaching the parietals; they also form a portion of the occi-

pital surface, and with it and their horns give attachment to

muscles stretching down the neck.

The so-called supraoccipitals or superior occipitals are rather

narrow, elongated transversely, joming each other on the

median line, and, hemmed in by the epiotics, overhang the

occipital surface; their external posterior angles are more

or less acute; below they articulate with the exoccipitals and

the quadrates.

The occipital surface, concave vertically, is much arched

from side to side, owing greatly to the epiotic horns, and

presents the same slightly overhanging border that we see in

the other two Labyrinthodonts of this district. Three ocei-

pital protuberances exist, one at the upper margin, another

near to or at the base of the skull, the third, which is small,

just below the first. These are bisected by the median suture.

From a little distance on each side of these projections the

vertical concavity of the surface is divided by a rather rough

ridge into an upper and a lower vroove; and in each runs a

delicate rather obscure suture ; the upper unites the so-called

supraoccipitals to the exoccipitals, the lower these latter bones

to the quadrates.

The true occipital is undistinguishable, and the basioccipital

le]

Mr. T. Atthey on Pteroplax cornuta. 373

probably absent. The height of the occipital surface near its

middle is ;3; inch ; at its outer part at the base of the horns,

where the bones are very strong, and have been able to resist

pressure better than other parts, it is 7% inch.

Upper surface of the larger crantum.—This has not been

figured. Having been carefully cleared of the matrix it

shows all the sutures; but the bones are badly preserved and

the pittings almost all obliterated. The following are its

dimensions :—from the median line of the anterior broken end

to the point of the epiotic horns 7 inches, from the same poimt

along the median line to the posterior edge of the occiput 54

inches, from the middle point of occipital border to point of

left epiotic horn 17 inch, between the epiotic horns 3%; inches.

The breadth of the skull at the occipital margin 3,8, inches,

over the posterior margin of the parietals 3 %; inches, between

the posterior points of the orbital curve 3,4, inches, between

the anterior points of the same 1,45 inch; the breadth of the

broken anterior end of the frontals is nearly one inch.

The right epiotic horn is broken off at the end ; otherwise

the outline of this cranium is on the whole nearly the same as

that of the smaller specimen ; it is rather broader, and perhaps

belonged to an older animal: the frontals are worn as it were

in front ; but the right side appears to have the normal length,

whilst the left is shortened.

Under surface of the larger cranium (Pl. XIII. fig. 1)—In

this the entire under surface of the cranial vault can be seen ;

all the parts below are gone; the median suture of the vault

throughout with the parietal foramen is visible; the palate,

maxillary, and premaxillary bones are wanting, and may have

been more or less cartilaginous or loosely attached ; the pre-

sphenoid and sphenoid median ridge and the basioecipital,

which are seen in the skulls of Lovomma and Anthracosaurus,

are also gone. ‘The quadrates at the base of the epiotic horns

are the only bones of the base of the skull that remain. The

horns are a good deal damaged, The articular condyle for the

mandible is not to be seen. The under surface of the frontal

bones is grooved on each side of a median ridge, along their

whole length, as if they had formed the roof of a double nasal

cavity extending from the snout to the throat.

The parietal foramen is large, open, and funnel-shaped,

widening out greatly as it passes through the thickness of the

cranium ; it is here 7% inch long and 445 inch broad, whilst on

the upper surface of the skull it is only ¢ inch long by 3%; inch

broad. Its margin is surrounded, except in front, by a sharp

ridge of bone, from which pass off laterally smaller ridges,

which, dividing, enclose small smooth depressions that extend

374 Mr. T. Atthey on Pteroplax cornuta.

to near the margin of the cranium. The wall of the cramium

is very thick around the foramen ; and from this to the occiput

there extends on each side a broad raised space with a depres-

sion outside of it; the region of the posterior external angle is

thick and very strongly ossified, as are also the eprotic horns.

At the posterior end of the orbital curves, and corresponding

to a part of the postorbital bones at their under surface, is a

rough pitted space which looks like the articular surface for

another bone, which is lost, but which may have formed the

posterior border of the orbits.

It is possible this skull may have been much decomposed

before its entombment.

The dentition of Pteroplax has yet to be discovered ; and no

mandible has yet been obtained.

Vertebre.—These are not figured, being imperfect. On a

piece of black shale 53 inches long by 3} inches broad, in

my collection, are imbedded three vertebral centra and por-

tions of two vertebral processes. Two of the centra are much

less than the third, which measures in height 5% inch, in

breadth 1+; inch, in length } inch; its sides are slightly exca-

vated, it is biconcave, and has a small notochordal foramen.

One of the processes, a transverse one, is 7° inch long by the

same in breadth, and is much crushed. A zygapophysis is

present, but too much injured to admit of description. ‘The

remaining process is of about the same size and in the same

condition.

Ribs.—On the same piece of shale there are fragments of

three ribs ; the proximal ends of two are present, and, though

much flattened, show well the head and tubercle; the distal

end of the third exists, but is much flattened. It is the under

surface, somewhat concave, which is exposed. In close rela-

tion with the head are three portions of ribs; one large frag-

ment, showing head, tubercle, and groove, lies on the left side

of the cranium ; another fragment with head and tubercle lies

obliquely under the cranium; a short piece of the sternal

end of a rib rests in part on the occiput.

These are shown in Plate XII. The first is 5} inches long

by 37% inch broad; it is well and regularly arched; the curve

of the bone is continued as far as the head, which ends in a

concave articular surface ; the tubercle, 34; inch posterior to the

head, ends likewise in a concavity for articulation. A groove

runs along the under surface from near the tubercle for two

thirds of the length of the rib; beyond this the surface is

flattened.

The head, tubercle, and part of the groove are seen on the

rib which lies under the cranium. Nothing is worthy of note

Mr. T. Atthey on Pteroplax cornuta. BYES

with regard to the third fragment, which may be a part of the

first-named.

These ribs, lying in contact with the skull of Pteroplaz,

must be taken as having belonged to the same animal.

The ribs imbedded on a piece of shale cannot, perhaps, be

proved to have belonged to Pteroplax ; but they are of the

same size, and are in other respects very like those on and

under the cranium, and were found in the same part of the

mine.

If this inference be correct, then the vertebree lying with

the ribs on the piece of shale are, there can be little doubt,

vertebree of Pteroplax.

Bones of an extremity.—These are figured on Plate XIII.

fig. 3, and are only three in number, small and dislocated from

their normal relation, but still very near to each other; they

lie surrounded by many scutes on a slab of shale 8 inches by

3 inches. They appear to be the terminal bones of a digit,

but whether of an anterior or posterior limb is not easy to de-

termine. They diminish in size like digital bones: the biggest

is 1 inch long and 3 inch wide; the next is shorter and more

slender; the third or smallest is pointed at the further end;

with this exception the ends of these bones are concave and

the sides contracted at the middle.

Scutes.—On the last-mentioned slab, and on its counterpart

measuring 53 inches by 44 inches, are imbedded altogether

104 scutes, lying in the same plane, but scattered about with-

out any order ; besides these I have only one other scute on a

small bit of shale in my collection.

These scutes vary in size from 1 to ? inch in length; and

from + inch at the anterior end, which is rounded, they taper

to a rather sharp point behind; their upper surface on the

whole is convex and their under surface concave from end to

end. On their upper surface is a strong ridge nearer to one

margin than the other; the former is the thicker edge and also

the longer, whilst the surface slopes gradually to the other

side, which is quite thin. ‘Two of these scutes are represented

in Pl. XIII. fig. 2.

It is presumed that the above are the scutes of Pteroplaz,

as they are different in form from the scutes of the two other

larger Labyrinthodont Amphibia, and are also much smaller

and of more delicate make, and we know of no other animal-

remains in our coal-field to which they could belong. ‘They

are from the same part of the mine as the other remains herein

noticed, and bear a certain proportion of size to the crania

described.

The small size of the crania, their form and the smaller

376 Mr. T. Atthey on Pteroplax cornuta.

number of bones entering into their formation than into those

of Loxomma and Anthracosaurus, and the invariable absence of

the snout, maxillaries, and mandibles are the chief character-

istics of Pteroplax cornuta. The inferior parts of the skull

being also wanting in both our instances renders it probable

that Pteroplax had a skull much less completely ossified than

either of the two animals above named, and that it partook

more than they did of a batrachian or piscine character.

That it had two pairs of limbs, feet or paddles, is very

probable, and that it was an air-breather is evidenced by the

form, length, and breadth of the ribs, and perhaps also by the

grooved state of the under surface of the frontal bones.

Of its body we know nothing beyond the scanty vertebra,

fragments of ribs, and scutes.

If, with the desire to form sorhething approaching to a defi-

nite idea of the comparative size of our three Labyrinthodonts,

we suppose the length of the animal to be seven times that of

the skull, which is about the proportion in Keraterpeton Gal-

vant (a comparatively short species), and if we allow two inches

for the lost part of the larger specimen of Pteroplax, the skull

of this animal, from the end of the snout to the end of the occi-

put, will be 74 inches long, and the whole length of the body

4 feet 8 inches.

By the same rule of the body being seven times the length

of the head we find that Loxomma Allmanni, with a skull

124 inches long, must have measured 7 feet 7 inches; and in

like manner Anthracosaurus Russelli, with a skull of 13$ inches,

must have had a total length of 8 feet 2 inches. The correct-

ness, however, of this rule is questionable; and it is not easy

to say what was the length of the tail in each case.

As was noticed in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History’ for August 1876, the premaxilla figured in a previ-

ous number as that of Pteroplax, and the teeth, as since shown

by an examination of their minute structure under the micro-

scope, as well as four or five fragments of mandibular bones,

which had been described as ‘‘ most probably belonging to

the same large Labyrinthodont amphibian,” all belong to

Loxomma Allmanni ; whilst the vertebrae and sternal plates,

also figured and described as belonging to Pteroplax, are pro-

bably remains of Anthracosaurus Husselli.

My acknowledgments are due to my friends Dr. Embleton

and Mr. William Dinning—to the former for his assistance

in the above description, and to the latter for the accurate and

beautiful drawings illustrative of that description.

On new Phytophagous Beetles. - . 377

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XII.

Upper surface of the smaller cranium of Pteroplax cornuta, of the natural

. size; the portions of ribs mentioned in the text as lying upon and

under the cranium are seen. Fr, frontal bone; Pt.F, post-

frontal; Pt.O, postorbital; Pa, parietal; Sg, squamous; Ep,

epiotic; Q, quadrate; Ex.O, exoccipital ; 8.0, so-called supra-

occipital. The parietal foramen and the epiotic horns are suffi-

ciently evident.

PuateE XIII.

Fig. 1, Under surface of the larger cranium of Pteroplax cornuta, of the

natural size. Jr, frontal bone; Pt.Fr, postfrontal; Pt.O, post-

orbital; Sg, squamous ; Ep, epiotic ; Q, quadrate ; Oc, occipital.

Fig. 2, A, B: Scutes: A upper, B under surface.

Fig. 3, A, B, C. Three digital bones.

XLVIU1.—Characters of new Genera and of some undescribed

Species of Phytophagous Beetles. By Joseru 8. Baty,

F.L.S.

Fam, Sagride.

Orsodacna variabilis.

O. elongata, convexa, pube subdepressa grisea vestita, subtus cum

antennis nigra, thorace rufo, ad latitudinem fere sequilongo, late-

ribus pone medium constrictis, disco subremote rude punctato ;

capite elytrisque viridi- aut cxeruleo-zeneis ; antennis pedibusque

pallide piceis, femoribus obscurioribus.

Var. A. capite elytrisque obscure nigro-violaceis, eneo vix mican-

tibus.

Var. B. elytris apice fulvis.

Var. C. antennis elytrisque obscure fulvis, illis seneo tinctis.

Long. 2-3 lin.

Hab, Kurdistan.

Head trigonate; vertex strongly but not closely impressed

with large punctures ; space between the antenne transversely

excavated ; lower portion of clypeus and mouth fulvo-pice-

ous, apex of jaws nigro-piceous ; antenne rather more than

half the length of the body, pale piceous, more or less stained

with fuscous. Sides of thorax constricted behind the middle,

obtusely rounded in front; disk sparingly clothed with coarse

suberect hairs, remotely impressed with large, deep punctures.

Scutellum semiovate, smooth, impunctate. Elytra broader

than the thorax, parallel, convex, depressed along the suture ;

378 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

clothed with suberect griseous hairs, coarsely and much mote

closely punctured than the thorax; slightly excavated and ir-

regularly and transversely wrinkled below the basilar space.

The present species differs from O. mespili and humeralis

in its shorter and more coarsely punctured thorax, and in the

absence of the smooth longitudinal space on the vertex and

front, present in both the other species.

Fam. Crioceride.

Syneta Adamst.

S. elongata, griseo-pubescens, sordide fusco-fuiva, supra dense

punctata, antennis, pedibus elytrorumque margine tenui fulvis,

pectore piceo, oculis nigris; thorace crebre punctato, lateribus

obtuse angulatis, irregulariter dentatis; elytris rude striatim

punctatis, singulatim costis elevatis quatuor instructis, costis

prima et secunda minus distinctis, tertia fere obsoleta.

Long. 22-3 lin.

Hab. Vladimir Bay, Mantchuria; Tsu Sima, Japan.

Collected by Mr. A. Adams.

Head coarsely punctured, lower portion of clypeus smooth,

impunctate. Thorax transverse, coarsely punctured; sides

obtusely angled, irregulately dentate. Klytra strongly punc-

tate-striate ; each with four longitudinal coste—the second

and third only slightly raised and often nearly obsolete, the

third only visible towards its apex, the fourth strongly raised.

Nearly allied to Syneta betule, but differing from that

insect in the obtusely angled sides of the thorax.

Fam. Cryptocephalide.

Genus TAPPESIA.

Corpus elongatum, modice convexum, pube squamiformi depressa

parce vestitum. Caput ad oculorum marginem posticum in

thoracem insertum, vertice tumido; oculis remotis, ovatis, intus

vix sinuatis; antennis gracilibus, longitudine thoracem paullo

superantibus, articulis ultimis quinque vix dilatatis. Thorax

transversus, lateribus integris; margine postico minute serra-

tulo; lobo basali obtuso, obsolete sinuato. Scutellum planum,

pentagonum, apice non elevatum. Hlytra oblonga, lateribus vix

lobatis. Pecdes mediocres, modice robusti; wnguiculis appendicu-

latis. Prosternum oblongum, planum, margine antico deflexo,

margine postico obtuso, angulis posticis obtuse angulatis.

Type Tappesia Saunderst.

Tappesia may be known from Hlaphodes by the form of the

and Species of Phytophagous Beetles. 379

prosternum, by the absence-of the angular notch at the apex

of the basal lobe of the thorax, by the larger and differently

shaped scutellum, by the more prominent head, and, lastly, by

the elongate form of the body ; from Ochrosopsis and allied

genera it is separated by the differently shaped eyes, by the

short antenne, by the entirely different form of the proster-

num, and by the nearly entire basal lobe of the thorax.

Tappesia Saunderst.

T. elongata, subparallela, modice convexa, subnitida, brunnea, piceo

variegata, pube squamiformi adpressa flava et albida parce vestita;

antennis pedibusque piceo-fulvis, illarum articulis ultimis quinque

apice infuscatis, femoribus piceo tinctis ; thorace erebre ruguloso-

punctato; elytris crebre punctatis, ad latera et ad apicem obso-

lete striatim sulcatis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Gawler Town, South Australia.

Head piceous, swollen on the vertex, closely rugose-punctate ;

clypeus transverse, bounded on either side by an oblique ridge,

its lower portion, together with the labrum, rufo-piceous : an-

tenne slender, much less than half the length of the body ;

five outer joints very slightly dilated. Thorax twice as broad

as long at the base; sides rounded at the extreme base, thence

obliquely converging and rounded to the apex ; basal margin

concave and faintly bisinuate on either side, median lobe mo-

derately produced, obtusely angulate, its apex truncate, obso-

letely sinuate ; upper surface obliquely but slightly depressed

on either side behind the middle, closely punctured ; inter-

spaces finely rugulose. Scutellum nigro-piceous, scarcely

broader than long. LElytra oblong, not broader than the

thorax, faintly excavated behind the scutellum, closely punc-

tured ; towards the apex and on the outer disk of each elytron

are a number of faint longitudinal sulcations, which corre-

spond to the punctate striz found in most species of Crypto-

cephalide: in the present instance they are not more

distinctly punctured than the rest of the surface, but their

interspaces are slightly convex.

Ditropidus Wallacet.

D. previter ovatus, valde convexus, nitidus, subtus niger, pedibus

obscure fulvis, femoribus posticis quatuor piceis; supra metallico-

purpureus, labro antennisque fulvis, his extrorsum piceis; thorace

minute subremote punctato ; elytris sat fortiter punctato-striatis,

striis sulcatis, interspatiis levibus, convexiusculis, iis ad latera

convexis.

Long. 1 ln.

380 Mr. J. 8. Baly on new Genera

Hab. Mysol. Collected by Mr. Wallace.

Head impunctate, impressed on the face with a faint longi-

tudinal groove, sparingly clothed with fine adpressed hairs;

clypeus obscure piceous, its apical margin concave-emarginate ;

jaws rufo-piceous; eyes rotundate-ovate, slightly notched ;

antenne scarcely longer than the thorax, five lower joints

fulvous, the rest piceous. Thorax rather more than twice as

broad as long at the base; sides quickly rounded and con-

verging from base to.apex; basal margin bisinuate on either

side, median lobe moderately produced ; above transversely

convex, impressed transversely just in front of the basal lobe ;

minutely and rather distantly punctured; lateral margin

dilated at the base. Scutellum broadly ovate, its apex acute.

Elytra regularly sulcate-striate, the strie impressed with

linear punctures, interspaces on the inner disk faintly, those

on the outer disk strongly convex.

Ditropidus Jacobyt.

D. breviter ovatus, valde convexus, subtus niger, nitidus, pedibus

fulvis, posticis piceo tinctis; supra rufo-flavus, capitis vertice,

antennis extrorsum thoracisque disco piceis ; thorace profunde,

minus crebre punctato, punctis oblongis; elytris nigro-piceis,

distincte punctato-striatis, striis sulcatis; interspatiis leviter con-

vexiusculis, ad apicem et ad latera convexis.

Long. ? lin.

Hab. Gawler Town, South Australia.

Head impunctate, sparingly clothed with adpressed harrs ;

eyes large, reniform, moderately notched, separated above by

a narrow space; antenne equal in length to the head and

thorax, slender, five outer joints dilated, pale piceous. Thorax

rather more than twice as broad as long ; sides quickly rounded

and converging from base to apex, anterior angles armed with

aminute tooth, hinder angles produced posteriorly, acute ;

basal margin slightly oblique and faintly bisinuate on either

side, the basal lobe rather strongly produced, angulate ; upper

surface transversely convex, depressed transversely at the base

on either side the median lobe; disk impressed, but not very

closely, with large deep oblong punctures ; extreme apical and

basal margins nearly impunctate; the whole of the disk,

together with the basal lobe, stained with piceous. Scutellum

oblong, its apex obtuse.

Ditropidus levigatus.

D. breviter ovatus, valde convexus, niger, nitidus, labro, antennis

(apice excepto), pedibus, pygidio abdominisque apice flavis; thorace

and Species of Phytophagous Beetles. 381

levi, impunctato; elytris nigro-piceis, apicem versus obscure

flavis, tenuiter punctato-striatis, punctis linearibus ; interspatiis

planis, impunctatis.

Long. lin.

Hab. Northern Australia.

Head minutely granulose-punctate, sparingly clothed with

very fine adpressed white hairs ; face plane; anterior edge of

clypeus subangulate-emarginate ; eyes distant ; six outer joints

of antenne moderately thickened, black. Thorax more than

twice as broad as long ; sides obliquely converging and slightly

rounded from base to apex; basal margin distinctly bisinuate

on either side, median lobe moderately produced ; upper sur-

face smooth and impunctate. Scutellum ovate, acuminate.

Elytra very finely punctate-striate; interspaces plane, im-

punctate ; striz near the outer margin very faintly sulcate.

Ditropidus Pascoet.

D. ovatus, valde convexus, niger, nitidus, capite thoraceque rufo-

testaceis, antennis (basi excepta) nigro-piceis, pedibus piceis,

anticis quatuor pallidioribus ; thorace minute aciculato-punctato ;

elytris nigro-cyaneis, sat fortiter punctato-striatis ; interspatiis

planis, duobus externis ad apicem leviter convexiusculis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Melbourne, Australia.

Head glabrous, subremotely punctured ; vertex impressed

with a longitudinal groove; eyes distant; antenne less than

half the length of the body, five outer joints slightly thickened,

nigro-piceous. ‘Thorax rather more than twice as broad as

long ; sides rounded and converging from base to apex; basal

margin bisinuate on either side, the median lobe only mode-

rately produced, obtusely angulate ; upper surface subremotely

aciculate-punctate, the punctures rather coarser and more

crowded on the sides. Scutellum narrowly ovate, its apex

acute. lytra rather strongly punctate-striate; interspaces

plane, here and there faintly wrinkled ; two outer interspaces

obsoletely convex.

Ditropidus elegantulus.

D. breviter ovatus, valde convexus, rufo-fulvus, nitidus, thoracis

margine basali antennisque (harum basi excepta) nigris, tarsis

piceis ; capitis vertice, scutello elytrisque obscure cupreis ; his

punctato-striatis, punctis linearibus ; interspatiis planis, duobus

externis subcostatis.

Mas mandibulis sat magnis, abrupte curvatis.

Long. 13 lin.

382 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

Hab. Australia.

Head clothed with adpressed white hairs, closely punctured,

lower face and clypeus rugose-punctate ; front longitudinally

concave, obliquely strigose on either side ; eyes remote ; jaws

nigro-piceous ; clypeus transverse, its anterior border concave-

emarginate, its upper margin subangulate ; antenne nearl

half the length of the body, five upper joints dilated, black,

second to the sixth stained with piceous. Thorax twice as

broad as long; sides rounded and converging from base to

apex; basal margin faintly bisinuate on either side, median

lobe only moderately produced, obtusely angulate; disk very

finely and remotely punctured, the punctures only visible under

a deep lens. Scutellum broadly ovate, its apex acute. Hlytra

distinctly punctate-striate ; interspaces plane, two outer ones

subcostate. Body beneath stained with piceous.

Ditropidus pictus.

D. breviter subquadrato-ovatus, valde convexus, subtus niger,

nitidus, pedibus obvscure cyaneo-metallicis, tibiis basi prothorace-

que rufo-piceis ; supra subnitidus, obscure cyaneus, viridi micans,

facie inferiore thoracisque limbo rufo-piceis; antennis rufo-

piceis, extrorsum nigris; thorace dense et fortiter aciculato-

punctato ; elytris distincte punctato-striatis, striis basi impressis,

striis quarta et septima apice coeuntibus, punctis piceis; inter-

spatiis leviter transversim rugulosis ; obscure fulvis, fascia basali,

extrorsum abbreviata, postice irregulariter incisa, suturaque

angusta obscure viridi-cyaneis.

Long. 14 hn.

Hab. Western Australia.

Head sparingly clothed with adpressed white hairs ; closely

punctured, longitudinally impressed on the vertex and front ;

clypeus not distinctly separated from the face, its anterior

margin concave-emarginate ; eyes widely separated ; antenne

with the five outer joints dilated, black. Thorax rather more

than twice as broad as long; sides quickly converging and

slightly rounded from base to apex; basal margin very

slightly bisinuate on either side, median lobe produced, nearly

rectangular ; upper surface closely covered with coarse acicu-

late punctures, interspaces on the sides thickened, reticulate-

strigose.

Ditropidus antennartus, Suftr. MS.

D. breviter ovatus, valde convexus, rufo-fulyus, nitidus, antennis

(basi excepta) nigris; thorace tenuiter, sat remote punctato,

margine basali nigro; elytris distincte punctato-striatis, striis

tertia et decima, quarta et septima, octavaque et nona apicibus

and Species of Phytophagous Beetles. 383

per paria coeuntibus; interspatiis planis, remote, tenuissime punc-

tatis, duobus externis leviter convexis; marginibus basali et

suturali anguste piceis.

Long. 12-2 lin.

Hab. Moreton Bay, Australia.

Head sparingly clothed with short, adpressed, white hairs ;

vertex and front impressed with a longitudinal groove; the

former rather closely punctured ; the latter semiovate, concave ;

lower part of face and clypeus rugose ; eyes moderately dis-

tant; antenne rather more than half the length of the body ;

five outer joints moderately thickened, each nearly twice as

long as broad, six upper ones black. Thorax twice as broad

as long; sides only slightly converging from the base to the

middle, thence rounded and converging to the apex; basal

margin bisinuate on either side, median lobe moderately pro-

duced, obtusely angulate ; upper surface finely and subremotely

punctured. Scutellum obovate, its apex acute. LElytra dis-

tinctly punctate-striate; interspaces plane, minutely punctured ;

here and there (when seen under a strong lens) transversely

rugulose ; two outer interspaces very slightly convex. Body

beneath and legs more or less stained with piceous.

Ditropidus amabilis.

D. breviter ovatus, valde convexus, piceus, nitidus, antennis basi

fulvis; pedibus (femoribus posticis exceptis) abdomineque obscure

fulvis, hoe piceo tincto; thorace eneo micante, minus remote, ad

latera crebrius punctato, punctis oblongis ; elytris flavis, sat forti-

ter punctato-striatis, punctis piceis; striis quarta et septima,

quinta et sexta, octava et nona apicibus per paria coeuntibus ;

interspatiis planis, ad apicem et ad latera vix convexiusculis.

Long. #4 lin.

Hab. Cape York, Australia.

Head clothed with adpressed whitish hairs ; eyes moderately

distant; clypeus broader than long, its upper margin angu-

late. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long ; sides obliquely

converging and slightly rounded from base to apex ; basal

margin slightly bisinuate on either side, median lobe produced,

obtusely angulate; upper surface distinctly punctured, the

puncturing rather coarser and more crowded on the sides.

Scutellum ovate, its apex acute. Hlytra with its basal mar-

gin, together with that of the thorax, narrowly edged with

nigro-piceous.

Ditropidus submetallescens.

D. pbreviter ovatus, valde convexus, piceus, nitidus, supra neo

micans, antennis basi pedibusque (tarsis exceptis) obscure piceo-

384 Mr. J. S. Baly on new Genera

fulvis; thorace subremote, tenuiter punctato; elytris sordide

fulvis, piceo tinctis, aneo vix micantibus, distinete punctato-

striatis, punctis piceis; striis quarta et septima, octavaque et nona

apicibus per paria coeuntibus, interspatiis planis.

Long. 2 lin.

Hab. Gawler Town, South Australia.

Vertex smooth, nearly glabrous; face between the eyes

faintly rugulose, sparingly clothed with adpressed yellowish

hairs ; clypeus very short, transverse, raised and forming an

abruptly elevated ridge; eyes distant; antennz equal in

length to the thorax, the four or five lower joints obscure

fulvous, the rest piceous. Thorax more than twice as broad

as long; sides slightly converging from the base to beyond

the middle, thence obliquely rounded to the apex; basal

margin distinctly bisinuate on either side, median lobe pro-

duced, nearly rectangular; upper surface distinctly but sub-

remotely punctured, the punctures oblong, rather coarser on

the disk than on the sides ; interspaces shining, impunctate,

faintly strigose (when viewed under a strong lens) on the sides

and at the base; extreme basal border edged with nigro-

piceous. Scutellum ovate, acuminate at base and apex.

Elytra obscure flavous with a faint brassy tinge, stained on

the disk with piceous, the extreme sutural and basal margins

narrowly edged with nigro-piceous ; distinctly punctate-striate ;

interspaces (when seen under a deep lens faintly wrinkled)

plane, hinder half of the two outer ones very slightly convex.

Separated from D. amabilis by its nearly glabrous vertex,

its shorter, elevated clypeus, and also by its broader and more

remotely punctured thorax.

Ditropidus cornutus.

D. oblongo-ovatus, convexus, fulvus, nitidus, antennis extrorsum

nigris; thorace subremote punctato, punctis elongatis, hic illic

longitudinaliter confluentibus; elytris flavis, fusco maculatis,

distincte punctato-striatis, striis quarta et septima, quinta et

sexta, octavaque et nona apicibus per paria coeuntibus; interspatiis

lanis.

ies mandibulis validis, basi cornu compresso valido incurvato,

apice acuto armatis.

Long. 1 lin.

Hab. Australia.

Head rather deeply but not closely punctured ; eyes distant ;

clypeus transverse, not distinctly separated from the face, its

antero-lateral angles in the male each produced outwardly into

a stout, compressed, truncate process, which forms the lower

and Species of Phytophagous Beetles. 385

boundary of a deep channel on the cheek, in which lies the

basal joint of the antenna; mandibles in the same sex lar ge,

curved, and armed on the upper surface at the base with

a large,. flattened, acute horn, which curves obliquely

upwards and inwards on the face of the clypeus ; mandibles

in the female normal ; antenne rather longer than the thorax,

five outer joints black. Thorax twice as broad as long ; sides

obliquely converging and slightly rounded from the base

towards the apex, more quickly rounded near the latter ; basal

margin distinctly bisinuate on either side, median lobe pro-

duced , nearly rectangular; upper surface impressed with oblong

or elong ate punctures ,interspaces here and there longitudinally

strigose ; ; disk often stained with rufous, extreme basal margin

edged with black. Scutellum ovate, rounded at the base, its

apex acuminate. Elytra rather deeply punctate-striate, inter-

spaces plane, very faintly convex near the apex; disk of each

elytron more or less stained with fuscous ; extreme basal and

sutural margins narrowly edged with piceous.

Ditropidus subcylindricus.

D, subelongatus, subcylindricus, fulvus, nitidus ; subtus niger, fulvo

variegatus, pedibus fulvis; thorace margine basali, lateribus

angustis et disco antico, scutello elytrorumque basi, linea laterali,

sutura plagaque communi deltoidea, ad basin adfixa, nigris;

thorace tenuissime punctato; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis,

punctis elongatis ; interspatiis planis, ad latera leviter convexius-

culis.

Var. A. Thorace (margine basali excepto) toto fulvo, elytrorum

margine basali anguste nigro, sutura piceo marginata.

Long. 13-12 lin.

Hab. Western Australia.

Head clothed with adpressed white hairs ; vertex and front

minutely punctured, impressed with a fine longitudinal groove,

the latter sometimes with a deep fovea; clypeus transverse,

rugulose, its upper margin very obtusely angled; eyes widely

separated ; five outer joints of antenne thickened, longer than

broad, their apices stained with piceous. Thorax scarcely twice

as broad as long; sides obliquely converging from the base to

the middle, thence rounded and converging to the apex ; basal

margin distinctly bisinuate on either side, median lobe mode-

rately produced, obtusely angulate ; above subglobose, very

faintly punctured ; hinder margin narrowly edged with pice-

ous. Scutellum ovate, its apex “acute. Elytra parallel, finely

punctate-striate ; interspaces plane, faintly and transversely

rugulose, those near the outer margin slightly convex.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. x. 27

386 Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on Lichens.

Polyachus bicolor.

P. oblongo-ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus, capite, thorace pedi-

busque rufo-testaceis, antennis fulvis, extrorsum nigris; thorace

remote punctato; elytris sat fortiter punctato-striatis, interspatiis

planis, duobus externis convexiusculis.

Long. ? lin.

Hab. Gawler Town, South Australia.

Vertex smooth, impunctate ; clypeus semiovate, impressed

with a few remote punctures ; eyes large, subangulate-emar-

ginate, moderately distant, black ; antennee with the six upper

jemts slightly thickened, the four outer ones black. Thorax

about twice as broad as ‘long ; sides rounded and converging

from base to apex; basal margin slightly bisinuate on either

side ; median lobe produced, angulate, its apex rounded, entire ;

upper surface transversely convex ; subcylindrical at the apex ;

apical and basal margins each bordered with a single row of

punctures, disk remotely punctured ; extreme basal margin

narrowly edged with piceous. Scutellum narrowly oblong,

its apex obtuse. Elytra strongly punctate-striate ; interspaces

smooth, impunctate, two outer ones slightly convex.

Very similar in form and coloration to Bucharis martius ;

in addition, however, to the structural difference in the antennz,

it may be at once known by the different form of the basal lobe

of the thorax: in B. martius it is thickened, its apex being

acuminate; in the present insect the lobe is flattened, forming

a thin plate, and its apex is rounded.

[To be continued. ]

XLIX.—WNote on Lichens.

By G. H. K. Tuwairss, F.R.8.

My thoughts have been much occupied of late upon the sub-

ject of lichens and their development, and especially with

reference to the views of Schwendener and Bornet, and_of

some other botanists who coincide with them in advocating

the theory of parasitism as explanatory of the structural com-

position of lichens.

Ihave not the least desire, nor have I any intention to

impugn the correctness of the descriptions and of the beautiful

delineations of Mons. Bornet (‘ Annales des Sciences Natu-

relles,’ 4° série, tome xvii.) ; but I must candidly confess that,

after prolonged consider ation, I cannot bring myself to yield

Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites on Lichens. 387

assent to the ¢nterpretation of the phenomena which he and

some other distinguished lichenologists give to them.

It is well known that the ordinar y lichen, as generally

recognized, discharges, when mature, its fruit (spor idia) from

portions of its upper surface, and that at the same time gonidial

gemmee escape spontaneously from other parts of its structure.

These two productions (sporidia and gonidia) naturally be-

come scattered about in abundance and in close proximity

with one another ; thence it follows that they must come into

mutual contact not unfrequently, and more certainly so when

each of the kinds begins to extend itself by growth. Both

sporidia and gonidia are capable of developing for a certain

time, each independently and unconnected with the other;

and as they retain each its own character of tissue, so diffe-

rent in appearance from that of the other, a casual observer,

seeing them not in connexion, may easily arrive at the belief

that they are essentially distinct and by no means specifically

identical. To him there is therefore a primé@ facie appear-

ance of parasitic action when he sees the somewhat fungus-like

little detached germinating sporidia, when coming into contact

with portions of the alga- Tike gonidia, adhering organically to

them, continuing to grow in such connexion, and for a certain

time in a seemingly irregular manner. It will be noticed,

however, by the candid investigator, that the subsequent more

mature development of the combined structures exhibits a very

different character. It will be seen, too, that it is essentially

different from what is observed in instances of real parasitism,

as generally understood; for in these latter the parasite is

observed to be nourished at the expense of the organism upon

which it is growing, to be injurious to its health, and to

impair its beauty and symmetry. But how different, in con-

tradistinction to this, is the result brought about by the

so-called lichen-parasitism! In this latter we observe that the

intimate coalescence of the two above-described organically

adhering kinds of tissue (sporidial and gonidial) eventuates

in a most beautiful symmetrical structure-cthe perfect lichen,

with its every part manifesting the possession of full health

and vigour.

In the presence of these last-mentioned circumstances it

really seems to me that those who believe that the two kinds

of tissue above referred to belong respectively to two totally

distinct species of plants should, consistently with such belief,

acknowledge that the phenomenon ought to be looked upon as

anexample of commensalism rather than one of parasitism.

And, granting*for a moment this to be the correct view, it

might surely be reasonably expected that, instead of finding,

888 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and Mr. R. Etheridge on

as we do, one perfect symmetrical combined growth, we ought

to have exhibited to us ¢wo independent symmetries, as occurs

in true cases of commensalism.

But I will suppose, as [ believe to be the case, and as was

believed unreservedly in early times by botanists generally,

that the lichen is a single autonomous organism, and not a

compound of two distinct species of plants. I would look

upon the more or less developed sporidial tissue as the repro-

ductive portion, and the gonidia as the vegetative portion of

this lichen-structure ; and I feel scarcely a difficulty im be-

lieving that the mutual organic union of the two is necessary

to constitute the complete autonomous lichen capable of pro-

ducing sporidia. It is true that this procedure of development

of a simple species of plant is apparently exceptional and

somewhat anomalous; but the acceptance of this view gets

rid of the paradoxes necessarily attaching, in the case in ques-

tion, to that theory of parasitism which has been strongly

contended for by some celebrated botanists.

We must not fail to bear in mind that in other families of

the lower plants there have been encountered unexpected

phenomena connected with their reproduction ; and it is only

necessary to mention the /%lices as furnishing a notable in-

stance of such an unlooked-for and startling discovery.

The fact that there are some lichens parasitic upon other

lichens is only analogous to what occurs amongst many other

families of plants.

Ceylon, Sept. 10, 1877.

L.— Contributions to Micro-Paleoniology.—Il. On Prasopora

Gray, a new Genus and Species of Silurian Corals., By

H. AuLeyNE Nicuoxtson, M.D., D.Sec., F.R.S.E., and

Ropert ETHERIDGE, Jun., F.G.S.

Genus Prasopora, Nich. & Eth., jun.

Gen. char. Corallum compound, forming small hemispheric

or concavo-convex masses, composed of numerous prismatic

corallites radiating from a wrinkled basal epitheca, and con-

nected by smaller ccenenchymal tubules. Corallites with

imperforate walls, destitute of septa, furnished with an exte-

rior zone of vesicular tabule surrounding a vacant central

tube, which may be crossed here and there by an occasional

tabula. Calices showing a central aperture surrounded by a

ring-like tabula. Coenenchymal tubes much smaller than the

a new Genus and Species of Silurian Corals. 389

corallites, prismatic, usually arranged in a single zone round

each corallite, and crossed by numerous complete tabule.

Corallites and coenenchymal tubes in contact with one another,

but not soldered together by their walls.

Obs. The corallum in this genus is composite, and has the

general form and aspect of the massive species of Chetetes

(Monticulipora). Its general shape (fig. B) is concavo-

convex or hemispherical, the concave or flat base being

covered by a concentrically wrinkled and striated epithecal

plate (fig. A). From the centre of this the corallites

radiate in all directions, those in the middle of the coral-

lum taking a nearly vertical course, while those near the

margins are horizontal, or even deflexed, so as to run nearly

paraliel with the epitheca, corallites holding an intermediate

position between these two points being bent at corre-

spondingly intermediate angles. The corallum is made up of

comparatively large-sized corallites interspersed with smaller

“ coenenchymal”’ ‘tubules ; and the structure of these two

elements is very different internally.

The corallites, as shown by microscopic sections, have a

unique internal structure. In longitudinal sections (%.e. in

sections parallel with their long axes) they are seen to be

divided into’ a central tube and an exterior tabulate area

(fig. D). The central tube is either completely uninter-

rupted, or is occasionally traversed by a delicate transverse

tabula (perhaps at intervals of a line or less), marking a tem-

porary arrest in the process of growth. In some cases the

central tube is filled with crystalline calcite; but it is often

more or less completely occupied by an infilling of the sur-

rounding matrix; and there are commonly little accumulations

of the same material above each of the transverse tabule just

alluded to. The central tube is surrounded by a zone of

tabule, which spring from the wall of the corallite, and are

then bent downwards so as to become parallel to the long axis

of the corallite, finally joining the tabula next below. ‘There

is thus formed a series of large circumferential vesicles, the

convexities of which are directed upwards and towards the

‘centre of the corallite. When divided fairly through the

centre, the internal structure is seen to be as above; but when

the section is excentric it passes through the exterior tabulate

zone, and the cut edges of the vesicular tabula appear as

cross lines, looking like ordinary tabule. As most of the

corallites are curved, an ordinary longitudinal section divides

them partly through the centre and “partly excentrically, so

that part of the tube shows the one set of appearances and

part the other.

390, Dr: H.A. Nicholson and Mr, B, Beheridee on

In order to examine the corallites in transverse section it is

necessary to cut a slice tangential to the upper surface

(slices cut tangential to the lower surface, owing to the deflec-

tion and approximate horizontality of the marginal corallites,

exhibit oblique longitudinal sections of the tubes). In a pro-

perly prepared transverse section (fig. C), the corallites are

A, under surface of a small specimen of Prasopora Graye, natural size,

showing the epitheca. B, side view of another, larger specimen, of

the natural size. C, transverse section of the same, énlarged about

twenty diameters. D, longitudinal section, similarly enlarged: a,

one of the corallites; 6, one of the ccenenchymal tubes. The dark

shading in the microscopic sections indicates where the matrix is

present.

seen to be of a rounded or more generally hexagonal figure,

with thick and well-defined walls. In the centre of each is a

rounded or oval opening, representing the section of the cen-

tral tube of the corallite, filled either with calc spar or with the

dark matrix of the enclosing rock. This opening is sur-

rounded by one or more curved lines, which are often tangents

to the margin of the central aperture, or are concentric to it,

or intersect one another. ‘These lines are the cut edges of the

tabulee which form the exterior zone of each corallite; and

they forcibly remind one of the somewhat similar appearance

presented by transverse sections of the corallites of Syringo-~

pora, with their infundibuliform tabule. The corallites, in

fact, in transverse section present a general resemblance to the

bulb of an onion when cut across; and our generic name (Gr.

prason, a leek) is in allusion to this. ‘The central tube of the

corallites is about one third or often more of the total diameter ;

and the walls of the corallites are destitute of mural pores, and

are not fused with one another or with the tubes of the coenen-

chyma.

a new Genus and Species of Silurian Corals. 591

The ccenenchymal tubules are very variable in shape and

size; but they are always much smaller than the true corallites,

and are mostly oblong, triangular, or trapezoidal in shape

(tig. C). They are wedged in amongst the corallites,

round which they are usually disposed in a single row; but

the zone thus formed is rarely or never complete, each coral-

lite coming into contact at different points with one, two, three,

or even four contiguous ones. In some cases, also, there may

be a double row of coenenchymal tubes between the corallites.

In internal structure the tubes of the coenenchyma possess

none of the special characters which distinguish the true

corallites, longitudinal sections showing them to be simply

traversed by numerous close-set, complete tabule (Ob, fig. D),

generally slightly curved, with their convexities directed down-

wards. Transverse sections also show them to want the cen-

tral tube of the true corallites and to be irregular in form.

Though we have retained the name of “ coenenchymal tubes ”’

for these, we think it most probable that they are really of the

nature of rudimentary corallites, which contained in the living

state a series of small and specially modified zooids.

There are no traces of septa or of radial internal processes of

any kind, either in the ordinary corallites or in the ccenen-

chymal tubes of Prasopora.

Affinities. The only forms with which it is necessary to

compare Prasopora are (1) Chetetes and Monticulipora, (2)

Fistulipora and Callopora, and (3) Heliolites and its allies.

The general appearance of the corallum in Prasopora, as

before remarked, is very closely similar to that of massive

examples of Chetetes, Kischer, and Montéculipora, D’Orb.

From the forms included under these names, however, our

genus is widely removed by the possession of a well-developed

series of ccenenchymal tubules (very different in character from

the minute tubuli found in many species of the two former

groups), and by the internal structure of the corallites. No

species of Cheetetes or Monticulipora, so far as we know,

exhibits any thing to be compared with the external zone of

vesicular tabule and the central tube of the corallites of

Prasopora.

To Fistulipora, M‘Coy, and the closely allied or identical

Callopora, Hall, the present genus is related by the fact that

the corallites are surrounded by a greater or smaller number

of ccenenchymal tubules. The two former, however, have the

tubes of the corallites simply intersected by numerous com-

plete tabulz (said to be absent in some species of Callopora) ;

and neither of them presents any approach to the peculiar

structure of the corallites of Prasopora, though it is in their

392 On a new Species of Silurian Corals.

neighbourhood that we may at present place the last-named

_ genus.

Lastly, Prasopora resembles Heliolites and its allies in the

fact that the corallites are surrounded by numerous trans-

versely tabulate coenenchymal tubules; but the total absence

of septa and the peculiar structure of the corallites funda-

mentally separate the former from any member of the Helio-

poridee.

Prasopora Graye, Nich. & Eth., jun.

Spec. char. Corallum forming small hemispheric or con-

cavo-convex masses, from half an inch to three quarters of an

inch in diameter, and from a quarter to half an inch in height.

Corallites more or less prismatic, from five to six in the space

of one line (counting-in the intervening coenenchymal tubules

as well), thus averaging about 5 to}; of an inch in diameter.

Coenenchymal tubules exceedingly variable in size and form,

but rarely equal to half the diameter of the corallites. Hpi-

theca and internal structure as described in the generic

characters.

Obs. For an introduction to this unique and very interesting

coral we are indebted to Mrs. Robert Gray, Edinburgh. . We

would take this opportunity of calling attention to the grand

series of fossils comprising Mrs. Gray’s collection, which she

has made from the Silurian rocks of the Girvan district, and

to which access has always been given us in the most obliging

manner. ‘To the kindness of Dr. Traquair we owe the oppor-

tunity of examining a fine specimen of Fistulipora (M‘Coy)

from the Carboniferous Limestone series of Mid Lothian.

This specimen exhibits in a particularly clear manner the

characters of that genus, its relation to Prasopora, and the

manner in which the two differ, viz. the round or oval coral-

lites, separation from one another by an intervening zone of

ccenenchymal tubuli of considerable extent, and entire absence

of the peculiar calicular tabulee which form the exterior zone

of each corallite in Prasopora.

Loc. and Horizon. So far as our present knowledge goes,

P. Graye (nobis) is the only known species of our genus

Prasopora. It has been obtained by Mrs. R. Gray in mode-

rate quantity at Craighead Quarry, near Girvan, Ayrshire,

associated with an otherwise abundant fauna, amongst which

may be mentioned a small favosites (apparently the young of

F, aspera, D’Orb.). The two are so similar in form as to be

easily confounded on a superficial examination. ‘The Craig-

head beds are considered by the Geological Survey of Scotland

to be of Caradoc age (1-inch map, Scotland, no. 14).

On new Species of Heterocera from Japan. —- 393

LI.—Descriptions of new Species of Heterocera from Japan.

—Part I. Sphinges and Bombyces. By AnTHURG. BUTLER,

ft., Bee. ee.

THE cabinets of the British Museum having been recently

enriched by the purchase of the private collection of moths

made at Yokohama by Mr. Jonas, it has been thought desira-

ble to devote the second part of the ‘ Illustrations of Typical

Specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera’ to the description and

representation of the moths of Japan; and since some little

time must necessarily elapse before that part will be published,

I propose to give brief preliminary diagnoses of new species

in the present paper.

Sphingide.

1. Triptogon piceipennis, n. sp.

Allied to 7. sperchius, but the primaries much greyer, the

lines all distinct, those of the central area much less divergent

? : : 5

on the costa, the secondaries of the male deep piceous or

purplish brown, of the female paler, becoming gradually

redder from the inner margin to the apex ; body darker, with

well-marked dark longitudinal thoracic crest. Expanse, g

4 inches 6 lines, 2 4 inches 11 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas). ;

2. Hyloicus caligineus, n. sp.

Allied to H. pinasir?, but differing in its dark smoky grey

colouring, the white markings on the body and the lateral black

spots on the abdomen wanting, the transverse bands on the

primaries and the secondaries smoky brown, the two longitu-

dinal black dashes on the primaries shorter and more linear.

Eixpanse, ¢ 2 inches 8 lines, 9 3 inches 2 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Zygenide.

3. Zygena niphona, n. sp.

Allied to Z. dorycni?, but the carmine spots of primaries

greatly enlarged, all excepting the basi-subcostal one confluent;

the spot in the cell pyritorm, united to the discocellular spot

by its projecting elongation ; abdomen purplish instead of dark

green above, the three subterminal segments carmine. Ex-

panse, ¢ 1 inch 5-5 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

ae Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species

4, Procris esmeralda, n. sp.

Primaries shining emerald-green, more golden at basal and

costal areas, fringe smoky grey; secondaries smoky grey,

semitransparent, fringe opaque ; antenne and thorax emerald-

green ; abdomen blackish, dull green at the sides: body below

dull green; primaries below smoky grey, the apex and costa

dark shining green; secondaries as above. Expanse 11 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Apparently allied to ‘‘ Jno chinensis” of Felder, but coloured

more like Procris cognata ? of Herrich-Schiiffer (? Rambur).

5. Northia tenuis, n. sp.

Wings greyish hyaline, the veins black, outer margins

slenderly black; primaries with the costal area and a broad

internal border black; secondaries with the apex and a

longitudinal streak from the base through the cell black,

costal area grey; antenne steel-blue, with black pectinations;

body black, thorax spotted with steel-blue scales; abdomen

with the margins of the segments and anal extremity metallic

green, below wholly green; wings below with a blue spot at

the base ; proboscis yellow. Expanse 1 inch 2 lines.

Yokohama, Hakodaté, and Hong-Kong.

Aspect of I/hberis trista of Bremer.

Arctiide.

6. Spilarctia imparilis, n. sp.

&. Above smoky brown; primaries with a spot at the base,

an elbowed series across the middle, an oblique series termi-

nating opposite the end of the cell in a quadrate patch of six

spots, and an abbreviated zigzag submarginal series of dots

black ; secondaries with a submarginal series of large blackish

spots; head whitish; back of collar, margins of eyes and abdo-

men golden orange, the latter with dorsal and lateral black

spots ; tegule with a black spot; body below whity brown.

Eixpanse 1 inch 10 lines.

9. White; primaries creamy, the black spots very small,

many of them wanting; secondaries pure white, spotless ;

body white, the margins of the collar and eyes and the dorsal

surtace of the abdomen golden orange, the latter with a cen-

tral row of black spots; anus creamy white; tegule with a

black spot. Expanse 2 inches 3 lines.

Yokohama.

The male is near to’ S. brunnea; but the female resembles

of Heterocera from Japan. 395

S. subfascia more nearly. Mr. Jonas assures me they are

sexes.

7. Spilarctia mollicula, n. sp.

9. Pinky cream-colour; primaries with a dot at the centre

of costa, a spot at the superior angle of the cell, and another in

the discoidal interspace blackish; secondaries with a spot on

upper discocellular, a second near the apex, and three (sub-

marginal) near the anal angle blackish ; margins of collar and

eyes and anterior coxee rose-red ; abdomen rose-red, testaceous

at the anal extremity ; three or four dorsal black dots ; wings

and body below creamy whitish, the smaller spots indistinct.

Expanse | inch 11 lines.

Hakodaté (Whitely).

8. Huprepia pheosoma, n. sp.

@. General pattern and coloration of #. caja, but the white

banding of primaries more simple, the secondaries paler at

the base, with spots fewer and not yellow-bordered, the anterior

half of the collar red, with a white spot at the lateral angles ;

the outer margin of the tegule white; the abdomen brown,

with rose-red hind margins to the segments. Hxpanse 2

inches 8 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Readily distinguished by the colour of the body.

THANATARCTIA, n. gen.

Allied to Phragmatobia, but the primaries trigonate, the

lower radial and third median branches springing from one

point and close to the second median branch, the anterior

margin of the cell of secondaries less receding, the antenne of

male widely, pectinated.

Type 7. infernalis.

9. Thanatarctia infernalis, n. sp.

Wings and thorax black-brown ; margins of collar, eyes,

palpi, and the pectus rose-red; abdomen rose-red, with a

macular dorsal black line. LExpanse 1 inch 5 lines.

Hakodaté (Stevens).

R#AYPARIOIDES, n. gen.

Agrees in neuration with Rhyparta and Diacrisia, but

differs from the former in its much more slender body, and

396 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species

from both in the serrated rather than pectinated antenne of

the male.

Type £&. nebulosa.

10. Rhyparioides nebulosa, n. sp.

Primaries sordid buff, testaceous, or gravel-colour, the inter-

nal area of the male clouded with grey to the median vein;

a central elbowed grey line or band, terminating in two black

spots on the costal area; end of the cell grey, with a black dot

at the superior angle; three costal subapical black dashes,

followed by a more or less defined zigzag greyish discal band

or streak limiting the outer border ; fringe spotted with black ;

secondaries bright rose-red, spotted with black, as in Rhyparta

purpurea; thorax coloured like the primaries ; abdomen rose-

red, with dorsal and lateral series of black spots ; under surface

nearly as in Rhyparia purpurea. :xpanse 2 inches | line.

Yokohama (Jonas), Hakodaté (Whztely).

Apparently allied to the species named “ var. amurensis”

by Bremer.

Lithosilidz.

11. Miltochrista pulchra, n. sp.

Primaries ochraceous, covered with scarlet spots and streaks,

as in M. striata, and crossed at nearly equal distances by four

series of black dots, the first and third series distinct and

arched, the fourth series composed of small linear dashes ; two

black dots at the base; secondaries pink, deepest in colour

externally, fringe whitish; thorax rosy, dotted with black ;

abdomen pink; primaries below bright rose-colour without

spots. Expanse 1 inch 3 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

12. Miltochrista calamina, n. sp.

Primaries stramineous, deepest at the costal and outer

borders, a dot at base, a second at the end of the cell, and an

irregular discal series black ; the base of costa, an irregular

transverse line near the base, and a deeply dentated line be-

yond the middle brown; secondaries paler than the prima-

ries: body whitish, the head and collar stramineous ; a black

humeral dot; primaries below with the base of costal area

blackish, a dash in the cell and a blurred band beyond it

grey; five black dots in a subapical series ; body below strami-

neous. Hxpanse 11 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Allied to MZ. excurrens.

of Heterocera from Japan. 397

13. Miltochrista aberrans, n. sp.

Very like M. mzniata, but with three black dots at the base

and two slender lines crossing one another over the basal area,

the irregular discal line more acutely dentated, and the series

of black spots beyond it more elongated. Expanse 1 inch.

Yokohama (Jonas).

This species differs from M. decussata of Moore in the rosy

borders to the wings.

14. Miltochrista rosaria, n. sp.

Close to M. miniata, but differing in that the subbasal

<-shaped line of primaries is replaced by a €-shaped line,

and is followed by a transverse sharply defined irregular black

line from the costa to the inner margin; secondaries much

paler, almost white. Expanse 1 inch.

Yokohama (Jonas).

MELAN2MA, n. gen.

Allied to Miltochrista, but differing in its broadly pectinated

antenne, and the shorter fork of the subcostal vein of secon-

daries.

15. Melanema venata, n. sp.

Wings above creamy whitish ; primaries with the base of

the costa and a spot near the base black; veins deep slate-

colour; costal and outer borders broadly rosy ; secondaries

with the veins grey, outer border slightly rosy ; thorax and

anal extremity of the abdomen rosy, the remainder of the

abdomen cream-colour : wings below nearly as above, but

more uniform in colouring; body below ochraceous; legs

banded with black; venter dotted with brown. Hxpanse

1 inch 4 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

16. Lithosia egrota, n. sp.

Closely allied to Z. griseola, but differing in the broader

stramineous costal border of primaries, the clear stramineous

secondaries ; and the primaries below deep grey, with the

apical two thirds of the costal margin, a broad sharply defined

external border, the whole of the secondaries, and body rich

creamy yellowish. Hxpanse 1 inch 6 lines.

Hakodaté (Whitely).

398 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species

Excepting in the more uniform colouring of the abdomen

and secondaries, more like L. complana.

17. Lithosia adaucta, n. sp.

Also allied to Z. griseola, but considerably larger (the size

of L. fumeola), darker with clear creamy stramineous secon-

daries and paler abdomen; otherwise similar. Hxpanse 1

inch 9 lines.

Hakodaté (Whitely).

The largest example of L. griseola that we possess measures

1 inch 6 lines in expanse ; but the coloration of the seconda-

ries would at once distinguish the two species.

18. Lithosia pavescens, n. sp.

Nearly allied to Z. helveola, but the wings pale buff, the

secondaries slightly paler at abdominal margin; the fringe

whitish instead of yellow. LExpanse 1 inch 2 lines.

Hakodaté (Whztely).

L. helveola has a dusky border and bright yellow fringe to

all the wings.

19. Lithosia levis, n. sp.

Allied to Z. helveola, but considerably larger; the wings

opaque, pinky whitish, with a well-marked sericeous ochra-

ceous outer border ; primaries below brownish, with the costal

and outer margins ochraceous ; secondaries stramineous,

becoming ochraceous towards the base of the costal and the

apex of the outer margins; body above pale buff, with the

head, shoulders, and prothorax ochreous ; below ochreous ; legs

slaty grey above, the tibie and tarsi greyish brown below.

. Expanse 1 inch 6 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Also allied to L. insolita.

20. Monistis dives, n. sp.

Nearly allied to G2. quadra, but the primaries of a much

deeper colour, the male with the external sericeous border of a

deep leaden-grey colour and of less than half the width; the

female with the primaries longer, bright orange ; the seconda-

ries in both sexes paler. Expanse ¢ 1 inch 9 lines, ¢ 1 inch

10 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

The wings of this species are somewhat narrower than those

of i. quadra.

of Heterocera from Japan. 399

21. Aimene fasciata, n. sp.

Primaries white, crossed in the centre by an irregular grey

band bounded on each side by a series of black spots; the

base of the costa, two large basicostal spots, and four dots on

the basal area black ; four spots forming an imperfect discal

series (the largest on the costa), an apical spot on the fringe,

a second spot near the centre of the fringe, and two marginal

dots between them black ; secondaries grey, the fringe white

with a central brownish spot; body white, the shoulders and

tegule black-spotted : underside grey, with white fringe, a

dusky spot at the end of each discoidal cell; primaries with

two and secondaries with one spot on the fringe; body whity

brown, legs grey. Expanse 11 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas), Hakodaté (Whitely).

The example from Hakodaté is paler than the type.

22. Hugoa grisea, n. sp.

Primaries silvery grey; two dots at the base, two spots

(one on the costa) near the base, two dots placed obliquely at

the end of the cell, a diffused dash from the costa to the end

of the cell, and a diffused >-shaped marking in a line with it

on the internal area, two dots placed obliquely at external

angle, and two or three irregularly near the apex black ; margin

slenderly blackish; fringe sordid white; secondaries pale

brown; thorax grey, tegule black-spotted ; abdomen whity

brown; primaries below smoky brown, immaculate, seconda-

ries pale brown; body whitish, the legs greyish in front.

Expanse 1 inch 2 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Allied to E. bipunctata and E. distributa.

PTERODECTA, n. gen.

Allied to Cleosiris, but the primaries with deeply and

widely sinuated apex, forming an acute angle at the extremity _

of the upper radial; palpi coarser and more densely scaled.

Type P. anchora.

23. Pterodecta gloriosa, n. sp.

3. Allied to P. Felderi and P. anchora, but altogether

larger and more brilliant in colour: wings above dark olive-

brown, with red fringes intersected by a blackish line ; prima-

ries with the costal margin reddish flecked with pink; a broad

discal bisinuated arched band, as in P. Felder/, brilliant scarlet

changing to cadmium-yellow towards the costal margin : body

400 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species

dark brown, reddish in front and below. Primaries below with

the costal area and outer border ferruginous, flecked with pink ;

a large marginal lilacine crescent at the apical sinus; a broad

discal band as above, but scarlet changing to’ saffron-yellow ;

a bifid spot of the same colour below the cell; discoidal cell

mustard-yellow, enclosing two black-edged white dots; interno-

median area greyish brown, becoming blackish at the borders

of the discal band; a large black spot with cuneiform white

centre at the end of the cell: secondaries ferruginous, irregu-

larly banded and striated with deeper colour; a squamose

transverse yellow streak enclosing a reniform spot across the

end of the cell; three black spots near the base; tips of the

veins anda marginal line at apex pink: legs whitish, mottled

with purplish brown. Expanse 1 inch 10 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

One of the most beautiful moths yet discovered ; the female

is rather smaller and paler below, the body and secondaries

being yellowish.

Nyctemeride.

PSYCHOGOES, n. gen.

Allied to Secusvo (8. annulata), the primaries considerably

broader, with the discoidal cell shorter, the subcostals united

at the base, so as to form two preediscoidal cellules, from the

second of which the true branches are emitted, the first

branch simple, the second trifurcate, a third branch (the con-

tinuation of the main subcostal nervure) emitted from the

supero-exterior angle of the cell; the radial emitting a recurrent

false vein backwards through the cell to the base; neuration

of secondaries almost as in Secuséo 3, body rather more slender ;

palpi extremely short, barely extending beyond the front of

the head; antenne slender, with very short pectinations.

Type P. aterrima.

24, Psychogoés aterrima, n. sp.

Shining black, the primaries with an oblique narrow snow-

white band, abruptly and transversely cut off on the median

interspaces ; secondaries with the fringe snow-white ; prima-

ries below with the basal area greyish, the white band extended

downwards towards the external angle; secondaries greyish

towards the base, the abdominal margin grey; an angulated

central grey line, dotted with white below the middle; fringe

white; body below grey, the legs and abdomen banded with

white. Expanse 1 inch 7 lines.

of Heterocera from Japan. 401

Yokohama (Jonas).

This species somewhat resembles Baptria easecuta, also

from Japan, excepting in its greater size and the absence of

the white band on secondaries.

PSYCHOSTROPHIA, n. gen.

Allied to Bursada, but the wings much broader, the neura-

tion of the primaries entirely different, and the antenne

shorter and filiform. Primaries with the costal nervure termi-

nating at just beyond the middle of thé costa; the subcostal

emitting its branches before the end of the cell, the first simple,

the second trifurcate ; upper radial or third subcostal branch

emitted from the supero-exterior angle of the cell, and divided

a little beyond it into two branches. Secondaries with neura-

tion much like that of Bursada.

Type P. melanargia.

25. Psychostrophia melanargia, n. sp.

¢d. Primaries shining purplish brown; a large cuneiform

discoidal patch, an oblique postmedian band, three large spots

near the outer border and a little dash on the inner margin

ochraceous ; secondaries ochraceous, with a subcostal streak

from the base and a broad internally angulated outer border

shining purplish brown; a bifid apical spot and an anal sub-

marginal zigzag belt ochreous ; fringe with a patch of silvery

white near the apex of each wing; body blackish, banded with

yellow : wings below much paler than above, the bands rather

wider ; body creamy pale yellow. Hxpanse 1 inch 7 lines.

?. Larger than the male, the yellow area, bands, and spots

much paler, the basal patch of primaries smaller, the sub-

marginal belt of secondaries broken up into small ochreous

spots. Expanse 1 inch 8 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Chalcosiide.

26. Pidorus atratus, n. sp. -

Like P. glaucopis, but smaller, considerably darker, the

white belt of primaries generally wider, but always more

oblique and with straight external edge, the apex of primaries

below without bluish scales. Kxpanse 1 inch 11 lines to

2 inches 1 line.

- Hakodaté (Whitely), Yokohama (Jonas).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 28

402 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Spectes

Liparide.

27. Leucoma auripes, n. sp.

g. Allied to LZ. vau-nigra, but larger, without the black

line on the discocellulars of primaries, the costal area of the

same wings dusky, and the veins clothed with silvery scales ;

the antenne longer, with a black belt near the base and with

black pectinations ; the anterior legs golden yellow, and the

tarsi of the remaining legs testaceous. Hxpanse 2 inches

6 lines. .

9. Larger, the costa of primaries scarcely dusky, the front

legs with the femora white below. Hxpanse 2 inches 9 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

28. Artaxa intensa, N. sp.

Allied to A. flavinata. Primaries golden yellow, with a

central angulated whitish-bordered band speckled with brown

scales, fringe sericeous; secondaries bright ochraceous, whitish

on costal area, fringe pale yellow; body yellow, prothorax

and centre of tegule whitish: wings below altogether paler,

creamy whitish, more or less ochraceous beyond the middle,

without markings. Expanse, g 1 inch 3 lines, 9 1 inch

7 kines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

29. Aroa Jonasit, n. sp.

3. Primaries pale sulphur-yellow, a large pale-centred

brown spot at the end of the cell, the apex with a reddish

brown, depressed, conical, costal spot, from which two small

squamose spots are continued obliquely downwards ; secon-

daries sericeous white, yellowish externally ; body white, the

collar and metathorax pale sulphur-yellow ; head and pectina-

tions of antenne gravel-orange; palpi, tibia, and _ tarsi

ochreous : wings below pale sulphur-yellow ; primaries with

the costa ochreous, apical portion of costal area sordid orange ;

secondaries with a small ochreous discocellular lunule. Ex-

panse 1 inch 6-11 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

30. Lymantria fumida, n. sp.

Allied to Z. dispar, the male larger, dark smoky brown;

the markings of primaries similar; secondaries darker, uni-

formly dark smoky brown, the fringe varied with paler spots :

wings below like those of ZL. dispar in pattern, but differing

of Heterocera from Japan. 403

in their fuliginous colour. Female with the primaries covered

all over with fuliginous scales, which become more sparse

towards the outer margin; the lunated discal lines nearer

together, the innermost one (running from the end of the cell)

barely distinguishable, the second indistinct, the third con-

sisting of broad lunated fuliginous spots; secondaries pale

dull sandy yellowish, with a broad submarginal pale brown

belt; marginal spots wanting; thorax speckled with fuligi-

nous like the primaries; abdomen pale sandy yellow, the

terminal segments bordered with pink: wings below sordid

sandy yellowish, with pale greyish submarginal belt; disco-

cellular spot of secondaries blackish. Expanse, d 2 inches

1 line, ¢ 2 inches 10 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Also allied to Z. et asi of Motschulsky, but smaller and

darker.

31. Lymantria aurora, n. sp.

Male of the form and general coloration of L. dispar, but

the primaries pale fuliginous brown crossed by three irregular

whitish lines near the base and three lunated whitish streaks

beyond the middle, the inner streak blurred and indistinct, the

outer one submarginal; a whitish dot at the end of the cell;

secondaries almost as in L. dispar. Female more nearly

resembling ZL. grandis ; the primaries greyish white, pink at

the base, with two zigzag basal blackish lines, the centre of

the wing and outer border crossed by lunated dusky belts; a

grey spot in the cell and a marginal series of blackish spots ;

secondaries pale pink, brightest : at abdominal margin, a spot

at the end of the cell and a submarginal band grey, margin

spotted with black; thorax white, abdomen pink with white

anal segments ; margins of eyes, palpi, and legs rose-red ;

femora and tibie grey below; tibie and tarsi banded with

black. Wings below greyish, margined with pink and with

dusky marginal spots. Expanse, ¢2 inches 1 line, 9 3 inches

2 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

32. Dasychira lunulata, n. sp.

Primaries silvery white, irrorated with black, crossed near

the base by an oblique blackish line commencing in three

small, fusiform, black-edged, brown spots, followed by a

blackish costal ‘dash ; disk crossed by a sinuous lunulated

blackish line ; a subconfluent series of submarginal blackish

lunules: secondaries of male fuliginous, of female sordid

28*

4)4 On an“apparently new Species of Humming-bird.

whitish ; a dusky spot at the end of the cell, and two dusky

discal stripes parallel to the outer margin ; a marginal row of

blackish spots; outer border of male white, fringe white:

body white, thorax greyish; abdomen of male with lateral

dusky belts; antenne with ferruginous pectinations. Below

sordid white with a black spot closing each discoidal cell ; a

discal dusky stripe, forking in the male; this sex also with

dusky subcostal and median longitudinal streaks; female with

dusky marginal spots in the primaries. Expanse, g 2 inches

1 line, @ 2 inches 8 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

[To be continued. ]

LII.— Description of an apparently néw Species of Humming-

bird of the Genus Amazilia. By D. G. Exuiot, F.R.S.E.

&e.

Amazilia lucida.

Adult. Crown of head dark metallic grass-green; upper

surface shining grass-green, lighter than the head. Upper

tail-coverts golden bronze. ‘Throat, breast, abdomen, and

flanks metallic grass-green, a light mouse-coloured spot on

the lower part of theabdomen. ‘Thighs white, feathers fluffy.

Under tail-coverts dark bronzy brown, edged with white.

Wings dark purple. ‘ail reddish bronze, darkest on the cen-

tral portion of the feathers along the shafts, with the tips of

the lateral rectrices bluish black, their edges reddish bronze.

This bluish-black colour almost resolves itself into a subter-

minal bar, and is especially conspicuous on the underside of

the tail. Bill apparently brownish red, perhaps flesh-colour

in life, with a dark tip. Total length 34 inches, wing 24,

tail 14, culmen 3.

Hab. Stated to be Columbia.

This seems to be a very distinct species, belonging to that

section of the Amazilie to which Cabanis gave the generic

term of Pyrrhophena, and apparently comes nearest to the

species generally known as P. Devillei, Bourc., but differs from

it, and, indeed, from every other member of the genus Ama-

zilia, by the coloration of the tail and its coverts. The crown

resembles somewhat that of the bird called by Mr. Gould

Erythronota Felicie; but there is no further resemblance

between them save that, as with several others of these closely

allied birds, the underparts are shining green. The genus

Pyrrhophena (in which possibly some would place this new

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 405

species) was proposed by Cabanis and Heine in the ‘Museum

Heineanum’ (Th. 11. p. 35, 1860), without any characters to

designate it having been given, to contain about half of those

species originally placed in the genus Amazilia; and for the

remaining portion the term Hemithylaca was instituted,—these

names to be taken as substitutes for the less-classical ones of

Amazilia, Erythronota, Saucerottia, &c., by which various

species of this section of the Trochilide were generically

known. With a tolerably large series of nearly all the

known species of these so-called genera to judge from, I

cannot satisfy myself that sufficient characters exist in any

one of them to warrant its separation into a distinct generic

rank from Amazilia, the term which was first proposed for

them, and by which I prefer to call them. It is to be under-

stood, however, that for generic characters, the style of colora-

tion exhibited by any particular number of individuals, when

unsupported by any differences of structure, is not taken into

any consideration, since it would appear to be very apt to lead

one into difficulties, as is clearly shown, I think, to be the

case, judging from the unsuccessful efforts of those authors

who have endeavoured to arrange these birds into different

genera, whose characters were mainly those of colour.

I have not, therefore, adopted the Pyrrhophena of MM.

Cabanis and Heine, even in the restricted sense in which it

has been employed by some ornithologists, deeming it a

generic term not required to designate even that particular

section of Humming-birds to which the new Amaztlia lucida

belongs.

LIII.—Studies on Fossil Sponges.—I. Hexactinellida.

By Karu ALFRED ZITTEL.

[Continued from p. 273. |}

Personal Observations.

If it be possible to use the skeleton-spicules as the basis of

a system, such a system ought most certainly to express most

clearly the inherited peculiarities, and consequently the natural

relationships of the Hexactinellida. If less attention has

hitherto been paid by zoologists to precisely these true skele-

ton-spicules than to the flesh-spicules, this was evidently due

to the uniformity in their skeletal structure possessed even by

rather distant genera. In the flesh-spicules the differences

406 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

appeared more definitely ; and, moreover, they could not but

excite the interest of the discoverer most vividly on account

of their marvellous beauty. Thus, in the memoirs of O.

Schmidt and Carter, we find the flesh-spicules very carefully,

and the skeleton but little considered. Greater attention was

bestowed upon it by W. Marshall, and especially by Bower-

bank, to whom we are indebted for the most thoroughgoing

analyses of living Hexactinellida with connected framework,

and for numerous figures of unsurpassable truth to nature.

In the fossil Hexactinellida the skeleton-spicules are gene-

rally the only ones at all accessible to observation ; and for

this reason alone particular attention must be paid to them.

From a systematic point of view, moreover, they are by no

means so unserviceable as has hitherto been often supposed.

The whole development and formation of the skeleton-

spicules is governed by the mode in which they unite with

each other. In this respect the Hexactinellida divide into two

natural and apparently sharply separated groups :—

I. Lyssakina, Zittel.

Forms tn which the skeleton-spicules generally remain iso-

lated and are only united by sarcode.

II. Dicryonina, Zittel.

Forms in which the skeleton-spicules are regularly coalescent

and form a connected latiicework with cubical or polyhedral

meshes.

The Lyssakina include the whole of Carter’s Sarcohexacti-

nellide, but besides these also Hupleciella aspergillum and

cucumer. As Marshall has already shown, the cementing

together of the skeleton-spicules in the two last-named forms

is effected by an excess of silica, which is secreted in the

syncytium, and fills up, at least partially, the interspaces of

the spicules, which are otherwise occupied by sarcode. The

skeleton-spicules themselves are not hampered, either in their .

development or in their arrangement, by this secretion of

silica; and consequently this phenomenon, which I denominate

“cementation,” can only be regarded as of quite secondary

significance. In the Lyssakina a further grouping in accord-

ance with the greater or less differentiation of the flesh-spicules,

such as has been proposed by W. Marshall for his Asynau-

loida, would be advisable. The few known fossil representa-

tives of this suborder very probably possess only one form of

skeleton-spicules, and would therefore have to take their

M. Kk. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 407

place as Monakide in opposition to the Pleionakide and

Pollakide.

The second group, that of the Dictyonina, contains the

Hexactinellida with regularly amalgamated sexradiates. In

normal development the amalgamation is effected by each arm

of a spicule applying itself closely to the corresponding arm

of a neighbouring sexradiate, when the two rays are soldered

together by a common siliceous envelope which is deposited

uniformly around them, and they become so completely amal-

gamated that their previous independence is indicated only

by the presence of two separate axial canals. In this way

regular connected latticed frameworks are produced, in which

each beam consists of two arms of two different spicules.

Frequently, however, irregularities in the arrangement of the

openings of the latticework are caused by a sexradiate to a

certain extent quitting the ranks, and cementing its arms in

an arbitrary fashion to the rest of the framework. If one or

two rays of such irregularly placed spicules attach themselves

accidentally to the thickened centre of intercrossing of a sex-

radiate, more than six arms may issue from such a central

point. Careful examination, however, always shows that the

supernumerary axial canals belong to a neighbouring sexra-

diate, and usually also that they do not reach the centre of the

axial cross. Other irregularities are caused by individual

rays bending or changing their direction, when the two arms

of one axis no longer run in a straight line.

The spot where the axial canals cross (that is to say, the

ideal centre from which all the six arms of a spicule radiate),

and where the siliceous tubes meet together, is always indicated

by an enlargement, the “ crossing-node.”

For the classification of the Hexactinellida the constitution

of the crossing-nodes furnishes important data. ‘Two modifi-

cations occur.

1. The crossing-nodes form a simple stronger or weaker

thickening around the enclosed sexradiate axial cross of the

central canals (Farrea, Aphrocallisies, Craticularia, Poro-

spongia, &c.).

2. The crossing-nodes have the form of an open octahedron.

This peculiar structure is produced by the siliceous secre-

tion of the syncytium taking place in smaller guantity at the

crossing-nodes. The central canals of the six rays form an

axial cross enclosed by very thin tubes in a hollow octahedral

space, bounded by oblique siliceous beams, by which the six

thickened arms of the coalescent sexradiates are united. Of

such oblique uniting beams there are always twelve around a

erossing-node ; and they are always placed exactly like the

408 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida:

edges of a regular octahedron. From the size of this space,

enclosed by solid siliceous rods, the strength of the octahedral

edges, and the more or less regular or distorted form of the

lumina taking the place of the lateral faces of the open

octahedron, valuable systematic characters are to be obtained.

When the state of preservation is good, it may be ascertained

with perfect certainty that the axial canals pass uninterruptedly

through the cavity, and form a very elegant axial cross within

it. But as their siliceous envelopes are very thin they are

easily destroyed; and the octahedral nodal points then acquire

the figure described by O. Schmidt in Scyphia striata*.

Among living Hexactinellida we are acquainted with lat-

ticed frameworks with such octahedral nodal points (lantern-

spicules) only in Myliusia Gray?, Bow., and Myliusia Zittelii,

Marsh. MS.; in the fossil forms, however, they are widely

diffused (Celoptychium, Ventriculites, Becksia, Plocoscyphia,

Pachyteichisma, &c.).

A peculiar phenomenon is presented in the genera Farrea,

Dactylocalyx, and Aphrocallistes by the exceedingly minute

sexradiate stellules, which are firmly attached by one ray to a

siliceous fibre of the latticework, but otherwise resemble the

other sexradiates of the framework in every respect, and also

possess fine axial canals, whilst elsewhere canals are never to

be observed in the root-like processes or spines of the siliceous

fibres. It is possible that these stellules, with which I am ac-

quainted also in some fossil Hexactinellida, may be young, still

undeveloped spicules ; but possibly they fulfil the function of

the flesh-spicules, although they do not lie free in the sarcode.

Bowerbank figures such small spicules in several species of

Farrea; Carter regards them as after-formations.

In general, the differences presented by the latticed frame-

work of the fossil Hexactinellida are so considerable that in

many cases we can determine generically even a small isolated

fragment or a preparation. The size of the meshes, the octa-

hedral or solid constitution of the crossing-nodes, the orna-

mentation of the siliceous fibres with prickles, spines, or root-like

processes, as well as the arrangement of the coalescent sex-

radiates themselves, furnish important systematic data, which

vary but little in the same species or even genus.

Nevertheless the one-sided consideration of the microstruc-

ture of the framework would lead to no satisfactory result.

Many forms differing greatly in other characters possess an

almost exactly accordant skeletal structure. Thus W. Mar-

shall has already shown that the framework of Hurete agrees

* Atlant. Spong. Taf. ii. fig. 16.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 409

to such an extent with that of many fossil Hexactinellida,

that it is sometimes quite impossible to say whether a micro-

scopic preparation is derived from the recent Philippine sponge

or from a fossil sponge from Frankish Switzerland. The same .

phenomencn is presented by several genera of fossil Hexacti-

nellida when we compare them with one another.

Consequently we require other characters for the discrimi-

nation of the genera. As the flesh-spicules are usually defi-

cient in the fossil skeletons, the relation of isolated siliceous

structures, when any such are present, to the neighbouring

skeletons is rarely demonstrable ; these can only be regarded

as of subordinate value in a system of the Dictyonina which

is intended to extend to the fossil forms. The peculiarities

presented by the surface of the solid skeleton, the water-canal

system, with the ostia belonging to it, and the external form

of the sponge-body are more important for this purpose.

1. The surface of the skeletons of Dictyonina differs in

many genera in no respect from the inner parts. The lattice-

meshes are of the same size; the siliceous trabecule are the

same in arrangement and nature as the rest of the skeleton ;

in short, the surface is perfectly naked. This comparatively

rare case 1s known in certain species of the living genera

Kurete, Karrea, and Myliusia; among the fossil Dictyonina,

Fachyteichisma and Verrucocelia, for example, have naked

surfaces.

Much more frequently both surfaces, or at the least the

outer one, are entirely or partially provided with covering

layers (Deckschichten) of different constitution. LEtallon,

Romer, and Pomel have already called attention to the im-

portance of these covering layers (Pertenchym, Etallon; Epi-

dermis, F. A. Rémer; couche pelliculaire, Pomel).

A frequent form of covering structure is produced thus :—

The arms of the outermost layer of sexradiates situated in

the plane of the surface are thickened, or widened in the form

of lamine ; or they form rough and perforated, rectangularly

crossed beams of very dissimilar form, by the emission of

lateral branches, which in their turn become soldered together

and at the same time thicken. The outwardly directed ray of

the sexradiate is always aborted; the inwardly directed one,

on the contrary, is united with the latticed framework.

Such covering layers are only slight modifications of the

latticework itself. ‘They generally still allow a mesh-like ar-

rangement to be recognized, although the lumina of the

meshes may be considerably and very unequally narrowed.

According to the greater or less secretion of silica, the surface

acquires a coarsely or finely perforated constitution. Never-

410 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

theless the arrangement of the subjacent latticed framework

may still be recognized in the covering layer from the regular

position of the axial canals. (Examples, Marshallia, Callo-

dictyon, Pleurope, Plocoscyphia, under surface of Celoptychium,

Craticularia, &c.)

Sometimes covering layers are produced by the uppermost

layer of sexradiates of the skeleton emitting root-like processes,

which anastomose with each other, and in this way form a

felted tissue consisting of solid siliceous fibres. This either

coats the surface of certain parts of the sponge-body, or it only

fills the meshes of the uppermost layer of the latticed tissue

(Etheridgia).

The covering layer attains a greater amount of indepen-

dence of the true skeleton when it forms a coarsely or finely

perforated siliceous membrane in which axial crosses of the

size and form of those in the skeleton-spicules lie irregularly

dispersed. (Sporadopyle, Craticularia,’ Sphenaulax, Spora-

doscinion, &c.).

Independent covering layers originate in quite a different

manner when the outer, the inner, or both surfaces of the

sponge-body are veiled by a coat of sexradiates, resembling

sometimes an extremely delicate spider’s web, the sexradiates

being variously cemented together either only by their points

or by the whole length of the limb (Casearia, Cypellia, Tre-

madictyon, &c.). In these sexradiates, which sometimes differ

very essentially from those of the rest of the skeleton, the

outwardly directed ray is also always aborted. In certain

genera (Cypellia) the large sexradiates of the covering layer

are sometimes only united at their tips by slight siliceous

bridges ; in others they le like stars imbedded in a thin sili-

ceous membrane which coats the surface of the sponge (Poro-

cypellia, Porospongia) .

In those cases in which the spicules of the covering layer

are of a different form from the skeleton-spicules, they no

doubt take the place of the flesh-spicules; but whether this is

the case when the covering layer is produced only by a thick-

ening of the skeleton itself, appears to be doubtful. ‘The

question can only be settled when we know living Hexacti-

nellida with the surface of a similar constitution.

In some fossil Dictyonina (Cystispongia, Lepidospongia) the

outer surface of the sponge-body 1s coated with a dense sili-

ceous membrane, which is entirely free from axial crosses or

enclosed spicules.

These variously developed superficial structures evidently

are intended to give the sponge-body greater firmness, and to

protect it against assaults trom without. The covering layers

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. A411

themselves, moreover, affect the external appearance of the

fossil sponges in so high a degree that A. Rémer and Pomel

have already given them what appears to me to be too much

systematic importance.

2. The canal-system for the circulation of the influent and

effluent water, with the openings belonging to it, is of more

importance physiologically than the covering layers.

In the Hexactinellida the walls of the sponge-body are

usually only of small thickness, and they enclose a very wide

central space of tubular, cylindrical, or funnel-like form. In

the trochiform, infundibuliform, and cylindrical Hexactinellida

the wide central space is best conceived as a common stoma-

chal cavity ; and consequently such sponges are to be regarded

as monozoic bodies ; the superior terminal aperture would then

be described as the osculwm. In branched, lamelliform, or

nodose bodies, and in such as are composed of meandriform

tubes, the question of individuality is generally hard to settle,

as the apertures which have hitherto been usually regarded as

oscula are often distributed quite at random and frequently

appear scarcely to stand in connexion with gastral cavities

(Guettardia, Pleurostoma, Pleurope).

The passages by which the water penetrates into and flows

through the sponge-body, in opposition to these oscula and

pseudo-oscula, are extraordinarily constant in their character,

and thereby furnish excellent systematic data. According to

Hackel*, the canal and water-vascular system is the most

significant, and physiologically and morphologically the most

important system of organs in all sponges. It determines not

only the most essential differences in the form of the body in

the various groups, but also more or less the structure and

form of the skeleton.

In general the canal-system in the Hexactinellida exhibits

very simple conditions, which in many respects remind us of

those of the Sycones. Usually it is composed merely of a

great number of simple, very rarely ramified canals, which

penetrate in a radial direction either perpendicularly or ob-

liquely into the wall. Only exceptionally the canals perforate

the whole thickness of the wall (Aphrocallistes) ; much more

frequently they commence either on the outer or inner surface

of the wall, and terminate cecally immediately within the

opposite surface (Ventriculites, Coscinopora, Sporadopyle, &c.).

In this way, therefore, the usually round ostia of the two sur-

faces stand in alternating series.

The circulation of water is effected in the simplest form

* Die Kalkschwamme, i. p. 210.

412 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

when, the wall of the sponge-body being thin, the latticed

skeleton and the surface are of such coarse meshes that the

water can pass in and out unhindered. In this case true

canals are superfluous, and in the living state each mesh-

opening of the surface of the skeleton probably corresponded to

a dermal pore in the syncytium. Examples of Hexactinellida

with a coarsely-meshed skeleton without any canals or ostia

are presented by the genera Harrea, Hurete, Myliusia, Mar-

shallia, and Callodictyon.

In certain Hexactinellida the water-circulation may be

effected, in the absence of true radial canals, by a strong fold-

ing of the wall. For example, there are Ventriculites in

which the wall lies in meandriform folds, between which, on

both surfaces, deep longitudinal furrows run trom the upper

margin of the cup down to the base. These furrows quite

suffice for the permeation of the sponge-body; and conse-

quently all radial canals or large superficial apertures may be

deficient.

But if in Hexactinellida with meandriform-folded wall the

folds lie close together, and in this way constitute a continuous

wall (Ventriculites), or if the wall attains an extraordinary

thickness (Pachyteichisma), the necessity for a canal-system

capable of conveying the water into the interior of the skeleton

is established. Therefore the cecal radial canals, the ostia of

which are variously distributed on the two surfaces, then make

their appearance.

In general it may be recognized as the rule in the Hexacti-

nellida, that the development of the canal-system keeps pace

with the thickness of the wall, or with the density of the

latticed framework. All genera with a very finely meshed

tissue possess canals, even when the wall is reduced to a

lamella no thicker than paper (Leptophragma Murchisoni).

A very peculiar and complicated canal-system is possessed

by some of the most ancient Hexactinellida, with globular,

stalkless sponge-bodies (Astylospongide). In these remark-

able sponges the wall is of very considerable thickness ; the

central cavity is either entirely deficient or it occurs as a

funnel-shaped depression on the upper surface. The whole

mass of the sponge-body is traversed by numerous simple

canals arranged in radii, running from the periphery towards

the centre. These radial canals are crossed by other stronger

canals, which are likewise arranged in radial series, but

traverse the sponge-body through its whole height, running

parallel to the surface. ‘This constitution of the canals, which

never occurs in living or mesolithic Hexactinellida, almost

exactly represents the water-canal system observed in some

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 413

Lithistida. In the Astylospongide, however, the canals

appear to have exercised no influence upon the microstructure

of the skeleton-spicules ; for these are as sharply discriminated

from the skeleton of the Lithistida as those of the later

Hexactinellida.

Besides the true water-vascular system there is in some

Hexactinellida also a so-called “intercanal system.” The

tubular cavities and larger or smaller apertures on the surface

to which Hiickel* gives this name are produced simply by

the peculiar coalescence of certain parts of the sponge-body,

Physiologically they have nothing in common with the true

canal-system ; and they never show any constant characters in

their course or their form. What Hickel says of the inter-

canal system of the Calcispongiz applies also essentially to

the Hexactinellida ; and on this subject I may therefore simply

refer to the classical monograph of the Calcispongie.

In the Hexactinellida an intercanal system occurs only on

composite stocks, and, indeed, chiefly when the cormi are

composed of tubes which grow labyrinthically through one

another and leave irregular interspaces free. The intercanal

system is developed in a remarkable manner in Ethertdgia,

Tremabolites, Cystispongia, and Plocoscyphia.

We must be very careful not to confound the apparent

stomachal cavities (pseudogastres) and orifices (pseudosto-

mata) formed at the surface by the intercanal system (Zthe-

ridgia, Plocoscyphia, &c.) with true gastral spaces and their

apertures. An investigation of the depression will in most

cases at once show that such apparent stomachs are not im-

mersed in the true skeletal mass and bounded by a continuous

wall, but that they rather represent interspaces of usually

irregular form, the walls of which are formed by the outer

surface of parts of a sponge-body of different values.

3. Although the external form of the sponge-body is gene-

rally subject to the greatest variations and is scarcely taken

into consideration in all the more modern systems of living

sponges, it nevertheless merits a higher estimation in the case

of the vitreous and calcareous sponges with firm, stony skele-

tons. It is true that we can only exceptionally recognize

genera at once from their characteristic external form (Celo-

ptychium, Euplectella), as, in general, the same forms are

exactly repeated in the Hexactinellida, the Lithistida, and the

Calcispongie with anastomosing fibres. Moreover it is abso-

lutely impossible to determine generically a cup-shaped, bowl-

shaped, funnel-shaped, or cylindrical sponge of the order

* Die Kalkschwimme, i. p. 275.

414 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

Hexactinellida without taking into consideration the skeletal

structure and the canal-system.

Nevertheless the general form of the body must not be

neglected in a natural system as a secondary aid. If the rela-

tionships of a Hexactinellid have been established by the

investigation of the skeleton and the canal-system, the external

appearance generally furnishes excellent characters for the

distinction of the genera and species.

Hiickel and Carter, who certainly cannot be charged with

undervaluing the microscopic structure, and still less with

overestimating the value of the external appearance of the

sponge-body, have principally distinguished the genera within

the larger groups, both of Calcispongiz and Hexactinellida, by

their external form. But what is justifiable in the case of

living sponges will also be admissible in that of the fossils.

The general form of the sponge-body, the constitution and

thickness of the wall, the size, form, and position of the cen-

tral cavity, the mode of union in the polyzoic forms, furnish

valuable data for classification. Special interest also attaches

to the mode of fixation of the sponge to the bottom. ‘The

want of a so-called root, or its nature when present, sometimes

serves for the recognition of tlie different genera.

In the fossil Dictyonina beard-like roots, composed of long

isolated siliceous spicules, have not yet been detected with cer-

tainty. Generally the root forms a stalk-like prolongation, a

nodose or lamellar dilatation, or a ramified base to the sponge-

body. It consists of siliceous elements, which either agree

more or less with those of the rest of the sponge-body in form

and arrangement, or the tissue of the root shows a striking

difference from the true latticework. The lattice-structure

becomes indistinct, and the root consists of long parallel sili-

ceous fibres usually without an axial canal, the production of

which from Hexactinellid tissue is generally indicated only

by the transverse unions which occur at more or less regular

intervals.

I must reserve a detailed description of all the characters

hitherto mentioned for a special work upon the fossil sponges

which occur in Germany. For this comprehensive mono-

graph a portion of the text and the figures of the microstruc-

ture of almost all the genera of Hexactinellida are already

completed. I have been forced upon this larger work in part

by the lamentable condition of paleospongological literature,

but partly also by a feeling of responsibility, which urges me

not merely to erect the rough framework of a system upon the

sure bases obtained by a new method of investigation, as in

the present memoir, but to hand over the building also in a

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 415

complete state to my collaborateurs. It is true that there were

greater difficulties in the way of obtaining the material for a

thorough investigation of fossil sponges than I had anticipated ;

for in general these fossils could only boast of having attracted

but little attention. In consequence of this circumstance

large complete collections are still wanting.; even in the

richest museums, as a rule, only particular localities are repre-

sented in a satisfactory manner. ‘Through the great kindness

of many friends*, however, I have already succeeded in

obtaining, not only from Germany and Bohemia a great

number of the species described by Goldfuss, Miinster, F.

Romer, Reuss, Geinitz, Schliiter, F. A. Romer, and others,

partly in typical original specimens, partly in specimens

which were furnished with authentic determinations by the

authors, but I also obtained abundant material for com-

arison from Russia and England through the kindness of

{. F. Schmidt of St. Petersburg, Prof. Sinzow of Odessa,

M. Constantine Milaschewitsch of Moscow, and Mr. John

Edward Lee of Torquay. For the communication of recent

Hexactinellida and Lithistida my special thanks are due to

Dr. W. Marshall of Weimar, and Dr. H. J. Carter of Bud-

leigh-Salterton.

The following attempt at a system of the Hexactinellida

has not proceeded from a desire to transform the existing clas-

sifications at any cost; but when the microscopic method of

examination which has already proved so admirable in the

case of the recent Hexactinellida had been also extended to

the fossil sponges, so many new facts and points of view came

to light that of necessity more or less profound modifications

became requisite in the previous attempts at classification

both of the recent and fossil Hexactinellida.

Revision of the Fossil and Recent Hexactinellida, arranged

according to their Relationships.

Class SPONGL.

Order HEXACTINELLIDZE, O. Schmidt.

Siliceous sponges with spicules of sexradiate form, isolated

* I hasten here to express publicly my thanks to those gentlemen who

in the most liberal manner placed materials for my investigation at my

disposal. I have especially to offer my thanks to MM. K. Andre of

Bonn, E. Beyrich of Berlin, W. Dames of Berlin, Theodor Fuchs of

Vienna, W. Giimbel of Munich, H. B. Geinitz of Dresden, J. Krenner of

Pesth, Ottmer of Brunswick, F. Romer of Breslau, H. Romer of Hildes-

heim, A. Schlénbach of Salzgitter, C. Schliiter of Bonn, K. yon Seebach

of Gottingen, and G. Tschermak of Vienna.

416 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

or soldered together like a lattice—an axial cross, consisting

of three central canals cutting each other at right angles, lying

at the foundation of all the siliceous structures. Besides the

true skeleton-spicules *, numerous “ flesh-spicules,” generally

of very elegant form, are frequently present.

Suborder I. DICTYONINA.

Skeleton-spicules fused together in such a fashion that every

arm of a sexradiate applies itself to the corresponding arm of

a neighbouring spicule, when both are surrounded by a com-

mon siliceous envelope. ‘The connected skeletons consist of a

latticework with meshes of cubical and irregular form. Flesh-

spicules present or wanting.

Family 1. Astylospongide.

Sponge-body very thick-walled, not stalked, free (some-

times, however, attached by a broad base). Water-vascular

system consisting of radial canals directed from the surface

towards the centre, to which are usually added vertical tubes,

which likewise stand to the number of 8-10 in radial series.

Latticed framework rather irregular, with solid crossing nodes.

Astylospongia, F. Rém. Silurian.

Paleomanon, F. Rém. Silurian.

Protachilleum, Zitt. Silurian.

Eospongia, Billings. Silurian.

Family 2. Euretide.

Sponge-body cup-shaped, cylindrical, top-shapedor branched,

attached. Skeleton lattice-like, the crossing-nodes of the co-

alescent sexradiates not perforated. Surface naked, or pro-

tected by a thickening of the outer skeletal layer, sometimes

coated with a very delicate network of coalesced spicules,

which differ but little in form from those of the rest of the

skeleton. This meshed outer membrane also veils the ostia.

Root-structure similar to that of the rest of the sponge-body

Flesh-spicules present or wanting.

* The skeleton-spicules were originally defined by Carter (J. c. p, 353)

as “large spicules which are-only concerned in the formation of the sup-

porting structure or skeleton.” In a memoir which has just appeared

(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol. xix. p. 121), “On two Vitreohexactinel-

lid Sponges,” the denomination “ skeleton-spicules ” is applied only to the

larger free siliceous structures of the Hexactinellida. The coalescent

sexradiates which form the connected latticed skeleton, and which I have

particularly named skeleton-spicules in this memoir, are called by Carter

‘vitreous fibre.”

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 417

a. Canal-system well-developed. Ostia of the cacal radial

canals alternate on the two surfaces.

?Protospongia, Salt. Silurian.

Calathium, Billings. Silurian.

Archeocyathus, Billings. Silurian.

?Trachyum, Billings. Silurian.

?Steganodictyon, M‘Coy. Devonian.

Tremadictyon, Zitt. Upper Jura.

Craticularia, Zitt. Middle and Upper J ura, Cretaceous,

Miocene.

?Hubrochus, Sollas. Gault.

Sphenaulax, Zitt. Upper Jura.

Sporadopyle, Zitt. Upper Jura.

* Sclerothamnus, Marsh. +

6. Canal-system wanting or scarcely developed.

*Farrea, Bow. Tertiary.

*Hurete, Marsh.

Verrucocelia. Upper Jura, Cretaceous.

* Aulodictyon, S. Kent.

Family 3. Coscinoporide.

Sponge-body cup-shaped, stellate, or branched, frequently

compressed. Radial canals very numerous, simple, straight,

blind. Ostia small; skeleton finely meshed, dense, strong,

prevented from a regular formation of cubical meshes by the

numerous radial canals. Crossing nodes of the sexradiates

solid, rarely perforated. Covering layer generally deficient,

or formed by thickening of the outermost skeleton-layer.

?Bothroconus, King. Permian.

Leptophragma, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Pleurostoma, Rim. Cretaceous.

Guettardia, Mich. Cretaceous, Eocene.

Coscinopora, Goldf. Cretaceous.

Family 4. Mellitionide.

Sponge-body branched, globular, or lamellar. Wall com-.

pletely permeated by numerous tubular water-canals, and

thereby divided into cells like those of a honeycomb. Skele-

ton-spicules with solid crossing-nodes. Surface (? naked, or)

veiled by a delicate, meshed or porous, siliceous coat, which

also covers the apertures of the canals. Root deficient.

* Aphrocallistes, Gray. Cretaceous, Miocene.

*? Hieldingia, 8. Kent t.

+ The genera marked with an * are living at the present day.

t Also Stawronema, Sollas.

Ann. & Mag. N. Mist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 29

418 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

Family 5. Ventriculitide.

Sponge-body simple or polyzoic, cup-shaped, funnel-shaped,

cylindrical, top-shaped or branched. Wall meandrically

folded. Latticed framework with octahedrally perforated

crossing-nodes. Canal-system generally well-developed.

Radial canals cecal. Both surfaces with ostia or longitudinal

furrows. Covering layer rarely deficient, generally produced

by thickening of the outer skeletal layer. Root consisting of

elongated siliceous fibres without axial canals, united by

transverse bridges.

a. Without root.

Pachyteichisma, Zitt. Jura.

Trochobolus, Zitt. Jura.

6. With root.

Ventriculites, Mant. Cretaceous.

Schizorhabdus, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Tretostamnia, Pomel. Miocene.

Rhizopoterion, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Sporadoscinia, Pomel. Cretaceous.

Licmosinion, Pomel. Cretaceous.

Polyblastidium, Zitt. Cretaceous.

c. Upper margin of the cup with a finely porous covering

layer.

Cephalites, T. Smith (p. p.). Cretaceous.

d. Outer surface furnished with a dense siliceous coat.

Lepidospongia, Rim. Cretaceous.

Family 6. Staurodermide.

Sponge-body top-shaped, cup-shaped, cylindrical, rarely

branched. Latticed skeleton more or less regular. Crossing-

nodes solid or octahedrally perforated. Outer or both surfaces

of the wall furnished with stellate spicules, which differ in

form from those of the rest of the skeleton, and are either only

loosely cemented to one another, or imbedded in a connected

siliceous coat.

a. Canal-system well-developed. Sponge-body cup-shaped,

cylindrical or branched.

Cypellia, Pomel. Jura.

Stauroderma, Zitt. Jura.

Porocypellia, Pomel. Jura.

Casearta, Quenst. Jura.

b. Canal-system slightly developed. Sponge-body lamel-

liform.

Porospongia, D’Orb. Jura.

Ophrystoma, Zitt. Cretaceous.

?Placochlenia, Pomel. Miocene.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 419

Family 7. Meandrospongide.

Sponge-body consisting of mzeandrically tortuous and anas-

tomosing thin-walled tubes or lamine. Canal-system defi-

cient or scarcely developed. Intercanal-system always present.

Covering layer deficient or forming a connected siliceous coat

upon the surface.

a. Without special covering layer.

Plocoscyphia, Reuss. Cretaceous.

* Dactylocalyx, Stutchb.

* Periphragella, Marsh.

* Myliusia, Gray (p. p.).

b. With a covering layer.

Tremabolites, Zitt. Cretaceous

Etheridgia, 'Tate. Cretaceous.

Toulminia, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Camerospongia, D’Orb. Cretaceous.

Cystispongia, Rim. Cretaceous.

Family 8. Callodictyonide.

Sponge-body cup-shaped. Wall consisting of very regular,

wide-meshed latticed framework with octahedral crossing-

nodes; canal-system wanting or confined to the covering

layer of the outer surface, which is sometimes very thick. In

the interior of the wall the circulation of water takes place

directly through the meshes of the latticed skeleton.

a. Wall naked.

Callodictyon, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Marshallia, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Becksia, Schliiter. Cretaceous.

6. Outer surface of the wall furnished with a thick covering

layer, which agrees in structure with the tissue of the

root.

Pleurope, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Diplodictyon, Zitt. Cretaceous.

Family 9. Celoptychide.

Sponge-body umbrella-shaped, stalked. Wall thin, deeply

folded, the central cavity divided into radial chambers. Upper

surface flat or depressed, entirely coated with a connected

covering layer, which generally consists of attenuate finely

and coarsely porous bands. Canal-ostia only upon the lower

surface of the umbrella upon the back of the folds, sometimes

also on the stalk. Latticed framework with large regular

cubical meshes, The crossing-nodes of the coalescent sex-

ar he

420 M. K. A. Zittel on Posstl Hexactinellida.

radiates octahedrally perforated ; arms of the sexradiates with

spinous and root-like processes.

Coeloptychium, Goldf. Cretaceous:

Suborder II. LyssaKINa.

Entire skeleton consisting of spicules which are united only

by sarcode (exceptionally also by lamellar siliceous matter in

an irregular fashion). - Flesh-spicules generally present in

abundance and much differentiated.

Family 1. Monakide, Marshall.

Entire sponge-body composed only of homogeneous spicules.

Acanthospongia, M‘Coy. Silurian, Carboniferous.

Stauractinella, Zitt. Jura.

Family 2. Pleionakide, Marshall.

Principal mass of the skeleton formed of pure sexradiates,

but with these broom-forks or rosettes.

* A skonema, Kent.

*Lanuginella, Schmidt.

Family 3. Pollakide, Marshall.

Forms of the skeleton- and flesh-spicules very multifarious.

Special dermal skeleton and lining of the gastral cavities pre-

sent. Base generally forming a root-tuft of long siliceous

spicules.

* Holtenia, Schmidt.

* Pheronema, Leidy.

* Crateromorpha, Gray.

* Rossella, Carter.

* Sympagella, Schmidt.

* Placodictyon, Schmidt.

* Huplectella, Owen.

* Habrodictyon, W. Thomson.

* Labaria, Gray.

*Semperella, Marshall (Meyerina, Gray).

*Hyalonema (Carteria), Gray.

?Acestra, Rim. Silurian.

Conditions of Existence and Distribution of the Fossil

Hexactinellida.

Tn his first, frequently cited memoir, W. Marshall gives a

tabular revision of the geographical and bathymetric distri-

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 421

bution of the recent Hexactinellida*. According to this, these

sponges occur from about 65° N. lat. to about 50° S. lat., and,

indeed, at the very considerable depth of from 500 to 4000

feet. The recent Hexactinellida are therefore strictly inhabi-

tants of the deep sea.

This fact may justify us & prior? in coming to the conclu-

sion that the fossil forms also probably existed under similar

circumstances. And, in fact, considering the mode of occurrence

of the fossil Hexactinellida we arrive at the same result.

In this respect, indeed, the Paleozoic forms give us no

information. The genera at present known in the Silurian

(Astylospongia, Paleomanon, Protachilleum, Eospongia, Pro-

tospongia, Calathium, Trachyum, Archeocyathus, Acantho-

spongia, and ? Acestra) differ in essential characters from the

later Hexactinellida, and possibly required other conditions of

life than their successors. In the Devonian and Carboniferous

Limestone and in the Dyas our order is as yet represented only

by the very insufficiently investigated genera Steganodictyon

(Devonian), Acanthospongia (Carboniferous), and Bothroconus

(Dyas). In Canada Archwocyathus and Eospongia occur in

the Potsdam, Calathium and Trachyum in the Quebec group,

consequently in the very oldest Silurian (=Cambrian) forma-

tions. In Tennessee there are numerous examples of Astylo-

spongta and Paleomanon in the Middle Silurian Limestone ; .

whilst in Europe the former genus is found in Esthland and

Gotland in Upper Silurian deposits, and all over Northern

Germany in diluvially transported material. In general the

sponges are associated with Brachiopoda, Trilobites, and Ptero-

poda, and occur in deposits to which one may equally well

ascribe a pelagic or a littoral character.

From the Trias and Lias no Hexactinellida are at present

known; and even in the Dogger there are only isolated ex-

amples of the genera Tremadictyon and Craticularia, and,

indeed, in the Inferior Oolite, in the Bath and Kelloway

group.

The Upper Jura exhibits a rich development of Hexacti-

nellida, but only where it occurs in the form of limestone.

The “ Spongitenkalk”’ of the White Jura y and 6, as well as

the so-called Birmensdorf beds in Poland, in the Swiss and

French Jura, and in the neighbourhood of Niort, are the chief

localities for Jurassic Hexactinellida and Lithistida. They

also appear quite isolatedly in the Corallian deposits of

different localities. ‘They are, however, completely deficient

in the muddy or sandy littoral formations of Northern France,

¥ D0. La)

422 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

England, and Northern Germany. If we glance at the rest

of the fauna of the ‘“ Spongitenkalk,” the abundance of

Brachiopods, Crinoids, and here and there of Foraminifera,

and the absence of true shore-haunting Gastropods and Lamel-

libranchs, are in favour of the production of these deposits

in deep water. The genera diffused in the Upper Jura

are Tremadictyon, Craticularia, Sphenaulax, Sporadopyle,

Verrucocelia, Pachyteichisma, Trochobolus, Cypellia, Stau-

roderma, Casearia, Porospongia, Porocypellia, and Staurac-

tinella.

The distribution of the Hexactinellida in the Cretaceous

formation leads to a like result. In the older stages they are

entirely wanting or only occur singly. They appear in greater

abundance only in the Cenomanian group, in which the deposits

developed as ‘‘ Pliner” in the abundance of Foraminifera

and the scarcity of littoral animals bear the character of deep-

sea formations. North Germany, Saxony, Bohemia, Silesia,

and Poland contain the most fruitful localities for Middle-

Cretaceous Hexactinellida of the genera Ventriculites, Cysti-

spongia, Camerospongia, Diplodictyon, Plocoscyphia, Pleuro-

stoma, &e.

The greatest variety of fossil Hexactinellida and Lithistida

is furnished by the upper division of the Cretaceous formation,

but only by such deposits as, like White Chalk and certain

Chalk-marls, have long been regarded for many reasons as

deep-sea formations. In the littoral Chalk-tuff of Maestricht, in

the Coralline chalk of Faxoe, and in the Pisolitic chalk of the

Paris basin, Hexactinellida have hitherto been sought in vain.

The Cretaceous Hexactinellida are for the most part distin-

guished from the Paleozoic and Jurassic forms by the octahe-

drally perforated crossing-nodes of the sexradiates, and belong

with but few exceptions to peculiar genera confined to the

Cretaceous formation (Ventriculites, Schizorhabdus, Licmosi-

nion, Sporadoscinia, Rhizopoterion, Cephalites, Lepidospongia,

Leptophragma, Pleurostoma, Guettardia, Coscinopora, Ophry-

stoma, Plocoscyphia, Tremabolites, Etheridgia, Toulminia,

Camerospongia, Cystispongia, Marshallia, Callodictyon, Pleu-

rope, Diplodictyon, Caeloptychium). Only the genera Crati-

cularia and Verrucocelia are common to it and the Jurassic

formation.

The deficiency of true abyssal deposits in Northern Kurope

during the various phases of the Tertiary epoch may most

simply explain the deficiency of Hexactinellida in this forma-

tion. With the exception of small fragments of skeleton,

possibly belonging to the genera Farrea and Myliusia, from

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 423

the Eocene sandstone of Brussels*, and from Miocene sands

at Ruditz, in Moravia, and of a Miocene Aphrocallistes from

Russia, I know of no Tertiary Hexactinellida from Northern

and Central Europe.

But even in the South-European Nummulitic formations,

to which, at least in part, a deep-water origin is ascribed, it

is remarkable that they occur only as great rarities. The

only certain evidence of them consists in an Eocene Gwet-

tardia, which D’Archiac has described from the neighbourhood

of Biarritz.

This hitherto unexplained gap, however, is partially filled

by A. Pomel’s important discovery of numerous Miocene

sponges in the province of Oran. Among the North-African

Hexactinellida the genus Craticularia (Laocetis, Pom.) takes

the first place by its astonishing abundance of forms: species

of Aphrocallistes (Badinskia, Pom.), Tretostamnia, Pom.,

and Placochlenia, Pom., as well as a considerable number of

Lithistida, are also described.

If, therefore, the fossil Hexactinellida, by their peculiar

geological distribution, prove to be deep-sea dwellers almost

as clearly as their living relations, we obtain in these orga-

nisms an important datum for judging of the mode of forma-

tion of geological deposits.

The limitation of the fossil Hexactinellida to deep-sea

deposits, however, also necessarily involves their intermittent

occurrence, separated by long interruptions. In formations

which are at present known only under a littoral facies, there

are no Hexactinellida. The different sponge-horizons are

therefore also in part separated by enormous intervals of time.

Thus, for example, the Silurian forms are immediately fol-

lowed by the Upper Jurassic (no true spongitic deposits are

known in the Devonian, Carboniferous, and Dyas) ; and these

agai are separated by a wide interval from the Middle and

Upper Cretaceous. This best explains the fundamental dif-

ferences in the successive sponge-faunas in the Silurian, the

Jura, the Cretaceous, and the Miocene. Under these cir-

cumstances we ought rather to wonder that there are any

genera common to two formations, than that the Jurassic and

Cretaceous Hexactinellida, for example, present great differ-

ences.

Perhaps there are few divisions of the animal kingdom,

capable of preservation, of the phylogeny of which paleonto-

logy furnishes so fragmentary a picture. Our entire know-

ledge of the fossil Hexactinellida is limited to isolated and _

* Rutot, /.c. pl. iii. figs, 33, 34.

424 On a new Genus and Species of Cicindelide.

widely scattered remains of a developmental series, the inter-

mediate members of which, perhaps, lie buried in deposits now

immersed beneath the sea, or which are to be found only in un-

investigated parts of the earth. That under such conditions the

construction of genealogical trees must for the present, at least,

es an equally unprofitable and thankless task need hardly

be said.

[To be continued. |

LIV.—Deseription of a new Genus and Species of Cicindelidee

allied to Tetracha, from South Africa (Coleoptera Geode-

phaga). By CHARLES O. WATERHOUSE. ,

THE very interesting addition to the family Cicindelide here

described was obtained by Mr. Thelwall at Lake Nyassa in

South-eastern Africa, and, as will be seen from the following

characters, is intermediate between Megacephala and Tetracha.

STYPHLODERMA, gen. nov.

General characters of Tetracha. Apical joint of the palpi

much more securiform than in Tetracha. LElytra rather de-

pressed, elongate-ovate; shoulders completely effaced. Wings

none. Anterior tarsi of male with the first three joints only

slightly dilated; posterior tibize with two or three slight

grooves above. Abdomen with seven segments in the male,

the penultimate segment emarginate.

The anterior tarsi in the male of this insect resemble those

of Megacephala, with which it agrees also in being apterous ;

but in its other characters it agrees more nearly with Tetragha.

From this latter it differs in the form of the anterior tarsi, in

being apterous, and in having the apical joint of the palpi

much more securiform.

Styphloderma asperatum, sp. 0.

Nigrum, subnitidum ; genis eneis, palpis pallide piceis; thorace

postice parum angustato, convexo, supra antice posticeque sneo-

tincto et tuberculato, disco glabro; elytris elongato-ovalibus,

parum convexis, depressiusculis, subviolaceo-nigris, dense rugose

asperato-tuberculatis, singulis guttis duabus ferrugineis ; tarsis

piceis.

~Long. 104 lin., lat. 4 lin,

Head nearly smooth, with a shallow metallic impression at

On Carboniferous Sponges from Ayrshire. 425

the base of each antenna; cheeks green. Thorax rather

narrower than the width of the head across the eyes, convex,

narrowed at the base, the anterior and posterior borders

metallic, sprinkled with roundish tubercles; the disk gibbous.

There is an obtuse tooth at the side just before each posterior

angle; the base is gently arcuate, not lobed in the middle.

Elytra narrowed at their base, dull black, slightly tinged with

blue, the surface densely covered with conical tubercles which

are directed backwards ; each elytron has a small rusty spot

near the base and another near the apex. The elytra are

connate.

Hab. $8... Africa, Lake Nyassa. Brit. Mus.

A female example in Mr. Janson’s collection has the elytra

more ample, immaculate, and the sutural angle blunted.

LV.—On a Carboniferous Hyalonema and other Sponges from

Ayrshire. By Professor J. Youna and Mr. J. Youne,

[Plates XIV. & XV.]

THE rotten limestones of Cunningham Baidland, near Dalry,

in Ayrshire, were well known to Glasgow geologists, but,

singularly enough, the value of their contents was unknown till

the spring of 1876, when Mr. John Smith, of the Eglinton

Ironworks, Kilwinning, washed the powdery débris and ob-

tained, besides brachiopods, corals, &c., a quantity of sponge-

spicules, which he submitted to us for identification. We

exhibited Mr. Smith’s collection to the British Association at

its Glasgow Meeting in Sept. 1876, and in autumn to the

Natural History Society. As no siliceous sponges had pre-

viously been found in our Carboniferous strata, we referred the

spicules provisionally to M‘Coy’s Silurian genus Acantha-

spongia. In the same strata Serpula parailela, M‘Coy, is

abundant; and as a continental paleontologist, whose name

we have unfortunately lost, had already identified this fossil

as a glass sponge allied to Hyalonema, we suggested that the

spicules and the glass rods might possibly be found to belong

to the same organism.

In the ‘ Catalogue of Western Scottish Fossils,’ prepared for

the British Association Meeting of 1876, one of us briefly

referred to the spicules and our conjecture of their being a

part of a Hyalonema; but, in defect of direct evidence, the

fossils were catalogued ‘‘ Acanthaspongia Smithii, Y. and Y.,=

426 Prof. J. Young and Mr. J. Young on

Hyalonema (Serpula) parallelum, M‘Coy.” Soon afterwards

we found hexactinellid spicules on the same slab with ZH.

parallelum (Pl. XIV. fig. 4), and rods identical with that

fossil terminating in anchoring spicules (figs. 15, 16, 17).

Nail-like and sexradiate spicules we had previously found in

a matted mass (fig. 30).

The plates accompanying this paper were prepared early in

the present year, and therefore do not include all the varieties

which have since come into our possession through the

kindness of Messrs. Smith and Armstrong. Mr. H. J. Carter,

who published a preliminary note in the ‘Annals’ for Septem-

ber, and with whom we have since been in correspondence,

has courteously postponed the publication of his second com-

munication till we have made public the results at which we

had previously arrived. ‘The present communication has been

delayed in the hope of obtaining further information as to the

geological and chemical conditions under which the strata

were deposited and subsequently altered; but as the accumu- -

lation of this kind of evidence is necessarily a slow process,

we do not think it right longer to hold back our notes. We

shall commence with the form which first secured our atten-

tion.

1. Hyalonema Smithii, Y. & Y.

Serpula parallela, M‘Coy.

Acanthaspongia Smithn, Y. & Y.

Sponge-body unknown. Spicules of three kinds :—a, nail-

like, some with four tapering, generally unequal, arms, a fifth

projecting at right angles to these, others approaching the

sexradiate type by the projection of a rounded, sometimes

stalked, process opposite to the fifth; 5, sexradiate, with the

arms of various sizes but always projecting, and of various

number, either by reduction or by the adhesion of other

spicules ; c, long, smooth, slender, tubular rods (the Serpula

parallela, M‘Coy), tapering towards the extremity and ending

in the anchoring hooklets, the tip of the rod being either not,

or only slightly, inflated. The rods are of unknown length,

the longest fragments found at Trearne being 12 inches, and of

various thicknesses from one fortieth of an inch to nearly a line

in diameter ; the central canal is capillary, making up from one

sixth to one eighth of the total diameter. The fragments

bearing the anchoring hooklets are from one eighth to five

eighths of an inch in length. The sexradiate spicules range from

one fourth to one eighth of an inch in diameter; the nail-like spi-

cules from three eighths to one sixteenth of an inch in diameter.

Locality. Cunningham Baidland, Dalry, Ayrshire.

Carboniferous Sponges from Ayrshire. 427

We have referred this sponge to Hyalonema rather than to

Rossella, because the rope is shorter and the spicules are

larger, though, on the other hand, the rods are smooth as in

Rossella, not spinulose as in Hyalonema. The combination

of characters might be less marked were we able to appropriate

to our species the other kinds of spicules proper to it. The

sponges previously found in British Paleozoic rocks are

M‘Coy’s Silurian genus Acanthaspongia, Salter’s Silurian

genus Amphispongia, and Salter’s Silurian genus Proto-

spongia, the latter of which is placed by Zittel alongside of

Steganodictyum, the two former, the first certainly, being

referred to the Lyssakina of Marshall, in which Hyalonema is

placed; but we do not propose to discuss their affinities so long

as the information at our disposal is incomplete. We regret,

however, that Zittel has (N. Jahrbuch, 1877, p. 371) placed

our species in the subgroup Monakide of Marshall, and thus

removed it from the Pollakide, among which Rossella and

Hyalonema are found. While we think H. Smithit a good

species, we do not say it is the only one. The variety in size

of the sexradiate spicules is not necessarily a proof of specific

diversity ; it may only correspond to variety in age and size of

the individuals. Among the many parcels of the rotten lime-

stone which Mr. Smith has distributed, some may yield com-

binations of spicules 7m s¢tu, throwing light on the specific

unity or diversity.

The mode of fossilization of these objects is interesting.

The rope is very widely distributed throughout the Scottish

Limestones, and in all cases is siliceous; but its condition

varies : on the one hand it is only slightly more opaque than the

rope of recent forms; on the other, the siliceous material may

(figs. 5, 6) have deserted its proper place and be found outside

a circular empty tube in whose middle a siliceous rod repre-

sents the once empty canal. Again, the concentric lamination

of the recent forms may be recognizable (fig. 9) even though

the rod be compact, horny, and yellow; while, on the other hand,

a rod of botryoidal chalcedony (fig. 10) may represent the once

homogeneous cylinder. In fig. 1 some of the dark lines repre-

sent spaces from which the rods have disappeared, an irregular

congeries of chalcedony spheroids taking their place. Lastly,

another though rare modification is that by which (especially

in the sexradiate spicules) the siliceous matter assumes a

granular form. Evidence of the pressure to which the fossil

has been subjected is given by the longitudinal grooves which

adjacent rods have imprinted on each other, whether the

pressure resulted from compression or from expansion of the

silica during metamorphosis.

428 Prof. J. Young and Mr. J. Young on

The following are the localities in which portions of Hya-

lonema are found besides Cunningham Baidland :—Auchen-

skeoch, Dalry, in shale, rope abundant in 38 or 4 inch lengths,

spicules very rare; Howrat Quarry, Dalry, in limestone, rope

only ; Dockra, Hillhead, and 'Trearne quarries, near Beith, in

limestone, rope; Waterland Quarry, Dunlop, Ayrshire, in

weathered limestone, rope and spicules; Brockley, Lesma-

hagow, in shale, rope; Corrieburn, on the Campsie Hills,

in shale, rope; Bathgate, in limestone and shale, rope;

Chapel Quarry, near Kirkaldy, Fifeshire, in limestone on

nearly the same horizon, rope. Doubtless the rope is found

in many other districts, but the spicules, though found in

one or two places by the Geological Survey, have only been

got in abundance and good preservation in the Dalry district.

2. HAPLISTION, nov. gen. (Pl. XV. figs. 31-37.)

General form massive, spheroidal, attached (?). Skeleton

composed of close-set similar fibres, which are collected into

more compact bundles, and end at the surface with truncated

extremities, between adjacent oscula or groups of oscula, this

arrangement giving the fossil a very rugose aspect. Oscula

numerous, inconspicuous, leading into canals which traverse

the mass without forming definite cellular planes. No ter-

minal aperture or internal cavity visible.

Species Haplistion Armstrong?, n. sp.

Size. Length five eighths, breadth three eighths of an inch.

Locality. Cunningham Baidland.

The three examples figured (the only ones which we pos-

sessed last year), a fourth belonging to Mr. Armstrong im-

bedded in a cake-like flint nodule, and a fitth which we

believe identical, found at Arbigland by Mr. J. Thomson, are

the only specimens of whose existence we are aware. No

spicules have been recognized as belonging to the fossil,

though the teazed-out tissue lining the canals in fig. 34 has a

tantalizing suggestion of spicules about it. The curiously

parallel fibres, which seem to be not spinulose, terminate in

the knobs (figs. 32, 33), so as to suggest the possibility of their

having once projected free from the surface like the whiskers

of Labaria. 'The sponge (figs. 31, 32, 33) is. siliceous.

Figs. 34-37 represent two which have undergone the change

above referred to, having assumed a granular aspect, the

' distinctness of the component parts being at the same time

impaired. It is not, therefore, absolutely certain that we

have to do with a siliceous sponge; it may be that a horny

sponge like Dysidea has become silicified, as have the brachio-

Carboniferous Sponges from Ayrshire. 429

pod shells in the same deposit. The absence of a central

cavity may be due to pressure by which the canals in fig. 34

are reduced in number, and certainly such pressure would

affect a horny more readily than a siliceous sponge. The

original of fig. 31 is of a greyish-white colour, and under the

microscope has the look of grey pumice, so dry and harsh does

it seem. We have been unable to separate fibres for exa-

mination by transmitted light, and doubt if they are sufficiently

translucent to show any thing.

We have dedicated the species to Mr. J. Armstrong, a

Glasgow paleontologist, to whom we owe this and many other

interesting forms.,

3. A Species of the Group Gummina.

The spicules (figs. 18,,28, 42, 43) so closely resemble the

biternate spicules figured by Schmidt and others from Corti-

cium candelabrum, that, though no birotulate spicules have

been found, we think ourselves justified in referring these

fossils to an allied genus. They are of gigantic size as com-

pared with living forms ; but they are so important a feature of

the rotten limestone that we would name them provisionally

Chlamys magna, so as to help future collectors and, it may be,

hasten their identification with the parent organism, though the

composition of the Gummina renders this last improbable.

The drawings for this paper were completed in February last,

before we had recognized their probable nature. We have

now large series of specimens, which we shall illustrate later.

Locality. Cunningham Baidland.

4, Incrusting Sponge?

Plate XV. fig. 41 represents a curiously branched fragment

which one of us (Mr. Young) thinks may be an incrusting

sponge encasing an organism whose decay has left a hollow

cast. These fragments are numerous, and present considerable

diversity of form ; but their structure is the same, granular and

tinged yellow with iron. They have evidently undergone

considerable metamorphism.

Mr. Carter has described (‘ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ 1873,

xil. p. 458) a condition of the vitreohexactinellid sponges in

which the vitreous fibre has become hollow by absorption of

the hexactinellid spicules, and even of the vitreous fibre itself

in part. There is no proof of any Carboniferous sponge

belonging to the Aphrocallistes group; but it is possible that

our fig. 41 may represent a fragment of Haplistion incrusted

430 Prof. J. Young and Mr. J. Young on

with siliceous matter which had or acquired the granular con-

dition, and which has since been removed, leaving a hollow

core to the incrustation (cf Pl. XIV. figs. 5, 6).

5. Unrecognized Forms.

We have given a large number of drawings with the view

of calling attention to certain forms whose identity is obscure

or unknown to us.

A. Figs. 38-40 are of objects which we at first thought to

belong to Haplistion; but we are now doubtful of the reference.

They are silicified plates enclosing irregular cavities. They

may be fragments of the skeleton of a hexactinellid sponge

whose nail-like spicules have become deformed by siliceous

deposit ; but the possibility of their radiolarian character has

been suggested.

B. The series figs. 42-51 represents objects which have

some resemblance to part of the foregoing; but their variety is

considerable, and we have not space to illustrate all the types.

C. The stellate spicules (figs. 13, 18, 19, 24, 26, 27, 29) have

probably dropped out from other sponges. ‘These spicules are

of three kinds :—1, smooth (figs. 13, 18, 19, 26) ; 2, pustu-

late (figs. 27, 29); 3, cushioned (fig. 24). It is impossible to

refer them to any of the species we have described ; they may,

indeed, be parts of forms not yet recognized.

Geological Position of the Sponges.

The Carboniferous Limestone in West Scotland is divided

into an upper and lower series by a mass of coals, tronstones,

and shales, which are in part replaced in North Ayrshire by

volcanic rocks. The Lower Limestones are again divided

into an upper and lower group by from 10 to 40 feet of shales.

The beds at Cunningham Baidland in which the sponges

were found belong to the upper member of the Lower Lime-

stones, in which group also volcanic rocks occur. ‘The

limestones show, when undenuded, a thickness of 40 feet (R.

Craig “On the Carboniferous Basin of Dalry,” Trans. Geol.

Soc. Glasgow, ili. p. 275); but at Cunningham Baidland the

quarry-section shows only between 20 and 30 feet. The rock

is very much jointed, traversed by vertical fissures; and

slicken-sided faces abound. At the north end of the quarry

a narrow dyke of dolerite runs nearly east and west. These

limestones are among the most fossiliferous in West Scotland ;

but the organisms are not equally distributed. Certain layers

abound in the remains of Corals of different genera and species;

in others Brachiopods, Producte, &c. are the chief feature,

Carboniferous Sponges from Ayrshire. 431

along with Polyzoa and Ostracoda; while another group is

almost exclusively made up of the remains of large Crinoids.

Cephalopods and Gasteropods are rare in this series of lime-

stones; and the teeth of Placoid fishes are only occasionally

met with. The Sponge-remains are not confined to a single

horizon, though they appear to be more common in the shelly

limestone. Neither are they restricted to the purer limestones,

being found in the calcareous shales as well. The Central

Scottish limestones were not deposited in so deep a sea as

that in which the English limestones were laid down; and in

the west of Scotland there is evidence of repeated oscillations,

whose occurrence goes against the supposition that the water

was deep. The shales which separate the sponge-bearing

limestones from the inferior division of the Lower Limestone

series are argillaceous and bituminous, with beds of foul coal

and of volcanic ash; while above the upper division of the

same series (that is, above the sponge-bearing beds), as at

Trearne, St¢gmaria and other coal-plants with carbonaceous

shales tell of recurrent land and shallow water. From these

considerations and from comparison of the list of fossils given

by Mr. Craig in the paper above referred to, we do not think

the Hyalonema lived in such deep water as do some, at least,

of its modern representatives—not all, if HZ. cebuense, Higgins,

was obtained by diving; for, as Mr. Higgins says, the depth

could not, then, have exceeded 60 feet.

It is in the joints and fissures of the Cunningham-Baidland

limestone that the sponges and other fossils have been found

in most perfect condition amongst the weathered débris of the

rock. The limestone in this quarry and generally throughout

the district is greyish white ; but the rotten limestone of the

fissures is dark reddish brown, the colour being found, on

analysis, to be due to the presence of iron associated with

three or four per cent. of manganese. Distributed throughout

the limestone in this and other quarries where it is worked

are thin bands and nodular masses of greyish flint which

enclose the organisms of the deposit, and which seem to have

been formed by chemical segregation from silica in solution.

Mr. R. O. Wood has suggested as the source of part, at least,

of this silica, the voleanic rocks and ashes which are so plen-

tiful in the superjacent strata; and the existence of thermal

springs may also have had a share, as was suggested by Prof.

Ramsay in the case of many of our altered Scottish limestones.

To the possible presence of thermal springs Mr. Young is

inclined to attribute the abundance of corals met with on this

horizon throughout the western district. It is worthy of note

that some of the apparently good limestones are unfit for the

432 On Carboniferous Sponges from Ayrshire.

furnace, on account of the quantity of silica which cements the

organisms. ‘The masses of flint seem in places to have

squeezed the matrix around them as if by expansion. ‘The

calcareous organisms enclosed are entirely silicified, the cal-

cite being wholly replaced.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV. & XV.

[All the figures were drawn by camera lucida. Fig. 4 is natural size ;

the actual sizes of the othexs are indicated alongside of the figures.

I omitted to tell the lithographers that the plates had been drawn seven

months ago, and had not been retouched. ,Where the finer lines were

found to have disappeared the lithographers took every pains to compen-

sate for my Reale |

A., specimens in Mr. Armstrong’s Cabinet; S., in Mr. Smith’s ;

Y., in Mr. Young’s,

Fig. 1. Hyalonema Smithii, n.sp. Fragment of rope. Cunningham

Baidland. Y.

Fig. 2. End view of same specimen.

Fig. 3. H. Smithi. A few of the rods, enlarged, to show varying diame-

ters in bundle.

Fig. 4. The same, showing sexradiate spicules alongside of rope. Auchen-

skepch. Y.

Figs. 5 and 6. The same, showing removal of rod and replacement of

central canal by siliceous rod. Y.

Figs. 7 and 8. The same, transverse section of rods. Y.

Fiy. 9. The same, vertical section of rod, showing central canal and striz

answering to concentric layers.

Fig. 10. The same, botryoidal structure. Y.

Figs. 11, 12, 12a, 14, 20, 21, 22, 23. The same, sexradiate spicules of

various types. Y.

Figs. 13, 19, 26. The same, stellate spicules, smooth. Y.

Figs. 15, 16, 17, 25. The same, anchoring hooklets. Y.

Fig. 24. Stellate spicule, cushioned. Y.

Figs. 27, 29. Stellate spicules, pustulate. Y.

Figs. 18, 28, 42, 48. Chlamys magna. Biternate spicules. Y. and 8.

Fig. 30. Hyalonema Smithu. Nail-like spicules matted together in posi-

tion.

Fig. 31. Haplistion Armstrong, n. sp. A.

Figs. 32, 33. The same. Successive enlargement of part of surface of

fig. 51. In fig. 33 the simple fibres are well seen, and their

truncated ends on the knobs.

Figs. 34, 35. The same. Opposite faces of another specimen, showing

oscula and internal canals. A.

Fig. 36. The same. Enlargement of part of fig. 54.

Fig. 37. The same, showing unusually prominent ridges. A.

Figs. 38, 89, 40. Undetermined forms.

Fig. 41. Incrusting sponge ?, hollow, tubular. Y.

Figs. 44-51. Various branching forms from the rotten limestone. 8.

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan. 433

LV1.—Preliminary Notes on new Fishes collected in Japan

during the Expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ By Dr. A.

GONTHER, F.R.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department,

British Museum.

THE collection of fishes made during the expedition of

H.M.S8. ‘Challenger’ having been intrusted to me for exa-

mination, I propose to give preliminary diagnoses of the fishes

of some of the faunistic districts, as the execution of the plates

will, of necessity, retard the publication of the complete account.

Typical specimens of the species described will be deposited

in the British Museum after the completion of the work.

Centrophorus squamulosus.

Snout much produced, the mouth being nearly midway be-

tween the first gill-opening and the end of the snout. The

distance between the nostrils is two fifths of the length of the

preoral portion of the snout. ‘The labial fold extends a little

way along the margins of the mouth. Pectoral short, with

the lower angle rounded, not produced. The first dorsal

small; its base (without spine) is shorter than that of the

second, and nearly one sixth of the distance between the two

fins. Spines very small, scarcely projecting beyond the skin.

Extremity of the ventral fins below the end of the second

dorsal, The scales are tricuspid, with a median keel, and so

minute as to give a velvety appearance to the skin. Uniform

deep black.

Off Inosima.

Centrophorus foliaceus.

Snout much produced, the mouth being nearer to the first

gill-opening than to the end of the snout. The distance

between the nostrils is two sevenths of the length of the pra-

oral portion of the snout. The labial fold extends a little way

along the margins of the mouth, the angle of the mouth being

received in a deep longitudinal slit of the skin. The anterior

teeth of the upper jaw triangular, erect ; the lateral slightly

oblique ; they are arranged intwo regular rows. No median

tooth in the lower jaw. Pectoral short, with the lower angle

rectangular, not produced. Dorsal spines strong, nearly as

high as the fins. The first dorsal rather lower than the se-

cond, but with its base longer, the length of the base (without

spine) being two fifths of the distance between the two fins.

Iixtremity of the ventral fin a little behind the dorsal spine.

The scales are pedunculated, terminating in three spines, of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 30

434 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan.

which the middle is the longest, corresponding to a strong

median keel of the scale. Uniform greyish.

Off Inosima.

Raja isotrachys.

Snout rather produced, the anterior margins meeting at

nearly a right angle. The width of the interorbital space

equals the length of the orbits. The distance between the

outer margins of the nostrils equals their distance from the

end of the snout. Teeth small, each with a point directed

backwards towards the interior of the buccal cavity. Outer .

pectoral angle rounded ; but the margins of the fin would meet

at a right angle. Body and tail entirely covered on the upper

surface with minute asperities, each with a stellate base. No

spines on the superciliary margin. <A single small spine in

the middle of the back. A series of rather strong spines

(eighteen) along the median line of the tail, none on the sides.

Upper parts uniform brownish grey; lower parts smooth,

brownish black.

Coast of Southern Japan.

Sebastes macrochir.

Did cA ) BTiS. \W.lat. ca. AD.

The height of the body is contained thrice and one fourth

in the total length without caudal; the length of the head

twice and a half. Scales rather regularly arranged. Eye

very large, one third the length of the head, much longer than

the snout. Mouth wide; the maxillary extending to behind

the middle of the eye. The bands of intermaxillary teeth are

of moderate breadth ; but those of the vomer, palatines, and

mandible are very narrow. Interorbital space flattish, scale-

less, narrow, its width being only two fifths of the diameter of

the orbit. Occipital region flat, with some rudimentary scales.

A series of spines runs along each side of the forehead and

occiput. It consists of a spine in front of the orbit, three

above it, and two on each side of the occiput. Infraorbital

ridge with strong spines. Preoperculum with five pointed

spines on the margin. Each ramus of the mandible with five

large muciferousapertures. Dorsal spines rather feeble; the third

to the sixth are the longest, two fifths of the length of the head.

Anal spine stronger, but shorter than the longest of the dorsal.

Caudal truncated. The pectoral fin is extremely broad, the

five or six lower rays being elongated beyond the extremity

of those next above them. Their extremities are somewhat

thickened ; and they, like the similar outer ventral rays, serve

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan. 435

as an organ of locomotion. The pectoral rays extend to the

ventral rays beyond the vent. The latter are as long as the

head without snout.

Red, with a large black spot on the posterior half of the

spinous dorsal, and with another between the anal spines.

Inland Sea.

Sebastes oblongus.

Allied to 8. inermis and pachycephalus.

D. 12 |4. A. L. lat. ca. 65.

The height of the body is contained thrice and a half

in the total length without caudal; the length of the

head twice and three fifths. The scales are rather irregu-

larly arranged, and much smaller above than below the

lateral line; on the upperside of the head they advance

to the nostrils, very minute ones covering even the pre-

orbital. The snout is pointed and much longer than the eye,

the diameter of which is one sixth of the length of the

head, and equal to the width of the flat interorbital space.

None of the spines on the upperside of the head project; and

those of the praoperculum are obtuse and denticulated. ‘The

teeth form broad villiform bands in the jaws as well as on

the vomer and palatine bones. The maxillary reaches to the

vertical from the hind margin of the eye. Dorsal spines

strong; the fourth to the seventh are the longest, two fifths of

the length of the head. Anal spines stronger, but much

shorter than the longest of the dorsal. Brownish marbled

with darker ; lower parts and all the fins with brown spots ; an

oblique brown streak from the preorbital towards the angle

of the preoperculum.

Inland Sea.

Scorpena miostoma.

Allied to Sc. zanzibarensis and Sc. longicornis, but with a

considerably narrower mouth.

D11|% Az LL. lat. 45:

Palatine teeth; the vomerine teeth form a simple open

V-shaped band. The height of the body is less than the

length of the head, which is contained twice and one third in

the total length without caudal. Head nearly entirely scale-

less. Upper jaw slightly overlapping the lower. Orbital

tentacles broad, fringed, shorter than the eye, which equals

the length of the snout. Interorbital space deeply concave,

with a pair of slight ridges within its concavity. Vertex with

30*

436 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan.

a quadrate depression, which is rather broader than long and

surrounded by spines. The maxillary does not extend back-

wards to below the middle of the eye. All the cutaneous

appendages on the head, body, and fins are well developed.

The fourth and fifth dorsal spines are the longest, two fifths

of the length of the head, and equal to the second of the anal

fin, which, however, is stronger. Hight of the pectoral rays

are branched. Body and fins marbled with the usual colours

of this genus, but without any peculiar markings. The axil

of the pectoral is scarcely spotted ; and the lower part of the

head is white.

Market of Yokohama.

Polymixia japonica.

D3. A.= V.1/6. L. lat. ca. 60. L. transy. 8/17.

The upper jaw projects more beyond the lower than in

either of the two other species. The maxillary extends to

below the hind margin of the eye, which is one third of the

length of the head. Six vertical series of scales on the cheek.

Ventral fins short, rather more than one third of the length of

the head. ‘Top of the dorsal and extremities of the caudal

lobes black.

Off Inosima.

Platycephalus rudis.

Ded | Bil) Else Al yn Aa late cas 10s

The length of the head is one third of the total without

caudal ; and its width between the preeopercular spines is more

than one half of its length. All the bones on the upper sur-

face and the scales covering its sides are rough. ‘The space

between the eyes is concave, its width being one half of the

vertical diameter of the eye. Superciliary edge serrated ;

ridges with distant spines along the infraorbital and above the

operculum, the central ridges of the crown of the head being

rather obscure. Opercular ridge not serrated. Three spines

at the angle of the preeoperculum, the lower of which is the

smallest, the upper the longest, but only half the length of

the eye. Only the foremost part of the lateral line is spiny.

Ventral fins reaching to the anal. Greyish, with black dots

on the trunk and operculum. The spinous dorsal and ven-

tral black, the second dorsal and pectoral with blackish dots.

Caudal irregularly marbled with blackish.

Market of Yokohama.

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan. 437

Gobius yokohame.

Dope CALLS) Ta dat. 26:

The height of the body is contained four times and a

half in the total length (without caudal); the length of

the head thrice and three fourths. Snout obtuse, as long

as the eye, the diameter of which is more than one fourth

of the length of the head. Eyes very close together;

mouth oblique, with the jaws subequal in front, reaching to

below the front margin of the eye; a very small canine tooth

on each side of the lower jaw; head and occiput naked, but

nape covered with small scales. A wide pore in front and

behind the interorbital space, and two others behind the eye ;

they are the openings of the muciferous channels. Seven

longitudinal series of scales between the second dorsal and the

anal; the ventral fin terminates at some distance from the vent,

which is midway between the root of the caudal and the pre-

operculum. Dorsal fins rather lower than the body; caudal

slightly pointed, as long as the head. Light brownish olive,

with a series of five brown spots along the lower half of the

body, the last being on the root of the caudal and the most

distinct ; a triangular black spot occupies the lower angle of

the operculum ; gill-membrane on the throat blackish.

Small as this species is (24 inches) it is adult, a female,

having the ovaries fully developed.

Yokohama Bay.

Lepidopus tenuis.

1 Oy oo Ma: Pare

This species is distinguished at the first glance by the ex-

traordinary slenderness of the body, the depth of which is not

much more than one fourth of the length of the head; the

latter is two fifths of the length of the trunk, and one seventh

of the total. The lateral teeth are comparatively stronger and

fewer in number than in L. caudatus. ‘The terminal portion

of the tail becomes so slender that its entire depth 1s occupied

by the mucous canal of the lateral line, which is very wide.

Caudal fin very small. The anterior anal rays are not free,

but hidden below the skin. Uniform silvery.

Off Inosima.

Strembo grandis.

Head rather short and broad, with obtuse snout overlapping

the lower jaw. Eye small, about one third the length of the

snout, and one eleventh of that of the head. Mouth rather

438 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan.

wide, the maxillary extending to behind the eye, barbels none.

Teeth of the jaws, vomer, and palatine bones in villiform

bands. Nostrils gaping, oval openings, of which the anterior

is surrounded by amembranous wall. Preeoperculum crescent-

shaped, without any armature ; operculum with a strong spine

above.

Scales minute ; -also the entire head, even the space between

the nostrils, covered with minute scales. Lateral line indis-

tinct for the greater part of its course.

The dorsal fin is, like the anal, enveloped in a thick, scaly

skin. It commences with short rays above the middle of the

pectoral fin. ‘The pectoral is rounded, broad, and remarkably

short, about half as long as the head. Ventrals inserted below

the angle of the preoperculum, at some distance behind the

symphysis of the humerus. Lach ventral filament is bifid,

the inner part being the longest. Distance of the vent from

the root of the pectoral more than the length of the head. -

Brown; darker behind, lighter in front. Fins blackish.

Cavity of the mouth grey, peritoneum black.

Total length 294 inches, length of the head 52 inches, length

of ventral filament 3 inches. Distance of the vent from the

snout 121 inches.

South of Yeddo.

Macrurus macrochir.

LOL ONS

Snout produced, tetrahedral, rather longer than the large

eye; a bony ridge runs along the median line of the upper

side of the snout, and a fold of the skin along that of the

anterior side. Interorbital space slightly convex, its width

being somewhat more than the diameter of the eye. Infra-

orbital ridge low. Mouth rather wide, more lateral than in

the other species of this genus. Barbel very small. Teeth

“en carde,” in a narrow band in the upper jaw, and in a

single series in the lower. No scaleless fossa on the side of

the temple. The two limbs of the preoperculum meet at a

somewhat acute angle, which is produced backwards.

The second dorsal spine is smooth and slender; and the

second dorsal fin commences at a distance behind the first

which is about one half of the length of the head. Pectoral

fin remarkably long, extending to the origin of the second

dorsal, and equal in length to the head the snout not included.

The outer ventral ray not produced.

Scales rather thin, with from eight to ten finely crenulated

radiating ridges, which do not project beyond the margin of

the scale, ‘There are five scales in a transverse series between

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan. 439

the first dorsal and the lateral line. The head is covered with

similar radiated scales, but irregular as regards size and ar-

rangement; lower limb of the preeoperculum scaly.

Browuish black.

Off Inosima.

Macrurus parallelus.

LD TOT 37:

Snout much produced, subtrihedral, pointed, nearly twice

as long as the large eye. Scales with five or even seven

spiny ridges, which are nearly parallel to one another, and of

which the middle one is the strongest, terminating in a more

or less strongly projecting spine. Head covered all over with

irregular, spiny, tubercle-like scales, of which those along the

infraorbital crest and along two lines on each side of the

crown of the head are the strongest. There are five scales in

a transverse series between the first dorsal and the lateral line.

No scaleless fossa on the temple. Outer ventral ray produced

into a short filament.

Off Inosima.

Coryphenoides longifilis.

hed Pal cs aia 2 bes

Snout as in a Gadus, swollen, obtuse, not projecting beyond

the mouth, the jaws being equal. Hye rather large, but .

shorter than the snout, the length of which equals the width

of the interorbital space. Mouth very wide, extending nearly

to below the hind margin of the eye. Teeth of the outer series

in the upper jaw much stronger than the others; those of the

lower strong, in a single series. Barbel minute. Preeoper-

culum with the hind margin not excised, with the angle

rounded, and both limbs scaly.

Scales rather thin and small, with about five feeble radiating

keels: There are thirteen or fourteen scales in a transverse

series between the first dorsal and the lateral line. The

second dorsal spine is feeble, somewhat produced, obscurely

denticulated in front. The second dorsal fin commences im-

mediately behind the first. Pectoral much prolonged, as long

as the head. The outer ventral ray produced into an exceed-

ingly long stiff filament. Brownish black.

South of Yeddo.

Coryphenoides altipinnis.

be 9 Aa 6 am eB

The snout is rather short, slightly projecting beyond the

mouth, with a prominent tubercle in the middle. Kye large,

440 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan.

not much shorter than the snout,.or than the width of’ the

interorbital space. Mouth extending beyond the middle of

the eye. Teeth of the outer series visibly stronger than the

remainder. Barbel shorter than the eye. Preeoperculum

with the hind margin not excised, and with both limbs densely

scaly.

Scales with five radiating spiny ridges, the spines. being

very small. There are eleven or twelve scales in a transverse

series between the first dorsal and the lateral line. Second

dorsal spine considerably produced, armed in front with rather

distant barbs. ‘The second dorsal fin commences at a short

distance behind the first. The outer ventral ray produced

into a filament.

South of Yeddo.

Coryphenoides nasutus.

DLS 2s Ay LO.) VO.

Snout obtusely conical, with a rather sharp upper edge, and

‘ with a projecting barb in the middle. The snout projects

beyond the mouth, the cleft of which does not quite reach to

below the middle of the eye. The teeth of the outer series are

scarcely stronger than the remainder. Barbel very small.

The width of the interorbital space is not quite equal to the

vertical diameter of the eye.

The scales are equally rough over the whole of their sur-

face, the spinelets being subequal in size, densely packed,

and not arranged in series. ‘There are seven or eight scales

in a transverse series between the first dorsal and the lateral

line. Second dorsal spine somewhat produced, armed along

its anterior edge with barbs pointing upwards and rather

closely set. ‘The second dorsal fin commences at a considera-

ble distance behind the first, the distance being equal to the

length of the head. The outer ventral ray produced into a

long filament.

South of Yeddo.

Coryphenoides asper.

1D, 24 Vi. 10210.

Snout short, slightly projecting beyond the mouth. Eye of

moderate size, not much shorter than the snout. Interorbital

space flat, wider than the eye. Mouth extending to below

the middle of the eye. Teeth of the outer series stronger than

the remainder. Barbel rather shorter than the eye. Pra-

operculum with the hind margin not excised, and with both

limbs densely scaly.

Scales with five radiating series of strong and low spines.

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan. 441

There are six scales in a transverse series between the first

dorsal and the lateral line. Second dorsal spine considerably

produced, armed in front with rather distant barbs. The

second dorsal fin commences at a short distance behind the

first. The outer ventral ray produced into a filament. Black.

South of the Philippines and Japan.

Coryphenoides leptolepis.

Der cD:

The snout is rather long ; but its front portion projects but

slightly beyond the mouth. The eye is comparatively small,

about half the length of the snout, and much less than the

width of the interorbital space. Mouth wide, extending to

below the hind margin of the eye. ‘he teeth of the outer

series are much stronger than those of the villiform band.

Barbels as long as the eye. The preoperculum with the

hind margin excised, and with the angle rounded and pro-

duced backwards; in young examples the lower margin is

toothed. Lower. limb of the preoperculum scaleless.

Scales thin and deciduous ; most with five or seven radia-

ting keels, some, especially on the back, nearly or quite

smooth. There are seven or eight scales in ‘a transverse

series between the first dorsal and the lateral line. Second

dorsal spine slightly produced, with barbs in front, which are

rather distantly arranged. The second dorsal fin commences

at a short distance behind the first. The outer ventral ray

produced into a long filament.

Off the coasts of Brazil and Japan, Mid-Pacific.

Coryphenoides villosus.

PY Nae

Snout compressed, very slightly projecting beyond the

mouth, short, not longer than the eye, which is of moderate

size. Interorbital space broader than the eye. Mouth rather

small, not extending to below the centre of the eye. Infra-

orbital ridge very obsolete. Teeth in villiform bands in both

jaws. Barbel very small and slender.

The scales are armed with erect spines, which give to the

body the appearance of being covered with short villosities.

A series of stronger spines runs along each side of the base of

the second dorsal and anal fins. The second dorsal spine is

very slender, smooth; the second dorsal fin commences imme-

diately behind the first. The outer ventral ray produced into

a very short filament. Blackish.

South of Yeddo.

442 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan.

Pleuronectes yokohame.

D. 68-72. A. 52.

The height of the body is contained twice and one sixth

in the total length (without caudal); the lengtn of the

head four times. Snout shorter than the eye, the dia-

meter of which is one fifth of the length of the head;

lower jaw prominent; maxillary as long as the eye; the

upper jaw with a series of fifteen truncated teeth on the

blind side, none on the other; eyes separated by a very

narrow space covered with rudimentary scales. Scales

small, cycloid, imbricate, larger about the lateral line than

elsewhere ; the anterior curve of the lateral line is strong in

an adult specimen, but much more open in a young one;

its width equals the length of the pectoral; pectoral more

than half as long as the head; ventrals entirely separate ;

fin-rays smooth; the dorsal commences immediately behind

the front margin of the orbit. The free portion of the tail

much higher than long. Gill-rakers very short, aboutten on

the first branchial arch. Blackish brown, uniform or indi-

stinctly mottled with darker. In the young specimen the

rays of the vertical fins are dotted with brown, five or six of

them (of the dorsal as well as of the anal) having a broad

black ring. In the adult example those fin-rays are uniformly

Yokohama Bay.

Leuciscus hakuensis.

D0. ALLO. i. lat, 75. etransy. toe:

The height of the body is one fourth of the total length

(without caudal) ; the length of the head two ninths. The

diameter of the eye is one fifth of the length of the head, and

two thirds of the length of the snout, or of the width of the

interorbital space. ‘The head is remarkably small, with nar-

row, pointed snout, the cleft of the mouth being oblique and

not reaching to the front margin of the eye. Upper jaw

overlapping the lower. Origin of the dorsal fin above the

root of the ventrals, midway between the snout and the root

of the caudal fin; fins generally small and short, the pectoral

being not more than one half of its distance from the ventral.

Scales very indistinctly striated; there are eight longitudinal

series between the lateral line and ventral fin. Pharyngeal

teeth 5 | 2, pointed. Coloration uniform.

Lake Hakou.

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan. 443

Family Bathythrisside.

Body oblong, with rounded abdomen, covered with cycloid

scales; head naked; barbels none. Margin of the upper jaw

formed by the intermaxillaries mesially, and by the maxil-

laries laterally. Opercular apparatus complete. Adipose fin

none ; dorsal fin much elongate, many-rayed ; anal fin short.

Stomach with a blind sac; pyloric appendages numerous.

Gill-apparatus well developed; pseudobranchize; gill-open-

ings wide; an air-bladder. Ova very small; ovaries without

duct.

BATHYTHRISSA.

Body covered with scales of moderate size. Head narrow,

oblong, with the muciferous channels much developed. Hye

large. Mouth narrow, coregonoid, with bands of minute teeth

imbedded in the thick lips; maxillary with a marginal row of

very small teeth. Caudal fin forked, with a dense layer of

small scales. Air-bladder with very thick walls, terminating

in two short horns in front, pointed behind.

Bathythrissa dorsalis.

B.6." Di 56)" AL12. V.'9.. “Li. lat. 112. 1h. transv. 8/13;

Cee. pylor. 14.

The general aspect of this remarkable fish is that of a much

elongate Coregonus, its greatest depth being one fifth of the

length of the body (without caudal). The head is low, elon-

gate, one fourth of that length; the large eye, the diameter of

which is rather more than one fourth of the length of the

head, occupies nearly the middle of its length, slightly en-

croaching upon the upper profile. The width of the interor-

bital space is much less than the diameter of the eye. Snout

projecting beyond the mouth asin a Coregonus ; mouth late-

rally extending to below the anterior nostril; the labial fold

of the mandible does not extend across the symphysis. Nos-

trils close together, separated by a membrane only. The

muciferous channel of the infraorbital is longitudinally divided

by a straight ridge; angle of the preeoperculum somewhat

produced backwards; operculum small; sub- and interoper-

culum narrow.

Scales very regularly arranged ; lateral line straight, run-

ning along the middle of the tail.

The vent is situated far backwards, its distance from the

caudal being less than the length of the head.

The dorsal fin is low, but the anterior rays are somewhat

444 Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan.

the longest ; it commences above the middle of the pectoral,

and terminates above the middle of the anal. Also the anal

rays are short, the anterior being the longest. The caudal

fin is deeply forked, densely covered with scales. ‘The pecto-

rals are more, the ventrals less than half as long as the head.

Ventrals inserted midway between the anal and the head.

Upper parts brownish, shining silvery ; lower parts silvery,

minutely dotted with brown.

Off Inosima.

Salmo macrostoma.

Be 12 Det se AS ae at eae laos

This fish is distinguished by its remarkably pointed snout,

the upper jaw being rather the longer, and by its wide oblique

mouth. ‘lhe narrow and slightly curved maxillary extending

considerably behind the hind margin of the orbit. The head

is small, only one fourth of the total length without caudal.

Eye small, nearly one seventh of the length of the head.

Teeth rather small; one pair on the head of the vomer is

followed by three or four other small teeth, arranged in a

series. Preeoperculum crescent-shaped, without lower limb.

Body rather deep; its depth being equal to the length of the

head. There are sixteen or seventeen scales in a series ob-

liquely descending from behind the adipose fin to the lateral

line. Dorsal fin but little higher than long. Caudal fin deeply

emarginate. Silvery; with nine parr-marks along the lateral

line, and with several round spots above and below them on

the sides.

Yokohama market.

Aulopus japonicus.

D.15. A.9. L. lat. 43. LL. transv. 43/6.

The length of the head is contained thrice and one fourth

in the total without caudal. The diameter of the eye equals

the length of the snout, and is contained thrice and two thirds

in the length of the head. Interorbital space concave, one half

of the width of the eye. Maxillary extending to behind

the middle of the eye. Body irregularly marbled with

blackish.

Market of Yokohama.

Hlalosaurus affinis.

Snout much produced, but less so than in Halosaurus rostra-

tus, its preoral portion being scarcely one half of its length.

Eye of moderate size, one third of the postocular portion of

Dr. A. Giinther on new Fishes from Japan. 445

the head, and equal to the width of the interorbital space-

Maxillary not reaching to the front margin of the eye. The

length of the head equals its distance from the root of the

ventral, the origin of which is but slightly in advance of that

of the dorsal. Nearly all the scales are lost: only some of the

lateral line remain; they are much larger than the other

scales ; and on the tail, where the lateral line approaches the

lower profile, these larger scales are separated from the anal

fin by one series of small scales only. Otherwise there is the

greatest similarity between this species, Halosaurus rosira-

tus, and H. Owenit.

South of Japan.

Congromurena megastoma.

The length of the head is two thirds of that of the trunk,

the tail being longer than the body; upper jaw much pro-

jecting beyond the lower, rather pointed ; mouth extending far

behind the middle of the eye, which is ‘lar ge, two ninths or

one fifth of the length of the head, and nearly two thirds of

that cf the snout ; posterior nostril a wide, round, open aper-

ture ; length of the pectoral fin one third of that of the head ;

the dorsal commences above the root of the pectoral ; vertical

fins with a light margin; terminal portion of the tail black,

extremity of the fin white.

Off Inosima.

Synaphobranchus bathybius.

Mouth and dentition as in S. pinnatus. Eye one half or

two thirds of the length of the snout. The length of the body

is contained only once and a fourth in that of the tail. The

dorsal fin’ commences above or immediately behind the

ectoral, which is only one third the length of the head.

pide ed productions quite rudimentary, lanceolate, im-

bedded in the skin; cheeks naked. Dorsal and anal fins

low, especially the former.

Uniform black.

Middle of North Pacific ; south of Yeddo. Midway between

Cape of Good Hope and Kerguelen’s Land.

Synaphobranchus affinis.

Allied to S. brevidorsalis, from which it differs in the fol-

lowing points :—The length of the body is two fifths of that

of the tail; root of the pectoral fin midway between the end

of the eugee and the vent. Dorsal fm commencing at some

distance behind the vent. Pectoral of moderate length, rather

446 Miscellaneous.

less than one half of the length of the head. Epidermoid

productions rudimentary, lanceolate, obliquely arranged, im-

bedded in the skin. Anal higher than dorsal.

Blackish brown.

Off Inosima.

Nettastoma parviceps.

Head small, its length being two fifths of the distance

between the gill-opening and vent (more than one half in N.

melanurum). Dorsal fin commencing in advance of the gill-

opening. In other respects similar to the Mediterranean

species.

South of Yeddo.

Monacanthus modestus.

sal Malka oes

Skin velvety, without spines or bristles on the tail; the

height of the body is contained twice and three fourths in

the total length (without caudal) ; upper profile of the head

convex, the gill-opening extends downwards to the level

of the middle of the root of the pectoral; the dorsal

spine is inserted above the posterior third of the eye; it

is scarcely half as long as the head, or as its distance

from the second dorsal fin; it is armed with four series

of very small barbs, the two front series being very close

together; the anterior half of the dorsal and anal fins

elevated, somewhat higher than the dorsal spine; ventral

spine fixed.

Uniform brownish grey; caudal blackish, with the inter-

radial membrane whitish and without any cross bands.

Inland Sea.

MISCELLANEOUS.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GenTLEMEN,—Permit me to correct a slight mistake that has

crept into Prof. Zittel’s diagnosis of the scheme I adopted in the

year 1870* for the natural subdivision of the then known Hexac-

tinellid sponge-forms, and which error is reproduced in Mr. Dallas’s

translation in the last number of the ‘Annals.’ Of the two groups

of the “ Coralliospongia” and ‘‘ Calicispongia” then instituted by

me, it was the former of the two that was made to embrace all

those species distinguished by the possession of an ‘ anastomosing

* ‘Monthly Microscopical Journal,’ vol. iv. p. 252, 1870.

Miscellaneous. 447

or coherent reticulate skeleton,” while with the latter were associated

types in which the skeleton consisted of “isolated or loosely inter-

woven spicules” only. Zittel, as I find by reference to a copy of

his original essay, with which he has kindly furnished me, makes it

accidentally read exactly the reverse. In my original diagnosis

(J.c. p. 252) I further proposed to characterize the group of the

“* Calicispongie” as possessing spicule-protected gemmules instead

of both having “ naked membranous gemmules” as rendered by Prof.

Zittel.

W. Savitte Kenr.

4 Marine Terrace, St. Heliers, Jersey,

Oct. 17, 1877.

Phenomena accompanying the Metamorphosis of Libellula depressa.

By M. Jousser pp Brtiesme.

The author gives an extraordinary account of the mode in which

Lnbellula depressa expands to its full size and extends its wings

after quitting the pupa-skin. After describing the well-known pro-

cess of the emergence of the insect, he inquires by what mechanism

does the insect inflate itself and increase its volume to such an

extent that after issuing from its little envelope it suddenly becomes

double its former size.

He states that at this time the function of respiration, which

is very active in the adult dragonfly, is not yet set up. There are

no movements of inspiration and expiration; the abdomen is cylin-

drical; and the deep fold in the ventral surface of the abdomen,

which he regards as essential to respiration, is not yet in existence.

On dissection the air-sacs of the body are found to be empty and

flaccid.

Nevertheless the inflation of the dragonfly is effected by air; and

if the body is cut through with a pair of scissors it collapses in a

moment like aballoon. By taking suitable precautions and dissect-

ing the animal under water, it is found, he says, that the digestive

tube here performs a most unusual physiological part. Itis so much

distended that it absolutely fills the whole interior of the body,

pushing the other organs against the integuments. Under the in-

fluence of this energetic pressure the blood is pressed forcibly to-

wards, the periphery, distends the eyes, and gives the head its

definitive form ; then passing into the wing, between the two mem-

branes, which up to this time are separate, as M. Blanchard has

described them, it accumulates in the wing, unfolds it, and circulates

in it, depositing the pigment which is destined to colour it. During

this time the integuments, which are distended and bathed by the

nutritive fluid, acquire their proper colour and solidity. It is by

swallowing the air and storing it in its digestive tube, says the

author, that the Zzbellula obtains the force necessary for the accom-

plishment of mest of its transformations; and he thinks there is

every reason to believe that the same thing occurs in many other

insects.— Comptes Rendus, August 20, 1877, p. 448.

448 Miscellaneous.

On the Termination of the Nerves in the Electrical Apparatus of the

Torpedo. By M. C. Roverr.

The author says that on examining the nervous lamina of the

electrical disks of the torpedo on the ventral surface, which receives

the ultimate ramifications of the pale fibres, the preparations being

unaltered by any reagents, there is constantly to be observed a net-

work formed by the division of thejlast branches of the pale fibres,

which are ramified like stag’s horns. The apparent terminations

in knobs or free extremities, which may show themselves here and

there in all preparations, are seen in enlarged photographs to be

manifestly connected with the network by processes which elude

direct observation. The solutions of continuity of the meshes which

are opserved in preparations treated in the fresh state with nitrate

of silver or chloride of gold are not constant, and are produced by

the injurious or irregular action of the reagent.

Seen on the ventral surface of the nervous lamina, the filaments

which bound the meshes are smooth and have their borders regular ;

but when the completely isolated nervous lamina is examined on its

dorsal surface, these filaments present an irregular surface, bristling

with processes, which, in some cases, are seen to be arranged in

regular series upon the sides of the filaments, so as to resemble the

barbs of a feather. These fibrils are of the same substance as the

filaments of the network from which they directly proceed; they

are elementary nervous fibrils, parallel to each other, and placed

perpendicular to the plane of the nervous lamina, from the ventral

towards the dorsal surface; and at this end they unite to form an

arcade, and constitute a last and truly terminal network, the meshes

and filaments of which are scarcely one fourth of the dimensions of

those of the network of the ventral surface. The two nervous net-

works together and the processes which unite them form a reticu-

lated spongy layer, with meshes diminishing in size from the ventral

to the dorsal surface, in which the nervous elements anastomose in

arcades, and in which not a single free extremity is to be met with.

—Oomptes Rendus, August 27, 1877, p. 485.

Prof. Hacckel’s Group of the Physamarie.

Mr. W. Saville Kent, F.L.S., has remitted us a paper of considera-~

ble length, bearing for its title ‘“‘ Remarks upon Professor Haeckel’s

Group of the Physamariz‘’ and which, there not being space

at disposal this month, will appear in a forthcoming number.

These “ Physamarie,” including, according to Haeckel’s views, Mr,

Carter’s Squamulina scopula, Mr. Saville Kent concludes to be amply

demonstrated by Prof, Haeckel’s own drawings and descriptions to

be true sponges, but at the same time the simplest representatives

of their class yet discovered. In this simplicity they are shown to

closely correspond with a single spherical “ ciliated chamber” or

‘‘ampullaceous sac ” of certain of the more complex types.

THE ANNALS -

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

No. 120. DECEMBER 1877.

LVIl.—Report on the Echinodermata collected during the Arctic

Expedition, 1875-6. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, M.B.

Lond., F.R.S., Pres. Geol. Soc., and W. Percy SLADEN,

Esq., E.G.S., F.L.S., &e.

[THe Echinodermata collected in Smith’s Sound and at the

winter quarters of H.M.SS. ‘ Alert’ and ‘ Discovery ’ were

obtained by the naturalists of the expedition, Capt. Feilden,

R.A., and Mr. Hart, under the superintendence of Capt. Sir

George Nares, R.N., F.R.S., under no small difficulty.

Apart from the trouble of dredging when the tangles froze on

coming out of the sea, the proceeding could not be frequently

attempted ; yet the number of specimens collected was consi-

derable. The collection, consisting of specimens admirably

cleaned and preserved in spirit, and of others equally well

taken care of in the dry state, was sent to the British

Museum. Dr. Giinther confided it to me for description and

classification ; and after I had determined the species, I asked

Mr. Percy Sladen, F.L.S., F.G.S., to examine the forms

independently and to join me in drawing up this report. Our

results were nearly the same; but to my colleague is due the

new species of Asteracanthion. Dr. Carpenter was good

enough to examine and determine the two species of Coma-

tula. I am very glad to have this opportunity of thanking

Capt. Feilden for his assistance in giving information regarding

the depth, temperatures, and localities relating to the speci-

mens.

The collection is so interesting and the specimens are so

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 4. Vol. xx.

450 Prof. P. M. Duncan and W. P. Sladen on

variable, that we propose to describe it fully in a separate

monograph.—P. Martin Duncan. ]

Localities. 'To avoid repetition, the following are the posi-

tions of the collecting-stations in Grinnell Land mentioned in

this report :—

Floeberg Beach (the winter quarters of H.M.S. ‘ Alert’),

lat. 82° 27' N., long. 61° 42’ W.

Discovery Bay (the winter quarters of H.M.§. ‘ Discovery’),

lat. 81° 41' N., long. 64° 45’ W.

Richardson Bay, lat. 80° 5! N.

Cape Fraser, lat. 79° 44! N.

Hayes Point, lat. 79° 42! N.

Dobbin Bay, lat. 79° 40’ N.

Cape Louis Napoleon, lat. 79° 38! N.

Franklin-Pierce Bay, lat. 79° 25! N.

Synonymy. It has not been the intention in the following

citations to supply a complete list of all the different authori-

ties by whom the various determinations have been maintained,

but simply to give such references as will be found sufficient

to indicate the history or title-warrant of the nomenclature

employed. It is hoped that the method of “ authorization ”

which is here adopted will serve not only as an “ index of

registration,’ but likewise accord acknowledgment to the

original describer—the name of the latter being enclosed

within parenthesis, and foilowed by that of the naturalist

who first used the combination as here given.

Although the present report is chiefly confined to a descrip-

tion of the Echinoderms obtained north of lat. 78° N., it has

been thought desirable and interesting to include the record of

a dredging made by Captain Feilden during the outward

voyage, on July 2, 1875, in lat. 65° N. The station was 26

miles from the Greenland coast, and the depth 30 fathoms;

bottom rocky, with rounded pebbles. The following Asteroids

and Ophiurans were taken here:—Asteracanthion polaris,

M. & T.; Solaster endeca (Linn.), Forbes; Ophioglypha

robusta (Ayr.), Lym.; Ophioglypha Stuwitzit (Liitk.), Lym. ;

Ophiopholis bellis (Linck), Lym.

List of the Echinoderms collected during the Arctic

Hapedition of 1875-76.

HoLorHuRiorEa.

Cucumaria frondosa (Gunn.), Forbes.

Ecurinorpra.

Strongylocentrotus drébachiensis (O. F. M.), A. Ag.

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 451

ASTEROIDEA.

Asteracanthion greenlandicus, Stp.

polaris, WZ. & 7’.

palocrystallus, nobis.

Stichaster albulus (Stimps.), Verrill.

Crossaster papposus (Linck), M. & T.

Solaster endeca (Linn.), Forbes.

furcifer, v. Dib. & Kor.

Pteraster militaris (0. F. M.), M. & T.

OPHIUROIDEA.

Opbioglypha Sarsii (Liith.), Lym.

robusta (Ayr.), Lym.

Stuwitzu (Litk.), Lym.

Ophiocten sericeum (Forb.), Ljungm.

Ophiopholis bellis (Linck), Lym.

Amphiura Holbolli, Lith.

Ophiacantha spinulosa, M. § 7.

Astrophyton arcticum (Leach).

CRINOIDEA.

Antedon Eschrichtii (AZi/1.).

celtica, Barrett.

HOLOTHUROIDEA.

Cucumaria frondosa (Gunner.), Forbes.

Holothuria frondosa, Gunnerus, Act. Holm. 1767, p. 115, tab. iv. f.

1-2.

H, pentactes,O. F, Miiller, Zool. Dan. vol. iii. p. 54, vol. iv. p.3; Fabri-

cius, Fauna Gronl.; Zool. Samlinger, 2 Heft, no. 249, p. 249.

HT, grandis, Forbes & Goodsir, Athenzeum, no. 618,

Pentacta frondosa, Jager, de Holoth. p. 12; Stimpson, Syn. Marine

Invert. Grand Manan, p. 16.

Cucumaria frondosa, Forbes, Hist. Brit. Starfishes, p. 209; v. Diiben

& Koren, K. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 1844, p. 293.

C. fucicola, Forbes & Goodsir, Atheneum, no. 618; Forbes, Hist.

Brit. Starfishes, p. 227; in Append. Dr. Sutherland’s Journ. of

Penny’s Voyage.

Botryodactyla grandis, Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1854,

vol. iv. p. 52.

Coll. Feilden: Baffin’s Bay.

A Cucumaria with smooth tough body, of subpentagonal

ovate form. Ambulacral suckers arranged in five longitudi-

nal series, each being a double row, with the tube feet alter-

nating. Suckers capable of entire retraction. Tentacles ten,

pedunculate, frondose, all of equal size.

This Holothurian has a very extensive geographical distri-

bution, being chronicled by Forbes, under the namie of:

452 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

fucicola, from Assistance Bay (Capt. Penny’s voyage), and

by Stimpson from Grand Manan in the Bay of Fundy. It is

found also on the coast of Massachusetts, Gulf of Georgia

(Salenka), San Francisco (Ayres), along the whole Scandi-

navian coast, Iceland, Ferdée Islands, and in the English

Channel.

C. frondosa attains great dimensions, the present indivi-

dual (one specimen only was obtained) being but small; its

length is 80 millims., and diameter about 50 millims.

ECHINOIDEA.

Strongylocentrotus dribachiensis (Miiller), A. Ag.

Echinus drébachiensis, O. F. Miller, Zool. Dan. Prodr. p. 285.

E. sexatilis, Fabricius, Fauna Gronl. p. 568 (non Miller).

E. neglectus, Lamarck, An. s. Vert. il. p. 49.

E. subangularis, Fleming, Brit. An. p. 479 (non Leske).

E. granularis, Say, Journ. A. N.S. Philad. v. p. 225 (non Lamarck).

E. granulatus, Gould, Rep. Inv. Mass.

Strongylocentrotus chlorocentrotus, Brandt, Prodr. p. 264,

Toxopneustes drébachiensis, Agassiz, Cat. rais., Ann. Sc. N..vi. p. 367.

T. neglectus, id. ibid.

T. granulatus, id. ibid.

T. Diibenii, id. ibid.

Echinometra drobachiensis, Gray, Brit. Rad. p. 4.

Echinus chloroticus, Stimpson, Crust. & Echin. Pacif. Sh. p. 86.

ce aad drobachiensis, Verrill, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. x. pp. 341,

E. granulatus, Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. x. pp. 340, 352.

ah ue carnosus, Barn. in Agassiz, Proc. A. N.S. Philad. 1865,

pies. Norman, Dredg. Rep. Hebr. p. 314.

T. pallidus, Sars, Nye Echin., Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1871.

Strongylocentrotus drébachiensis, A. Agassiz, Rey. Echini, pp. 162, 277.

Coll. Feilden: Richardson Bay, 70 fms. (young); Franklin-

Pierce Bay, 15 fms., bottom-temperature 29°5 F.; Cape

Napoleon; Hayes Point, 35 fms., bottom-temperature 29°'5 F.

Coll. Hart: Discovery Bay, 15-20 fms., muddy bottom ;

Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms., stony.

Owing to the extensive range of this boreal echinoid, the

variations to which it is subject are so great that there are

perhaps few other species which include in their synonymy

so large a number of modern determinations. Distant observers,

depending upon the stability of “local forms,” have founded

numerous so-called new species, all of which have hitherto,

however, proved untenable when due comparison has come to

be made with a large series of specimens.

The northern varieties, known as S. granulatus (Say),

Gould, and 8. chlorocentrotus, Brandt, fail to present any

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 453

characters of sufficient importance to warrant their separation

from the drébachiensis group, although when isolated and

extreme examples are compared the differences at first sight

appear very marked.

Similarly with the specimens collected by the recent expe-

dition, separate individuals placed by the side of a single 8.

drobachiensis from a more southern habitat present super-

ficially a striking divergence.

Of these arctic forms the test is depressed, the spines of the

abactinal surface so small (merely miliaries) and so widely

spaced that the echinus has quite a naked appearance. The

pores are arranged in ares of 5-6. The primary tubercles are

large, only one to each plate, and form prominent vertical

rows. The scrobicular areas are wide and bounded by an

irregular circlet of tubercles little larger than miliaries ; and

there are but few other tubercles in addition to these on the

plates above the ambitus. Extending from the actinostome

to the ambitus there is a moderate-sized secondary tubercle on

each side of the primary.

All the specimens present the appearance of stunted growth.

The colour of the test is a varying shade of purplish brown,

and that of the spines greenish grey.

On some examples the pedicellariz are remarkably nume-

rous, especially the large tridactyle form on the abactinal

surface.

Good series of specimens were obtained at several stations,

and in general facies: present great constancy of character.

The largest individual (from Cape Napoleon) measures 43

millims. in diameter, 21 millims. in height, and has twenty

primary interambulacral tubercles.

ASTEROIDEA.

Asteracanthion grinlandicus, Steenstrup.

? Uraster violaceus, Forbes (pars) (non Miiller), Sutherland’s Journ.

Append.

Asteracanthion Miillert, Sars?, var., Steenstrup, Vid. Meddel. 1854,

A, Miillert, Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan.

A, gronlandicus, Steenstrup, Vidensk. Meddel. 1854, p. 240; Litken,

Vid. Meddel. 1857, p. 29.

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 25 fms.; Cape Fraser,

80 fms.; Hayes Point, 25 fms.; Franklin-Pierce Bay,

15 fms.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms., stony.

This is a small starfish, with five moderately thick arms.

Proportion of disk-radius to arm-radius 1: 4°5 or 5. Ambu-

454 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

lacral spines rather long and cylindrical, arranged (in very

irregular alternation) two and one to each plate. The double

spines radiate in opposite directions, the single ones standing

vertical to the floor of the furrow. Except in young indivi-

duals, and near the tip of the arm, the double series are the

most numerous, being generally borne by two or three plates

in succession. After these follow two or three (according to

age) longitudinal series of separate spines, not quite so long

as the ambulacral spines, and tapering slightly at their tips.

The middle series, when present, are smaller than the others,

and placed midway upon the lateral imbricating pieces. At

the base of each of the spines of these three series is a circlet

of pedicellariz. The ossicles and interspaces of the calcareous

network on the abactinal surface of the rays present a very

transversely elongate arrangement, in consequence of which

the spinelets springing from the imbricating pieces assume

the character (though irregularly) of a transverse position

across the arm. ‘The dorsal spinelets, which are much finer

and shorter than the ventro-lateral series, are arranged in

groups upon the ossicles, and in specimens preserved in spirit

are more than half-covered by the thick corrugated skin which

invests the body. The pedicellariz are, as a rule, not very

numerous upon the dorsal surface. ‘The papule are single.

Upon the disk the spinelets are more closely placed ; and this,

in spirit-examples, gives quite a distinct appearance to that

portion of the animal, whilst in some specimens the disk-

spinelets are rather longer than those which are found upon

the rays.

Dr. Liitken is of opinion that this is the species cited by

Forbes under the name of Uraster violaceus, trom Assistance

Bay (Capt. Penny’s Expedition) *. It seems probable to us,

also, that the Asterias violacea, in Sabine’s Report on Parry’s

second voyage, is likewise A. grénlandicus, since the Astertas

rubens, Fab. (non Linné), also there mentioned, is referable

to A. polaris, M. & T.

Asteracanthion polaris, Miiller and Troschel.

Asterias rubens, Fabricius (non Linné), Fauna Gronl. p. 369.

A, minuta, Fabricius, =A. polaris juv. (teste Liitken).

? A. rubens, Sabine in Suppl. Parry’s Voyage, &c.

? A. ochotense, Brandt, Rec. Act. Acad. St. Petersh. 1834, p. 269.

Asteracanthion polaris, Miiller & Troschel, Syst. d. Asteriden, p. 16.

Some large specimens were taken on the Torske Bank,

Greenland, on the outward journey ; and several young exam-

* Vidensk. Meddel. 1857, Overs. Gronl. Echin. p. 29.

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Kxpedition. 455

ples occurred in Capt. Feilden’s dredging in lat. 65° N.,

26 miles from the Greenland coast, at a depth of 30 fathoms.

Asteracanthion paleocrystallus, n. sp.

In general appearance this starfish bears a strong resem-

blance to a Cribrella, the rays, five in number, being round

and tumid ; they are long and taper considerably towards the

point. The disk is small, its diameter being proportional to

that of the rays as 1: 5°5. Skin semitransparent, not corru-

gated, and investing thickly every appendage of the body.

Ambulacral pores well-spaced, forming two simple rows of

sucker-feet, as in Stéchaster. Each interambulacral plate

bears two very slender spines, which form two regular rows,

one radiating towards the furrow, the other to the margin.

The spines upon the sides of the arms are much shorter than

the ambulacral spines, and comparatively more robust, and

are the same in size and character as the spinelets of the

dorsal surface. The ossicles of the abactinal network are

arranged more quadrilaterally than is usual in Asteracanthion;

a regular median line passes down each ray, the others run-

ning parallel and transverse to this with more or less regu-

larity. Only a single spinelet is given off at each decussation,

with an additional one, frequently, on the imbricating ossicle;

the spinelets are consequently widely spaced and assume

(although somewhat irregularly) a fairly rectilineal arrange-

ment. ‘The spinelets are of the same shape and structure as

in Stichaster; they are deeply grooved, and have 3-5 denti-

cles proceeding from their truncate and slightly radiate apex.

The ambulacral spines have the shafts also denticulate. The

pedicellarize (“ croisés,” Perrier) are more numerous upon the

dorsal surface than the spinelets, amongst which they are

placed separately and at intervals apart. These pedicellariz

are large and closely resemble those of Stichaster, the fore

part of the “jaw” being very gibbous and truncate. The

pedicellarizs together with the dorsal spinelets, which are but

little longer, are covered with a thick investing membrane,

which, in spirit preparations, gives quite a papillate appear-

ance to the starfish.

Upon the disk the spines are somewhat more crowded than

upon the rays; and the “eye’’-spines at the tip of the rays

form a robust terminal fringe. ‘he madreporiform plate is

obscure ; and of the large simple pedicellariz there are but

very few.

Although this species resembles Stichaster in so many

respects, the arrangement of the dorsal ossicles is hardly such

as would include it within that genus. A. palwocrystallus

456 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

may fairly, however, be regarded as a connecting link between

Asteracanthion and Stichaster.

From the character of the ambulacral spines, the absence of

papule, and the obscurity of the madreporiform body, we are

disposed to regard even the largest specimen we have as

being not yet fully developed: it measures 30 millims. in its

greatest diameter, and 5°5 millims. across the disk, and was

collected by Capt. Feilden in Discovery Bay. Depth 25

fathoms, hard bottom. Another individual from Cape Fraser

(80 fathoms) is only 10 millims. in greatest diameter, yet

presents all the characters of the larger specimen.

Stichaster albulus (Stimps.), Verrill.

Asteracanthion albulus, Stimpson, Invert. Grand Manan, p. 14.

A. problema, Steenstrup, Vid. Meddel. 1854, p. 240; Liitken, Vid. Med-

del. 1857, p. 30.

Stichaster albulus, Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. x.

Coll. Feilden: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fathoms; Proven,

13 fathoms,

A little starfish with small disk and rounded or somewhat

arched rays, the number of which is almost invariably six,

three rays on one side being, as a rule, very much shorter

than those on the other. Proportion of the diameter of the

disk to that of the arms 1:5 or rather more. The ambu-

lacral furrows are wide, with suckers arranged in two simple

rows. On each interambulacral plate are two “ ambulacral ”’

spines radiatingslightly to the rightand left. Closely succeeding

to those on the sides of the arms follow a series of three similar

spines, but not always a series opposite to each interambula-

cral plate, owing to the imbricating pieces being more widely

spaced. The dorsal ossicles present a regular rectangular

arrangement; and the interspaces, which are very small and

are occupied by a single papula, form, in consequence, regular

longitudinal and transverse rectilineal series. From each

intersection springs a small subquadrate group of from three

to five short dorsal spines, amongst which are placed one or

two pedicellariz. Towards the sides the pedicellariz are more

numerous. ‘The spine groups are regularly disposed in longi-

tudinal and transverse lines, those of the middle row being

more densely packed than the others, thereby forming a more

or less distinct median line down each ray. The spinelets are

of equal length, and, being closely set, give a smooth velvety

appearance to the starfish. From the apices of the spinelets,

which are broader than the bases, proceed three or four small

denticles.

Only three specimens of this Stichaster were obtained in

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 457

Franklin-Pierce Bay, and were quite young individuals, the

largest measuring 16 millims. in its largest diameter. A

much finer example was dredged at Proven on the outward

journey, in which the diameters of rays and disk were respec-

tively 30 millims. and 6 millims.

Crossaster papposus (Linck), Miiller and Troschel*.

Triskaidecactis papposa, Linck, De Stellis marinis, p. 48.

Asterias helianthoides, Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 66. no. 72.

A, papposa, Fabricius, Fauna Groénlandica, p. 369.

A. affinis, Brandt, Act. Acad, St. Petersh. 1834, p. 272.

? A. alboverrucosa, id. ibid.

Stellonia papposa, Agassiz, Prodr. Monogr. Rad., Soc. Sc. Nat. Neuf-

chatel, vol. i. p. 191.

Solaster papposa, Forbes (1839), Mem. Werner. Soe. vol. viii. p. 121.

Crossaster papposus, Miller & Troschel (1840), Wiegmann’s Archiv,

iv. pt. 1, p. 183; Verrill, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. x. p. 334.

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 25 fms., hard bottom ;

Cape Fraser, 80fms.; Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms., bottom-

temperature 29°5 Fahr.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms.

In the “ Oversigt over Grénlands Echinodermer,” Dr.

Liitken records t that amongst the specimens of C. papposus

which he had examined there occurred only one example of

the ten-armed variety, those with twelve arms being the

most common.

All the specimens of this collection are ten-armed, with the

exception of one small and very young example having nine.

Its greatest diameter is only 18 millims.

When compared with series of similar size from more tem-

perate waters, the polar specimens are characterized by finer

arms, fewer spine-clusters (bearing fewer but very much

longer spinelets), the spine-clusters more widely separated

from one another, and the ventral spaces almost naked.

These points are so striking in some individuals that at first

sight one is tempted to consider that we have here a well-

marked variety of this almost cosmopolitan starfish. Careful

* The genus Solaster of Forbes included the two starfishes known as

Asterias endeca, Linn., and A. papposa, Fabr. (Linck). The morpholo-

gical differences of these forms are such, however, as to necessitate their

being regarded as representatives of two distinct genera. Confining, there-

fore, Forbes’s Solaster to his own type (S. endeca), Miiller and Troschel’s

genus Crossaster (synonym of Solaster, Forbes, published a year later) is

naturally assigned to the Astertas papposa type, Gray’s designation Poly-

aster haying been appropriated by Ehrenberg (Polyasterias) at an earlier

date. The propriety of the above limitation was suggested by Dr. Liit-

ken so far back as 1857. (Cf. Vidensk. Meddelelser, 1857, p. 35.)

+ Vidensk. Meddelelser for 1857, p. 40.

458 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

study, however, of the series leads us to the conclusion that

no sound distinction can be drawn ; and we would offer as a sug-

gestion explanatory of the divergence, that in these arctic

forms of Crossaster premature phases are more slowly passed

through, and that development of detail takes place in a dif-

ferent ratio to the body-growth from that which obtains

under more favourable conditions of life.

The largest specimen obtained measures 93 millims. in

diameter.

Brandt founded a species, Asterias afinis, upon a single

specimen obtained in Behring Straits, but which, from the

short description given, appears only to have been similar to

the specimens before us; and, such being the case, the grounds

are not sufficient to warrant the maintenance of his species.

In all probability A. alboverrucosa, Brandt, is also identical.

A singular instance of the rapacity of this starfish may be

here related. The disk of one of the large individuals from

Discovery Bay being considerably distended, it was cut

open; and the distention was found to result from the

creature having gorged a young Strongylocentrotus drébachi-

ensis!, nothing but the clean calcareous plates of the test re-

maining *, In the stomach of another (very much smalier)

specimen was found the shell of Trochus olivaceus, Brown

(kindly determined by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys).

Solaster endeca (Linn.), Forbes.

Asterias aspera, O. F. Miller, Zool. Dan. Prodr. no. 2833.

A. endeca, Linneus, Syst. Nat. (Gmel.), p. 3162.

Stellonia endeca, Agassiz, Prodr. Monog. Rad. p. 25.

Solaster endeca, Forbes, Mem. Werner. Soc. vol. viii. p. 121.

One young specimen, 14 millims. in greatest diameter, was

dredged by Capt. Feilden in lat. 65° N., 26 miles from the

Greenland coast, at a depth of 30 fathoms.

* The British members of the same species seem to be equally addicted

to cannibalism. A few weeks ago one of the writers conveyed by rail-

way asmall C. papposus along with a specimen of <Astropecten, in a jar

of sea-water. On reaching home, after a journey of about three hours’

duration, it was found that the asteroid had, according to their custom

when irritated, thrown off portions of two of its arms, and that the

Crossaster was busily gorging one of these pieces, fully the length of the

diameter of its own disk! In the course of an hour the fragment had

entirely disappeared. On being disturbed two or three hours afterwards,

the Crossaster ejected the fleshless skeleton, if such a term may be em-

oyed.

S i the British Museum is a specimen of Astropecten hystrix, Val., from

the Mauritius, which had swallowed a large Conus, the latter extending

even into one of the rays.

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 459

Solaster furcifer, v. Diiben and Koren.

Chetaster borealis, vy. Diiben, CEfy. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Foérhandl. 1844,

pale

Solarter furcifer, v. Diiben & Koren, Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1844,

p- 245, t. vi. f. 7-10.

Coll. Feilden: Cape Fraser, 80 fms.

A starfish of somewhat depressed form, having five broad

flat arms. Proportion of disk-radius to length of arm 1: 3.

The calcareous network of the dorsal surface is very regular ;

and the spine-clusters or paxille, which spring from the inter-

sections, form longitudinal series which run parallel to the

median line of the ray; consequently only two or three of the

middle series reach to the tip, although from fourteen to sixteen

may be counted at the base of the arm. The paxille are

very compact and have a stout rounded base, nearly twice as

wide as high, bearing a crown of spinelets (about fifteen to

twenty) in length about equal to the diameter of the base.

The spinelets are, as a rule, flat; and from the angles of the

apex, which is as broad as or broader than the base, proceed

two small denticles, giving the appearance to the spinelet of a

two-pronged fork ; sometimes the spinelet is triangular, in

which case there are three prongs. On the sides of the arms

are two rows of large paxille or spine-clusters, the lower

series being twice the breadth of the upper ones, and these

themselves being much larger than the rest of the dorsal

paxille just described. There are about twenty large mar-

ginal paxille from the arm-angle to the tip. Each interam-

bulacral plate bears three equal-sized spines, running parallel

to the furrow; and exterior to these are three or four spines

webbed together into a “ comb” and placed obliquely, or even

in some cases at right angles, to the ambulacral series ;

whilst midway between the combs and the margin of the

ray are three or four small spines (not sufficient to form a

paxilla proper), which stand quite isolated and only extend

about one third of the distance from the mouth to the tip of

the ray. ‘The madreporiform tubercle is excentral and situated

at about one third the distance from the centre to the margin

of the disk. The mouth-plates are large and broad, the mar-

ginal spines interlocking with one another.

Only two specimens were obtained by Captain Feilden, the

largest of which measures 65 millims. in its greatest diameter,

and 21 millims. across the disk; the arms at the base are

13 millims. broad.

460 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

Pteraster militaris (O. F. M.), Miller and Troschel.

Asterias militaris, O. F. Miiller, Zool. Dan. tab. 131 (excl. textu).

Asteriscus militaris, Miller & Troschel, Syst. d. Asteriden, p. 44.

Pteraster militaris, Miller & Troschel, Syst. d. Asteriden, p. 128.

Coll. Hart: Dobbin Bay, 30 fms.

This starfish is readily distinguished from its congeners and

the majority of other asteroids by the singular fin-like margin

surrounding the arms, by the membranous skin which is

spread over the upper surface, as well as by the series of

webbed spines which stand, in transverse ranges like fans, by

the side of the ambulacral furrow.

The form of the animal is pentagonal, the upper contour of

the body high and arched, and the underside flat. Propor-

tion of disk-radius to arm-radius 1:2. Hach interambulacral

plate is furnished with five or six long spines, which are con-

nected together by a membrane into a webbed comb placed

transversely to the ambulacral furrow. ‘The outward spine of

each comb is double the length of the others, and extends

about half its length beyond the edge of the ray. These long

spines are also united to one another by a connecting tissue,

and thus form the fin-like fringe which surrounds the entire

starfish. The ambulacral spines forming the fan-like comb

are nearly equal in length, the middle ones being slightly

longer.

The body-skeleton is composed of a calcareous network,

from each of the cross joinings of which proceeds a spine-

fasciculus bearing three or four spinelets. The whole dorsal

surface of the animal is covered and concealed by a mem-

branous tissue supported above the body, like a tent-cloth,

by the spinelets, to the tips of which it is attached. <A

hollow infradermal cavity is thus formed. Neither the anus

nor the madreporiform tubercle has any special aperture in this

investing membrane; there is, however, a single large-sized

opening, surrounded by a margin of spines, situated nearly

over the dorso-central axis. In and out of this aperture Dr.

Stimpson has observed currents of water passing, as in the

cloaca of a Holothuria, from which fact he was led to regard

the functions of the cavity as subservient to respiration *.

MM. Koren and Danielssen, however, have pointed out that

this intermediate space between the double dorsal skin fulfils

a further and more important purpose by becoming a chamber

in which the development of the eggs and embryos takes

place T.

* Stimpson, “ Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan,” p. 15, in Smith-

sonian Contributions, vol. vi.

+ Koren and Danielssen, ‘Fauna littoralis Norvegia,’ Heft 2, p. 58.

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 461

Although our knowledge of marsupiation in Echinoderms

has recently been largely augmented by the additional in-

stances which Sir Wyville Thomson records as occurring in

species from southern seas*, it is most interesting to find

so special an adaptation for the purpose in this truly arctic

asteroid.

Two specimens only were obtained, being dredged by Mr.

Hart in Dobbin Bay. They measure about 60 millims. in

their greatest diameter.

OPHIUROIDEA.

Ophioglypha Sarsit (Liitken), Lyman.

? Asterias ophiura, Dewhurst, Nat. Hist. Cetacea &c. Arctic Regions,

p. 288, 1834,

Ophiura texturata, Forbes, pars (Append. Sutherland’s Journal).

Ophiolepis ciliata, Sars, pars, Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken, p. 89;

Stimpson, Invert. of Grand Manan, Smiths. Contrib. vi. p. 13.

Ophiura acufera, Agassiz, Proc. Am. Acad, 1851, p. 269 (no descr.).

O. coriacea, Liitken, Vidensk. Meddelelser, Nov. 1864, p. 101.

O. arctica ?, id. ibid.

O. Sarsii, id. ibid., et Add. ad Hist. Ophiuridarum, p. 42.

Ophioglypha Sarsti, Lyman, Il. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, i.

p- 41; Ljungman, Oph. Viv., Gifv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866, p. 307.

Coll. Feilden: Floeberg Beach, 10 fms.; Discovery Bay,

25 fms. ; Hayes Point.

An Ophioglypha with mouth-shields shield-shaped, longer

than broad; length less than, or only equal to, their distance

from the margin of the disk. Papille of the disk-incision

about fifteen, and rather broad. Under arm-plates widely

separate, of a very broad, short triangle-shape. ‘T'wo tentacle-

scales. No infrabrachial indentations. Spines rather long,

equal in length to the side arm-plates.

This is the most northerly echinoderm brought home by the

expedition, a fine specimen with a disk-diameter of 26 millims.

having been taken by Capt. Feilden at the winter quarters

of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,” in N. lat. 82°27’. Other examples of

this species were obtained at Discovery Bay, and among

them one which is provided with remarkably long arm-spines,

being in relative proportion fully twice the length of the

spines generally occurring in O. Sars’. In this individual

the three spines of the sixth joint measure respectively 2°45

millims., 2°25 millims., 1:4 millim., the under arm-plate

being *7 millim. long, the arm-joint 1 millim., and the disk-

diameter 15 millims. The remaining features of the specimen

agree too closely with thecharacters of O. Sarsdd (Liitk.), Lym.,

* Wyville Thomson, Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xiii. p. 55.

462 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

to warrant its removal, in our opinion, from that species, even

as a provisional variety. ;

In some cases great irregularity is exhibited in the mouth-

papille, one abnormal example being particularly worthy of

notice. In the Ophioglyphe the innermost mouth-papilla

generally stands immediately over the teeth, and might be

easily mistaken for a tooth, being, in fact, affixed to the tooth-

plate and not to the lateral plates. In O. Sarsii, as well as

in other members of the genus, two additional papille are

generally associated with it, one on either hand, and are in

like manner borne by the ossicle upon which the teeth are

placed.

In consequence of this arrangement it has long seemed

probable to one of us that these subdental papillz should be

regarded as tooth-papille (of which they are in truth the

homologues) rather than as mouth-papille, so-called, along

with which they are commonly counted. One of the speci-

mens taken in Discovery Bay throws considerable light upon

this question.

In this individual the dental armature consists of four teeth

regularly superposed, following upon which, and occupying the

same breadth as a tooth, are three ossicles, which fit to one

another wedgewise with sloping

sides. Then come two which fit

together and correspond in their

shape with the irregularities of

the upper and under tier, which

latter consists of from three to five

compact close-fitting papillee; and

these again are succeeded by

three or four (in some rays five)

moderately long, round-tipped,

smaller papille, the whole form-

ing a compact mass suggestive,

in the highest degree, of ordi-

nary tooth-papillz, such as occur,

for instance, in Ophiothriz ; and

yet in every detail, even to mea-

surements, the specimen con-

forms to the diagnosis of Ophio- Abnormal development of the

lypha Sarsii. This individual ‘ental armature in O. Sarsiz.

has a disk-diameter of 22 millims.

Bearing in mind the tendency towards vertical reduplication

of the mouth-papille in some genera, this cannot fail to be

regarded as suggestive of the manner in which primitive tooth-

papilla may have been developed ; nor is such an assumption

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 463

by any means extravagant when the great irregularity of

these parts amongst arctic forms is taken into consideration.

Ophioglypha robusta (Ayres), Liman.

Opinelpts robusta, Ayres, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. p. 134,

ol.

Ophiura fasciculata, Forbes, Append. Sutherland’s Journal.

? O. glacialis, Forbes.

O. squamosa, Liitken, Vidensk. Meddelelser, Nov. 1854, et Add. ad

Hist. Ophiuridarum, p. 46.

Ophioglypha robusta, Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, i.

p- 45; Ljungman, Oph. Viv., Gif. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866, p. 308:

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 25 fms., hard bottom

Richardson Bay, 70 fms. ; Hayes Point, 35 fms., bottom-tem-

perature 29°5, and also at 25 fms.; Franklin-Pierce Bay,

15 fms., bottom-temperature 25°°5.

Coll. Hart : ‘‘ Winter quarters,” Discovery Bay ; Franklin-

Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms., bottom stony.

An Ophioglypha witharms very finely tapering, and disk with

regularly arranged scales of nearly equal size. Mouth-shields

ovate shield-shaped, length less than, or at most only equal

to, their breadth ; length much less than the distance from

the margin of the disk. Papille of the disk-incision very

short and stout, often grouped. Under arm-plates broadly

heart-shaped ; one tentacle-scale.

This species was obtained at various stations, as indicated

in the list of localities ; and though neither the abundance nor

the size of the specimens was remarkable, several good series

were collected. The characters which have been regarded as

“specific” are remarkably constant; and no essential difference

can be traced between these arctic forms and specimens taken

trom the coast of Maine, U.8., with which they have been

compared, excepting that in the northern Ophiurans the arm-

spines are longer and somewhat more delicate, and that the

outer margin of the under arm-plates is more arched and the

reentering angle is far less developed, in certain species being

even altogether untraceable. In some large examples the

upper arm-plates are very markedly hexagonal.

Although this deviation is very constant, the foundation of

“a variety” on the strength of such characters alone is hardly

justifiable.

The arm-spines are moderately stout and tapering, the upper

one being flattened and much larger than the others.

In most of the specimens under present consideration, the

under arm-plates are well separated from one another by the

side plates and do not overlap, although in one individual

from Discovery Bay the first ten impinge distinctly in conse-

464 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

quence of their side arm-plates not meeting. This featare at

the basal portion of the arm has been noted by Dr. Liitken as

occurring in large specimens from Greenland, whilst he re-

marks at the same time that in none of the Danish examples

examined by him do the under arm-plates touch.

The largest specimen was taken by Capt. Feilden in

Franklin-Pierce Bay, the diameter of the disk (dried) being

10 millims.

Ophioglypha Stuwitzit (Liitken), Lyman.

Ophiura Stuwitei, Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel. 1857, p. 51, et Add. ad

Hist. Oph. p. 49.

Ophioglypha Stuwitzit, Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Z. Harvard, i. p. 51.

Two specimens were collected by Capt. Feilden in a dredg-

ing made in lat. 65° N., twenty-six miles from the Greenland

coast, depth 30 fms.

Ophiocten sericeum (Forbes), Lyungman.

Ophiura sericea, Forbes, Sutherland’s Journ. &c, vol. ii. Append.

Pp. CCxy.

? O. abyssicola, Forbes, Linn. Trans. vol. xix. p. 146.

Ophiocten Kroyeri, Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel. 1854, et Add. ad Hist.

Ophiuridarum, p. 52; Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Zool. i. p. 53.

O. sericeum, Ljungman, CHfv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1864, p. 860; 1866,

p- 307.

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 25 fms., hard bottom ; Cape

Fraser, 80 fms. ; Hayes Point, 35 fms., bottom-temperature

29°°5.

Coll. Hart: Discovery Bay, 15-20 fms., muddy bottom,

also at 11 fms.; Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms.

Disk very flat, with margin forming a sharp angle; covered

with imbricating scales and a superficial squamo-granular

layer, through which only portions of the radial shields and

primary plates are visible. No disk-incisions, the disk form-

ing a little arch over the base of the arms. A row of papille

edges the genital slit, and passes over the arm along the disk-

margin continuous with the series from the other side. The

first three, or sometimes four, upper arm-plates at the base

bear papilla. Side arm-plates meet below, but not above.

One tentacle-scale. Three arm-spines, arranged along the

outer edge of the side arm-plate, the two upper spines being

much the largest.

The main variation which we have noted in the arctic

specimens of this species consists in the greater length of the

arm-spines as compared with those of more southern examples.

In a specimen 9°2 millims. in disk-diameter the length of the

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Eapedition. 465

upper arm-spine of the sixth joint was 1°85 millim. (in one

case 2°3 millims.!) ; in another, with a diameter of disk of

8°5 millims., the same spine was 1°8 millim. long, three arm-

joints in this individual being exactly 2 millims. In addition

to the above, variations occur in the contour of the mouth-

shields, and in the larger examples considerable irregularity is

also found in the number and position of the mouth-papille.

Amongst this collection are several specimens having a very

decidedly pentagonal form of disk.

In our opinion, none of the above variations can be regarded

as of greater morphological significance than growth-phases,

or at most individual variations only. The largest specimen

obtained was 11 millims. in disk-diameter.

Ophiopholis bellis (Linck), Lyman.

Scolopendroides bellis (scolopendrica), Linck, De Stell. Marinis, p. 52.

Asterias aculeata, Miller, Zool. Dan. Pr. 2841; Zool. Dan. iii. p. 29,

t. 99.

Ophiura bellis, Johnston, Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p. 595.

Ophiolepis scolopendrica, Miiller & Troschel, Syst. d. Ast. p. 96.

Ophiocoma bellis, Forbes, Mem. Werner. Soc. vol. viii. p. 126; Hist.

Brit. Starfishes, p. 53.

Ophiopholis aculeata, Liitken, Add. ad Hist. Oph. p. 60.

O. bellis, Lyman, Ill. Cat. M. C. Zool. Harvard, i. p. 96.

Coll. Feilden: lat. 65° N., 26 miles from Greenland coast,

30 fms.

Amphiura Holbélli, Liitken*.

? Ophiolepis Sundevalli, Miller & Troschel (non Joh. Muller), Syst. d.

Asteriden, p. 93.

Amphiura Holbolli, Liitken, Vid. Meddelelser, Noy. 1854, et Add. ad

Hist. Ophiuridarum, p. 55; Lyman, Ill. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool. i.

mess

Ma anitelidle Ljungman, Oph. Viventia, CHfv. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh.

1866, p. 320.

Coll. Feilden: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms., bottom-tem-

perature 29°°5 F.

An Amphiura with disk lobed; radial shields long and

narrow; mouth-shields rounded; side mouth-shields large,

subtriangular, with the sides reentering and angles rounded.

Three pairs of mouth-papille, the middle ones placed higher

than the others. Under arm-plates pentagonal. One tentacle-

scale rounded ; arm-spines 3-4.

Only a single specimen of Amphiura was taken ; and this,

* So much confusion has arisen in consequence of uncertainty as to the

identity of the original application of the appellation O. Sundevall, that

we prefer to retain Dr. Litken’s name, despite the example of certain

recent writers to the contrary.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 32

466 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

although it differs slightly from the type form in the relative

measurements of certain points of detail, we have little hesita-

tion in assigning to Dr. Liitken’s species, the variations, in our

opinion, not being of greater importance than such as we

should regard as dependent on locality and conditions of life.

The arms are less broad, and take their origin in a more

deeply reentering curve of the disk-margin, the radial shields

are narrower, and the breadth of upper arm-plates in propor-

tion to their length is less than in the type forms, as the fol-

lowing measurements will indicate :—Diameter of disk 8

millims. ; radial shield, length 1:3 millim., breadth 35 millim. ;

sixth upper arm-plate, length 6 millim., breadth :9 millim.

The spines are hollow cylinders, stout, blunt, and but

slightly tapering ; the upper spine on each side-plate tapers

most. The first fifteen arm-joints bear four spines, the suc-

ceeding joints three only.

An interesting feature connected with this specimen is

worthy of record, and is one which does not appear to have

been noted by previous observers. The central spines are

more or less flattened throughout their whole length; and at

the tip compression has been carried to such a degree as to

form a thin and somewhat expanded head—a peculiarity

which is at once suggestive of a characteristic spine-appen-

dage possessed by A. filiformis ; and although in the specimen

under notice this structural feature is by no means so fully

developed as in that Ophiuran, it is still sufficiently marked

to impress upon the mind the near relationship of the two

species and the community of their descent—an hypothesis

which is also further strengthened by the association of both

the forms in more southern waters.

Ophiacantha spinulosa, Miller and Troschel.

? Asterias bidentata, Retzius, Diss. p. 55.

? Ophiura fragilis, Sabine in Append. Capt. Parry’s Voyage.

? Ophiocoma bidentata, Miller & Troschel, Syst. d. Asteriden, p. 99.

Ophiacantha spinulosa, Miller & Troschel, Syst. d. Asteriden, p. 107.

O. grenlandica, Miller & Troschel, Archiv fiir Naturgesch. 1844,

. 185,

poniewne arctica, Miiller & Troschel, Syst. d. Asteriden, p. 103.

O. echinulata, Forbes, Append. Sutherland’s Journal.

Ophiacantha spinulosa, Liitken, Add. ad Hist. Ophiuridarum, p. 66 ;

Lyman, Il. Cat. Comp. Zool. i. p. 95; Ljungman, Oph. Viventia,

(ify. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866, p. 326.

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 25 fms., hard bottom ; Cape

Fraser, 80 fms.; Franklin-Pierce Bay, 15 fms. Temperature

29°°5 Fahr.

Coll. Hart: Franklin-Pierce Bay, 13-15 fms., bottom

stony.

the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 467

An Ophiacantha with disk covered with small round scales,

each bearing a small short spinelet. Radial shields very ob-

scure, sometimes quite covered. No disk-incision; and the

dorsal membrane is prolonged over the base of the rays.

Mouth-shields twice as broad as long, irregular ovate. Side

mouth-shields long, narrow, arched and meeting within.

Under arm-plates heptagonal or subheptagonal, breadth equal

to length. Dorsal arm-plates triangular. Side arm-plates

meeting above and below. Spines 7-8, long, thin, and denti-

culate, placed on a keel.

A greater number of this Ophiuran have been brought home

by the expedition than of any other Echinoderm. The speci-

mens range in size from those having a disk-diameter of 15

millims. to the young form of only 3 millims., and conse-

quently form a most instructive series.

The variations dependent on growth are very considerable,

so much so that isolated specimens taken from different stages

in the series might easily be regarded as affording the types

of distinct species.

Conclusive proof has been furnished by the material which

we have had at our disposal that the O. grénlandica, M. &

T., and the O. arctica, M. & T., are untenable species, as Dr.

Liitken has already pointed out—and, further, that the charac-

ters which had hitherto been regarded as of specific value are

not, as that eminent authority seems to infer, even variations

such as can be regarded as dependent on distribution, but

must be considered simply the phases incidental to age,

together with ordinary individual variation.

Amongst the specimens procured by the naturalists of

H.M.SS. ‘ Alert’ and ‘ Discovery,’ there are many presenting

features developed in a manner which might be regarded as

“ultraspecific ”’ when compared with the previously recog-

nized modifications of this “‘form.” In the present state of

knowledge, however, it seems preferable to comprehend them

under O. spinulosa of Miiller and Troschel, rather than to

burden further the nomenclature with novel designations.

The mouth-shields and the under arm-plates in this species

are subject to very considerable changes and variation, both

in contour and in their relative proportions of length to breadth.

In large and adult specimens the number and arrangement of

the mouth-papillz is also irregular; and not only is there a

frequent increase in number in the ordinal horizontal series,

but there is also a great tendency towards reduplication of

certain papille in the vertical axis of the Ophiuran. This

seems to arise from the longitudinal cleavage of preexisting

papillee.

a Ve

468 Prof. P. M. Duncan and Mr. W. P. Sladen on

In young individuals the spinelets of the disk are propor-

tionally long, five or six times their own diameter, and pre-

sent all the appearances of ordinary embryonic spines. During

the process of growth, however, increase is made in thickness

only, so that when maturity is attained, and the spinelets, along

with the disk, are invested with the semitransparent leathery

membrane of the body, the appearance is more that of short

stumpy prominences than of actual spines—a deception which

at first sight gives a totally different character to the

Ophiurans.

Astrophyton arcticum (Leach), fide Smith.

Gorgonocephalus arcticus, Leach, 1819, Append. Sir J. Ross’s Voyage.

Astrophyton arcticum, Smith, MS.

This Astrophyton was dredged off West Greenland by Mr.

A. C. Horner, who accompanied Sir Allan Young in the

‘Pandora,’ at a depth of 600 fms. in Smith’s Sound, lat.

78° 19’ N., long. 74° 30! W. The present writers have not

seen this specimen, and are indebted for the information to

Mr. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.8., of the British Museum, by whom

it has been determined and referred to Leach’s species. This

is particularly interesting, as the original Gorgonocephalus

arcticus, Leach, was obtained by Sir John Ross in Baffin’s

Bay, lat. 73° 37’ N., long. 77° 25! W., at a depth of 800 fms.

This was one of the earliest instances of a living organism

being dredged from so great a depth.

CRINOIDEA.

Antedon Eschrichiti (Miiller) and Antedon celtica (Barrett).

Coll. Feilden: Discovery Bay, 25 fms., bottom hard.

The Comatule were handed over to Dr. Carpenter for de-

termination ; and he has kindly informed us of the occurrence

of the above-named species.

Conclusions.

It is clearly manifest that extreme caution should be

exercised in drawing conclusions as to the general character

of a fauna, on the basis of such scanty material as it is pos-

sible for a single expedition to furnish; and the authors feel

that the great hesitation which they have in expressing defi-

nite opinion is fully warranted by the fact that considerable

additions have recently been made to the Echinifauna of

Northern-European waters, the details of which have not yet

been published ; and these investigations may, in all proba-

bility, have the result of going far towards rendering present

‘the Echinodermata of the Arctic Expedition. 469

generalizations invalid. To mention one instance alone.

Writing on the results of the ‘ Porcupine’ dredgings in 1869,

which have not yet been published in full, Sir Wyville Thom-

son, in his ‘ Depths of the Sea,’ remarks :—Between Scotland

and Ferée “we find. ..... every one of the Kchino-

derms hitherto found on the coast of Scandinavia and Green-

land, with the single exception, I believe, of Ophioglypha

Stuwitzt’, a shallow-water Greenland form, among the

ophiurids, and of one or two holothurids, which have yet

evaded us” (J. c. p. 43). It is tantalizing that Sir Wyville

Thomson gives no record of the special Asteroids in his

agreeably written narrative.

Table showing the general Geographical Distribution of the various

Species above mentioned ; together with an Indication of those 0b-

tained by the previous Arctic Explorers, Captains Parry and

Penny.

rd 3

q 2 rao orci tl t=

Bute ws S |e | S

} oa) Mie «| RIC ae | are ah OES

a 2) || | Sy seated

a | 5 #/3is/3/8]28/F

Ay oad ie tos > Od Ba :

asa ial Nid ad ee oa

* | Cucumaria frondosa............ * | * | * | * | # | *

*|*| Strongylocentrotus drébachiensis | x | *« | * | * | * | * | *

? |*| Asteracanthion griénlandicus....| x» | « | # | -- | * %

= sa) eS PL. RR at AE AP .o loge lew

—— palexocrystallus .......... *

Stichaster albulus ......... ieee ath ae OPNRO te ao] te *

*|*) Crossaster papposus............ «x | «*« | * | « | * | * | #

SoOlasher CUdEGA. .ss.0 5 veins ¥ o's) a ee (art I Ue x | *

PUTCMOR Es Ae Ae she cielar an 6: ee PRA MAA ect sal nhl Mahe ie “del mF.

Pteraster militaris ............ x | «x | * «ge ] ae Yl ae

* |) Ophioglypha Sarsit .....5..0 00 x» | « | « | af] « | # | «

* HOPUSHA Eee as, A okclnclersthe * | x | * lowe | * | « | *

SAAT AIA eye Petey oe Oe One o. * * :

*| Ophiocten sericeum............ «* | x | * * *

Ophiopholis bellis.............. ah hae: HG CRO Lael) ete ee

*|*) Ophiacantha spinulosa.......... 2 eh Rats By ee ae

Astrophyton arcticumt ........ ectalll veces

Antedon Eschrichtii .......... ae eg se *#? *

=a J COMICRY Weis Siete hha ald avid STERN *

The following were not obtained by this expedition :—

*|*| Ctenodiscus crispatus.

*| Cucumaria Hyndmani=C. Korenii, Lith.

* | Chirodota brevis, Huxley, =Myriotrochus Rinkii, Stp.

*| Ophiura glacialis, Forbes.

+ This was dredged by Sir John Ross in 1818.

470 Mr. H.J. Carter on a new Species of Foraminifera.

Of these twenty Greenland and Grinnell-Land Echino-

derms,

Fourteen are common to America and Europe ;

Three are known as American and not European ;

Two are known as European and not American ;

One now first recorded from Grinnell Land only.

Analysis similarly shows that fourteen out of the twenty

are Grinnell-Landic. And of these,

Eleven are common to America and Europe ;

Two are known as European and not American ;

One from Grinnell Land only.

Reasoning from present information, the writers are of

opinion that the character of the Echinifauna under considera-

tion is the effect of local modification acting upon a great polar

distribution rather than of intercontinental emigration simply.

LVIII.—Description of a new Species of Foraminifera (Rotalia

spiculotesta). By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c.

[Plate XVI.]

Ever since my description and illustrations of the structure

of the shell of Operculina arabica were published (‘ Annals,’

1852, vol. x. p. 161, pl. iv.), [have felt certain that the spicu-

liform bodies therein described and figured were integral parts

of the test, and not occasioned by any particular arrangement

of its canal-system as stated by Dr. Carpenter, any more than

the bricks of a house are dependent for their form on the

position of the gas- and water-pipes. How far I was justified

in making this assertion may be learnt from the following

description of this new species of Foraminifera.

Rotalia spiculotesta,n. sp. (Pl. XVI. figs. 1-3.)

Parasitic, sessile, flat, subcircular, with irregular margin ;

colour dark brown in the centre, where the chambers are still

filled with dried sarcode, becoming snow-white towards the

margin, where they are more or less emptied by its contraction.

Chambers commencing from a slightly raised, central, spheri-

cal, embryonal or primary cell, in regular spiral succession,

soon becoming most irregular both in size and shape, when

the spire can be no longer traced, as they descend outwards to

a margin so irregularly undulating as to present in some parts

narrow conical processes, while in others they are wide and

round. Aperture not seen, but probably inferior, as none

could be observed above. ‘Test entirely composed of round,

Mr. H. J. Carter on a new Species of Foraminifera. 471

smooth, fusiform, transparent, solid, calcareous spicules, whose

ends are sharp-pointed or round; varying in size from those

of the primary chambers, which are about 2 by $-1800th, to

those of the outer ones, which are 5 by 2-1800ths inch in

their greatest diameters respectively ; arriving abruptly at

their largest dimensions in the third whorl of chambers, beyond

which they do not appear to increase in size (PI. XVI. fig. 2) ;

the whole so interwoven and cemented together by a minutely

areolated, calcareous, crystalline, but white-looking structure

(fig. 3, c), as to form a thin, delicate wall to each of the cham-

bers, whose cavities respectively are either partially empty or

filled with the dried animal, as before stated (fig. 2, a, b, ¢).

Size of entire test about 1-15th inch in horizontal diameter

(fig. 1); vertical diameter almost inappreciable from its ex-

treme thinness and the adherence of the lower surface to the

object on which it has grown; diameter of the primary or

embryonal chamber 2-1800ths of an inch.

Hab. Marine, on the base of Oculina rosea= Stylaster san-

guineus.

Loc. Kast Oceania.

Obs. This remarkable Foraminifer, of which I have only

one specimen, was found accidentally on a small fragment of

the base of a specimen of Stylaster sangutneus in the British

Museum, and therefore, if sought for specially, will probably

(like the fixed Rotalians generally) be met with more or less

abundantly about similar objects from the same region.

The rotalian characters and spicular composition of the test

respectively suggest the name; but being adherent to the

surface on which it is situated, the position of the aperture,

like that of Rotalia, is inferred to be inferior, as none can be

observed on the upper part. There seems to be no particular

arrangement of the spicules, which as often cross each other

as they are seen to be only one layer deep, and, with refer-

ence to their relative position, lie in all possible directions,

seldom appearing above the level of the surface, although

evincing, by the occasional projection of one end, or their

entire separation about some part which has been broken

(like that of the chamber, fig. 2, a), the form above described ;

while the largest belonging to the outer whorls of the

chambers, being in length more than twice the diameter of

the central or embryonal cell, which is composed of similar

spicules only much more minute, show that their size has

been increased with the growth of the test, and therefore that

they have been formed by the animal, and not brought to it

from some other organism. Moreover they are precisely like

those seen in the marginal cord and over the septal spaces of

472 Mr. H. J. Carter on a new Species of Foraminifera.

Operculina arabica (I. c. fig. 4, and ‘ Ann.’ 1861, vol. viii.

pl. xvii. figs. 10, 11), where they are cemented togther by the

same kind of areolar calcareous structure, whose cells are so

minute, that they can only be just‘seen in reflected light under

one-sixth-of-an-inch compound power with high ocular ; hence

its white appearance.

After having described and figured such spicules in the cord

of Operculina arabica in 1852 (‘ Ann.’ J. c.), Dr. Carpenter,

in 1859 (Phil. Trans. p. 25), stated that it was ‘due to the

peculiar manner in which the homogeneous substance of which

it (the marginal cord) is composed is traversed by the set

of canals that are correctly described by Mr. Carter as form-

ing the marginal plexus.” To this I replied in 1861 (‘Ann.’

i. c. p. 813) that this could not be the case, as in some speci-

mens the spicular structure existed over the septal spaces also,

where there is no marginal or any other kind of plexus. Then

Dr. Carpenter in 1862 (Introd. to the Study of -Foram.

p- 257, footnote) rejoined, “ So far from finding in this latter

statement any reason for modifying my own views, I draw

from it additional reason for believing that Mr. Carter has been

misled by the method of examination on which he seems to

place most reliance.”

Here the matter rested with Dr. Carpenter, but not with

myself, who, feeling convinced that I was right, could not

accept Dr. Carpenter’s “‘ views,” viz. that solid fusiform bodies

such as I have described and figured (/. c.), and of which I

still retain the preparation unimpaired, could be formed by a

“ set of canals.” Let any histologist try to conceive how a

plexus of canals, however disposed, could afford that continu-

ous surface which would be necessary to form a solid, fusiform,

calcareous body like the spicule above described, especially

over the septal spaces of Operculina, where no such plexus

exists !

So much for Dr. Carpenter’s “ views.” Now let the above

description of this exquisite little organism, together with the

accompanying figure 2 (necessarily much enlarged to show the

relative size of the primary or embryonic cell, with the length

of the largest spicules), testify to the fact that, not only part,

but the whole of the test may be formed of such spiculitorm

bodies held together, as above stated, by minutely areolated

calcareous structure; while, at the same time, it recalls to

mind the chitinous plates formed by the animal of Huglypha

itself for its own test, and not the heterogeneous material

brought from other localities by the animal of Latwola and the

arenaceous Diflugic for their tests respectively.

Budleigh-Salterton, 7th October, 1877.

On new Species of Heterocera from Japan. 473

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Rotalia spiculotesta, n.sp. Natural size.

Fig. 2. The same, magnified throughout on the scale of 1-24th to 1-1800th

inch. a, chamber broken open, showing the spicular composi-

tion and thin structure of the wall ; 0, cavity of the chamber,

showing the spicular structure of the wall from the interior ;

ce, dried and contracted sarcode of the animal.

Fig. 5. The same, diagram ; portion of the wall of a chamber, magnified

upon the scale of 1-12th to 1-1800th inch, to show the form of

the spicules and areolated calcareous cement. a, spicules sepa-

rate; b, spicules crossing each other; c, areolated cement.

LIX.—Descriptions of new Species of Heterocera from Japan.

—Part I. Sphinges and Bombyces. By Artuur G. BUTLER,

PA. PZs., Ke.

[Continued from p. 404. ]

Notodontide.

33. Phalera sigmata, n. sp.

Primaries above white, irrorated with black, brown, and

yellow ; a patch of raised white scales closing the cell, and

followed by a lunulated oblique brown line from costa to inner

margin ; a discal irregular series of brown-edged, embossed,

white lunate spots, followed by an indistinct greyish belt; a

series of black =-shaped markings along the outer margin ;

secondaries fuliginous brown, becoming darker externally and

ochraceous or testaceous at abdominal margin ; thorax white,

mottled with blackish scales ; abdomen testaceous, with the

anal segments whitish ; antenne ferruginous, with testaceous

pencil-like pectinations: wings below of the male testaceous,

clouded with brown, body testaceous; female rather sandy

yellow than testaceous. Expanse, §'2 inches 5 lines, ? 2 inches

11 lines.

3, Yokohama (Jonas) ; ¢ , Hakodaté (Whitely).

This species has the aspect of Dasychira, but the structure

of Phalera.

34. Bireta pallida, n. Sp.

$ ¢. Primaries pale straw-yellow, with a large, pale

brownish internal patch, reaching to the first median branch,

and a longitudinal streak of the same colour through the end

of the cell; an oblique rounded spot of the ground-colour on

the lower discocellular ; an oblique sinuated line (angulated

474 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species

near the costa) crossing the wing just beyond the middle, and

followed below the third median branch by a straight oblique

line; an oblique apical dash; a submarginal series of very

minute brown dots: secondaries whitish, clouded with pale

brown; thorax white, brownish in front, with a central trigo-

nate, scutiform, testaceous patch ; body testaceous, anal seg-

ments whitish ; antenne with tawny pencils; underside

creamy white, the primaries clouded with brown. LExpanse,

& 1 inch 11 lines, 2 2 inches.

3, Yokohama (Jonas); 2? , Japan (Pryer).

The markings on the primaries of the male are indistinct.

The genus Bireta is closely allied to Cetra.

35. Cerura lanigera, n. sp.

Nearly allied to C. furcula, but the discal area of primaries

clouded with grey, the central band blackish, constricted in

the middle, its ner edge being angulated; the ochreous

scales replaced by a few scattered stramineous scales; the

outer discal lunate line replaced by well-defined blackish

lunate spots; external area (excepting the outer margin)

greyish in all the wings: body whiter, with blacker abdominal

bands. Underside of wings considerably darker. Expanse

2 inches.

Hakodaté (Whately).

36. Dicranura felina, n. sp.

Intermediate in character between D. erminia and D.

vinula; primaries most like those of D. vinula, but differing

from both species in that the outermost discal line is much

more deeply waved, and from D. erminia in the deeper

waving of both discal lines; the innermost (or third discal)

line of D. vinula does not extend in this species beyond the

first median branch: secondaries white as in D. erminia, but

with a well-defined, blackish, discocellular lunule: body

almost as in D. vinula. LEixpanse, g 2 inches 5 lines, 2 2

inches 8 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

37. Peridia gigantea, n. sp.

Nearest to P. trepida, but with a broader internal projecting

scale-patch than in any other species ; above greyish brown:

primaries with a broad, subquadrate, subcentral, whitish patch

from the costa to the median vein, where it becomes more

distinctly testaceous, and is continued as an ill-defined streak

below the first branch for half its length and terminates in a

of Heterocera from Japan. 475

<-shaped marking ; orbicular and reniform spots represented

by 8-shaped markings, and forming part of the subquadrate

patch ; basal area to submedian vein crossed by a testaceous

streak, intersected and bounded externally by zigzag dusky

lines ; an oblique whitish costal spot beyond the cell, followed

across the disk by whitish dots on the nervures; two or three

indistinct subapical whitish lunules running obliquely between

the veins ; secondaries whitish, with a very broad greyish exter-

nal border, a central greyish line parallel to the border, apex

and one or two subapical spots whitish ; tegule bordered with

black; a black annulus on metathorax; abdomen brown:

below sandy whitish ; secondaries with two indistinct central

parallel greyish lines. LExpanse 2 inches 7 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

HUPODONTA, nov. gen.

Allied to Notodonta and Pheosia, but with broader prima-

ries, having no internal tooth ; antenne broadly pectinated

throughout ; the scape densely clothed with scales, conical:

secondaries densely scaled. Type H. corticalis.

38. Hupodonta corticalis, n. sp.

General aspect of Notodonta ziczac; primaries pale brown,

clouded and streaked with darker brown, two pale dashes in a

dusky semicircular patch just beyond the cell; costa black,

spotted in the centre and towards apex; a cuneiform black

internal dash; disk crossed by a grey zigzag line dotted with

black on the nervures ; outer border first dark brown, followed

by a sinuated whitish line, then lilacine, intersected by a sub-

marginal series of black 3-shaped markings, and edged with

black ; fringe pale brown, with darker external edge; secon-

daries grey, crossed by pale streaks and lines, which are most

distinct near outer margin and edged with dark brown towards

anal angle; body pale brown, tegulee darker; collar and head

dark brown, bordered with whitish: primaries below greyish

brown, with the interno-median area and outer border paler ;

secondaries whity brown, crossed by an arched dusky belt,

and with basicostal and anal dusky dashes ; pectus greyish

brown, venter pale brown. Expanse 2 inches.

Yokohama (Jonas).

GONOCLOSTERA, nov. gen.

Aspect of Closteromorpha of Felder (Nov. Lep. pl. Ixxxiii.),

but the antenne broadly pectinated throughout, the primaries

less distinctly angulated externally ; palpi short and broad,

476 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species

with very minute terminal joint; tibize clothed with long

hair. This genus should be placed near to Derriocdes.

Type G. latipennis.

39. Gonoclostera latipennis, n. sp.

Primaries greyish brown, crossed by two diverging lines,

the inner one slightly arched, the outer slightly sinuous, a broad

triangular patch (enclosed by these lines) becoming gradually

darker towards the centre of the wing, apical area dusky ;

secondaries paler brown, the costal area very light ; an indi-

cation of a light, discal, transverse, arched line; thorax dark

brown, abdomen slightly paler: under surface altogether

paler, with two parallel, central, dusky, transverse lines;

primaries with the base and a costal spot near apex whitish ;

secondaries and margins of venter whity brown. Expanse

1 inch 4 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

GELASTOCERA, nov. gen.

Aspect of Cleapa, to which it seems allied, but the antennz

broadly pectinated for rather more than half their length with

long bristle-like pectinations ; apical two fifths covered with

an extremely short pilosity (only visible with a lens); palpi

projecting some little distance in front of the head ; abdomen

very slender. Type G. exusta.

40), Gelastocera exusta, n. Sp.

Primaries ferrugimous, with a broad central piceous band,

widest on inner margin; external area sordid testaceous ;

secondaries whitish, slightly ferruginous at outer margin ;

head and thorax reddish, antenne brown, abdomen whitish :

under surface whitish, with a few scattered ferruginous scales ;

centre of primaries greyish. Expanse 1 inch 38 lines.

Hakodaté ( Whitely).

The antennz are most like those of the genus Thiacidas.

Limacodide.

PHRIXOLEPIA, nov. gen.

Alhed to Natada; the wings short and broad ; primaries

with the inner margin incurved at the base; thorax short,

clothed with upright bristling scales; antenne thickened

towards the base, but without pectinations. Type P. sericea.

41. Phrixolepia sericea, un. sp.

Primaries shining ferruginous or cupreous brown, crossed

of Heterocera from Japan. 477

obliquely by an angulated white line, which, towards the

inner margin, is bounded internally by deeper colour and

externally by grey; costal margin yellow, fringe white ;

secondaries shining brown, fringe white; thorax chocolate-

brown; abdomen greyish, with yellow anal tuft: under

surface shining whity brown; primaries slightly greyish with

yellowish costa. Expanse 1 inch 1 line.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Drepanulide.

42. Oreta turpis, n. sp.

3. Pale shining brown, external area sprinkled with short

black liture ; fringe dark chocolate-brown: primaries crossed

obliquely by two contiguous, parallel, discal, greyish lines,

which become blackish towards the apex; a short plumba-

ginous apical streak between the outer line and the margin ;

the costa at apex and the fringe in the subapical sinus black ;

secondaries with the costal area pale, apical area rather darker

than the rest of the wing; thorax reddish brown ; abdomen

pale brown, anal tuft yellowish: under surface testaceous,

speckled sparsely with grey ; fringe brown. Expanse 1 inch

4 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

43. Oreta calida, n. sp.

Laky brown, mottled with black lituree; the male less red

than the female; wings crossed by two central blackish lines,

the inner one slightly incurved, and the outer one angulated

near the costa of primaries, bounded also by a yellow line

running to the apex, and limited externally by a brown streak;

apex greyish, with black margin; fringe dark brown; extre-

mity of the cell more or less dusky : secondaries with dark

brown fringe; the female with a discal series of black dots,

outer border ferruginous. Under surface bright reddish tawny,

spotted with grey, and crossed by a discal grey stripe, which

is angulated near the costa of primaries ; legsred. Hxpanse,

3 1 inch 8 lines, ? 2 inches.

Yokohama (Jonas), Hakodaté (Whitely).

Allied to the preceding species and to O. suffusa.

44, Oreta pulchripes, n. sp.

Sordid testaceous ; wings bordered and clouded with rosy

lilacine, and margined with ferruginous, mottled and striated

with grey ; primaries with two or three costal spots and one

near the external angle blackish, crossed by two oblique irre-

478 Mr. A.G. Butler on new Species

gular grey lines, the inner one zigzag, the outer undulated,

both angulated near the costa, the outer one bordered exter-

nally by a bright yellow line, terminating in an ochraceous

patch near the apex ; a large ferruginous spot at the end of

the cell, enclosing a plumbaginous >-shaped marking ; head

bright yellow; palpi, frons, and anterior coxe scarlet; collar

greyish, more or less lilacine ; abdomen yellow, brightest in

the male: under surface cadmium-yellow, densely irrorated

with red; primaries mottled with grey, and with a grey sub-

marginal streak ; secondaries with a central red streak; legs

clothed with scarlet hair. EZxpanse 1 inch 6-7 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

45. Oreta calceolaria, un. sp.

Sulphur-yellow ; wings with central band, basal area,

external border of primaries, and a few scales at apex of

secondaries reddish brown, mottled with grey and shot with

lilacine; palpi and frons plum-coloured ; vertex of head and

antennz gravel-yellow ; collar lilacine ; thorax sordid ochra-

ceous; abdomen testaceous: wings below sulphur-yellow,

basal area broadly cadmium-yellow netted with scarlet; pri-

maries with external border red, greyish towards the apex:

body stramineous ; legs yellow, streaked above with scarlet ;

anterior coxe scarlet. EZxpanse 1 inch 7 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Nearly allied to O. rosea from Nova Scotia, but much -

larger and duller in colouring, the central band moreover

being of more equal width throughout. It is just possible that

the type of Drepanulides (?) rufulus of Motschulsky may be a

rubbed and faded specimen of this species ; but it is impossible

to tell without seeing it.

46. Drepana scabiosa, n.sp.

Above pearly grey: primaries with the costal margin

golden orange; a submarginal dark grey stripe; fringe

greyish brown; an angulated central transverse series of

squamose brown spots, surrounded by sordid white zones :

secondaries with a similar spot at the end of the cell, two. or

three scarcely perceptible parallel discal greyish lines; fringe

brown; collar golden orange. Under surface pale strami-

neous, rather brighter towards apex of primaries; fringe grey.

Expanse 1 inch 5 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

HYPSOMADIUS, nov. gen.

Allied to Drepana, but more robust, the head not visible

of Heterocera from Japan. 479

from above; palpi extremely short ; the antennz compressed,

the joints imbricated ; shoulders square, in a line with the costal

margin of primaries: primaries trigonate, produced at apex,

outer margin slightly concave ; secondaries subtrigonate, the

costal margin straight, abdominal margin slightly concave,

anal angle produced, outer margin convex ; legs clothed with

long hair to the end of the tarsi. Type HH. insignis.

47. Hypsomadius insignis, n. sp.

Wings above shining silver-grey, crossed by two lines, the

inner one of primaries and the outer one of secondaries irre-

gularly dentate-sinuate, these and the inner one of secondaries

testaceous: primaries with the outer line oblique, running to

apex, dark red; apical area above the line irrorated with

black ; fringe dark red; costal margin ochreous: secondaries

with the fringe testaceous: body ‘grey, prothorax white, sides

of abdomen and anus rosy; head orange, with four lateral

patches of crimson scales; legs below whitish; femora whitish

above ; tibiew yellow, with a black central spot above, rose-

coloured at the sides, the whole of the joints clothed on each

side with a long fringe of bright rose-coloured hair, venter

crimson. Wings below shining rose-coloured, crossed by in-

numerable grey liture, most densely in the primaries, the

latter wings with a grey indistinct oblique line running to the

apex; costal margin, apex, fringe, and veins near apex yellow.

Expanse 2 inches.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Saturniide.

48. Caligula japonica, Moore.

The pupa of this species, but not the imago, has been de-

scribed by Mr. Moore. Itis nearly allied to C. stmla, but may

at once be distinguished by the inner transverse stripe on both

wings, which in the primaries is nearly straight (slightly

concave), instead of 3-shaped, and in the secondaries angu-

larly sigmoidal, instead of being regularly convex with an

abrupt angle near the abdominal margin. Expanse, $ 5 inches

2 lines, 2? 5 inches 1-5 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

49. Caligula Jonasii, n. sp.

6. Primaries with whitish costal margin; interno-basal

area, limited by an angulated dark red-brown stripe, dull red ;

discoidal and subcostal areas, and a band immediately beyond

the subbasal stripe, and bounded externally by a second simi-

480 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species

lar one, pink ; a large black-bordered dull red ocellus enclosing

a black spot, its inner third being occupied by red, white, and

testaceous lines, at the end of the cell; discal area dull yel-

lowish brown; two apical converging black spots with white

and rose-coloured continuations ; a broad sinuated submargi-

nal band, angulated and white-edged at external angle ;

margin yellowish grey ; fringe grey, with a pale brown central

line : secondaries with the basal two thirds sordid pink, crossed

by two central angulated grey stripes, and bounded externally

by a third broader one; disk and border as in primaries, but

the submarginal band with a continuous white internal edge ;

an ocellus as in primaries at the end of the cell: head and

thorax dark dull red; antenne testaceous ; collar grey with a

brown border, abdomen clay-coloured. Wings below with the

basal three fourths sordid pink, clouded with pale testaceous,

with a central brown stripe ; .a double zigzag continuous discal

line bounding the externo-discal area, which is nearly as

above; ocelli almost as above: body below reddish clay-colour ;

legs and palpi dark dull red. Expanse 3 inches 10 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

50. Rhodia fugax, n. sp.

¢. Allied to R. newara, but much smaller, the primaries

less falcate ; the transverse bands better-defined, greyer, more

dentated ; the hyaline spots of primaries twice as large, those

of secondaries only half as large, the rosy tints replaced by

burnt sienna, which colour more or less suffuses the whole

external area of the secondaries ; the antenne much darker.

Expanse 4 inches 3-4 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

51. Tropea gnoma, n. sp.

Allied to 7. artemis, but smaller, of a bluer green; the

veins brown instead of white; the fringe whitish, and the tails

of secondaries much narrower, longer, and more divergent.

Expanse 3 inches 9 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Lasiocampide.

52. Trabala cristata, n. sp.

Nearly allied to 7. niveiceps, but altogether more ochra-

ceous, the primaries crossed by two pale brown stripes which

diverge towards the costa, the inner one at the basal third, and

the outer one at the middle of the wing; a nearly straight

of Heterocera from Japan. 481

transverse dark red-brown discal line; two ochre-bordered

credm-coloured spots at the end of the cell ; crest (formed by

the conjunction of the tegule) considerably higher and dis-

tinctly bordered with yellowish clay-colour; head, collar,

ventral surface of the body and secondaries below cream-colour

instead of white. LExpanse 3 inches 8 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas). ;

53. Odonestis eacellens, n. sp.

3. Primaries deep sordid ochreous or gravel-yellow, with

a white spot at the end of the cell, outer border broadly and

irregularly chocolate-brown ; base brownish, enclosing a large

subcostal spot of the ground-colour; three equidistant zigzag

lunulated brown stripes, the area between the first two brownish;

secondaries chocolate-brown, with a central diffused darker

band: body deep sordid ochreous ; antennze cream-coloured,

with brown pectinations: wings below ochraceous, with

three subparallel transverse brown streaks, the two outer

ones on the secondaries macular. Female sordid testaceous,

with markings as in the male, but far less distinct. Expanse,

3 2 inches 10 lines, ? 3 inches 6 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Allied to O. sodalis from China and “ Lebeda” undans

from Silhet.

54. Odonestis superans, n. sp.

Smoky brown, with a white spot at the end of the cell;

primaries with anirregularly sinuous disco-submarginal whitish-

bordered dusky stripe, a slender transverse broadly sinuated

discal line ; male rather paler than the female, the primaries

with a large white subcostal spot near the base, an angulated

transverse subbasal line, the centre of interno-median area

occupied by a broad white nebula: wings below uniform in

colouring, with an indication of a diffused darker discal streak

across both wings. Expanse, ¢ 3 inches 3 lines, ? 4 inches

3 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

55. Odonestis spectabilis.

@. Like the preceding, excepting that the primaries and

thorax are black, and the whitish border of the disco-submar-

ginal stripe is replaced by white spots ; no white spot at the

end of the cell; the under surface with dusky-streaked exter-

nal area to primaries and black prothorax; ground-colour of

the wings redder. Expanse 4 inches.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 4. Vol. xx. 33

482 On new Species of Heterocera from Japan.

The costal margin of this species is more arched than in

O. superans. ;

56. ona segregata, nu. sp.

Primaries black, specked all over with white scales, most

noticeably in the female; two central parallel dentate-sinuate

oblique white bands, angulated towards costa; a subbasal

nebula and a W-shaped series of disco-submarginal spots,

reddish and diffused in the male, white in the female: secon-

daries dark brown, with paler diffused central band and outer

border: thorax black, margins of collar and tegule grey ;

abdomen reddish brown; antennz white, with red-brown pec-

tinations. Underside pale reddish brown; costal margins

blackish : primaries with a subcostal diffused white streak

near the apex ; an indistinct central transverse dusky streak ;

eight discal spots and the fringe blackish : secondaries crossed

from the middle by three broad dusky belts ; costa and external

border whitish. Expanse, f 2 inches 7 lines, ? 3 inches 4

lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Allied to ‘‘ Lebeda”’ hebes.

Cossidz.

57. Hepialus excrescens, n. sp.

&. Primaries above pale pinky brownish, reticulated with

grey, and sparsely speckled with black ; costa with a post-

median convex excrescence ; margin black-spotted ; basal half

of the wing, excepting the costal and internal areas, occupied

by a large triangular yellowish brown patch, its inferior border

edged with whitish; an ill-defined subangulated yellowish-

brown discal band; secondaries grey, with the costal and outer

margins brown, a black subapical costal spot ; body brown :

under surface shining brown, costa of primaries spotted with

sordid white and blackish. Expanse 2 inches 8 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

Allied to H. quadriguttatus of Grote.

58. Hepialus emulus, n. sp.

3. Nearly allied to the preceding, but the primaries paler,

brownish testaceous, with the external and internal areas and

a transverse belt beyond the cell shining silvery greyish ; two

olivaceous spots in the cell and one below it; secondaries

blackish, the external border and apical portion of costa pale

with brassy reflections ; thorax whitish, with brown borders ;

Post-tertiary Beds of Grinnell Land, &c. 483

abdomen greyish brown: under surface of wings brown, costal

margins whitish, spotted with brown ; pectus dark brown, legs

paler; venter whity brown; an ochreous tuft on each side at

the base. Expanse 3 inches.

Yokohama (Jonas).

LX.—The Post-tertiary Beds of Grinnell Land and North

Greenland. By H. W. Friupen, F.G.S8.,C.M.Z.8., Natu-

ralist to the late Arctic Expedition; and Note by J. GwYN

JEFFREYS, LL.D., F.R.S.

In a paper written by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys, and read at the

Plymouth Meeting of the British Association, 20th Aug.,

1877, and subsequently printed*, the author directs attention

to the Post-tertiary fossils procured in the late Arctic Expedi-

tion. My intention now is to supplement that paper by the

addition of a few species of Mollusca which had not been

submitted to Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys when he published his list,

and to add a little information in regard to the structure and

extent of these recent deposits, with a notice of the Mamma-

lian and other remains discovered in them.

The localities whence the fossil Mollusca examined by

Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys were brought are recorded in his paper,

and are numbered by him stations 1 to 12. Nos. 1 and 9 of

his list embrace various localities in the vicinity of Floeberg

Beach, the winter quarters of H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ lat. 82° 27'N.,

long 61° 42' W. ‘This list of stations by no means exhausts

the whole area over which the Post-tertiary deposits are spread,

and from which the collections made by members of the

expedition were derived; for at nearly every point visited in

Smith Sound and northwards, either on the Grinnell-Land or

Greenland shores, where the snow-covering was wanting, evi-

dences of recent elevation were traced.

This elevation of the land in the northern circumpolar

regions has long since been brought to the notice of geo-

graphers and geologists ; and the subject has been treated in a

very able and comprehensive manner by Mr. Henry H.

Howortht. The conclusion arrived at by that author is fully

confirmed by our observations made in Grinnell Land and

North Greenland, which substantiate his opinion that the land

which “surrounds the North Pole is undergoing a general

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Sept. 1877, pp. 229-242.

+ Journ. Roy. Geogr. Soc. 1873.

33*

484 Capt. H. W. Feilden on the Post-tertiary Beds

movement of upheaval ; or, to be perfectly correct, we find on

it traces in all directions that there has been a movement of

upheaval since there was any subsidence.”

The evidences of recent elevation in Grinnell Land and

North Greenland may be grouped under several headings,

namely :—

Mountain-tops and elevated plateaux, having fragments of

molluscan remains scattered over their surfaces with ice-borne

erratic boulders.

Terminal moraines of ancient glaciers, now elevated above

the sea-level, containing numerous molluscan remains.

Series of ancient sea-levels rising tier above tier with great

regularity ; remains of fossil Mollusca are not unfrequently

scattered along these beaches, whilst erratic boulders have been

numerously stranded on their slopes and terraces.

Pushed-up mounds or long ridges of gravels, observed at

various elevations; whilst similar formations were seen at the

sea-level, where the edges of the pack had been driven vio-

lently inshore.

Glacial scratches at considerable elevations on cliffs forming

the shores of Robeson Channel.

Numerous deposits of sand, mud, and gravel occupying the

interiors of valleys, and the bottoms and margins of the fresh-

water lakes dispersed over the land. These valleys must

recently have been fiords, bays, or arms of the sea; the deposits

now resting on their flanks and in the hollows, sometimes

attaining a thickness of 200 to 300 feet, were formed by the

summer torrents charged with sediment. The same process

is going on at the present day; wherever a stream discharges

into the sea, the turbid fresh water shows distinctly : whilst the

floe with its cargoes of stones and gravel is rotted and de-

stroyed by the comparatively heated fresh water, as a rule the

edges of the deltas along the northern shores of Grinnell

Land are marked by a line of huge grounded floebergs.

On more than one occasion whilst navigating Robeson

Channel, these embouchures, though very shallow, proved

true harbours of refuge to our vessel, threatened with destruc-

tion by the closing-in pack. The quantity of material brought

down by these summer torrents during the few weeks of their

existence is to be accounted for by the fact that, as a rule, they

cut through and wash away the mud and sand beds, which

have been formed at earlier stages of upheaval under similar

circumstances. I found no evidence of oscillation marking

the progress of upheaval in these deposits, but, on the contrary,

proof that there have been no periods of subsidence. In every

case where these valley mud beds were left intact they are

of Grinnell Land and North Greenland. 485

surmounted by beds of gravel. The fine muds and sands must

have been deposited in salt water, as is shown by the numerous

molluscan remains they contain; whilst the superincumbent

unfossiliferous gravels must have been deposited by the

streams on the top of the mud beds as the land rose; for the

finest material would naturally be borne furthest seaward.

Had there been periods of subsidence, we should undoubtedly

find the mud and gravel beds intercalating. During upheaval

the gravel beds would be deposited, as we find them, above the

sands; if periods of subsidence had intervened, mud and sand

beds would have been found above the gravels.

The formation of the lakes is obvious. As a bay silts up,

and the depth of water at its mouth lessens, the heavy floe

driven in from seaward grounds; the almost irresistible pres-

sure of the polar pack exerted on the fluebergs buries them

deep in the yielding material, which is at the same time

forced up intoabar. ‘The process of upheaval continues; the

bay becomes a lake; the embankment is soon cut through by

the water that seeks an outlet from the lake in summer; the

waters of the lake are lowered, and wide margins of mud are

exposed. ‘These are frozen’ and snow-covered for ten months

of the year, except where the gales of wind have scooped out

the snow and left the ground exposed but frozen as hard

as any rock. During the brief summer, when the borders of

the lake are exposed, they have the appearance as if the tide

had only lately receded ; the shells of Mya truncata, Saxicava

rugosa, and Astarte borealis are strewed around in great pro-

fusion, with large quantities of drift-wood, and in some few

instances mammalian remains.

Oscillations of level in these regions since the close of the

‘Tertiary epoch must have occurred on a considerable scale ;

for I detected Post-tertiary beds resting on undoubted Mio-

cene strata, and extending to an elevation of not less than

1000 feet above their level. The obvious conclusion is, that

since the period when a flora analogous in some respects

to that now existing in Mexico flourished within 500 miles

of the northern axis of our planet, there has been a subsidence

of over 1000 feet, and a subsequent upheaval to a similar

altitude.

I have thus alluded briefly to the geologicai structure of

these Post-tertiary deposits, in the hope of making the descrip-

tion of the different stations referred to hereafter intelligible

to the reader. The stations numbered and described in the

following notes are additional to those recorded by Dr. Gwyn

_Jeffreys* :-—

* Anted, p. 231.

486 Capt. H. W. Feilden on the Post-tertiary Beds

Station No. 13. Port Foulke, Greenland, lat. 78° 20' N.

A bed over 100 feet in thickness, lying across a valley, at an

elevation of 300 feet, cut through and exposed by a water-

course. Composed of rounded fragments and boulders of

granite, gneiss, hornblendic gneiss, basalts, and sandstones,

apparently the moraine of a glacier, which must once have

submerged at this spot. A fine yellow sand occupied the

interstices between the rocks. This sand was full of the shells

of Saxicava rugosa, with both valves connected, Mya trun-

cata, and very sparingly Cardium islandicum and Tellina

calcaria.

Station No. 14. A deposit of stiffclay and pebbles, oceupy-

ing a depression on the summit of a gneissoid island near Cape

Sabine, Ellesmere Land. Elevation 150 feet, most of the

testaceous remains fragmentary, consisting of Mya truncata,

Saxicava rugosa, and Astarte borealis.

Station No. 15. Twin-Glacier Valley, Hayes Sound, Elles-

mere Land. About two miles from the shore, and about the

same distance from the edge of the glacier. The stream

issuing from the glacier there cuts through beds of fine yellow

sands, resting on dolomitic limestone, of probably Silurian

age. These beds contained few boulders, but were replete

with valves of Mya truncata and Saxicava rugosa, Tellina

calcaria being very sparingly scattered through the beds.

The section which | examined was remarkably interesting, as

it presented an excellent example of contorted bedding, the

layers of sand being irregularly deposited and crumpled up

by the pressure of berg or floe ice.

Station No. 16. Victoria Head, Bache Island, lat. 79° 14’ N.

Terraces from 100 to 200 feet above sea-level, resting on grey

fossiliferous limestone of Silurian age. Valves of Mya trun-

cata and Saxicava rugosa alone found scattered along these

terraces.

Station No. 17. Cape Harrison, western side of Franklin-

Pierce Bay, Grinnell Land, lat. 79° 24! N. From the shore

to an elevation of 300 feet rose a series of terraces, which slope

at an angle of 30 to 35 degrees. These terraces were com-

posed of the débris of the limestone cliffs with clay ; valves of

Mya truncata and Saxicava rugosa were alone found. In

places where these terraces were broken and the material swept

away, the basement rock (a hard Silurian limestone) was

marked with ice-scratchings. I could not at the time account

for these scratchings on the basement rock and on some of the

pebbles in the terraces; but later on we obtained demon-

stration that shore-ice, acted on by the rise and fall of the

tide, picked up the material from the bottom and scratched the

of Grinnell Land and North Greenland. 487

imbedded stones, as well as the rocks against which the ice

grated. This action of shore-ice I shall advert to more fully

in the account of the geology of the expedition.

Station No. 18. Allman Bay, Grinnell Land, lat. 79° 30! N.

On both sides of this bay several lines of parallel terraces

stretch for miles, their surfaces from 50 to 100 feet broad ;

along these terraces are scattered valves of Mya truncata and

Saxicava rugosa. The regularity of these terraces is due to

the former presence of the ice-foot, which now permanently

encases the shore. My impression is that these terraces have

been formed by the sliding down of material, and the banking-

up power of the ice casement (the ice-foot of arctic explorers).

Perhaps this simple explanation may throw some light on the

formation of terraces in other parts of the world, such as the

parallel roads of Glenroy in Scotland. During summer the

ice-foot is worn by the melting snow-streams into channels; at

aigh tide the sea-water rushes up these cuttings, and, spreading

oer the ice-foot, works holes through the frozen snow until it

-eaches the terrace beneath ; valves of shells are thus scattered

over the terraces. :

Station No. 19. Radmore Harbour, Grinnell Land, lat.

30° 27' N. Series of terraces, similar to No. 18, with the

same testaceous remains.

Station No. 20. Watercourse Bay, Grinnell Land, lat. 81°

44'N. Thick beds of clay, with numerous ice-scratched erra-

tics, resting upon beds of sandstone of Miocene age: fossils

Mya truncata, Saxicava rugosa, Astarte borealis, and Pecten

Grenlandicus.

Station No. 21. Same locality, 1000 feet higher elevation,

resting on azoic slates ; same description of beds with similar

fossils as No. 20.

Station No, 22. Shift-rudder Bay, Grinnell Land, lat. 80°

50'N. Valley leading into the interior with great deposits

of grey mud containing drift-wood, occupying depressions up

to an altitude of 200 feet; where cut by watercourses, the

sections showed numbers of Astarte borealis, in such good

preservation that the epidermis was fresh-looking and the

hinge of the valves intact. Mya truncata, Saaxicava rugosa,

and Pecten Grenlandicus were the most abundant fossils;

but Astarte fabula occurred not unfrequently. From this

locality Commander Parr, R.N., procured an antler of the

reindeer (Cervus tarandus), which, I do not doubt, came out

of these shell-bearing beds.

Station No. 23. Lincoln Bay*, Grinnell Land, lat. 82°

* Vide Parliamentary Papers {[C.—1636], 1877, p. 301.

488 Capt. H. W. Feilden on the Post-tertiary Beds

8’ N. Borders of freshwater lakes, consisting of brown mud,

frozen at the date of visit, April 26, 1876, elevated about

50 feet above sea-level, evidently arecently elevated fiord. An

area of miles was strewed with sea-shells; these consisted

largely of Astarte borealis, Saxicava rugosa, and Mya truncata,

whilst Astarte fabula was not socommon. Most of these shells

had the two valves attached. It must not be supposed that this

whole area was exposed : snow lay deep on many parts of it;

but every here and there the wind had scooped out patches

and bared places, where I was able to examine the surface-

mud and its contents.

Station No. 24. A ravine, some four miles inland from

Blackcliff Bay, lat. 82° 30' N.* Sections of these mud beds

showed thicknesses of 100 to 150 feet, surmounted by beds of

gravel (or, rather, water-worn pebbles) of great thickness. In

addition to Pecten Grenlandicus, Astarte borealis, Saxicava

rugosa, and Mya truncata, we here obtained a few specimens

of Trochus umbilicalis, Cylichna alba, and Siphodentalium

vitreum, Many fragments of marine alge (Melobesia poly-

morpha) were scattered through these beds, also fragments of

rods of Funiculina quadrangularis.

Station No. 25. Deposits rising from sea-level to an eleva-

tion of 400 feet in the vicinity of Dumbbell harbour, Grinnell

Land, lat. 82° 30! N. In one spot I found the rods of Funt-

culina very abundant, also a bone and a tooth of Ovibos

moschatus, and a bone of Phoca hispida, in addition to Pecten

Grenlandicus, Astarte borealis, Mya truncata, Saxicava

rugost.

Station No. 26. Mud beds, Westward-Ho Valley; Grinnell

Land, 82° 40'N. Pecten Grenlandicus common ; this shell is

extremely friable in a fossil condition, and difficult to extract

in an entire state. This species was also common at stations

Nos. 1, 8, and 9 of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreyst. Nos. 1 and 9

stations being in close proximity to the winter quarters of

H.M.S. ‘ Alert,’ in lat. 82°27’ N., received especial attention

and examination from myself and others.

Station No, 27. Plateaux elevated 800 feet in the vicinity

of Floeberg Beach, lat. 82° 27’ N. Valves of Mya truncata

scattered about sparsely.

From Station No. 3 of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys I procured

fossil remains of Cervus tarandus, Ovibos moschatus, and

Phoca barbata, and’ from Station No. 9 those of Myodes

torquatus.

* Vide Parliamentary Papers [C.—1636], 1877, p. 291.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1877, p. 231.

of Grinnell Land and North Greenland. 489

This list of stations where Post-tertiary deposits in Grin-

nell Land and North Greenland were examined might be

indefinitely increased ; but I think sufficient has been adduced

to show that these deposits received careful and systematic

investigation. The paucity of the fossil molluscan fauna in

species, as compared with individuals, must be accounted for,

not by “the difficult circumstances under which the speci-

mens were collected in such very high latitudes ”*, but from

physical causes, a demonstration of which I have attempted

in a paper I lately contributed to a contemporary magazine.

I am indebted to Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys for the determination of

the additional species of Post-tertiary fossil Mollusca included

in this paper, and for a revision of the others.

Note. By J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S.

Since the publication, in the ‘Annals’ for Sept. 1877, of my

paper on the Post-tertiary and recent Mollusca procured in the

late Arctic Expedition, | have examined more specimens col-

lected by Capt. Feilden; and I nowsubjoin a list, with reference

to his additional stations and to some of those previously given

by me.

CONCHIFERA.

Pecten Grenlandicus (page 231).

Stations Nos. 20, 21, 22, 24, 26.

Leda pernula (p. 232).

St. No. 9.

Leda arctica (p. 238).

St. Nos. 1, 9.

Axinus flecuosus, var. Gouldiit (p. 233).

St. No. 9.

Cardium Islandicum, Chemnitz.

Cardium Islandicum, Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. vol. vi. p. 200, tab. 19.

figs. 195, 196.

St. No. 13.

Circumpolar ; frequent in Post-tertiary deposits throughout

the north of Europe and America.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept. 1877, p. 230.

+ Zoologist, 1877, pp. 435-440,

490 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on the Post-tertiary Fossils

| Astarte borealis (p. 233).

St. Nos. 9, 14, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,26.

Astarte fabula (p. 234).

wt. Nos'1)°0) 15, 22, 2a

This species is probably the Nicania Banksti of Leach,

MS., which was figured by the late Mr. G. B. Sowerby in

his Supplement to Gray’s ‘ Mollusca of Beechey’s Voyage,’

(1839), pl. xliv. fig. 10, as “Astarte Banksii? Gray in Brit.

Mus.” Moller included it in his list of Greenland Mollusca

under the name “ Nicania Banksii, Sab.” Reeve’s publica-

tion was in 1855. Sowerby’s figure, although it represents

the shape, does not show the peculiar sculpture of A. fabula.

Tellina calearia, Chemn.

Tellina calearea, Chemn. vi. p. 140, tab. 18. fig. 186.

SL NOs aoe, ies, Ao.

For the synonymy and range of this common arctic shell

and “glacial” fossil see ‘British Conchology,’ vol. ii. pp. 389,

390, and vol. v. p. 187.

Thracia obliqua, Jeftr., sp. n.

Mb. cIN. sil

A valve measuring an inch and six tenths in breadth by an

inch and one tenth in length. It is distinguishable from

Thracia (Amphidesma) truncata of Brown, = 7. myopsis,

Beck, in having a more oblique or twisted shape, a straight

instead of rounded margin in front, and a more gradual or less

abrupt slope to each side; the truncature at the posterior side

is broad and regularly curved; and the surface is puckered, as

in Mya truncata. It wants the flexuosity of 7. pubescens,

but resembles in its outline that species more than 7’ truncata.

T. septentrionalis, Jeffr. (truncata of Mighels and Adams),

differs in shape and texture from all the above-named species.

Having, however, seen but a single valve, I will not insist on

this constituting a new species.

Mya truncata, var. Uddevallensis (p. 235.)

St.’ Nos. 13,9, 13,14, 15, 16, 17, 18; TI, 20, 21, 22 23;

24, 27

Station 21 appears, by a memorandum made on the spot,

to be no less than 1000 feet higher than Station 20.

Saxicava rugosa (p. 234).

St. Nos. 1,3, 9, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,

4, 25

of Grinnell Land and North Greenland. 491

SOLENOCONCHIA.

Stphodentalium vitreum.

See Ann. Feb. 1877, pp. 155, 156.

St. No. 24.

GASTROPODA.

Trochus umbilicalis (p. 235).

St. No. 24.

Buccinum tenue.

See Ann. April 1877, p. 324.

St. No. 25.

Cylichna alba (p. 237).

St, No. 24.

ACTINOZOA.

Funiculina quadrangularis (p. 237 as Pennatula, sp.).

St. No. 24.

Mr. Norman has examined these organisms, and favoured

me with the following memorandum :—

“ Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas) = Pavonaria

quadrangularis, Johnston.

“ Fragments of the full-grown quadrangular calcareous ske-

leton-rods. They are in good condition, and much more re-

cent-looking and less decayed than a similar rod which I

dredged two months ago to the N.E. of the “Maiden Rock”

near Oban. There can be no doubt that this Oban specimen

was “recent ;” for although I did not dredge it living, it was

close to this locality that Mr. M‘Andrew obtained the first

known British example of this species. Puniculina quadran-

gularis is at present known to range from the Adriatic Sea

(Kélliker) to the Minch (‘ Porcupine’ Expedition, 1869) on

our own coast, and Kattegat in the Scandinavian Seas

(Malm).”

MARINE ALGZA.

Melobesia polymorpha (p. 237).

St. No. 24.

Leda arctica, Cardium Islandicum, Tellina calcaria, Thracia

obliqua, Siphodentalium vitreum, and Buccinum ténue are

492 Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys on the Post-tertiary Fossils

additions to my former list, and raise the number of fossil

species to 27.

T take this opportunity of also supplementing, but in a less

degree, the list of recent Mollusca from the Arctic Expe-

dition.

BRACHIOPODA.

Ehynchonella psittacea.

Anomia rostrum psittaci, Chemn. viii. p. 106, tab. 78. fig. 713, a, 6, ¢.

Franklin-Pierce Bay, lat. 79° 25’ N., 15 fathoms (Feilden

and Hart): Cape Napoleon, 25 fms. (Feilden).

Inhabits the Arctic seas in both hemispheres, southwards to

Newfoundland and Norway (and perhaps Shetland also), in

from 12 to 150 fathoms. It has a rather more extensive dis-

tribution in a fossil state, and occurs in our newer Crag and

Post-tertiary beds, as well as in Canada. See ‘ British Con-

chology,’ vol. 1. pp. 22, 23, and vol. v. p. 164, pl. xcix.

fig. 4.

GASTROPODA.

Trochus umbilicalis (p. 235).

Mushroom Point, 82° 29! N. lat. (Feilden): Floeberg Beach,

82° 27' N. lat. (Moss). Not recorded in a recent or fossil

state anywhere south of the Arctic circle.

Trochus olivaceus (p. 240).

Cape Frazer, 80 fms. ; lat. 79° 44’ N.

In the stomach of a Crossaster papposus (Feilden).

For synonymy and range see ‘ Annals,’ March 1877, pp.

237, 238.

Cylichna striata, Brown.

Bulla striata, Brown, Ill. 1827, pl. 38. figs. 41, 42.

Floeberg Beach (Moss).

This high-northern species is the Bulla occulta of Mighels

and Adams (1841), B. Renhardi of Moller (1842), B. scalpta

of Reeve (1855), and B. propinqua of M. Sars (1858).

Recent: Greenland (Moller and others) ; Wellington Channel

(Belcher) ; New England (Mighels) ; Spitzbergen (Torell,

Eaton); Tromsé (Sars). Fossil: Clyde Beds (Stewart, fide

Brown); Westbrook, Maine (Gould).

It differs in shape and sculpture from Bulla solitaria, Say,

= B. insculpta, Totten ; in the present species the crown or

apex is abruptly truncated or flattened, and the striz are more ~

of Grinnell Land and North Greenland. 493

numerous and irregularly crowded. Dr. Moss sent me with

his specimen the following note :—

‘“¢ When the snow melted into pools on the ice-foot a mile to

the north-west of the ‘ Alert’s’ winter quarters, a quantity of

‘jetsam’ thrown up by the sea was found lying on the

surface of the ice. It consisted of Laminariz in every stage

of decay, small fragments of coniferous drift-wood very rotten

and old, many specimens of Arcturus, and afew of Nymphon ;

and here and there the accompanying shells lay sunken into

little thimble-shaped pits in the ice. ‘They were extremely

fragile, and almost all imperfect. They could not be handled

with cold fingers; but with the help of a bit of laminarian

frond a few perfect shells were raised and bottled. The shell

enclosed in the tube is the only specimen of its sort I could

get in a perfect state. I saw several others; but they crumbled

at the shghtest touch.”

I exceedingly regret that my friend Capt. Feilden is under

the impression that in my former paper I criticised too severely

the conchological results of the Expedition. This criticism I

never intended. It is quite true that I expressed disappointment

with the conchological results of the expedition ; but I must

repeat what I said on that occasion :— I have no doubt that

the Naturalists did their best.” The memorandum of Dr.

Moss, which I have above quoted, shows that the specimens

were collected under difficult circumstances. Capt. Feilden

evidently spared no trouble, nor flinched from his task with

the thermometer many degrees below zero. Judging, how-

ever, from the species already recorded, and from their asso-

ciation with other species elsewhere in arctic seas, I cannot

help believing that the list of polar Mollusca is far from being

exhausted. Shallow water only has hitherto been dredged

north of latitude 70° 30’. The paucity of species in the

polar seas, if it exists, may be due to the absence of those

marine currents which promote and regulate the distribu-

tion of species in other seas. ‘Temperature does not ap-

pear to restrict the distribution, because individuals are

abundant in the highest latitudes, and in the ‘ Porcupine’

expedition of 1869 there was no diminution of species or

individuals in the “cold area: although the normal tem-

perature in the greater part of this area was between 29°

and 32° F., more species of Mollusca occurred there than

in the adjacent “ warm area.” ‘The naturalists of the Nor-

wegian expedition found a varied fauna in the coldest parts

of the ocean which they have lately explored, between Iceland

and Jan Mayen’s Isle. The collection of Post-tertiary fossils

made in latitudes within ten to seven degrees of the pole is espe-

494 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

cially interesting to geologists in comparison with the published

lists of Post-tertiary fossils from Scandinavia, as well as from

the Clyde beds, Kelsea Hill, Bridlington, and other so-called

eo zhi ie fe : :

glacial” deposits in this country. These lists contain many

more species than were found in Grinnell Land, and may

therefore be regarded as arctic rather than polar. In fact I

do not know a single fossiliferous deposit in Europe which is

exactly similar to that which Capt. Feilden has so carefully

examined throughout such an extensive area.

J. GWYN JEFFREYS.

Ware Priory,.17th Noy., 1877.

LXI.—Appendix to Papers “ On the Distribution of Birds in

North Russia”’ (‘ Annals, 1877)—being Additions to the

Data for the Southern Division, by Herr Richard Sievers

(with Summaries up to Date). By J. A. Harvie Brown,

F.Z.S.

I AM much indebted to Herr R. Sievers, of Helsingfors, for

generously putting at my disposal particulars in MS. of his

journeys in 1875 and 1876, along with a list of the species

met with—frrst, along the river Swir, in the summer of 1875

(June 9-July 24), and, second, in Northern Onega, Powanetz,

the peninsula of Saoneskje, Petrozavodsk, at Lake Wig,

Segosero, &c. in 1876 (June 17 to September)*.

These particulars, however, arrived just too late for insertion

in Part III. of my paper (‘ Annals,’ September 1877, p. 180);

and as Herr Sievers has informed me that his fuller account

may be shortly expected, I have thought that the abstract

furnished to me by Herr Sievers may be acceptable as bring-

ing the additional information as regards distribution up to

date. I beg therefore to offer it in the form of an Appendix

to my other papers. Herr Sievers has also informed me of

the title of his paper; so that I am able to insert it here, fol-

lowing the same plan as heretofore.

24.

1877. Srevers, R. “ Ornitologiska anteckningar under resor i

gouvernements Olonetz somrarna 1875 och 1876.” (Meddelanden

af Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, hift ii.) °

One hundred and thirty species are mentioned by Herr

* The most northerly locality he reached was the northern shore of

Wig Lake, so that all his observations apply to our South-west District.

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 495

Sievers, all from our 8.W. District ; and four others* not ob-

served by himself are given on the authority of Herren Sahl-

berg and Giinther, which gentlemen Prof. Palmén makes

mention of and quotes in his ‘ Finlands Foglar,’ making in

all one hundred and thirty-four species noticed by Herr Sievers

in his communications.

List of Species observed by Herr R. Sievers in the S.W.

District.

N.B. Additions to the fauna of the district are indicated by the letters

8.W.D. (South-west district) being affixed.

Additions to the fauna of the Division by the letters S.D. added and

affixed.

Additions to the fauna of North Russia by the letters N.R, added, and

by being numbered “ bis.”

Those which are not additions to the fauna of North Russia retain the

numbers given in Part III.+

The notes appended to the notices of the species are by Herr Richard

Sievers. Additional notes in brackets are given on some of the species

by me.

2. Aquila chrysaétus, (L.) -|-. Observed on Segosero. S8.W.D.

4, Haliaétus albicilla, (L.). 1? Possibly I saw this species on Onega

Sea.

5. Pandion haliaétus, (L.). ||. Many times observed.

6. Buteo vulgaris, Bechst. ||. Nests.

8. lagopus, Brinn. -|- lg. Once on Segosero, July 7, 1876.

9. Pernis apivorus. -|- |g. Once on the Swir, July 5, 1875. [Lillje-

borg (4) gives it as generally distributed between Ladeinopole and the

Dvina in the woods. Meves (8) saw it once at Schlusselburg. |

15. Falco subbuteo, L. ||. On Swir, Onega, Wyg-See, Segosero.

Breeds. Shot Aug. 8, 1876.

16. vespertinus, L. Il. Breeds.

1 @salon, L. -+|- ly. Only once on Onega,

tinnunculus, LL. -|-. At Segosero and Onega.

19, Acecipiter palumbarius, L. |g. Seen once on Onega.

20. Circus cyaneus, (L.). +l fy. Once on Onega Sea.

25. Glaucidium passerinum, (.). -|-. Nests at Segosero. S.W.D.

27. Nyctale Tengmalmi, (Gmel.), -|-. Nests on the Swir.

31. Asio accipitrinus, (Pall.). -|-. On the Swir.

* Charadrius hwaticula, Scolopax gallinula, Anas querquedula, and

Podiceps auritus. Of those recorded by Lilljeborg and Meves during

their stay at Sermaks, Ladeinopole, and Wosnesenski, Herr Sievers

did not observe the following—Fringilla coccothraustes, Turdus visci-

vorus, Coracias garrula, Locustella flumatilis, Accentor modularis, Corvus

corone, Limosa egocephala, Ardea stellaris. On the other hand, he

adds to Kessler’s list of the birds of the Government of Olonetz (vide

‘Annals,’ Sept. 1877, p. 182) these—Picus leuconotus, Podiceps cristatus,

and Sterna fluviatilis.

+ Owing to an unfortunate slip in arranging and paging the MS. of

Part III., the species numbered in the Table 59-73 should in correct

order follow No. 42, and those numbered 43-58 should be numbered 58-

73. To avoid further confusion, however, I think it is better now to

retain the order as given in Part III., erroneous though it be.

496 Mr. J. A. Harvie Brown on the

32. Bubo ignavus, (Forst.). -|-. North-west from Onega Sea. S.W.D.

33, Dryocopus martius, (L.). -|-. Nests on the Swir.

34, Picus major, L. tt. Nests.

leuconotus, (Bechst.). |g. Once on the Swir.

minor, Li. -|-. pepe

38. Picoides tridactylus, (L.). -[-. On the Swir and Onega.

41. Yunz torquilla, L. -|-. Only found on the Swir.

42. Cuculus canorus, L. tt. Nests.

44, Passer domesticus, (L.). tt. Nests.

5 montanus, (L.). tt. Nests.

47. Pyrrhula major, Brehm. ll. Nests. [In Herr Siever’s MS. this

is given as P, vulgaris, Briss.; but I have ventured to refer the record to

the eastern species. |

48. Carpodacus erythrinus, (Pall.). -|-. On the Swir. [ When passing

in the ‘ Drischkott’ or canal-boat along the southern end of Lake Onega

in 1872, Alston and myself observed a “fine male of this species perched

on the top of a bush on the canal-bank. |

52. pityopsittacus, Bechst. Found on Onega, Wyg-See, and

Segosero. S.W.D.

55. Fringilla celebs, L. tt. Nests.

56. —— montifringilla. -|-. On Lind-osero, between Wyg-See and

Segosero.

58. Carduelis spinus, ce il. Nests.

63. Corvus corax, L.

corniz, L. a

monedula, L. tt. Nests.

67. Frugilegus, LL. |g. Seen once on the Swir, June 17, 1875.

70. Pica caudata, (L.). tt. Nests.

71. Garrulus infaustus, (L.). +t. In the northern districts. Nests.

glandarius, (L.). -|-. On the Swir and Onega. Nests,

ai Lanius excubitor, L. -|-. Swir, Onega, Segosero.

77. Linota linarva, (L.). ||. Nests.

81. Emberiza aureola, Pall. Very -|-. Only on the south of Wyg-See

and in northern Onega.

82. citrinella, L. tt. Nests.

83. rustica, Pall. ||. Nests. Swir, Onega, Wyg-See, Segosero.

86. scheniclus, LL. tt. Nests.

89. Alauda arvensis, LL. tt. Nests.

92. Anthus trivialis, (L.). -|-. Very rarely found.

93. pratensis, (L.). tt. Nests.

99. Budytes flavus, LL. tt. Nests.

102. Motacilla alba, L. tt. Nests.

104, Oriolus galbula, L. -|-. Nests. Swir and Onega.

107. Turdus pilaris, L. ||. Nests.

109. thacus, L. ||. Nests.

111. musicus, L. ||. Nests.

112. Erythaca rubecula, (L.). ||. Nests.

114, Ruticilla phenicura, (L.). tt. Nests.

115. Saxicola enanthe, (L.). tt. Nests.

116. Pratincola rubetra, (L.). tt. Nests.

121. Sylvia garrula, Briss. -|-.

122. rufa, (L.). tt. Nests.

123, atricapilla, L. -|:. Nests. On Swir, in Onega, Petroza-

vodsk,

Distribution of Birds in North Russia. 497

124. Sylvia salicaria, (L.). tt. Nests.

126. Hypolais icterina, (Vieill.). -|-. Very rare. Only on Ladoga,

(Compare records of authorities Nos. 4, 8.) ‘

128. Acrocephalus dumetorum, Blyth. -|-. Nests. Foundon the Swir,

June 19, 1876.

132. Calamodus schenobenus, (.). ||. On the Swir. Nests. Found

at Petrozavodsk in Onega.

134, Daulias luscinia, (.). -|-. Very rare. Only on the Swir.

39. Phylloscopus trochilus, (L.). tt. Nests.

141. collybita, (Vieill.). {]. Nests.

147. Regulus cristatus, Charleton. -|-. Onega.

148. Troglodytes parvulus, Koch. -|-. Nests. On Swir and N.W. of

Onega.

153. Parus borealis, De Sélys. tt. Nests.

155. cinctus, Bodd. -|-. Very rare. Nests. On Segosero and

Onega.

156 cristatus, L. ||. Nests.

157. Acredula caudata, (L.). -|-. Very rare. Nests. Only on the

158. Ampelis garrula, L. %. One pair found on Segosero, July 6,

159. Muscicapa atricapilla, L. ||. Nests.

; grisola, L. tt. Nests.

160 bis. parva, Bechst. Nests. Found on the Swir, July 14-

16, 1875. One ¢ shot at Petrozavodsk in Onega, Sept. 4, 1876. N.R.,

8.D., S.W.D.

161. Hirundo urbica, L. tt. Nests.

162. rustica, L. ft. Nests.

163. riparia, L. ||. On the Swir; only once seen in Onega.

Nests.

164. Cypselus apus, (Li.). tt. Nests.

165. Caprimulgus europeus,L. ||. “ Not rare” on Swir and Onega.

171. Lagopus albus, (Gm.). |g? Once seen on Swir by Sahlberg.

S.W.D. ?

175. Tetrao urogallus, L. |. Nests.

175. tetrix, L. ||. Nests.

176. bonasia, L. |. Nests.

182. Charadrius pluwialis, (L.). |. One small flock on Wyg river.

183. Agialites hiaticula, (L.). |. Segosero. Nests (auct. Sahlberg),

184. curonicus, Besecke. -|-. Very rare. Nests. Found on

Ladoga and Swir, June 22, 1876.

185. Vanellus cristatus, M. & W. +|-. Very rare. On the Swir,

July 23, 1875.

188. Grus cinerea, Bechst. ||. Nests.

: ae Ardea cmerea, L. +|-. Very rare. Once on the Swi, July 23,

875. ;

197. Scolopax rusticola, L. -|-. Very rare. Found in autumn at

Petrozavodsk in Onega.

199. Gallinago gallinaria, (Gm.). ||. In the southern parts. Nests.

209. Scolopax gallinula,L. |. Petrozavodsk on Onega (auct. Giinther),

and nests on the Wyg river (auct. Sahlberg).

204. Tringa subarquata, (Giild.). -|-. Veryrare. Migrating in north-

west of Onega, Aug. 22, 1876.

205. alpna, Li. -|-. Very rare. Once shot on the Swir, on

July 19

206 minuta, Leisl. Migrates in flocks quickly.

eds Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 34

498 On the Distribution of Birds in North Russia.

207. Tringa Temminckii, Leisl. Migrates in flocks quickly.

209, Totanus canescens, (Gm.). ||. Nests. Not rarely found on the

Swir, Onega, Segosero.

213. glareola, (L.). Il. Nests.

214. ochropus, (L.)._ |. Nests. Found on the Swir and in Onega.

216. Aectitis hypoleucus, (L.). tt. Nests.

218. Machetes pugnaz, (L.). -|-. On Swir, Aug. 20,1875; in Onega,

Aug. 5.

221. Crex pratensis, Bechst. -|-. Very rare. Only on the Swir.

222. Ortygometra porzana, (L.). -|-. On the Swir, July 3, 1875.

[Compare records of other authorities 4, 8,11. In 1872 Alston and I

heard the quail-like note of this species in every direction in the marshes

on the south of Lake Onega, and traced it commonly as far north as

Archangel. Lilljeborg and Meves both testify to its common occurrence. |

226. dAnser segetum, Gm. -|-. Very rare. One pair nesting between

Wye-See and Segosero.

232. Cygnus musicus, Bechst. ||. In the northern parts. Nests.

236. Anas boschas, L. ||. Nests.

238. penelope, L. ||. Nests.

239. acuta, L. |g. Once shot on Onega See (but compare other

records, 4, 5, 8, 11).

240, circia, LL, |. On Segosero and Tindie, north-west of Onega.

Nests (auct. Sahlberg). :

241, crecca, lL. ||. Nests.

242. Fuligula cristata, (.). -|-. Very rare. Only in September in

Onega. [Lilljeborg (4) observed it at Wuitegra and on the Dwina;

Meves at Novaja Ladoga, Sermaks, and Archangel, and says “not rare ;”

Palmén (11, p. 509) treats of it as common in the districts around

Ladoga. |

243. marila, (L.). ||. In northern Onega See. Nests.

246, glaucion, (L.). tt. Nests.

247. glacials, (.). +|-. Very rare. Doesnot breed. OnSego-

sero, Aug. 4, 1876.

252. Gidemia nigra, (L.). |. Nests on Wyg-See and Segosero.

254. Mergus merganser, L. +|-. Nests.

255. serrator, L. tt. Nests.

_ 257. Podiceps griseigena, (Bodd.). ||. Nests. On the Swir, Segosero,

and in Onega.

258. auritus, Lath. |g. Once found by Giinther at Petro-

zavodsk,

259. cristatus, L. -|-. Very rare. Once seen on the Swir,

July 23, 1875.

261. Colymbus arcticus, L. +|-. Nests.

263. septentrionalis, L. ||. Nests.

278. Larus fuscus, L. ||. Nests.

281. canus,L. tt. Nests.

285. Sterna fluviatilis, Naum. ||. Everywhere commort on the Swir

and Onega See.

An examination of Herr Sievers’s results, as shown above,

gives the following additions to the fauna of the district,

of the Diviston, and of North Russia.

North Russia: 1 species added, viz. Muscicapa parva (160

bis)*.

* Making up to date authentic total for North Russia of 282.

On the Nomenclature of the Groups of Ratite. 499

Southern Division : 1* species added, viz. ditto.

South-west District: 6 or Tt species added, viz. Aquila

chrysaétus, Glaucidium passerinum, Bubo ignavus, Loxia pity-

opsittacus, Garrulus glandarius, Muscicapa parva, Lagopus

albus ?.

LXII.—The Nomenclature of the Groups of Ratite.

By ALFreD Newton, M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

Srnce Professor Huxley published (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867,

pp. 415-472) the results of his researches on the classification

of Birds, no thinking ornithologist can have doubted that the

different groups of his ‘ Order” Ratite are natural and well-

defined, any more than that these groups are severally equi-

valent to the so-called “ Orders” of Carinate as accepted by

most ornithologists. But ten years have passed away without

any one attempting (so far as I know) to give these groups

definite names; and noinconsiderable inconvenience has sprung

from this abstinence, to put an end to which I now, with the

good-will of Prof. Huxley, venture to bring forward some

suggestions on the subject.

I would premise, however, that if, as I believe, these groups

are established on a basis even surer than those to which, by

the consent of almost all ornithologists, the name of “ Order”

has been assigned, it would be fitting to apply to the former

also the same name. Prof. Huxley, moved by considerations

which I fully appreciate, though into them I need not here

enter, proposed to treat the whole existing Class Aves as com-

posed of but two “ Orders,” Ratite and Carinate. But some

deference is due to the views so long entertained by writers

who have always been regarded as authorities on the classifi-

cation of birds; and though, when compared with the “Orders”

of other Classes of Vertebrates, the generally received ‘Orders”’

of most ornithologists unquestionably fail to exhibit the same

trenchant characters, yet very great confusion would follow

were we to give up the title we have been accustomed to apply

to these groups of Carinate Birds. It seems to me that the

easiest mode of escaping this practical difficulty is to raise the

groups Ratite and Carinate to the rank of Subclassest; for

* Making up to date authentic total for Southern Division of 231.

+ Making up to date authentic total for South-west District of 174.

{ This was doubtless intended to have been done by Messrs. Sclater

and Salvin (‘Nomenclator Avium Neotropicalium,’ p.iv); but by an

obvious oversight the word “Subordo” is printed in place of “ Sub-

classis,” ‘“‘ Subordo” in its proper sense being used on the opposite page

and elsewhere.

34*

500 On the Nomenclature of the Groups of Ratitee.

then their subdivision will not involve the introduction of any

radically new notions of taxonomy or nomenclature.

Leaving, then, the ‘ Orders” of Carinate to take care of

themselves, my present business is with the subdivisions of

Ratite ; and accordingly I beg leave to suggest that this im-

portant though comparatively small group be termed a Sub-

class, and, following the indisputable characters assigned by

Prof. Huxley, that its component parts be named as follows:—

Subclass RATIT A.

Order I. Srrururonrs. Fam. Struthionide.

» IL. Roza. Fam. Rheide.

» III. Meetsranes. Fam. i. Dromeide, Fam. ii. Casuariide.

» LV. Ivmanzs. Fam.i. Dinornithide, Fam. ii. Palapterygide*.

» V. Apreryers. Fam. Apterygide.

», VI. Alpyorniruus. Fam. Afpyornithide.

Of thenames above suggested thereis only one (Zmmanes) that

can be called new to the literature of ornithology, since Megis-

tanes was used in 1816 by Vieillot (Analyse &c. p. 53)

for the whole group of Ratite Birds then known, while, accord-

ing to the received laws of nomenclature, I am strictly within

my right in proposing to limit the term to a portion of that

group. I would gladly have assigned it to the order con-

taining the Moas, to which its meaning would make it very

applicable; but I am forbidden by the consideration that they,

being then undiscovered, were not included in it. It may be

objected that Immanes, being an adjective, should not be used

as a substantive; but in anticipation thereto | may cite the

precedents of Ratite and Carinate.

There is no need for me to dwell on the characters of these

Orders and families ; for they have been sufficiently set forth by

others, except in the case of Apyornithes, for which (as in

the case of other fossil forms) we must await further inves-

tigation, though there can be hardly any doubt of its distinct-

ness from the rest. The sequence also of the several groups

is immaterial to the object I have now had in view, and upon

that I say nothing.

Magdalene College, Cambridge,

31st October, 1877.

* On the supposition that the opinions expressed by Dr. Haast (Trans.

and Proc. New-Zeal. Inst. vi. pp. 426, 427) can be substantiated ; but

they have since been disputed by Capt. Hutton (op. cit. ix. pp. 363-365),

and, for the present, it is advisable to suspend our judgment on this

point.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fosstl Hexactinellida. 501

LXIII.—Studies on Fossil Sponges.—I. Hexactinellida.

By Karu ALFRED ZITTEL.

[Continued from p. 424. |

Revision of the Genera of the Fossil Hexactinellida *.

A. Dictyonina, Zitt.

Family 1. Astylospongide.

ASTYLOSPONGIA, Ferd. Rom.

Silur. Fauna des westl. Tennessee, p. 8.

Sponge-body globular or thickly disciform, free, without a

point of attachment. Central cavity small, slightly depressed,

or entirely wanting. Water-circulation system composed of

numerous parallel canals running from the periphery towards

the centre, and vertical canals parallel to the periphery of the

sponge-body. Skeleton consisting of coalescent sexradiates

with solid crossing-nodes. Latticed framework irregular, with

polyhedral triangular or quadrangular meshes. Usually

arms of several neighbouring sexradiates attach themselves to

one crossing-node.

Astylospongia premorsa, Goldf. sp., Rom. 1. ¢. 1. 1.

A. castanea, Rim. Sil. Fauna von Sadewitz, i. 3.

PALHZOMANON, F. Rém.

Sil. Faun. des westl. Tenn. p. 12.

Differing from the preceding genus only by the basin-like

shape, the wide central cavity, and larger ostia on the sides.

Paleomanon cratera, F. Rom. 1. c. 1. 4.

PROTACHILLEUM, Zitt.

Sponge-body agariciform, stalked; upper surface arched,

without a central cavity. Skeleton consisting of large coales-

cent sexradiates with thickened crossing-nodes.

+Protachilleum Kaysert, Zitt., Kayser, Beitr. zur Geol. und

Pal. der Argent. Republik, u. 1, p. 22, Taf. v. fig. 10.

* In the case of the genera furnished with diagnoses, I have myself,

with few exceptions, examined the microstructure. Genera of which

no original specimens were accessible to me are cited without further

remarks, but with a reference to the original description. No synonymy

has been attempted; but under each genus one or more typical species

are given as examples. When a species was only known to me by figure

and description an f is appended to the name. ‘Those species of which I

have been able to examine original specimens of a previous author are

indicated by an *.

502 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

? Eosponet, Billings.

Geol. Surv. of Canada, Palseozoic Fossils, vol. i. p. 19.

Family 2. Euretide.

PROTOSPONGIA, Salter.

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1864, vol. xx. p. 238, pl. xii. fig. 12*.

CALATHIUM, Billings.

Geol. Surv. of Canada, Paleozic Fossils, vol. i. 1865, pp. 208-211,

335-338, 358.

?TracHyuM, Billings.

Ibid. p. 211.

ARCHAOCYATHUS, Billings.

Ibid. pp. 8-5, 354.

? SreGANODICTYUM, M‘Coy.

Paleozoic Fossils of the Cambridge Museum, pl. ii. A, figs. 1-4.

TREMADICTYON, Zitt.

Cup-shaped, plate-like, cylindrical. Central cavity wide.

Wall on both surfaces with rather large rhomboidal or oval

ostia standing in alternating series. Radial canals blind.

Root nodose. Latticed skeleton of the wall and root con-

sisting of large but unequal and irregularly formed meshes, the

arms of the coalescent sexradiates being frequently thickened

or lamellarly dilated. Crossing-nodes solid. Surface of the

wall on both sides covered by an extremely delicate meshed

net of coalescent sexrediates, which also veils the ostia. Root

without ostia and canals.

Scyphia reticulata, Goldf., Taf. vi. 1.

(S. polyommata, Goldf.)

Spongites obliquatus, Quenst. Jura, Taf. 81. 97.

CRATICULARIA, Zitt.

Sponge-body simple or branched. Both surfaces with

numerous roundish or oval ostia, which stand in vertical and

horizontal series and cross,each other at right angles ; some-

times the ostia of one surface also lie in longitudinal furrows.

* PAmphispongia, Salt. (Mem. Geol. Sury. Explanation of Edinb.

Sheet, &c., pl. ii. fig. 3), possibly belongs here, but perhaps to the

Lyssakina.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 503

The cecal radial canals are straight and rather strong. Ske-

leton consisting of large coalescent sexradiates with solid

crossing-nodes, forming a regular open network with cubical

meshes. Sometimes a covering web like that of Tremadictyon

is present.

* Scyphia parallela, Goldf. Taf. iii. 3.

S. clathrata, Goldf., Taf. ii. 1.

*S. paradoxa, Miinst., Goldf. Taf. xxi. 6.

*§. Beaumonti, Reuss, Bohm. Kr. Taf. xvii. 12.

{Laocetis infundibulata, Pom. Pal. de l’Oran, pl. i. dis,

3, 4.

{L. dichotoma, Pom. J. ¢. pl. ii. bis, 3, 5.

EUBROCHUS, Sollas f.

Geol. Mag. 1876, p. 398.

SPHENAULAX, Zitt.

Top-shaped, cup-shaped, or wedge-shaped. Upper margin

truncated. Wall thick, laid in coarse meandric folds, which,

on the outer surface, are separated by deep longitudinal fur-

rows. ‘The folds traversed by cecal radial canals, the round

ostia of which open on the wall of the central cavity, and

stand in vertical and horizontal rows, crossing each other at

right angles. Skeleton and covering-veil as in Craticularia.

Scyphia costata, Goldf. Taf. i. fig. 10.

SPORADOPYLE, Zitt.

Cup-shaped, funnel-shaped, or ramose. Outer surface with _

the ostia scattered or standing in quincunx. Radial canals

simple, blind. Inner wall with ostia arranged in rows. Ske-

leton and superficial layer as in Craticularia.

Scyphia obliqua, Goldf. Taf. iii. 5a, 6, d.

* 8. texturata, Goldf. Taf. i. 5.

*§. secunda, Miinst., Goldf. Taf. xxxiii. 7.

Spongites ramosus, Qluenst. Jura, Taf. 83. 1.

VERRUCOCELIA, Htallon.

Actes de la Soc. Jurass. d’émul. de Porrentruy, 1860, p. 129.

Polyzoic, ramose, frequently with calices arranged like

buds around a common stalk. Central cavities tubular, com-

municating, with a terminal aperture or closed. Canal-system

{ The genus Euwbrochus is insufficiently characterized ; possibly iden-

tical with Cratecularia.

504 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

scarcely developed; ostia very small, irregularly distributed.

Surface naked. Skeleton as in Sporadopyle. Axial canals

of the sexradiates wide.

* Scyphia verrucosa, Goldf. Tat. xxxviii. 8 a—d.

S. gregaria, Quenst. Jura, Taf. 81. 80.

* Polycelia levigata, F. A. Rém. Spongit. taf. xi. 8.

Family 3. Coscinoporide.

? BorHroconis, King f.

Monogr. of Permian Fossils, Pal. Soc. 1849, p. 14.

LEPTOPHRAGMA, Zitt.

Sponge-body cup-shaped. Wall thin. Both surfaces with

numerous small ostia of very fine cecal radial canals, gene-

rally arranged in longitudinal and transverse rows. Skeleton

stony, consisting of a dense latticed tissue of rather irregular

arrangement. ‘The meshes between the siliceous fibres are of

very various forms. Crossing-nodes of the sexradiates solid.

Structure of the root agreeing with that of the wall.

* Scyphia Murchisonii, Goldf. Taf. Ixv. 8.

S. striatopunctata, Rim. Kr. 3. 7.

S. angularis, Rim. Kr. 3. 2.

S. fragilis, Rom. Kr. 3. 11.

PLEUROSTOMA, Rém (p. p.).

Nordd. Kr. p. 5.

Sponge-body laminar and cup-shaped or branched, always

strongly compressed, with a series of large apertures on the

rounded narrow surfaces. Wall thin, on both sides with

numerous, irregularly arranged, small ostia. Radial canals

simple, blind. Skeletal structure as in the preceding genus.

Fleurostoma radiatum, Rom. Kr. 1. 11 f.

P. bohemicum, Zitt., n. sp.

GUETTARDIA, Mich.

Iconogr. Zoophyt. p. 121.

Sponge-body stellately folded. The three to eight folds of

+ The position of this genus is very doubtful. According to the figure

(Perm. Foss. pl. ii. fig. 7@) it appears to belong to the Hexactinellida.

Still more problematical is Conis, Lonsd. (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. v.

pp- 55-65), from Atherfield, which possibly possessed a calcareous skele-

ton.

t Pleurostoma lacunosum, Rom., belongs to the family Callodictyonide,

and is the typical species of the genus Pleurope.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 505

the wall reach almost to the centre, and are bounded by two

parallel plane walls, which enclose a canaliform space opening

into the central cavity. On the blunt edges of the wings

there are several large apertures standing one above the other.

Both surfaces of the wall are covered with numerous round

ostia of fine blind radial canals. Skeleton as in Pleuro-

stoma.

Guettardia stellata, Mich. Ic. Zooph. pl. 30 (eael. fig. 6).

t Ventriculites quadrangularis, Mant. Geol. Sup. xv. 6.

Pleurostoma trilobata, Rém. Spongit. v. 8.

tGuettardia Thiolati, D’Arch. Mém. Soc. Géol. Fr. 2°

sér. 1. pl. v. 15, pl. vi. 5-7.

Coscrnopora, Goldf.

Petr. Germ. i. p. 30.

Cup-shaped, with ramified roots. Wall covered on both

sides with numerous quincuncially arranged ostia of straight

cecal radial canals. Skeleton between the canals formed of

very irregular latticework, which becomes thickened by inter-

mediate beams both at the surface and in the walls of the

canals. Crossing-nodes of the sexradiates in part octahedrally |

perforated, in part solid. Root consisting of long siliceous

fibres united by cross bridges.

Coscinopora infundibuliformis, Goldf. ix. 16, xxx. 10.

C. macropora, Gold. ibid. ix. 17.

Family 4. Mellitionide.

APHROCALLISTES, Gray.

Proce. Zool. Soc. 1858, p. 115.

Polyzoic, branched, nodose; the tubular branches closed at

the end. Wall consisting of prismatic radial tubes of six-sided

form, open at both ends. These perforating radial canals are

separated by thin walls of latticed skeleton. The latter con-

sists of coalescent sexradiates, which are prevented from taking

a regular arrangement by thecanals. ‘The crossing-nodes are

imperforate. In the recent species a very delicate latticed

web covers the surface and the ostia of the canals; in addi-

tion so-called brush-forks are abundantly present as flesh-

spicules.

Scyphia alveolites, Rim. Ky. i. 6.

Aphrocallistes beatriz, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 115.

A. Bocagei, Wright, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. x. p. 4,

pei

506 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

STAURONEMA, Sollas.

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol. xix.

Sponge-body lamellar, somewhat bent round at the lateral

margins, convex on one side, concave on the other, attached by

the narrowed base. Wall thick, with numerous straight perfo-

rating canals standing in quincunx. ‘The skeleton consists

of a very regular latticework of rather large sexradiates, the

arms and solid crossing-nodes of which are so considerably

thickened that the meshes acquire a small lumen and a rounded

form. Both surfaces are coated with a thin siliceous mem-

brane, which is perforated by innumerable, unequal-sized,

rounded, or irregularly-formed pores and orifices. This porous

covering layer also veils the ostia of the canals.

Stauronema Cartert and lobata, Sollas.

Family 5. Ventriculitide.

PACHYTEICHISMA, Zitt.

Top-shaped or basin-shaped, with very thick walls consist-

ing of perpendicular mzandric folds. On the outer wall the

folds are separated by deep, and on the inner wall by shallow,

longitudinal furrows. In the interior of the folds there are cecal

radial canals, the round ostia of which stand in longitudinal

rows upon the stomach-wall. By friction of the surface the

canals are also frequently visible externally. Skeleton con-

sisting of very regularly arranged large sexradiates with octa-

hedral crossing-nodes. Covering layer and root wanting.

Pachyteichisma Cartert, Zitt. (= Fungit. Knorr u. Walch,

Petref. tab. F’. 3, no. 48, fig. 5).

Spongites lopas, Quenst. Jura, 83. 5.

TROCHOBOLUS, Zitt.

Top-shaped or cylindrical, thick-walled, with a rather

narrow central cavity. Surface with glebiform elevations,

separated from each other by deep furrows. The ostia of the

generally tortuous radial canals are situated on the wall of the

body-cavity. Skeleton like that of the preceding genus, but

the meshes considerably smaller. Covering layer and root

wanting.

Trochobolus crassicosta, Zitt., n.sp. (Upper Jura, Streit-

berg.)

Scyphia texata, Goldf. xxxii. 4.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 507

VENTRICULITES, Mantell.

Fossils of the South Downs, pp. 167-178.

Sponge-body basin-shaped, cup-shaped, cylindrical orfunnel-

Shaped. Central cavity wide. Wall mzandrically folded, the

folds either on one or on both sides separated by longitudinal

furrows, or pressed close together. Radial canals numerous,

rather wide, generally standing in longitudinal rows, always

cecal; their ostia arranged in very various ways, sometimes

present on both sides, sometimes replaced on the inner or

outer surface of the wall by furrows. Skeleton consisting of

coalescent sexradiates with octahedral crossing-nodes : their

arrangement more or less irregular; meshes rather large.

The surface of the wall and of the canals thickened into a

porous covering layer by lamellar dilatation or thickening of

the beams of the sexradiates. Root formed of long longitu-

dinal fibres without axial canals, united by cross bridges.

Ventriculites striatus, Toulmin Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H.

1848, vol. xiii. 6, 13.

*Scyphia Gynhausent, Goldf. xv. 7.

* Coeloptychium muricatum, Rom. Kr. iv. 16.

Scyphia angustata, Rom. Kr, viii. 10.

* 8. Zippet, Reuss, Bohm. Kr. xviii. 5.

SCHIZORHABDUS, Zitt.

Rod-like, slightly enlarged upwards. The whole wall slit

on one side from the margin to the commencement of the root.

Both sides furnished with repeatedly divided longitudinal

furrows, in which are the ostia of the cecal radial canals.

Root very much elongated, simple, rarely with lateral buds ;

furrowed on the surface, with numerous vertical tubes in the

interior. Microstructure as in Venériculttes.

Schizorhabdus libycus, Zitt., n. sp.

'TRETOSTAMNIA, Pomel.

Paléontologie de l’Oran, p. 70.

RHIZOPOTERION, Zitt

Sponge-body cup-shaped, passing gradually below into a

very thick, elongated stalk, which emits side branches at its

base. Both surfaces of the upper cup-shaped part covered

with elongated oval ostia of cecal radial canals standing in

alternating longitudinal rows. ‘The radial canals acquire a

more and more oblique direction downwards, and finally be-

come converted into vertical tubes, which, in great numbers,

508 M.\K,..A; Zidtel on Hoesdl, Gecctnenrde

traverse the stem and the radial offshoots of the sponge-body.

Microstructure of the cup as in Ventriculites. The stem- and

root-branches consist of elongated siliceous fibres without axial

canals, which, by transverse unions, produce a hexactinelloid

latticework.

*Scyphia cervicornis, Goldf. iv. 11, xxv. 11.

SPORADOSCINIA, Pomel (emend. Zitt.),

Paléont. de Oran, p. 84.

Cup-shaped or cylindrical, narrowed downwards, witha short,

simple or branched root. Both surfaces of the wall coated

with a coherent, sometimes porous, covering layer, in which

numerous axial crosses lie imbedded. Sunk into this covering

layer there are on the outside irregularly formed ostia of caecal

radial canals ; on the inside the ostia stand in alternating rows

or in longitudinal furrows. Root slightly developed, with

vertical tubes. Microstructure like that of the preceding

genus.

Scyphia micrommata, Rim. Kr. ii. 11.

* 8. Decheni, Goldf. Ixv. 6.

* Cribrospongia cariosa, Rém. Spongit. ix. 7.

LicMOsINION, Pomel.

Paléont. de l’Oran, p. 89.

Sponge-body laminiform, attached by a short stalk. Both

surfaces of the wall furnished with numerous, pretty large,

irregularly placed ostia of cecal canals. Skeleton consisting of

octahedrally perforated sexradiates, condensed at the surface

into a porous covering layer with axial canals.

* Diplostoma folium, Rim. Spongit. ix. 6.

POLYBLASTIDIUM, Zitt.

Sponge-body polyzoic, with numerous buds standing round

an elongated axis. ‘The buds are trochiform, truncated at the

upper margin, with a rather narrow central cavity. Latticed

framework wide-meshed, with octahedrally perforated crossing-

nodes. The whole surface coated with a coherent, porous

covering layer, with numerous axial crosses. Radial canals

and ostia wanting. Numerous isolated rod-like spicules occur

in the interspaces of the skeleton.

Polyblastidium luaxurians, Zitt., n. sp. (Linden, near

Hanover.)

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 509

CEPHALITES, Toulmin Smith (pars)f.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1848, pp. 46, 279.

Like Ventriculites, but with the upper margin of the funnel

truncated, somewhat thickened, and coated with finely porous

siliceous membrane.

+ Cephalites longitudinalis, T. Smith, 7. c. pl. xiv. 1.

TC. guttatus, id. ibid. 2.

TC. paradoxus, id. ibid. 3.

LEPIDOSPONGIA, Rém.

Spongit. p. 9.

External form like Ventriculites wall thin, meandrically

folded, on the inside with longitudinal furrows. Outer sur-

face coated with a dense siliceous membrane, which is inter-

rupted by numerous transverse fissures running in a_hori-

zontal direction. Skeletal structure as in Ventriculites.

Lepidospongia rugosa, Schliit. Spongitariensch. des Miin-

sterl. 1. 1-4.

Family 6. Staurodermide.

CYPELLIA, Pomel (emend. Zitt.).

Paléont. de ’Oran, p. 76.

Top-shaped, basin-shaped, or branched, thick-walled, with-

out root. Lattice-tissue irregular ; crossing-nodes with aper-

tures or octahedrally perforated. Radial canals generally

curved, perforant, with roundish or elongated, irregularly dis-

tributed ostia on both sides. Outer surface with large cruci-

form sexradiates, of which the outwardly directed arms are

aborted. These larger spicules are irregularly cemented to one

another by either lamellar or filiform siliceous bridges, or they

lie in a perforated siliceous membrane which coats the whole

surface.

Scyphia rugosa, Goldf. iii. 6.

(Spongites dolosus, Quenst. p. 671.)

STAURODERMA, Zitt.

Polyzoic. Funnel- or platter-shaped, spread out above,

with a shallow central cavity. Wall thick. On the inner

(¢.e. upper) surface with numerous apertures of depressed

¢ I am acquainted with this genus (which, moreover, is understood

here in a much narrower sense than by Toulmin Smith) only from the de-

scription and figures.

510 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

gastral cavities. Outer (7. e. lower) surface constituted as

in Tremadictyon. Latticed skeleton rather irregular, the

siliceous trabeculz often thickened or lamellarly dilated. Cross-

ing-nodes imperforate. The ostia of the radial canals lie on

the outer wall; the canals pass obliquely through the wall,

then run on for a certain distance below the inner surface, and

open in the oscula of the upper surface. Both surfaces veiled

by a covering layer consisting of cross-spicules of moderate

size cemented together.

Spongites lochensis, Quenst. Jura, Taf. 89. 96. (= Scyphia

Buchi, Goldf. xxxii. 8.)

POROCYPELLIA, Pomel (emend. Zitt.).

Paléont. de VOran, p. 77.

Top- or pear-shaped, small, thick-walled, attached by the

. pointed lower extremity. Central cavity tubular; its wall

with round ostia of simple straight radial canals arranged in

longitudinal rows. Latticed skeleton irregular, with octahe-

dral crossing-nodes ; the lateral apertures of the hollow octa-

hedra are small and usually unequal, often somewhat distorted.

Surface and upper margin coated with a smooth siliceous

membrane perforated by large round pores; in this the axes

of large sexradiates are imbedded.

* Scyphia pyriformis, Goldf. ii. 9.

CASEARIA, Quenst.

Jura, p. 681.

Cylindrical or cup-shaped, pointed below, divided by nume-

rous constrictions into annular segments. Central cavity

tubular. Surface coated with a very regular latticed web,

consisting of normally coalescent sexradiates with broad and

short arms, in which the outwardly directed arm is always

aborted. This covering layer penetrates into the wall at the

places of constriction, and forms convex floors, by which the

individual segments are separated from each other. The ostia

of the straight radial canals are veiled both outside and inside

by the covering layer. The true latticed skeleton of the wall

is remarkably irregular, the coalescent sexradiates grouping

themselves without any order around the canals, and, moreover,

often possessing lamellarly dilated and distorted arms, in which

independent axial crosses are situated. The crossing-nodes

are imperforate.

* Scyphia articulata, Goldf. in. 8.

Casearia eurygaster, Zitt.

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 511

PorosponetA, D’Orb.

Cours élém, de Paléont. ii. p. 211.

Lamellarly dilated, more rarely nodular or cylindrical. On

the upper surface with more or less numerous circular aper-

tures of gastral cavities. The surface provided with oscula is

coated with a finely porous or dense siliceous membrane, in

which slightly elevated, very large cross-spicules, as well as

numerous small sexradiate axial crosses, are imbedded. Under

surface veiled by a delicate meshed net of cemented cross-

spicules. The wall consists of sexradiates with solid crossing-

nodes regularly amalgamated to form cubical meshes of con-

siderable size. On the lower surface there are small ostia of

very short, slightly developed canals.

* Manon marginatum, Goldf. xxxiv. 9,9, h.

*M. impressum, Miinst., Goldf. xxxiv. 10.

* Porospongia fungiformis, Zitt., Goldt. xxxiv. 8, a, b, ¢.

OPHRYSTOMA, Zitt.

Distinguished from the preceding genus by the covering

layer, in which there are only small axial crosses, and by the

octahedrally perforated crossing-nodes of the skeleton-spicules.

orospongia micrommata, Rim. Spongit. iv. 14.

* Porospong ta, Rim. Spongit 14

? PLACOCHLANIA, Pomel, /. c. 73.

Family 7. Mzandrospongide.

PLocoscyPHta, Reuss.

Bohm. Kr. 77.

Sponge-body nodular, globular, or irregular, consisting of

meandrically twisted, anastomosing or communicating tubes

or leaves. Upper surface convex, flat or with a central de-

pression. Walls of the tubes very thin, sometimes with small

ostia. Skeleton consisting of pretty regularly arranged coales-

cent sexradiates, with octahedrally perforated crossing-nodes.

In some species the lattice-spicules near the surface possess

imperforate crossing-nodes.

* Plocoscyphia labyrinthica, Reuss, Bohm. Kr. xviii. 10.

* Achilleum morchella, Goldf. xxix. 6.

* Plocoscyphia meandrina, Rém. Spongit. x. 8.

TREMABOLITES, Zitt.

Sponge-body nodular or lamellar, consisting of meandrically

twisted, anastomosing, thin-walled tubes or leaves. Upper

512 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

surface coated with a smooth, finely porous siliceous mem-

brane, in which there are rather large roundish or oval aper-

tures belonging to the intercanal system. Skeleton consisting

of coalescent lantern-spicules.

Manon megastoma, Rim. Kr. 1. 9.

Ceeloptychium confluens, Fisch. v. Waldh. Bull. Soc. Imp.

Mosc. 1848, vol. xvi. pl. xvi. 1.

ETuHeripaia, R. Tate.

Quart, Journ. Geol. Soc. 1865, vol. xxi. 43.

Hemispherical ; on the plane lower surface radial tubes

issue from the centre; and these are either united by broad

transverse bridges, or lie close together. These tubes send _

upwards tortuous and anastomosing tubes, which form the

hemispherical upper surface. The latter is coated with a

smooth, finely porous siliceous membrane; in its vertex there

is a deep depression ; other apertures of irregular form, like-

wise belonging to the intercanal system, are distributed over

the upper surface quite irregularly. The skeleton of the thin-

walled tubes consists of lantern-spicules.

Celoptychium verrucosum, Fisch. v. Waldh. Bull. Soc.

Imp. Nat. Mose. 1843, vol. xvi. pl. xvi.

C. Goldfusst, Fisch. ibid. 1844, vol. xvii. pl. vii. 2, 3.

tLtheridgia mirabilis, R. Tate, U. ¢. pl. v. 1.

TouLMINIA, Zitt.

Sponge-body cup-shaped, very thick-walled, with a deep

central cavity. Root branched. Wall consisting of thin,

meandrically-twisted lamine. Upper margin truncated,

broad, coated with a smooth, finely porous siliceous mem-

brane.

{ Cephalites catenifer, Toulmin Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. 1848, pl. xiv, f. 14-16.

1 C. compressus, ‘T'. Smith, ibid. xiv. 10.

CAMEROSPONGIA, D’Orb.

1847, Cours élém. de Paléont. ii. p. 212.

Sponge-body globular, hemispherical, or pyriform. Upper

half coated with a smooth, dense or finely porous siliceous

membrane, with a circular funnel-shaped depression in the

middle. Lower half of the sponge-body with tortuous ribs on

the outside. The sponge-body itself consists of thin-walled,

meandrically contorted tubes, which are composed of several

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 513

layers of regularly arranged coalescent sexradiates, with octa-

hedrally perforated crossmg-nodes. __

Scyphia fungiformis, Goldf. Ixv. 4.

Cephalites campanulatus, Toulmin Smith, J. ¢. pl. xiv.

* Camerospongia Schlinbachi, Rim. Spongit. 3, 5.

Cystisponeia, Rim.

Spongit. 7.

Pyriform, egg-shaped, completely coated with a dense

siliceous membrane, which leaves open only one or a few

(2-4) large margined orifices of irregular form ; these orifices

are considerably depressed. In the interior there are mean-

drically contorted, very thin-walled, indistinctly radially

arranged tubes, the closed ends of which extend into the de-

pressions belonging to the large apertures. The lattice-

skeleton of the tubes consists of coalescent sexradiates with

imperforate crossing-nodes, and usually presents a very irre-

gular arrangement, in consequence of arms of sexradiates

attaching themselves to the crossing-nodes of neighbouring

spicules.

Cystispongia bursa, Queust., Rom. Spongit. iv. 7.

Family 8. Callodictyonide.

CALLODICTYON, Zitt. -

Funnel-shaped, thin-walled. Central space very wide.

Wall even, consisting of several layers of coalescent sexra-

diates, which form serially arranged quadratic meshes. ‘The

crossing-nodes of the sexradiates are octahedrally perforated,

the siliceous arms armed with spines. The superticial layer

is formed by lamellar dilatation of the siliceous rods of the

outer skeletal layers, in which, however, all the meshes remain

open for the circulation of water. Canals or ostia are wanting.

Callodictyon infundibulum, Zitt., n. sp. (Upper Cretaceous

of Alblten.)

MARSHALLIA, Zitt.

Like the preceding genus, but the thin wall furnished with

a few broad, spiral or longitudinal folds, upon the back of

which there are some isolated large apertures.

* Pleurostoma tortuosum, Rim. Spongit. vi. 1.

* Ceeloptychium alternans, Rom. Kr. iv. 6.

Ann. & Mag. N. ist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 35

514 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

BeckstA, Schliit.

Sitzungsber. d. niederrh. Ges. Bonn, 1868, p. 93.

Sponge-body cup-shaped, at the base with spinous appen-

dages. Central space very wide. Upper part of the thin

wall even, towards the base with coarse rounded folds, between

which openings are left. These apertures are connected with

tubes which unite together in a horizontal hollow rmg. The

wall of the cup in the tubes consists of regularly arranged

lantern-spicules, the arms of which are adorned with spines or

root-like processes.

Becksia Sekelandi, Schliit. Spongitariensch. des Miinster-

landes, p. 20, Taf. i. 5, 6, 7.

PLEUROPE, Zitt.

Sponge-body narrow, lamelliform, elongated, compressed,

with large, round or oval apertures upon the narrow lateral

surfaces. Base elongated, consisting of solid longitudinal

fibres with transverse unions. The wall of the upper part of

the sponge-body is formed of 3-5 regularly arranged layers of

coalescent sexradiates with octahedral crossing-nodes, leaving

between them large cubical meshes. This lattice-skeleton,

however, is coated on the outside with more or less thick layers

of the root-tissue ; the latter is furnished at the surface with

numerous small ostia, and traversed by fine radial canals,

which, however, are not continued into the latticé-skele-

ton. The inside of the wall is naked, and provided with

numerous small ostia, which communicate with the meshes of

the latticed framework. The root possesses neither ostia nor

canals.

Pleurostoma lacunosum, Rom. Kr. i. 12.

DIPLODICTYON, Zitt.

Sponge-body compressed, broad, with a thick, nodular

pedicle and flat base. The narrow sides, as in Pleurope, with

large rounded apertures. The wall of the compressed cup

consists of two different skeletal layers. The inner is formed

by regularly coalescent lantern-spicules with very thick smooth

arms; the outer one, on the contrary, is composed of irregu-

larly arranged sexradiates with solid crossing-nodes, These

sexradiates of the outer surface become more and more strong!

developed downwards, and form the material of the whole

root. The outer layer of the wall in the upper part of the

sponge-body is covered with numerous ostia of racial canals,

M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida. 515

which reach only to the inner wide-meshed layer. On the

inner wall the mesh-openings serve as influent ostia.

*Scyphia heteromorpha, Reuss, Bohm. Kr. xviil. 1, 2

(non 3, 4).

Family 9. Celoptychide.

Caoprycuium, Goldf., see p. 419.

Celoptychium agaricoides, Goldf., Zitt. Abhandl. k. bayr.

Akad. i. Cl. Bd. xii. 1. p. 59.

C. deciminum, Riém., Zitt. ibid. p. 62.

C. lobatum, Goldf., Zitt. ibid. p. 73.

B. Lyssakina, Zitt. f.

ACANTHOSPONGIA, M‘Coy.

Syn. Sil. Foss. Irel. p. 67 (Acanthaspongia).

The great axis of the spicules becomes 5-10 millims. long,

the other two are shorter. The crossing-nodes are thickened

and solid. The six arms become thinner towards the tip, and

swell towards the centre. Axial canals distinctly visible.

tAcanthospongia silurensis, M‘Coy, J. ¢. p. 67.

A, Smithit, Young, Nature, 1876, p. 481.

STAURACTINELLA, Zitt.

Form of the sponge-body spherical, unstalked. Skeleton

consisting of large, simple, isolated sexradiates with arms of

unequal length. In general one ray is much elongated (6-8

millims. long). The spot at which the arms cross is scarcely

thickened ; and generally the arms are of the same thickness

throughout their whole length.

Stauractinella jurassica, Zitt.

? AcestRA, F. Rom.

Fossile Fauna der Geschiebe von Sadewitz, p. 56, t. vil. 7.

The bacilliform bodies are possibly spicules from the root-

tuft of a Hexactinellid.

Supplement.

The foregoing Memoir was read on the 13th of January

t Possibly the genus Astreospongia, Rém., is also to be referred as an

aberrant form to the Lyssakina, although the large stellate spicules, con-

sisting of calespar, of this sponge possess three axes lying in the same

plane and besides these a perpendicular (but always Bes, axis,

516 M. K. A. Zittel on Fossil Hexactinellida.

. 1877, in the Mathem.-Physical Class, and immediately after

sent to press. In the beginning of February, the January

number of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for

1877 reached me, which contains a memoir by W. J. Sollas

“On Stauronema, a new Genus of Hexactinellid Sponges, with

a Description of its two Species, St. Cartert and St. lobata.”

Mr. Sollas describes very fully the external form, the con-

struction, and the microstructure of the lamelliform sponge-

body, the lateral margins of which are somewhat bent round,

and in conclusion devotes much attention to the state of pre-

servation and the peculiar phenomena of fossilization occurring

in these petrifactions. I cannot refrain from referring to this

work of Mr. Sollas with particular satisfaction. He is the

only paleontologist whose mode of investigation agrees in

general witb that adopted in the preceding memoir, as also

in my monograph of Caeloptychium; and it is certainly in

favour of its admissibility that two observers, writing quite

independently, arrive at the same result in all essential points.

In August 1876, at the general meeting of the German

Geological Society at Jena, in a lecture on the organization

and classification of fossil sponges*, I indicated, with the aid

of numerous drawings made from microscopic preparations,

the close agreement of certain living and fossil Hexactinellida,

and at the same time discussed the conversion of the originally

siliceous skeleton into calespart, which is so frequently ob-

served in fossil Hexactinellida and Lithistida. In conversa-

tion, many objections to this chemical substitution were

expressed to me. It appears to me therefore worthy of

notice, that on this question Mr. Sollas expresses precisely the

same ‘opinion ; his observations with respect to the optical

behaviour of the fossil skeletons of Hexactinellida also per-

fectly agree with mine f.

As regards the genus Stawronema, which is at present known

only from the Gault of Folkestone and the Upper Greensand

of the Isle of Wight, it is most nearly allied to Aphrocallistes,

From Mr. Sollas’s detailed description and figures I have been

able to draw up the diagnosis of the genus (see p. 506).

In conclusion, [ may remark further that Mr. Sollas regards

the Stromatopore § as Hexactinellida, an opinion which I can-

not share. The zoological position of Stromatopora and

Parkeria appears to me to be scarcely doubtful after the acute

investigations of Carter||. According to these the above-men-

* Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch. xxviii. p. 631.

+ See this Memoir, pp. 264-6.

t Sollas, 7. c. p. 21. § Loe. cit. p. 2.

|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, vol. xix. p. 44.

On two new British Nudibranchwate Mollusca. a bys

tioned genera are neither sponges nor Foraminifera, but the

nearest allies of the Hydractiniz with a calcareous skeleton,

and thus attach themselves to the Hydromedusz. ‘'T'o the same

group, according to Lindstrém*, belongs also the genus La-

bechia, M.-Edw. & H., formerly referred to the order of the

Zoantharia tabulata.

LXIV.— On two new British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.

By the Rev. A. M. Norman, M.A.

Holis sanguinea, n. sp.

Body narrow, and tapering behind to a very fine point, red,

this colour more intense on the anterior portion of the animal

as far back as the heart. Dorsal tentacles placed near to each

other at their bases, smooth, of a blood-red colour, with pale

tips. Oral tentacles set far apart, somewhat longer than the

dorsal pair, red, but paler in colour than the dorsal. yes

situated close behind the dorsal tentacles. Branchie very

numerous, distributed in about eighteen transverse rows ;

there are as many as twenty branchie in the first transverse

row, and ten in the sixth or seventh row; they are short, of a

blood-red colour, with the central vessel very dark, and their

tips, on the other hand, white; they extend forwards round

the bases of the dorsal tentacles. The tacl tapers away to a

very fine point behind, which, however, hardly appears be-

yond the ultimate branchiz. oot of a pale flesh-colour, with

short tentacular points in front. Length 14 inch.

A single specimen of this very beautiful new Holis was

taken August 26, 1874, at low water, spring tides, on the

islet known as Innislacken, which is situated at the entrance

of Roundstone Bay, Connemara.

Eolis sanguinea is a remarkably active little fellow, crawling

along with considerable rapidity. It is very distinct from all

described species. It belongs to Holis (proper) as distin-

guished from its subgenera. Holis (proper) includes only

three British species—papillosa, glauca, and Aldert. Our

new form comes nearest to H. glauca, from which it differs in

its more attenuated form, in its more numerous transverse

rows of branchize and more numerous branchiz in those rows,

in its more brilliant body-colour, and its branchie being

blood-red instead of “sage-green.” Although tapering to

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, vol. xviii. p. 4.

518 On two new British Nudibranchiate Mollusca.

such a narrow point behind, the branchiz extend so far back

that the extremity of the tail is less seen, perhaps, than in

any other species except Holts glaucoides, A. & H.

Lomonotus Hancocki, un. sp.

Body elongated, of a very light pinkish orange tinge, very

transparent, so that the imternal organs are clearly seen

through the skin ; white, the front margin of the foot micro-

scopically sprinkled with red specks. Vedl with two tenta-

cular processes on each side, overhanging the mouth ; these

processes are orange-coloured below, and above are micro-

scopically sprinkled with red in the same manner as the

margin of the foot. Tentacles terminating above in a calyx-

shaped expansion, formed of five leaflet-like points, from the

middle of which rises the small, conical, smooth termination

of the tentacle; this conical process is of small size, not

exceeding that of the divisions of the calyx-like sheath. Bran-

chial processes in the form of a waved raised curtain, sur-

mounted by flat triangular papille, passing down each side

of the back and uniting behind; the undulations of the cur-

tain consist of three outward and four inwardly directed folds

on each side; the fold which is nearest to the head is the

largest ; the papille on this fold are 18-20 in number; the

papillz on all the folds vary considerably in size, but there

appears to be always one larger than tbe rest; they are capable

of contraction and dilatation, and are constantly changing their

apparent dimensions while the animal is in motion; they are

banded with deep dark orange, while the small points in

which they terminate are pale orange. Length 2} inches.

I dredged a single specimen of this very fine Nudibranch

off Berry Head, Torbay, June 25, 1875.

It approaches both L. flavidus, A. & H., and L, portlandi-

cus, Thompson, but differs apparently from both in many

particulars, and especially in the form of the tentacles, which

have a very marked character in the small size of the terminal

simple conical process which is projected beyond the calyx-

like sheath.

I have named this species after Mr. Albany Hancock, the

joint author with Mr. Alder of the great master-work on the

Nudibranchiata—the latter unsurpassed in intelligent discri-

‘mination and just appreciation of the value of morphological

characters, the former a prince among marine invertebrate

physiologists. Much as any student must admire the excel-

leney of Mr. Hancock’s work, as evidenced in the elaborate,

clear, and comprehensive exposition of the anatomy and phy-

siology of the Nudibranchiata, Brachiopoda, &c., it is only

Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on new Birds. 519

those who had the good fortune to have an intimate personal

knowledge of himself and of his investigations in his study

who can at all realize the indefatigable perseverance, the

marvellous laboriousness, the most strict conscientiousness,

and withal the deep humility of his great mind. Alas! that

both my dear friends should have been taken, and their joint

monograph on the British Tunicata remain incomplete! At

the time of Mr. Alder’s death his part was finished, which

related to the description and illustration of the generic and

specific forms; and the last years of Albany Hancock’s lite

were devoted chiefly to the elaboration of the structure of this

most anomalous and highly interesting class. A large portion

of the knowledge thus acquired has unfortunately. died with

him ; but we yet hope to see such portion of the anatomy

and physiology as relates to the simple Ascidians, together

with a monograph of all the species, published under the

kindly editorship and careful supervising hand of the man

most competent to undertake it—Professor Huxley.

LXV.—Descriptions of supposed new Birds from the Naga

Hills and Eastern Assam. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwiy-

AUSTEN, F.Z.8. &e.

Turdinus nagaénsis, n. sp.

Above dark umber-brown throughout, with no streaking on

the feathers of the head. Beneath the same colour, but much

paler, with a slight rusty tint shading into and adjacent to

the dull whitish centre of breast ; chin also whitish.

Irides dark brown ; legs and feet light sienna-grey.

Length about 5:7 inches, wing 2°2, tail 2°2, tarsus 0°90,

bill at front 0°50, mid toe and claw 0°72, hind toe 0:35,

claw 0°3.

This species is very distinct from 7. garoénsis in its deeper

umber coloration and smaller size; particularly is this the case

in the size of the legs, feet, and the hind claw. Mr. A. W.

Chennell, of the Topographical Survey, obtained this bird in the

Eastern Naga hills. ,

Staphida plumbeiceps, n. sp.

Head ash-grey, purer behind; feathers narrowly edged

paler. Back pale olive-brown, a few feathers pale-shafted.

Wings umber-brown. ‘Tail darker, the four outerfeathers tipped

with white, increasing outwards diagonally. ores pale grey.

520 Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

The ear-coverts only to just beneath the eye chestnut, the

feathers white-shafted. Chin, throat, and all the lower parts

white. Flanks pale sepia-grey ; under tail-coverts the same,

tipped white.

Trides reddish brown. Legs umber.

Length 4°6 inches, wing 2°3, tail 2°05, tarsus 0°7, bill at

front 0°3.

This bird is close to Staphida torqueola, Swin.; but in that

species the chestnut commences at the base of the lower man-

dible, passes under the eye and round the nape in a broad

band of chestnut-brown, and the last three tertiaries are mar-

gined white on inner web. This is absent in the Assam bird.

Obtained by Mr. M. J. Ogle near Sadya and Brahmakhind,

Eastern Assam.

In my note-book I find that I obtained one example in the

Dikrang valley, Dafla hills, which I shot at camp no. 9; but

this was subsequently lost somehow or other, and therefore

I did not bring it into the list of birds from the Dafla

hills, published in the Journ. Asiatic Society of Bengal.

It is also interesting to record the occurrence near Sadya of

Halcyon pileata und Podica personata.

LXVI.—On British Polyzoa.—Part H. Classification.

By the Rev. Toomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

Order INFUNDIBULATA.

Suborder CHEILOSTOMATA.

In attempting the classification of the Cheilostomatous Poly-

zoa, one of the most important points to be determined is the

exact amount of weight which is to be assigned to the colo-

nial habit or mode of growth in constituting the generic

groups. Smitt takes the position that the system of classi-

fication should be based entirely on the characters of the

individual zoocecium ; and amongst these characters he assigns

the first place to the form of the aperture*.

* “Quod ad hune ordinem (Chetlostomata) in subordines distribuen-

dum attinet, principia sequimur, que conjecisse videtur primus Milne-

Edwards, quum, in adnotationibus ad Flustras apud Lamarck, formam

zoocecil solam esse de Bryozois notam dixit, que certo limite genera

describeret” (Smitt, “ Bryozoa marina in regionibus arcticis et borealibus

viventia,” Cifv. k. Vet-Akad. Forh. 1867, p. 468). “In its generic charac-

ter” (he is speaking of his genus Hippothoa) “ of course we must cast

away the form of the colonial growth, founding it upon the form of the

zoocecial aperture ” (‘ Floridan Bryozoa,’ part ii. p. 40).

I may remark here that Prof, Smitt’s method is, of course, inappli-

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 521

The opinions of so learned and able an investigator are en-

titled to the most respectful consideration, and properly carry

very great weight with them. No doubt many points may

be urged in support of the position which he has assumed ;

and these he has presented in his various works with much

force and ample illustration. But I have been unable to

satisfy myself that the extreme view which he adopts in refer-

ence to the colonial characters is philosophically just, or (con-

sequently) that the systematic method based upon it is likely

to yield a good practical result. As to the latter point, I

think I may appeal with some confidence to the writings of

Prof. Smitt himself. The agglomeration of diverse forms,

to which the application of his theoretic principle has in many

cases given rise, cannot certainly be regarded as natural, and

may fairly be taken as a warning against the entire disregard

of colonial characteristics.

After giving the subject the best consideration in my power,

it seems to me that to represent at all adequately what may

be called the family relationships of a tribe like the Polyzoa,

in which colonial life is all but universal, more or less account

must be taken of the two elements, the zoocecial and the colo-

nial, and that the circumstances of each case must decide what

amount of systematic significance shall be assigned to the

latter. I have no doubt that authors have commonly laid

undue stress on trifling variations in the mode of the colonial

growth, and have consequently multiplied genera needlessly,

and have at the same time obscured the natural relation-

ships.

Another fruitful source of error has been the tendency to

make the mere habit of growth, apart from the characters

supplied by the structure of the cell, the basis of generic

groups. Thus the old genera Lepralia and Eschara are

miscellaneous assemblages of forms which have often little in

common but general habit.

Between the two extremes, that of the older classification

aud that which has found so able an advocate in Prof. Smitt,

the true systematic method must, I believe, be sought. The

position which I should adopt would be, that whilst the

zoocecium is undoubtedly the most important and significant

element, the mode in which the cells are combined, the facies

of the adult colony, is a point that must be taken account of

in forming natural groups. In applying the principle here

eable to the other divisions of the Polyzoa. In dealing with the Cyclo-

stomata, for instance, the genera are perforce founded in great part on the

mode in which the cells are combined—on the colonia! habit.

vss kev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

laid down, the chief weight will be assigned to zoocecial

affinity ; but cardinal and striking differences in the colonial

organization may require the separation (as a matter of clas-

sification) of forms agreeing more or less in the character of

the cell. I will give one or two illustrations. The G'emel-

lipora eburnea, Smitt, forms erect shoots in its adult state,

and has its ivory-coloured cells, bearing a general resemblance

to those of Hucratea, arranged in pairs, back to back, like

those of Gemellaria, but with a ditference. The aperture is

nearly round, with a broad sinus below and two small lateral

sinuses. The Cemellipora striatula, Smitt, which is iden-

tical with Lepralia venusta, Norman, is an incrusting species,

its cells decumbent and adnate, arranged side by side, so

as to form a continuous expansion, and presenting in almost

every point a very marked contrast to G. eburnea. But

there is a resemblance in the form of the aperture; and on the

strength of this Smitt refers the two to the same genus*. In

this case, the shape of the mouth only is taken into account,

to the exclusion of the other portions of the cell, and the

colonial characters are of course entirely ignored. It can

hardly be contended that this is a natural alliance in any true

sense of the term. It seems to me eminently unnatural; but

it is only one of many similar results to which the rigorous

application of Prof. Smitt’s method has conducted him.

To take another case. The Membranipora vulnerata, Busk,

is a crustaceous form, spreading in patches of indefinite shape

and size, having the front area of its cells completely covered

in by a calcareous lamina, and furnished with vibracular cells,

which alternate with the ordinary zoocecia throughout the

colonyt. In the general character of the cells and the position

of the vibracula it agrees with the genus Cupularia, Lamx. ;

but the latter possesses a zoocecium of definite form, usually

more or less conical or cup-shaped, and is free, in all proba-

bility, in all stages of its existence, certainly in its adult state.

In recent specimens “the entire surface of both the concave

and convex surfaces is covered with a continuous chitinous

epidermis” [Busk].

Smitt unites IZ. vulnerata with Cupulariat, relying on the

general similarity of the cells and vibracula, and ignoring alto-

gether the remarkable difference in the organization of the

colonies, and the complete change which has taken place

in the conditions of the colonial life. I cannot recognize

* ‘Floridan Bryozoa,’ part ii. pp. 35, 37.

+ In another part of this paper I have constituted a new genus for the

reception of this form, which is clearly distinct from Membranipora.

t ‘Floridan Bryozoa,’ part ii. p. 14.

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 523

in this a natural arrangement, and should certainly sepa-

rate the two forms generically, though quite prepared to

admit that genealogically they may be not very remotely

connected.

Proceeding to the application of the principle that I have

, just laid down, the old genus Lepralia, founded on mere simi-

larity of habit, without reference to the zoocecial characters,

must of course be dismembered and divided into groups, based

on the structural peculiarities of the cell. I have suggested a

number of such groups in another part of this paper.

As to the question whether forms which exhibit an erect

mode of growth should be combined in one genus with those

which are crustaceous in habit, I believe that no universal

rule can be laid down. One thing seems to me clear—that the

tendency to form free expansions, consisting of a single layer

of cells, ought not to be accounted a generic diagnostic. The

genus Hemeschara represents a very trivial variety of habit,

and forms a most unnatural group, including as it does very

distinct types of cell.

Nor can the development of erect foliaceous expansions,

composed of two layers of cells placed back to back, by forms

which very commonly assume a simply crustaceous habit,

be taken as a distinctive character in itself, and apart from

structural peculiarities in the zoocecium. Lepralia Lands-

borovit has been transferred to the genus LEschara, be-

cause it takes on at times such an erect, foliaceous habit,

though more usually crustaceous in its mode of growth. But

this very trifling and occasional change of habit is a very

insufficient ground for severing it from the simply incrusting

forms to which it is closely allied in zoocecial character (e. g.

Lepralia reticulata, L. trispinosa, &c.).

On the other hand, the habitual formation of erect, well-

compacted, more or less dendroid zoaria, which marks the

adult or perfect condition of the species, is a character fairly

included in the generic diagnosis. The old genus Eschara

rests on this foundation ; but, like Lepralia, it will require to

be subdivided should it be found to include various distinct

zoocecial types. I cannot see that the validity of this cha-

racter is affected by the fact that in many cases the dendroid

zoaria exhibit a tendency to be decurrent at the base, and

spread out into a lepralioid crust of varying size. This is no

doubt a significant genealogical indication; but if we are to

have any distribution into groups at all, I see no reason why

forms which have made a great and distinctive advance in

colonial development should not be set apart from those which

have been left behind at a lower grade. At the same time we

524 Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

should expect them to retain signs of their descent in some

part of their developmental history*.

Prof. Smitt makes no account of differences in the mode of

growth. J inding a species with the characteristic cell of

Membranipora and the equally characteristic colonial habit

of Leteporat, he at once ranks it as a Membranipora.

But surely the remarkably diverse plan of the gemmation,

which has resulted in the formation of an erect reticulate

zoarium instead of a continuous crust, should count for some-

thing. From my point of view, I should regard this-form as

the type of a distinct genus in the Membraniporidan series. I

am well aware that there will be many difficulties in seeking

to give practical effect to the principles I have briefly indicated ;

but difficulties neither few nor slight seem to attend every

attempt at the classification of the Polyzoa.

To sum up, whilst agreeing with Prof. Smitt in assigning

the highest systematic value to the zoocecium, and dissenting

entirely from the authors who have founded their genera on

mere colonial habit, I hold that the latter should not be alto-

gether disregarded, but that in its more marked modifications

it should enter as an element into generic diagnosis. The

form of the zoocecial aperture, the architecture and structural

composition of the cell, and the plan of the gemmation are all

to be taken into account. I have made no reference to the

appendicular organs (avicularia and vibracula) as systematic

helps. In some sections they are very constant in character

and position, and may be employed with propriety as distinc-

tive marks; but amongst the Membraniporide (Busk) they

constitute the most unstable and variable structural element,

and are of comparatively little value for systematic purposes.

The polypides amongst the Infundibulata generally offer few

marked structural peculiarities. Amongst the Ctenostomata the

presence of a gizzard is a true generic : character. The pecu-

liar arrangement of the tentacles in Valkeria uva of authors,

and some other kindred forms, on which I have founded the

genus Campylonema, is a character of undoubted importance.

But, speaking generally, with our present knowledge we do

not derive much help from the polypides in constructing our

secondary groups.

* Prof. Smitt himself retains the genus Flustra, Linn.; but in an early

_ stage of growth F. folacea (and no doubt the same is the case with

other species) forms a spreading crustaceous network, often of consider-

able size, and in this condition is not distinguishable, so far as either the

habit or the structure of the cell is concerned, froma Membranipora. The

genus is really founded on the remarkable colonial characters of the

adult.

AR Membranipora sigiiata, Smitt, ‘ Floridan Bryozoa,’ part i. pp. 8-10.

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 525

I am quite prepared for the criticism that some of the

divisions which I shall propose are really artificial rather

than natural. Must there not always be a large element of

artificiality in any scheme for distributing into definite groups

the series of natural forms, so variously interconnected and

melting as they do at all points one into the other ?

Family Membraniporide, Busk and others.

The large and heterogeneous group of Cheilostomatous

Polyzoa composing this family was ranged by Johnston under

the two genera Membranipora and Lepralia. he latter,

comprehending an immense number of species, has been

maintained by Busk in its integrity; and he has been followed

by many other writers on the Polyzoa. D‘Orbigny, in his

great work the ‘ Paléontologie Francaise,’ has broken it up

in part, and distributed its contents through several genera.

Gray, in his ‘Catalogue of the British-Museum Radiata,’

has introduced a number of new groups to include certain

sections of the genus Lepralia, a few of which have every

claim to stand, while a large proportion are founded upon

trivial characters and are wholly superfluous.

But the most elaborate and philosophical attempt to place

the classification of these forms on a more natural basis has

been made by Prof. Smitt in his ‘ Critical Review of the

Scandinavian Marine Bryozoa.’

Every student of the Polyzoa is deeply indebted to the

Swedish zoologist for his minute and thorough and discrimi-

nating investigation of the northern species, in all the stages

of their growth and development, and through all their varie-

tal modifications, and, whether he may accept all his con-

clusions or not, for his suggestive views respecting the true

method of classification. Whilst freely admitting the great

value of those views under many of their aspects, I find

myself quite unable to accept a large number of the practical

results to which they have conducted their author.

In attempting the very difficult task of revising the classifi-

cation of the Membraniporide, I have derived the most valu-

able assistance from Prof. Smitt’s writings; but I have been

compelled to differ frequently from him as to the definition

and composition of the groups which are to supplant the

older divisions. In the present paper I merely propose to

characterize briefly some of the new genera into which, I

believe, the Membranipora and Lepralia of authors ought to

be resolved.

The genus Lepralia includes a multitude of forms agreeing

526 Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

in certain general characters, but many of them distinguished

from the rest by differences of very great significance. For

example, L. niteda, Johnston, and L. Peachii, Johnston, agree

in being adnate and incrusting, and in having cells which are

calcareous, decumbent, and contiguous; but they differ widely

in the structural composition of the cell (the plan upon which

it is built) ; and to group them together is simply misleading.

The definition of the genus, in short, is too general and vague.

To make any approach to a natural system our groups must

be founded on a careful and minute study of the individual

cell in its various stages of growth.

The following seem to me to constitute natural and well-

defined groups :—

1. MEMBRANIPORELLA, Smitt.

(Lepralia, part, Johnst., Busk, &c.)

Zoarium incrusting ; zoowcia closed in front by a number

of flattened calcareous ribs, more or less consolidated.

Type Lepralia nitida, Johnston.

2. CRIBRILINA, Gray.

(Lepralia, part, Johnston &c.)

Zoartum incrusting ; zooweta in a single layer, contiguous,

having the front more or less occupied by transverse or

radiating punctured furrows.

Type Lepralia radiata, Moll.

3. MUCRONELLA, nov. gen.

(Lepralia, part, Johnston &c.)

Zoartum incrusting ; zooecia usually ovate, punctured round

the base, with a suborbicular or semicircular aperture, the

inferior margin mucronate, a denticle within it; avicularia

generally wanting.

Type Lepralia Peachii, J ohnston.

4, MICROPORELLA, nov. gen.

(Leprata, part, Johnston &e.

Porellina, Smitt.

Reptoporina, part, D’Orbigny.)

Zoarium incrusting ; zooecia with a semicircular aperture,

the lower margin straight and entire; a semilunate or circular

pore below it.

Type Lepralia ciliata, Pallas.

The Reptoporina of D’Orbigny includes this group; but as

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 527

it also embraces a miscellaneous assemblage of forms, it seems

better to employ a new name.

5. MASTIGOPHORA, nov. gen.

(Lepralia, part, Johnston &e.

Hippothoa, part, Smitt.)

Zoarium incrusting ; zoowcia with a semicircular orifice ;

the inferior margin straight, with a central sinus; one or more

lateral vibracula.

Type Lepralia Hyndmanni, Johnston.

6. SCHIZOPORELLA, nov. gen.

(Lepralia, part, Johnston &c.

Hippothoa, part, Smitt.)

Zoarium incrusting ; zooewcia with a semicircular or sub-

orbicular orifice, the inferior margin with a central sinus ;

avicularia usually lateral, sometimes median, with an acute or

rounded mandible.

Type Lepralia unicornis, Johnston.

7. LEPRALIA, Johnston (part).

(Lepralia, Smitt.)

Zoartum incrusting (or erect?) ; zooecta with a semi-

elliptical aperture, contracted on each side about the middle

or below it.

Type Lepralia Pallasiana, Johnston.

Smitt has retained Johnston’s name for the section of the

old genus Lepralia with a more or less horseshoe-shaped

aperture; and it is clearly right that his decision should be

respected. The group seems to be a natural one.

8. ESCHARELLA, Smitt (part).

(Lepralia, Johnston, part.

Eschara, part.)

Zoarium incrusting, or rising into foliaceous expansions,

which are either simple or bilaminate ; zooewcta with a sub-

orbicular aperture, the lower margin slightly curved inward ;

the peristome raised and forming a secondary aperture, which’

is channelled in front ; a median avicularium generally placed

immediately below the sinus.

Type Lepralia reticulata, Macgillivray.

I retain Smitt’s name provisionally for this large and well-

defined group; but I have serious doubts whether the intro-

duction of a new name is not a less evil than the retention of

one which has been so variously applied.

528 Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzea.

9. CYLINDROPORELLA, nov. gen.

(Lepralia, part, Norman &c.)

Zoarium adnate, incrusting ; zoowcia having the front wall

composed of a single piece, not depressed; oral extremity

produced, tubular, with a terminal orifice; an elevated pore

on the front of the cell.

Type Lepralia tubulosa, Norman.

10. LAGENIPORA, nov. gen.

(See ‘ Annals* for September 1877, p. 214.)

Type L. soctalis, Hincks.

11. SCHIZOTHECA, nov. gen.

Zoartum incrusting; zoowcia with a suborbicular (primary)

aperture, the lower margin slightly sinuated; secondary aper-

ture raised, tubular, notched or dentate in front; oowcium

terminal, with a fissure in the front surface ; avicularia borne

on distinct areas and distributed amongst the cells, sometimes

wanting.

Type Lepralia fissa, Busk.

12. RHYNCHOPORA, nov. gen.

(Lepralia, part, Johnston.)

Zoarium incrusting ; zoowcia with a suborbicular or sub-

quadrangular aperture, the lower margin supporting an unci-

nate process; a large avicularium (in fully developed speci-

mens) placed transversely below the aperture ; oow@ciwm ter-

minal, closed in front by a calcareous lamina.

Type Lepralia bispinosa, Johnston.

13. ANARTHROPORA, Smitt (part).

(Lepralia, part, Busk.)

Zoarium incrusting; zooecia free and suberect above,

aperture transversely elongate, contracted, with an entire and

thickened peristome ; an avicularium below and above the

aperture.

Type Lepralia monodon, Busk.

The diagnosis is founded on the adult state. The primary

aperture is slightly arched above, with a straight inferior

margin, and is little if at all elevated.

I quite agree with My. Norman* that Smitt has united

distinct types in his genus Anarthropora; and in conformity

* Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868, fig. 309.

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.° 529

with his suggestion, and to avoid confusion, I have assigned

this name to L. monodon.

Many other distinct groups are blended in the genus

Lepralia of authors; I merely give the foregoing as a sample

of the work of redistribution which has to be done, and must

reserve the more complete treatment of the subject for some

future opportunity.

The genus Membranipora also includes a large number: of

species ; but there seem to be few distinct types of structure

amongst them.

1. Micropora, Gray.

(Membranipora, part, Busk.

Lepralia, part, Norman, &c.)

Zoarium incrusting ; zooecia with prominent raised mar-

pins; front depressed, wholly calcareous ; oral aperture semi-

circular, enclosed by a calcareous border.

Brit. spec. Membranipora coriacea, Esper.

Lepralia complanata, Norman.

2. SETOSELLA, nov. gen.

(Membranipora, part, Busk.

Cupuaria, part, Smitt.)

Zoarium incrusting ; zoowcia with raised margins; front

depressed and wholly calcareous; aperture semicircular ;

vibracular cells alternating with the zoocecia throughout the

colony ; vibracula setiform.

Type Membranipora vulnerata, Busk.

3. MEGAPORA, nov. gen.

(Lepralia, part, Busk.)

Zoarium incrusting; zooecia with prominent raised mar-

gins; front depressed, wholly calcareous; oral aperture tri-

foliate ; oral valve composed of two portions, a fixed trans-

versely elongate lamina and a movable lip.

~ Type Lepralia ringens, Busk.

Suborder CTENOSTOMATA, Busk.

_ Smitt has pointed out that the principal character on which

this suborder is founded, the operculum of sete, occurs occa-

sionally amongst the Cheilostomata and is not absolutely

distinctive. Ehlers questions the validity of this division,

and proposes to dismember it, by separating the fleshy forms,

Halcyonellea, Ehrenb. (Alcyonidium, &c.), from the Vesicu-

lariide. The latter he would constitute a distinct group,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xx. 36

530 Rey. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

characterized by the presence of a jointed stem and the deve-

lopment of the zoocecia by budding from the internodes of

this stem. For this group he suggests the name Bryozoa

stolonifera*.

I confess I cannot see that Busk’s classification is inva-

lidated by the mere fact that we find in two or three cases

amongst the Cheilostomata a structure analogous to the oper-

cular termination of the cell in the Vestculartide t. We do

not meet with completely isolated groups; and our zoological

provinces cannot be shut in by perfectly hard and fast lines.

In the absence of any very distinct types amongst the poly-

pides, the structure of the zoocecium seems to offer the best

systematic characters; and the principal points selected by

Busk have certainly the merit of marking out very natural

groups, as sharply defined probably as nature permits. The

opercular valve of the Cheilostomata involves all the appendi-

cular organs (avicularia and vibracula), which are so charac-

teristic a feature of this division; the absence of operculum

distinguishes the multitudinous forms which are constituted

by the varied combination and arrangement of simple calca-

reous tubes; the setose operculum is characteristic of a very

homogeneous group, the Vestculariide, and also of the fleshy

forms included in the genus Alcyonidium. Ehlers is un-

doubtedly right in insisting on the marked differences between

these two sections in the mode in which the cell is developed

by budding. In the former case cells are produced only by

budding from a stem or stolon; in the latter they are pro-

duced by gemmation from another zoocecium.

This is an important distinction, but it seems to me less

significant than the structural peculiarities of the cell on which

the suborder Ctenostomata is founded ; and I therefore propose

to range these two sections under the latter as subgroups.

Amongst the Cheilostomata the zoocecia are developed by

gemmation from a stolon in the MMtedde, and amongst the

Cyclostomata in the Cris¢id@ to a certain extent.

In the genus Hucratea we have both kinds of gemmation :

the primary zoocecia are developed on a creeping stolon that

* Hypophorella expansa, ‘ Kin Beitrag zur Kenntniss der minirenden

Bryozoen, von E. Ehlers, p. 126 (sep.), 1876.

t In the genera 4tea and Eucratea the uppermost portion of the tenta-

cular sheath is composed of a number of delicate rods connected by an

attenuated membrane; when the polypide is fully extended, this portion,

which is scalloped round the free extremity, is thrown back, and stands

out likea frill at right angles to the cell. This may be the homologue

of the setose operculum of the Ctenostomata>; but it exists im a very

tudimentary condition; and as it is associated with the cheilostomatous

movable lip, it has lost its significance as a protective covering.

Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa. 531

swells out at intervals into ovate expansions from which the

cells originate, as in the genus Mitea. These give rise to

secondary cells, which bud from their upper extremity *.

Even in the genus tea we meet with one case, at least,

in which gemmation from a stolon is combined with gemmation

from the cell itself. In tea truncata the zoocecia are usually

developed on a creeping stem, which is sometimes divided by

joints into more or less fusiform internodes. But occasionally

a long and slender tubular offshoot rises from the back of the

primary cell, terminating above in a zoocecium; from this

secondary zoocecium another tubular offshoot is in some cases

developed, bearing a third cell. Beyond this I have not seen

the process of gemmation carried. The tubular stem, pro-

ceeding from the dorsal surface of a cell and bearing another

cell at its extremity, must be regarded as a kind of pedicel f,

and we have therefore in tea truncata the direct develop-

ment of cell from cell, as well as the production of zoocecia by

budding from a stolon. This seems to be the case amongst

the Crisitde also, according to Ehlers.

In the presence of these facts I cannot regard the Stoloni-

fera as a suborder.

Suborder CTENOSTOMATA, Busk.

Group 1. Hazrcrowzrzrea, Khr.

Zoarium fleshy ; zooecia developed by budding from other

zoocecia.

Group 2. Srozonrrers, Ehlers.

Zoarium horny or membranous; zoowcia developed by

budding from the internodes of a distinct stolon or stem.

The Stolonifera (= Vestculartide, Johnst.) range them-

selves under two divisions: in one the tentacles form a perfect

circle ; in the other, two of them are constantly bent outwards

and the circle is broken on one side.

For the species in which this remarkable peculiarity was

first noticed I constituted the genus Campylonema ; but 1 have

since ascertained that it has a wider range, and _ occurs,

amongst others, in the well-known Valkeria uva, Fleming.

It is met with only in species of the simplest structure, which

* Tn some cases, however, the colony commences with a line of decum-

bent and adnate cells, assuming the habit of Hzppothoa, and from these

the erect shoots rise. I believe that these decumbent cells must be re-

garded as the morphological equivalent of the creeping stolon, and that

the more or less clavate swellings which occur on the latter, in both tea

and Eucratea, are in fact aborted cells.

+ The primary cells, it may be noted, are sometimes pedicellate.

36*

532 Rev. T. Hincks on British Polyzoa.

are destitute of a gizzard. I have detected it so far in Campylo-

nema tremula, mihi, Valkeria uva, Flem., Valkeria cuscuta,

Linn., and Mimosella gracilis, mihi. As Valkeria uva is the

type of Fleming’s genus Valkeria, his name will supplant my

Campylonema, now that this species is known to possess the

bent tentacles. Valkeria pustulosa, Ellis and Sol., V. cttrina,

mihi, and V. gracillima, mihi, have the tentacles in a perfect

circle and are furnished with a gizzard; they must therefore

be referred to another genus.

I propose to classify the Stolonifera as follows :—

Srotonrrera, Khiers.

a. ORTHONEMIDA, Hincks.

Polypides with the tentacles disposed in a perfect circle.

With a gizzard.

1. Family Vesiculariide.

Genera: Vesicularia, Bowerbankia, Valkeria (part), Ama-

thia.

Without a gizzard.

2. Fam. Farrellide.

Genera: Farrella, Avenella, Anguinella.

3. Fam. Triticellide.

Genera: Triticella, Dalyell; ?Hippuraria, Busk.

I suspect that the latter genus will prove to be nearly allied

to Triticella ; but until it has been more thoroughly investi-

gated, it can only be placed provisionally in this family.

b. CAMPYLONEMIDA, Hincks.

Tentacles not forming a perfect circle, two of the number

being always everted ; no gizzard.

1. Fam. Valkeriide.

Genus Valkeria, Flem.

2. Fam. Mimosellide.

Genus Mimosella, Hincks.

Ehlers includes in his Stolonifera the Entoprocta of Nitsche

(Pedicellina, Loxosoma, and ? Urnatella); but I am quite

unable to accept this view. The structural and embryological

peculiarities of this group are such as to entitle it, in my

judgment, to rank as a subclass.

On some new Species of Birds. 533

LXVII.—Descriptions of some new Species of Birds.

By Artuur, Marquis of TWEEDDALE, F.R.S.

Tanygnathus Everetti, sp. n.

9. Whole head light green. Throat, breast, and abdo-

minal region the same, with an ochreous tint. Upper back

and interscapulars dark green. First primary dark brown,

very narrowly margined with green on outer web ; remaining

primaries brown, with the whole of the outer web green, and,

towards the ends, some of the inner webs. Secondaries, and

tertiaries above, green. All the wing-coverts green, narrowly

margined with yellow. Quills underneath brown. Under

wing-coverts green and yellowish green. Rectrices above

green, like quills; below pale golden brown. Middle and

lower back and uropygium deep turquoise-blue, not sky-blue.

Upper tail-coverts green. Bill in dried skin white.

Wing 7 inches, tail 5, tarsus 0°75, bill from gape 1:00.

Obtained by Mr. Everett at Butuan (N. Mindanao).

Ceyx argentata, sp. n.

@. Chin, throat, upper breast, abdomen, ventral region,

major under wing-coverts, and thigh-coverts pure white.

Cheeks, sides of head, and ear-coverts black. Lower breast

and flanks black, washed with deep blue. Rectrices and under

tail-coverts black. Plumage above black. A bold super-

cilium commencing above the eye and running into the occipi-

tal crest, formed by the component plumes being tipped with

pale silvery blue. Many of the feathers of the vertex minutely

. tipped with silvery blue. Occipital crest tipped with pale

silvery bluish green, or silvery blue, or the two together.

Dorsal plumage and lengthened upper tail-coverts black at

base, then silvery bluish green, then pale silvery blue. Wings

black. Major coverts each with a terminal silvery-green spot.

Loral spot white. An isolated tuft on the sides of neck,

white tipped with creamy fulvous. Bill black.

Wing 2°62 inches, tail 1°37, tarsus 0°45, culmen 1°50.

Obtained at Dinagat, a small island immediately north of

Mindanao, in June, by Mr. Everett, and one of his most

interesting discoveries.

Mulleripicus Wallacei, sp. n.

Mulleripicus fulvus (Quoy & Gaim.), partim, Walden, Tr. Z. 8. viii.

p. 41. no. 35, ex Macassar.

6. Differs from typical W. fuluus g (ex Menado) by the

upper plumage being of a darker shade of slate-grey, by the

534 The Marquis of Tweeddale on

occiput as well as the forehead and vertex being red, and by

the bill being shorter. The eye is surrounded by red, which

extends some way behind it, whereas in true MZ. fulvus the white-

spotted grey feathers of the occiput commence at the posterior

part of the eye, and separate the red of the vertex from that

of the face.

2. Differs from true MZ. fulvus 2? (ex Menado) by having

the white-tipped feathers of the head restricted to the occiput,

by the spots being smaller and not so profuse, and by the

white dots on the throat being almost obsolete.

Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Culmen.

in. in. in. in.

M. fulous g ex Menado...... 712 750 1:12 1:96

antag aa tad faeiaee 60), 6°62 74-007) 187

M. Wallacet g ex Macassar 7:00 6°50 1:00 1°75

3s 2 sf 6°87 640 1:00 1:75

The Macassar examples were collected by Mr. A. Wallace,

after whom I venture to name the species. Those from Me-

nado by Dr. B. Meyer.

Mulleripicus fuliginosus, sp. n.

dg. Slaty smoke-grey. Feathers of the forehead, vertex,

occiput, chin, throat, and neck with a terminal white or ful-

vous-white linear mark. Lores, ear-coverts, and ophthalmic

region uniform grey. Feathers covering basal walls of man-

dible and the cheeks crimson.

Wing 6°25 inches, tail 5-25, culmen 1°70, tarsus 1:00.

From Surigao (N. Mindanao), where discovered by Mr.

Everett.

Penelopides affinis, sp. n.

&. Like P. Panini, but differs by wanting the perpendicular

grooves on the thick lateral plates of the maxilla, which are

smooth, by the grooves at the base of the mandible not being

recurved, but straight, by the whole bill being much less

massive, by the abdominal region and under tail-coverts being

of the same colour as the breast, and not rufous, by the upper

tail-coverts being black, and not rufous, and by the rectrices

having a black band at their insertion.

Q. Bill as in male, and to that extent differs from that of

P. Panini ¢. The female also differs by having a black band

at the base of the rectrices.

Wing. _ Tail. Tarsus. True culmen.

in. 1n, 1n.

Socee.. 9°25 9:00 1°75 3°40

grins 8°75 8°37 1:60 3-25

some new Species of Birds. 535

Described from examples obtained by Mr. Everett at Bu-

tuan (N. Mindanao).

Pomatorhinus nuchalis, sp. n.

Pomatorhinus leucogaster, Gould, apud Walden, B, Burma, no. 351.

Differs from P. olivaceus, Blyth, ex Meetun and Mooleyit

(Tenasserim) by the ferruginous of the sides of the neck ex-

tending down the flanks, and from JP. schisticeps, Hodgs.,=

P. leucogaster, Gould, by its smaller dimensions, and the

absence of pure white central streaks on the lateral ferru-

ginous pectoral feathers.

This is the race that inhabits Thayetmyo, the Yoma and

Karen hills, and Karen-nee. In examples from all these

localities the nape is tinged with rufous; but in Karen-nee

individuals the rufous forms a distinct broad demicollar.

This would appear to be the race identified by Mr. Hume

(Str. F. iii. p. 121) as P. schisticeps, Hodgs., a species which

cannot be separated from P. leucogaster, Gould, both described

from the Himalayas, the stated dimensions of P. leucogaster

scarcely differmg from the actual dimensions of the type

specimens of P. schisticeps in the British Museum.

Mixornis (?) capitalis, sp. n.

?. Forehead, vertex, and occiput rufous, each feather with

a pale fulvous central streak. Space before the eyes and

lores dull grey. Cheeks, ear-coverts, and sides of neck ashy,

each feather with a pale albescent central streak. Nape, back,

and wing-coverts the same, the pale striations on the back

being very prominent in consequence of the abnormal length

of the dorsal plumage. Uropygium and upper tail-coverts

olive rusty grey and unstriated. Rectrices brown ; outer pair

with the whole outer and apical third of the inner web pale

yellowish white; remaining pairs, middle excepted, broadly

tipped on both webs with white, middle pairs slightly tipped

with white. All the quills brown, narrowly margined exter-

nally with fulvous grey, the tertiaries with pale rusty. Basal

portion of quills margined on their inner webs with white.

Chin and throat rufous and rufous-white. Breast, under

wing-coverts, abdomen, vent, and under tail-coverts white,

faintly tinged with very pale yellow.

Wing 2°75 inches, tail 2°50, tarsus 0°70, culmen 0°62.

Described from a single individual obtained in the Philip-

pine island of Dinagat by Mr. Everett.

Criniger Everetti, sp. n.

& ¢. Above almost golden-yellow brown. Feathers of

536 The Marquis of Tweeddale on

forehead, vertex, and occiput sublanceolate, brown, margined

with golden yellow. lLores yellow. Feathers at. base of

mandible and cheeks yellow-tipped. Throat, neck, and upper

breast brownish ochreous yellow. Chin, lower breast, abdo-

men, ventral region, axillaries, under tail- and wing-coverts

sulphur-yellow. Inner webs of primaries brown. Exposed

surface of all the quills and the wing-coverts like back. Inner

margin of inner webs of quills pale yellow. Upper surface

of rectrices like that of quills. Under surface pale brown,

washed with yellow ; inner webs margined with pure yellow.

Shafts of quills and rectrices ruddy brown above; of quills

underneath yellow at base and brown towards the end; of

rectrices bright yellow throughout.

Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Culmen.

in. in. in. in,

St resid oat 450 462 O87 1:25

D> ibis. Ae cio 4°35 4:25 0°87 1°22

Described from examples obtained by Mr. Everett at

Surigao (N. Mindanao).

Hypothymis ceelestis, sp. n.

¢. Azure. Feathers of the head grey at their insertion,

and each tipped with glistening azure; a lengthened occipital

crest similarly marked. Space before the eye and lores pale

blue. Chin, cheeks, throat, sides of neck and upper breast

rich velvety turquoise-blue, darker than the blues of the rest

of the plumage. Back and upper tail-coverts with grey bases

to the feathers, the extremities being blue, which is paler on

the upper tail-coverts. Wing-coverts of the same shade of

blue as the head. Quills dark brown externally, margined

with a paler shade of blue. \ Lower breast, abdomen, vent,

flanks, and under tail-coverts white, tinged with pale greenish

blue, most intense on the flanks. Avxillaries grey, tinged with

pale blue. Rectrices above like the quills; underneath dark

brown like under surface of the quills. Shafts of the rec-

trices brown above, almost white underneath. Shoulder-edge

blue.

Wing 2°83 inches, tail 3°00, tarsus 0°62, culmen 0°56.

Described from a specimen obtained in the island of Dina-

gat (Philippines) by Mr. Everett.

Prionochilus olivaceus, sp. n.

?. Entire upper surface, wing-coverts, and surface of closed

wing uniform pure olive-green, which colour encircles the eye

and covers the sides of the neck. Space before the eye, cheeks,

some new Species of Birds. 537

sides of throat, and the upper breast grey. Lower breast,

abdomen, flanks, and under tail-coverts the same grey washed

faintly with olive-green, the mesial line being albescent. Chin

and throat white, slightly greyish, forming a broad _well-

defined greyish white stripe, commencing at the chin and

descending to the breast. Axillaries and under wing-coverts

pure silky white. Remiges and rectrices dark brown, mar-

gined with the olive-green hue of upper plumage.

Wing 2°12 inches, tail 1:25, tarsus 0°62, culmen 0:37.

Described from an example obtained by Mr. Everett in the

island of Dinagat (Philippines).

Diceum schistaceum, sp. u.

3d. Above fuliginous ashy ; below ashy white. Remiges

and rectrices above dark ashy brown, underneath paler. Under

Wing-coverts and axillaries pure white. Base of mandible

(in dry specimens) yellowish white. Apex and the maxilla

pale ruddy brown.

Wings 2°25 inches, tail 1°37, tarsus 0°62, culmen 0°35.

Diceum Everetti, sp. n.

6. Above dark olive-green, paler on the cheeks. Chin,

throat, and breast pale grey. Remainder of underparts albes-

gent grey tinged with palish yellow. Major coverts narrowly

margined with greenish yellow. Quills above dark brown,

almost black, with very narrow pale olive-green external

margins. Rectrices above like quills, narrowly tipped with an

albescent fringe. Under wing-coverts and axillaries pure

white. Bill (dry specimen) brown at tip, yellow at base.

Wing 1°94 inch, tail 1:00, tarsus 0°50, culmen 0°37.

These two species of Diceeuwm were discovered by Mr.

Everett in the island of Dinagat.

Aithopyga bella, sp. n.

$. Chin, throat, breast, and uropygium bright sulphur-

yellow. Forehead, vertex, minor carpal coverts, upper tail-

coverts, and upper surface of rectrices dark metallic green.

Occiput, nape, and wing-coverts dark olive. Cheeks, lores,

behind the eye, sides of head and neck, interscapulars, and

back deep blood-red. Quills almost black, margined with

dark olive. Abdomen, flanks, vent, under tail-coverts, and

under wing-coverts silky white, more or less tinged with pale

yellow, especially on the mesial line, under tail-coverts, and

carpal edge. A few blood-red feathers on the upper breast.

A metallic violet spot on sides of head. A narrow line of

deep blood-red runs along the rami of the mandible. A

538 On some new Species of Birds.

bold metallic moustache springs from the base of the mandi-

ble, and descends the sides of the neck; the upper half violet,

the lower half green.

9. Above, wing-coverts, and edgings to quills olive-green.

Uropygium bright sulphur-yellow as in ¢. Space before the

eye, cheeks, ear-coverts, chin, throat, and upper breast grey

tinged with yellowish olive-green. ‘Lower breast, abdomen,

flanks, and under tail-coverts white tinged with yellow. Under

wing-coverts white, faintly tinged with yellow. Quills and

rectrices dark brown. margined with olive; lateral rectrices

tipped with albescent olive.

Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Culmen.

in. in in. in.

2 eee 1°68 1°44 0°50 0°50

Pat 1°62 1°12 0°50 0°50

Described from examples discovered by Mr. Everett at

Surigao (N. Mindanao).

This species falls under Mr. Sharpe’s subgenus Zudrepanis.

Ptilopus ? tncognitus, sp. n.

2. Above, tertiaries, and wing-coverts light emerald-green.

Forehead, lores, ophthalmic region, cheeks, and ear-coverts

grey mixed with dingy green. Chin and throat almost pure

white. Neck and sides of neck greenish grey. An ill-

defined pectoral band formed of green feathers tipped with

ruddy orange ; breast ashy green tinged with the same colour.

Flanks green. Abdomen mixed green and ashy. Under

tail-coverts (which are lengthened) pale creamy white with a

brown central streak. Thigh- and tarsal coverts ashy brown.

Exposed upper surface of rectrices tinged with golden. Lower

surface pale ashy brown, with ill-defined paler tips. Quills

dark brown, margined outwardly with dark green. Secondaries

with a pale narrow creamy border, still narrower on the major

coverts.

Wing 5:25 inches, culmen 0°75, tarsus 0°81, tail 3°75.

Obtained at Butuan (N. Mindanao) by Mr. Everett.

The sexual symbols prefixed to all the descriptions of the

Philippiné birds are taken from Mr. Everett’s labels.

LXVILI.—Description of a new Species of Bulimus from South

Africa. By Epcar A. Smita, F.Z.S. &e.

Bulimus (Pachnodus) drakensbergensis.

Testa angustissime perforata, trochiformis, lineis incrementi obliquis

striata, striisque spiralibus minutis obsolete sculpta, tenuis,

Miscellaneous. 539

fragilis, fusco- vel flavo-cornea ; spira elevato-conica, apice sub-

obtuso; anfractus 7, convexiusculi, ultimus in medio subacute

carinatus, infra carinam parum convexus; apertura vix obliqua,

irregulariter subquadrato-rotundata, longitudinis totius ;°, ad-

eequans; peristoma simplex, tenue, margine eterno in medio

leviter angulato, haud expanso, columellari superne breviter

dilatato et reflexo, perforationem angustam fere obtegente.

Long. 17, diam. supra carinam 11; aperture long. 8, diam.

61 millim.

Hab. Eastern slope of the Drakensberg mountains, at Lyden-

burg Gold-fields, Transvaal, South Africa.

There are two species closely related to each other, B. nata-

lensis, Krauss, and 2. arenicola, Benson, which also exhibit

a very near relationship with the present. In substance they

are much alike, being thin and semitransparent, and differ

principally in form, colour, and the proportion of the whorls. -

B. drakensbergensis has a more produced spire than B.

arenicola, its nearest ally, consists of half a whorl more; the

last whorl is smaller, narrower, and less acutely keeled; and

the aperture is also smaller. These, together with the diffe-

rence of coloration, constitute the main distinctions.

The two specimens which I now describe were presented to

the British Museum by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Remarks on the Yellow Ant.

Proressork Lrrmpy remarked that recently, while seeking certain

animals beneath stones in the woods near Philadelphia, he had had

the opportunity of observing the yellow ant (Formica flava) in

possession of large numbers of other insects. This fact, in itself

common enough, in one respect, was new and of special interest to

him, and may be so to others. In one instance a comparatively

small colony of the yellow ants had three different insects in their

possession, consisting of a species of Aphis, a Coccus, and the larva

of an insect, probably Coleopterous. The Aphides were kept in two

separate herds, and these were separated from a herd of Cocc?. The

larva was in the midst of one of the former herds. In a larger

colony of the yellow ants there was a herd of Aphides, which

occupied the underpart of one margin of the stone, and was almost

ten inches long by three fourths of an inch in breadth. The same

colony also possessed a separate herd of Cocci, closely crowded and

occupying almost a square inch of space. In both colonies the

Aplus and the Coccus were the same. The Aphis is pale yellow,

with white tubercles on the dorsal surface of the abdominal seg-

ments. The Coccus is of a dark red hue. Both Aphides and Cocci,

with few exceptions, adhered to the under suface of the stones, and

540 Miscellaneous.

were not attached to roots. They appeared to be carefully attended

by the ants which surrounded them. The larva alluded to was

almost six millimetres long, was covered on the back with a, thick,

white, cotton-like secretion. It was also carefully attended by the

ants, which were frequently observed to stroke it with their antenne.

The Aphides and Cocci were all in good condition, but without visi-

ble means of subsistence excepting the neighbouring grass-roots

partially extending into the earth beneath the stones, to which it is

probable they were at times transferred by their masters.—Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1877, p. 145.

On some Points in the Organisation of the Bryozoa.

By M. L. Joxter.

In a preceding note (April 9, 1877) I have stated the reasons

which prevented me from regarding as of a nervous nature the sup-

posed colonial nervous system of the Vesicularie. The investiga-

tions that I have made at the Laboratory of Roscoff since the month

of May enable me to extend this opinion to the entire group of the

Bryozoa, and have furnished me with the following data as to the

nature and function of this tissue.

The so-called colonial nervous system exists under various forms,

sometimes as a branching trunk, sometimes in the form of a plexus

in all the Bryozoa that I have examined; almost throughout it

attains a great development, and throughout it is composed of the

fusiform cells which I have noticed in Bowerbankia imbricata. It

is in these cells that are formed the floating corpuscles (‘“ floating-

cells,” ‘‘ fett-kroppar ” of Smitt) which float in the interior of the

chambers; it is at the expense of the same tissue that the polypide

with its muscles is developed; and, further, it is in its bosom

that both the ova and the mother cells of the spermatozoids are

formed.

By its great development, by its presence in all Bryozoa, and by

its important and multiple functions, this system deserves to be

regarded as a fundamental and constituent tissue of the Bryozoan,

quite as essential as the endocyst, for which I propose the name of

endosarc. In all respects the parenchyma of the stems and stolons

of the Pedicellinze must be assimilated to it.

The endocyst, which, as Smitt has demonstrated, is not organized,

and only presents cellular structure at the peripheral extremities, is,

so to speak, charged with the vegetative function—the increase of

the colony by the formation of new chambers. The special function

of the endosare is to produce the polypides or the reproductive

elements. It is itself derived from the endocyst by simple differen-

tiation of the cells of the extremities in course of growth.

My researches have further enlightened me as to the signification

of the brown body, as well as on the mode of fecundation of the

ovum and the development of the larva in several species.

The brown body is throughout and in all cases the residue of a

polypide which previously inhabited the chamber. It is formed by

Miscellaneous. 541

coloured granules, originally contained in the hepatic cells of the

stomach, to which are often added débris of alimentary matters,

such as Diatomacee ; and in Bowerbankia imbricata the plates and

teeth of the gizzard arefound in it. Incapable of budding by itself,

it is, in the Vestcularie, relegated into a corner of the chamber

when a new bud is developed ; on the other hand, in many species

(Lepralia, Eucratea chelata) it is pushed out of the zocecium by the

new polypide. For this purpose, as Repiachoff has very well ob-

served, the young bud englobes it in a cavity which will subse-

quently become the stomach, then, when developed, passes it into

the rectum, and, at the first expansion, rejects it by the anus.

With regard to the fecundation of the ovum, I am in a position to

assert that in Valkeria cuscuta the ovum cannot be impregnated by

the spermatozoids, which are developed at the same time in the same

zocecium and in the bosom of the same funicle ; in order to its seg-

mentation it needs the concourse of spermatozoids coming from

another chamber. In fact, so long as there are spermatozoids in

the zocecium that it occupies, the ovum is only sketched out; it

increases in size and shows distinctly its germinal vesicle and spot

long after all the spermatozoids have been evacuated. The latter

may be seen swimming actively in the surrounding water; and the

mode in which their access to the ovum is facilitated is very curious.

When the ovum becomes distinct the spermatozoids are quickly

evacuated, the polypide which accompanied them then shrivels and

becomes reduced to the state of brown body, and the chamber com-

pletely closes. The ovum therefore becomes mature in a closed

zocecium. When the moment arrives for it to be fecundated, a new

bud is developed in its dwelling-place; but the polypide produced

from it never attains the adult state; it has no other purpose than

to reopen the chamber by developing in it a new opercular apparatus

and to lend its muscles to the nascent larva. With this object, after

having, notwithstanding its small size, produced all the parieto-

vaginal and great retractor muscles, it is atrophied and passes

behind the ovum, which, by a mechanism which it would take too

long to describe here, is finally placed in its tentacular sheath, in

free contact with the surrounding water and consequently with the

spermatozoids. By the action of the muscles which are now

attached to its envelope, the fecundated ovum, which has become

a larva, moves in the chamber, absolutely as a polypide would do;

it may even be carried to the entrance, in consequence of the evagi-

nation of the sheath; and it is in this way that the ciliated larva is

finally evacuated.

I shall notice, in the last place, an embryo which shows that the

mode of organization described by Schneider in the Cyphonautes is

far from being an isolated fact. The embryo of Flustrella hispida,

Redfern, is bivalved and presents a complex organization. Like

the former it finally fuses completely into a mass of homogeneous

protoplasm, in the midst of which the first polypide is developed !—

Comptes Rendus, August 13, 1877, p. 406.

542 Miscellaneous.

On the Coloration of the Optical Elements in Locusta viridissima.

By M. J. Cuartn.

The authors who have treated of the structure of the eye in the

Arthropoda, as also in tho Invertebrata generally, have contented

themselves with mentioning the existence of a pigment of variable

tint, constituting the fine partitions which separate the bacillar

elements ;- as to the coloration proper to the latter, it has been mis-

understood or regarded as accidental. Former investigations*, how-

ever, have enabled me to insist upon the importance of this character,

the constancy of which the observation of certain Crustacea showed

me, and of which Boll’s researches soon afterwards fixed the value.

On recently examining repeatedly the eye of an insect very

favourable to such studies, Locusta viridissima, Linn., I found ar-

rangements which, as will be seen, deserve to be correlated with

the facts to which I have just alluded.

The optical bacilli present the aspect of slender filaments in their

lower portion, sensibly dilated in their upper region (near the cone);

these filaments are contained in brown sheaths, formed by the pig-

mentiferous tissue mentioned above. If, by means of suitable

reagents (alkalies &c) and by gradual solution, we succeed in

breaking the web of this tissue, the bacilli appear out of their

sheaths of a fine tender rose-colour. This tint, which is lively in

the eye excised from the living animal and immediately observed,

soon gradually becomes weaker, whilst the bacillus undergoes a

granular alteration; it persists, however, longer at the periphery

than towards the central region.

This description, which is a summary of the essential details,

suffices to show that the bacilli of the Locusta present, in their

intimate constitution, great similarity to the same parts studied in

the Crustacea ; their proper coloration is the same in these different

types, and seems thus to tend towards a generalization of which I

hope soon to be able to furnish further examples, and {the interest

of which it is unnecessary to point out.—Comptes Rendus, August

20, 1877, p. 447.

On a new Marsupial from Australia.

By Prof. R. Owen, F.R.S. &e.

I have received from Australia skins of a male and female small

marsupial, combining the dentition of a Hypsiprymnid or kangaroo-

rat, with a hind foot of five digits, a small prehensile hallux (1.)

being superadded to the four other digits, of which 1. and 11. are

long and slender, tv. and v. of the greater length and strength cha-

racteristic of the Poéphaga. For this interesting form I propose the

generic name Pleopus, in reference to the full or type mammalian

number of the toes of the hind foot, with the specific name nudicau-

datus, from the nude scale-clad tail. Figures of the species will be

added to the fuller account proposed to be given elsewhere.

* Lnstitut, 1876, pp. 125 & 189.

INDEX tro VOL. XX.

—e

ACTINOTE, new species of, 119.

Aiigeria, new species of, 83.

/Amene, new species of, 399.

Ethopyga, new species of, 537.

Alcyonidium, new species of, 217.

Alpenus, new species of, 89.

Amazilia, new species of, 404,

Ancistrocampta, new species of, 324.

Annelids, on the embryology of, 365.

Antillia, new species of, 309.

Aphneus, new species of, 51.

Appias, new species of, 48.

Arachnidium, new species of, 216.

Archimantis, new species of, 76.

Aroa, new species of, 402.

Artaxa, new species of, 344, 402.

Asteracanthion, new species of, 455.

Athyma, new species of, 47.

Atthey, T., on the structure of the

lower jaw in Rhizodopsis and

Rhizodus, 129; on Pteroplax cor-

nuta, 569,

Aulopus, new species of, 444.

Bacteria, new species of, 74.

Balena tarentina, observations on,

328.

Baly, J. S., on new genera and spe-

cies of Phytophagous Beetles, 377.

Barrois, C., on the embryology of

Annelids, 365.

Bathythrisside, characters of the

new family, 443.

Batrachostomus, new species of, 178.

Belenois, new species of, 356.

Belippa, new species of, 348.

Bellesme, Jousset de, on the meta-

morphosis of Libellula depressa,

447,

Bellidia, description of the new

genus, 313.

Bennett, Dr. G., on the Pearly Nau-

tilus, 331.

Birds, on the distribution of, in North

Russia, 1, 180, 494; new, 94, 169,

171, 178, 404, 519, 533.

Bireta, new species of, 473.

Boarmia, new species of, 358.

Book, new:—Researches on the

oa Mammals of Australia,

359.

Brown, J. A. H., on the distribution

of Birds in North Russia, 1, 180

494,

Briggemann, Dr. F., on a new spe-

cies of Batrachostomus, 178; on

the genus Pceoptera, 244; on

Stony Corals, 300.

Bryozoa, on the organization of the,

Buccinum Belcheri, on a variety of,

134.

Bucorvus, new species of, 171.

Butler, A. G., on Peruvian Lepido-

or 117; on ye deed teh from

ifu, 348; on Heterocera from

Japan, 395, 473.

Caligula, new species of, 479.

Callithea, new species of, 123.

Callodictyon, characters of the new

genus, 515.

Cambridge, Rev. O. P., on new and

little-known spiders from the Arc-

tic regions, 273.

Capellini, Prof., on the capture of a

right Whale in the Mediterranean,

328.

Cardiastethus, new species of, 111.

Carpenteria monticularis, observa-

tions on, 68, 175.

Carter, H. J., on arctic and antarctic

sponges, 88; on the branched form

of the apertural prolongation from

the summit of Carpenteria monti-

cularis, 68, 175; on Gypsina melo-

besioides, 172; on a fossil species

of sarcohexactinellid sponge, 176;

on Wyvillethomsonia Wallichii

and Squamulina scopula, 337; on

a new species of Foraminifera,

470,

Ceira, new species of, 91.

Centrophorus, new species of, 433.

Cerura, new species of, 89, 474.

Ceyx, new species of, 533.

544 '

Chalia, characters of the new genus,

345,

‘Challenger’ Expedition, zoology of

the, 79.

Chatin, J., on the coloration of the

optical elements in Locusta viri-

dissima, 542,

Cheerotricha, new species of, 345.

Coleoptera, new, 334, 377, 424.

Congromurzena, new species of, 445.

Corals, notes on stony, 300; on a

new genus of Silurian, 388.

Corixa, new species of, 114.

Coryphzenoides, new species of, 439.

Craspedosoma, new species of, 116.

Craticularia, characters of the new

genus, 502.

Creatonotus, new species of, 344.

Criniger, new species of, 535.

Crustacea, on Arctic, 52, 96; new

British genus of, 313.

Curetis, new species of, 50.

Cyclopides, new species of, 324.

Cylindroporella, characters of the

new genus, 528.

Cynarina, description of the new

genus, 305.

Cyrestis, new species of, 352.

Danais, new species of, 43.

Dasychira, new species of, 403.

Dawson, Dr. J. W., on a specimen

of Diploxylon, 152.

Dendronotus, note on, 368.

Diadema, new species of, 351.

Diczeum, new species of, 95, 537.

Dicranura, new species of, 474.

Dictyna, new species of, 273.

Diplodictyon, characters of the new

genus, 514.

Diploxylon, on a specimen of, 152.

Dipsas, new species of, 51.

Ditropidus, new species of, 379.

Dondera, characters of the new genus,

344

Doran, A., on the capture of a Right

*~ Whale in the Mediterranean,

328.

Drepana, new species of, 94, 478.

Duncan, Prof. P. M., on the Salenide,

70, 245; on the rapidity of growth

of some Madreporaria, 361; on

the Echinodermata of the Arctic

expedition, 449.

Echinodermata of the Arctic expe-

dition, on the, 449.

chinus, on the fecundation of the

egg in, 154, 156, 158.

INDEX.

Eimer, Prof., on the locomotor sys-

tem of Meduse, 80.

Elliot, D. G., on a new species of

Lamprocolius, 169 ; on a new spe-

cies of Ground-Hornbill, 171; ona

new species of Humming-bird,

404.

Elodina, new species of, 354.

Eolis, new British species of, 517,

Erasmia, new species of, 86.

Eresia, new species of, 120.

Erigone, new species of, 276.

Eterusia, new species of, 343.

Etheridge, R. jun., on Carboniferous

Polyzoa, 30; on the genus Tetra-

dium, 161; on Prasopora Grayee,

388.

Eudamus, new species of, 320.

Eugoa, new species of, 599,

Eupleea, new species of, 44, 349.

EKuprepia, new species of, 395.

Feilden, H. W., on the post-tertiary

beds of Grinnell Land and North

Greenland, 485. .

Fenestella arctica, on a new variety

of, 31.

Fishes, new, 433.

Fol, H., on the first development of

a Starfish, 154; on some abnor-

es fecundations in Starfishes,

158.

Foraminifera, on a Melobesian form

of, 172 ; new species of, 470.

Formica flava, on the habits of, 539.

Fossils, on post-tertiary, procured in

the late Arctic Expedition, 229,

485.

Gelastocera, characters of the new

genus, 476.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 152.

Geotomus, new species of, 110.

Glauconoma, new species of, 36.

Gobius, new species of, 437.

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H.,

on some new Birds, 519.

Gonoclostera, characters of the new

genus, 475.

Gosse, P. H., on Bellidia Huntii,

313; on Hancockia eudactylota,

316.

Giinther, Dr. A., on the living and

extinct races of gigantic Land-

Tortoises, 146; on new Japanese

Fishes, 433.

Gypsina melobesioides, observations

on, 172

INDEX.

Hancockia, description of the new

genus, J16,

Haplistion, description of the new

genus, 428.

Helix, new species of, 242.

Hemiptera, new, 110.

Henicops, new species of, 114.

Hepialus, new species of, 482.

Hesperia, new species of, 357.

Hestia, new species of, 46.

Heterochroa, new species of, 124.

Hewitson, W. C., on new species of

Hesperidee, 319.

Hlexactineliida, on the fossil, 257,

405, 446, 501.

Himantarium, new species of, 115.

Hincks, Rey. T., on Arctic Hydroida

and Polyzoa, 66; on British Poly-

zoa, 212, 520; on the radical fibres

of the Polyzoa, 218.

Homopbyllia, characters of the new

genus, 310,

Hupodonta, characters of the new

genus, 475.

Hutton, Capt. F. W., on the struc-

ture of Peripatus novee-zealandiz,

81; on new species of New-Zea-

land Myriopoda, 114.

Hyalonema, on a sponge allied to,

176, 425.

Hydroida, on Arctic, 66; on new

genera and species of, 220.

Hyloicus, new species of, 395.

Hypothymis, new species of, 586,

Hypsomadius, characters of the new

genus, 478.

Insect pest, on a new, at Madeira,

334.

Tulus, new species of, 115,

Ixias, new species of, 49.

Jeffreys, Dr. J. Gwyn, on thie post-

tertiary fossils procured in the late

Arctic expedition, with notes on

some of the recent or living Mol-

lusca from the same expedition,

229, 489.

Joliet, L., on the organization of the

Bryozoa, 540.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on Ovulites mar-

garitula, 77.

Jukes-Browne, A. J., on the fauna

of the Cambridge Greensand,

153.

Kent, W. S., on fossil Hexactinel-

lida, 446; on Prof. Haeckel’s

group of the Physamariz, 448.

Leelia, new species of, 92.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4.

545

Lagenipora, description of the new

genus, 214

Lampides, new species of, 340, 354.

Lamprocolius, new species of, 169.

Lanthonotus, characters of the

genus, 160.

Lebeda, new species of, 347.

Leidy, Prof., on the habits of the

yellow ant, 539.

Lepidoptera, new, 438, 88, 117, 319,

339, 348, 393, 473.

Lepidopus, new species of, 487.

Lepralia, new species of, 214.

Leptophragma, characters of the new

genus, 504.

Lernzeopoda, new species of, 106.

Leuciscus, new species of, 442,

Leucoma, new species of, 402.

Libellula depressa, on the metamor-

ities of, 447.

Libythea, new species of, 353.

Lichens, on the development of, 386.

Linyphia, new species of, 281.

Lithosia, new species of, 87, 397.

ee new genera and species of,

60.

Locusta viridissima, on the colora-

tion of the optical elements in, 542.

Lomonotus, new species of, 518.

Lophopteryx, new species of, 91.

Lutera, new species of, 113.

Ta oeniaita new species of, 402.

M‘Intosh, Dr. W. C., on the struc-

ture of Magelona, 147.

Macrurus, new species of, 438,

Madreporaria, on the rapidity of

aes and variability of some,

Magelona, on the structure of, 147.

Manatha, characters of the new

genus, 346,

Mantide, new, 76.

Marionia, description of the new

genus, 367.

Marshallia, characters of the new

genus, 513,

Marsupial, new genus of, 542.

Mastigophora, characters of the new

genus, 527.

Biren on the locomotor system of,

Megalurus, new species of, 94.

Megapora, characters of the new

genus, 529.

Melanzma, new species of, 397.

Melithia, new species of, 84.

Membranipora, new species of, 213.

Vol. xx. 7

546

Mereschkowsky, C., on a new genus

of Hydroids from the White Sea,

with descriptions of other new

Hydroids, 220.

Merragata, characters of the new

genus, 113.

Microporella, characters of the new

genus, 526.

Miers, E. J.,on Arctic Crustacea, 52,

96.

Miltochrista, new species of, 87, 396.

Miresa, new species of, 93.

Mixornis, new species of, 535.

Mollusca, on Arctic, 131, 229; new,

242, 316, 367, 517, 538.

Monacanthus, new species of, 446,

Monobrachium, on the histology of

the new genus, 220,

Moore, F., on new genera and species

of Lepidoptera, 43, 83, 539.

Mucronella, characters of the new

genus, 526.

Mulleripicus, new species of, 533.

Mussacee, revision of the recent soli-

tary, 300.

Myriopoda, new, 114.

Myscelus, new species of, 319.

Nabis, new species of, 112.

Nautilus pompilius, note on, 351,

Necroscia, new species of, 150.

Neptis, new species of, 47, 339.

Nettastoma, new species of, 446.

Newton, Prof. A., on the nomencla-

ture of the groups of Ratitz, 499.

Nicholson, Dr. H. A., on the genus

Tetradium, 161; on Prasopora

Graye, 388.

Niltava, new species of, 95.

Norman, Rey. A. M., on two new

British Nudibranchiate Mollusca,

517.

Northia, new species of, 394.

Odonestis, new species of, 481.

(Eona, new species of, 482.

(Konistis, new species of, 398.

Ophrystoma, characters of the new

genus, 511.

Oreta, new species of, 477.

Orsodacna, new species of, 377.

Ovulites margaritula, on, 77.

Owen, Prof., on a new Marsupial

from Australia, 542.

Oxycera, new species of, 96.

Pachiosia, characters of the new

genus, 128.

Pachyteichisma, characters of the

new genus, 506.

INDEX.

Pamphila, new species of, 52.

Pantana, new species of, 92.

Parasa, new species of, 93.

Parker, Prof. W. K., on Ovulites

margaritula, 77.

Parthenos, new species of, 46.

Penelopides, new species of, 534,

Perez, J., on the fecundation of the

egg in Kchinus, 156.

Peridia, new species of, 474.

Peripatus novee-zealandie, on the

structure of, 81.

Phacusa, new species of, 343.

Phalera, new species of, 473.

Phareas, new species of, 324.

Phasmide, new, 74, 130.

Phassus, new species of, 94.

Phibalosoma, new species of, 75.

Phrixolepia, characters of the new

genus, 476,

Phyllium, new species of, 75.

Phytophaga, new genera and species

of, 377.

Pidorus, new species of, 401.

Platycephalus, new species of, 436.

Pleopus, note on the new genus,

542.

Pleuronectes, new species of, 442.

Pleurope, characters of the new

genus, 514.

Pceoptera, note on the genus, 244.

Polyachus, new species of, 386.

Polyblastidium, characters of the

new genus, 508.

Polydesmus, new species of, 115.

Polymixia, new species of, 436.

Polyommatus, new species of, 541.

Polyserias Hincksii, description of,

228.

Polyzoa, on carboniferous, 31; from

Reykjavik Harbour, 66; on British,

212, 520; on the radical fibres of

the, 218.

Pomatorhinus, new species of, 535.

Prasopora, description of the new

genus, 388

Prionochilus, new species of, 536.

Procris, new species of, 394.

Pryeria, description of the new genus,

85.

Psychogoés, characters of the new

genus, 400.

Psychostrophia, characters of the new

genus, 401. ;

Pterodecta, characters of the new

genus, 399.

Pteroplax cornuta, on, 369.

INDEX.

Pterostoma, new species of, 91.

Pterygospidea, new species of, 321.

Ptilopus, new species of, 538.

Pyrrhopyga, new species of, 128.

Raja, new species of, 454.

Ratitz, on the nomenclature of the

groups of, 499.

Redoa, new species of, 92.

Rhizodopsis and Rhizodus, on the

structure of the lower jaw in, 129,

244.

Rhizopoterion, characters of the new

genus, 507.

Rhodia, new species of, 480.

Rhombopora, observations on the

genus, 36.

Rhynchopora, characters of the new

genus, 528.

Rhyparioides, characters of the new

genus, 395.

Rotalia, new species of, 470.

Rouget, U., on the termination of

the nerves in the electrical appa-

ratus of the torpedo, 448.

Royal society, proceedings of the,

146, 361.

Salenia, new species of, 256.

Salenidz, on the, 70, 245.

Salmo, new species of, 444.

Schizoporella, characters of the new

genus, 527.

Schizorhabdus, characters of the new

genus, 507.

Schizotheca, characters of the new

genus, 528.

Scolymia, new species of, 304.

Scorpzena, new species of, 435.

Sebastes, new species of, 454.

Semisuberites, new species of, 59.

Setina, new species of, 87.

Setinochroa, new species of, 87.

Setora, new species of, 93.

Setosella, characters of the new

genus, 529.

Seudyra, new species of, 85.

Sirembo, new species of, 457.

Sladen, W. P., on the Echinoder-

mata of the Arctic expedition,

449,

Smith, E. A., on Arctic Mollusca,

131; on a new species of Helix,

242; on a new species of Bulimus,

538.

Sollas, J., on the changes produced

in the siliceous skeletons of cer-

tain sponges by caustic potash,

285.

547

Soronia, description of the new genus,

83.

Speiredonia, new species of, 358.

Spheerotherium, new species of, 116.

Sphenaulax, characters of the new

genus, 503.

Sphenophorus striatus, on the de-

structive habits of, 334.

Spiders, on new or little-known, from

the Arctic regions, 273.

Spilarctia, new species of, 394.

Spilosoma, new species of, 88.

Sponges, on arctic and antarctic, 38;

on a fossil species of sarcohexac-

tinellid, 176; studies on fossil,

257, 405, 446, 501; on the changes

produced in the siliceous skeletons

of certain, by caustic potash, 285 ;

on carboniferous, from Ayrshire,

425.

Sporadopyle, characters of the new

genus, 505.

Squamulina scopula, observations on,

307.

Staphida, new species of, 519.

Starfishes, on the development of,

154, 158.

Stauractinella, characters of the new

genus, 515.

Stauroderma, characters of the new

genus, 509.

Stauropus, new species of, 90.

Steindachner, Dr., on two new genera

and species of lizards, 160.

Styphloderma, description of the new

genus, 424,

Synaphobranchus, new species of,

445,

Syneta, new species of, 378.

Tagiades, new species of, 343,

Tagora, new species of, 347,

Tanygnathus, new species of, 533.

Tappesia, characters of the new

genus, 378.

Tarentula, new species of, 283.

Tegenaria, new species of, 275.

Te} algae description of the genus,

Teracolus, new species of, 49.

Terias, new species of, 48, 355.

Tetradium, observations on the genus,

161.

Thamniscus pustulatus, note on,

Thanatarctia, characters of the new

genus, 395.

Thosea, new species of, 348.

548

Thracia, new species of, 490.

Thwaites, G. H. K., on lichens and

their development, 386.

Torpedo, on the termination of the

nerves in the electrical apparatus

of the, 448.

Toulminia, characters of the new

genus, 512.

Trabala, new species of, 480.

Traquair, Dr. R. H., on the structure

of the lower jaw in Rhizodopsis

and Rhizodus, 244.

Tremabolites, characters of the new

genus, 511.

Tremadictyon, characters of the new

genus, 502.

Trichotropis, new species of, 135.

Triphleps, new species of, 111.

Triptogon, new species of, 395.

Trochobolus, characters of the genus,

506.

Tropa, new species of, 480.

Turdinus, new species of, 519.

INDEX.

Tweeddale, Arthur, Marquis of, on

new species of birds, 94, 533.

Valkeria, new species of, 215.

Vayssiére, A., on a new genus of

Tritoniide, 367.

Waterhouse, C. O., on a new genus

of Cicindelide, 424.

Whale, new species of, 329.

White, Dr. F. B., on new species of

Heteropterous Hemiptera, 110.

Wollaston, T. V., on a new insect

pest at Madeira, 354.

Wood-Mason, J., on some new Or-

thopterous insects, 74, 150.

Wyvillethomsonia Wallichii, obser-

vations on, 337.

Young, Prof. J. and J., on a Carbo-

niferous Hyalonema and other

sponges, 425.

Zenzera, new species of, 348.

Zittel, K. A., on fossil Hexactinel-

lida, 257, 405, 501.

Zygzena, new species of, 393.

END OF THE TWENTIETH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.